SERVICE MANUAL ROSCO

A3 Wide Color Laser Printer

EPSON AcuLaser C8600

AcuLaser C7000

® SEPG010013
 Notice:
„ All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
„ The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
„ All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, should any errors be detected, SEIKO EPSON would greatly
appreciate being informed of them.
„ The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof.
EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.

General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective owners. EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.

Copyright © 2002 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.

Imaging & Information Product Division
TPCS Quality Assurance Department
 PRECAUTIONS
Precautionary notations throughout the text are categorized relative to 1)Personal injury and 2) damage to equipment.

DANGER Signals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in serious or fatal personal injury. Great caution should be exercised in
performing procedures preceded by DANGER Headings.

WARNING Signals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in damage to equipment.

The precautionary measures itemized below should always be observed when performing repair/maintenance procedures.

DANGER
1. ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE PRODUCT FROM THE POWER SOURCE AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE
OR REPAIR PROCEDURES.
2. NO WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON THE UNIT BY PERSONS UNFAMILIAR WITH BASIC SAFETY MEASURES AS DICTATED FOR
ALL ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS IN THEIR LINE OF WORK.
3. WHEN PERFORMING TESTING AS DICTATED WITHIN THIS MANUAL, DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT TO A POWER SOURCE UNTIL
INSTRUCTED TO DO SO. WHEN THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE MUST BE CONNECTED, USE EXTREME CAUTION IN WORKING ON
POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.

WARNING
1. REPAIRS ON EPSON PRODUCT SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY AN EPSON CERTIFIED REPAIR TECHNICIAN.
2. MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SOURCE VOLTAGES IS THE SAME AS THE RATED VOLTAGE, LISTED ON THE SERIAL NUMBER/RATING
PLATE. IF THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS A PRIMARY AC RATING DIFFERENT FROM AVAILABLE POWER SOURCE, DO NOT CONNECT IT
TO THE POWER SOURCE.
3. ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING OR
REPLACING PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS AND/OR INDIVIDUAL CHIPS.
4. IN ORDER TO PROTECT SENSITIVE MICROPROCESSORS AND CIRCUITRY, USE STATIC DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS ANTI-
STATIC WRIST STRAPS, WHEN ACCESSING INTERNAL COMPONENTS.

5. REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS ONLY WITH THOSE COMPONENTS BY THE MANUFACTURE; INTRODUCTION OF
SECOND-SOURCE ICs OR OTHER NON-APPROVED COMPONENTS MAY DAMAGE THE PRODUCT AND VOID ANY APPLICABLE EPSON
WARRANTY.
 About This Manual
This manual describes basic functions, theory of electrical and mechanical operations, maintenance and repair procedures of the printer. The instructions and procedures included
herein are intended for the experienced repair technicians, and attention should be given to the precautions on the preceding page.

Manual Configuration Symbols Used in this Manual

This manual consists of six chapters and Appendix. Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional
CHAPTER 1.PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a
Provides a general overview and specifications of the product. procedure or an action. Be aware of all symbols when they are used, and
CHAPTER 2.OPERATING PRINCIPLES always read NOTE, CAUTION, or WARNING messages.
Describes the theory of electrical and mechanical operations of
the product. Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
CHAPTER 3.TROUBLESHOOTING condition that is necessary to keep the product’s quality.
Describes the step-by-step procedures for the troubleshooting.
CHAPTER 4.DISASSEMBLY / ASSEMBLY
Describes the step-by-step procedures for disassembling and
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, or
assembling the product.
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to,
CHAPTER 5.ADJUSTMENT
or destruction of, equipment.
Provides Epson-approved methods for adjustment.
CHAPTER 6.MAINTENANCE
Provides preventive maintenance procedures and the lists of
Epson-approved lubricants and adhesives required for servicing May indicate an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
the product. condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently. It may
APPENDIX Provides the following additional information for reference: also provide additional information that is related to a specific
• Connector pin assignments subject, or comment on the results achieved through a previous
• Electric circuit boards components layout action.
• Electrical circuit boards schematics
• Exploded diagram & Parts List Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss
of life.
Abbreviation
This manual uses original abbreviations, in addition to general abbreviations.

Typical abbreviations are as follows: H/R .......................................................Heat Roll PWB ...................................Printed Wiring Board
Hex .................................................Hexadecimal R .................................................................Right
ADC ...........................Automatic Density Control
HVPS ......................High Voltage Power Supply R/H .................................................... Right Hand
AG .............................................. Analog Ground
ASSY ...................................................Assembly I/F ..........................................................Interface REGI. ...............................................Registration
IBT ............................. Intermediate Belt Transfer ROS ............................... Raster Output Scanner
AUX. ......................................................Auxiliary
ID ......................Image Density (or Identification) RTN ......................................................... Return
B/W ........................................... Black and White
BCR ......................................... Bias Charge Roll INTL ...................................................... Interlock SEF ..........................................Short Edge Feed
L ....................................................................Left SG ................................................ Signal Ground
Bk .............................................................. Black
L/H ....................................................... Left Hand SNR .........................................................Sensor
BK .............................................................. Black
BTR ........................................Bias Transfer Roll L/P ..................................................... Low Paper SOL. ...................................................... Solenoid
LD .................................................... Laser Diode SOS .............................................. Start Of Scan
BUR ............................................... Back Up Roll
LEF ........................................... Long Edge Feed SPI ..............................................Scans Per Inch
C .................................................................Cyan
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY ..... Low Voltage / High SYNC. ............................................ Synchronous
CART. .................................................. Cartridge
Voltage Power Supply SW ........................................................... Switch
CCW ................................... Counter Clock Wise
M ...........................................................Magenta TC ...................................... Toner Concentration
CL. ............................................................ Clutch
MAG. .................................................... Magnetic TEMP. ............................................ Temperature
CLN ..................................Cleaning (or Cleaner)
MCU .................................. Machine Control Unit TR ..........................................................Transfer
CLK ............................................................ Clock
MECH. .............................................. Mechanical TRANS. ................................................Transport
CONT. .................................................Controller
MOT. ......................................................... Motor XERO. ..............................................Xerographic
CR ................................................... Charge Roll
MSI ...................................... Multi Sheet Inserter Y .............................................................. Yellow
CRU ........................ Customer Replaceable Unit
N/F ................................................Normal Force YMCBk ................ Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black
CRUM ............................................ CRU Monitor
N/P ...................................................... No Paper
CW .................................................... Clock Wise
NVM .................................. Non Volatile Memory
DB ............................................. Developing Bias
O/H .................................................Option Hinge
DEVE. .................................................Developer
OHP .................................... Overhead Projector
DIAG. ................................................. Diagnostic
(In this manual, OHP means OHP film)
dpi ...................................................dots per inch
OPC ........................... Organic Photo Conductor
DTS ................................................. Detack Saw
P/H .............................................Paper Handling
ELEC. ..................................................... Electric
P/R ................................................ Pressure Roll
EP ........................................ Electrophotography
PCDC ...................Pixel Count Dispense Control
FDR .........................................................Feeder
Pixel ................................................. Picture Cell
FG ................................................Frame Ground
PPM ........................................ Prints Per Minute
FRU ................................ Field Replaceable Unit
PV .................................................. Print Volume
GND ........................................................ Ground
 Safety Information
To prevent accidents during a maintenance procedure, strictly observe the Warnings and Cautions.
Do not do anything that is dangerous or not within the scope of this document.
Do not do anything that is dangerous even if not specifically described in this manual.
In addition to the descriptions below and those given in this manual, there are many situations and circumstances that are dangerous.
Be aware of these when you are working with the printer.

Power Supply Mechanical Components

Before starting any service procedure, switch off the printer power and unplug the If you service a driving assembly (e.g., gears), first turn off the power and unplug the
power cord from the wall outlet. If you must service the printer when the power is power cord. Then manually rotate the assembly.
applied, be aware of the potential for electrical shock and do all tasks by following the
procedures in this manual.
W A R N IN G Do not touch the driving part (e.g., gears) while the assembly
W A R N IN G Do not touch any live part unless you are instructed to do so by a (printer) is being driven.
service procedure. The LV/HV POWER SUPPLY power supply
switch/inlet part is live even when the power switch has been
turned off. Do not touch any live part.
Safety Components unit on the right side of the printer) is pulled out, cutting off the output (24VDC,
5VDC-LD) from the power supply and stopping the printer operation without
The printer is equipped with safety components (e.g., interlock switches, fuses, control units.
thermostat) and safety switches for protecting users and service personnel from injury
† P/J71 (Connector that connects the FUSER CONNECTOR and FUSER
and the equipment from damage.
HARNESS ASSY)
The printer has three interlock switches, four safety switches and two interlock This is an interlock connector that cuts off the power supply (24VDC, 5VDC-LD)
connectors that serve as the main safety mechanism. to the control circuit and related parts.
This connector is disconnected when the FUSER ASSY (pull-out type unit on the
† FRONT COVER SWITCH R left side of the printer) is pulled out, cutting off the output (24VDC, 5VDC-LD)
This switch is turned off when the front cover (FRONT COVER ASSY) is opened. from the power supply and stopping the printer operation without control units.
It stops all operations and disconnects the output (5VDC-LD) circuit from the
power supply to stop the laser beam emission.
This switch consists of the following two switches:
„ A safety switch in the control circuit that stops all operations.
„ A physical interlock switch that directly cuts off the power supply circuit
(5VDC-LD) to the laser beam output circuit.
† FRONT COVER SWITCH L
This is an interlock in the control circuit switch which is turned off when the front
cover (FRONT COVER ASSY) is opened. It cuts off the power supply (24VDC,
5VDC-LD) from the power supply unit to stop all operations.
† TURN CHUTE SWITCH
This is a safety switch in the control circuit which is turned off to stop all
operations when the lower right side cover (TURN CHUTE COVER) is opened.
† REGI/MSI INTL SW
This is a safety switch in the control circuit which is turned off to stop all
operations when the right side drawer type unit (MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY) is
drawn out.
† EXIT CHUTE SWITCH
This switch is a safety switch. This switch is turned off when the EXIT UPPER
ASSY (the cover on the upper left side of the printer) is opened.
† P/J91 (Connector that connects the MAIN HARNESS ASSY and REGI.
HARNESS ASSY)
This is an interlock connector that cuts off the power supply (24VDC, 5VDC-LD)
to the control circuit and related parts.
This connector is disconnected when the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (pull-out type
Laser Beam
To protect the user or service personnel from exposure to the laser beam from the ROS
Assembly, this printer is equipped with not only a protective control circuit but also an
interlock switch (FRONT COVER SWITCH R) which physically cuts off the power to
the laser beam output circuit. The interlock switch is turned off when the front cover is
opened.
(See “Safety Components” for detailed operation of the interlock switch.)

A laser beam may be emitted during a maintenance operation. Do not turn on these
interlock switches simultaneously under any circumstances except in a normal
operation.

W A R N IN G „ Do not expose yourself to the laser beam to prevent injury

(blindness).
„ Do not open the cover that has the laser beam warning label.
„ If you disassemble or assemble the printer, turn off the power.
„ If you need to work on the printer with power applied, strictly
follow the instructions in this manual.
„ Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum
precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you.

C A U T IO N The laser beam has a narrower frequency band and more

coherent phases than any other light (sunlight, electric light). It
has excellent monochromaticity and convergence. A thin laser
beam reaches long distances. Because of its convergence
characteristic, the laser beam converges into one point, causing
high density and high temperature. A laser beam is harmful to the
human body.

NOTE: The laser beam in this printer is invisible.

High Temperature Assembly † Do not work with wet or oily hands-you may drop a part or injure yourself. Dry
your hands first.
To prevent you from becoming injured or burned, do the following: Before working
† When pulling out a part (including a harness), do not use too much force. Pull out
with a high temperature Assembly (e.g., FUSER ASSY), turn off the power, unplug the
the part carefully and slowly step by step.
power cord and wait until it cools down.

C A U T IO N The high temperature Assembly is very hot immediately after any Consumables
printer operations. Wait at least 40 minutes before you start
working on the printer. Understand the following explanation and handle the consumables carefully.
† Some parts may cause a particulate explosion or fire if handled improperly. Do not
handle these parts near fire or throw into a fire.
† Some materials (e.g., Developer or Fuser Oil) may cause bodily injury. Do not
swallow or inhale these materials or allow them to come in contact with the eyes.
Help to protect those around you and follow the prohibitions against swallowing
or inhaling those materials. Be careful to protect the eyes at all times.
Place a sheet inside or under the printer so that the floor or workbench is protected.
† If the Developer or Fuser Oil gets on your clothing, dry it with a cloth and wash
with clean water.

The printer has the following consumable parts:

• DRUM CARTRIDGE • WASTE TONER BOX

(Photoconductor Unit)
• TONER CARTRIDGE Y • TONER CARTRIDGE M
• TONER CARTRIDGE C • TONER CARTRIDGE BK
Parts
Improper Printer Use
To prevent you from becoming injured, keep the following in mind:
Modifying, revising, tampering with the printer, especially to the safety mechanism, is
† When handling heavy parts (including the printer itself), use good posture to
strictly prohibited in all circumstances.
protect your back whenever you lift, move or place parts.

C A U T IO N Do not lift, move or place heavy parts in a body posture that is

likely to cause injury to yourself or cause the part to drop.

† Be careful not to injure yourself with the sharp edges of the parts.
Safety System Outline Diagram
The following diagram shows outline of the safety system of this printer.
For names and other details of signal lines, refer to “7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal
Information (p. 465)”.
 Revision Status

Revision Date of Issue Description

A March 14, 2002 Formal First Release
Note: Exploded Diagrams and ASP List for AcuLaser C7000 are not included in this revision.

B April 10, 2002 Revision up:

[Appendix]
7.8 Optional Units (p.562)
(Description for available options are added.)
C June 27, 2002 Revision up:
[Chapter-3]
3.4.2.1 Rolls and Print Quality Defect Intervals (p.250)
(Interval pitch for "HEAR ROLL", "PRESSURE ROLL" is corrected.)
3.4.2.12 FIP-1.P11 Interval Print Quality Defect (p.256)
(Newly added.)
 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Contents
Chapter 1 Product Description 1.6.5 Panel Setting Item List .............................................................................. 45
1.6.6 User Setting Items Other Than Setup Menu .............................................. 52
1.1 Features ................................................................................................................. 7 1.6.7 Details of Setting Menus and Setting Items .............................................. 52
1.1.1 Engine Features ........................................................................................... 7 1.6.8 Special Operations ..................................................................................... 57
1.1.2 Controller Features ...................................................................................... 7
1.7 Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) ....................................................................... 58
1.1.3 Software Features ........................................................................................ 8
1.7.1 External View and Names ......................................................................... 58
1.2 Basic Specifications .............................................................................................. 9 1.7.2 Indications of LEDs ................................................................................... 58
1.2.1 Printer Basic Specifications ......................................................................... 9 1.7.3 Printer Setting Items .................................................................................. 59
1.2.2 Paper Specifications ................................................................................... 15
1.8 Engine Restrictions ........................................................................................... 65
1.2.3 Reliability, Durability and Maintainability ................................................ 20
1.2.4 Operating Conditions (Including Consumables) ....................................... 21 1.9 Status Sheet, etc. ................................................................................................. 70
1.2.5 Storage and Transport of the Printer Body and Optional Products 1.9.1 Status Sheet for AcuLaser C8600 .............................................................. 70
(Consumables Packaged) .................................................................................... 22 1.9.2 Status Sheet for AcuLaser C7000 .............................................................. 72
1.2.6 Electrical Features ..................................................................................... 23 1.9.3 Reserve Job List (Only with AcuLaser C8600) ......................................... 73
1.2.7 Process Specifications ............................................................................... 24 1.9.4 Form Overlay List (Only with AcuLaser C8600) ..................................... 73
1.2.8 Compliance with Standards and Regulations ............................................ 24 1.9.5 Network Status Sheet (Only with AcuLaser C8600) ................................. 74
1.2.9 Consumable Components .......................................................................... 25 1.9.6 Engine Status Sheet ................................................................................... 75
1.3 External View and Parts Names ......................................................................... 28 1.10 Restrictions (Only for AcuLaser C7000) ......................................................... 79
1.3.1 External View and Parts Names ................................................................ 28 1.10.1 Network Environment Applicable to AcuLaser C7000 .......................... 79
1.3.2 Dimensional Drawing (in mm) .................................................................. 31 1.10.2 Restrictions on Network Connections ..................................................... 79
1.10.3 Others ....................................................................................................... 79
1.4 Controller Specifications .................................................................................... 33
1.4.1 Basic Controller Specifications ................................................................. 33 1.11 Operating Conditions of Host Computers (Only for AcuLaser C7000) .......... 80
1.4.2 Controller Configuration ........................................................................... 34 1.12 RAM Expansion ............................................................................................... 81
1.4.3 Calibration Function (only with AcuLaser C8600) ................................... 34 1.13 Precautions in Handling ................................................................................... 82
1.5 External Interface Specifications ........................................................................ 35 1.13.1 Precaution in Turning Off the Power ...................................................... 82
1.5.1 Parallel Interface Specifications ................................................................ 36 1.13.2 Caution About Hot Parts .......................................................................... 82
1.5.2 USB Interface Specifications ..................................................................... 37 1.14 Paper Handling Algorithm (AcuLaser C8600) ................................................ 83
1.5.3 Ethernet Interface ....................................................................................... 37
1.15 Differences in Specifications ............................................................................ 86
1.5.4 Type-B Interface Specifications ................................................................ 38
1.15.1 Differences between AcuLaser C7000 and AcuLaser C8600 ................. 86
1.6 Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) ....................................................................... 40 1.15.2 Differences in Specifications between Models ....................................... 87
1.6.1 External View and Names ......................................................................... 40
1.6.2 Description of Indicators ........................................................................... 40
1.6.3 Description of Buttons ............................................................................... 41
1.6.4 Operation and Indications on the Control Panel ........................................ 43

6
 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Chapter 2 Operating Principles 3.3 Level 2 FIP ....................................................................................................... 226

3.3.1 Level 2 FIP List ....................................................................................... 226
2.1 Print Process ....................................................................................................... 91
3.4 Picture Image Trouble ...................................................................................... 249
2.1.1 Print Process Overview .............................................................................. 91
3.4.1 Picture Image Troubleshooting Entry Chart ............................................ 249
2.1.2 Total Print Process Schematic Diagram .................................................... 91
3.4.2 Picture Quality FIP .................................................................................. 249
2.1.3 Print Process Technical Explanation ......................................................... 92
2.1.4 Print Data Flow ........................................................................................ 101
2.1.5 Operation Mode ....................................................................................... 102 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly
2.2 Mechanism Operating Principles ..................................................................... 103 4.1 Overview ............................................................................................... 258
2.2.1 Drive Transmission Route ....................................................................... 103 4.1.1 Precautions ............................................................................................... 258
2.2.2 Gear Layout ............................................................................................. 106 4.1.2 Tools ........................................................................................................ 260
2.2.3 Paper Feed ............................................................................................... 108 4.1.3 Items to Check after Assembly ................................................................ 260
2.2.4 Function of Main Working Parts ............................................................. 110 4.2 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure ......................................................... 261
2.3 Control .............................................................................................................. 130 4.2.1 Cover ....................................................................................................... 262
2.3.1 Paper Size Control ................................................................................... 130 4.2.2 Paper Tray ................................................................................................ 270
2.3.2 Paper Supply Unit Selection Control ....................................................... 131 4.2.3 Paper Feeder ............................................................................................ 274
2.3.3 OHP Front/Back Detection Control ......................................................... 131 4.2.4 MSI/Paper Transportation ....................................................................... 282
2.3.4 ROS Control ............................................................................................ 132 4.2.5 (Missing number) .................................................................................... 297
2.3.5 Process Control ........................................................................................ 134 4.2.6 Xerographics ............................................................................................ 298
2.3.6 XERO. Control ........................................................................................ 142 4.2.7 Development ............................................................................................ 305
2.3.7 DEVE. Control ........................................................................................ 145 4.2.8 IBT ........................................................................................................... 312
2.3.8 IBT Control .............................................................................................. 149 4.2.9 Fusing ...................................................................................................... 321
2.3.9 Transfer Layout Control .......................................................................... 153 4.2.10 Paper Exit .............................................................................................. 339
2.3.10 FUSER Control ...................................................................................... 155 4.2.11 Drive ...................................................................................................... 345
2.4 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry ........................................................ 157 4.2.12 Frame ..................................................................................................... 351
2.4.1 Features (AcuLaser C8600) ..................................................................... 157 4.2.13 Electrical ................................................................................................ 352
2.4.2 Features (AcuLaser C7000) ..................................................................... 159 4.2.14 Controller ............................................................................................... 358

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Chapter 5 Adjustment

3.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 162 5.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 361
3.1.1 Troubleshooting Procedure ...................................................................... 162 5.1.1 Specified Tools ........................................................................................ 361
3.1.2 Preliminary Checks .................................................................................. 162 5.2 USB ID Input .................................................................................................... 362
3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Work ............................................................. 163 5.2.1 Installation Procedure for Program .......................................................... 362
3.1.4 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C8600) .......... 164 5.2.2 Procedure for Program Operation ............................................................ 362
3.1.5 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C7000) .......... 172 5.2.3 USB ID Confirmation .............................................................................. 363
3.1.6 Details of the Service Call Error Messages ............................................. 180
5.3 Service Utility (for AcuLaser C7000) .............................................................. 364
3.2 Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) ........................................................... 184 5.3.1 Overview ................................................................................................. 364
3.2.1 Precautions in Using FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) ............................. 184 5.3.2 How to Use the Service Utility ................................................................ 365

7
 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.3.3 Operation ................................................................................................. 367

5.4 Diagnostics ....................................................................................................... 369
5.4.1 Diagnostics by Operating the Printer Body Only ................................... 369
5.4.2 Diagnostics Commander .......................................................................... 371

Chapter 6 Maintenance
6.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 448
6.1.1 Regularly Replaced Parts Replacement ................................................... 449
6.1.2 Main After-Sales Parts Replacement ....................................................... 449
6.1.3 Consumable Replacement ....................................................................... 449
6.2 About On-Site Servicing .................................................................................. 450
6.2.1 On-site Service Flow ............................................................................... 450
6.2.2 Description of the On-site Service ........................................................... 451
6.3 Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) ............................................................ 453
6.3.1 Entry to the Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) ................................ 453
6.3.2 Maintenance Menu Items (AcuLaser C8600) .......................................... 454

Chapter 7 APPENDIX
7.1 Connectors ........................................................................................................ 457
7.1.1 P/J Location Drawings ............................................................................. 457
7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information ........................................................ 465
7.2.1 Overall Wiring Connection Diagram ....................................................... 465
7.2.2 Wiring and Signal Descriptions between Components ........................... 467
7.3 Component Layout ........................................................................................... 489
7.4 Circuit Diagrams .............................................................................................. 491
7.5 Exploded Diagrams .......................................................................................... 503
7.6 Index for Parts .................................................................................................. 550
7.7 ASP List (Parts List) ......................................................................................... 554
7.7.1 ASP List for AcuLaser C8600 ................................................................. 555
7.7.2 ASP List for AcuLaser C7000 ................................................................. 558
7.8 Optional Units .................................................................................................. 562
7.8.1 Duplex Unit ............................................................................................. 563
7.8.2 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit ................................................................. 609
7.8.3 Large Capacity Paper Unit ....................................................................... 659
7.8.4 ASP Information ...................................................................................... 716

8
 1
CHAPTER

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.1 Features 1.1.2 Controller Features

AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 is a non-impact color page printer driven by a laser 1.1.2.1 Controller Features for AcuLaser C8600
and electrophotographic technologies. The resolution is 600/300 dpi and the printing † Newly developed high-speed controller
speed is 8 ppm (A4 color)/35 ppm (A4 monochrome). The printer is equipped with
„ New RISC CPU .............................. PowerPC750CX (400MHz)
AcuLaser Color Halftoning as its full color technology.
„ 64-bit high-speed memory ............. SDRAM DIMM (PC100 or PC133)
1.1.1 Engine Features „ 64 MB of standard RAM. By installing additional RAM (2-slot), the memory
can be expanded up to 1 GB (removing the standard RAM and installing 512
AcuLaser C8600 has the following features. MB RAM on both slots). Using the standard RAM as it is expands up to 576
MB.
† High-speed engine that supports A5 to A3W. Printing speed is 8 ppm for color/35
ppm for monochrome (when printing A4 paper). † Color technologies
† Full-color printing engine that supports duplex printing and True 600 dpi of high „ Enhanced ASIC (VIPS, CDMC) installed
resolution. „ Data compression has been incorporated into the hardware to achieve high-
speed processing.
† Higher quality printing is possible with high quality plain paper.
„ Equipped with AcuLaser Color Halftoning and CRIT (color RIT)
† Capable of printing on thick paper, extra thick paper, coated paper, and
transparency (dedicated OHP sheets). † On-board option of color photocopier (AcuLaser Color Copy Station 8600)
supported
† Easy maintenance for a color laser printer.
† Three types of standard interfaces available
† As the standard paper feeders, the printer has two bins, namely, the MP Tray (up to
„ IEEE1284 compatible parallel interface (ECP supported)
150 sheets, A3W supported) and the standard universal cassette (up to 250 sheets,
A3 supported). „ USB (Rev. 1.1) interface
Adding an optional Large Capacity Paper Unit (two 500-sheet cassettes, A3 „ Ethernet interface (100Base-TX/10Base-T)
supported) allows paper feeding a maximum of 1400 sheets from 4 bins. † By expanding memory with RAM DIMMs, the following functions can be
Adding an optional 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (one 500-sheet cassette, A3 enhanced and speeded up.
supported) allows paper feeding a maximum of 900 sheets from 3 bins.
„ Drawing area for AcuLaser Color Halftoning
Substituting the standard universal cassette with an A3W paper cassette allows
feeding A3W paper from the Lower Cassette 1. „ Printing speed
„ Resolution
† As paper ejection, a maximum of 250 sheets can be ejected into the Face-down
tray and 150 sheets into the Face-up tray. „ Receive buffer capacity
„ Collate (printing of multiple copies) (with memory expanded to 128 MB or
more)
† New control panel (control panel 2001)
† HDD can be installed.

Product Description Features 7

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.1.2.2 Controller Features for AcuLaser C7000 † HP LaserJet4000, 80 Scalable font and compatible fonts and NLSP font ROM are
installed, and Euro Symbol is supported
† Host-based controller
„ CPU: TMPR4955AF-200 MHz † Electronic sort, extended interface receive buffer size (for Ethernet interface only,
excluding when emulation is fixed for PS3), font registration when PostScript 3
„ Standard RAM: 32 MB, adding RAM DIMM expands to a maximum of 256
mode is selected (with an HDD installed)
MB (Requires to replace the standard 32MB RAM DIMM
with 128MB.) † Calibration function
† Color technologies † Form Overlay function (for ESC/Page Color mode of Windows driver only, with
„ Enhanced ASIC (VIPS) installed an HDD installed)
„ Equipped with AcuLaser Color Halftoning and CRIT (color RIT) † Reserve job function (Re-Print Job, Verify Job, Stored Job, Confidential Job, with
an HDD installed)
† Two types of standard interfaces installed
„ IEEE1284 compatible parallel interface supporting ECP † Color design has been changed (sRGB, gray scale guarantee for graphics, can be
rewritten into the color design of AcuLaser C8500 (for Flash Program DIMM
„ USB I/F
only))
† Expanding RAM DIMM allows providing enhanced and high-speed performances NOTE: This is not described in manuals.
on the following functions
„ Drawing area for AcuLaser Color Halftoning † Specifications of manual feed have been changed (same as EPL-5900).
„ Printing speed
„ Resolution
1.1.3.2 Software Features for AcuLaser C7000
† ESC/PageS implemented
1.1.3 Software Features „ Supports color
„ Supports duplex printing
1.1.3.1 Software Features for AcuLaser C8600 „ Supports 2up
† Installed emulation † Network compatibility
„ Standard ............ ESC/Page-Color mode „ Background job commands establish network connections
„ Standard ............ LJ4, GL2, ESCP2, FX, I239X, and ESC/Page
(monochrome) modes (these have complete compatibility
with AcuLaser C8500)
„ Optional ............. PostScript 3 mode (PostScript 3 module)
„ Optional ............. Color Copy Unit (AcuLaser Color Copy Station 8600)
† Printer status and printer environment monitors by EJL, PJL, and Printer MIB
† Remote panel function through HTTP browser by the EpsonNet WebAssist
† ROM update function when a flash DIMM is installed (RCC is supported)
† Upgrade function of the engine controller ROM (flash)
† Engine transfer voltage adjustment function by DIAG mode and control panel

Product Description Features 8

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.2 Basic Specifications † Printing Speed *3

Both face-up and face-down satisfy the conditions below.
All of the standard tray, the standard universal cassette and the expanded cassette
1.2.1 Printer Basic Specifications satisfy the following conditions:
† Printing Method
Semi-conductor laser beam scanning and dry two-component toner Table 1-1. Printing Speed (Unit: ppm)
electrophotography Print A4 LEF*1 LT LEF*1
Speed Mode A3 SEF *1 B(LD) LEF *1
Mode 2UP *2 2UP *2
† Resolution
600 dpi Simplex 35.0 34.4
18.8 (18.3) 18.3 (17.9)
printing (33.7/27.5) (32.9/27.5)
† Print Mode Standard
Duplex
„ B/W mode ................. Standard monochrome print mode in which printing is 27.4 (25.5) 27.1 (25.4) 15.7 (15.6) 15.5 (15.4)
printing *4
performed at the fastest speed. B/W
Middle Simplex
5.3 5.3 2.6 2.6
„ Color mode................ Color mode which uses the color toner of Y, M, C, and speed printing
K. Simplex
Low speed 4.0 4.0 2.0 2.0
† Speed Mode printing

„ Standard mode........... Transports paper at the highest speed supported by the Simplex
8.0 8.0 4.0 4.0
printing
printer. Standard
Duplex
„ Middle speed mode ... This mode ensures satisfactory fusing of image on 8.0 8.0 4.0 4.0
printing *4
thick paper exceeding 105 g/m2 (28 lb) or envelopes, Color
and monochrome image on transparencies. Middle Simplex
3.5 3.5 1.8 1.8
speed printing
This mode also reduces printing speed to enhance the
degree of gloss on the surface of the dedicated coated Simplex
Low speed 2.9 2.9 1.4 1.4
paper. printing
„ Low speed mode ....... This mode reduces printing speed to ensure satisfactory Note *1: LEF (Long Edge Feed): the long edge of the paper is fed to the printer.
fusing of image on thick paper exceeding 220g/m2, and SEF (Short Edge Feed): the short edge of the paper is fed to the printer.
color image on transparencies. *2: In 2UP mode, the printer creates two print images on the IBT belt and the images are
transferred in sequence onto two sheets of paper. This mode is available for LT/A4
(LEF) or smaller.
*3: Not applicable to any operation for which the printing speed is restricted as specified
in 1.8 "Engine Restrictions".
*4: The printing speed (ppm) for Duplex printing represents the number of pages printed
per minute.
The values in parentheses represent the printing speeds when paper is fed from the
optional 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (500 sheets x 1) or the optional Large
Capacity Paper Unit (500 sheets x 2). (The two values given in parentheses indicate
the printing speeds with the optional upper cassette and lower cassette, respectively.)

Product Description Basic Specifications 9

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

„ Reference values † Paper feed

B/W, standard mode. With paper sizes other than indicated above when paper
is fed from the standard universal cassette, the printing speeds for your Table 1-3. Paper Feed
information are as shown below. Applicable
Paper Source Capacity Applicable Paper Size Paper
Table 1-2. Reference Values (Unit: ppm) Thickness
Paper Size EXE LEF B5 LEF LD14” B4 SEF Standard Standard MSI Regular size sheets and custom size 64∼105g/m2
(MP tray) *1,*4 sheets whose dimensions are within the (Recommended
Simplex printing 39.2 39.8 21.9 21.5
limits specified below: paper, Plain
Duplex printing 40.4 40.7 17.1 16.9 • Min.: Width 90 mm (3.5")x paper)
150 sheets Length 139.7 mm (5.5")
<How to measure continuous printing speed> (16 mm) • Max.: Width 330.2 mm (13")x
Length 457.2 mm (18")
The number of sheets printed per minute is measured as follows: Let t seconds be the A3, A3W, A4, A5, B4, B5, I-B5, LT,
time from the ejection of the tail end of the 1st sheet to the ejection of the 11th sheet. HLT, LG, EXE, GLG, GLT, B(LD),
Then the number of sheets printed per minute is calculated as 60/t times the measured F4
number of pages. 90x139.7 mm∼330.2x457.2 mm 105∼250g/m2
Postcard, Double postcard, Quadruple (Thick paper,
† First Printing Time * 75 sheets
postcard, Transparencies, Labels, Special paper)
„ Face-up...................... B/W : 8.3 seconds or less Thick paper
Color : 19.6 seconds or less Custom-size envelopes *3
20 sheets Monarch, C10, DL, C6, C5 -
„ Face-down ................. B/W : 10.4 seconds or less
Yokei #0 *6, Yokei #4 *6, Yokei #6 *6
Color : 21.7 seconds or less
Standard B5, LT, A4, B4, A3, LG, B(LD), EXE 64∼105g/m2
universal cassette 250 sheets (Recommended
NOTE 1: First print is defined as the duration taken after receiving the start command (26 mm) paper, Plain
until completion of outputting the first print. It is applicable when a feeder in paper)
the printer body is selected in the standard mode. (Not applied during the Optional A3W Cassette A3W 64∼105g/m2
process control operation.) Cassette 250 sheets (Recommended
2: The time as indicated above is common to all the feeders including all the Unit *2 (26 mm) paper, Plain
paper)
optional feeders.
500-Sheet Paper B5, LT, A4, B4, A3, LG, B(LD), EXE 64∼105g/m2
3: The values as indicated above are applicable when the paper is A4 LEF. Cassette Unit 500 sheets (Recommended
† Warm-up time (53 mm) paper, Plain
paper)
Within 330 seconds (at 22°C, 55% Rh, rated voltage: 100V, 115V, 220V)
Large Capacity B5, LT, A4, B4, A3, LG, B(LD), EXE 64∼105g/m2
Paper Unit 500 sheets (Recommended
(53 mm) paper, Plain
paper)

Note *1: For the paper whose width is more than 304.8 mm (12 inch), the side guide in the
MSI tray must be adjusted.
*2: Each cassette is equipped with the side guide and end guide (also used to detect
paper size). They can be adjusted by users.

Product Description Basic Specifications 10

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

*3: Note the following points when setting envelopes: † Paper Size / Paper Orientation / 2-UP Mode Availability
Open the flaps and set the envelopes with the flaps positioned at the tail in the paper
feed direction. Table 1-4. Paper Size / Paper Orientation /
Set the envelopes so that the longer edge is fed to the printer, if the length (excluding 2-UP Mode Availability
the flap) is shorter than the width. (Except for C5) Paper Orientation
The minimum length with the flap open must be 143 mm.
Dimensions 500- 2UP
The minimum width must be 90 mm. MSI Duplex
Paper Size mm Universal Sheet/ A3W mode
(MP print
*4: The MSI tray has the function to detect Paper Empty condition. (inch) Casette LCP Cassette
*1
Tray)
*5: Each cassette is equipped with the Paper Out sensor and paper near empty sensor. Unit
Paper Near Empty condition is defined as follows: 40 sheets ± 30 sheets of FX P A3W 328x453 SEF - - SEF X X
paper (64 g/m2)
A3 297x420 SEF SEF SEF - X {
*6: JIS envelope A4 210x297 LEF LEF LEF - { {
„ Combinations with Optional Cassettes and Resultant Capacity A5 148x210 LEF - - - { X
500-Sheet B4 257x364 SEF SEF SEF - X {
MSI Standard Large
A3W Paper Total
Combination (MP Universal Capacity B5 182x257 LEF LEF LEF - { {
Cassette Cassette Capacity
Tray) Cassette Paper Unit I-B5 176x250 LEF - - - { X
Unit
1 250 sheets - 500 sheets - 900 sheets 215.9x279.4
LT LEF LEF LEF - { {
(8.5”x11”)
2 150 250 sheets - - 1000 sheets 1400 sheets

Plain paper
139.7x215.9
3 sheets - 250 sheets 500 sheets - 900 sheets HLT LEF - - - { X
(5.5”x8.5”)
4 - 250 sheets - 1000 sheets 1400 sheets 215.9x355.6
LG SEF SEF SEF - X {
(8.5”x14”)
NOTE a: The number of sheets is applicable when recommended paper or plain paper is used.
184.15x266.7
EXE LEF LEF LEF - { {
b: Use the A3W cassette by inserting it into the standard universal cassette slot. (7.25”x10.5”)
c: Either 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit or Large Capacity Paper Unit can be installed 215.9x330.2
GLG SEF - - - X {
only at the bottom. (8.5”x13”)
203.2x266.7
† Duplex Printing GLT LEF - - - { {
(8”x10.5”)
„ Minimum size .......... 182 mm/7.16” (W) x 210 mm/8.26” (L) 279.4x431.8
„ Maximum size .......... 304.8mm/12” (W) x 457.2mm/18” (L) B(LD) SEF SEF SEF - X {
(11”x17”)
„ Paper wight .............. 64 g/m2 ∼105 g/m2 (17 lb∼28 lb) F4 210x330 SEF - - - X {

Product Description Basic Specifications 11

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-4. Paper Size / Paper Orientation / † Paper Feed Reference

2-UP Mode Availability (continued) Single side aligning (front side) for all sizes (both standard tray (MSI) and each
Paper Orientation cassette)
Dimensions 500- 2UP
Duplex
† Consumables
Paper Size mm MSI mode
Universal Sheet/ A3W print „ Toner Cartridge (Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow)
(inch) (MP *1
Casette LCP Cassette
Tray)
Unit „ Drum Cartridge (including one Waste Toner Box)
210x297 „ Waste Toner Box
Transparencies LEF - - - { X
(8.5”x11”) † Regularly Replaced Parts
Postcard 100x148 SEF - - - { X Main Fuser Assembly
Double postcard 148x200 LEF - - - { X Exhaust Filter
Quadruple
200x296 LEF - - - { X
† Paper Output
postcard Paper output capacity with the recommended paper (EPSON high-quality paper) is
Special applications

98.43x190.54 as follows:
MON LEF*2 - - - { X
(37/8”x71/2”) „ Face-down (FD) ......................250 sheets (B5/EXE or larger, up to 105 g/m2
104.78x241.3 (28 lb))
C10 LEF*2 - - - { X
(41/8”x91/2”) „ Face-up (FU) ...........................150 sheets (A4 or smaller)
DL 110x220 LEF*2 - - - { X 50 sheets (larger than A4)
C5 162x229 SEF - - - X X
C6 114x162 LEF*2 - - - { X NOTE: The FD and FU output capacities are applicable to both simplex and
duplex prints. (when recommended paper is used)
Yokei #0 *3 120x235 LEF*2 - - - { X
Yokei #4 *3 105x235 LEF*2 - - - { X See Table 1-5 on page 13 for face-down (FD) output availability.
Yokei #6 *3 98x190 LEF*2 - - - { X

NOTE a: LEF (Long Edge Feed): the long edge of the paper is fed to the printer.
b: SEF (Short Edge Feed): the short edge of the paper is fed to the printer.
c: The envelopes supported vary with intended markets.
Note *1: 2UP is available only for paper size of LT (LEF) or smaller. For custom size paper,
paper length along the transport direction must be 210 mm (8.5 inches) or shorter.
As for envelopes, the length with its flap opened along the transport direction must
be 210 mm (8.5 inches) or shorter.
*2: When setting envelopes, open the flaps and set the envelopes with the flaps
positioned at the tail in the paper feed direction.
*3: JIS envelope

Product Description Basic Specifications 12

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-5. Face-Down Output Availability NOTE a: FD ejection is not available with sheets larger than 181.9 mm in the paper feeding
Paper Size Dimensions in mm (inch) FD Availability direction and 209.9 mm in width.
A3W 328x453 { b: “FU*” in the FD availability columns means face-up ejection for transparencies,
A3 297x420 { thick paper, and envelope.
A4 210x297 { c: The FD and FU output capacities are applicable to both simplex and duplex prints
A5 148x210 X (when recommended paper is used).
B4 257x364 { Note *1: JIS envelope
B5 182x257 { † Dimensions and Weight
I-B5 176x250 X
Plain paper LT 215.9x279.4 (8.5”x11”) { Table 1-6. Dimensions and Weight of Each of
AcuLaser C8600 Printer Body and Optional Units
HLT 139.7x215.9 (5.5”x8.5”) X
Dimensions Weight
LG 215.9x355.6 (8.5”x14”) {
Width Depth Height (kg
EXE 184.15x266.7 (7.25”x10.5”) { ±1%kg)
(mm) (mm) (mm)
GLG 215.9x330.2 (8.5”x13”) {
Printer AcuLaser C8600 650 *1 647 554 70.0
GLT 203.2x266.7 (8”x10.5”) {
body AcuLaser C7000 650 *1 647 554 69.5
B(LD) 279.4x431.8 (11”x17”) {
Duplex Unit *2 - - - 8.2
F4 210x330 {
*
500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (with Feet) 575 602 164 13.3
Transparencies 210x297 (8.5”x11”) FU
500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (with
Postcard 100x148 FU * Option 575 602 206 14.0
Castors)
Double postcard 148x200 FU *
Large Capacity Paper Unit 578 602 264 21.2
Quadruple postcard 200x296 FU *
A3W Cassette 560 547 87.4 ± 1.2 2.7
MON 98.43x190.54 (37/8”x71/2”) FU *
Note *1: With the MSI (MP Tray) and the paper eject (FU) tray folded
C10 104.78241.3 (41/8”x91/2”) FU *
Special
*2: Since the Duplex Unit consists of three separate components, the dimensions of the
applications DL 110x220 FU *
Duplex Unit as a single unit are not given.
C5 162x229 FU *
NOTE a: For printer dimensions with its optional units installed, see Section 1.3.2
C6 114x162 FU *
"Dimensional Drawing (in mm)".
Yokei #0 *1 120x235 FU *
b: The tolerance of the dimensions is ± 1 mm.
Yokei #4 *1 105x235 FU *

Yokei #6 *1 98x190 FU * c: The total weight after installing optional units is not the total sum of the weights of
the printer body and the installed optional units, since their installation involves
some part removal.

† Power Supply
„ 100/120V version:100/120V±10% (90V∼132V) 50/60Hz±3Hz
„ 220/240V version:220/240V±10% (198V∼264V) 50/60Hz±3Hz

Product Description Basic Specifications 13

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Power Consumption † Product Life

Power consumption with the rated voltage (100, 115 or 240 VAC) input is as „ Printer body (including the standard tray):
follows: Approximately 180,000*1 printed pages (450,000 images) on A4 LEF or five
years, whichever comes first.
Table 1-7. Power Consumption
„ Option
Power Consumption Remarks
• 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit .............. 180,000 sheets
Average 550 Wh or less • Large Capacity Paper Unit .................... 180,000 sheets
Operating (color) *1 1100 W or less 100V/120V version (Fuser is on) • A3W Cassette ........................................ 180,000 sheets
Maximum
1200 W or less 220V/240V version (Fuser is on) • Duplex Unit ........................................... 180,000 sheets*2
Average 750 Wh or less Note *1: Note one full color print is formed with four images. So the printer can prints 180,
Operating (B/W) *1 1100 W or less 100V/120V version (Fuser is on) 000 sheets (= 450,000 images) if its job ratio of monochrome printing to color
Maximum
1200 W or less 220V/240V version (Fuser is on) printing is 1:1. (450,000 images = 90,000 x 4 + 90,000).
If the printer is used only for monochrome print, it can prints 450,000 sheets
Average 240 Wh or less
Standby mode 1000 W or less (Fuser is on) *2: In duplex printing, each side of paper is counted as one sheet.
Maximum
100 W or less (Fuser is off) † Noise
20 Wh or less Only with Japanese models Table 1-8. Noise
Low power mode *2 Average (Not applicable to
15 Wh or less AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000) Status Printer Body Only Printer Body + Optional Units *1
Note *1: Including the optional cassette unit and duplex printing unit. Operating 54.8dB(A) or less 59.4dB(A) or less
*2: Full pause status. Conforms to the Energy Star program. Standby mode 38.3dB(A) or less 38.3dB(A) or less
Low power mode 35.0 dB(A) or less 35.0 dB(A) or less
† Current Consumption
Note *1: Duplex Unit + Large Capacity Paper Unit
„ 100 V .............................................. 11 A or less (at rated voltage)
„ 115 V .............................................. 10 A or less (at rated voltage) † Ozone Concentration
The saturated concentration of ozone emission does not exceed 0.02 mg/m3.
„ 240 V .............................................. 5 A or less (at rated voltage)
Measurement is based on the BAM standard. The volume subjected to
measurement is 29.3 m3.
† Dust Emission
Dust concentration is not more than 0.075 mg/m3. Measurement is based on the
BAM standard.
† Toxicity
Photoconductor unit (OPC), toner, carrier, and plastic materials are all non-toxic.

Product Description Basic Specifications 14

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.2.2 Paper Specifications • Sheets already printed on other color/monochrome laser printers or
photocopiers
1.2.2.1 Paper Type • Sheets of paper stuck together

† Recommended Paper
4200 paper (B/W), X-Pressions paper (color), EPSON high-quality plain paper 1.2.2.2 Paper Feedings
(for color single-side only), EPSON coated paper
Table 1-9. Paper Feedings
† Plain Paper
Generally applied copier paper, Recycled paper, Special Applications
64 g/m2 ~ 105 g/m2 (17 lb ~ 28 lb) Postcard
Envelope
Recommended Plain Thick (MON,
† Special Applications Paper Source Double
Paper Paper paper C10, DL,
OHP postcard Labels
„ Exclusive OHP film (Type: LPCOHPS1) (105∼250 C6, C5,
Quadruple
g/m2) Yokei #0*3,
„ Postcard postcard
#4*3, #6*3)
„ Labels Standard tray
{ ∆ { *2 ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆
„ Color paper (MSI)
„ Thick paper (105 g/m2 ~ 250 g/m2) Standard
Universal { ∆ X X X X X
„ Envelope Cassette

NOTE 1: lb: Ream Weight =lb/500 sheets/17” × 22" A3W Cassette *1 { ∆ X X X X X

1g/m2=0.2659763 lb 500-sheet
{ ∆ X X X X X
Cassette *1
2: Before purchasing a large amount of paper, try it out and check that it is
properly fed. Duplex Unit *1 { ∆ X X X X X
3: The following types of paper should not be used with this printer. They could Note *1: Option
cause printing defects, paper jams or printer malfunctions. *2: Exclusive OHP sheet only
• Carbon paper, non-carbon paper, thermal paper, impact paper, acid-based
paper {: Paper feed reliability and image quality are ensured.
• Paper that was previously used in a thermal or ink jet printer ∆: Paper feed and printing are possible for only generally applied types of paper.
• Paper that is too thin or too thick
• Paper that is wet or damp X: Sheets cannot be fed.
• Paper with special coatings or colored paper with processed surfaces
• Paper that is too smooth or slippery on the surface
• Paper with significantly different roughness on each surface
• Paper with punch holes or perforations
• Irregularly shaped paper or paper with non-perpendicular corners
• Labels that peel off easily
• Paper with glue, staples or paper clips attached to it
• Ink jet paper for special applications (super-fine, glossy, glossy film, etc.)
• OHP sheets manufactured for other color laser printers, monochrome
printers, and photocopiers

Product Description Basic Specifications 15

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.2.2.3 Printing Area † Guaranteed Print Area List

Table 1-10. Guaranteed Print Area List (Unit: dots) (600dpi)
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Paper Size a1 b a2 c1 d c2
There are two types of printing areas, namely, the guaranteed print area and the A3W *1 390 7016 342 120 10174 406
printable area.
A3 120 6776 120 120 9680 120
† Guaranteed Print Area: A4 120 4720 120 120 6776 120
Print quality is guaranteed all over the guaranteed print area. A5 120 3256 120 120 4720 120
† Printable Area: B4 120 5832 120 120 8360 120
Printing is always possible all over the printable area. (Print quality is not B5 120 4060 120 120 5832 120
guaranteed out of the guaranteed print area, even within the printable area.)
LT 120 4860 120 120 6360 120
Printing is not always possible out of the available printing area. (Printing out of
the printable area sometimes may be achieved successfully, but can not always be HLT 120 3060 120 120 4860 120
achieved.) LG 120 4860 120 120 8160 120
EXE 120 4110 120 120 6060 120
The guaranteed print area and printable area are all the area of the sheet except vertical
and horizontal margins of 5 mm. (See illustration below) Regular GLG 120 4860 120 120 7560 120
However, with the A3W sheet or custom-size sheets with a large size, the guaranteed size paper GLT 120 4560 120 120 6060 120
print area is different from the printable area. B(LD) 120 6360 120 120 9960 120
F4 120 4720 120 120 7556 120
Postcard 120 2122 120 120 3256 120
Double postcard 120 4484 120 120 3256 120
Quadruple postcard 120 4484 120 120 6752 120
Envelope
120 2594 120 120 5310 120
(Yokei #0) *2
Envelope
120 2240 120 120 5310 120
(Yokei #4) *2
Guaranteed Print Envelope
Area or 120 2074 120 120 4248 120
(Yokei #6) *2
Printable Area
Custom Minimum size 120 1886 120 120 3060 120
size paper Maximum size *1 390 7016 342 120 10174 406
Note *1: With the A3W sheet or custom-size sheets with a large size, the guaranteed print area
is different from the printable area.
*2: JIS envelope

print_area01.eps

Figure 1-1. Guaranteed Print Area

Product Description Basic Specifications 16

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Printable Area List

Table 1-11. Printable Area List (Unit: dots) (600dpi)
Paper Size a1 b a2 c1 d c2
A3W *1 120 7508 120 120 10460 120
A3 120 6776 120 120 9680 120
A4 120 4720 120 120 6776 120
A5 120 3256 120 120 4720 120
B4 120 5832 120 120 8360 120
B5 120 4060 120 120 5832 120
LT 120 4860 120 120 6360 120
HLT 120 3060 120 120 4860 120
LG 120 4860 120 120 8160 120
EXE 120 4110 120 120 6060 120
Regular GLG 120 4860 120 120 7560 120
size paper GLT 120 4560 120 120 6060 120
B(LD) 120 6360 120 120 9960 120
F4 120 4720 120 120 7556 120
Postcard 120 2122 120 120 3256 120
Double postcard 120 4484 120 120 3256 120
Quadruple postcard 120 4484 120 120 6752 120
Envelope
120 2594 120 120 5310 120
(Yokei #0) *2
Envelope
120 2240 120 120 5310 120
(Yokei #4) *2
Envelope
120 2074 120 120 4248 120
(Yokei #6) *2
Custom Minimum size 120 1886 120 120 060 120
size paper Maximum size *1 120 7508 120 120 10460 120
Note *1: With the A3W sheet or custom-size sheets with a large size, the printable area is
different from the guaranteed print area.
*2: JIS envelope

Product Description Basic Specifications 17

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS „ When Standard Tray (MSI) or A3W Cassette is used

• Maximum paper size: 330.2 mm (13") (W) / 457.2 mm (18") (L)
† Maximum Printable Area • Printable area: 320 mm (12.6") (W) / 449.2 mm (17.7") (L)
320 mm (12.6") (W) / 457.2 mm (18") (L) • Guaranteed print area: 297 mm (11.7") (W) / 431.8 mm (17") (L)
† Guaranteed Print Area
All area of the sheet except vertical and horizontal margins of 4 mm.
However, the guaranteed print area is limited to within the maximum guaranteed
print area: 297 mm (11.7") (W) /444.5 mm (17.5") (L)
† Printable Area
„ Paper whose width is 304.8 mm (12") or less:
Printing is possible up to each edge of the sheet.
„ Paper whose width exceeds 304.8mm (12")*:
Printing is possible all over the area of the sheet except the vertical and
horizontal margins of 5 mm.

Paper Feed Direction

(See Figure 1-2)
Note "*": For paper whose width is more than 304.8 mm (12"), the side guide in the MSI must
be moved. So print start position changes to 5 mm from the paper edge (a). This
change also applies to A3W cassette. Guaranteed Print
Area

Side guide is here for paper whose width is 304.8 mm (12") or

less
Side guide is moved to this position for paper whose width is
more than 304.8 mm (12"). (12.6 mm outward)

Figure 1-2. Maximum Printable Area

(Standard Tray (MSI) / A3W Cassette)

Product Description Basic Specifications 18

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

„ When Standard Universal Cassette is used „ When 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit / Large Capacity Paper Unit is used
• Maximum paper size: 304.8 mm (12") (W) / 457.2 mm (18") (L) • Maximum paper size: 304.8 mm (12") (W) / 431.8 mm (17") (L)
• Printable area: 296.8 mm (11.7") (W) / 449.2 mm (17.7") (L) • Printable area: 296.8 mm (11.7") (W) / 423.8 mm (16.7") (L)
• Guaranteed print area: 296.8 mm (11.7") (W) / 431.8 mm (17") (L) • Guaranteed print area: 296.8 mm (11.7") (W) / 423.8 mm (16.7") (L)

Paper Feed Direction

Paper Feed Direction
Guaranteed Print
Guaranteed Print Area
Area

Side guide is here for paper whose width is 304.8 mm (12") or

less
Side guide is here for paper whose width is 304.8 mm (12") or
less

Figure 1-4. Maximum Printable Area

Figure 1-3. Maximum Printable Area (Standard Universal Cassette) (500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit / Large Capacity Paper Unit)

Product Description Basic Specifications 19

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.2.3 Reliability, Durability and Maintainability † 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit / Large Capacity Paper Unit

Recommended Special
MPBF Plain Paper
Paper Applications*
† Printer body (including the standard tray (MSI)): Paper jam rate (simplex print) 1/5000 or less 1/3000 or less 1/100 or less
40,000 pages or more (100,000 images or more*) 1/3000 or less 1/1800 or less -
Paper jam rate (duplex print)
† Printer body (including the standard tray (MSI) and Duplex Unit): Multiple-sheet feed rate 1/5000 or less 1/3000 or less 1/50 or less
40,000 pages or more (100,000 images or more*)
† Printer body + 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit: † A3W Cassette
40,000 pages or more (100,000 images or more*)
A3W Paper
† Printer body + Large Capacity Paper Unit:
Paper jam rate 1/2000 or less
40,000 pages or more (100,000 images or more*)
Multiple-sheet feed rate 1/500 or less
Note "*": Since one page of color print is formed with 4 images, the value “100,000 images” is
calculated from the MPBF on the assumption that the job ratio of color printing to NOTE: The paper jam rate and multiple-sheet feed rate do not include those at
monochrome printing is 1:1. the sheets boundary between original paper and replenished paper,
100,000 = 40,000/2 + (40,000/2 x 4) occurring after paper is replenished.

PAPER FEED RELIABILITY

† Standard Paper Tray

Recommended Special
Plain Paper
Paper Applications*
Paper jam rate (simplex print) 1/1000 or less 1/500 or less 1/100
Paper jam rate (duplex print) 1/600 or less 1/300 or less -
Multiple-sheet feed rate 1/1000 or less 1/1000 or less 1/50
Note "*": Feeding reliability for envelopes is defined when printed on the front side at normal
temperature only. Envelopes that are adherent due to high temperature are excluded.
(Print on a back side is not guaranteed.)
† Standard Universal Cassette

Recommended Special
Plain Paper
Paper Applications*
Paper jam rate (simplex print) 1/3000 or less 1/2000 or less 1/100 or less
Paper jam rate (duplex print) 1/1800 or less 1/1200 or less -
Multiple-sheet feed rate 1/800 or less 1/500 or less 1/50 or less

Product Description Basic Specifications 20

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

PRINTING START POSITION ACCURACY 1.2.4 Operating Conditions (Including Consumables)

„ Reference point of Main scanning direction (c) ±2.5 mm † Temperature and Humidity Conditions
„ Reference point of Sub scanning direction (a) ±2.0 mm „ Temperature: 10 ∼ 32°C
„ Humidity: 15 ∼ 85%RH (no condensation, however)
† Altitude
3,100 m or less
† Level
Front-rear direction on the table: 5 mm or less (within 646 mm)
Right-left direction on the table: 10 mm or less (within 560 mm)

Paper Feed Direction

† Lighting
Guaranteed Print 3,000 lx or less (not to be exposed to direct sunlight)
Area
† Space Requirements
In order to ensure that the printer operates properly, provide at least as much space as
shown in Figure 1-6.

Figure 1-5. Printing Start Position Accuracy

SKEW

Direction A4 (Landscape) A3
Main scanning direction (|c-d|) ±1.5 mm (f=196 mm) ±3.0 mm (f=406 mm)
Sub scanning direction (|a-b|) ±2.0 mm (e=271 mm) ±2.0 mm (e=271 mm)

SERVICEABILITY

MTTR: Averages within 30 minutes. 95% is completed within 50 minutes.

HEIGHT OF CURL OF PRINTED PAGES

±15 mm or less (for color printing with the image ratio of 5% in non- aligned
condition). (This value varies with the image ratio and aligning pattern.)

Product Description Basic Specifications 21

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.2.5 Storage and Transport of the Printer Body and

Optional Products (Consumables Packaged)
780 mm TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS

150 mm
Ventilation
683 mm Table 1-12. Temperature and Humidity Conditions
Warranty
Ventilation Temperature Humidity
Period
Normal
0∼35°C 15∼ 80%RH* 12 months
conditions
Severe High temperature: 35∼40°C High humidity: 80∼ 95%RH*
1 month max.
Conditions Low temperature: -20∼0°C Low humidity: 5∼15%RH*
Note "*": No condensation, however

728 mm*1 STORAGE BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (ALTITUDE)

457 mm
633 mm*2
0∼3,100 m
825 mm*1
(0 to 15,000m is possible during air shipping, but the air pressure in the cargo room
730 mm*2

835 mm
must be 70.9275 kPa or more.)
*1: With the Duplex Units installed
*2: Standard condition DROPPING
† Printer Body
„ Free drop
Figure 1-6. Space Requirement Height:
<Bottom]> 457 mm (18”)
<Other than bottom> 305 mm (12”)
Test times:
<Bottom> Once
<Other than bottom> Once for each face
(5 times in total)
„ Edge drop
Height: 457 mm (18”)
Test times: Once for each edge (4 times in total)

Product Description Basic Specifications 22

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Optional Units 1.2.6 Electrical Features

„ Dropping direction
Specifications here are not applicable to any optional units.
1 corner, 3 edges, 6 sides
„ Dropping height † AC Line Noise
„ Pulse width: 50 ~ 1,000 ns
Table 1-13. Dropping Height
„ Pulse polarity: +/–
Optional Unit Height
„ Repeat: Not synchronous
Duplex Unit 760 mm „ Modes: Common/normal
500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit 760 mm „ Voltage: 1kV
Large Capacity Paper Unit 760 mm (However, the parts can withstand up to 2kv without
A3W Cassette 920 mm damage.)
† Instantaneous Outages
DIP 100% (at rated voltage-10% and rated frequency-10%) for one cycle without
VIBRATION any effect on print quality.
† Frequency ................................ 2 ∼ 500Hz † Resistance to Static Electricity
No possibility of any error which affects on print quality under the following
† Acceleration ............................ 12.6 m/s2 (on the vibration board)*1
conditions:
† Direction of application ........... Three directions (x, y and z axes)*2 „ Contact discharging: ±6kV
† Duration of application ............ 50 minutes „ Atmospheric discharging: ±8kV
Note *1: Overall rms value † Inrush Current
*2: X, Y: Vertical, Z: Horizontal 1/2 cycle, 100 A or less, 10 msec or less
† Insulation Resistance
10MΩ or more
† Dielectric Strength
There is no breakdown when the following voltages are applied for one minute.
Table 1-14. Voltage to be Applied
Between
Primary Side and Chassis
100V/120V version AC2,000V
220V/240V version AC3,000V

Product Description Basic Specifications 23

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Leak Current 1.2.8 Compliance with Standards and Regulations

100V: 0.25 mA or less
† Safety Standards
120V: 3.5 mA or less
„ 100V/120V version
220/240V: 3.5 mA or less
• UL1950 3rd Edition
Conditions: 1.5kΩ, 0.15µF (between frames and non-charged metallic parts)
• CSA C22.2 No.950-M95
The measurement circuit is in compliance with IEC60960.
„ 220V/240V version
• IEC950 2nd Edition
1.2.7 Process Specifications • EN60950
† Printer Type: • A3 by VDE with GS-mark
Dry electrophotographic with 2 ingredients using the intermediate belt transfer
† Safety Regulations (Laser Transmission)
system
„ 100V/120V version
† Light Source: FDA21CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J, Section 1010,1040
Semi-conductor laser
„ 220V/240V version
Laser power: 5mW (rated)
IEC825 Class I Laser Product
Wave length: 785 nm +10/-15 nm (at 25°C)
NOTE: Laser power: 5mW (rated)
† Photoconductor Unit: Wave length: 785 nm +10/-15 nm (at 25°C)
OPC drum (organic photoconductor)
† EMI
† Charging: „ 120V (US): FCC Part15 SubpartB,
Roller transfer system
ClassB (ANSI C63.4/11.4D)
† Development: „ 220/240V (Europe): EN 55022(CISPR Publication22), ClassB
Exposed area development Also, the printer main body meets the following
† Toner: standards:
Non-magnetic toner with carrier EN61000-3-2(Harmonics)
EN61000-3-3(Flicker)
† 1st transfer:
Intermediate belt transfer system † Power Supply Harmonic
Complies with the power supply harmonic control guide line
† 2nd transfer:
Roller transfer system † Power Consumption
Conforms to International Energy Star Program standards
† Fusing: (30W or less in the low power mode)
Oil-less heat roller system
† Others
† Density Adjustment:
Automatic (can not be set by user)
„ Toner: No effect on human health (OSHA, TSCA, EINECS)
„ Carrier: No effect on human health
„ OPC: No effect on human health (OSHA)
„ Ozone generation: UL478 (5th edition)

Product Description Basic Specifications 24

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

„ Materials: Swiss Environmental Protection Standards compliance 1.2.9 Consumable Components

(contains no Cds)
1.2.9.1 Consumables

TONER CARTRIDGES

C H E C K „ The Toner Cartridges for AcuLaser C8600/C7000 are not

P O IN T interchangeable with those for EPL-C8000/8200.
„ The Toner Cartridges for AcuLaser C8600/C7000 are
interchangeable with those for AcuLaser C8500.

† Constitution and Life (Toner Consumption)

Table 1-15. Constitution and Life (Toner Consumption)
Name Constitution Life
Toner Cartridge (Black) Black toner, etc. 5,500 images (Average) *
Toner Cartridge (Cyan) Cyan toner, etc. 6,000 images (Average) *
Toner Cartridge (Magenta) Magenta toner, etc. 6,000 images (Average) *
Toner Cartridge (Yellow) Yellow toner, etc. 6,000 images (Average) *
Note "*": The number of images indicated here is defined on the assumption that the image
ratio is 5% on A4 (LEF) paper during continuous printing, and does not represent the
number of pages for color printing. The life varies with the image ratio and printer
usage (whether continuous or intermittent).
† Dimensions and Weight
„ Unpacked
<Dimensions> 50 mm (W) x 400 mm (D) x 54.5 mm (H)
<Weight> K 0.356 kg
Y/M/C 0.351 kg
„ Packed
<Dimensions> 85 mm (W) x 435 mm (D) x 0 mm (H)
<Weight> K 0.459kg
Y/M/C 0.474kg

NOTE: Tolerance for the dimension and weight is ± 1%.

Product Description Basic Specifications 25

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Environmental Conditions for Storage and Transportation (common to all the PHOTOCONDUCTOR UNIT
Toner Cartridges)
„ Temperature/humidity
C H E C K The Photoconductor Unit (Drum Cartridge) for AcuLaser C8600/
Table 1-16. Temperature/Humidity P O IN T C7000 is not interchangeable with that for EPL-C8000/8200 or
Warranty AcuLaser C8500.
Temperature Humidity
Period*2
Normal
0∼35°C 15∼ 80%RH*1 24 months
conditions
Severe High temperature: 35∼40°C High humidity: 80∼ 95%RH*1 † Constitution and Life
1 month max.
conditions Low temperature: -20∼0°C Low humidity: 5∼15%RH*1
Life
Constitution Life
Note *1: No condensation (Continuous printing)
*2: 12 months for unpacked cartridge under the conditions where the printer is used. (No • Photoconductor B/W: 50,000 pages
condensation, however) 20,000 pages *
• Drum Cleaner
The waste toner box has the same life Color: 12,500 pages
„ Storage barometric pressure (altitude): • Waste Toner Box, etc.
0 ~ 3,100m Note "*": The number of pages indicated here is defined on the assumption that A4 (LEF)
(0 to 15000 m is possible during air shipping, but the air pressure in the cargo paper is used, the job ratio of monochrome printing to color printing is 1:1 and
room must be 70.9275 KPa or more.) printing is at 4P/J. The life varies with the image ratio and printer usage (whether
„ Drop test (packed): continuous or intermittent). The life by use at 1P/J is approximately 8,000 pages.
<Height> ......................................... 910 mm † Dimensions and Weight
<Dropping direction>...................... 1 corner, 3 edges, 6 sides
„ Unpacked
„ Resistance to vibration (packed):
<Dimensions> 213 mm (W) x 510 mm (D) x181 mm (H)
<Frequency> ................................... 5 ~ 100Hz
<Acceleration>................................ 6.9 m/s2 <Weight> 3.4 kg
<Direction of application> .............. 3 directions (X, Y, Z) „ Packed
<Duration of application>............... 50 minutes for each direction <Dimensions> 318 mm (W) x 618 mm (D) x280 mm (H)
(150 minutes in total) <Weight> 3.6 kg

NOTE: Tolerance for the dimension and weight is ± 1%.

† Environmental Conditions for Storage and Transportation

Same as for Toner Cartridges

Product Description Basic Specifications 26

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

WASTE TONER BOX 1.2.9.2 Regularly Replaced Parts

Without taking into account replacement by user, the periodical replacement parts for
this printer are as follows:
C H E C K The Waste Toner Box for AcuLaser C8600/C7000 is
P O IN T interchangeable with those for EPL-C8000/8200 and AcuLaser † Main Fuser Assembly
C8500. 100,000 pages
† Exhaust Filter: 100,000 pages

† Constitution and Life

Life
Constitution Life
(Continuous printing)
B/W: 50,000 pages
Waste Toner Box, etc. 20,000 pages *
Color: 12,500 pages
Note "*": The number of pages indicated here is defined on the assumption that the image ratio
is 5% on A4 (LEF) paper, the job ratio of monochrome printing to color printing is
1:1 and printing is at 4P/J. The life varies with the image ratio and printer usage
(whether continuous or intermittent).
† Dimensions and Weight
„ Unpacked
<Dimensions> 75.5 mm (W) x 444 mm (D) x131 mm (H)
<Weight> 0.73kg
„ Packed
<Dimensions> 149 mm (W) x 495 mm (D) x 192 mm (H)
<Weight> 0.87kg

NOTE: Tolerance for the dimension and weight is ± 1%.

† Environmental Conditions for Storage and Transportation

Same as for Toner Cartridges

Product Description Basic Specifications 27

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.3 External View and Parts Names

1.3.1 External View and Parts Names
Table 1-17. Parts Names
e
Symbol Name of Part Symbol Name of Part d

a Control Panel r USB I/F Connector

Cover A / EXIT UPPER COVER FRONT MID COVER
b s
(Output path cover) (Duplex unit slot cover)
c FRONT COVER t Lower Cassette 2 / LC2 (Option)
d Face-up Tray u Lower Cassette 3 / LC3 (Option)
Standard tray / MSI Tray / MP Tray Cover E / FEEDER CHUTE
e v
(Unit C) ASSY
Standard Universal Cassette / Lower Unit B / DUP TRANSPORT
f w b
Cassette 1 (LC1) ASSY a
g RIGHT COVER x INVERTER ASSY

h
Unit C / MSI ASSY
y Cover F / INVERTER ASSY
Figure 1-7. Top View
(Paper path unit)
i Parallel I/F Connector z Unit G / DUPLEX UNIT
DUP TRANSPORT ASSY
j Grounding Screw (2 positions) A
Connector
Option Slot Cover (for Color Copy F
d
k B INVERTER ASSY Connector
Station)
Large Capacity Paper Unit c e
l Power Switch C
Connector d
m AC Inlet D Connector
n Fuser Unit / Unit B E Large Capacity Paper Unit
Cover D / TURN CHUTE COVER
o F Logo Plate
(Paper cassette cover) s
p Filter Assy G 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
f
q Option Slot Cover (for Type-B)

Figure 1-8. Front View

Product Description External View and Parts Names 28

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

a
j

k i p
j

o r

Figure 1-9. Right Side View Figure 1-11. Rear View

w
c

n z
x
t

m
u

Figure 1-10. Left Side View Figure 1-12. Front View

with Duplex Unit and Large Capacity Paper Unit Installed

Product Description External View and Parts Names 29

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

v E
D

Figure 1-13. Right Side View Figure 1-15. Rear View

with Duplex Unit and Large Capacity Paper Unit Installed with Duplex Unit and Large Capacity Paper Unit Installed

A
n
w

B
y

E G

Figure 1-14. Left Side View Figure 1-16. Front View

with Duplex Unit and Large Capacity Paper Unit Installed with 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit Installed

Product Description External View and Parts Names 30

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.3.2 Dimensional Drawing (in mm)

The dimensions of EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 are shown below.

NOTE: The dimensions as shown below do not include ribs.

397 560 375

647
Figure 1-17. Right Side View
with 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit Installed
1332

Figure 1-18. Top View

650

554
Figure 1-19. Front View

Product Description External View and Parts Names 31

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1425
742

680
818
Figure 1-20. Overall Dimensions
with Large Capacity Paper Unit and Duplex Unit Installed Figure 1-22. Overall Dimensions
with 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
(with Supplied Rubber Feet) Installed

730

Figure 1-21. Overall Dimensions

with 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
(with Standard Castors) Installed

Product Description External View and Parts Names 32

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.4 Controller Specifications † HDD: 1 (the same option as for EPL-N2120)

† Printer Settings: Control panel settings, EJL, PJL commands, and MIB
1.4.1 Basic Controller Specifications „ Storage cell: EEPROM serial type 16-kbyte
† Printer Modes
1.4.1.1 Basic Controller Specifications for AcuLaser C8600
„ Standard: ESC/Page-Color mode, ESC/Page(B/W) mode, LJ4
† CPU: PowerPC750CX (400MHz) mode (B/W), GL2 mode (B/W), ESCP2 mode (B/W),
† Enhanced Technology: AcuLaser Color Halftoning FX mode (B/W), I239X mode (B/W)
CRIT, RIT (VIPS, CDMC) „ Optional: PostScript 3 (PostScript 3 module)
AcuLaser Color Copy Station 8600
† RAM: SDRAM 64-bit width DIMM
(PC-100 or PC-133) „ Others: EJL, PJL mode
Maximum: 1024MB (with the standard RAM removed RCC mode
and 512 MB of RAM installed in each of the 2 slots. DIAG mode
Up to 576 MB unless the standard RAM is removed) † Installation Method: Fixed to the printer body
2 slots (1 slot is used with standard RAM)
„ Standard: 64MB 1.4.1.2 Basic Controller Specifications for AcuLaser C7000
„ Optional RAM: 64MB, 128MB, 256MB, 512MB † CPU: TMPR4955AF-200 MHz
† ROM: 32-bit width (3.3 V) † Enhanced technology: AcuLaser Color Halftoning (supporting monochrome)
„ Program: 4MB (ROM DIMM) CRIT, RIT
„ Font: 4MB (ROM DIMM, Mask) † RAM: 2 slots (1 slot for the standard RAM)
† Expansion ROM: 2 slots (ROM DIMM slots, 3.3V, must be installed and „ Standard: 32 MB, Maximum 256 MB
removed only with power turned off) „ DIMM options: SDRAM DIMM dedicated to AcuLaser C1000/
„ Slots A, B: Font ROM module, PostSccipt3 module, AcuLaser AcuLaser C7000 (slot shape is different from PC slots)
Color Copy Station 8600 module 16 MB, 32 MB, 64 MB and 128 MB

† Control Panel: 1-line 20-digit LCD, 3 LEDs, 6 buttons † Program ROM: 2 MB (32-bit width)
(control panel 2001) † EEPROM: 256-byte
† Interfaces † Panel: 2 LEDs
„ Standard: Parallel 1ch † Interfaces
1EEE1284 compliant bi-directional
„ Standard: Parallel interface 1 ch
B-type connector
IEEE1284 compatible bi-directional, B-Type connector
Compatibility, Nibble, ECP
Compatibility, Nibble, ECP
USB (Rev.1.1) 1ch
USB 1.1 1ch
Ethernet 100 Base-TX/10 Base-T 1ch
„ Options: Type-B 1 slot (compatible with Level-2)
„ Optional: Type-B 1-slot (Level 3 compatible)
However, currently Leo2.1 is only supported
Dedicated interface for AcuLaser Color Copy Station
8600 † Printer mode: ESC/PageS Printing System

Product Description Controller Specifications 33

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.4.2 Controller Configuration 1.4.3 Calibration Function (only with AcuLaser C8600)
The AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 controller can set the following configurations. AcuLaser C8600 has a calibration function. Calibration can be made by changing the
Since jumper resistors are used for the settings, these settings are determined when the contents of the calibration table (1D) for AcuLaser C8600. Changing the contents of
printers are shipped from the factory. the calibration table can be achieved by means of the Resource Data Control Code.
The default values in the calibration table are those set in the code area. After change,
1.4.2.1 Controller Configuration for AcuLaser C8600 however, the values stored in EEPROM will work as the values in the calibration table.
After change, the version information (date and time) of the changed calibration table
NOTE: For AcuLaser C8600, controller configurations are A4 setting for all (for example, the table of gradation 600DPI) is indicated on the status sheet.
markets, that is, LT setting is not used.
You must rewrite the Calibration Table only when necessary. Execute rewriting of the
Table 1-18. Jumper Resisters for AcuLaser C8600 Calibration Table according to the Calibration Table Data and rewriting procedure
given in Technical Information which is supplied separately.
RJ401 RJ402 RJ403
Setting Item N/W I/F Cassette Size Paper Size
Jumper Mounted Exist EXE LTR C A U T IO N This function is not described in manuals, that is, it is not disclosed
Resister Not mounted Not exist B5 A4 to users.

Table 1-19. Jumper Resister Factory Setting for AcuLaser C8600

RJ401 RJ402 RJ403
For China Mounted Not mounted Not mounted
Other Countries Mounted Mounted Not mounted

1.4.2.2 Controller Configuration for AcuLaser C7000

Table 1-20. Jumper Setting for AcuLaser C7000
JP100 JP101 JP102
Pattern Jumper Pattern Jumper DIC Jumper
(INPT1) (INPT3) (INPT7)
Default setting for Setting for intended Parallel interface
Setting Item
MP tray paper size market receive mode
1: Open A4 Other than Japan Nibble
Jumper Setting
0: Short LT Japan ECP

Note: B5/EXE switching of paper cassettes is not available, and B5 is set for all markets.

Product Description Controller Specifications 34

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.5 External Interface Specifications <AcuLaser C7000>

AcuLaser C7000 is equipped with the external host interfaces as listed below:
<AcuLaser C8600>
† Parallel interface (standard)
AcuLaser C8600 is equipped with the external host interfaces as listed below:
† USB (Rev. 1.1) interfaces (standard)
† Parallel interface (standard)
† Type-B host interface 1-slot (optional)
† USB (Rev. 1.1) interfaces (standard)
Host interfaces' actual operations are limited to automatic interface switching only.
† Ethernet interface (standard)
Figure 1-24 below shows the locations of the external interfaces of AcuLaser C7000.
† Type-B host interface 1-slot (optional)
By installing the interface board for AcuLaser Color Copy Station 8600, the printer is
equipped with the AcuLaser Color Copy Station 8600 panel and scanner interface.

Figure 1-23 below shows the locations of the external interfaces of AcuLaser C8600. Optional interface

Parallel interface
(IEEE1284 B-type)

Color Copy Station Parallel Interface

interface (IEEE1284 B-Type)
(Panel for Color Copy
Station and scanner)
USB interface

LED: Link/Receive Lamp

Type-B (AUX) (Green)
interface
LED: 100Base-TX/10Base-T
Lamp (Orange) USB interface
Ethernet Interface
(100BaseTX/10BaseT Figure 1-24. Locations of External Interfaces (AcuLaser C7000)

Backside View

Figure 1-23. Locations of External Interfaces (AcuLaser C8600)

Product Description External Interface Specifications 35

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.5.1 Parallel Interface Specifications MDL:*****;

CLS:PRINTER;
† Interface Type DES:*****;
IEEE 1284 bi-directional high speed parallel interface CID:*****;
† Operating Modes 1.5.1.2 Parallel Interface Specifications for AcuLaser C7000
Compatibility, Nibble, ECP
Device ID values of AcuLaser C7000 are described below:
† Connector Model Name
57RE-40360-830B (D7A) DDK or the equivalent MFG:EPSON;CMD:ESCPAGES-02;MDL: AL-C7000;CLS:PRINTER;DES:EPSON AL-C7000;

† Conforming Plug Communication modes are switched with the jumper switch on the controller board.
Amphenol or its equivalent „ Nibble: The ECP communication mode is not supported, and the Reverse
mode is only available in the Nibble communication mode
1.5.1.1 Parallel Interface Specifications for AcuLaser C8600
„ ECP: The ECP communication is supported (ECP is the default
The initial Device ID value of AcuLaser C8600 is described below. Carriage returns specification)
have been inserted into the list below to make it easier to read, but in actual practice the
device ID values are displayed as a continuous character string, and no carriage return
codes are inserted. The CMD parameters are not shown here in the actual order. None
of MODE and STATUS parameters is included. The DES parameter is a combination
of the MFG and MDL parameters with a space between them.
**†1;
MFG:EPSON;
CMD:PJL,EJL,ESCPL2,ESCP9,PRPXL24-01,PCL,HPGL2-01,ESCPAGE-04,
ESCPAGECOLOR-01**†2;
MDL:**†3;
CLS:PRINTER;
DES:**†4;
†1: “Total number of characters + 2" of the device ID appears in hexadecimal.
†2: “POSTSCRIPT” is added only when the PostScript 3 module is installed.
†3: The model name appears AL-C8600
†4: The manufacturer and model name appears EPSON AL-C8600
Furthermore, the user can redefine the Device ID MFG, MDL, DES and CID.
Also, the CID Field does not respond with the default value, but does respond with the
defined character string only when it has been redefined. The Device ID when
redefined is as follows. The asterisks “*****” are the user defined character strings.
MFG:*****;
CMD:PJL,EJL,ESCPL2,ESCP9,PRPXL24-01,PCL,HPGL2-01,ESCPAGE-04,
ESCPAGECOLOR-01**†2;

Product Description External Interface Specifications 36

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.5.2 USB Interface Specifications 1.5.3 Ethernet Interface

† The USB interface is in compliance with the Universal Serial Bus specification † Interface type
Rev. 1.1. 10Base-T, 100BaseT-X, Half Duplex, Full Duplex (Switched at power on)
† Difference from Rev. C: † Printing protocols
Rev. 1.1 replies to the following requests without rejecting:
„ TCP/IP....................... LPR, FTP, IPP, PORT2501, PORT9100
„ CLEAR_FEATURE Endpoint0 „ Microsoft Network ... SMB
„ GET_STATUS Endpoint0 „ NetWare
AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 has an 18-digit serial ID number for USB Rev. 1.1. Operating mode
This ID number is displayed at the bottom of the Status Sheet. Each digit denotes the Standby (factory default), NDS Print Server, Bindery Print Server, Remote
information as described below. Printer)
1, 2: Number from 00 to 99 specific to model „ AppleTalk
(“09” for AcuLaser C8600/“13” for AcuLaser C7000) † Management protocols
3: P for page printer „ TCP/IP................ SNMP, ENPC, HTTP, TELNET, DHCP, BOOTP, PING
4, 5: PC number on the assembly belt
„ Microsoft Network ... Auto-IP, SSDP
6, 7: Year of assembly
8, 9: Month of assembly
„ NetBEUI ................... SNMP, ENPC
10, 11: Day of assembly „ NetWare .................... SNMP, ENPC
12, 13: Hour of assembly „ AppleTalk ................. SNMP, ENPC
14, 15: Minute of assembly NOTE a: ENPC: EPSON Network Peripheral Control Protocol
16, 17: Second of assembly
18: Reserved digit (0 is normally specified) b: IPP: Internet Printing Protocol
† Connector type: RJ45

C A U T IO N If the circuit board is replaced for maintenance services or some † Applicable cable: 2-pair STP (10Base-T, 100Base-TX)
other reason, the USB serial number must be changed to another
USB ID. Consequently, the printer may be recognized as a NOTE: In order to conform to FCC Class B, EN55022 Class B, and VCCI Class
different printer when it is connected to the computer. B, a shielded type cable must be used.

Product Description External Interface Specifications 37

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Pin configuration 1.5.4 Type-B Interface Specifications

See Table 1-21. AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 has one Type-B optional interface slot as standard
Table 1-21. Pin Configuration for the Ethernet I/F equipment.
Pin Signal Name I/O
1.5.4.1 Type-B Interface Specifications for AcuLaser C8600
1 Tx+ O
† Main System Type:
2 Tx- O MTP600dpi,PW7748dt600dpi,PRG(*****)rev,AP800ma,SPD0fast,D4
3 Rx+ I NOTE: The asterisks***** represent the ROM version.

4 N.C. - † Printer Name:

Factory default Printer Name is the same as the Product Name.
5 N.C. -
† Product Name: AL-C8600
6 Rx- I
† Emulation Type: See the table below
7 N.C. -
† Entity Type: See the table below
8 N.C. -
Table 1-22. Emulation Type/Entity Type
Emulation Emulation Type Entity Type
† Entity type *1 *1
PS POSTSCRIPT-00 LaserWriter *1
See Section 1.5.4 "Type-B Interface Specifications". ESC/Page Color ESCPAGECOLOR-01 EPSONPAGECOLOR1
ESC/Page ESCPAGE-04
LJ4 PCL5E-00 EPSONPCL5
1239X PRPXL24-01 EPSONPRPXL24
GL2 HPGL2-01 EPSONHPGL2
FX ESCP9 EPSONFX
ESCP2 ESCPL2 EPSONLQ2

Note: *1: Added when a PostScript 3 module is installed.

† Emulation Type:
„ When Emulation is set to AUTO;
If PS is not started: AUTO (Emulation Types 1, 2, 3, . . .)
If PS is started: EJL (POSTSCRIPT-00, other Emulation
Types 1, 2, 3, . . .)
„ When Emulation is fixed: EJL (Default Emulation Type, other
Emulation Types 1, 2, 3, . . .)

Product Description External Interface Specifications 38

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Entity Type:
„ When Emulation is set to AUTO:Refer to the above list.
„ When Emulation is fixed: The default Emulation Type and
EPSONPAGECOLOR1 are returned.

1.5.4.2 Type-B Interface Specifications for AcuLaser C7000

Applicable Type-B optional interface is Leo2.1 only.
† Main System Type: MTP600dpi,PW7748dt600dpi,PRG(*****)rev,
AP800ma,SPD0fast,GDI
***** is a ROM version
† Printer Name: AL-C7000
† Product Name: AL-C7000
† Emulation Type: ESCPAGES-02
† Entity Type: EPSONPAGES2

Product Description External Interface Specifications 39

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.6 Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 1.6.2 Description of Indicators

LCD PANEL
1.6.1 External View and Names
„ One-line 20-character (5 x 7 dot matrix) liquid crystal display
„ Normally displays printer status.
LCD Panel „ In panel setting mode, LCD displays setting menus, setting items or setting
1 line, 20 characters Enter button Ready LED (Green)
(5x7 dot matrix)
values.

Up button Data LED (Yellow) Error LED (Red)

READY LED
„ On: The printer is On Line.
„ Off: The printer is in a pause status.
If any error occurs, the printer goes into a pause status, with the Ready LED
LCD (20 digits) going out.

DATA LED
„ On: Printer contains data that has not been processed yet.
„ Off: No effective print data remains in the printer.
Back button Start/Stop button
„ Blinking: The printer is processing data now.
Down button Job Cancel button
ERROR LED
„ Blinking1: An error has occurred which permits continuing to print by
pressing the Continue button.
Figure 1-25. External View of Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) When “Auto Cont” is ON, error status will be automatically
cleared after a while even without pressing the Start/Stop button.
NOTE: Enter button, Back button, Up button and Down button can be used for Example: “Paper Set” error
password input. The key assignment of password, which is shown on the „ On: An error has occurred which does not permit the printer to
label, is as follows: recover without its clearing by the user.
Enter button:3 Clearing the error will automatically recover the printer.
Back button:1 Example: “Front Cover Open” error
Up button:2 „ Blinking 2: An error has occurred which requires the user to clear the error
Down button:4 and press the Start/Stop button.
Setting “Auto Cont” to “ON” will not affect this error.
Example: “Multi-bin Paper Eject Full” error

NOTE: Blinking 1 repeats a cycle of 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF.

Blinking 2 repeats a cycle of 0.6-second ON and 0.6-second OFF.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 40

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.6.3 Description of Buttons „ In panel setting mode:

The printer displays the next lower rank in the hierarchical setting system.
START/STOP BUTTON The setting value is registered or the selected item is executed.

„ In normal operation:
BACK BUTTON
Pressing this button interrupts or resumes printing operation. Pressing the
button will change the state of the Ready LED between ON and OFF „ In normal operation:
alternately. The printer enters the panel setting mode.
Pressing this button after start of printing operation will stop printing after „ In panel setting mode:
completion of the printing of the currently printed page. The printer displays the previous higher rank in the hierarchical setting
Another pressing of this button resumes printing. system.
When this button is pressed in the top rank (menu) in the hierarchy, the printer
NOTE: Even when the Ready LED is off and thus printing is not performed, other leaves the panel setting mode to return to the normal operation mode.
operations are kept on. This means that data receive is continued until
the receive buffer is filled up to its full capacity. UP BUTTON
„ When this button is pressed for an extended period of time with the printer in „ In normal operation:
the pause status: The printer enters the panel setting mode.
The printer ejects paper forcibly if it has print data. „ In panel setting mode:
„ When any error has occurred: Displays the previous value of the currently selected rank (menu, item or
• If the error permits the printer to recover only by pressing the button: setting value) in the hierarchy.
Pressing this button clears the error and turns off the Error LED.
• If the error does not permit the printer to recover only by pressing the button: DOWN BUTTON
Pressing this button does not change the state of the Error LED but changes „ In normal operation:
the LCD indication to “Unable Clear Error”. The printer enters the panel setting mode menu.
„ In panel setting mode:
JOB CANCEL BUTTON Displays the next value of the currently selected rank (menu, item or setting
• Pressing normally: value) in the hierarchy.
Deletes the currently printed data.
Each pressing deletes one job.
• Pressing for 2 seconds or longer:
Deletes all of the data in the printing queue, the job and data currently
received and the data currently printed.

ENTER BUTTON
„ In normal operation:
The printer enters the panel setting mode.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 41

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Functions of Buttons
Table 1-23. Summary of Button Functions
Button Name On Line In Pause Status Error Has Occurred In Panel Setting Mode
1. Pressing normally: 1. Recoverable error:
Into On Line status Clears error Returns to normal mode (the same state as before
Ready Into pause status
2. Pressing for 2 seconds or longer: 2. Non-recoverable error: entering panel setting mode)
Ejects paper forcibly Displays “Unable Clear Error”
1. Pressing normally: 1. Pressing normally: 1. Pressing normally:
Deletes printing data Deletes printing data Deletes printing data
Job Cancel Invalid
2. Pressing for 2 seconds or longer: 2. Pressing for 2 seconds or longer: 2. Pressing for 2 seconds or longer:
Deletes all printing data Deletes all printing data Deletes all printing data
1. When panel setting mode menu is displayed:
Displays setting item
2. When setting item for non-execution is displayed:
Enters the printer information menu in Enters the printer information menu in Displays setting value
Enter Invalid
the panel setting mode the panel setting mode 3. When setting item for execution is displayed:
Executes printing or processing
4. When setting value is displayed:
Registers the setting value
1. When panel setting mode menu is displayed:
Enters the printer information menu in Enters the printer information menu in Returns to normal mode
Back Invalid
the panel setting mode the panel setting mode 2. When setting item or setting value is displayed:
Displays the previous higher rank in hierarchy
1. When panel setting mode menu is displayed:
Displays the previous panel setting mode menu
Enters the printer information menu in Enters the printer information menu in 2. When setting item is displayed:
Up Invalid
the panel setting mode the panel setting mode Displays previous setting item
3. When setting value is displayed:
Displays previous setting value
1. When panel setting mode menu is displayed:
Displays the next panel setting mode menu
Enters the printer information menu in Enters the printer information menu in 2. When setting item is displayed:
Down Invalid
the panel setting mode the panel setting mode Displays next setting item
3.When setting value is displayed:
Displays next setting value

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 42

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.6.4 Operation and Indications on the Control Panel † Deleting the Printing Data:
Press the Job Cancel button.
† Switching between On Line and Pause Status: The display shows “Cancel Print Job”.
Switched alternately by pressing the Start/Stop button. Each pressing deletes one of the printing data. However, pressing the Job Cancel
Switching is impossible when any error has occurred. button is invalid as long as “Cancel Print Job” is being displayed.
† Forced Paper Eject: Upon completion of deletion, the printer enters into the On Line status.
In a Pause Status, hold down the Start/Stop button for 2 seconds or longer. In the panel setting mode, pressing the Job Cancel button is invalid.
Upon 2-second pressing, the printer displays “Form Feed”. Clear any of the following errors resulting from printing data after deleting the
Upon release of the button, if it has printing data, the printer prints one page by the printing data.
specified number of sheets. • Check Paper Size
Even when the control code has not been terminated for the receive data, the data • Check Transparency
that has been received will be printed. • Check Paper Type
Upon release of the button, if the printer does not have printing data, the display • Irregular Density
“Form Feed” will go out. • Manual Feed ssss tttt
The Ready LED remains OFF, without change in its state. • Can't Print Duplex
When any error has occurred, pressing the Start/Stop button is invalid, so that • Paper Out ssss tttt
forced paper eject will not be executed. • Paper Set ssss tttt
† Clearing “Warning”: • uuuu Toner Out
Execute “xxx Warning clear” in the panel setting mode. Then the relevant • Print Overrun
“Warning” and all the other “Warning”, if any, will be cleared. • Mem Overflow
• Duplex Mem Overflow
† Clearing “Error”
† Deleting All the Printing Data:
„ Error LED Blinking 1: Hold down the Job Cancel button for 2 seconds or longer.
Cleared by pressing the Start/Stop button. When “Auto Cont” is ON, error The display shows “Cancel All Print Job”.
status will be automatically cleared after a while even without pressing the Stored Job is not deleted.
Start/Stop button. Upon completion of deletion, the printer enters into the On Line status.
„ Error LED On:
When the Start/Stop button is pressed with the Error LED lighting, the LCD <For reference only>
indication changes to “Unable Clear Error”. When the top page of the unprinted data is contained in a job, all the job is deleted.
Take an appropriate corrective action, and the printer will automatically clear When the top page of the unprinted data is not contained in a job, deletion will be
“Error” status. continued until a lapse of about 10 seconds after the end of data or until just before the
„ Error LED Blinking 2: start of the next job.
Take an appropriate corrective action and then press the Start/Stop button, so The LCD shows “Cancel Print Job” just when the Job Cancel button is pressed. And
that the “Error” status will be cleared. when you release the button, the printer will delete the data currently printed.
If the appropriate corrective action is not taken, the same error occurs again. The page being printed just when the Job Cancel button is pressed will be printed and
Setting “Auto Cont” to “ON” will not affect this error. output.
† Reset All:
Execute “Reset All” in the panel setting mode.
Execute “Reset” in the panel setting mode.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 43

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Panel Setting „ Registering the setting value:

„ Transition to panel setting mode: Press the Enter button with the setting value displayed.
Press one of the Back, Up, Down and Enter buttons. The setting value will be registered and the display will return to “v Setting
The printer enters the first setting menu. Item = setting value”.
The display shows “v setting menu”. The setting value of this display means the registered value.
“v” means that the setting can be changed by the Up or Down button. „ Leaving the panel setting mode:
Press the Start/Stop button, or press the Back button with the setting menu
NOTE: When any error has occurred, transition to the panel setting mode can displayed.
not be made.

„ Changing the setting menu:

Press the Up or Down button with the setting menu displayed.
Pressing the Down button displays the next menu.
Pressing the Up button displays the previous menu.
„ Transition to display of setting item:
Press the Enter button with the setting menu displayed.
The display shows “v Setting Item = setting value”.
For an execution item, the display shows “v Setting Item”.
Pressing the Back button returns the display to setting menu.
„ Changing the setting item:
Press the Up or Down button with the setting item displayed.
„ Executing the setting item:
Press the Enter button with “v Setting Item” displayed.
The printer will execute processing and return to the same status as it was
before entering the panel setting mode.
„ Transition to display of setting value:
Press the Enter button with the setting item displayed.
The display shows “Setting Item = v setting value”.
Pressing the Back button returns the display to the setting item.
„ Changing the setting value:
Press the Up or Down button with the setting value displayed.
Pressing the Up button will increment the numerical value, while pressing the
Down button will decrement it.
Pressing the Up button will display the previous character, while pressing the
Down button will display the next character.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 44

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.6.5 Panel Setting Item List Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued)
Menu Item Value
This section describes setting items for AcuLaser C8600.
Values shown in bold and underlined characters are the factory default setting values. Note *1: Displayed only when a Job is registered in the Quick Print Job.
Each item of Menu, Item, and Value is applicable when “Lang = English” is set. *2: Displayed only when the Form Overlay is implemented.
Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) *3: Displayed only when starting up with the setting Network Menu → Network
I/F = On
Menu Item Value
Information Menu
*4: Displayed only when the printer is equipped with Type-B Level 3.
Status Sheet *5: Displayed only when starting up with the setting AUX Menu → AUX I/F =
On.
Reserve Job List *1
*6: Displayed only when the PostScript 3 module is installed.
Form Overlay List
*2 *7: This is not displayed on the control panel. It can be executed in EJL.
NetworkStatus *8: This item is only displayed, so that its setting can not be changed.
Sheet *3
Tray Menu
AUX Status Sheet
*4, *5 A4 *1, A3, A5, B4, B5, LT *1, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG,
MP Tray Size
B, EXE, F4, MON, C10, DL, C6, IB5, A3W
PS3 Status Sheet *6
When installing the standard 250 sheets cassette: A4,
PS3 Font Sample *6 LC1 Size *2
A3, B4, B5 *5, LT, LGL, B, EXE *5
ESC/Page Font
LC2 Size *2, *3 A4, A3, B4, B5 *5, LT, LGL, B, EXE *5
Sample *7
LC3 Size *2, *4 A4, A3, B4, B5 *5, LT, LGL, B, EXE *5
LJ4 Font Sample
MP Type Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Trnsprncy, Labels
ESCP2 Font Sample
LC1 Type Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, Color
FX Font Sample
LC2 Type*3 Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, Color
I239X Font Sample
LC1 Type*4 Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, Color
C Toner *8 E****F, E***…F, E**……F, E*………F, E …………F
M Toner *8 E****F, E***…F, E**……F, E*………F, E …………F Note *1: This item depends on the factory default paper size of the controller
*8 configuration.
Y Toner E****F, E***…F, E**……F, E*………F, E …………F
K Toner *8 E****F, E***…F, E**……F, E*………F, E …………F *2: This item is only displayed, so that its setting can not be changed.

Photocondctr *8 E****F, E***…F, E**……F, E*………F, E …………F *3: Displayed only when the Large Capacity Paper Unit or 500-Sheet Paper
Cassette Unit is installed.
Total Pages *8 0 ∼ 99999999
*4: Displayed only when the Large Capacity Paper Unit are installed.
Color Pages *8 0 ∼ 99999999
*5: This item depends on the paper size (EXE/B5) for paper cassette of the
B/W Pages *8 0 ∼ 99999999
controller configuration.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 45

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued) Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued)
Menu Item Value Menu Item Value
Emulation Menu
Parallel Auto, LJ4, ESCP2, FX, I239X, PS3 *1, GL2 Lang English
USB Auto, LJ4, ESCP2, FX, I239X, PS3 *1, GL2 Lang Francais
Sprache Deutsch
Network Auto, LJ4, ESCP2, FX, I239X, PS3 *1, GL2 LINGUA ITALIANO
AUX *2 Auto, LJ4, ESCP2, FX, I239X, PS3 *1, GL2 LENG ESPANOL
SPRAK SVENSKA
Note *1: Displayed only when the PostScript 3 module is installed. Sprog Dansk
Taal Nederl.
*2: Displayed only when the Type-B interface card is installed.
KIELI SUOMI
Ling) Portugues
Printing Menu
Time Out 0, 5 ~ 60 ~ 300 step 1
A4 *1, A3, A5, B4, B5, LT *1, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG,
Page Size Paper Source Auto, MP, LC1, LC2 *1, LC3 *2
B, EXE, F4, MON, C10, DL, C6, IB5, CTM *3, A3W
Wide A4 Off, On Out Bin Face-down, Face-up
Orientation Port, Land MP Mode Normal, Last
Resolution 600, 300 Manual Feed Off, On
RITech On, Off Setup Menu Copies 1 ~ 999
Quantity *3 1 ~ 999
Toner Save Off, On
Image Optimum Auto, Off, On Duplex *4 Off, On
Binding *4 Long Edge, Short Edge
Top Offset -99.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 99.0 mm step 0.5 mm
Left Offset -99.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 99.0 mm step 0.5 mm Start Page *4 Front, Back
T Offset B *2 -99.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 99.0 mm step 0.5 mm Paper Type Normal, Thick, ExtraThk, Trnsprnc, Coated
L Offset B *2 -99.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 99.0 mm step 0.5 mm Page Side Front, Back
Skip Blank Page *5 Off, On
Note *1: This item depends on the factory default paper size of the controller
configuration. Auto Eject Page Off, On
*2: Displayed only when the optional duplex print unit is installed. Size Ignore Off, On
*3: The paper size of CTM is minimum 90 × 139.7 mm, maximum 328 × 453mm. Auto Cont Off, On
Page Protect Auto, On
LCD Contrast 0 ~ 9 ~ 15
Panel Lock *6 Off, On

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 46

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued) Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued)
Menu Item Value Menu Item Value

Note *1: This item is displayed only when the Large Capacity Paper Unit or 500-Sheet Note *1: This menu is not displayed when nothing is registered in the Confidential Job.
Paper Cassette Unit is installed. *2: This item appears only when selecting Confidential Job Menu → User = <User
*2: Displayed only when the Large Capacity Paper Unit are installed. name>. A password can be input by means of the 1 (Back), 2 (Up), 3 (Enter),
*3: This is not displayed on the control panel, and is not printed on the Status Sheet and 4 (Down) buttons.
ether. It can be set in EJL or PJL. It is not stored in NVRAM. *3: After entering a Confidential Job Menu → Enter Password = <Password>, this
*4: Displayed only when the optional duplex print unit is installed. item appears if a job matching the password exists.

*5: Valid in ESC/Page, PCL5e, ESC/P2, FX and I239X modes. *4: This item appears only when selecting Confidential Job Menu → Job = <Job
name>. After executing this item, the printer returns to the same status as it has
*6: This is not displayed on the control panel, and is not printed on the Status Sheet left the SelecType mode.
ether. It can be set in EJL.
*5: After executing this item, the printer returns to Quick Print Job Menu → Job.
Quick Print If no Job available exists, the printer returns to Quick Print Job Menu → User.
JobMenu *1 If no User available exists, the printer returns to the same status as it has left the
User xxxxxxxxxxxxxx
SelecType mode.
Job *2 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Copies *3 1 ~ 999 Reset Menu

Delete *3, *4 Clear Warning

Reset
Note *1: This menu is not displayed when nothing is registered in the Verify Job, Re-
print Job, and Stored Job. Reset All

*2: This item appears only when selecting Quick Print Job Menu → User = <User SelecType Init
name>. Parallel Menu *1

*3: This item appears only when selecting Quick Print Job Menu → Job = <Job Parallel I/F On, Off
name>. After executing this item, the printer returns to the status when Speed Fast, Normal
recovering from the SelecType mode. Bi-D Nibble, ECP, OffF
*4: After executing this item, the printer returns to Quick Print Job Menu → Job. Buffer Size Normal, Maximum, Minimum
If available Job is not exist, the printer returns to Quick Print Job Menu →
User. If available User is not exist, the printer returns to the status when Note *1: The interface setting is reflected immediately to the Status Sheet and EJL read-
recovering from the SelecType mode. back, but the setting is not effective just after it is changed. The changed setting
becomes valid in practice after warm boot or restarting the printer.
ConfidentialJobMenu *1
User xxxxxxxxxxxxxx USB Menu *1 USB I/F On, Off
Enter Password *2 XXXX Buffer Size Normal, Maximum, Minimum
Job *3 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Note *1: The interface setting is reflected immediately to the Status Sheet and EJL read-
Copies *4 1 ~ 999 back, but the setting is not effective just after it is changed. The changed setting
Delete *4, *5 becomes valid in practice after warm boot or restarting the printer.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 47

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued) Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued)
Menu Item Value Menu Item Value
Network Menu *1 AUX Menu *1, *2
Network I/F On, Off AUX I/F On, Off
Network Config *2 No, Yes AUX Config *3 No, Yes
Get IPAddress *3 Panel, Auto, PING Get IPAddress *4 Panel, Auto, PING
IP Byte 1 *3, *4 0 ~ 192 ~ 255 IP Byte 1 *4, *5 0 ~ 255
IP Byte 2 *3, *4 0 ~ 168 ~ 255 IP Byte 2 *4, *5 0 ~ 255
IP Byte 3 *3, *4 0 ~ 192 ~ 255 IP Byte 3 *4, *5 0 ~ 255
IP Byte 4 *3, *4 0 ~ 168 ~ 255 IP Byte 4 *4, *5 0 ~ 255
SM Byte 1 *3 0 ~ 255 SM Byte 1 *4 0 ~ 255
SM Byte 2 *3 0 ~ 255 SM Byte 2 *4 0 ~ 255
SM Byte 3 *3 0 ~ 255 SM Byte 3 *4 0 ~ 255
SM Byte 4 *3 0 ~ 255 SM Byte 4 *4 0 ~ 255
GW Byte 1*3 0 ~ 255 GW Byte 1*4 0 ~ 255
GW Byte 2 *3 0 ~ 255 GW Byte 2 *4 0 ~ 255
GW Byte 3 *3 0 ~ 255 GW Byte 3 *4 0 ~ 255
GW Byte 4 *3 0 ~ 255 GW Byte 4 *4 0 ~ 255
Buffer Size Normal, Maximum, Minimum NetWare *4 On, Off
AppleTalk *4 On, Off
Note *1: The interface setting is reflected immediately to the Status Sheet and EJL read-back,
NetBEUI *4 On, Off
but the setting is not effective just after it is changed. The changed setting becomes
valid in practice after warm boot or restarting the printer. AUX Init *6
*2: After switching to “On Line”, the value is automatically changed to “No”. Buffer Size Normal, Maximum, Minimum
*3: This item appears only when “Network Menu → Network Config = Yes” is set.
*4: This item does not appear when “Network Menu → Get IPAddress = Auto” is set.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 48

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued) Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued)
Menu Item Value Menu Item Value
LJ4 Menu
Note *1: Displayed only when the Type-B interface card is installed. FontSource Resident, Download *1, ROM A *2, ROM B *2
*2: The interface setting is reflected immediately to the Status Sheet and EJL read- Font Number 0 ~ availableÅiMax 65535Åj
back, but the setting is not effective just after it is changed. The changed setting *3
Pitch 0.44 ~ 10.00 ~ 99.99 cpi step 0.01cpi
becomes valid in practice after warm boot or restarting the printer.
Height *3 4.00 ~ 12.00 ~ 999.75 pt step 0.25 pt
*3: Displayed only when the printer is equipped with Type-B Level 3 host
interface. After switching to “On Line”, the value is automatically changed to IBM-US, Roman-8, Roman-9, ECM94-1, 8859-2 ISO,
“No”. 8859-9 ISO, 8859-10ISO, 8859-15ISO, PcBlt775, IBM-
DN, PcMultiling, PcE.Europe, PcTk437, PcEur858,
*4: Displayed only when the printer is equipped with Type-B Level 3 host Pc1004, WiAnsi, WiE.Europe, WiTurkish, WiBALT,
interface. It appears only when “AUX Menu → AUX Config = Yes” is set. DeskTop, PsText, VeInternati, VeUS, MsPublishin,
This setting depends on the Type-B Level 3 board setting. The setting value Math-8, PsMath, VeMath, PiFont, Legal, UK, ANSI
shifts to On Line status, and becomes effective when the network card restarts. ASCII, Swedis2, Italian, Spanish, German, Norweg1,
Therefore even after changing the setting value, the previous setting value can French2, Windows, McText, PcIcelandic *4, PcLt774 *4,
be output if you execute “AUX Status Sheet” in the Information Menu before PcTurk1 *4, PcPortugues *4, PcEt850 *4, PcTurk2 *4,
exiting from the panel setting mode. SymSet
PcCanFrench *4, PcSl437 *4, PcNordic *4, 8859-3 ISO *4,
*5: This item does not appear when “AUX Menu → Get IPAddress = Auto” is set. 8859-4 ISO *4, WiBaltic *4, WiEstonian *4, WiLatvian
*4, Mazowia *4, CodeMJK *4, BpBRASCII *4,
*6: Displayed only when the printer is equipped with Type-B Level 3 host
interface. It appears only when “AUX Menu → AUX Config = Yes” is set. BpAbicomp *4, PcGk437 *4, PcGk851 *4, PcGk869 *4,
8859-7 ISO *4, WiGreek *4, Europe3 *4, PcCy855 *4,
ESC/Page Menu *1 PcCy866 *4, PcLt866 *4, PcUkr866 *4, PcLit771 *4,
8859-5 ISO *4, WiCyrillic *4, Bulgarian *4, Hebrew7 *4,
Auto CR On, Off
8859-8 ISO *4, Hebrew8 *4, PcHe862 *3, Arabic8 *4,
Auto FF On, Off PcAr864 *4, 8859-6 ISO *4, OCR A *4, OCR B *4
CR Function CR, CR+LF Form 5 ~ 60 *5 ~ 64 *5 ~ 128 Lines
LF Function CR+LF, LF Source SymSet 0 ~ 277 ~ 3199
FF Function CR+FF, FF Dest SymSet 0 ~ 277 ~ 3199
Error Code Ignore, Space CR Function CR, CR+LF
Avoid Error Off, On LF Function LF, CR+LF
PGI On, Off Tray Assign 4, 4K, 5S
TriColorSpace Normal, sRGB
CM Media Type Off, Opt1, Opt2

Note *1: This is not displayed on the control panel, and is not printed on the Status Sheet
ether. It can be set in EJL.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 49

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued) Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued)
Menu Item Value Menu Item Value
PS3 Menu *1
Note *1: Displayed only when some download fonts exist.
Error Sheet Off, On
*2: Displayed only when an optional font module is inserted to the ROM DIMM
socket. Coloration Color, Mono, TrueCol.

*3: Either of these is displayed depending on the selected font type. “Pitch” is Image Protect Off, On
displayed in the case of a fixed pitch font, while “Height” is displayed in the Note *1: Displayed only when the PostScript 3 module is installed.
case of a proportional spacing font. Neither of these is displayed in the case of
a bitmap font. When Font Source and Font Number are redetermined, both ESCP2 Menu
“Pitch” and “Height” appear until the LJ4 mode starts up next.
Courier, Prestige, Roman, Sans serif, Roman T, Orator S,
Font
*4: When changing the value of “LJ4 Menu → SymSet” to this symbol set, Font Sans H, Script, OCR A, OCR B
Source = Resident and Font Number = 0 are set accordingly. Therefore, when Pitch 10cpi, 12cpi, 15cpi, Prop.
printing with this symbol set, set the value of Font Source and Font Number to
Condensed Off, On
a font that supports this symbol set.
T.Margin 0.40 ~ 0.50 ~ 1.50 inch step 0.05 inch
*5: The factory default value is 64 if the factory default paper size of the controller
configuration is A4, while it is 60 if the paper size is LT. Text 1 ~ 62 *1 ~ 66 *1 ~ available (Max: 104) Lines
PcUSA, Italic, PcMultilin, PcPortugue, PcCanFrenc,
GL2 Menu PcNordic, PcTurkish2, PcIcelandic, PcE.Europe,
BpBRASCII, BpAbicomp, Roman-8, PcEur858, ISO Latin1,
GLMode LJ4GL2, Gllike
CGTable 8859-15ISO, PcSl437, PcTurkish1, 8859-9 ISO, Mazowia,
Scale Off, A0, A1, A2, A3 CodeMJK, PcGk437, PcGk851, PcGk869, 8859-7 ISO,
Origin Corner, Center PcCy855, PcCy866, PcUkr866, PcLit771, Bulgarian,
Hebrew7, Hebrew8, PcHe862, PcAr864
Pen Pen0, Pen1, Pen2 *1, Pen3 *1, Pen4 *1, Pen5 *1, Pen6 *1
USA, France, Germany, UK, Denmark, Sweden, Italy, Spain1,
End Butt, Square, Triangular, Round Country Japan, Norway, Denmark2, Spain2, LatinAmeric, Korea,
Join Legal
Mitered, Miteredbeveled, Triangular, Round, Beveled, None
Auto CR On, Off
Pen0 0.05 ~ 0.35 ~ 5.00 mm step 0.05 mm
Auto LF Off, On
Pen1 0.05 ~ 0.35 ~ 5.00 mm step 0.05 mm
Bit Image Dark, Light, BarCode
Pen2 *1 0.05 ~ 0.35 ~ 5.00 mm step 0.05 mm
ZeroChar 0, φ
Pen3 *1 0.05 ~ 0.35 ~ 5.00 mm step 0.05 mm
Pen4 *1 0.05 ~ 0.35 ~ 5.00 mm step 0.05 mm Note *1: The factory default value is 66 if the factory default paper size of the controller
Pen5 *1 configuration is A4, while it is 62 if the paper size is LT.
0.05 ~ 0.35 ~ 5.00 mm step 0.05 mm
Pen6 *1 0.05 ~ 0.35 ~ 5.00 mm step 0.05 mm

Note *1: Displayed only in the GLlike mode.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 50

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued) Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued)
Menu Item Value Menu Item Value
FX Menu
Note *1: The factory default value is 67 if the factory default paper size of the controller
Courier, Prestige, Roman, Sans serif, Script, Orator S, configuration is A4, while it is 63 if the paper size is LT.
Font
OCR A, OCR B
*2: The factory default value is 2 if the factory default paper size of the controller
Pitch 10cpi, 12cpi, 15cpi, Prop. configuration is A4, while it is 1 if the paper size is LT.
Condensed Off, On
T.Margin 0.40 ~ 0.50 ~ 1.50 inch step 0.05 inch Support Menu *1
HDD Format *2
Text 1 ~ 62 *1 ~ 66 *1 ~ availableÅiMax: 104) Lines
PS3 HDD Init * 2, *3
PcUSA, Italic, PcMultilin, PcPortugue, PcCanFrenc,
PcNordic, PcTurkish2, PcIcelandic, PcE.Europe, Standby *4 Enable, Disable
CGTable
BpBRASCII, BpAbicomp, Roman-8, PcEur858, ISO
Note *1: This setting menu is displayed only when the Support Mode has been activated
Latin1, 8859-15ISO
by hidden operation at power-on.
USA, France, Germany, UK, Denmark, Sweden, Italy,
*2: Displayed only when the HDD Unit is installed.
Country Spain1, Japan, Norway, Denmark2, Spain2,
LatinAmeric *3: Displayed only when the optional PostScript 3 module is installed.
Auto CR On, Off *4: The STANDBYTIME command (nondisclosure) of EJL is also supported. The
Auto LF Off, On default value is 30 minutes).

Bit Image Dark, Light, BarCode Toner Transfer

ZeroChar 0, φ Menu *1 Normal *21 1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10
Note *1: The factory default value is 66 if the factory default paper size of the controller Thick *2 1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10
configuration is A4, while it is 62 if the paper size is LT. Transparency *2 1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10
Coated *2 1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10
1239X Menu
Courier, Prestige, Gothic, Orator, Script, Presentor, ThickNarrow *2 1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10
Font
Sans serif Envelope *2 1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10
Pitch 10cpi, 12cpi, 15cpi, 17 cpi, 20 cpi, 24 cpi, Prop.. Note *1: This setting menu is displayed only when the Support Mode has been activated
Code Page 437, 850, 858, 860, 863, 865 by hidden operation at power-on.
T.Margin 0.30 ~ 0.40 ~ 1.50 inch step 0.05 inch *2: This setting is not effective just after it is changed, but it becomes valid after
Text 1 ~ 63 *1 ~ 67 *1 ~ availableÅiMax: 104) Lines warm boot or restarting the printer.
Auto CR Off, On
Auto LF Off, On
Alt. Graphics Off, On
Bit Image Dark, Light
ZeroChar 0, f
CharacterSet 1 *2, 2 *2

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 51

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-24. Panel Setting Item List (1) (continued) 1.6.7 Details of Setting Menus and Setting Items
Menu Item Value
This section contains the AcuLaser C8600 specific information on the setting menus
Maintenance and setting items.
Menu *1 Engine Status Sheet
Reset
INFORMATION MENU
2ndBTRCounter
Reset IBTCleaner Ct † C Toner
Reset IBTBelt Count
The remaining C (Cyan) toner level is displayed in 5 steps (display only, exclusive
Reset C DvlpCounter readout).
Reset M DvlpCounter E****F: 100% ≥ Remaining Toner > 75%
Reset Y DvlpCounter E*** F: 75% ≥ Remaining Toner > 50%
Reset K DvlpCounter E** F: 50% ≥ Remaining Toner > 25%
Reset Fuser Counter E* F: 25% ≥ Remaining Toner > 0%
Reset Total Counter E F: Remaining Toner = 0%
Clear Error Log Reference: (This cannot be included in the manual)
Note *1: This setting menu is displayed only when the Maintenance Mode has been The remaining toner level is calculated according to the dispense time of
activated by hidden operation at power-on. Always displayed in English each toner cartridge.
regardless of the Setup → Lang setting value. The engine stores the dispense time, and issues errors of each color such
as Toner Empty according to the dispense time value.
† M Toner
The remaining M (Magenta) toner level is displayed in 5 steps (display only, exclusive
1.6.6 User Setting Items Other Than Setup Menu readout).
The specifications are the same as the C Toner.
Table below shows a list of user setting items which are not included in the Setup
† Y Toner
Menu.
Initialization by the initialization menu on the control panel does not clear these setting The remaining Y (Yellow) toner level is displayed in 5 steps (display only, exclusive
items. readout). The specifications are the same as the C Toner.
† K Toner
Table 1-25. User Setting Items
Default
The remaining K (Black) toner level is displayed in 5 steps (display only, exclusive
Setting Item Setting Value Setting Method readout). The specifications are the same as the C Toner.
Value
EJL, PrinterName
PrinterName 32-byte character string AL-C8600
command
MFG in the DeviceID 32-byte character string (Undefined) EJL
MDL in the DeviceID 32-byte character string (Undefined) EJL
DES in the DeviceID 32-byte character string (Undefined) EJL
CID in the DeviceID 32-byte character string (Undefined) EJL

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 52

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Photoconductor TRAY MENU

With AcuLaser C8600, this displays the remaining life of the Photoconductor Unit in 5
steps (display only, exclusive readout). † MP Type
E****F: 100% ≥ life cycle > 75% This menu specifies the type of paper loaded in the MP Tray.
E*** F: 75% ≥ life cycle > 50% Setting value Paper types
E** F: 50% ≥ life cycle > 25% Plain Plain Paper (copy paper etc.)
E* F: 25% ≥ life cycle > 0%
Letterhead Letter form
E F: life cycle = 0%
Reference: (This cannot be included in the manual) Recycled Recycled paper
The counted value is counted by the engine and stored in the Color Color paper
Photoconductor Unit. Trnsprncy OHP transparency
† Total Pages Labels Label paper

With AcuLaser C8600, this displays the number of sheets (regardless of paper sizes) This menu selects the paper source that matches the specified paper type and paper size
printed by the printer up to present (display only). when Paper Type = Normal and Paper Source = Auto are selected. Usable paper
When the count exceeds 99999999, the counter does not count up any more. sources are restricted depending on the Page Size and Paper Type settings. For details,
This printer displays the counted value obtained from the controller. refer to the Appendix F. Paper Handling algorithm.
Display range: 0 ∼ 99999999 (in a sheet unit) † LC1 ∼ 3 Type
† Color Pages This menu specifies the type of paper loaded in the Lower Cassette 1 ∼ 3. The setting
This displays only the number of sheets printed in color by the printer up to present values are Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, and Color. The specification is the same as that
(display only). of the MP Type.
When the count exceeds 99999999, the counter does not count up any more.
Display range: 0 ∼ 99999999 (in a sheet unit) PRINTING MENU
† B/W Pages † Wide A4
This displays only the number of sheets printed in monochrome by the printer up to This setting is invalid in this printer either in the ESC/Page or ESC/Page-Color mode.
present (display only).
† RITech
Since this printer indicates the value of “Total Pages” - “Color Pages”, when the Total
Pages count exceeds 99999999, the correct value cannot be displayed. For B/W printing, this is an outline correction function which is equivalent to that of a
Display range: 0 ~ 99999999 (in a sheet unit) monochrome page printer. For color printing, the outline correction function is
accomplished by the CRIT function when the Halftoning mode of AcuLaser Color is
selected.
† Toner Save
During color printing, by controlling the halftone growth and by printing with a low
density, toner consumption is reduced.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 53

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

SETUP MENU † Paper Side

This sets the engine control and CM to match the side of paper for use. Refer to the
† Paper Source Appendix F. Paper Handling Algorithm for details of algorithms that determine the
Selects the paper source when Paper Type = Normal. engine control and CM.
Auto: Feeds paper from the paper source that loads paper of the specified paper † Size Ignore
type and paper size.
When this is set to “On”, the printer prints in 1 up.
MP: Feeds paper from the MP Tray.
LC1: Feeds paper from the LC1. † LCD Contrast
LC2: Feeds paper from the LC2. This function adjusts the display density of LCD by adjusting the contrast voltage of
LC3: Feeds paper from the LC3. LCD.
When 0 is selected, the LCD display is lowest contrast and weakest.
Paper sources that can feed paper are restricted according to the Page Size and Paper
When 15 is selected, the LCD display is highest contrast and darkest.
Type settings in some cases. Refer to the Appendix F. Paper Handling Algorithm for
Selecting the Up button makes the contrast higher, while selecting the Down button
details.
makes it lower. Pressing the Up or Down button changes the contrast without pressing
† Out Bin the Enter button.
Selects the output tray. By pressing the Enter button, the setting is determined and becomes effective.
Face-down: Ejects paper into the Face-down tray. The timing when this setting is made effective after turning the printer on is in the on-
Face-up: Ejects paper into the Face-up tray. going system check, therefore the LCD shows the default value 7 just after powering
Output trays where paper can be ejected are restricted according to the Page Size and on.
Paper Type settings in some cases. Refer to the Appendix F. Paper Handling Algorithm When the panel setting value is set to 0 and the display is too light to be visible,
for details. initialize the panel setting by restarting the printer pressing the Job Cancel button.
NOTE: Since initialization of the panel setting deletes other setting values,
† Manual Feed
especially calibration data, the calibration data must be downloaded
This printer always prints in 1 up when Manual Feed is activated. again after the initialization.
† Quantity
This menu sets the number of copies printed by collating a set of sequential pages RESET MENU
(Collate printing), and it is specified prior to the Copies setting. Therefore, when
† SelecType Init
Quantity is set to 2 or more, the setting value of Copies becomes invalid. The Collate
printing is performed by the RAM or HDD. Unless an HDD is installed, the driver uses This function returns the panel setting values to the factory default. This does not reset
the Quantity setting when the printer's RAM size is 64 MB or more. Page Counter, CMYK Toner Counter, Photoconductor Unit Counter, Language,
This setting is specified only by PJL and EJL, or the ESC/Page and ESC/Page-Color Parallel, USB, Network, and AUX Menu settings. Also, it does not delete calibration
commands, and the printer cannot store the setting value. data.
If data for one job cannot be stored in the printer, the printer displays the “Collate was
disabled” warning and prints only one copy. SUPPORT MENU
† Paper Type This setting menu is displayed only when the Support Mode has been activated by a
This sets the engine control and CM to match the type of paper for use. Refer to the special operation when the power is turned on, and can be selected. Then restarting the
Appendix F. Paper Handling Algorithm for details of algorithms that determine the printer deletes Support Menu from the Menu (deleting the Support Mode switches to
engine control and CM. the Normal mode).

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 54

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† HDD Format MAINTENANCE MENU

Initializes HDD. Since HDD formatting takes time, the status appears in 1%
increments as “HDD Format ***%” when executing format. After formatting, the
printer reboots. In this case, all interfaces must be disconnected. C A U T IO N This maintenance menu is to be used for maintenance by service
personnel, not to be disclosed to users.
TONER TRANSFER MENU

This setting menu is displayed only when the Support Mode has been activated by a
special operation when the power is turned on, and can be selected. Then restarting the This setting menu is displayed and can be selected only when the Maintenance Mode
printer deletes the Toner Transfer Menu from the Menu (deleting the Support Mode has been activated by hidden operation at power-on. Then restarting the printer deletes
switches to the Normal mode). the Maintenance Menu from the Menu (the Maintenance Mode is deleted = the printer
† Normal switches to the normal mode). Basically, this setting is for maintenance by service
personnel. This printer forcibly adjusts density (Cycle Up, Cycle Down) before and
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for plain (Plain Paper 1) paper. This
after the first printing when the Maintenance Menu is selected. Therefore, subsequent
setting becomes effective after restarting the printer.
printing can obtain printing results where print density adjustment is controlled.
† Thick
† Engine Status Sheet
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for thick (Cover) and extra thick
(Cover HG) paper. This setting becomes effective after restarting the printer. Pressing the Enter button starts printing the Engine Status Sheet. If data remains in the
mode, paper is output. Make sure to switch to the Maintenance Mode after confirming
† Transparency that there are no engine related service call error in the normal mode (a mode that is not
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for OHP (Transparency) sheets. the Maintenance Mode), then execute. The RITech, Toner Save and Resolution values
This setting becomes effective after restarting the printer. are printed with the value in operation, while the other values are printed with the
factory default settings. Even after printing, the User Default environment (setting) is
† Coated
not changed. The LCD display blinks during printing. The contents of the Engine
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for coated (Coated Paper 1) paper. Status Sheet are output with the counted value of each unit of the engine.
This setting becomes effective after restarting the printer. Also, the Engine Status Sheet is always printed as Lang = English regardless of the
† ThickNarrow Lang setting of the Setup Menu
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for postcards (Card). This setting † Reset 2ndBTRCounter
becomes effective after restarting the printer. This function resets the counter for used amount of the 2nd BTR. This must be always
† Envelope performed after replacing the 2nd BTR with a new one (maintenance). Executing the
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for envelopes (Envelope). This setting performs reboot.
setting becomes effective after restarting the printer. After that, make sure to open the printer cover once, and then close it.
† Reset IBTCleaner Ct
This function resets the counter for used amount of the IBT Cleaner. This must be
always performed after replacing the IBT Cleaner with a new one (maintenance).
Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to open the printer cover
once, and then close it.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 55

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Reset IBTBelt Count † Clear Error Log

This function resets the counter for used amount of the IBT Belt. This must be always This function clears the Error Log List stored to display on the Engine Status Sheet.
performed after replacing the IBT Belt with a new one (maintenance). Executing the The 20 latest Error Logs are memorized. Executing the setting performs reboot.
setting performs reboot.
After that, make sure to open the printer cover once, and then close it.
† Reset C DvlpCounter
This function resets the counter for used amount of the C Development. This must be
always performed after replacing the C Development with a new one (maintenance).
Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to open the printer cover
once, and then close it.
† Reset M DvlpCounter
This function resets the counter for used amount of the M Development. This must be
always performed after replacing the M Development with a new one (maintenance).
Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to open the printer cover
once, and then close it.
† Reset Y DvlpCounter
This function resets the counter for used amount of the Y Development. This must be
always performed after replacing the Y Development with a new one (maintenance).
Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to open the printer cover
once, and then close it.
† Reset K DvlpCounter
This function resets the counter for used amount of the K Development. This must be
always performed after replacing the K Development with a new one (maintenance).
Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to open the printer cover
once, and then close it.
† Reset Fuser Counter
This function resets the counter for used amount of the Fuser Unit. This must be
always performed after replacing the Fuser Unit with a new one (maintenance).
Executing the setting performs reboot.
After that, make sure to open the printer cover once, and then close it.
† Reset Total Counter
This function clears the Total Pages (to count 0). (It resets the Total Pages (A4) and
Total Planes counter of the engine, and Total Pages and Total Colors counter of the
controller.) Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to open the
printer cover once, and then close it.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 56

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.6.8 Special Operations FUNCTIONS SPECIFIC TO ACULASER C8600

LIST OF OPERATING FUNCTIONS This section describes the functions specific to AcuLaser C8600.

Table blow shows a list of the special operating functions that AcuLaser C8600
† Initialization of EEPROM
AcuLaser C8600 does not clear the counters for used amount of the 2nd BTR, IBT
supports.
Cleaner, IBT Belt, C, M, Y, K Development, and Fuser Unit. It clears Total Pages
and Color Pages. (This is because that the Total Pages and Color Pages are stored
C A U T IO N Functions other than Hex dump and the Support Mode are not in the controller. Since the engine stores the counters for used amount of the 2nd
disclosed to users. BTR, IBT Cleaner, IBT Belt, C, M, Y, K Development, and Fuser Unit, these are
not cleared.) Moreover, the calibration data are initialized.
† Initialization of panel setting value
AcuLaser C8600 also initializes the calibration data.
Table 1-26. Special Operations
Function Operating Method
Turn the power on while pressing the Start/Stop
Hex Dump
button
Support Mode Turn the power on while pressing the Down button
Turn the power on while pressing the Back, Job
Initialization of EEPROM
Cancel, and Start/Stop buttons
Turn the power on while pressing the Job Cancel
Panel Setting Value Initialization
button
Forced Deleting of the Flash ROM A Turn the power on while pressing the Up, Down,
Module Enter, and Job Cancel buttons
Turn the power on while pressing the Down, Job
Program ROM Update
Cancel, and Start/Stop buttons
Turn the power on while pressing the Enter, Job
ROM Module Copy
Cancel, and Start/Stop buttons
Turn the power on while pressing the Back, Up,
Maintenance Mode
Down, and Enter buttons
Turn the power on while pressing the Up, Down,
Engine Program Update
Job Cancel, and Start/Stop buttons
Press the Back, Up, Down, Enter, and Job Cancel
CPU Reset in a Service Call Occurrence
buttons when a Service Call error occurs
Detailed Information Display in a Service Press the Back, Enter, and Job Cancel buttons
Call occurrence when a Service Call error occurs
Press the Enter button after resetting the CPU
Error Sheet Printing
when a Service Call error occurs

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C8600) 57

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.7 Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) Table 1-27. Indications of LEDs (continued)
Ready LED Error LED
Supplement Indications
(green) (red)
1.7.1 External View and Names RAM check error, or no RAM
Flash 1 Flash 1 LEDs flash simultaneously
installed
LEDs repeat twice a cycle
Flash 1 and
Flash 1 of flashing simultaneously Other IPL error
Off
Ready LED (green) and individually
Error LED (red) Flash 1 On - Protocol error
Ready to print, printing in progress,
On Off - standby, Warnings for other than
consumables
Recoverable errors
• Check Transparency
• Irregular Density
• Install Consumables (3 kinds)
• Wrong Photoconductor
• Photoconductor Trouble
• Replace Consumables (3 kinds)
On Flash 1 -
• Turn Paper
Figure 1-26. External View of Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) • Paper Set
• Invalid Size
1.7.2 Indications of LEDs • Underrun Error
• Mem Overflow
Table 1-27. Indications of LEDs • Duplex Mem Overflow
Ready LED Error LED • Invalid AUX I/F Card
Supplement Indications
(green) (red) Paper out, paper jam, cover open (5
On On -
Off Off - Power OFF kinds), unit open (3 kinds))
Controller fatal errors
• Video error NOTE a: After turning on the printer, 2 LEDs light on for about 1.5 seconds, and then go off.
Off On - • Data expansion error b: In RAMCHECK, the Ready LED blinks faster than the Flash 1 (turns on for 0.1 sec
• EEPROM access error and off for 0.1 sec).
• Software error c: Three types of blink are available:
Warming up, data receiving, Flash 1 is fast blink that lights on and off for 0.3 sec each
Flash 1 Off -
resetting, calibrating Printer Flash 2 lights on and off for 0.6 sec each
Flash 3 Off - Warning of consumables (4 kinds) Flash 3 is slow blink, that lights on for 0.6 sec and off for 2.4 sec.
Flash 1 Flash 1 LEDs flash alternately Engine error

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) 58

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.7.3 Printer Setting Items NOTE: The printer can use five setting values, while the driver for AcuLaser
C7000 is limited to:
The setting item list for AcuLaser C7000 is shown below. ON (30 minutes), OFF
Since character strings administrated in the printer do not exist, names of setting items
and setting values are described in names for explanation. Consequently, these names † Paper Source Priority
do not match character strings displayed in driver's user interfaces and the Status Sheet. Sets a priority order when Auto Selection is selected from the Paper Source setting
and a paper source matches the target paper size.
1.7.3.1 Setting Items for which the Printer Stores the Setting This is the same function to the “MP Mode” function of ESC/Page models.
Changes • MP Tray: MP tray > LC1 > LC2 > LC3
Table 1-28. • LC: LC1 > LC2 > LC3 > MP tray
• LC only: LC1 > LC2 > LC3
Setting Items Setting Values
In the MP Tray or LC mode, however, to continue printing when none of paper sources
Standby 30, 60, 120, 180, OFF have paper that matches the target paper size, paper is fed from paper sources that load
Paper Source Priority MP Tray*1, LC*1, LC ONLY paper in the order of MP tray > LC1 > LC2> LC3. In the “LC only” mode, paper is fed
A4*1, A3, A5, B4, B5, LT*1, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, B, from paper source that load paper in the order of LC1 > LC2 > LC3.
EXE, F4, Postcard, WPostcard, QPostcard, MON, C10, The default setting for AcuLaser C7000 is “MP Tray”. For ESC/Page models, “LC
MP Tray Size
DL, C5, C6, IB5, Yokei #0 *2, Yokei #4 *2, Yokei #6 *2, only” is a method substituting for functions that are enabled depending on paper types.
A3W
† MP Tray Size
Transfer voltage offset of normal
1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10 Specifies a paper size for the MP tray.
paper
If printing continues after the “Paper Set” error occurrence, and the paper size
Transfer voltage offset of thick
1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10 designated by the printing data matches the paper size that is actually fed, the
paper paper size is stored in memory.
Transfer voltage offset of The default value is set to either “A4” or “LT” depending on controller
1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10
transparency configurations.
Transfer voltage offset of coated
1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10 NOTE: The printer can set all the paper sizes, but the driver for AcuLaser
paper
C7000 is limited to setting of the following sizes:
Transfer voltage offset of thick
1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10 A4, A3, A5, B4, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, B, EXE, F4, MON,
narrow paper C10, DL, C5, C6, IB5, A3W
Transfer voltage offset of envelope 1 ∼ 3 ∼ 10
NOTE a: Underlined bold values represent the factory default setting values.
† Transfer voltage offset of normal paper
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for plain (Plain Paper 1) paper.
Note *1: Default settings are determined depending on intended markets. This setting becomes effective after restarting the printer.
*2: JIS envelope. † Transfer voltage offset of thick paper
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for thick (Cover) and extra thick
paper.
† Standby This setting becomes effective after restarting the printer.
Sets the power saving function to reduce power consumption when the printer is in
the standby mode.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) 59

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Transfer voltage offset of transparency 1.7.3.2 Setting Items that are Valid Only in a Job, and are not
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for OHP (Transparency) sheets. Stored in the Printer
This setting becomes effective after restarting the printer.
Table 1-29.
† Transfer voltage offset of coated paper
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for coated (Coated Paper 1) Setting Items Setting Values
paper. Paper Source Auto, MP Tray, LC1, LC2, LC3
This setting becomes effective after restarting the printer. A4, A3, A5, B4, B5, LT, HLT, LGL, GLT, GLG, B, EXE, F4,
Paper Size Postcard, WPostcard, QPostcard, MON, C10, DL, C5, C6, IB5,
† Transfer voltage offset of thick narrow paper
Yokei #0 *1, Yokei #4 *1, Yokei #6 *1, A3W, Undefined
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for postcards (Card).
This setting becomes effective after restarting the printer. Output Tray Face-down, Face-up
Copies 1 ∼ 999
† Transfer voltage offset of envelope
Resolution 300 dpi (Fast), 600 dpi (Fine)
Sets the offset value of 2nd BTR Transfer Current for envelopes (Envelope).
This setting becomes effective after restarting the printer. Duplex Printing ON, OFF
RITech ON, OFF
Toner Save ON, OFF
Top Offset -30 ∼ 0 ∼ 30 mm
Left Offset -30 ∼ 0 ∼ 30 mm
Paper Type Normal, Thick, Extra Thick, Transparency Coated Paper
Page Side Front, Back
Size Ignore ON, OFF
Avoid Error ON, OFF
Note: Users can select the setting items above from the driver, and actual processing is
performed by the printer.
Note *1: JIS envelope.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) 60

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Paper Source † Resolution

Paper feed devices are determined in the Paper Source setting. Resolutions for internal processing are selected in Resolution.
Practically, the Paper Source setting is specified in the following priority order,
† Duplex Printing
since the Paper Type and the Paper Size settings influence the Paper Source
Selects either simplex printing or duplex printing. Only when Paper Size is set to
selection.
A4, A3, B4, B5, LT, LGL, GLT, GLG, B, EXE, F4, and Paper Type is set to Plain,
1. When Paper Type = Thick, Extra Thick paper or Transparency, MP tray is duplex printing is enabled. Duplex printing is invalid with the other paper sizes
selected and paper types, displaying the error message “Can't print duplex”.
2. When Paper Type = Plain or Coated paper and when Paper Size = postcards or NOTE: Duplex printing is disabled on the driver according to the Paper Size
envelope, MP tray is selected and Paper Type settings.
3. When Paper Type = Plain, and when Paper Size ≠ postcards or envelope; † RITech
a) When Paper Source = MP tray, LC 1 ~ 3, a specified paper source is The RITech function is enabled or disabled in the RITech setting.
selected † Toner Save
b) When Paper Source = Auto Selection, and when a paper source that Selects whether the Toner Save function is enabled or disabled.
matches a specified paper size exists, the Paper Source setting is † Top Offset
determined according to the priority order Sets a print starting vertical position on a sheet.
c) When Paper Source = Auto Selection, and none of paper sources matches NOTE: The printer can set about -30.0 ~ 30.0 mm in units of dots, while the
a specified paper size, the Paper Source setting is determined according driver setting is limited to -9 ~ 9 mm in units of millimeters. Binding
to the priority order among paper sources that load paper margins for duplex printing with the Top Offset setting value are
NOTE: When driver settings are Paper Type ≠ Plain or Paper Size = limited to 0 ~ 30 mm in units of millimeters.
postcards or envelope, the driver sets Paper Source to MP tray.
† Left Offset
† Paper Size Sets a print starting horizontal position on a sheet.
Paper sizes for printing is selected in the Paper Size setting.
Paper sizes that the driver for each market supports can only be selected for Paper NOTE: The printer can set about -30.0 ~ 30.0 mm in units of dots, while the
Size, as well as MP tray paper sizes. driver setting is limited to -9 ~ 9 mm in units of millimeters. Binding
margins for duplex printing with the Top Offset setting value are
† Output Tray limited to 0 ~ 30 mm in units of millimeters.
Paper eject device is determined in the Output Tray setting.
When Paper Size = A5, HLT, IB5, Envelope, Postcard, Undefined size that the is † Paper Type
less than 182 mm in length or is less than 210mm in width, the Face-up tray is A printing speed, fuser temperature, and other necessary settings are determined
selected. depending on paper types for use.
When Paper Type = Thick, Extra Thick, Transparency, the Face-up tray is NOTE: Label is not available in the list of the Paper Type setting from the
selected. AcuLaser C7000 driver. However, users can set “Thick Paper”
NOTE: Output Tray is set to the Face-up tray on the driver according to the when printing on rather thick label sheets.
Paper Size and Paper Type settings.

† Copies
Number of multi-copies is designated in the Copies setting.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) 61

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Front/Back 1.7.3.3 Setting Items Requiring Control by the Printer for Each
In the case of printing a manual in duplex, determines whether the side of a sheet Printing or State Change
being printed first (front) or the opposite side to the already printed side (back).
NOTE: User must select this in combination with the Paper Type setting. Control Item Range of Values
This setting is available when Paper Type is set to Thick paper, Total Pages 0 ∼ 99999999 pages
Extra thick paper, or Coated paper. Color Pages 0 ∼ 99999999 pages
MP Tray Feed Counter 0 ∼ 150 sheets
† Size Ignore
Selects whether or not to ignore the errors “Paper Set” and “Check Paper Size”. LC 1 Feed Counter 0 ∼ 500 sheets
LC 2 Feed Counter 0 ∼ 500 sheets
† Avoid Error
LC 3 Feed Counter 0 ∼ 500 sheets
Selects whether to display the error messages below or not.
Jam Counter 0 ∼ 65535 times
NOTE: “Paper Set”, “Invalid Size”, “Mem Overflow”, “Duplex Mem
Overflow” C Toner Change 0 ∼ 255 times
ON: Printing continues without letting any of the above errors occur. M Toner Change 0 ∼ 255 times
Although “Paper Set” does not occur, “Check Paper Size” Y Toner Change 0 ∼ 255 times
appears unless the paper size for feeding matches. K Toner Change 0 ∼ 255 times
Although none of “Invalid Size”, “Mem Overflow”, and Photoconductor Change 0 ∼ 255 times
“Duplex Mem Overflow” occurs, “Print Failure” appears.
Error Code 6001 ∼ 6999
OFF: If any of the aforementioned errors has occurred, the printer
does not recover until receiving a release command through the Total Pages of Error occurrence 0 ∼ 99999999 pages
ESCPAGES-02 protocol.
“Avoid Error” is a method not to suspend the printer for a long time in a
status where continual printer monitoring is unavailable, for example, in 1. Total Pages
the case of printing from the Network. A total number of printed pages in both color and monochrome.
2. Color Pages
A total number of printed pages in color only.
3. MP Tray Feed Counter
Counter for administrating remaining paper in the MP tray.
4. LC1 Feed Counter
Counter for administrating remaining paper in the Lower Cassette 1.
5. LC2 Feed Counter
Counter for administrating remaining paper in the Lower Cassette 2.
6. LC3 Feed Counter
Counter for administrating remaining paper in the Lower Cassette 3.
7. Jam Counter
The number of times of a paper jam.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) 62

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

8. C Toner Change 1.7.3.4 Setting Items Controlled by the Mechanical Controller, but
The number of times of replacing the C Toner Cartridge. Counted up when new C Requires Reading out and Changing the Values
Toner Cartridge is detected.
Setting Items Outline of Operation
9. M Toner Change
The number of times of replacing the M Toner Cartridge. Counted up when new M Total number of printed pages
Reading out only
Toner Cartridge is detected. converted into A4
Total number of printing planes Reading out only
10. Y Toner Change
The number of times of replacing the Y Toner Cartridge. Counted up when new Y Reading out only, clearing counter when detecting a
Amount of C Toner used
new one
Toner Cartridge is detected.
Reading out only, clearing counter when detecting a
11. K Toner Change Amount of M Toner used
new one
The number of times of replacing the K Toner Cartridge. Counted up when new K Reading out only, clearing counter when detecting a
Toner Cartridge is detected. Amount of Y Toner used
new one
12. Photoconductor Reading out only, clearing counter when detecting a
Amount of k Toner used
The number of times of replacing the Photoconductor Unit. Counted up when a new new one
Photoconductor Unit is detected. Amount of Photoconductor Unit Reading out only, clearing counter when detecting a
13. Error Number used new one
Save newest engine error code. When an engine error occurs, the error code is stored. Amount of Fuser Unit used Clearing counter, reading out
Amount of 2nd BTR used Clearing counter, reading out
14. Total Page of Error occurrence
The total number of printed copies when the latest engine error occurs. Amount of IBT Cleaner used Clearing counter, reading out
Amount of IBT Belt used Clearing counter, reading out
Above values will be reset to zero when the InitializeEEPROM command of
Amount of Developer C used Clearing counter, reading out
ESCPAGES-02 protocol is received. This operation will be done by hidden function of
the printer driver. The Engine Status Sheet uses the information from 7 to 14 above. Amount of Developer M used Clearing counter, reading out
Only 1 and 2 can be got by ESCPAGES-02 protocol. Amount of Developer Y used Clearing counter, reading out
Amount of Developer K used Clearing counter, reading out
Mechanical controller version Reading out only
Mechanical controller version of
Reading out only
Duplex
Mechanical controller version of
Reading out only
LCC

† Total number of printed pages converted into A4 (Total Pages(A4)):

The total number of printed pages. Considers A4 landscape size as one page
regardless of color or B/W printing.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) 63

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Total number of printing plane (Total Planes):

The total number of printing planes. Considers A4 landscape size for each color as
one plane. C A U T IO N When you have replaced any of After-Sales Parts of AcuLaser
C7000, clear the relevant counter by using the Service Utility.
† Amount of C Toner used (C Toner)
† Amount of M Toner used (M Toner)
† Amount of Y Toner used (Y Toner)
† Amount of K Toner used (K Toner)
Dispense time for each toner (in 100 msec unit).
† Amount of Photoconductor Unit used (Xero CRU):
Revolving count of the Photoconductor Unit used.
† Amount of Fuser Unit used (Fuser):
The number of used pages for the Fuser Unit. Replacing and modifying the Fuser
Unit clears the counter.
† Amount of 2nd BTR used (2nd BTR):
The number of used pages for 2nd BTR. Replacing and modifying 2nd BTR clears
the counter.
† Amount of IBT Cleaner used (IBT Cleaner):
The number of used pages for the IBT Cleaner. Replacing and modifying the IBT
Cleaner clears the counter.
† Amount of IBT Belt used (IBT Belt):
Revolving count of the IBT Belt used. Replacing and modifying the IBT Belt
clears the counter.
† Amount of Developer C used (C Development)
† Amount of Developer M used (M Development)
† Amount of Developer Y used (Y Development)
† Amount of Developer K used (K Development):
The number of planes used for each developer. Replacing and modifying each of
the developer clears the counter.
† Mechanical controller version of main unit and Duplex and LCC:
The mechanical controller firmware version. In the case of 1.03.02, it is displayed
as 010302.

Product Description Control Panel (AcuLaser C7000) 64

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.8 Engine Restrictions

The engine restrictions are classified as follows. Refer to the following tables for more
details.
„ Restrictions on the period from turning power on to printing enable. See
Table 1-30.
„ Restrictions on the period from print command receiving to printing start
(Density adjustment at Cycle up). See Table 1-31.
„ Restrictions on continuous printing. See Table 1-32.
„ Restrictions on the period from completion of printing to stop of mechanism
operation.
(Density adjustment at Cycle up). See Table 1-33.
„ Others. See Table 1-34.

Product Description Engine Restrictions 65

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-30. Restrictions on the period from turning power on to printing enable
Item IBT Rotations Operational Conditions Description Notes

CRU installation, check if there is any paper

M/C Check Approx. 6-7 Each time.
jam remaining.

Fuser Warm Up -- Each time. Fuser warm up

Process Control Printing stopped at the last time Recovering operation from the toner empty
5-77
(Power Up) because of toner empty error. error.

Calibrating when new Draws patches on both ends on the

Make density adjustment when toner
photoconductor unit is 10-84 A new photoconductor unit is installed. photoconductor and supplies toner to the
density is detected to be too high or too low.
installed cleaner.

Once wax is removed, the counter is reset

When the IBT rotations are more than
Print quality adjustment and restarts to count.
1000 and 200 pages or more have been The wax adhering to the IBT is removed. (Wax
12 200pages regardless of paper size (A4/A3).
(IBT ghost measures) printed, and Humidity<35%Rh or contained in toner causes “ghost”.)
Executed only when power is turned on or
Humidity>65%Rh
cover opened/closed.

NOTE: Approx. 5 seconds for one rotation

Table 1-31. Restrictions on the period from print command receiving to printing start (Density adjustment at Cycle up)
Item IBT Rotations Operational Conditions Description Notes

1. Fuser temperature is 94°C or less at

power on.
2. After Error or Jam.
Density adjustment During the operation, the printer is in
3 3. The first printing after the amount of The BCR and laser output value are determined.
(Cycle Up) APQ mode.
toner is adjusted (Addmix, Sweep
Out). After Empty Reset operation is
executed.

NOTE: Approx. 5 seconds for one rotation

Product Description Engine Restrictions 66

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-32. Restricts on continuous printing

Item IBT Rotations Operational Conditions Description Notes

1. Color mode
65%: total A3 4 pages detected.
55%: total A3 12 pages detected.
-Cycle-down is done after completion of the
35%: total A3 48 pages detected. Printing is stopped to recover print density if
High coverage printing printing currently executed.
Approx. 5 2. B/W mode the printing with high coverage that exceeds
measures -During density adjustment at cycle-down,
53%: total A3 4 pages detected. dispense capacity has continued.
41%: total A3 12 pages detected. it is decided whether to supply toner or not.
35%: total A3 48 pages detected.
*Setting value may be changed.

-Cycle-down is done after completion of the

From printing start till printing of A3 (50 printing currently executed.
Continuous printing Continuous printing is interrupted to keep
Approx. 5 pages), A4 LEF 2-up (100 pages) or the -The operational conditions may be A3 (6
restriction toner density.
equivalent pages), A4 LEF 2-up (12 pages) if Toner
Near Empty.occurs.
-Cycle-down is done after completion of the
In case where low-density is detected during
Printing is interrupted to supply toner when printing currently executed.
Detects low-density Approx. 5 density adjustment in Cycle-up or during
low density is detected. -During density adjustment at cycle-down,
printing.
it is decided whether to supply toner or not.
-Cycle-down is done after completion of the
After 30 pages of B/W continuous printing on Printing is interrupt to prevent Fuser from printing currently executed.
After narrow B/W printing Approx. 5
paper up to 257mm width (B5,B4) overheating. -Idle for 1 minute after Cycle-down.
-During idling, printer is in APQ mode.

NOTE: Approx. 5 seconds for one rotation

Product Description Engine Restrictions 67

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-33. Restrictions on the period from completion of printing to stop of mechanism operation (Density adjustment at Cycle down)
Item IBT Rotations Operational Conditions Description Notes

1. Fuser temperature is 94°C or less.

2. Every 20 pages(40 pages when 2-up printing).
3. When the total waiting time exceeds 4 hours.
-The operational conditions may be A3
4. When high coverage is detected. (6 pages), A4 LEF 2-up (12 pages) when
Density adjustment 5. The first printing after the amount of toner is
7 TC control toner near empty occurs.
(at cycle down) adjusted (Addmix, Sweep Out). After Empty -During the operation, the printer is in
Reset operation is executed. APQ mode.
6. In case where low-density is detected during
density adjustment in Cycle-up or during
printing.

-Low-density is detected during the density

Density adjustment
adjustment. During the operation, the printer is in
(supply toner) 6-84 Addmix (toner is supplied)
-During high-coverage measures( not necessary) APQ mode.
-Near Toner Empty is detected.

Density adjustment High-density is detected during the density During the operation, the printer is in
6-12 Sweep Out (toner is swept out)
(sweeps toner out) adjustment. APQ mode.

The rotary is rotated and developer is collected

Max 10 into the cartridge collector. (Rotary home-
Print quality adjustment When the total number of rotary revolutions is too positioning operation is repeated several times During the operation, the printer is in
Rotary
(Rotary idles)*1 small relative to the amount of supplied K toner. at cycle-down in order to loosen the toner APQ mode.
revolutions inclined by B/W continuous printing and to
stabilize dispense rate)
Once wax is removed, the counter is
reset and restarts to count.
When the IBT rotations are more than 1000 and 200
Print quality adjustment The wax adhering to the IBT is removed. (Wax 200 pages regardless of paper size (A4/
2 pages or more have been printed, and
(IBT ghost masures)*1 contained in toner causes “ghost”.) A3).
Humidity<35%Rh or Humidity>65%Rh
Rotates two times more than normal
cycle-down.

Note *1: Used with AcuLaser 8500 and later models.

NOTE: Approx. 5 seconds for one rotation

Product Description Engine Restrictions 68

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-34. Others

Item IBT Rotations Operational Conditions Description Notes

P/H motor rotation during P/H motor starts running 1 minute before Measures against faulty fixing is taken at start-
1 minute
warm-up completion of warm-up. up. (Photoconductor does not rotate)

To prevent the Fuser Nip from leaving marks

P/H motor rotation during 0.5 to 1 sec. at 15 to 30 P/H motor operates momentary when the printer P/H motor operates momentary when the
when P/H motor left heated. (Photoconductor
standby min. intervals. is on standby. printer is in power save mode 1.
does not rotate)

NOTE: Approx. 5 seconds for one rotation

† Toner duty limiting value: 260%* ±20% (±10% for each color)
* (Total image occupation rate by YMCK)
Total image occupation rate (toner duty) is limited to prevent paper jam resulting from
paper winding round the fuser.
If the value data has exceeded the toner image occupation rate, the printer will display
“Error” and will shut down.
In this case, the paper has been inserted in the Reg Roll of the Paper Path Unit.
Therefore, the paper must be removed to recover the printer.

Product Description Engine Restrictions 69

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.9 Status Sheet, etc. DESCRIPTIONS ADDED WHEN OPTIONS INSTALLED

† RAM DIMM: Memory size is added to Installed Memory and
1.9.1 Status Sheet for AcuLaser C8600 Available Memory.
An example of the printout of the Status Sheet is shown on page 71. † Type-B I/F: AUX is added to Installed Interface.
The language in which the Status Sheet is printed changes depending on the selected † Two Optional Cassette Unit:
Language. Lower Cassette 2/3 is added to Other Options.
The printout example is represents the case where English is selected.
The IP address is printed only when GetIPAddress = Panel or PING, and is not printed † One Optional Cassette Unit:
when Auto is selected. When changing the setting value, the IP address that is to be Lower Cassette 2 is added to Other Options.
used at the next startup is printed. (The IP address in operation is printed on the † Duplex Unit: Duplex Unit is added to Other Options.
Network Status Sheet.)
† HDD: Hard Disk xGB is added to Other Options. Displayed
up to one decimal place.
INFORMATION
† PostScript 3 module: Adobe PostScript 3 is added to Installed Emulation.
Describes Name (English only, 36-digit), Remaining Amount (10-digit), Warning (20- Version of PostScript 3 is added to Firmware Revision.
digit), and Model Number (30-digit) of consumables that can be replaced by users.
“Needed soon” is added when the amount reaches the level where a warning occurs. † Color Copy Station: Copy System is added to Other Options.
Name Parts Numbers † A3W Cassette: LC1 Size = A3W is set in the Tray Menu.
Toner Cartridge Cyan S050041
WHEN STANDBY = DISABLE
Toner Cartridge Magenta S050040
Toner Cartridge Yellow S050039 Printed only when Standby = Disable.
Toner Cartridge Black S050038 Not printed when Standby = Enable.
Photoconductor Unit S051082 Reason: This notifies the user that the Standby mode is disabled.
Waste Toner Collector S050020
THE LOWEST DESCRIPTION SECTION OF THE STATUS SHEET
† IAddyme: Date of the firmware
† e: When “e” = ECP, when “n” = Nibble, when ”” =
Compatibility
† *: “*” appears when DIMM can be written
† Axxxx: Color Look Up Table version
† Jxxxxxx: Jam count
† MCxxxxxx: Mechanical control version
† 11PNNYYMMDDhhmmssX: USB serial number

Product Description Status Sheet, etc. 70

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

COLOR CALIBRATION DESCRIPTION EPSON † (Logo) EPSON AcuLaser TM C8600

Status Sheet
NOTE: Since this function is implemented in the utility for PostScript3, it is not Information Parts Numbers
Toner Cartridge Cyan E****F Needed soon S050041
described in the manual of the AcuLaser C8600 main unit. Toner Cartridge Magenta E****F Needed soon S050040
Toner Cartridge Yellow E****F Needed soon S050039
Toner Cartridge Black E****F Needed soon S050038
The meanings of G, D and 600 are as follows: Photoconductor Unit E****F Needed soon S051082
Waste Toner Collector Needed soon S050020
G: Increase Graduation Total Pages 1
Color Pages 1
D: Increase Definition B/W Pages 0
600: 600 dpi Default Settings
Tray Menu Setup Menu AUX Menu ESCP2 Menu
A combination such symbols means calibration data for, say, Increase Graduation at MP Tray Size = A4
LC1 Size = A4
Lang = English
Time Out = 60
AUX I/F = On
AUX Config = No
Font = Courier
Pitch = 10cpi
600 dpi, and is displayed only when the calibration data are registered in the EEPROM. LC2 Size = A4
LC3 Size = A4
Paper Source = Auto
Out Bin = Face-down LJ4 Menu
Condensed = Off
T.Margin = 0.50inch
MMMM, DD, YYYY, HH and MM represent the date and time when the calibration MP Type = Plain
LC1 Type = Plain
MP Mode = Normal
Manual Feed = Off
FontSource = Resident
Font Number = 0
Text = 66Lines
CGTable = PcUSA
table is created.The meaning of each symbol is as follows: LC2 Type = Plain
LC3 Type = Plain
Copies = 1
Duplex = Off
Pitch = 10.00cpi
Height = 12.00pt.
Country = USA
Auto CR = On
Binding = Long Edge SymSet = IBM-US Auto LF = Off
MMMM: Month Emulation Menu Start Page = Front Form = 64Lines Bit Image = Dark
Parallel = Auto Paper Type = Normal Source SymSet = 277 ZeroChar = 0
DD: Day USB = Auto Page Side = Front Dest SymSet = 277
Network = Auto Skip Blank Page = Off CR Function = CR FX Menu
YYYY: Year AUX = Auto Auto Eject Page = Off LF Function = LF Font = Courier
Size Ignore = Off Tray Assign = 4K Pitch = 10cpi
HH: Hour Printing Menu Auto Cont = Off Condensed = Off
Page Size = A4 Page Protect = Auto GL2 Menu T.Margin = 0.50inch
MM: Minute Wide A4 = Off LCD Contrast = 7 GLMode = LJ4GL2 Text = 66Lines
Orientation = Port Standby = Disable Scale = Off CGTable = PcUSA
Resolution = 600 Origin = Corner Country = USA
RITech = On Parallel Menu Pen = Pen0 Auto CR = On
Toner Save = Off Parallel I/F = On End = Butt Auto LF = Off
Image Optimum = Auto Speed = Fast Join = Mitered Bit Image = Dark
Top Offset = 0.0mm Bi-D = ECP Pen0 = 0.35mm ZeroChar = 0
LeftOffset = 0.0mm Buffer Size = Normal Pen1 = 0.35mm
T Offset B = 0.0mm Pen2 = 0.35mm I239X Menu
L Offset B = 0.0mm USB Menu Pen3 = 0.35mm Font = Courier
USB I/F = On Pen4 = 0.35mm Pitch = 10cpi
Buffer Size = Normal Pen5 = 0.35mm Code Page = 437
Network Menu Pen6 = 0.35mm T.Margin = 0.40inch
Network I/F = On Text = 67Lines
PS3 Menu Auto CR = Off
Network Config = No Error Sheet = Off Auto LF = Off
Get IPAddress = Auto Coloration = Color Alt. Graphics = Off
IP = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Image Protect = Off Bit Image = Dark
SM = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx ZeroChar = 0
GW = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx CharacterSet = 2
Buffer Size = Normal

Hardware Configurations
Installed Memory 64MB(65536KB) Other Options
Available Memory xx.xMB(xxxxxKB) Lower Cassette 2
Firmware Revision 158xxxxxxxxxx Lower Cassette 3
Font Data Revision 500644120701 Duplex Unit
Installed Emulation LJ4,GL2 Hard Disk x.xGB
ESC/Page Color Copy System
ESCP2,FX,I239X
Abode PostScript3 Color Calibration
Installed Interface Parallel G600 MMMM DD, YYYY HH:MM
Network D600 MMMM DD, YYYY HH:MM
USB
AUX
LAN HW Address 000048xxxxxx
LAN HW Revision 1
IAddyme*AxxxxJxxxxxxMCxxxxxx09PNNYYMMDDhhmmssX
SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION

Product Description Status Sheet, etc. 71

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.9.2 Status Sheet for AcuLaser C7000

Figure 1-27 shows an example of the printed Status Sheet. The printing data for the
Status Sheet is created by the printer driver.
„ The consumable information appears only when the remaining amount of
consumables in the status is 25% or less for toners or 9% or less for the
Photoconductor Unit.
„ IAxxxx indicates the firmware version.
„ Axxxxxxxx indicates the printer screen version in 8-digit numbers.
„ MCxxxxxx indicates the mechanical controller version of the engine main
unit in 6-digit numbers.
„ 13Pxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx indicates the USB ID only when executing the Status
Sheet from the parallel interface or USB interface.

Figure 1-27. Status Sheet (AcuLaser C7000)

Product Description Status Sheet, etc. 72

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.9.3 Reserve Job List (Only with AcuLaser C8600) 1.9.4 Form Overlay List (Only with AcuLaser C8600)
<Reserve Job List printing> Prints the form attribute for Form Overlay registered in the HDD up to 200 forms.
Prints the job attribute registered in the Quick Print Job Menu. <Contents>
<Contents> (in the order) „ Form Name
„ User Name (in alphabetical order) Maximum 2420 bytes
Number 0 –9 (ASCII 48 – 57, 30H - 39H)
„ Job Name (in alphabetical order)
Capital A - Z (ASCII 65 - 90, 41H - 5AH)
„ Size Small a – z (ASCII 97 - 122, 61H - 7AH)
<Example> Form Name is printed by the order below:
Form Name {(Number (0>1..9))>alphabet (A>B>..>a>b..>z)}
EPSON AL-C8600 The same Form Name is printed in the entry order. If Form Name is
Reserve Job List blank, it is printed to the top.
„ Comment
Quick Print Job Maximum 40 bytes
User Name Job Name Job Type Number 0 – 9 (ASCII 48 – 57, 30H - 39H)
0unknown 0Untitled Verify Capital A - Z (ASCII 65 - 90, 41H - 5AH)
0unknown 9Untitled Stored Small a – z (ASCII 97 - 122, 61H - 7AH)
0unknown AUntitled Verify Space (ASCII 32, 20H)
Symbol (ASCII 33 – 47, 21H - 2FH)
0unknown zUntitled Verify
(ASCII 58 – 63, 3AH - 3FH)
9unknown Untitled Verify (ASCII 91, 5BH)
Aunknown Untitled Verify (ASCII 93, 5DH)
unknown Untitled Re-Print (ASCII 95, 5FH)
(ASCII 123, 7BH)
Total Job Number: XX (ASCII 125, 7DH)
„ Date
24 bytes
<Example>

EPSON AL-C8600
Name Comment Date
form1 MMMM DD YYYY HH:MM
form2 MMMM DD YYYY HH:MM

Total Number: XXX

Product Description Status Sheet, etc. 73

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.9.5 Network Status Sheet (Only with AcuLaser C8600)

HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
An example of the printout of the Network Status Sheet is shown on page 74. The HH EPSON Network Status Sheet (2/2) HH
Network Status Sheet is not localized. HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
<NetWare(R)> Enable
The Network Status Sheet describes the current operating status, but does not indicate Network Address 00000000:000000000000
Primary Frame Type Ethernet_802.3
setting values. Mode Standby
Print Server Name (NONE)
If values and names are unused or undefined, these are shown with (NONE). Polling Interval (NONE)
NDS Tree (NONE)
<Example of Network Status sheet> NDS Context (NONE)
Primary File Server Name (NONE)
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH Primary Print Server Name (NONE)
HH EPSON Network Status Sheet (1/2) HH Printer Port Number (NONE)
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
<General Information> <NetBEUI> Enable
Card Type EPSON Built-in 10Base-T/100BaseTX Print Server NetBIOS Name EPXXXXXX
MAC Address 00:00:48:XX:XX:XX Workgroup Name WORKGROUP
Hardware Ver. 01.00 Device Name EPSON
Software Ver. 02.02

Printer Model AL-C8600 <AppleTalk(R)> Enable

Printer Name AL-C8600-XXXXXX
Network Link Status 10BASE-T, Half Duplex Zone Name XXXX
Network Number Set Auto
<TCP/IP> Network Number XXXXX
Get IPAddress Auto Node ID XXXXX
IP Address 192.168.192.168
Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Entity Type #1 EPSONPAGECOLOR1
Default Gateway 255.255.255.255 Entity Type #2 EPSONPCL5
Use a private IP address Entity Type #3 EPSONPRPXL24
when an IP address cannot Entity Type #4 EPSONHPGL2
be assigned by the DHCP Entity Type #5 EPSONFX
server. Disable Entity Type #6 EPSONLQ2
Set by PING Disable
Universal Plug and Play Disable
Universal Plug and Play HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH AL-C8600 HH
Device Name (NONE)

<IPP>
IPP URL http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:631/EPSON_IPP_Printer
Printer Name EPSON_IPP_Printer
Location (NONE)

<SNMP>
Read Community public
IP Trap 1 Disable
IP Trap Address 1 (NONE)
IP Trap Community 1 (NONE)
IP Trap 2 Disable
IP Trap Address 2 (NONE)
IP Trap Community 2 (NONE)
IPX Trap 1 Disable
IPX Trap Address 1 (NONE)
IPX Trap Community 1 (NONE)
IPX Trap 2 Disable
IPX Trap Address 2 (NONE)
IPX Trap Community 2 (NONE)

HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH AL-C8600 HH

Product Description Status Sheet, etc. 74

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.9.6 Engine Status Sheet † Development Unit

C Development: The amount of the Development C used. Number of planes
An example of the Engine Status Sheet printout is shown on page 76. The Engine
after executing C Development Clear in the Maintenance
Status Sheet is not localized.
Menu.
The numerical values in the example are the upper limit count values. M Development: The amount of the Development M used. Number of planes
† Total Counts after executing M Development Clear in the Maintenance
Menu.
Total Pages: Same value as the Total Pages in the Information Menu. It is
Y Development: The amount of the Development Y used. Number of planes
not dependent on the paper size.
after executing Y Development Clear in the Maintenance
Total Pages (A4): Number of deferred printed pages. A4 and LT landscape sizes Menu.
are regarded as one page regardless of color and B/W.
K Development: The amount of the Development K used. Number of planes
Total Planes: Number of deferred print planes. A4 size is regarded as one
after executing K Development Clear in the Maintenance
plane for each color.
Menu.
Color Pages: Same value as the Color Pages in the Information Menu. It is
not dependent on the paper size. † IBT Belt: The amount of the intermediate transfer belt used. Number
of cycles after executing IBT Belt Clear in the Maintenance
† Jam Counts: The number of jam occurrence. Menu.
† ET Cartridge † 2nd BTR Offset
C Toner: The amount of C Toner used (dispense time, in units of 100 Plain Paper 1: The offset value of 2nd BTR transfer voltage for Plain Paper 1.
ms). Installing a new toner cartridge clears it.
Transparency: The offset value of 2nd BTR transfer voltage for Transparency.
M Toner: The amount of M Toner used (dispense time, in units of 100
Cover: The offset value of 2nd BTR transfer voltage for Cover and
ms). Installing a new toner cartridge clears it.
Cover HG.
Y Toner: The amount of Y Toner used (dispense time, in units of 100
Coated Paper 1: The offset value of 2nd BTR transfer voltage for Coated Paper
ms). Installing a new toner cartridge clears it.
1.
K Toner: The amount of K Toner used (dispense time, in units of 100
Card: The offset value of 2nd BTR transfer voltage for Card.
ms). Installing a new toner cartridge clears it.
Envelope: The offset value of 2nd BTR transfer voltage for Envelope.
† Xero CRU: The amount of the Photoconductor Unit used (number of
revolutions). Installing a new Photoconductor Unit clears it.
Xero CRU Change: Number of replacements of the Photoconductor Unit. It is
counted up by detecting a new one.
† Fuser: The amount of the Fuser Unit used. Number of pages after
executing Fuser Counter Clear in the Maintenance Menu.
† 2nd BTR: The amount of the 2nd BTR used. Number of pages after
executing 2nd BTR Clear in the Maintenance Menu.
† IBT Cleaner: The amount of the IBT Cleaner used. Number of pages after
executing IBT Cleaner Clear in the Maintenance Menu.

Product Description Status Sheet, etc. 75

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Engine Version <Contents of Engine Status Sheet>

MCU: The mechanical controller version of the printer's main unit Engine Status Sheet
that is read out from the engine. Total Counts
Total Pages 99,999,999 pages
(Example: When the mechanical controller version is Total Pages (A4) 99,999,999 pages
Version01.03.02, it is displayed as 010302.) Total Planes
Color Pages
99,999,999 planes
99,999,999 pages
Duplex: The mechanical controller version of the Duplex Unit that is Jam Counts
ET Cartridge
100,000 (65535 : AcuLaser C7000)

read out from the engine. C Toner 10,933 (100msec)

M Toner 9,600 (100msec)
(Example: When the mechanical controller version is Y Toner 10,533 (100msec)
Version0.1.29, it is displayed as 000129.) K Toner
C Toner Change
11,600 (100msec)
10,000 (255 : AcuLaser C7000)
LCC: The mechanical controller version of the 2/1 optional cassette M Toner Change
Y Toner Change
10,000 (255 : AcuLaser
10,000 (255 : AcuLaser
C7000)
C7000)
unit that is read out from the engine. K Toner Change 10,000 (255 : AcuLaser C7000)
Xero CRU 110,000 cycle
(Example: When the mechanical controller version is Xero CRU Change 10,000 (255 : AcuLaser C7000)
Version0.1.27, it is displayed as 000127.) Fuser 999,999 pages
2nd BTR 999,999 pages
† Error Log: This is a history of the latest 20 panel messages, EJL status IBT Cleaner 999,999 pages
IBT Belt 999,999 cycle
codes and Total Pages for errors occurred. Development Unit
The most recent error is displayed first, and rest of errors is C Development
M Development
999,999
999,999
planes
planes
shown in the datal order. Target errors are the service call Y Development 999,999 planes
K Development 999,999 planes
errors occurred after “Ready”, and paper jams. In an error 2nd BTR Offset
occurrence, if another error that occurred at the same Total Plain Paper 1
Transparency
3
3
(10
(10
:
:
AcuLaser
AcuLaser
C7000)
C7000)
Pages count has already stored, the current error is not Cover 3 (10 : AcuLaser C7000)
Coated Paper 1 3 (10 : AcuLaser C7000)
stored. Card 3 (10 : AcuLaser C7000)
Envelope 3 (10 : AcuLaser C7000)
Engine Version
MCU 010302 (999999 : AcuLaser C7000)
Duplex 000129 (999999 : AcuLaser C7000)
LCC 000127 (999999 : AcuLaser C7000)
Error Log*
Panel Message Code Page
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy
zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz xxxx yyyyyyyy

Note "*": Only Page and Code for AcuLaser C7000

Product Description Status Sheet, etc. 76

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

CONTROL INFORMATION AND CONTROL METHODS

Table 1-35. Control Information and Control Methods

Count Processing and
Information Name Range Units Counting Conditions Clear Conditions
Storage Location
Total Pages Controller 99,999,999 pages When printing EJL, (EEPROM initialization),
SelecType, Maintenance Menu → Total Counter Clear
Total Pages(A4) Engine 99,999,999 pages When printing SelecType, Maintenance Menu → Total Counter Clear
Total Planes Engine 99,999,999 planes When transferring SelecType, Maintenance Menu → Total Counter Clear
Color Pages Controller 99,999,999 pages When printing EJL, (EEPROM initialization),
SelecType, Maintenance Menu → Total Counter Clear
Jam Counts Controller ~ 100,000 (65535) - When a jam occurs (EEPROM initialization)
C Toner Engine ~ 5,420 100msec When providing toner for development Detecting a new C Toner
M Toner Engine ~ 5,420 100msec Detecting a new M Toner
Y Toner Engine ~ 5,573 100msec Detecting a new Y Toner
K Toner Engine ~ 5,933 100msec Detecting a new K Toner
C Toner Change Controller ~ 10,000 (255) Times When detecting a new toner EEPROM initialization)
M Toner Change Controller ~ 10,000 (255) Times EEPROM initialization)
Y Toner Change Controller ~ 10,000 (255) Times EEPROM initialization)
K Toner Change Controller ~ 10,000 (255) Times EEPROM initialization)
Xero CRU Engine ~ 110,000 Cycle When Photoconductor Unit is revolving Detecting a new Photoconductor Unit
Xero CRU Change Controller ~ 10,000 (255) Times When detecting a new Photoconductor Unit EEPROM initialization)
Fuser Engine ~ 999,999 Pages When transferring SelecType, Maintenance Menu → Fuser Counter Clear
2nd BTR Engine ~ 999,999 Pages When printing SelecType, Maintenance Menu → 2nd BTR Clear
IBT Cleaner Engine ~ 999,999 pages When printing SelecType, Maintenance Menu → IBT Cleaner Clear
C Development Engine ~ 999,999 planes When developing SelecType, Maintenance Menu → C Development Clear
M Development Engine ~ 999,999 planes SelecType, Maintenance Menu → M Development Clear
Y Development Engine ~ 999,999 planes SelecType, Maintenance Menu → Y Development Clear
K Development Engine ~ 999,999 planes SelecType, Maintenance Menu → K Development Clear
IBT Belt Engine ~ 999,999 cycle When transferring SelecType, Maintenance Menu → IBT Belt Clear
2nd BTR Offset
Plain Paper 1 Engine 1~ 10 - - -
Transparency Engine 1~ 10 - - -
Cover Engine 1 ~ 10 - - -
Coated Paper 1 Engine 1 ~ 10 - - -
Card Engine 1 ~ 10 - - -
Envelope Engine 1 ~ 10 - - -

Product Description Status Sheet, etc. 77

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-35. Control Information and Control Methods (continued)

Count Processing and
Information Name Range Units Counting Conditions Clear Conditions
Storage Location
MCU Engine - - - -
Duplex Duplex Unit - - - -
LCC 2-/1-Optional Cassette - - - -
Unit
Error Code 1 Controller - - When an error occurs SelecType, (EEPROM initialization)
Error Page 1 Controller - - When an error occurs SelecType, (EEPROM initialization)
:
Error Code 20 Controller - - When an error occurs SelecType, (EEPROM initialization)
Error Page 20 Controller - - When an error occurs SelecType, (EEPROM initialization)

NOTE a: The values in parentheses of the Clear Conditions indicate that these are cleared as
HOW TO PRINT THE ENGINE STATUS SHEET ON ACULASER C7000
the result.
b: When exceeding the ranges, the items controlled by the controller are not counted up Start the Service Utility by the procedure described in 5.3.2.1 "Starting the Service Utility"
beyond the maximum value. (p.365) and press the “Status Sheet” button on the screen.

c: The value in parentheses at “Range” represents the upper limit for AcuLaser C7000.
.

C H E C K Since the paper size supported is only A4, set A4 size paper in the
P O IN T printer.

When the engine status sheet is being printed, the process control (Cycle Up / Cycle
Down process control) of the engine will forcedly be carried out.

Product Description Status Sheet, etc. 78

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.10 Restrictions (Only for AcuLaser C7000) 1.10.2 Restrictions on Network Connections
† Usable Type-B interface is Leo 2.1 only.
For AcuLaser C7000, there are restrictions described below.
Leo 1.x, 2.0 cannot be used.
However, updating Leo firmware allows using Leo 2.0
1.10.1 Network Environment Applicable to AcuLaser
C7000 1.10.3 Others
Table 1-36. † Printing the Network Status Sheet of Leo2.1 is possible
Windows 95/98/Me Windows NT4.0/2000 Mac The Paper Source selection is set to the paper source that has paper size of the
–
factory default setting of the MP Tray.
LPR { {
Port 9100 { { – † MAC OS X support is TBD.
FTP X X –
IPP X X –
NetBEUI X X –
AppleTalk – – {
Netware X X –
NDPS Gateway X X –

{: Recommended environment
X: Not supported
Printing is possible by sending printing data. However, printing results are not guaranteed.

NOTE 1: EpsonNet DirectPrint is required to use LPT and Port 9100 in Windows95/
98/Me.
2: LPR and Port9100 for Windows 2000/NT 4.0 can be used by LPR of OS
standard or EpsonNet DirectPrint.
3: NetBEUI and Netware IPX are enabled in Leo 2.1 as the default settings.
However, the operations are not guaranteed in AcuLaser C7000.
Manual descriptions for network setup include instructions that users must
disable NetBEUI and NetWare by using tools such as WinAssist or
WebAssist.
4: Among TCP/IP based protocols, FTP, IPP, and NDPS Gateway cannot be
disabled, these can send data to the printer via above protocols. However the
Status Monitor does not operate in such cases, these protocols are not
supported in terms of a product.
AcuLaser C7000 manual provides descriptions that AcuLaser C7000 does
not guarantee these protocols.

Product Description Restrictions (Only for AcuLaser C7000) 79

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.11 Operating Conditions of Host Computers

(Only for AcuLaser C7000)
For AcuLaser C7000, which is a host-based printer, the host PC must the following
conditions:
† Recommended host PC for Windows
„ CPU: Pentium II 450 MHz or higher
„ RAM: 96 MB or more
„ HDD free space: 500 MB (for spooling the driver)
„ Interfaces: IEEE1284 ECP mode
USB
100BaseTx Ethernet
† Minimum requirements for Windows
„ CPU: Pentium 233 MHz
„ RAM: 64 MB
„ HDD free space: Same as above
„ Interfaces: Same as above
† Recommended host PC for Macintosh
„ CPU: PowerPC G3 500 MHz or higher
„ RAM: 128 MB or more
„ Interfaces: USB
AppleTalk
† Minimum requirements for Macintosh
„ CPU: PowerPC G3 233 MHz
„ RAM: 128 MB
„ Interfaces: Same as above

Product Description Operating Conditions of Host Computers (Only for AcuLaser C7000) 80
EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.12 RAM Expansion

With AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000, any of the following errors may occur when it
detects insufficient memory condition:
“Print Underrun”*, “Mem Overflow”, “Image Optimum”, “Need Memory”, “Duplex
Mem Overflow”
Note "*": Only with AcuLaser C7000
This problem may be solved by taking appropriate ones of the following measures:
„ For B/W printing, lower the resolution to 300 dpi.
„ For color printing, use a non-reciprocal compression format.
„ Reduce the size of the data buffer.
„ Use only one interface and set the other interfaces to “Off”.
The only way to definitely avoid memory shortages is to install more memory.

C A U T IO N „ AcuLaser C8600 can use the same PC100 168-pin expansion

RAMs as can be used for AcuLaser C8500.
„ AcuLaser C7000 can use the same 90-pin RAM-DIMM
(available on the market) as can be used for AcuLaser C1000.
Therefore, there is no interchangeability between the expansion
RAMs for AcuLaser C8600 and those for AcuLaser C7000. For
details, see table below.

Table 1-37. Printers with Interchangeable Expansion RAMs

Printers with
Model Interchangeable Pins Remarks
Expansion RAMs
AcuLaser C8600 AcuLaser C8500 168 pins Commercially available
Dedicated 90-pin RAM-DIMM
AcuLaser C7000 AcuLaser C1000 90 pins
(Commercially available)

Product Description RAM Expansion 81

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.13 Precautions in Handling

1.13.1 Precaution in Turning Off the Power
AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 incorporates an internal non-volatile memory
(EEPROM). If the power to the printer is turned off during the process of writing in
non-volatile memory, the successful writing in the non-volatile memory cannot be
guaranteed. Therefore, the next time the printer is turned on or the “Reset All” is
carried out, panel settings may be initialized or a service call error may occur.
AcuLaser C8600 permits connection of an HDD. If power is turned off while writing
into the HDD, an HDD error may occur because successful writing in the HDD may
not be ensured.
Never turn off power in any of the following cases, in which writing in EEPROM or
HDD is being executed:
„ After the power to the printer is turned on, until the Ready LED lights up.
„ While the Ready LED is blinking
„ While the printer is printing. (While the paper feed motor is operating.)
„ While the Data LED is on or while it is blinking

C H E C K Only AcuLaser C8600 supports an HDD.

P O IN T

1.13.2 Caution About Hot Parts

The fuser unit inside this printer becomes hot. Take great care not to touch the fuser
unit when opening the printer covers to, say, remove jammed paper.

Product Description Precautions in Handling 82

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.14 Paper Handling Algorithm (AcuLaser C8600)

ENGINE CONTROL, CM

Table 1-38. Engine Control, CM

Paper Type
EJL PAPER MP or LC1-3
Page Size Paper Type Paper Source Specified by Engine Control (Speed Mode *4) CM
FACE Type *3
Driver (Host)
Envelope *1 - - - - - Envelop (Medium-speed) Plain Paper
Postcard Size or FRONT - - - Card (Medium-speed) Plain Paper
-
Smaller *2 BACK Card DUP (Medium-speed) Plain Paper
Plain,
Preprinted,
Letterhead, Plain Paper 1 (Standard) See Table 1-39
Recycled,
Specified Color
Auto
FRONT Transparency
Trnsprnc See Table 1-39
(Medium-speed (B/W), Low-speed (Color))
Labels Cover (Medium-speed) See Table 1-39
Other Than Not Specified - Plain Paper 1 (Standard) See Table 1-40
Envelope, Other Than Auto - - Plain Paper 1 (Standard) See Table 1-40
Postcard Size or Normal
Smaller *2 Plain,
Preprinted,
Letterhead, Plain Paper 1 DUP (Standard) See Table 1-39
Recycled,
Specified Color
Auto
BACK Transparency
Trnsprnc See Table 1-39
(Medium-speed (B/W), Low-speed (Color))
Labels Cover DUP (Medium-speed) See Table 1-39
Not Specified - Plain Paper 1 DUP (Standard) See Table 1-40
Other Than Auto - - Plain Paper 1 DUP (Standard) See Table 1-40
FRONT - - - Cover (Medium-speed) Plain Paper
Thick
BACK - - - Cover DUP (Medium-speed) Plain Paper
FRONT - - - Cover HG (Low-speed) Plain Paper
ExtraThk
BACK - - - Cover HG DUP (Low -speed) Plain Paper

Product Description Paper Handling Algorithm (AcuLaser C8600) 83

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-38. Engine Control, CM

Paper Type
EJL PAPER MP or LC1-3
Page Size Paper Type Paper Source Specified by Engine Control (Speed Mode *4) CM
FACE Type *3
Driver (Host)
Transparency
Trnsprnc - - - OHP
(Medium-speed (B/W), Low-speed (Color))
FRONT - - - Coated Paper 1 (Medium-speed) Plain Paper
Coated
BACK - - - Coated Paper 1DUP(Medium-speed) Plain Paper

Note *1: MON, C10, DL, C6

*2: 100 x 148 mm or less
*3: The Paper Type specified for the Paper Source that actually feeds paper.
*4: For the actual printing speed, refer to Table 1-1.

Table 1-39. Table 1-40.

CM Media Type MP or LC1-3 Type *3 CM CM Media Type CM
Plain, Off Plain paper
Preprinted, Option1 Option1
Letterhead,
Plain paper Option2 Option2
Off Recycled,
Color,
Labels
Trnsprnc OHP
Option1 - Option1
Option2 - Option2

Product Description Paper Handling Algorithm (AcuLaser C8600) 84

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

PAPER FEED

Table 1-41. Paper Feed

Page Size Paper Type Paper Source
Envelope*1,
- MP Tray
Postcard size or smaller*2
Thick,
ExtraThk,
- MP Tray
Trnsprnc,
Coated

In cases other than above, Paper Source is determined according to the algorithm
designated by Paper Source, Paper Type specified by the driver (host), and MP or LC1-
3 Type.

PAPER EJECT

Table 1-42. Paper Eject

Page Size Paper Type Output Tray
Less than B5/EXE (182 x 210 mm),
- Face-up
Envelope*1,
Thick,
- ExtraThk, Face-up
Trnsprnc

In cases other than above, Out Bin is set.

DUPLEX PRINTING

Table 1-43. Duplex Printing

Page Size Paper Type Duplex Printing
B5 to A3 of standard sizes
(A3, A4, B4, B5, LT, B, LGL, GLT, Normal Possible
GLG, EXE, F4)
In cases other than above, duplex printing is not possible.

Product Description Paper Handling Algorithm (AcuLaser C8600) 85

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.15 Differences in Specifications OTHERS

„ DIAG commands are not supported. DIAG tool for EPL-C8000/8200 is
1.15.1 Differences between AcuLaser C7000 and possible to use.
AcuLaser C8600 „ An optional DIMM cannot change screen and LUT.
„ The mechanical controller firmware is not rewritten even in the case of a flash
Described below are the differences of AcuLaser C7000 compared with AcuLaser
ROM.
C8600:
„ Service Utility is necessary to clear the maintenance counter after replacing
the service parts. (AcuLaser C8600 can clear them by Maintenance Menu of
FEATURES THAT ARE NOT SUPPORTED
SelecType.)
„ Type-B interfaces are not supported except Leo2.1. The supported protocols „ Power consumption of Standby mode is 15W.
are TCP/IP(LPR and Port9100) and AppleTalk (TBD).
„ The photocopier system, PS options, and HDD are not supported.
„ It cannot be used in the DOS environment (emulation mode is unavailable).
„ The printer itself does not retain the MIB information.
„ The calibration function is not available.
„ The manual feed mode is not supported.

USABILITY
„ An error status cannot be detected unless the EPSON Status Monitor is used.
„ Jobs sent via a network cannot be canceled (the Job MIB is not supported).
„ The consumable related warnings are cleared only after the consumables are
actually replaced.

OPERATION
„ The Paper Out error occurs in printing, but does not occur when turning on the
printer even if all the paper sources are empty.
„ The Paper Type setting is not supported. However, the function of excluding
the MP Tray from the Automatic selection is available.
„ When “Avoid Error = ON” is selected, the “Print Failure” warning appears
instead of an error.
„ The “Can't Print Duplex” warning appears instead of an error when duplex
printing is impossible.
„ Printing is impossible when “Mem Overflow” or “Duplex Mem Overflow”
occur.
„ The receive buffer size is fixed to 384KB for all interfaces.
„ The printer will stop data reception immediately when any error has occurred.

Product Description Differences in Specifications 86

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

1.15.2 Differences in Specifications between Models

The table below shows differences in specifications between printer models.
Table 1-44. Differences in Specifications between Printer Models
Model AcuLaser C8500 AcuLaser C8600 LP-8800C AcuLaser C7000 LP-7800C
(Former Similar Model for Other
Intended Market Other Than Japan Japan Other Than Japan Japan
Than Japan)
Engine Specifications A3 color A3 color 8/35 ppm A3 color 8/35 ppm
Device VR5000A-266 PowerPC 750CX-400 ←
CPU Internal operation clock 266 MHz 400 MHz ←
Interruption to CPU 5 lines 1 line
Memory ASIC MR64 CDMC
IOC3 ←
ASIC I/O ASIC DIOC
IOBR
Video ASIC VIP1a VIPS: E05B93BA ←
Clock driver W154H CY24246 ←
System clock 66.6666MHz 100MHz ←
Clock
9600 bps
Command/Status 9600 bps
Baud rate source: 27.37091 MHz Baud rate
Device M51953BFP ← 51953B
Reset
Voltage 5V ← ←
DMA I/O DIOC ←
Shape 72-pin DIMM 90pin DIMM ←
IPL MAIN Board (contained in Font ROM) DIMM (contained in Code ROM) ←
Font MAIN Board DIMM ←
ROM
DIMM ← ←
Code
4 MB ← ←
Optional ROM slots 3 slots 2 slots ←
Specification 128-kbit serial ← ←
EEPROM
Access to EEPROM Software control Hardware control

Product Description Differences in Specifications 87

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-44. Differences in Specifications between Printer Models (continued)

Model AcuLaser C8500 AcuLaser C8600 LP-8800C AcuLaser C7000 LP-7800C
(Former Similar Model for Other
Intended Market Other Than Japan Japan Other Than Japan Japan
Than Japan)
Specification PC66 PC100 ←
168-pin DIMM ← ←
Standard SDRAM
32 MB 64 MB 32 MB 32 MB: EP01-32M
SDRAM SDRAM slots 3 slots 2 slots ←
A maximum of 256 MB DIMM
SDRAM capacity available A maximum of 512 MB DIMM supported ←
supported
Maximum SDRAM capacity 768 MB 1 GB ←
Video I/F Tsubaki (FX) Tsubaki 2 (FX) Tsubaki Plus
Video clock 41.1698MHz 27.37091MHz 27.37091MHz (36.535ns)
Video
Dot clock 20.5849MHz 27.37091MHz 27.37091MHz (36.535ns)
Video signal Non-LVDS LVDS ←
PWM Device AD9561 PM-1075 ←
LCD (20 × 1) LCD (120 dots × 8 dots) ←
Control Panel Specification 8 switches 6 switches ←
6 LEDs 3 LEDs ←
Specification IEEE1284 compatible ← ←
Parallel Transceiver 74ACT1284 74LVX161284A ←
Circuit board Integral part of MAIN Board Separate circuit board ←
Specification None USB 1.1 compatible ←
USB Clock 48.0000 MHz ←
Circuit board Separate circuit board ←
TypeB 1 channel ← ←
HDD Fujitsu MHK2060AT IBM DJSA-205 5.0GB
IDE HDD board C82370* SUB C82385* SUB ←
DMA transfer Not available Available

Product Description Differences in Specifications 88

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 1-44. Differences in Specifications between Printer Models (continued)

Model AcuLaser C8500 AcuLaser C8600 LP-8800C AcuLaser C7000 LP-7800C
(Former Similar Model for Other
Intended Market Other Than Japan Japan Other Than Japan Japan
Than Japan)
Specification 10/100BaseT 10/100BaseT
MAC chip DL10019C DL10022A
Onboard Network None ←
DMA transfer Not available Available
Clock 50.0000MHz 50.0000MHz
Color Photocopier EPSON Color Copy Station 8500 AcuLaser Color Copy Station 8600 ←
RTC Available Not available
5V (max. 8A)
*1 5V→.3V
Power Supply 5.0V, 3.3V, 2.5V 5.0V, 3.3V, 2.5V,1.75V
3.3V→ 2.5, 1.5V
3.3, 2.5, 1.5V: generated on board
Circuit Board Layers 4 layers ← ←

Note *1: 1.85 V on the WS Board

Product Description Differences in Specifications 89

 2
CHAPTER

OPERATING PRINCIPLES
 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.1 Print Process

Drum IBT TRANSFER ASSY Paper
2.1.1 Print Process Overview (Belt)

This printer is a full color laser printer that works by the principle of 1. Charging
electrophotographic recording. Printers using the principle of electrophotographic
recording available up to now were only capable of printing with a single color of
toner. This printer prints in full color by forming an image of the various color toners 2. Exposure 6.Complete toner image forming
“Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black (YMCBk)” on the drum and overlapping the various
toner images on the IBT BELT ASSY (hereinafter referred to as Belt).
6.Repeat 3. Developing
The print process consists of the following basic steps:
1. Charging : The drum surface is charged with electricity. 4. Primary transfer (drum→Belt) 7. Secondary transfer (Belt→paper)

2. Exposure : The image area is exposed by laser radiation.

3. Developing: The image area is developed with toner. 5. Cleaning 9. Cleaning 8.Electrical discharging

4. Primary transfer:Toner image on the drum is transferred to the belt.IBT

TRANSFER ASSY (Belt) 10.Fixing
10.íËíÖ
5. Cleaning : The drum is cleaned.
6. Repeat : When in the YMCBk mode, steps 1 ∼ 5 are repeated for each of the 4
toner colors, and the complete toner image is formed of the 4 toner colors on the
Belt.
(This step is not performed in the B/W mode.) Figure 2-1. Print Process Overview

7. Secondary transfer:The complete 4-color toner image on the belt is transferred to

the paper adhering to the belt.
2.1.2 Total Print Process Schematic Diagram
8. Electrical discharging:The electric charge of the paper is discharged.
9. Cleaning : The Belt is cleaned. NOTE 1: DEVELOPER ASSY Y, DEVELOPER ASSY M, DEVELOPER ASSY C, and
DEVELOPER ASSY BK are hereinafter referred to by the generic term
10. Fixing : The toner is fixed on the paper by heat and pressure. “Developer Assy.”
2: TONER CARTRIDGE Y, TONER CARTRIDGE M, TONER CARTRIDGE C
and TONER CARTRIDGE BK are hereinafter referred to by the generic term
“Toner Cartridge.”
Figure 2-2 shows the schematic diagram of the total print process.

Operating Principles Print Process 91

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

:Laser radiator
2.1.3 Print Process Technical Explanation
:LED light ROS ASSY
: Paper feeding [2.Exposure] 1. Charging
DRUM ERASE LAMP ASSY
Developer Assy BCR The surface of the drum turning at a certain speed is uniformly electrified with a
[3.Developing] [1.Charging] [5.Cleaning (drum)]
negative charge by discharging the BCR (Bias Charge Roll) inside the DRUM
ROTARY Cleaning Blade CARTRIDGE.
FRAME ASSY [5.Cleaning (drum)]
† The BCR is constantly in contact with the drum and turns together with the drum.
Toner Cartridge The BCR is a conductive roll that receives a supply of discharge voltage from the
DRUM
CARTRIDGE LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, and discharges by negative DC voltage combined with
AC voltage. BCR discharge is carried out in minute intervals near where contact is
made with the drum. The drum surface is provided with a uniform negative charge
by DC bias voltage. The drum surface is a photoconductor (insulator in the dark,
Cleaning Blade and conductor when light is received), and the inside of the drum consists of a
[9.Cleaning(Belt)] conductive material (aluminum cylinder).

HEAT ROLL : Negative charge

[10.Fixing] Drum surface
: Positive charge

1ST BTR
[4. Primary transfer Photoconduc
PRESSURE (drum→Belt)] Potential on drum
Drum
ROLL
[10.Fixing] IBT BELT ASSY (Belt)
2ND BTR ASSY [4.Primary transfer
Conductive material
(drum → Belt)]
BELT [6. Repeat (Complete toner
CLEANER ASSY 2ND BTR ASSY
[7. Secondary transfer
image forming)]
(Belt →paper)]
[7.Secondary transfer
(Belt →paper)]
Detack Saw
[8.Electrical discharging] CONTACT PLATE
[7. Secondary transfer (Belt → paper)]
BACK UP ROLL Figure 2-3. Charging
[7. Secondary transfer (Belt → paper)

Figure 2-2. Total Print Process Schematic Diagram

Operating Principles Print Process 92

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2. Exposure
Negative charge
ROS ASSY
This is the step where the negatively charged drum surface is scanned with laser Positive charge
radiation, forming an invisible electrostatic latent image.
Photoconductor
† Laser radiation is emitted in accordance with print data (image data) from the
printer controller. Laser radiation is output when print data instructs the printer to Electric conductor
print a pixel; laser radiation is not output when instructed not to print (laser beam
Drum surface
is emitted for the part to be developed with toner, and not emitted for the part not
to be developed with toner). (Laser radiation)
(Laser radiation)
The laser beam is emitted by the laser diode inside the ROS ASSY. Via the spinning
polygon mirror mounted on the Scanner Assy of the ROS ASSY, and fixed mirrors and
a lens, the beam scans the drum surface in the axial direction from end to end.
Drum Electrostatic
The laser radiation exposed to the drum surface generates a (electron ↔ hole) inside latent image
the photoconductive layer. (Electrons are excited in the photoconductive band, thus
producing a hole in the valence band.) Attracted to the electric field, the electrons
migrate toward and flow into the metal part inside. Potential on drum
The hole moves toward the outer surface of the photoconductive layer, where it (Laser radiation)
reunites with the negative charge (electron) of the outer surface, thus reducing the
negative charge. As a result, an invisible electrostatic latent image (print image) is
formed on the part where the potential of the drum surface rises.

<Drum concept>

(Laser radiation)

Photoconductor

Electric conductor

Figure 2-4. Exposure

Operating Principles Print Process 93

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3. Developing
Negative charge
In this step, toner is electrically applied to the invisible electrostatic latent image on the Positive charge
drum surface, forming a visible image with toner on the drum. Toner
Carrier
† The printer employs “rotary developing” whereby 4 developers (Developer Assy)
are rotated/moved in sequence, and “trickle developing” consisting of a 2-part
developer consisting of carrier and toner.
The developer inside the Developer Assy is mixed by a spiral-shaped agitator
called an “Auger,” and is furthermore supplied to the Magnet Roll located near the
drum surface. The developer consisting of toner and carrier is provided with
frictional electrification produced by mixing (toner is provided with a negative
Drum
charge, and carrier with a positive charge) so that they electrically attract each
other.
The carrier is a magnetic substance that is attracted to the magnetic Magnet Roll,
where a uniform layer is formed by passing of the Trimmer Blade.
The surface of the Magnet Roll is coated with a thin semiconductor sleeve, which is
supplied DB (Developing Bias) voltage from the LV/ HV POWER SUPPLY. DB
voltage is negative DC voltage coupled with AC voltage. DC voltage keeps the Magnet
Roll at a certain negative voltage relative to the photoconductive layer of the drum.
Potential is lower for the part of the drum surface where the negative charge does not
decrease than for the Magnet Roll, and higher than the Magnet Roll for the portion of
the drum surface where the negative charge decreases. AC voltage shakes the
developer on the surface of the Magnet Roll so the toner can more easily spring toward
the drum.
The negatively charged toner is therefore attracted only to the part (electrostatic latent
image) where the negative charge of the drum surface has dropped lower than that of Drum surface Potential on drum
the Magnet Roll, forming a toner image on the drum.
When toner adheres to the drum, the negative charge of that part increases, the
potential drops, and the toner adherence capability falls.

Developing bias

Toner image

Figure 2-5. Developing 1

Operating Principles Print Process 94

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† As the number of prints increases, more toner in the developer is consumed. In † The developing charge characteristics of the developer gradually deteriorate due to
order to maintain the proper developing concentration, an amount of toner equal to dirt on the surface produced by toner and smashing of the surface due to mixing.
the amount consumed must be replenished from the Toner Cartridge to the Small amounts of carrier are added to the toner in the Cartridge in order to
Developer Assy. This is called the “toner dispenser.” Two types of control are maintain the charge characteristics, and carrier is dispensed at the same time with
used for the toner dispenser: PCDC and ADC. (For more information concerning toner.
PCDC and ADC, see “2.3.5 Process Control (p.134)” in this chapter. Carrier collected a little at a time in a separate chamber in the Toner Cartridge. By
doing so, developer (most of which is carrier) is replaced a little at a time, thus
† In order to obtain a full color image consisting of 4 toner colors, a toner image of
enabling charge characteristics to be maintained. This is referred to as “trickle
each of the colors YMCBk must be formed on the drum in sequence. The full color
developing.” Trickle developing is carried out using the rotation of the ROTARY
toner image is formed by facing the various Developer Assy's toward the drum in
FRAM ASSY when rotary developing is performed.
sequence by rotating the ROTARY FRAME ASSY's positioned at 90-degree
intervals on the circumference of the 4 Developer Assy's. The mechanism if trickle developing is as follows:
This is referred to as “rotary developing.” c : An L-shaped pipe is inserted in the developer.
For more information on each position, see “2.3.7 DEVE. Control (p.145)” in this d : A small amount of developer is introduced to the pipe.
chapter. e : The developer is scooped out and goes deeper into the pipe.
f : Developer is collected in the Toner Cartridge.
ROTARY FRAME ASSY
L-shaped pipe

DRUM

Toner Cartridge

Collection chamber

Figure 2-6. Developing 2

Figure 2-7. Developing 3

Operating Principles Print Process 95

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4. Primary Transfer (Drum → BELT) 5. Cleaning (Drum)

This is the This is the step where toner image formed on the drum surface is transferred This is the step where excess toner and residual charge are eliminated from the drum.
to the Belt of the TRANSFER ASSY by the 1ST BTR (First Bias Transfer Roll).
† Physical drum cleaning
† The 1ST BTR is a conductive roll that receives a supply of positive high voltage If toner is allowed to remain on the drum, it will interfere with subsequent steps in
from the LV/ HV POWER SUPPLY. The IST BTR touches the back surface of the the process.
Belt and turns with the Belt to provide the back surface of the Belt with a positive Remaining toner is scraped off by the Cleaning Blade in contact with the drum.
charge. The toner scraped off the drum is carried off by the Auger inside the DRUM
The toner image (negatively charged) on the drum is attracted by the positive CARTRIDGE, and is collected in the WASTE TONER BOX.
charge of the back surface of the Belt, and is transferred from the drum to the Belt.
† Electrical drum cleaning
A charge remains on the drum surface even after the excess toner is scraped off by
Negative charge
the Cleaning Blade. If the charge is allowed to remain on the drum surface, it will
Positive charge
interfere with subsequent steps in the process. Residual charge is therefore
Toner
eliminated from the drum surface by LED light inside the ERASE LAMP ASSY.

Drum surface ERASE LAMP ASSY Negative charge

Drum
Positive charge
Toner

Cleaning Blade

Drum surface
LED light
Drum

Drum surface Drum surface Belt surface

Toner to be
transferred

Figure 2-9. Cleaning (Drum)

Figure 2-8. Primary Transfer (Drum → BELT)

Operating Principles Print Process 96

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

6. Repeat (Complete Toner Image Forming) Drum surface Belt surface [The first lap]
(Yellow toner image)

[The first phenomenon color]

Yellow
This is the step where the complete toner image consisting of 4 colors is formed on the toner image
Belt by sequentially transferring toner images of each color on the drum surface to the
Belt.
The first
transcription

Black toner
Drum surface

[The second phenomenon color] [The third phenomenon color]

(Magenta toner image)
Cyan toner Belt surface [The second lap]
Yellow
Magenta toner toner image
Magenta
The second
toner image
transcription
Yellow toner

Drum surface
(Cyan toner image)

Drum Belt surface [The third lap]

The third Yellow
transcription toner image
Magenta
toner image
Cyan
Drum surface toner image
(Black toner image)

[The fourth phenomenon color]

The fourth
1ST BTR transcription Belt surface [The forth lap]
Yellow
toner image
Magenta
Belt toner image
Cyan
toner image
Black
Figure 2-10. Repeat 1 toner image

Figure 2-11. Repeat 2

Operating Principles Print Process 97

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7. Secondary Transfer (Belt → PAPER)

This is the step where the complete toner image formed on the Belt is transferred to LV/HV
paper by supplying voltage to the CONTACT ROLL, BACK UP ROLL, and 2ND POWER
SUPPLY
BTR (Second Bias Transfer Roll). CONTACT PLATE
† The CONTACT PLATE is a metal plate whose tail end is in contact with the
BACK UP ROLL.
The BACK UP ROLL is a conductive roll that is in contact with the back surface BACK UP ROLL
of the Belt, and the Belt is sandwiched between the BACK UP ROLL and the 2ND Belt surface
BTR. The 2ND BTR is a conductive roll that is grounded to the frame ground via Belt
the center metal shaft.
† The CONTACT ROLL receives a supply of negative high voltage (DC voltage)
from the LV/ HV POWER SUPPLY, and provides the BACK UP ROLL with Paper Rest of Toner
electric potential. Along with neutralizing the positive charge on the back surface
of the Belt, the negative potential conveyed to the BACK UP ROLL induces a
positive charge to the 2ND BTR via the Belt and paper. The BACK UP ROLL, 2ND BTR
Belt, and 2ND BTR each have resistance. Because the paper can act as a capacitor,
a positive charge is induced for the 2ND BTR Paper surface
Neutralizing the charge on the back surface of the belt weakens the Belt's ability to
maintain toner. The complete toner image on the Belt is transferred to paper by the
positive charge induced for the 2ND BTR. Negative charge
† The paper is fed in synch with the position of the complete toner image on the Positive charge
Belt, and is transported still adhering to the Belt. When the paper is fed into the Toner CONTACT PLATE
area where the 2ND BTR and BACK UP ROLL face each other, high voltage is LV/HV
supplied by the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY. POWER
SUPPLY BACK UP ROLL
† A total of 4 toner images is transferred from the drum to the Belt at the “Repeat
(Complete Toner Image Formation) step. During this time, the toner image in the Belt
process of being formed on the Belt will be destroyed if the 2ND BTR touches the
Belt. The 2ND BTR must therefore be moved away from the Belt (retract) except
for when transferring the image to paper (advance). Advance and retract are
switched by the 2ND BTR CAM ASSY.
Paper

2ND BTR
Detack
Saw

Figure 2-12. Secondary Transfer (Belt→Paper)

Operating Principles Print Process 98

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

8. Electrical Discharge

This is the step where the electrical charge on the surface of the backside of the paper is
eliminated (reduced) by the operation of the Detack Saw (discharge plate).
† Image quality could be negatively affected by scattering of toner caused by the
positive charge induced at the “Secondary Transfer” step. To prevent such an
effect on the image quality, the Detack Saw eliminates/reduces the positive charge
(causes discharging to the air). Toner

9. Cleaning (BELT) Cleaning Blade

This is the step where toner remaining on the belt after transferring the complete toner
image to the paper is physically removed.
† Excess toner from the “Secondary Transfer” step remains on the Belt. If toner is
allowed to remain on the Belt, it will interfere with subsequent steps in the
process. Remaining toner is scraped off by the Cleaning Blade inside the BELT
CLEANER ASSY in contact with the back surface of the Belt. The toner scraped
off the Belt is conveyed to inside of the AUGER HIGH ASSY, and is collected in
the WASTE TONER BOX.
Belt
† A total of 4 toner images are transferred from the drum to the Belt at the “Repeat BELT CLEANER ASSY
(Complete Toner Image Formation) step. During this time, the toner image in the
process of being formed on the Belt will be destroyed if the Cleaning Blade
touches the Belt. The Cleaning Blade therefore must be moved away from the Belt Auger
(retract) except for when transferring the image to paper (advance).
Advance and retract are switched by the CLEANER CAM SOLENOID.

Figure 2-13. Cleaning (Belt)

Operating Principles Print Process 99

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

10. FIXING

This is the step where toner is fixed on the paper by heat and pressure.
† Because even the slightest touch by the fingers would destroy the complete toner
image transferred from the Belt, the toner image is fixed on the paper by the
FUSER ASSY (fixer).
Toner is melted by heat of the HEAT ROLL, which uses the H/R HEATER as a
source of heat, and is fused on the paper by the pressure of being sandwiched
between the HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL. The PRESSURE ROLL is
equipped with a built-in P/R HEATER as an auxiliary source of heat.

H/R HEATER

HEAT ROLL

Toner to be fixed

Fixed toner

Paper

PRESSURE ROLL
P/R HEATER

Figure 2-14. Fixing

Operating Principles Print Process 100

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.1.4 Print Data Flow NOTE: Formation of secondary print image

† Data Flow A line of dot images is formed by scanning while laser radiation is turned
Print data (electric signal) from the printer controller forms a print image through the ON/OFF in accordance with electric signals (VIDEO signal: Expresses
following flow: image data according to high/low voltage level) from the printer
controller.
A single color image (secondary dot image) is completed by scanning 1
Host (electric signal) screen of the image. To get a full color image, a secondary dot image is
formed for each of the 4 colors respectively.
Printer controller (electric signal)
Resolution is determined as follows:
„ No. of dots in main scanning direction / inch
MCU PWB (electric signal)
„ No. of dots in sub scanning direction / inch

ROS ASSY (laser radiation)

Paper feed direction Dots/inch

Electrostatic latent image on drum (invisible)

Toner image on drum (toner image)

Scans/inch
Toner image on paper

Print image on paper

Figure 2-15. Formation of Secondary Print Image

Operating Principles Print Process 101

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.1.5 Operation Mode

The printer is equipped with the following seven modes:
† WARM UP MODE
DEEP SLEEP MODE
Mode in which the printer warms up (until ready to print).
† READY MODE
Mode in which the printer is ready to print after the WARM UP mode.
LIGHT SLEEP MODE
† RUNNING MODE
Mode in which the printer is printing.
† LIGHT SLEEP MODE
Mode in which the FUSER control temperature is set to low to save power. WARM UP MODE

† DEEP SLEEP MODE DIAG TEST

MODE
Mode in which power supply to the FUSER, FUSER FAN, EXIT CHUTE FAN
and DEVE. FAN is cut off to save power. ERROR READY MODE
MODE
† DIAG TEST MODE
Mode in which the printer is able to receive diagnostics or is running diagnostics.
† ERROR MODE PRINTING MODE
Mode in which the printer detects some kind of problem, not including errors
related to no paper tray, paper empty, or life warning.

Transition from mode to mode is as shown below

Figure 2-16. Translation of Operation Mode

Operating Principles Print Process 102

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2 Mechanism Operating Principles FUSER MOTOR ASSY

Rotation force of the FUSER MOTOR ASSY is conveyed by the following flow.
2.2.1 Drive Transmission Route
P/R MOT & DRV ASSY

Rotation force of the PROCESS DRIVE ASSY is conveyed by the following flow.

Figure 2-17. Driving Force Transmission Route for P/ R MOT & DRV ASSY Figure 2-18. Driving Force Transmission Route for
FUSER MOTOR ASSY

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 103

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

P/H MOTOR ASSY PRO MOTOR ASSY

Rotation force of the P/H MOTOR ASSY is conveyed via the P/H DRIVE ASSY by Rotation force of the PRO MOTOR ASSY is conveyed by the following flow.
the following flow.

Figure 2-21. Driving Force Transmission Route for PRO MOTOR ASSY

Figure 2-19. Driving Force Transmission Route for P/H MOTOR ASSY

ROTARY MOTOR ASSY

Rotation force of the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY drives the ROTARY FRAME ASSY.

Figure 2-20. Driving Force Transmission Route for ROTARY MOTOR ASSY

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 104

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY INV MOT-ASSY (OPTION DUPLEX)

Rotation force of the DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY is conveyed by the following flow. Rotation force of the INV MOT-ASSY is conveyed by the following flow.

Figure 2-22. Driving Force Transmission Route for DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY

MAG MOTOR ASSY

Rotation force of the MAG MOTOR ASSY is conveyed by the following flow.

MAG MOTOR ASSY

Developer Assy (Magnet RollÇý2å¬ÇÃAuger)

Figure 2-23. Driving Force Transmission Route for MAG MOTOR ASSY

Figure 2-24. Driving Force Transmission Route for

INV MOT-ASSY (Option Duplex)

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 105

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.2 Gear Layout

† Printer

Figure 2-25. Gear Layout - Printer

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 106

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Option Duplex

Figure 2-26. Gear Layout - Option Duplex

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 107

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.3 Paper Feed 2.2.3.2 Paper Feed Path (Option Duplex)

2.2.3.1 Paper Feed Path (When no options are installed) Paper feed from Lower Cassette 1 (standard) Paper feed from MSI Tray

Paper supply by FEED ROLL Supply by NUDGER ROLL

NOTE: The paper tray feeder at the bottom of the printer is called “Lower
Cassette 1" (standard cassette), the first level of the optional FEEDER Conveyance by TURN ROLL and Conveyance by TURN ROLL
UNIT is called “Lower Cassette 2", and the second level is called PINCH ROLL (RETARD ROLL lies.)
“Lower Cassette 3".
Conveyance by P/REGI. ROLL ASSY and Pinch Roll of PRE-REGI. CHUTE ASSY

Conveyance by REGI. METAL ROLL and REGI. RUBBER ROLL

Paper feed
ópéÜÉJÉZÉbÉg1ããéÜ(ïWèÄ)
from Lower Cassette 1 (standard) ópéÜÉJÉZÉbÉg1ããéÜ(ïWèÄ)
Paper feed from MSI Tray
Conveyance by 2ND BTR and Belt
Paper supply by FEED ROLL Supply by NUDGER ROLL Conveyance by HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL

Conveyance by TURN ROLL and Conveyance by TURN ROLL Conveyance by EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY and PINCH ROLL ASSY of UPPER GUIDE ASSY
PINCH ROLL (RETARD ROLL lies.)
Conveyance path switching by EXCHANGE CHUTE

Conveyance by P/REGI. ROLL ASSY and Pinch Roll of PRE-REGI. CHUTE ASSY Paper path change by GATE-DUPLEX Conveyance by
EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY and
Conveyance by Pinch Roll of EXIT UPPER ASSY
Conveyance by REGI. METAL ROLL and REGI. RUBBER ROLL EXIT ROLLER-ASSY and Conveyance by
Pinch Roll of COVER-EXIT EXIT-3 ROLL ASSY and
Conveyance by 2ND BTR and Belt Pinch Roll of EXIT UPPER ASSY

Print discharge Print discharge

Conveyance by HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL
Conveyance by INV ROLLER-ASSY and PINCH ROLL ASSY
Conveyance by EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY and PINCH ROLL ASSY of UPPER GUIDE ASSY
Conveyance by TRI ROLLER-ASSY and PINCH ROLL ASSY

Conveyance path switching by EXCHANGE CHUTE Transport/stop/sending back by “INV 2 ROLLER-ASSY” and “ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH”

Conveyance by TRI ROLLER-ASSY and PINCH ROLLER-ASSY

Print discharge Conveyance by
EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY and Conveyance by IN ROLLER-ASSY and Pinch Roll of ALIGNER CHUTE-ASSY
Pinch Roll of EXIT UPPER ASSY
Conveyance by REGI ROLLER-ASSY and Pinch Roll of ALIGNER CHUTE-ASSY

Conveyance by Conveyance by OUT ROLLER-ASSY and Pinch Roll of ALIGNER CHUTE-ASSY

EXIT-3 ROLL ASSY and
Pinch Roll of EXIT UPPER ASSY

Print discharge

Figure 2-27. Paper Feed Path (When no options are installed) Figure 2-28. Paper Feed Path (Option Duplex)

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 108

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.3.3 Paper Conveyance Path Layout

Laser Light
paper Conveyance
Paper Sensor

Figure 2-29. Paper Conveyance Path Layout

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 109

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4 Function of Main Working Parts

The main working parts of the printer are explained in correspondence to the drawings.
The parts are divided into the following blocks according to configuration.
„ 2.2.4.1 Paper Tray (p.111)
„ 2.2.4.2 Paper Feeder (p.112)
„ 2.2.4.3 MSI/Paper Transportation I (p.113)
„ 2.2.4.4 MSI/Paper Transportation II (p.115)
„ 2.2.4.5 Xerographics I (p.116)
„ 2.2.4.6 Xerographics II (p.117)
„ 2.2.4.7 Development (p.118)
„ 2.2.4.8 IBT I (p.119)
„ 2.2.4.9 IBT II (p.120)
„ 2.2.4.10 Fusing I (p.121)
„ 2.2.4.11 Fusing II (p.122)
„ 2.2.4.12 Paper Exit (p.123)
„ 2.2.4.13 Drive (p.124)
„ 2.2.4.14 Electrical (p.125)
„ 2.2.4.15 Option Duplex (p.127)

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 110

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.1 Paper Tray

MAJOR FUNCTIONS
† UNIVERSAL TRAY
„ The END GUIDE is a movable guide that moves in the paper conveyance
direction, and aligns the rear edge of the paper. Moving the END GUIDE
moves the position of the TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR via the SECTOR GEAR.
The TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR is turned ON by pushing in the Paper Size
Switch on the SIZE SWITCH ASSY.
By turning on of the TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR, the printer detects the setting
of the UNIVERSAL TRAY.
Changing the position of the TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR changes the ON/OFF
combination of the 4 Paper Size Switches. The printer detects the paper size
according to the ON/OFF combination.
„ The REAR GUIDE ASS moves vertically in the paper conveyance direction,
and aligns the sides of the paper.
„ In order to obtain friction force by pushing on the paper FEED ROLL, the
BOTTOM PLATE ASSY receives push up force by elastic force of the
TRAY N/F SPRING.
A Magnet that corresponds to the LOW PAPER SENSOR is attached to the
back surface of the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY.
„ The FRONT SNUBBER is a mechanism for preventing more than one sheet
of paper from being fed at a time. The device utilizes the weight of the paper,
pressing the corner of the paper edge to convey only one sheet at a time.

Figure 2-30. UNIVERSAL TRAY

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 111

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.2 Paper Feeder † TURN CHUTE SWITCH

When opening and closing of TURN CHUTE UP ASSY was detected and it
MAJOR FUNCTIONS opened, TURN CHUTE SWITCH is a safety switch in control which makes each
movement stop.
† SIZE SWITCH ASSY
With 4 Paper Size Switches are attached directly to the plate, the SIZE SWITCH
ASSY detects paper size and whether or not there is paper in the paper by the
switch ON/OFF combinations by change in position of the TRAY SIZE
ACTUATOR.
† TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR
Detects whether or not there is paper in the paper by change in position of the
TRAY N/P ACTUATOR.
† LOW PAPER SENSOR
When paper set in the paper gets low, the distance between the BOTTOM PLATE
ASSY and LOW PAPER SENSOR gets shorter. When the Magnet on the back
surface of the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY approaches the LOW PAPER SENSOR,
the LOW PAPER SENSOR detects magnetism, thus sensing that the amount of
paper remaining is low.
† FEED SOLENOID
Controls operation (rotation/stop) of the FEED ROLL ASSY by controlling
rotation of the FEED GEAR.
† FEED ROLL ASSY
When the FEED SOLENOID operates, the FEED GEAR and FEED IDLER
GEAR mesh. Thus being driven by the P/H MOTOR ASSY, the FEED ROLL
ASSY begins to turn, and the FEED ROLL feeds paper from the paper tray.
After completing an entire turn, the notch in the FEED GEAR stops the FEED
ROLL ASSY from turning by disengaging the FEED GEAR and FEED IDLER
GEAR, thus cutting off drive transmission. This feeds 1 sheet of paper per
revolution. Paper
† TURN ROLL ASSY
The TURN ROLL ASSY receives drive by the P/H MOTOR ASSY and rotates,
feeding paper discharged from the paper to the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY.
† TURN CLUTCH
The TURN CLUTCH is transmits a drive from P/H MOTOR ASSY to TURN Figure 2-31. Paper Feeder
ROLL ASSY.

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 112

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.3 MSI/Paper Transportation I

MAJOR FUNCTIONS
† MSI BASE ASSY
The MSI BASE ASSY consists of the BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR, LIFT
MOTOR ASSY, etc.
„ BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR
Detects the paper feed angle (max 15°) of the BOTTOM PLATE, and control
the LIFT MOTOR ASSY.
„ LIFT MOTOR ASSY
The driving force from the LIFT MOTOR ASSY, via the LIFT SHAFT, LIFT
PLATE, etc., moves the BOTTOM PLATE up and down and adjusts its
position so that the paper can be fed by the detection signal of the BOTTOM
PLATE SENSOR and LEVEL SENSOR.
† MSI FEED ASSY
The MSI FEED ASSY consists of the following parts:
EMPTY SENSOR
•
PITCH SENSOR
•
LEVEL SENSOR
•
NUDGER ROLL
•
FEED ROLL,RETARD ROLL
•
PICK UP CLUTCH
•
„ EMPTY SENSOR
Detects presence/absence of paper on the BOTTOM PLATE.
„ PITCH SENSOR
In 2UP mode, detects the paper interval (distance from the tail end of the
preceding sheet to the front end of the next sheet).
If the paper interval is too short, printing in 2UP mode is not performed
normally. To prevent such a trouble, when the paper interval detected by the
PITCH SENSOR is shorter than the specified value, the PICK UP CLUTCH
is turned off to interrupt temporarily the transmission of driving force to the
PINCH ROLL, thus optimizing the paper transport timing.
Detects the interval of the paper sent off by the NUDGER ROLL/FEED
ROLL, and controls the PICK UP CLUTCH.

Figure 2-32. MSI/Paper Transportation I (1)

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 113

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

„ LEVEL SENSOR
Detects paper feed position (height) and controls the LIFT MOTOR ASSY
accordingly.
When the lift up operation of the LIFT MOTOR ASSY takes place or when
the amount of paper has decreased as a result of paper feed, the NUDGER
ROLL comes in contact with the paper. Then the position of the NUDGER Paper
SUPPORT ASSY incorporating the NUDGER ROLL changes. The LEVEL
SENSOR detects the change of the projection position of the NUDGER
SUPPORT ASSY and the LIFT MOTOR ASSY adjusts the paper feed
position (height).
„ NUDGER ROLL
Takes a drive by the movement of PICK UP CLUTCH, and sends off a sheet
of paper due to the rotation of NUDGER ROLL.
„ FEED ROLL, RETARD ROLL
The paper sent off by the NUDGER ROLL is carried through between the
FEED ROLL and the RETARD ROLL to the P/REGI ROLL ASSY.
If two or more sheets are sent off at a time by the NUDGER ROLL, the
RETARD ROLL applies an appropriate abrasion force to the paper while the
sheets are passing between FEED ROLL and RETARD ROLL. The abrasion
force prevents the second and subsequent sheets from being fed, thus
separating the sheets so that they are fed one by one.
„ PICK UP CLUTCH
Cut drive transmission to NUDGER ROLL temporarily, and make the timing
of the paper proper to keep the interval of the paper detected by PITCH Figure 2-33. MSI/Paper Transportation I (2)
SENSOR properly.
† MSI GUIDE SWITCH
The MSI GUIDE SWITCH detects the state of the MSI REGI GUIDE; The switch
turns on when the MSI REGI GUIDE is in the standing position (standard) and
turns off when the MSI REGI GUIDE is in the lying position (when a sheet
exceeding 12 inches in width is used). With the MSI GUIDE SWITCH turned off,
paper running is prohibited in the OPTION DUPLEX use mode and in the
OPTION SORTER use mode or when sheets exceeding 12 inches in width are set.

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 114

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.4 MSI/Paper Transportation II

MAJOR FUNCTIONS
† MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY
The MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY consists of the following parts:
• P/REGI. ROLL ASSY
• REGI. CLUTCH ASSY
• PRE-REGI. CLUTCH ASSY
• REGI. SENSOR
• OHP SENSOR
• REGI. METAL ROLL
• REGI. RUBBER ROLL ASSY
„ The REGI. METAL ROLL and REGI. RUBBER ROLL ASSY feed paper in
synch with IBT BELT ASSY operation so that the complete toner image on
the IBT BELT ASSY is correctly positioned on the paper.
„ The P/REGI. ROLL ASSY transports paper from the MSI ASSY to the REGI.
METAL ROLL and REGI. RUBBER ROLL ASSY. The paper rear is also
transported during the time when the top edge of the paper reaches the REGI.
METAL ROLL and REGI. ROLL ASSY, and the REGI. METAL ROLL and
REGI. ROLL ASSY turn, a loop is created for the paper, and paper edge skew
is corrected.
„ The REGI. CLUTCH ASSY transmits drive of the P/H MOTOR ASSY to the
REGI. METAL ROLL and REGI. RUBBER ROLL ASSY, and matches the
paper with the secondary transfer position of the IBT BELT ASSY.
„ The PRE-REGI. CLUTCH ASSY transmits drive of the P/H MOTOR ASSY
to the P/REGI. ROLL ASSY.
„ The REGI. SENSOR detects when the top edge of the paper reaches the
REGI. METAL ROLL and REGI. RUBBER ROLL ASSY. The REGI.
SENSOR also detects the rear edge of the paper in order to determine the size Figure 2-34. MSI/Paper Transportation II
of the paper. (Paper size is determined from the time between when the REGI.
CLUTCH turns ON until the REGI. SENSOR no longer detects paper.)
„ The OHP SENSOR detects the white frame of the white-frame OHP sheet and
stops operation to prevent its winding jam inside the FUSER ASSY. (For
details, see “2.3.3 OHP Front/Back Detection Control (p.131)”)
† REGI/MSI INTL SW
The REGI/MSI INTL SW detects if the MSI/ REGI HIGH ASSY is installed to
the printer. This is a safety switch for control which stops each function if the MSI/
REGI HIGH ASSY is not installed.

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 115

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.5 Xerographics I „ Image data writing timing must coincide with the beginning of laser scanning
in order to properly form an electrostatic latent image on the drum surface.
MAJOR FUNCTIONS When laser light is received by the SOS Sensor on the SOS PWB (Start of
Scan Printed Wiring Board), it is converted into an electric signal (SOS
† ROS ASSY signal) for detecting the initial position (start of scan reference point) for
The ROS ASSY (Raster Output Scanner Assembly) is the exposure unit that scanning the various lines.
outputs laser radiation to form an electrostatic latent image on the drum surface.
Items concerning the ROS ASSY are simply referred to as “ROS” in this manual.
The ROS ASSY consists of the following parts:
LD Assy
•
Scanner Assy
•
SOS PWB
•
Lens
•
Mirror
•
Window
•
„ Image data is input to the ROS ASSY as an electric signal (expresses image
data according to voltage level).The LD ASSY (Laser Diode Assembly)
converts the image data from electric signals to light signals (expresses data
by flashing the laser beam on and off). The proper electrostatic latent image
cannot be obtained if the amount of laser radiation fluctuates, so the LD Assy
constantly monitors LD output (LD Power) by monitor circuit, and controls
power to keep a stable quantity of light. This control is referred to as “APC
(Automatic Power Control).” (For details, see “2.3.4.4 Quantity of Light
Control (p.133)” in this chapter.)
„ The Scanner Assy consists of a Scanner Motor that turns at half speed and
polygon mirrors mounted on the Scanner Motor shaft.
Laser radiation output from the LD Assy strikes the polygon mirror.
The polygon mirror has 12 reflecting mirror sides, and reflecting angle of the
laser light changes by rotation of the Scanner Motor. The drum surface is
scanned lengthwise by laser radiation by changing the reflecting angle. Each
reflecting mirror surface scans 1 line.
„ Laser radiation reflected by the polygon mirror reaches the drum surface by
way of the lens, mirror and window. The lens corrects aberration, the mirror
secures a light path, and the window prevents foreign matter from getting
inside the ROS.

Figure 2-35. Xerographics I

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 116

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.6 Xerographics II „ ADC Solenoid

If the parts of the ADC Sensor that emit and receive light become dirty from
MAJOR FUNCTIONS toner, etc., it becomes difficult to accurately measure the concentration of the
drum surface and toner image. The ADC Solenoid therefore actuates and
† DRUM CARTRIDGE cleans the parts of the ADC Sensor that emit and receive light with the
The DRUM CARTRIDGE consists of the XERO. CARTRIDGE and WASTE cleaning lever.
TONER BOX.
„ The XERO. CARTRIDGE consists of the drum, BCR and Cleaning Blade.
• The drum is an aluminum cylinder coated with OPC (Organic Photo
Conductor) sensitive material. Because OPC sensitive material is Cleaning lever
photoconductive (maintains charge in the dark, and acts as a conductor to
release the charge through earth when struck by light), it forms an
electrostatic latent image on the drum by laser scanning.
• The BCR uniformly electrifies the surface of the drum in the “Charging” step
of the print process.
• The Cleaning Blade scrapes toner left over from “Primary Transfer” of the
print process from the surface of the drum.
„ The WASTE TONER BOX collects toner scraped from the surface of the
drum by the Cleaning Blade, and toner scraped from the IBT BELT ASSY by
the BELT CLEANER ASSY and brought in by the AUGER HIGH ASSY.
† ERASE LAMP ASSY
The ERASE LAMP ASSY eliminates remaining charge by irradiating the surface
of the drum with light prior to being electrified by the BCR.
† WASTE TONER SENSOR
The WASTE TONER SENSOR detects when the WASTE TONER BOX is full of
waste toner.
† TONER BOX SENSOR
The TONER BOX SENSOR detects whether or not the WASTE TONER BOX is
mounted.
† ADC SENSOR ASSY
The ADC ASSY consists of the ADC Sensor and ADC Solenoid, ADC Sensor.
„ ADC Sensor Figure 2-36. Xerographics II
The ADC (Automatic Density Control) Sensor reads density of the toner
image on the surface of the drum and of the surface of the drum itself, and
feeds the information back to process control. (For details, see “2.3.5 Process
Control (p.134)” in this chapter.)

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 117

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.7 Development † TONER CARTRIDGE Y, TONER CARTRIDGE M, TONER CARTRIDGE C,

TONER CARTRIDGE BK
MAJOR FUNCTIONS Toner Cartridges charge toner (including carrier) to be supplied and collect
developer (mainly carrier) with reduced electrification characteristics.

† CARTRIDGE SENSOR
The CARTRIDGE SENSOR determines whether the Toner Cartridge for each
color is mounted or not and whether the mounted Toner Cartridge for each color is
new or old.
By the trickle developing method, the used developer is collected into a separate
chamber inside the Toner Cartridge. A white reflecting seal is applied inside the
collecting chamber. When developer is collected it covers the reflecting surface so
light is no longer reflected.
The CARTRIDGE SENSOR is a reflecting photosensor that detects reflection
from the reflection chambers inside the various color Toner Cartridges, and
determines that no developer has been collected when there is reflection (in other
words, the Toner Cartridge is new), or that developer has been collected when
Collection chamber
there is no reflection (in other words, the Toner Cartridge is not new).
The CARTRIDGE SENSOR also detects reflection from each color Toner
Cartridge, and determines that the Toner Cartridge is mounted when there is
reflection, or that the Toner Cartridge is not mounted when there is no reflection.
(The new/old detection and the mounting detection are performed for different
positions of the Toner Cartridge.)
† ROTARY SENSOR
Detects home position of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY. The home position is the
starting point for DEVE. Control. (For details, see “2.3.7 DEVE. Control (p.145)”
in this chapter.)
† DEVELOPER ASSY Y, DEVELOPER ASSY M, DEVELOPER ASSY C,
DEVELOPER ASSY BK
The Developer Assy consists of the Auger, Magnet Roll, etc.
„ The Developer Assy contains 3 Augers: one that supplies toner from the
Toner Cartridge to the Developer Assy, one that mixes developer inside the
Developer Assy, and one that supplies developer inside the Developer Assy to
the Magnet Roll. Figure 2-37. Development
„ The Magnet Roll attracts carrier (which is a magnetic material) by force of
magnetism, forms a uniform layer of developer, and supplies toner to the
drum.

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 118

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.8 IBT I

MAJOR FUNCTIONS
† TRANSFER ASSY
The TRANSFER ASSY consists of the following parts.
• 1ST BTR
• BACK UP ROLL
• CONTACT ROLL
• IBT DRIVE ROLL ASSY
• TR0 SENSOR
• IBT BELT ASSY
† The 1ST BTR (First Bias Transfer Roll) is a conductive roll that sandwiches the
IBT BELT ASSY together with drum, and transfers the toner image on the drum to
the surface of the IBT BELT ASSY (primary transfer).
† The CONTACT PLATE is a metal plate whose tail end is in contact with the
BACK UP ROLL and supplies transfer voltage to the BACK UP ROLL for
secondary transfer.
† The BACK UP ROLL is a conductive roll that sandwiches the IBT BELT ASSY
together with 2ND BTR from the inside, and induces a charge to the 2ND BTR for
secondary transfer.
† The IBT DRIVE ROLL ASSY transmits the drive of the PROCESS DRIVE
ASSY to the IBT BELT ASSY.
† The positions of the each color toner image transferred must line up accurately on
the IBT BELT ASSY. A silver mark (TRO mark) is therefore applied to the rear
edge of the IBT BELT ASSY as a reference for transfer position of toner images.
The TRO SENSOR detects the transfer reference mark once per cycle of the IBT Figure 2-38. IBT I
BELT ASSY. A TRO signal (signal for reference point for forming YMCBk
image and transfer reference point) when a certain amount of time elapses
following a detection signal.
For B/W Mode (TRO-less mode), without using TRO signal, where the DRUM
and the DEVELOPER ASSY Bk meet is the reference point and a print control is
conducted.
† The IBT BELT ASSY transfers a toner image of each color developed on the drum
to the IST BTR, forming a complete toner image of the 4 overlapped colors. When
the 4-color toner image is formed, a supply of negative voltage is received from
the BACK UP ROLL, and a complete toner image consisting of 4 colors is
transferred (secondary transfer) to paper.

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 119

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.9 IBT II „ The BTR WHEEL SENSOR detects the BTR WHEEL of the BTR CAM
ASSY, and monitors the advance/ retract condition from the BTR CAM
MAJOR FUNCTIONS ASSY stop position (the CAM position).
„ The BTR CAM ASSY, by operating the BTR CAM CLUTCH, make the
† 2ND BTR ASSY advance /retract of the 2ND BTR carry out.
The 2ND BTR ASSY consists of the following parts:
• 2ND BTR
• 2ND BTR CLEANER
• Detack Saw (discharge plate)
„ The 2ND BTR (Second Bias Transfer Roll) is a conductive roll that
sandwiches the IBT BELT ASSY from the outside together with BACK UP
ROLL, induces a charge with the voltage supplied by the BACK UP ROLL,
and transfers the toner image on the IBT BELT ASSY to paper (secondary
transfer).
„ The 2ND BTR CLEANER scrapes toner from the surface of the 2ND BTR
and collects the toner in a space inside the 2ND BTR ASSY.
„ The Detack Saw (discharge plate) allows the charge to escape to the back side
of the paper, and eliminates/reduces the charge of the paper.
† BELT CLEANER ASSY
The BELT CLEANER ASSY consists of the following parts:
• Cleaning Blade
• Auger
„ The Cleaning Blade makes contact with the IBT BELT ASSY after the
secondary transfer step and scrapes residual toner from the IBT BELT ASSY.
„ The Auger transports the toners scraped away by the Cleaning Blade to the
AUGER HIGH ASSY.
(The AUGER HIGH ASSY transports toner to the WASTE TONER BOX.)
† 2ND BTR CAM ASSY
2ND BTR CAM ASSY consists of the following parts:
• BTR CAM CLUTCH
Figure 2-39. IBT II
• BTR WHEEL SENSOR
• BTR CAM ASSY
„ The BTR CAM ASSY transmits drive from the PRO MOTOR ASSY to the
2ND BTR CAM ASSY via the PRO DRIVE ASSY, and controls the advance
(IBT BELT ASSY and 2ND BTR CLEANER make contact) and retract (IBT
BELT ASSY and 2ND BTR CLEANER do not make contact) of the 2ND
BTR ASSY.

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 120

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.10 Fusing I • The FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1 and 2, with their AND signal, detect passage
of paper by change in position of the FUSER EXIT ACTUATOR.
MAJOR FUNCTIONS • The FUSER BAFFLE ASSY separates the paper from the HEAT ROLL and
prevents the paper from winding on the HEAT ROLL.
† FUSER ASSY
Along with fixing unfixed toner transferred to paper with heat and pressure, the
FUSER ASSY transports the paper before and after fixing. The FUSER ASSY
consists of the MAIN FUSER ASSY and FUSER TRAY ASSY.
„ MAIN FUSER ASSY
The MAIN FUSER ASSY consists of the HEAT ROLL, PRESSURE ROLL,
H/R HEATER, P/R HEATER and TEMP. SENSOR ASSY.
• The HEAT ROLL is a hollow metal roll whose surface is coated with a layer
of rubber that adds heat for fixing toner on paper.
• The PRESSURE ROLL is a hollow metal roll whose surface is coated with a
layer of rubber that adds heat and pressure for fixing toner on paper.
• The H/R HEATER is a halogen lamp with a sealed heating coil that serves as
the source of heat for the HEAT ROLL. The H/R HEATER is contained in the
hollow inside of the HEAT ROLL, and raises the temperature of the HEAT
ROLL to a temperature where fixing is possible.
• The P/R HEATER is a halogen lamp with a sealed heating coil that serves as
the source of heat for the PRESSURE ROLL. The P/R HEATER is contained
in the hollow inside of the PRESSURE ROLL, and raises the temperature of
the PRESSURE ROLL to a temperature at which fixing is possible.
• The TEMP. SENSOR ASSY is sensor for detecting temperature that uses a
thermistor (device for which resistance changes according to temperature).
Making constant contact with the HEAT ROLL, the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY
detects the surface temperature of the HEAT ROLL. The TEMP. SENSOR
ASSY turns the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER ON/OFF (lamp on/off
control) and prevents primary overheating based on the detected temperature.
• The Thermostat is directly connected to the power supply circuit for the H/R
HEATER and P/R HEATER. If the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY device for
preventing primary overheating fails to operate, the heat causes the contact Figure 2-40. Fusing I
inside the Thermostat to open, forcibly interrupting the power supply to the H/
R HEATER and P/R HEATER, thus preventing secondary overheating.
• The Thermal Fuse is directly connected to the power supply circuit for the H/
R HEATER and P/R HEATER. If the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY device for
preventing primary overheating by fails to operate, the Thermal Fuse is
melted by heating, forcibly interrupting the power supply to the H/R
HEATER and P/R HEATER, and thereby preventing tertiary overheating.

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 121

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.11 Fusing II • EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY

Transports prints coming from the MAIN FUSER ASSY after fixing.
MAJOR FUNCTIONS
† FUSER ASSY
Along with fixing unfixed toner transferred to paper with heat and pressure, the
FUSER ASSY transports the paper before and after fixing.
The FUSER ASSY consists of the MAIN FUSER ASSY and FUSER TRAY
ASSY.
„ FUSER TRAY ASSY
Consisting of the FUSER IN SENSOR, and EXCHANGE SOLENOID etc.,
the FUSER TRAY ASSY transports paper before and after the MAIN FUSER
ASSY.
• FUSER IN SENSOR
The FUSER IN SENSOR detects passage of paper by change in the position
of the FUSER IN ACTUATOR. (Detects top edge of paper using detection
timing of FUSER EXIT SENSOR as a reference point.)
• FUSER CHUTE FAN
The FUSER CHUTE FAN pulls the paper along the FUSER PAPER GUIDE
and HORIZONTAL CHUTE in order to line up the paper transported to the
MAIN FUSER ASSY.
• CLEANER CAM SOLENOID
The toner image in the process of being formed will be destroyed if the
Cleaning Blade of the BELT CLEANER ASSY touches the IBT BELT ASSY
before the complete toner image is formed on the IBT BELT ASSY. The
Cleaning Blade of the BELT CLEANER ASSY therefore must touch the IBT
BELT ASSY only immediately after transferring the image to paper
(secondary transfer), and must not touch the IBT BELT ASSY at any other
time.
The CLEANER CAM SOLENOID transmits the driving force from the
FUSER MOTOR ASSY to the CLEANER CAM ASSY and CLN CAM
GUIDE. And it advances the BELT CLEANER ASSY (brings the Cleaning
Blade of the BELT CLEANER ASSY into contact with the IBT BELT
ASSY) and retracts the BELT CLEANER ASSY (separates the Cleaning
Blade of the BELT CLEANER ASSY from the IBT BELT ASSY).
• EXCHANGE SOLENOID Figure 2-41. Fusing II
There are two modes of discharging prints after fixing: FACE UP and FACE
DOWN. The EXCHANGE SOLENOID controls the print discharge mode by
switching the EXCHANGE CHUTE.

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 122

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.12 Paper Exit

MAJOR FUNCTIONS
† EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY
Transports prints after fixing for FACE DOWN discharge on the TOP COVER
ASSY.
† EXIT-3 ROLL ASSY
Transports prints after fixing for FACE DOWN discharge on the TOP COVER
ASSY.
† EXIT CHUTE SWITCH
The EXIT CHUTE SWITCH is a safety switch that detects whether the EXIT
UPPER ASSY is open or closed (ON when pushed in by rib of EXIT UPPER
ASSY), and stops operation when the EXIT UPPER ASSY is open.
† FUSER FAN-1
Discharges heat of the FUSER ASSY to prevent the internal temperature from
rising excessively.
† EXIT CHUTE FAN
Discharges heat of the FUSER ASSY to prevent the internal temperature from
rising excessively.
† TOP EXIT SENSOR
The TOP EXIT SENSOR detects passage of the print after fixing by change in
position of the actuator.
† EXIT MOTOR ASSY
The EXIT MOTOR ASSY drives the EXIT-3 ROLL ASSY and EXIT-2 ROLL
ASSY.

Figure 2-42. Paper Exit

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 123

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.13 Drive

MAJOR FUNCTIONS
† P/R MOT&DRV ASSY
The P/R MOT&DRV ASSY provides drive for the DRUM CARTRIDGE and
TRANSFER ASSY.
† P/H MOTOR ASSY
The P/H MOTOR ASSY provides drive for the following parts via the P/H
DRIVE ASSY.
• MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY
• DRUM CARTRIDGE
• FEEDER ASSY
• Option Duplex
The P/H MOTOR ASSY controls the operation of the MAG MOTOR ASSY, FUSER
MOTOR ASSY and PRO MOTOR ASSY and supplies them with power.
† FUSER MOTOR ASSY
The FUSER MOTOR ASSY provides drive for the FUSER ASSY.
† P/H DRIVE ASSY
Transmits drive of the P/H MOTOR ASSY to the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, etc.
† PRO MOTOR ASSY
The PRO MOTOR ASSY drives the following parts via the PRO DRIVE GEAR
ASSY.
• 2ND BTR ASSY
• BELT CLEANER ASSY
• AUGER HIGH ASSY

† MAG MOTOR ASSY

The MAG MOTOR ASSY drives the Developer Assy (Magnet Roll and two
Augers).
† DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY
The DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY drives the Auger inside the Developer Assy. Figure 2-43. Drive
† ROTARY MOTOR ASSY
Provides drive for rotating the ROTARY FRAME ASSY.
† ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB
Provides power for and controls rotation of the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY.

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 124

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.14 Electrical

MAJOR FUNCTIONS
† FRONT COVER SWITCH R
FRONT COVER SWITCH R is composed of two switches of an interlock switch
that detects whether the FRONT COVER ASSY is open or closed, and interrupts
the 5VDC-LD circuit that shuts off output (5VDC-LD) from the LV/HV POWER
SUPPLY when the FRONT COVER ASSY is open and a safety switch in control
that makes each movement stop when the FRONT COVER ASSY is open.
† FRONT COVER SWITCH L
FRONT COVER SWITCH L is a control safety switch that shuts off 24VDC
when the FRONT COVER ASSY is open (interrupts Relay circuit in LV/HV
POWER SUPPLY).
† DEVE. FAN
Discharges internal heat to prevent the internal temperature from rising
excessively.
† LV/HV POWER SUPPLY
Long with providing AC power from the power source to the H/R HEATER and
P/R HEATER of the FUSER ASSY, the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY creates and
supplies low-voltage DC power used by the logic circuit, etc.
Along with the power source circuit, the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY includes
control circuits for the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER, inlet, power switch, etc.
Also supplies high voltage to the following parts to perform steps of the process
such as charging, developing, primary transfer and secondary transfer.
• BCR inside DRUM CARTRIDGE
Figure 2-44. Electrical (1)
• Magnet Roll inside Developer Assy
• 1ST BTR inside TRANSFER ASSY
• CONTACT ROLL inside TRANSFER ASSY

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 125

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† MCU PWB
Controls printing based on communication with the printer controller and data
from the sensors and switches.
The main functions of the MCU PWB are as follows:
• Communication with the printer controller
• Reception of data from sensors and switches
• Control of ROS ASSY, FUSER ASSY and motors (P/R MOT&DRV ASSY,
P/H MOTOR ASSY, FUSER MOTOR ASSY, ROTARY MOTOR ASSY,
MAG MOTOR ASSY, PRO MOTOR ASSY)
• Control of print process
• Distribution of low voltage DC power output from the LV/HV POWER
SUPPLY
† ENVIRONMENT SENSOR
The ENVIRONMENT SENSOR is the sensor for detecting temperature/humidity
that uses a thermistor (device for which resistance changes according to
temperature) and humidity sensing element (device for which resistance changes
according to humidity).
† CONTROLLER PWB
Receives data from the host, prints and controls the entire printer.

Figure 2-45. Electrical (2)

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 126

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.2.4.15 Option Duplex

Option Duplex consists of the following three components:
1) DUP TRANSPORT ASSY
2) INVERTER ASSY
3) ALIGNER ASSY
You can print on both sides of paper by adding this set of components.

MAJOR FUNCTIONS
† DUP TRANSPORT ASSY
„ DUP GATE SOLENOID
Control the way that there are two of the FACE DOWN discharge and the
INVERTER ASSY carriage in the print carried by FUSER ASSY and DUP
GATE SOLENOID changes GATE-DUPLEX it and it is carried.
„ EXIT ROLLER-ASSY
Discharge a print after the fixation with FACE UP.
† INVERTER ASSY
The paper which a settlement side is printed on is made to turn over, and carry
INVERTER ASSY to ALIGNER ASSY.
„ CAB SWITCH-I/L
The CAB SWITCH-I/L is a safety switch in the control circuit. It detects the
opening/closing of the INV CHUTE-ASSY (turns ON when pushed in by the
rib of the INVERTER CHUTE) and stops each operation at detection of
opening.
„ DUP CONTROLLER PWB
Do the control of each movement of Option Duplex.
„ FORWARD CLUTCH
Transmit the drive of INV MOT-ASSY to INV2 ROLLER-ASSY.
„ REVERSE CLUTCH
Transmit the drive of INV MOT-ASSY to INV2 ROLLER-ASSY, and do a
reversal movement.

Figure 2-46. Option Duplex (1)

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 127

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

„ INV MOT-ASSY
INV MOT-ASSY supplies a drive to the following part.
INV2 ROLLER-ASSY
•
TRI ROLLER-ASSY
•
INV ROLLER-ASSY
•
FORWARD CLUTCH
•
REVERSE CLUTCH
•
„ EXIT SENSOR
EXIT SENSOR measures the end of the paper carried by DUP TRANSPORT
ASSY, and detect the reversal timing.
† ALIGNER ASSY
„ IN ROLLER-ASSY
IN ROLLER-ASSY turns a drive from ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH through
BELT 346, and carries the paper sent off from INVERTER ASSY into
ALIGNER ASSY.
„ OUT ROLLER-ASSY
By receiving the driving force from the ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH, the
OUT ROLLER-ASSY rotates to carry the paper to the MAIN P/H FRAME
ASSY.
„ ALIGNER OUT SENSOR
A paper inside ALIGNER ASSY detects that carriage to MAIN P/H FRAME
ASSY was finished with ALIGNER OUT SENSOR.
„ ALIGNER SENSOR
ALIGNER SENSOR detects that a paper was carried to ALIGNER ASSY by
INVERTER ASSY.
„ ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH
ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH transmits the drive of P/H MOTOR ASSY to
IN ROLLER-ASSY, OUT ROLLER-ASSY via P/H DRIVE ASSY.

Figure 2-47. Option Duplex (2)

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 128

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† LOWER INV SOLENOID

When the LOWER INV SOLENOID mounted on the printer body operates, the
ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH incorporated in the INVERTER ASSY of the Option
Duplex moves up and down. This movement controls the presence/absence of NIP
(contact under pressure) between the ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH and the INV 2
ROLLER-ASSY.
If the ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH and INV 2 ROLLER-ASSY are always kept in the
NIP state, paper transport is resisted at paper reversing (paper is transported with
its old rear end as the new front end). In paper reversing, since this resistance can
cause a paper jam, the ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH and INV 2 ROLLER-ASSY must
be released from the NIP state.
When the LOWER INV SOLENOID is in the Pull state (default position), the
ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH is pulled by the tensile force of the LINK SPRING-PINCH
mounted between the LINK-PINCH on the shaft of the ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH and
the frame. Consequently, the ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH, together with the INV 2
ROLLER-ASSY, is kept in the NIP state.
When the LOWER INV SOLENOID is in the Push state (kept in the Push state by the
force of the LOWER INV SOL SPRING), it pushes the LINK-PINCH and rotates the
ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH, thus releasing it from the NIP state.

Figure 2-48. Option Duplex (3)

Operating Principles Mechanism Operating Principles 129

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3 Control Note "*": For when the ON/OFF status of Paper Size Switches in the same, one of the two is
selected according to the specifications.
(*1: mm unit specs, *:2 Inch unit specs.)
2.3.1 Paper Size Control
Note 1: The Paper Size Switches are from left to right S1 S2, S3, and S4. ON is 1 and OFF is 0.
2.3.1.1 Lower Cassette 1 (Standard Cassette) Paper Size Control
Table below shows “ON/OFF of Paper Size Switches in SIZE SWITCH ASSY” for
2.3.1.2 Lower Cassette 2/ Lower Cassette 3 (500-sheet Lower
each paper size available with the Lower Cassette 1 (standard cassette) and the
Cassette) Paper Size Control
corresponding “Analog Input Test Data” by the DIAG tool and “SIZE SWITCH signal
voltage”. Table below shows “ON/OFF of Paper Size Switches in SIZE SWITCH ASSY” for
each paper size available with the Lower Cassette 2 / Lower Cassette 3 (option)) and
Table 2-45. Lower Cassette 1 (Standard Cassette) Paper Size Control the corresponding “Analog Input Test Data” by the DIAG tool and “SIZE SWITCH
Paper Size Sensor Diagnostics Voltage signal voltage”.
Paper size
S1 S2 S3 S4 display data (Unit: VDC) Table 2-46. Lower Cassette 2/ Lower Cassette 3 (500-sheet Lower Cassette)
No paper cassette 0 0 0 0 0E ∼ 0F 0.275 ∼ 0.293 Paper Size Control
B5(LEF) *1 1 1 0 0 BB ∼ BE 3.671 ∼ 3.715 Paper Size Sensor Diagnostics Voltage
Paper size
S1 S2 S3 S4 display data (Unit: VDC)
EXECUTIVE(LEF) *2
A4(LEF) 0 1 0 0 47 ∼ 4A 1.396 ∼ 1.445 No paper cassette 0 0 0 0 EBh ∼ F0h 4.78 ± 0.05
LETTER(LEF) 1 0 1 0 9D ∼ A1 3.098 ∼ 3.152 B5(LEF) 0 1 0 1 9Ah ∼ 9Fh 3.15 ± 0.05
A4(SEF) *1 0 1 1 1 72 ∼ 76 2.248 ∼ 2.298 EXECUTIVE(LEF)
LETTER(SEF) *2 A4(LEF) 1 0 1 1 3Bh ∼ 40h 1.24 ± 0.05
LEGAL(14")(SEF) 1 1 1 0 B8 ∼ DB 4.247 ∼ 4.276 LETTER(LEF) 0 1 1 1 7Ah ∼ 7Fh 2.50 ± 0.05
B4(SEF) 0 1 0 1 55 ∼ 59 1.680 ∼ 1.730 A4(SEF) 0 0 1 1 BAh ∼ BFh 3.79 ± 0.05
A3(SEF) 0 0 1 0 2A ∼ 2D 0.834 ∼ 0.871 LEGAL(14")(SEF) 0 0 1 0 CAh ∼ CFh 4.11 ± 0.05
LEDGER(SEF) 0 0 1 1 3A ∼ 3C 1.116 ∼ 1.157 B4(SEF) 0 1 1 0 8Ah ∼ 8Fh 2.82 ± 0.05
12"×18"(SEF) 0 0 0 1 1C ∼ 1E 0.554 ∼ 0.583 A3(SEF) 1 0 1 0 4Bh ∼ 50h 1.56 ± 0.05
Nonstandard/A3 or 1 1 1 1 E7 ∼ E9 4.537 ∼ 4.554 LEDGER(SEF) 0 1 0 0 AAh ∼ AFh 3.47 ± 0.05
larger (SEF)
Not used 1 0 0 0 - -
Not used 1 0 0 1 - -
Not used 0 1 1 0 - -
Not used 1 0 1 1 - -
Not used 1 1 0 1 - -

Operating Principles Control 130

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.2 Paper Supply Unit Selection Control 2.3.3 OHP Front/Back Detection Control
If not controlled by the printer controller, the paper supply unit selected when the OHP white frame detection control is intended to prevent OHP film with white frame
power is turned ON is as follows: from getting stuck on the HEAT ROLL. The Top and bottom ends of the OHP film
Table 2-47. Paper Supply Unit Selection Control with white frame are detected by checking signal output of the OHP SENSOR. (See
Figure 2-49)
Selected
Priority
paper Selection conditions † OHP white frame detection timing:
sequence
supply unit Table below shows the detection timing.
1st priority Lower When “Lower Cassette is present” and “Paper is present” for
Table 2-48. OHP Front/Back Detection Control
Cassette 1 the Lower Cassette 1. Or “there is no paper” on any paper
(Standard) feeder. Paper Front end detection timing *1 Rear end detection timing *2
2nd priority Lower “Lower Cassette is present” and “paper is present” for the Feeder Edge Trigger
Cassette 2 Lower Cassette 2 under the conditions where the Lower Monitor range [msec] Monitor range [msec]
(Option) Cassette 1 is not selected.
MSI Tray REGI SENSOR ON REGI. CLUTCH ON
3rd priority Lower “Lower Cassette is present” and “paper is present” for the
“600” At LEF: “887+225”
Cassette 3 Lower Cassette 3 under the conditions where neither the Lower
At SEF: “1508+225”
(Option) Cassette 1 nor the Lower Cassette 2 is selected.
Lower REGI SENSOR ON REGI. CLUTCH ON
4th priority MSI Tray “Paper is present” for MSI under the conditions where none of
Cassette 1 “1538” At LEF: “887+225”
the Lower Cassette 1, Lower Cassette 2 and Lower Cassette 3 is
(Standard) At SEF: “1508+225”
selected.
Lower REGI SENSOR ON REGI. CLUTCH ON
Note: The paper tray feeder at the bottom of the printer is called “Lower Cassette 1" (standard Cassette 2 Take-in signal ∼ “1457” At LEF: “887+225”
cassette), the first level of the optional FEEDER UNIT is called “Lower Cassette 2" Lower At SEF: “1508+225”
(optional cassette), and the second level is called “Lower Cassette 3" (optional cassette). Cassette 3
(Option)

Note *1: The paper is judged to be plain paper when Low level (white) is detected for 75 msec
or longer between the monitors. When Low level (white) is detected for 38 msec or
longer but for not longer than 75 msec, the paper is judged to be a white-frame OHP
sheet and operation is brought into a stop.
*2: When Low level (white) is detected between the monitors, the paper is judged to be a
white-frame OHP sheet and operation is brought into a stop. When Low level (white)
is detected for 23 msec or longer but for not longer than 75 msec, the paper is judged
to be a white-frame OHP sheet and operation is brought into a stop.

Operating Principles Control 131

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Note 1: The specifications do not include feed of OHP sheets from any of the Lower Cassette 1 2.3.4 ROS Control
(standard), Lower Cassette 2 and Lower Cassette 3. However, the detecting function is
provided for misuse by users. 2.3.4.1 Scanner Motor Operation
2: The values indicated above for monitor range timing are of standard speed mode or the The Scanner Motor is turned ON/OFF as follows for each mode:
equivalent. The values are doubled in the middle speed mode (except the case similar to
the standard speed mode). The values are tripled in the low speed mode (except the case Table 2-49. Scanner Motor Operation
similar to the standard speed mode). Operation mode Scanner Motor ON/OFF
3: LEF (Long Edge Feed) means that the long edge of the paper is fed to the printer. SEF WARM UP mode OFF
(Short Edge Feed) means that the short edge of the paper is fed to the printer. READY mode OFF
Where no SEF/LEF is specified, the paper setting is SEF, as a rule.
RUNNING mode ON
† OHP White Frame Detection Movement DEEP SLEEP mode OFF
There is a notch of the transparency in a part of the white zone at the end of the LIGHT SLEEP mode OFF
OHP paper with the white frame, and the signal level of two sensors is more
Note 1: The Scanner Motor runs when diagnostics tool “Printing/Status Control” / “PMSTT” is
different, and it can be detected.
executed, regardless of the above.

2.3.4.2 ROS Warm-Up

OHP PAPER (white)
The Scanner Motor starts running at the same time ROS warm-up begins.
If the Scanner Motor is running at a constant speed the SOS signal interval is shorter
than the READY reference value. ROS warm-up is over when the SOS signal interval
is shorter than the READY reference value 3 times consecutively after ROS warm-up
starts.
ROS Warm-up is faulty if the SOS signal interval is longer than READY reference
value even when 20 seconds passes after start of ROS warm-up.

OHP SENSOR

Figure 2-49. OHP Front/Back Detection Control

Operating Principles Control 132

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.4.3 Reference Values for ROS APC EXECUTION TIMING

Table 2-50. Reference Values for ROS
1. Prior to printing (print job).
Reference Values
Description 2. When VREF signal (reference voltage corresponding to target values for quantity of
for ROS
light) is changed by potential control (when target values for quantity of light are
READY SOS signal interval corresponding to 98% or more of the
altered).
reference value specified running speed of the SCANNER MOTOR
FAIL reference SOS signal interval corresponding to 90% or less of the specified 3. Each line by timing of SOS light signal (internal signal to output laser radiation due to
value running speed of the SCANNER MOTOR SOS signal) while printing.

Note 1: Runaway of the Scanner Motor is detected as an error by the FAIL reference value APC PROCEDURE
when the laser beam does not enter the SOS Sensor due to increase in motor running
speed by 1.2% or more. † When APC execution timing is 1, 2.
1. VREF signal is set (by potential control feedback).
2. LD ENB signal is set to Low. (Permits emission of laser radiation.)
2.3.4.4 Quantity of Light Control 3. The different movement voltage at the VDATA signal /nVDATA sign
Image data is input to the ROS (LD Assy) as an electric signal (expresses image data is set to High. (Turns laser radiation on.)
according to differential signal), and the LD Assy converts the image data from an 4. PCONT signal is set to Low.
electric signal to an optical signal (expresses data by flashing the laser beam on and (Adjusts quantity of laser radiation so that the quantity monitored is equal to
off). the VREF signal.
5. PCONT signal is set to high and the different movement voltage at the
If there is disparity in quantity of laser light (LD Power), the optical system (lens, etc.),
VDATA signal /nVDATA signal is set to Low. (APC complete)
or sensitivity of the drum, the proper electrostatic latent image cannot be obtained. The
LD Assy therefore monitors and controls quantity of laser light based on feedback of † When APC execution timing is 3.
potential control (see “2.3.5.1 Potential Control (p.134)” in this chapter) so a stable, 1. The different movement voltage at the VDATA signal /nVDATA signal is set
proper electrostatic latent image can be obtained. This is called “APC (Automatic to High and PCONT signal are set to Low prior to SOS on signal. (Adjusts
Power Control).” quantity of laser radiation so that the quantity monitored is equal to the VREF
signal.
2. SOS signal is detected.
3. PCONT signal is set to high and the different movement voltage at the
VDATA signal /nVDATA signal is set to Low. (APC complete)

Operating Principles Control 133

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.5 Process Control

In order to conduct consistent printing, parameters concerning image forming must be
corrected at the appropriate time.
Control of the entire printing process including parameter correction control is referred
to as “process control.”
Process control primarily consists of the following 3 types of control: Laser radiation

„ Potential control
„ Toner concentration control (PCDC)
„ Toner concentration control (ADC) Drum

Concentration
2.3.5.1 Potential Control
The proper drum electrification (BCR) voltage and quantity of laser radiation are
needed in order to obtain consistent printing quality.
Quantity of
Potential control controls potential on the drum by measuring by means of the ADC laser
radiation
sensor the developing concentration of the Cin 50% patch of each color (Y, M, C, Bk)
formed on the drum by BCR voltage, quantity of laser radiation, and developing
voltage of differing specifications when printing and the concentration of the part of
the drum not developed, calculating the proper BCR voltage / quantity of laser
radiation, and feeding it back to the HVPS and ROS.
Potential on drum for Cin 50% patch
Cin50% patch
NOTE: Cin 50% patch” is an image alternate development of every 3 dots.
Whether a certain image will be formed with Bk alone or with the 4
Process direction
colors YMCBk is determined by color mode. In the case of 4 colors BCR electrification section
YMCBk, the image is formed in the order of Bk → Y → M→ C two colors
per single IBT cycle.

Approx.14mm
Developing bias

1 dot
Toner

3 dot Exposure
section
Approx. 14mm

Figure 2-50. Process Control

Operating Principles Control 134

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.5.2 Toner Concentration Control (PCDC)

Concentration of toner in the developer (amount of toner to developer) is reduced by
printing. A certain amount of toner must be maintained in the developer in order to <Printer controller>
obtain consistent printing quality.
PCDS (Pixel Count Dispense Control) calculates the amount of toner consumed by the
developing process by counting the video signals input to the ROS ASSY.
Turn on DISPENSE CLUTCH ASSY for the amount of time needed to supply that
amount of toner (dispense time), turning the Auger in the Developer Assy to supply
toner from the Toner Cartridge to the Developer Assy.
The method of counting video signals for PCDC entails charging and discharging the
capacitor corresponding to the video signal by CR circuit arranged parallel to the video Video signal
signal line.

Laser radiation

Video signal count

Toner consumption calcula

Drum

Dispense time calculation

Figure 2-51. Toner Concentration Control (PCDC)

Operating Principles Control 135

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.5.3 Toner Concentration Control (ADC)

In order to conduct consistent printing, the actual amount of toner in developer must be
detected while not being affected by laser radiation, and must be maintained.
With ADC (Automatic Density Control), BIAS development bands are formed on the
drum of the various colors (Y, M, C, Bk) by BCR voltage and developing voltage of Band formation
differing specifications when printing, and the concentration of the bands is measured
by ADC Sensor.
The measurement values are compared with reference values, and if the amount of Drum
toner has decreased (if concentration of toner in the developer is low), turn on the
DISPENSE CLUTCH ASSY for the corresponding amount of time (dispense time),
Concentration
turning the Auger in the Developer Assy by the drive from DISPENSE MOTOR
ASSY, and thereby supplying toner from the Toner Cartridge to the Developer Assy.
If the amount of toner is excessive (concentration of toner in the developer is high), the Calculation of amount of
toner in developer
toner in the developer is consumed by forming BIAS development bands the number of
times it takes for the toner to be reduced to the proper amount.

NOTE: BIAS development bands are images developed by negatively charged Dispense time calculation
toner in the BCR electrification section by raising the BCR voltage and
developing voltage.
BAIS development band

BAIS development band Development bias

Process direction Toner

BCR electrification section
Approx.
11mm

Approx. 325mm (BCR width)

Figure 2-52. Toner Concentration Control (ADC)

Operating Principles Control 136

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.5.4 ADC Solenoid Operation

Every 1000 counts (nominal) the ADC Solenoid operates twice (nominal) at a cycle of
0.5sec ON AND 0.5sec OFF. This causes the light emission/reception parts of the
ADC Sensor to be cleaned by the cleaning lever.

NOTE: Count is a cumulative total that is incremented by 1 when the length of

paper in the paper transport direction is 215.9mm (LETTER [LEF]) or
less, and incremented by 2 when the size of the paper exceeds 215.9mm
(LETTER [LEF]).

Operating Principles Control 137

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.5.5 Sequence START

The following four sequences are used for process control:
Is
Table 2-1. Sequence Fuser temperature No
at Power Up lower than
Sequence Name Description See FSR_TH?
Yes Is Fuser
Power Up Sequence Sequence during WARM UP mode (at turning power p.138 temperature at previous
Yes Power Up lower than FSR_TH
ON)
(not detected in MSR Control
Cycle Up Sequence Sequence which begins after receiving the printing p.139 [MSR Control Sequence] Sequence?)
signal in the READY mode and ends before executing
printing No
Print Sequence Sequence during execution of printing p.140 [ADCTC_SET_ADJUST]
Cycle Down Sequence Sequence at printing (print job) completion p.141

No
Cumulative drum rotation
count < 8?
OUTLINE OF POWER UP SEQUENCE
Yes
† [MRS (Mag Roll Speed) Control Sequence] Stands all-color Toner Empty Flag (no toner status of internal processing)
Selects an appropriate Mag Roll Speed according to the ambient temperature.
† [ADCTC_SET_ADJUST] CRU initializing operation
Cumulative number of rotations of the drum. Corrects the target toner density from
the cumulative value of image count of the Developer Assy. Clear at setting to bit 7 of Toner Empty Flag
† [VCLEAN_READ]
Measures with the ADC Sensor the density of the area on the drum surface where
nothing is developed. No
Toner Empty Flag ≥ 1
(ADC Sensor errors are detected in this sequence.)
Yes
† [EMPTY_RESET]
By toner density control (ADC), this sequence executes density reset (Empty Ambient temperature/humidity detection
cancel) for the color for which the Toner Empty Flag stands. (The “no toner” and
“low density” errors are detected in this sequence.) [VCLEAN_READ]

[EMPTY_RESET]

Belt cleaning

END

Figure 2-53. Outline Flow of Power Up Sequence

Operating Principles Control 138

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

OUTLINE OF CYCLE UP SEQUENCE START

† [PCDC_CAL]
Checking the conditions
Compensates the PCDC circuit.
Condition 1: The ADC Sensor was cleaned in the previous Cycle Down Sequence.
(PCDC errors are detected in this sequence.)
Condition 2: Cycle Up Sequence after occurrence of any error (excepting No Paper Cassette, Paper
† [VH/VL_CTRL] Out and any life warning).
Compensates the “BCR voltage” / “laser beam light quantity” according to the Condition 3: FUSER temperature at turning power ON exceeds the specified temperature.
cumulative drum rotation count and the ambient temperature/humidity. Condition 4: At the previous power on, the conditions were met but
[ADC_POTENTIAL_CONTROL] was not executed.
† [PATCH_ADC_POTENTIAL] Condition 5: [EMPTY RESET] was executed in the previous Power Up Sequence.
Prepares a Cin50% patch, and performs density measurement. Condition 6: The number of images actually produced (which is reset by executing
[ADC_POTENTIAL_CONTROL]) has reached the specified number.
† [ADC_POTENTIAL_CONTROL] Condition 7: The specified period of time has passed since the previous
Calculates an optimum “laser beam light quantity” based on the measured value of [ADC_POTENTIAL_CONTROL].
density of the Cin50% patch. One or more conditions are met. No conditions are met.
† [EMPTY_RESET], [VCLEAN_READ]
See Power Up Sequence (p.138).

Abnormal
[VCLEAN_READ]

[PCDC_CAL]

[VH/VL_CTRL]

[PATCH_ADC_POTENTIAL]

Abnormal Abnormality detection based on [PATCH_ADC_POTENTIAL] *

Normal
[ADC_POTENTIAL_COTROL]

Cycle Down Sequence

(after 1 sheet of printing)

Belt cleaning
* High-density error [C5-00-20-00-00] is
END detected in this sequence.
Figure 2-54. Outline Flow of Cycle Up Sequence

Operating Principles Control 139

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

OUTLINE OF PRINT SEQUENCE

† [LOCOVCHECK] START
To prevent image quality deterioration at
printing of low-density images, this sequence
compares the total count by PCDC in previous Checking the conditions A
prints with the specified value. Condition 1: Result of [LO COVCHECK] is the condition for entering Cycle Down Sequence.
When the total count is not larger than the Condition 2: Result of [HICOVCHECK] is the condition for entering Cycle Down Sequence.
specified value, Cycle Down Sequence is Condition 3: The next printing exceeds the specified continuous print count of this print job.
entered. No conditions are met. One or more conditions are met.
† [HICOVCHECK]
To prevent image quality deterioration at Checking the conditions B
printing of high-density images, this sequence Condition 3: At the next printing, the number of images actually produced <Executed independently
and in parallel>
compares the total count by PCDC in previous (reset by [ADC_POTENTIAL_CONTROL]) exceeds the
prints with the specified value. specified value.
Condition 4: The next printing exceeds the specified continuous print count
When the total count is larger than the specified [PCDC]
of this print job.
value, Cycle Down Sequence is entered.
All the conditions are met. Not all the conditions are met.
† [PCDC]
No Print job
Based on the laser beam emission time (count), [PATCH_ADC_POTENTIAL]
completed?
this sequence calculates the amount of toner to
Abnormality detection based on Abnormal Yes
be supplied to the Developer Assy for each
[PATCH_ADC_POTENTIAL] *
color. Normal
[ADC_POTENTIAL_CONTROL] * * Cycle Down Sequence <Executed
† [PATCH_ADC_POTENTIAL], independently and in
[ADC_POTENTIAL_CONTROL] parallel>
Cycle Up Sequence
See Cycle Up Sequence (p.139). Printing

No
Print job
completed?
Yes

* High-density error [C5-00-20-00-00] is detected in this sequence.

** Compared with Cycle Up Sequence, the adjustment timing is limited.
END

Figure 2-55. Outline Flow of Print Sequence

Operating Principles Control 140

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

OUTLINE OF CYCLE DOWN SEQUENCE

† [PATCH_ADC_TC] START
Based on the ambient temperature/humidity and
cumulative drum rotation count, this sequence prepares Checking the conditions
the BIAS development band and measures the density. Condition 1: [EMPTY_RESET] was executed in the previous Power Up Sequence.
Condition 2: FUSER temperature at turning power ON is less than the specified temperature.
† [ADC_TC_CONTROL] Condition 3: The number of images actually produced (reset by [ADC_POTENTIAL_CONTROL]) exceeds specified number.
Based on the density value measured with the BIAS Condition 4: The specified period of time has passed since the previous [ADC_POTENTIAL_CONTROL].
development band, this sequence calculates the amount Condition 5: Cycle Down Sequence after detecting an error by abnormality detection based on [PATCH_ADC_POTENTIAL].
of toner to be supplied to the Developer Assy for each Condition 6: Cycle Down Sequence by “Checking the conditions A” in Print Sequence.
color. One or more conditions are met. No conditions are met.
† [TONER_EMPTY_TCPATCH]
[VCLEAN_READ]
Sets “Toner Empty Flag=1” when Toner Cartridge is
judged empty of toner based on the latest and the
[PATCH _ADC_TC]
previous density value measured with the BIAS
development band. [LO COVCHECK]
† [TONER_SWEEPOUT]
Yes Result of [LO COVCHECK] is the condition for
When density value measured with BIAS development entering Cycle Down Sequence.
(Only color concerned)
band is higher than reference value, prepares BIAS No
development band the corresponding number of times [TONER_SWEEPOUT] Result of [HICOVCHECK] is the condition for Yes
and optimizes toner density in developer. entering Cycle Down Sequence. (Only color concerned)
No Yes
[TONER_ADDMIX] Measured density of BIAS development
† [TONER_ADDMIX]
band is out of reference value.
When density value measured with BIAS development No
band is lower than reference value, supplies toner [ADC_TC_CONTROL] [TONER_ADDMIX]
forcibly to optimize toner density in developer. (“No
toner” is detected in this sequence.) [TONER_EMPTY_TCPATCH]

† [EMPTY_RESET], [VCLEAN_READ], [RADC_TC_BEFORE=RADC_TC]

[PATCH_ADC_POTENTIAL], [LOCOVCHECK],
[HICOVCHECK] [CTR_TCPATCH=0]
See Power Up Sequence(p.138), Cycle Up
Sequence(p.139), Print Sequence (p.140). [TONER_SWEEPOUT]

[TONER_ADDMIX]

Belt cleaning

END

Figure 2-56. Outline Flow of Cycle Down Sequence

Operating Principles Control 141

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.6 XERO. Control 2.3.6.2 DRUM CARTRIDGE Life Detection Control

2.3.6.1 Operation when DRUM CARTRIDGE is Replaced LIFE DETECTION
When the DRUM CARTRIDGE is replaced with a new one, the following image is Life of the DRUM CARTRIDGE is affected by the total number of revolutions of the
formed to prevent the Cleaning Blade touching the drum from reversing. By bringing drum. Life of the DRUM CARTRIDGE (drum) is detected by totaling the number of
the image to the Cleaning Blade section without carrying out primary transfer, the Belt revolutions that can be obtained by TRO signal. Detection conditions are as
Cleaning Blade is prevented from reversing. follows:

IMAGE WHEN DRUM CARTRIDGE IS REPLACED DRUM CARTRIDGE life warning (C8-02-00-00) 90,000 count
(standard value)
The following image is formed the prescribed number of times. DRUM CARTRIDGE life over (C6-02-00) 110,000 count
This is performed for a total of 3 colors: Yellow, Magenta and Cyan. (standard value)
Process direction Note 1: The count given above is a cumulative value incremented by 2 by TRO signal while the
Equivalent of BIAS development band P/R MOT&DRV ASSY is running. (The drum turns twice per revolution of the Belt.)

Drum
PROCEDURES WHEN REPLACING
Approx. 11mm

Approx. Approx. 70mm

C A U T IO N „ Be sure to perform the following measures after replacing with
7mm
a new DRUM CARTRIDGE.
Performing these procedures before replacement can lead to
Approx. Approx. 70mm
many types of problems.
7mm „ Be sure to turn the power OFF before starting to replace the
DRUM CARTRIDGE.
† When life is over
Replace with a new DRUM CARTRIDGE.
† For life warning
Replace with a new DRUM CARTRIDGE.

C H E C K „ “Error Reset” means clearing the error/status code by sending

Equivalent of Cin 50%
Approx. Approx. P O IN T a command “XX” from the print controller or DIAG tool,
20mm 20mm which is to be performed after removing the cause of the
occurrence of the error/status code. (For details, see “5.4
Approx. 320mm
Diagnostics (p.369)”.)
Approx. 325mm „ “Counter Clear” means clearing the value of the life counter
corresponding to each error/status code in the MCU PWB to
Figure 2-57. DRUM CARTRIDGE “0” by sending the command from the print controller or
DIAG tool. (For details, see “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)

Operating Principles Control 142

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.6.3 WASTE TONER BOX Full Detection Control

Counter A and Counter C are triggered simultaneously when the WASTE TONER
Judges that the WASTE TONER BOX is full of toner by the algorithm as shown in SENSOR detects continuous 30 seconds “toner full” (output: High).
Figure 2-58, "Waste Toner Box Full Detection Control" to prevent wrong detection of Case where “toner full” is no longer Case where “toner full” is still detected when
the WASTE TONER SENSOR. detected before Counter A counts “1250” Counter A counts “1250” and Counter C
and Counter C counts “480 seconds.” counts “480 seconds”
NOTE: Counter A and Counter B described below count the total number of
prints. Counter C counts dispense time for colors Y, M, C, and Bk.

Paper size “Toner full” is determined. (Case 1)

YMCBk mode B/W mode
(paper length in transport direction)
Paper size in excess of 215.9mm 8 count 2 count Counter B is triggered simultaneously when the WASTE TONER SENSOR no
Paper size less than 215.9mm 4 count 1 count longer detects “toner full” (output: Low). Toner is determined to be full when the
WASTE TONER SENSOR again detects “toner full” before Counter B counts
“1625.” (Case 5)

C H E C K The WASTE TONER SENSOR detects when the WASTE TONER

P O IN T BOX is full of toner. The WASTE TONER BOX full warning is
Counter B is triggered simultaneously when the WASTE TONER SENSOR no longer
given while Counters A/C are counting. detects “toner full” (output: Low). (Counter A and Counter C continue to count.)
Case where “toner full” is again detected Case where Counter B counts “1625” while
before Counter B counts “1625.” “toner full” is still not detected.

Counter A, Counter B and Counter C are

reset. (Case 4)

The value of Counter A is checked when the WASTE TONER SENSOR once again detects
“toner full.” (Resets “counter B” simultaneously.)
Case where Counter A has not yet counted Case where, “or Counter C has already
“1250.” counted “480 seconds.”

“Toner full” is determined when “Toner full” is determined. (Case 2)

Counter A counts “1250,” or Counter
C counts “480 seconds.” (Case 3)

Figure 2-58. Waste Toner Box Full Detection Control

Operating Principles Control 143

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

TONER FULL DETERMINATION FLOW [Case 3]

[Case 1] Counter B reset No printing

Full
WASTE TONER
No printing SENSOR Empty
1250 count
A/C
Full
WASTE TONER Counters
SENSOR Empty 1250 B
1625 count
count
Counters A/C

[Case 4]

[Case 2] Full
Counter A/B/C reset
WASTE TONER
SENSOR Empty
No printing
1250
Counter B reset
count
A/C
Full Counters
WASTE TONER 1625 count
SENSOR Empty B

1250
count
A/C [Case 5]
Counters 1625 count
B No printing No printing
Counter B reset Counter B reset

Full
WASTE TONER
SENSOR Empty 1250
count
A/C
Counters
B 1625 count

Operating Principles Control 144

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.7 DEVE. Control 2.3.7.2 Toner Cartridge Presence Detection Position

The various color Toner Cartridges are transferred to the following detection positions
2.3.7.1 Home Position Detection Operation by rotation of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY, where the CARTRIDGE sense detects
The home position is the position which serves as the starting point for DEVE. Control. whether or not the various color Toner Cartridges are mounted
The following condition is the home position of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY.
NOTE: Presence detection is indicated in the turn of Y, M, C, Bk.
Position 30 (from the developing position of the DEVELOPER ASSY in direction
opposite rotation direction.
TONER CARTRIDGE Y presence detection
360 degrees from home position in rotation direction
Home position is the position where the ROTARY FRAME ASSY is rotated 136 (from position
where the ROTARY SENSOR detects the protrusion of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY. TONER CARTRIDGE M presence detection
90 from from home position in rotation direction
position
TONER CARTRIDGE C presence detection
180 degrees from home position in rotation direction
CARTRIDGE SENSOR position
TONER CARTRIDGE BK presence detection
270 degrees from home position in rotation direction
position

2.3.7.3 Toner Cartridge New/Old Detection Position

The various color Toner Cartridges are transferred to the following detection positions
by rotation of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY, where the CARTRIDGE sense detects
whether the various color Toner Cartridges are new or old.
Drum
TONER CARTRIDGE Y new/old detection
345 degrees from home position in rotation direction
position
TONER CARTRIDGE M new/old detection
75 degrees from home position in rotation direction
position
TONER CARTRIDGE C new/old detection
165 degrees from home position in rotation direction
position
TONER CARTRIDGE BK new/old detection
255 degrees from home position in rotation direction
position

ROTARY SENSOR

ROTARY FRAME SENSOR

Figure 2-59. Home Position Detection Operation

Operating Principles Control 145

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.7.4 Developing Position Table 2-3. Toner Cartridge New/Old Detection

The various color Developer Assy are transferred to the following developing positions Detection Judgment
by rotation of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY. Light is reflected Chamber contains no collected Toner Cartridge is new
developer
DEVELOPER ASSY Y developing position 30 degrees from home position in rotation direction
Light is not reflected Chamber contains collected Tone Cartridge is not new
DEVELOPER ASSY M developing position 120 degrees from home position in rotation direction developer
DEVELOPER ASSY C developing position 210 degrees from home position in rotation direction
DEVELOPER ASSY BK developing position 300 degrees from home position in rotation direction

TONER LIFE WARNING / "NO TONER" DETECTION FOR TONER

CARTRIDGE
2.3.7.5 Detection Method Accompanying DEVE. Control
Toner life warning for a Toner Cartridge is detected based on the cumulative dispense
TONER CARTRIDGE PRESENCE DETECTION time for the color concerned. “No toner” in a Toner Cartridge is detected by process
control.
Whether or not the various color Toner Cartridges are mounted is detected at the Toner
Cartridge presence detection position by the CARTRIDGE SENSOR. Figure 2-60 to Figure 2-63 show the outline flow for “toner life warning detection”,
“no toner detection”, “toner life warning reset” and “no toner reset”.
The CARTRIDGE SENSOR is a reflection-type photosensor that determines the
following by detecting light reflected from the Toner Cartridges. † Toner Life Warning Detection Flow

Table 2-2. Toner Cartridge Presence Detection START

Detection Judgment
Light is reflected The applicable Toner Cartridge is mounted.
Cumulative dispense time for the color concerned ≥ Specified time A
Light is not reflected The applicable Toner Cartridge is not mounted.
Yes No

Toner life warning

(uuuu Toner Low)
TONER CARTRIDGE NEW/OLD DETECTION
Figure 2-60. Toner Life Warning Detection Flow
Whether the various color Toner Cartridges are new or old is detected at the Toner
Cartridge new/old detection position by the CARTRIDGE SENSOR.
With trickle development, used developer is collected in a separate chamber in the
Toner Cartridge. As the reflecting surface of a reflecting seal applied inside the
chamber is covered by the collected developer, it gradually becomes unable to reflect.
The CARTRIDGE SENSOR is a photosensor that determines the following by
detecting light reflected from the collection chambers of the various Toner Cartridges.

Operating Principles Control 146

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† No toner detection flow † No toner reset flow

START START
(Applicable toner cartridge exchange)

No toner detected by BIAS development band Toner Cartridge new/old detection

Yes No New Old
The number of the continuous no toner detection ≥ Regulation number of times Total dispense time for applicable color > prescribed time B
Yes No Yes No
Low concentration error No toner Total dispense time cleared for applicable color
(Service Req E524) (uuuu Toner Out)

Figure 2-61. No Toner Detection Flow Restoration of toner concentration in developer

Restored Not restored

Total dispense time for applicable color > prescribed The number of the continuous no toner detection
† Toner life warning reset flow
Yes No
The number of the continuous no toner detection ≥
START Regulation number of times
(Applicable toner cartridge exchange) Yes No
No toner reset No toner reset Low concentration No toner
Toner Cartridge new/old detection Toner life warning error (uuuu Toner Out)
(uuuu Toner Out) (Service Req E524)
New Old

Toner life reset Toner life warning

(uuuu Toner Low)
[total dispense time cleared for [Dispense total time for applicable color Figure 2-63. No Toner Reset Flow
applicable color] is unchanged]

Figure 2-62. Toner Life Warning Reset Flow

Operating Principles Control 147

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.7.6 Developer Assy Life Detection Control

† Life detection
The printing count (image producing count) has an influence on the life of the
Developer Assy for each color.
The life of the Developer Assy is detected based on the cumulative printing count.
The compensation in process control is performed according to the value of this
life counter.
The life of each Developer Assy is equivalent to that of the printer body. Therefore, the
warning value and limit value are set as follows:

Developer Assy life warning 99,999,999 count (standard value)

Developer Assy life limit 99,999,999 count (standard value)
Note 1: The count indicated above is a cumulative value of the following counts:
•In YMCBK mode: When two prints are created on the Belt surface in 2UP mode, one print
is counted one. One print in 1UP mode or one print when only one print is created on the
Belt surface in 2UP mode is counted two.
•In B/W mode: After the drum and the Magnet Roll faces each other during printing, each
passage of 5 seconds is counted two.

NOTE: In addition to the life counter, the Developer Assy for each color has the
developer drive time counter.

† Action to be taken after replacement

C A U T IO N After replacing a Developer Assy with a new one, be sure to execute

“counter clear”.

C H E C K “Counter Clear” means clearing the value of the life counter

P O IN T corresponding to each error/status code in the MCU PWB to “0”
by sending the command from the print controller or DIAG tool.
(For details, see “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)

Operating Principles Control 148

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.8 IBT Control 2.3.8.2 Secondary Transfer (Belt → Paper)

The act of transferring the toner image formed on the Belt to paper is called “secondary
2.3.8.1 Primary Transfer (Drum → Belt) transfer”.
The act of transferring the toner image formed on the surface of the drum to the Belt is Secondary transfer is carried out by output to the CONTACT PLATE of the LV/HV
called “primary transfer”. POWER SUPPLY.
Primary transfer is carried out by output to 1ST BTR of LV/HV POWER SUPPLY.
SECONDARY TRANSFER DETERMINATION FLOW
PRIMARY TRANSFER CURRENT DETERMINATION FLOW
The resistance of the 2ND BTR changes according to time and environment.
The resistance of the 1ST BTR changes according to time and environment. In order to obtain stable transfer characteristics, variation in resistances according to
In order to obtain stable transfer characteristics, variation in resistances according to time and environment must be offset by adjusting transfer voltage.
time and environment must be offset by adjusting transfer current.
Figure 2-65 shows the secondary transfer current determination flow.
Figure 2-64 shows the primary transfer current determination flow. (Secondary transfer current determination is executed on completion of Cycle Up
(Primary transfer current determination is executed on completion of Cycle Up Sequence.)
Sequence.)
Monitor environment temperature/humidity, and decide compensation value by the
Monitor environment temperature/humidity, and decide compensation value by the temperature/humidity.
temperature/humidity.

2ND BTR ASSY and BELT CLEANER ASSY are advanced.

Monitor the number of the accumulation rotation of the drum, and decide compensation
value by the drum cycle.

Output a regulation voltage to CONTACT PLATE, and monitor output electric current at
Monitor life counter of Developer Assy, and decide compensation value by life of that time, and decide a standard voltage by the system residence.
Developer Assy.

Secondary transfer voltage used for printing is determined.

Output regulation electric current to 1ST BTR, and monitor an output voltage at that
time, and decide electric current by the system resistance.

The 2ND BTR ASSY and BELT CLEANER ASSY are retracted.
The primary transfer current used when printing is determined.

Figure 2-65. Secondary Transfer Determination Flow

Figure 2-64. Primary Transfer Current Determination Flow
NOTE: 2ND BTR error is detected when monitor value of output current for the
above and secondary transfer is outside the prescribed range.

Operating Principles Control 149

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

SECONDARY TRANSFER VOLTAGE OFFSET 2.3.8.3 Belt Cleaning

An image cannot be properly formed if there is excess toner on the surface of the Belt.
To absorb the difference in transfer characteristics due to differences between paper To remove toner, etc., the BELT CLEANER ASSY advances and cleans the surface of
types (in quality, water content, etc.), the secondary transfer voltage can be offset from the Belt. Advancement and retraction of the BELT CLEANER ASSY is controlled by
the standard value. It can be offset in seven steps in the positive direction and two steps the CLEANER CAM SOLENOID.
in the negative direction for each paper type.

C H E C K „ To advance the BELT CLEANER ASSY, the CLEANER CAM

P O IN T SOLENOID is ON continuously, and to retract the BELT
C H E C K The secondary transfer voltage offset can be executed by the
CLEANER ASSY, the CLEANER CAM SOLENOID is OFF
P O IN T command from the print controller or the DIAG toll. (For details,
continuously. (The status is switched by operation of the PRO
see “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)
MOTOR ASSY.)
„ There is very little time between the end of one image and the
beginning of the next. If there is not enough time to turn the
2ND BTR ADVANCE/RETRACT CONTROL CLEANER CAM SOLENOID from OFF to ON (for example
when printing in the standard speed mode or B/W mode), it
2ND BTR must be advanced when secondary transfer is output and must be retracted at remains ON and the BELT CLEANER ASSY remains
all other times. This is controlled by the BTR CAM CLUTCH and BTR WHEEL advanced.
SENSOR.
The following are specific examples of excess toner remaining on the surface of the
C H E C K „ To advance the 2ND BTR, the BTR CAM CLUTCH is ON, and Belt:
P O IN T turn off BTR CAM CLUTCH after you detect the position of
the advance condition with BTR WHEEL SENSOR. „ Toner left over from ordinary printing at time of secondary transfer
To retract the 2ND BTR, the BTR CAM CLUTCH is ON, and „ Toner produced by Cin 50% patch or BIAS development band created by
turn off BTR CAM CLUTCH after you detect the position of process control
the retract condition with BTR WHEEL SENSOR. „ Toner formed on the Belt when paper jam occurs
(Switched by operation of the PRO MOTOR ASSY.)
„ There is very little time between the end of one image and the
beginning of the next. If there is not enough time to execute
“advance”-“retract”-“advance” (When the space of the paper
is under 0.25-second.), it remains the advance condition and
output to the CONTACT PLATE of the LV/HV POWER
SUPPLY also remains ON.

Operating Principles Control 150

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

TYPES OF BELT CLEANING IBT CLEANER TONER BAND IMAGE

Belt cleaning is basically classified as the following 3 types: The IBT Cleaner toner band is the image which is equal to “Cin 50%”, and it is formed
by 3 colors (Y, M, C) at the time of the YMCBK mode, and formed by a 1 color (BK)
† Ordinary cleaning
at the time of the B/W mode.
Cleaning carried out for maximum printable area (18 inches in processing
direction) while printing is carried out.
† Special cleaning Belt
Process direction
Cleaning is carried out for 1 Belt cycle after Cin 50% patch or BIAS development
band is created by process control, and when WARM UP mode begins (except
during error recovery after an error occurred during image forming).
† Cleaning when error occurs
Cleaning is carried out for 1 Belt cycle when WARM UP mode begins during
error recovery after an error occurred during image forming (when there is
possibility of toner remaining on the Belt).

IBT CLEANER TONER BAND

When the paper of the size of the little width is used by the continuance, toner which IBT Cleaner
hasn’t transcribed it into Cleaning Blade of BELT CLEANER ASSY which confronts toner band Paper area
a non-authority paper part doesn’t spread, and give Cleaning Blade damage.
Therefore, when the paper of the size of the little width is used, makes toner figure
called an IBT Cleaner toner band on Belt, and damage to give to Cleaning Blade by
making this toner spread to Cleaning Blade is prevented.
The maximum developed position Paper width

Figure 2-66. IBT Cleaner Toner Band Image

Operating Principles Control 151

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.8.4 IBT-related life detection control 2ND BTR ASSY LIFE DETECTION CONTROL
Life detection of the following 3 items is done with IBT.
† Life detection
„ TRANSFER ASSY The printing count (secondary transfer count) has an influence on the life of the
„ 2ND BTR ASSY 2ND BTR ASSY.
„ BELT CLEANER ASSY The life of the 2ND BTR ASSY (2ND BTR) is detected based on the cumulative
printing count.
TRANSFER ASSY LIFE DETECTION CONTROL Because 2ND BTR ASSY is equal to the device life, warning value/limit value is
established as the following.
† Life detection
Life of TRANSFER ASSY takes an influence in the print number of sheets (the 2ND BTR ASSY life warning 99,999,999 count (standard value)
primary transfer number of times, the secondary transfer number of times, Belt 2ND BTR ASSY life limit 99,999,999 count (standard value)
cleaning number of times). Detect life of TRANSFER ASSY by the count added at
Note 1: Count is a cumulative total that is incremented by 1 when length of paper in the paper
the time of the Belt rotation. transport direction is 215.9mm (LETTER [LEF]) or less, and incremented by 2 when
Because TRANSFER ASSY is equal to the device life, warning value/limit value is the size of the paper exceeds 215.9mm (LETTER [LEF]).
established as the following. † Procedures when replacing
TRANSFER ASSY life warning 99,999,999 count (standard value) C A U T IO N Do the following treatment when exchanging 2ND BTR ASSY for
TRANSFER ASSY life limit 99,999,999 count (standard value) new one.
Note 1: The above count is the accumulation value made a “1 count” at a TR0 signal one time
(IBT BELT ASSY one turn).
† Procedures when replacing „ After replacing with a new 2ND BTR ASSY, perform “Counter Clear”.
C A U T IO N Do the following treatment when exchanging TRANSFER Assy for
new one. C H E C K “Counter Clear” is when a command is sent from the printer
P O IN T controller or diagnostics to reset the life counter corresponding to
various error / status code inside the MCU PWB to zero. (For
details, see “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)
„ After replacing with a new TRANSFER ASSY, perform “Counter Clear”.

C H E C K “Counter Clear” is when a command is sent from the printer

P O IN T controller or diagnostics to reset the life counter corresponding to
various error / status code inside the MCU PWB to zero. (For
details, see “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)

Operating Principles Control 152

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

BELT CLEANER ASSY DETECTION CONTROL 2.3.9 Transfer Layout Control

† Life detection The printing sequence of each transfer layout mode is as follows:
The printing count (Belt cleaning count) has an influence on the life of the BELT
CLEANER ASSY.
Table 2-4. Transfer Layout Control
The life of the BELT CLEANER ASSY (Cleaning Blade) is detected based on the
cumulative Belt operation count. Image
Transfer layout Applicable paper Applicable Applicable
positioning for
Because BELT CLEANER ASSY is equal to the device life, warning value/limit value mode size color mode speed mode
Belt 1 cycle
is established as the following.
1UP mode 1 print All paper sizes All modes All modes
2UP mode 2 prints A4 (LEF) or All modes All modes
LETTER (LEF)
BELT CLEANER ASSY life warning 99,999,999 count (standard value)
Following paper sizes
BELT CLEANER ASSY life limit 99,999,999 count (standard value)
TR0-less mode Not fix All paper sizes B/W mode Standard mode
Note 1: The value indicated above is counted as follows: When two prints are created on the (It doesn't depend
Belt surface in 2UP mode, one print is counted one. One print in 1UP mode or one print on a Belt one lap.)
when only one print is created on the Belt surface in 2UP mode is counted two.
† Procedures when replacing
2.3.9.1 1UP Mode
C A U T IO N Do the following treatment when exchanging BELT CLEANER Paper is transferred at a rate of one sheet of paper per Belt cycle. The printed image
ASSY for new one. (complete toner image) is formed on the paper in the order of Yellow, Magenta, Cyan
and Black.
(A print image is formed based on the TR0 mark on Belt.)
„ After replacing with a new BELT CLEANER ASSY, perform “Counter
Clear”.
1st Belt cycle 2nd Belt cycle
“Counter Clear” is when a command is sent from the printer Belt
C H E C K
P O IN T controller or diagnostics to reset the life counter corresponding to
various error / status code inside the MCU PWB to zero. (For
details, see “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)

Paper

Operating Principles Control 153

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.9.2 2UP Mode 2.3.9.3 TR0-less Mode

Paper is transferred at a rate of two sheets of paper per Belt cycle. Transfer is carried As for how many sheets, paper carriage is not selected per Belt cycle. It is done to
out in the order of Yellow for 1ST sheet, Yellow for 2nd sheet, Magenta for 1ST sheet, become a fixed paper interval regardless of the paper size when it is printed
Magenta Cyan for 1ST sheet, Cyan for 2nd sheet, Black for 1ST sheet, and Black for continuously.
2nd sheet. The formation of the print image (Complete toner figure) is done to become a fixed
(A print image is formed based on the TR0 mark on Belt.) interval for every image when it is printed continuously in the same way as the paper
carriage, too.
1st Belt cycle 2nd Belt cycle (As for the TR0 mark, a print image is formed independently.)
Belt

1st Belt cycle 2nd Belt cycle

Belt

Approx. 231.7m

Paper
Constant Constant
interval interval

Paper

Operating Principles Control 154

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.10 FUSER Control 2.3.10.3 READY / LIGHT SLEEP / DEEP SLEEP Modes Control
ON/OFF control of the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER is as follows:
2.3.10.1 Fuser Control Method
FUSER temperature is carried out by controlling ON/OFF of the H/R HEATER and P/ Table 2-5. Ready/Light Sleep/Deep Modes Control
R HEATER according to FUSER control temperature. Operation mode Heater ON/OFF control

† If surface temperature of the HEAT ROLL (FUSER temperature: Detected READY mode • Heater ON if FUSER temperature is lower than FUSER control
temperature of thermistor of TEMP. SENSOR ASSY) is higher than FUSER temperature
control temperature, power to the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER is turned OFF. • Heater OFF if FUSER temperature is at least as high as FUSER
control temperature.
† If surface temperature of the HEAT ROLL (FUSER temperature: Detected LIGHT SLEEP mode • Heater ON if FUSER temperature is lower than FUSER control
temperature of thermistor of TEMP. SENSOR ASSY) is lower than FUSER temperature when in LIGHT SLEEP mode.
control temperature, power to the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER is turned ON. • Heater ON if FUSER temperature is at least as high as FUSER
control temperature when in LIGHT SLEEP mode.
DEEP SLEEP mode Heater always OFF.
2.3.10.2 Control for WARM UP Mode
The H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER are turned ON (lamp lights) as soon as the
FUSER begins to warm-up (WARM UP mode). FUSER warm-up is complete when 2.3.10.4 Control in RUNNING Mode
FUSER temperature reaches FUSER control temperature. FUSER control temperature when in RUNNING mode is established by the setting
FUSER control temperature at warm-up varies according to surface temperature of the value according to paper quality (regular / OHP film, etc.), color mode (YMCBk mode
HEAT ROLL when power is ON as follows: / B/W mode), environment temperature (detected by ENVIRONMENT SENSOR), and
number of consecutive prints. H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER are turned ON/OFF
according to FUSER control temperature.
C H E C K FUSER control temperature at warm-up is corrected by
NOTE: There are instances when the heater is forcibly turned ON/OFF before
P O IN T environment temperature (detected by ENVIRONMENT
and after the RUNNING mode.
SENSOR).
2.3.10.5 FUSER skidding
When the heat distribution of HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL is not uniform
NOTE: The Heater is continuously ON after ON/OFF is repeated the prescribed because a problem comes out in the fixation performance, the movement that it is
number of times when FUSER warm-up starts. called FUSER skidding occurs.
FUSER skidding turns HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL by the drive of FUSER
MOTOR ASSY.
† WARM UP mode
FUSER skidding is done from the regulation time before the warm-up completion
of FUSER until the regulation time after the completion.
† READY mode
FUSER skidding is done for about 0.5 seconds in about 1 minute.

Operating Principles Control 155

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.3.10.6 Prevention of a FUSER NIP scar † Procedures when replacing

When it keeps touching each other in the position where PRESSURE ROLL is the C A U T IO N Do the following treatment when replacing the MAIN FUSER Assy
same as HEAT ROLL, the contact part of HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL is with a new one.
transformed, and it becomes a difference in pressure in the result fixation, and an Performing the treatment before replacement could cause various
influence appears in the print image quality. troubles.
The following is done to prevent this.
„ After replacing with a new MAIN FUSER ASSY, perform “Counter Clear”.
† Power OFF/DEEP SLEEP mode
Because there is no swelling of HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL by the heat
of H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER, it is preventing the interval of HEAT ROLL
and PRESSURE ROLL from becoming less than a constant distance physically. C H E C K “Counter Clear” is when a command is sent from the printer
(On this occasion, pressure between HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL is P O IN T controller or diagnostics to reset the life counter corresponding to
hardly added.) various error / status code inside the MCU PWB to zero. (For
details, see “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)
† READY/LIGHT SLEEP mode
HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL expand by the heat of H/R HEATER and P/
R HEATER, because it becomes the condition that it gains fixed pressure and the
contact position of HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL is changed by doing
FUSER skidding for about 0.5 seconds in about every 1 minute.

2.3.10.7 MAIN FUSER ASSY Life Detection Control

† Life detection
The life of the MAIN FUSER ASSY is affected by the number of sheets of the
print to be fixed. Detect life of MAIN FUSER ASSY by the count added at the
time of printing. Though the life of MAIN FUSER ASSY is “100,000 count”, this
is for the value by the regulation condition, warning value/limit value is
established as the following.

MAIN FUSER ASSY life warning. 99,999,999 count (standard value)

MAIN FUSER ASSY life limit. 99,999,999 count (standard value)
Note 1: Count is a cumulative total that is incremented by 1 when length of paper in the paper
transport direction is 215.9mm (LETTER [LEF]) or less, and incremented by 2 when
the size of the paper exceeds 215.9mm (LETTER [LEF]).

Operating Principles Control 156

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.4 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry CONSTITUTION OF MAIN CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD
† Main Board Assy:
2.4.1 Features (AcuLaser C8600) C457 MAIN
AcuLaser C8600 succeeds to major features of AcuLaser C8500, but its performance is † Memory Board Assy:
improved in the following points: C309 PROG (IPL, Code, Font)
„ Higher-speed CPU (PowerPC 750CX 400MHz employed)
OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS
„ System clock: 100MHz
„ RAM can be expanded to a maximum of 1 GB Table 2-6. Major Elements (AcuLaser C8600)
„ Power consumption reduced by use of devices requiring lower operation Components Remarks
voltages
CPU Power PC750CX(IBM)
„ User interface improved by employing a new type control panel
ASIC CDMC: ASIC which is connected to CPU and controls
„ USB 1.1 mounted E05B92NA (Toshiba) access to memory and peripheral devices
„ Higher-speed engine that supports printing speed of 8 PPM for color/35 PPM DIOC: ASIC equipped with the basic interfaces necessary
for monochrome E05B72BA(NEC) to printer
„ Duplex printing in color supported by hardware VIPS: Video control ASIC which enhances halftoning
„ Compression speed enhanced by CDMC E05B93BA(NEC) characteristics of color laser printer
„ DMA transfer of HDD and Network data ROM Standard ROM 1 slot. IPL/Code/Font
„ EMI reduced by differentiating video signals DIMM DIMM
(90pin) Optional ROM 2 slots
„ Cost reduction by making the area of the circuit boards smaller
DIMM
„ On-board option of color photocopier (EPSON Color Copy Station) supported
SDRAM Standard/optional For standard/optional printer memory
Compared with AcuLaser C8500, the following functions are disused by AcuLaser DIMM (1 slot)
C8600: (PC-100) 168-pin. 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 MB
(Standard: 32MB)
„ RTC
Optional For optional printer memory (1 slot)
„ One slot for optional SDRAM DIMM 168-pin. 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 MB
„ One slot for optional ROM DIMM (Max. 1GB)
PWM IC for pulse width modulation for connection to
NOTE: For comparison with AcuLaser C7000 and AcuLaser C8500 in VIPS
specifications, refer to “1.15.2 Differences in Specifications between
LVDS The image signal output from PWM is output to the
Models (p.87)”. VIDEO connector by LVDS
Reset IC M51953BFP (Mitsubishi), 8-pin, SOP
EEPROM 128 kbits
Hardware control

Operating Principles Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry 157

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 2-6. Major Elements (AcuLaser C8600) (continued)

Components Remarks
Standard Parallel I/F This controller is equipped with 1 channel of
interfaces Parallel I/F.
Parallel I/F is controlled by DIOC.
USB I/F 1 slot. USB 1.1
Expansion Type-B 1 slot. Connected to the HV bus of DIOC.
interfaces ALTA bus Connector for ALTA2. Connected to the LV bus of
DIOC.
IDE For hard disk (option). Connected to the HV bus of
DIOC. Compatible with EPL-N2120.
Network I/F Connector for Network board. Connected to the HV
bus of DIOC.
Control Panel Connector for the newly employed Control Panel.
Controlled by DIOC.
VIDEO I/F Connected to the video I/F of Tubaki2 (FX).

Figure 2-67. C457 Board Circuit Block Diagram (AcuLaser C8600)

Operating Principles Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry 158

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

2.4.2 Features (AcuLaser C7000) CONSTITUTION OF MAIN CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD

AcuLaser C7000 is a newly developed host-based A3 color page printer using the same † Main Board Assy:
engine as used for AcuLaser C8600. C471 MAIN
The functions of the controller are almost the same as those for AcuLaser C1000.
† Memory Board Assy:
The major features are as follows: C309 PROG (IPL, Code, Font)
„ Host-based printer controller which uses ESC/PageS-Color Printing System
NOTE: The Memory Board Assy (C309 PROG) of AcuLaser C7000 is the
for languages.
same as that of AcuLaser C1000.
„ Engine specifications: A3, color 8 ppm/monochrome 35 ppm, 600 dpi.
„ Toshiba CPU TMPR4955AF.
„ As ASICs, DLC (memory and I/O controller) and VIPS (image processing)
are installed.
„ Standard 32MB RAM DIMM. A maximum of 256 MB is available by adding
optional RAM.

Table 2-7.
Slot for Standard Slot for Optional
Remarks
RAMS0 RAMS1
Standard 32 MB Open -
Maximum 128 MB 128 MB Replace the standard 32MB
DIMM with a 128 DIMM.
(There is no DIMM exceeding
128 MB.)
„ Standard interfaces of IEEE1284 and USB 1.1 (2 channels)
„ Optional interface of Type-B slot. (This slot is also used for network
connection.)
„ Color image processing function (AcuLaser Color Halftoning, CRIT)
installed.
„ 66.6 MHz bus frequency.

NOTE: For comparison with AcuLaser C8600 in specifications, refer to “1.15.2 Figure 2-68. C471 Board Circuit Block Diagram (AcuLaser C7000)
Differences in Specifications between Models (p.87)”.

Operating Principles Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry 159

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS

Table 2-8. Major Elements (AcuLaser C7000)

Components Location Remarks
CPU IC100 TMPR4955AF-200 (Toshiba)
DLC: Memory control and I/O control integrated ASIC
IC101
E05B96BA (NEC)
ASIC
VIPS: Video control ASIC
IC600
E05B93BA(NEC)
ROM 1 slot. IPL/Code/Font
Standard ROM
DIMM CN300 2MB PROG: C309 PROG
DIMM
(90pin) 8 Mbit (x16) ×2
For standard/expanded printer memory (1 slot)
Standard/optional CN201 32, 64, 128 MB (EPSON original spec.)
SDRAM (Standard: 32MB)
DIMM
(90pin) For printer memory expansion (1 slot)
Optional CN200 32, 64, 128 MB (EPSON original spec.)
(Max. 256)
IC for pulse width modulation for connection to
PWM IC601
VIPS
The image signal from PWM is output to the
LVDS
VIDEO connector by LVDS
Reset IC M51953BFP (Mitsubishi), 8-pin, SOP
EEPROM IC102 2 kbit 8-pin (compatible with EIC2)
This controller is equipped with 1 channel of
Parallel I/F Parallel I/F.
Standard Mounted on C409 I/F
CN403
interfaces
1 slot. USB 1.1 compatible
USB I/F
Mounted on C409 I/F
Expansion 1 slot. Connected to the HV bus of DIOC.
Type-B CN406
interface
Connector for the newly employed Control
Control Panel CN405
Panel. Controlled by DIOC.
VIDEO I/F CN800 Connected to mechanical controller video I/F.
Figure 2-69. C471 Board Circuit Block Diagram (AcuLaser C7000)

Operating Principles Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry 160

 3
CHAPTER

TROUBLESHOOTING
EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.1 Overview 3.1.2 Preliminary Checks

Before starting troubleshooting, be sure to verify that the following conditions are all
It is difficult to identify the cause of troubles in page printers, which have complex
met:
mechanical structures. This chapter describes the method to identify the cause of the
trouble from the LCD message for AcuLaser C8600 or EPSON Status Monitor window 1. The power supply voltage must be within the specification limits. (Measure the voltage
message for AcuLaser C7000 and how to solve the problem. at the wall socket.)
2. The POWER CORD must be free from damage, short circuit or breakage, or miswiring
3.1.1 Troubleshooting Procedure in the POWER CORD.
3. The printer must be grounded properly.
3.1.2 Preliminary Checks (p.162) 4. The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to too high or low
3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Work (p.163) temperature, too high or low humidity, or abrupt temperature change.
5. The printer should not be located near waterworks, near humidifiers, near heaters or
<Checking for Trouble Recurrence> near flames, in a dusty atmosphere or in a place where the printer can be exposed to
Execute 3.1.4 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C8600) (p.164) blast from an air conditioner.
3.1.4.2 Details of Status Messages and Remedy (AcuLaser C8600) (p.167) 6. The printer should not be located in a place where volatile or inflammable gases are
3.1.5 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C7000) (p.172) produced.
3.1.5.3 Details of Error Status and Corrective Action (AcuLaser C7000) (p.174)
7. The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to direct rays of
3.1.5.4 Details of Warning Status and Corrective Action (AcuLaser C7000) (p.178)
the sun.
3.1.6 Details of the Service Call Error Messages (p.180)
Engine Related Service Call Errors (p.180) 8. The printer must be located in a well-ventilated place.
Controller Related Service Call Errors (p.182) 9. The printer must be placed on a strong and steady level table.
10. The paper used must conform to the specification. (The standard paper is
Does the trouble recur? recommended.)
<Execute Troubleshooting>
Yes No 11. There is no error in handling of the printer.
1. Execute “3.2 Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation
Procedure) (p.184)” 12. The life of any major after-sale service parts indicated on the Engine Status Sheet must
2.Execute “3.3 Level 2 FIP (p.226)” not exceed the specified limit, since these parts affect image quality and reliability.
3.Execute “3.4 Picture Image Trouble (p.249)”
4. Execute troubleshooting by consulting Chapter NOTE: For engine status sheet of AcuLaser C7000, refer to "How to Print the
2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES and Chapter 7 Engine Status Sheet on AcuLaser C7000" (p.78)
APPENDIX, “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”

<Execute Maintenance>
Return to Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE.

Figure 3-1. Troubleshooting Flowchart

Troubleshooting Overview 162

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Work 4. When outputting a high voltage using the diagnostics commander, etc., make sure all
the covers are mounted unless specifically instructed otherwise.
1. Be sure to unplug the POWER CORD before starting troubleshooting work except
when turning power ON is needed. W A R N IN G „ When outputting a high voltage using the diagnostics
commander, etc., never touch any of the high voltage output
Never touch any live parts unnecessarily when power is on. parts.
W A R N IN G
The power switch/inlet part of the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY is „ Be sure to follow the procedure given in this manual when
alive even when the power switch is turned OFF. Take care not to outputting a high voltage using the diagnostics commander,
touch any live parts. etc.

5. When operating driving parts using the diagnostics commander, etc., make sure all the
covers are mounted unless specifically instructed otherwise.
2. If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed and the interlock and
safety switches turned ON, be sure to disconnect the ROS ASSY connector (P/J121), „ When operating driving parts using the diagnostics
W A R N IN G
except when its connection is required. commander, etc., never touch any of the driving parts.
If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed „ Be sure to follow the procedure given in this manual when
W A R N IN G
and the interlock and safety switches turned ON, there is danger of operating driving parts using the diagnostics commander, etc.
laser radiation being emitted from the ROS ASSY. Be sure to
disconnect the ROS ASSY connector (P/J121), except when its 6. When you touch any surface which can become hot, take care not to suffer a burn.
connection is required.
7. Wear a wrist strap to discharge static electricity from the human body, whenever
possible.
3. Before starting work operations with the REAR COVER removed and with power on,
be sure to disconnect the connector (P/J42) on the LV/ HV POWER SUPPLY except
when its connection is needed.

W A R N IN G If you perform work with the power ON and the REAR COVER
removed, a high voltage may be output from the LV/ HV POWER
SUPPLY. Be sure to disconnect the connector (P/J42) on the LV/
HV POWER SUPPLY.
If FIP requires the connector (P/J42) on the LV/HV POWER
SUPPLY to be connected, take great care not to touch the LV/HV
POWER SUPPLY or high voltage output parts.

Troubleshooting Overview 163

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.1.4 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message Face-down Tray

(AcuLaser C8600)
AcuLaser C8600 is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. If the printer detects an
error, it indicates the error information with the LED lamps and the LCD panel on the
control panel. Unit C

Types of error which can occur to a page printer vary widely, such as poor print quality
Paper Tray (MP Tray)
or abnormal operation, and it makes identification of failed part and component more
difficult. For easy and efficient repair, this section describes troubleshooting
Cover E
procedures using LCD messages and typical types of abnormal output.
Large Capacity Paper Unit
The following tables list the LCD messages.
Front Cover
Figure 3-2 below shows the locations of the components and covers referred to in the Cover A
messages.

Cover D

Lower Cassette 1 Unit G

(LC1)
Unit B
Lower Cassette 2 (LC2)

Lower Cassette 3 (LC3)

Face-up Tray

Cover F

Figure 3-2. Locations of Units/Covers

Troubleshooting Overview 164

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.1.4.1 List of Printer Messages (AcuLaser C8600) Table 3-1. Printer Messages (AcuLaser C8600) (continued)
The table below shows the list of printer message of AcuLaser C8600. Each message is LED Message Category Status code
the one when “Lang = English” is set. Replace Waste T Box Error 4029
Table 3-1. Printer Messages (AcuLaser C8600) Front Cover Open Error 4002
LED Message Category Status code Cover A Open Error 4035
(Display status Unit B Open Error 4212
when Power is Turned On) Unit C Open Error 4213
Service Req Cffff Service call error (Cffff: See *6) 6000 Cover D Open Error 4038
Service Req Eggg Service call error (Eggg: See *7) 6001 ~ 6999 Cover E Open Error 4039
HDD Format ***% status - Cover F Open Error 4040
Optional RAM * Error Error (* = RAM DIMM number) - Unit G Open Error 4217
ROM CHECK status - Turn Paper sss Error (sss: See *4) 4013
RAM CHECK status - Manual Feed ttt Error (ttt: See *3) 1013
HDD CHECK status - Can’t Print Duplex Error 3005
Self Test status - Paper Out sss ttt Error (sss: See *2, ttt: See *5) 4010
Reset All status 1004 Paper Set sss ttt Error (sss: See *2, ttt: See *5) 3003
Reset status 1004 Print Overrun Error 3000
Cancel All Print Job status 1003 Mem Overflow Error 3001
Cancel Print Job status (Job cancel by panel) 1003 Duplex Mem Overflow Error 3004
Unable Clear Error status - Invalid HDD Error 4202
Check Transparency Error 4021 Invalid PS3 Error 4201
Jam xxxxxxxxxxxxx Error 4008, 4009, 4012, Invalid IDPS Error 4232
4081, 4082 Copy System Error Error 4227
(xxxxxxxxxxxxx=A,B,C,D,E,F,G, see *1) Invalid AUX I/F Card Error 4014
Irregular Density Error 4031 Invalid ROM A Error 4003
uuuu Toner Cart Out Error Invalid ROM B Error 4003
(uuuu = CMYK, only the relevant item is displayed) 4049 ~ 4063 Write Error ROM A Error 4006
Install Photocondctr Error 4022 Write Error ROM P Error 4006
Install Waste T Box Error 4023 Reset to Save status -
Wrong Photoconductor Error 4032 Writing ROM A status 1005
Photocondctr Trouble Error 4033 Writing ROM P status 1005
uuuu Toner Out Error Menus Locked Warning 1001
(uuuu = CMYK, only the relevant item is displayed) 4065 ~ 4079 (Panel setting display)
Replace Photocondctr Error 4028 Hard Disk full Warning 2569

Troubleshooting Overview 165

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 3-1. Printer Messages (AcuLaser C8600) (continued) *2: The relevant values among the Values for Paper Source of Printing Menu described
in Section 1.6.5 "Panel Setting Item List" appear except for Auto.
LED Message Category Status code
*3: The relevant values among the Values for Page Size of Printing Menu described in
Reserve Job Canceled Warning 2565
Section 1.6.5 "Panel Setting Item List" appear.
PS3 Hard Disk full Warning 2561
*4: The relevant values among the Values for Paper Source of Printing Menu described
Form Data Canceled Warning 2570 in Section 1.6.5 "Panel Setting Item List" appear except for Auto and MP.
Collate was disabled Warning 2013
*5: The relevant values among the Values for each Paper Size of Tray Menu described
Check Paper Size Warning 2004 in Section 1.6.5 "Panel Setting Item List" appear.
Time exceeded Warning 2560 *6: See controller related errors described in 3.1.6 "Details of the Service Call Error
Image Optimum Warning 2002 Messages".
Check Paper Type Warning 2008 *7: See engine related errors described in 3.1.6 "Details of the Service Call Error
Outbin Select Error Warning 2009 Messages".
Need Memory Warning 2003
Format Error ROM A Warning 2000
Format Error ROM B Warning 2000
Form Feed status 1008
(Display in test printing) 1010
Warming Up status 1006
Calibrating Printer status 1014
Offline status 1001
Cancel Print Job status (Job cancel by host) 1003
uuuu Toner Low Warning
(uuuu=CMYK, only the relevant item is displayed) 2017 ~ 2031
Worn Photoconductor Warning 2010
Waste T Box Nearfull Warning 2011
Worn Fuser Warning 2562
Standby status 1007
Ready status 1000
(Printing) status 1009
(Communication to status 1012
non-active I/F)
(executing of Job status 1002
(possible to print))

Note *1: Paper Jam may occur in more than one places, and these jams are indicated
simultaneously. In such cases, locations of paper jam occurrence appear with a space
between them.

Troubleshooting Overview 166

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.1.4.2 Details of Status Messages and Remedy (AcuLaser C8600) 3.1.4.3 Details of Error Messages and Remedy (AcuLaser C8600)
This section describes the status messages specific to AcuLaser C8600. This section describes the status messages specific to AcuLaser C8600.

CALIBRATING PRINTER CHECK TRANSPARENCY

† Description † Description
This is one of the READY messages. The engine is under adjustment. Since OHP sheets were loaded and fed upside down, or OHP sheets that were not
The LCD blinks. specified were fed, a paper jam occurred in the paper feeding area.
† LED
HDD FORMAT ***%
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
† Description † Remedy
Initialization of HDD is in progress. The status appears in 1% increments. When using the specified type of OHP sheet, load the sheets facing up. When using
OHP sheets that are not specified, replace them with the specified ones. Then, open the
Unit C to remove jammed sheets and close the Unit C. Always be sure to open the Unit
C to check. Unless the Unit C is opened, the printer does not recover from the error.
After warming up, the printer resumes printing from the jammed print data.

JAM XXXXXXXXXXXXX
† Description
A paper jam has occurred at the indicated location.
When the message shows more than one location, it means that paper jam has occurred
near the locations, and the number of indicated locations does not always match the
number of paper jams.
xxxxxxxxxxxxx= A: Paper jam occurred near the Cover A. 4012
B: Paper jam occurred near the Unit B. 4008
C: Paper jam occurred near the Unit C. 4009
D: Paper jam occurred near the Cover D. 4009
E: Paper jam occurred near the Cover E. 4009
F: Paper jam occurred near the Cover F. 4082
G: Paper jam occurred near the Unit G. 4081
In the case where only one status can be returned such as EJL, the messages appear in
the priority order of 4081, 4082, 4009, 4008, and 4012.
† LED
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.

Troubleshooting Overview 167

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Remedy † Remedy
Open the displayed Cover or Unit to remove jammed paper. If the Cover C, D, E Open the Front Cover if it is closed, and install the Photoconductor Unit. After closing
appears in the message, check each paper cassette or tray, and if there are any jammed the Front Cover, the error is automatically released.
paper, remove it. After that, close the Cover or Unit. The printer resumes printing from
the jammed print data. INSTALL WASTE T BOX

IRREGULAR DENSITY † Description

The Waste Toner Collector is not installed.
† Description
† LED
Print data had 260% or more of CMYK density in total within the top of a page (about
70 mm) in the paper feed direction, and high-density error of printing occurred. As a The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
result, printing failed and a paper jam occurred near the paper feeding area. † Remedy
† LED Open the Front Cover if it is closed, and install the Waste Toner Collector. After
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on. closing the Front Cover, the error is automatically released.

† Remedy WRONG PHOTOCONDUCTOR

Open the Unit C to remove the jammed paper, and close it. After canceling (deleting)
printing the print data, restart the printer. † Description
The appropriate Photoconductor Unit is not installed.
UUUU IMAGE CART OUT † LED
† Description The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
A toner cartridge is not installed. The uuuu display corresponds to each C, M, Y, K † Remedy
toner cartridge, and only indicates the cartridge that is not installed. Open the Front Cover if it is closed, and install the appropriate Photoconductor Unit.
† LED After closing the Front Cover, the error is automatically released.
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
PHOTOCONDCTR TROUBLE
† Remedy
Open the Front Cover if it is closed, and install the displayed toner cartridge. After † Description
closing the Front Cover, the error is automatically released. The Photoconductor Unit has broken down.
† LED
INSTALL PHOTOCONDCTR
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
† Description † Remedy
The Photoconductor Unit is not installed or is not set correctly. Open the Front Cover if it is closed, and install the normal Photoconductor Unit. After
† LED closing the Front Cover, the error is automatically released.
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.

Troubleshooting Overview 168

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FRONT COVER OPEN COVER D OPEN

† Description † Description
The Front Cover is open. The Cover D is open.
† LED † LED
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on. The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
† Remedy † Remedy
Closing the Front Cover releases the error automatically. Closing the Cover D releases the error automatically.

COVER A OPEN COVER E OPEN

† Description † Description
The Cover A is open. The Cover E is open.
† LED † LED
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on. The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
† Remedy † Remedy
Closing the Cover A releases the error automatically. Closing the Cover E releases the error automatically.

UNIT B OPEN COVER F OPEN

† Description † Description
The Unit B is open. The Cover F is open.
† LED † LED
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on. The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
† Remedy † Remedy
Closing the Unit B releases the error automatically. Closing the Cover F releases the error automatically.

UNIT C OPEN UNIT G OPEN

† Description † Description
The Unit C is open. The Unit G is open.
† LED † LED
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on. The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
† Remedy † Remedy
Closing the Unit C releases the error automatically. Closing the Unit G releases the error automatically.

Troubleshooting Overview 169

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

UUUU TONER OUT COPY SYSTEM ERROR

† Description † Description
The each color's Toner End sensor of the engine detects that a toner is empty, and Some of the Units of the Copy System are not installed correctly.
printing stops since further printing damages the engine. The error cannot be released
† LED
even by pressing the Continue button. The uuuu shows CMYK corresponding to each
C, M, Y, K toner cartridge, only indicating the toner cartridge detected that it contains The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
no remaining toner. † Remedy
† LED Turn off the printer, check each Unit of the Copy System if it is installed correctly, and
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on. install it again if needed, or restart the printer after removing all the Units.

† Remedy
Open the Front Cover if it is closed, and replace the toner cartridge displayed in the
error with a new one. After closing the Front Cover, the error is automatically released.

REPLACE PHOTOCONDCTR
† Description
The Photoconductor Unit life sensor detects the end of the Photoconductor Unit's
lifetime, and printing stops.
† LED
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
† Remedy
Open the Front Cover if it is closed, and replace the Photoconductor Unit displayed in
the error with a new one. After closing the Front Cover, the error is automatically
released.

REPLACE WASTE T BOX

† Description
The Waste Toner Full sensor detects that the Waste Toner Collector is full, and
printing stops.
† LED
The Ready LED is off and the Error LED is on.
† Remedy
Open the Front Cover if it is closed, and replace the Waste Toner Collector with a new
one. After closing the Front Cover, the error is automatically released.

Troubleshooting Overview 170

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.1.4.4 Details of Warning Messages and Remedy WORN PHOTOCONDUCTOR

(AcuLaser C8600)
† Description
This section describes the warning messages specific to AcuLaser C8600.
This warning informs the user that the Photoconductor Unit has reached the end of its
TIME EXCEEDED life cycle. The Photoconductor Unit life sensor calculates the Photoconductor Unit life,
and this message is displayed when the number of copies that can be printed is
† Description approximately 1,125 sheets (a 4,5% duty) for color printing, or approximately 4,500
The printer pre-fed paper, but forcibly ejected the paper (blank printing) since the print sheets (a 4,5% duty) for monochrome printing.
data could not be prepared within the setup time of the engine. † LED
† LED LED is not influenced.
LED is not influenced. † Remedy
† Remedy The Photoconductor Unit can be used until the “Replace Photocondctr” error appears,
After forcibly ejecting the pre-fed paper, retry printing. however basically it is desirable to replace it. This warning display is released by
If the print data cannot be ready within the setup time of the engine again, forcibly performing any one of the following methods.
eject the pre-paper, and switch to the next printing. „ Execute Clear Warning of the Reset Menu.
This message display is released either of the following methods. „ Reset.
„ Execute Clear Warning of the Reset Menu. „ Replace the Photoconductor Unit with a new one.
„ Reset.
WASTE T BOX NEARFULL
UUUU TONER LOW † Description
† Description This warning informs the user that the Waste Toner Collector is nearly full. The Waste
Toner Collector full sensor calculates if the Waste Toner is full up.
This warning notifies the user that the remaining toner level of each color (C, M, Y, K)
is low. The remaining toner value for each color is calculated according to the engine’s † LED
remaining toner sensor (dispense time in practice), and this message is displayed when LED is not influenced.
the remaining toner is approximately 25%. The uuuu indicates CMYK, which
correspond to the C, M, Y and K toner cartridges, and displays only the toner † Remedy
cartridges detected that the remaining toner is low. The Waste Toner Collector can be used until the “Replace Waste T Box” error appears,
but basically it is desirable to replace it. This warning display is released by performing
† LED
any one of the following methods.
LED is not influenced.
„ (Execute Clear Warning of the Reset Menu.
† Remedy „ Reset.
This warning display is released by performing any one of the following methods. „ Replace the Waste Toner Collector with a new one.
„ Execute Clear Warning of the Reset Menu.
„ Reset.
„ Replace the toner cartridge displayed in the message with a new one.

Troubleshooting Overview 171

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

WORN FUSER 3.1.5 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message

(AcuLaser C7000)
† Description
This warning message informs the user that the Fuser Unit has reached the end of its NOTE: For engine status sheet, refer to "Engine Status Sheet" (p.75).
life cycle.
This message appears when the used amount of the Fuser Unit reaches to 100,000 3.1.5.1 Printer Status List (AcuLaser C7000)
pages. Figure 3-2 below lists the printer status items of AcuLaser C7000.
† LED
Table 3-2. Printer Status List (AcuLaser C7000)
LED is not influenced.
Printer Status Type Status Code
† Remedy Controller Error Service call error 6000 *4
The Fuser Unit can be used until any problems actually occur in printing results, but
Engine Error Service call error 6001 ~ 6999 *5
basically it is desirable to replace it. This warning display is released by performing
any one of the following methods. Protocol Error Protocol error -
„ Execute Clear Warning of the Reset Menu. Reset Status 1004
„ Reset. Check Transparency Error 4021
„ Replace the Fuser Unit with a new one. Paper Jam W W W W *1 Error 4008, 4009, 4012,
(W=A, B, C, D, E, F, G) 4081, 4082
Irregular Density Error 4031
uuuu Toner Cart Out Error 4049 ∼ 4063
(uuuu = CMYK, only unintalled cartridges
are displayed)
Install Photocondctr Error 4022
Install Waste T Box Error 4023
Wrong Photoconductor Error 4032
Photocondctr Trouble Error 4033
uuuu Toner Out Error 4065 ~ 4079
(uuuu = CMYK, only empty cartridges are
displayed)
Replace Photocondctr Error 4028
Replace Waste T Box Error 4029
Front Cover Open Error 4002
Unit G Open Error 4217
Cover F Open Error 4040
Cover A Open Error 4035
Unit B Open Error 4212

Troubleshooting Overview 172

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 3-2. Printer Status List (AcuLaser C7000) (continued) Table 3-2. Printer Status List (AcuLaser C7000) (continued)
Printer Status Type Status Code Printer Status Type Status Code
Unit C Open Error 4213 Engine Operating Status 1009
Cover D Open Error 4038 Non-active Interface Status 1012
Cover E Open Error 4039
Note *1: The relationship between covers or units where a paper jam occurs and status codes
Turn Paper Error 4013
is listed below. If two or more paper jams occur, the status code 1) is determined
Paper Out Error 4010 first, then the other status codes are specified in a priority order of 2) ~ 7).
Paper Set *2 *3 Error 3003 1) 4081: G unit
2) 4082: F cover
Invalid Size *2 Error 3002 3) 4009: C unit
Print Underrun Error 3000 4) 4009: D cover
Mem Overflow *2 Error 3001 5) 4009: E cover
6) 4008: B unit
Duplex Mem Overflow *2 Error 3004 7) 4012: A cover
Invalid AUX I/F Card Error 4014 *2: When “Avoid Error = ON” is set, none of the errors “Paper Set”, “Invalid Size”,
Collate was disabled Warning 2013 “Mem Overflow” and “Duplex Mem Overflow” occurs.
Check Paper Size *3 Warning 2004 *3: When “Size Ignore = ON” is set, neither the error “Paper Set” nor the warning
“Check Paper Size” occurs.
Time Exceeded Warning 2560
*4: See Controller Related Service Call Errors (p.182) in 3.1.6 Details of the
Image Optimum Warning 2002
Service Call Error Messages.
Can't print duplex Warning 2005
*5: See Engine Related Service Call Errors (p.180) in 3.1.6 Details of the
Print Failure Warning 2568 Service Call Error Messages.
Output Bin Error Warning 2009
Need Memory Warning 2003
3.1.5.2 Details of Status Messages and Remedy (AcuLaser C7000)
Screen Mismatch Warning 2567 RESET
Warming Up Status 1006
† Description
Calibrating Printer Status 1014
The printer is being reset.
uuuu Toner Low Status 2017 ~ 2031 This status occurs as a result of clearing EEPROM, but does not occur due to
(uuuu = CMYK, only cartridges near end operations by a user.
are displayed)
Worn Photoconductor Warning 2010 WARMING UP
Waste T Box Nearfull Warning 2011
† Description
Worn Fuser Warning 2562
The printer is warming up.
Standby Status 1007
† Remedy
Ready Status 1000 The printer recovers automatically within 330 seconds.
Printing Job Status 1002

Troubleshooting Overview 173

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

CALIBRATING PRINTER 3.1.5.3 Details of Error Status and Corrective Action

(AcuLaser C7000)
† Description
The printer engine is being adjusted. CHECK TRANSPARENCY

STANDBY † Description
OHP sheets were loaded and fed upside down, or OHP sheets that were not
† Description specified were fed, so that a paper jam occurred in the paper feeding area.
The printer is in the standby mode. The printer recovers from the error when no more paper jams are detected.
After error recovery, data for one page retained in the printer memory are
† Remedy
recovered if it is possible. However, if the data does not exist, the printer returns a
The printer recovers to be ready to print after receiving printing data.
status of resending request. The data can be recovered when the printer does not
perform a flying start.
READY
† Corrective Action
† Description Load the specified OHP sheet in the correct direction, remove the jammed sheet,
The printer is in the normal state. and then close the cover. Printing resumes from the jammed page. The pop-up
display of the EPSON Status Monitor disappears after error recovery.
PRINTING JOB
† Description JAM W W W W (W = A, B, C, D, E, F, G)

† The printer is processing the print job. † Description

A paper jam occurrence.
ENGINE OPERATING The error status information can indicate paper jam locations limited to below the
cover A (paper ejecting area), below the cover B (inside of the printer), below the
† Description unit C or cover D or E (paper feeding area), in the unit G (duplex print unit), and
The printer is printing. below the cover F (duplex print unit); it cannot indicate multiple locations.
The printer recovers from the error when no more paper jams are detected.
NON-ACTIVE INTERFACE After error recovery, data for one page retained in the printer memory are
recovered if it is possible. However, if the data does not exist, the printer returns a
† Description status of resending request. The data can be recovered when the printer does not
Printing is in progress in any other interface. perform a flying start.
† Remedy † Corrective Action
The printing starts automatically after finishing the current job. Remove jammed paper and close the covers and units. Printing resumes from the
jammed page. The pop-up display of the EPSON Status Monitor disappears after
error recovery.

Troubleshooting Overview 174

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

IRREGULAR DENSITY UUUU TONER OUT

(uuuu = CMYK, only empty cartridges are displayed)
† Description
Print data had 260 % or more of CMYK density in total in the top area of a page
(about 70 mm in the paper feed direction), and high-density error of printing REPLACE PHOTOCONDCTR
occurred. As a result, a paper jam occurred near the paper feeding area.
† Corrective Action REPLACE WASTE T BOX
Select [Cancel Printing] to stop printing, remove the jammed paper, and then † Description
restart the printer. The consumables have reached the lifetime.
When the consumables come to the lifetime during printing, operation stops before
UUUU IMAGE CART OUT printing the next page.
(uuuu = CMYK, only uninstalled cartridges are displayed) When the printer detects remaining consumables, the printer recovers from these
errors.
INSTALL PHOTOCONDCTR † Corrective Action
Open the Front Cover if it is closed, and replace the consumables with a new one.
INSTALL WASTE T BOX After closing the Front Cover, the printer is automatically released from the error.
As a result, the pop-up display of the EPSON Status Monitor disappears
† Description
The consumables are not installed, or are not installed correctly. FRONT COVER OPEN
When the printer detects that the consumables are set correctly, the printer UNIT G OPEN
recovers from the error. COVER F OPEN
COVER A OPEN
† Corrective Action UNIT B OPEN
Installing the consumables correctly and closing the opened cover releases the UNIT C OPEN
printer from these errors. As a result, the pop-up display of the EPSON Status COVER D OPEN
Monitor disappears. COVER E OPEN
† Description
WRONG PHOTOCONDUCTOR The cover or unit displayed is open.
When the printer detects that none of covers or units are open, the printer recovers
PHOTOCONDCTR TROUBLE from the error.

† Description † Corrective Action

The Photoconductor Unit installed is inappropriate, or has been broken down. Closing the cover or unit releases the printer from these errors, and the pop-up
display of the EPSON Status Monitor disappears accordingly.
† Corrective Action
Installing a correct Photoconductor Unit and closing the opened cover releases the NOTE: For the locations of the covers and units as referred to in error messages, see
printer from these errors. As a result, the pop-up display of the EPSON Status Figure 3-2, "Locations of Units/Covers" (p.164).
Monitor disappears.

Troubleshooting Overview 175

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

TURN PAPER † Corrective Action

Insert appropriate paper, and select [Continue] in the EPSON Status Monitor.
† Description To reprint after changing driver settings, select [Cancel Printing] in the EPSON
In the Lower Cassette 1 ~ 3, A4 or LT size paper is loaded in the portrait Status Monitor.
orientation in the paper feeding direction.
The error status information cannot indicate which cassette the error has occurred INVALID SIZE
in.
† Description
† Corrective Action A paper size larger than A3W is specified, thus operation stops before printing.
Changing the paper orientation recovers the printer from the error, and the pop-up The Continue command of the ESCPAGES-02 protocol releases the printer from
display of the EPSON Status Monitor disappears accordingly. the error, and printing resumes from the next page.
When "Avoid Error = ON" is set, the printer displays the "Print Failure" error
PAPER OUT status instead of this error, and resumes printing the next page.
† Description † Corrective Action
The selected paper source does not load paper during printing, thus operation stops To print pages after "Invalid Size", select [Continue] in the EPSON Status
before printing. Monitor.
When paper is detected in the selected paper source, the printer recovers from the To reprint after changing driver settings, select [Cancel Printing] in the EPSON
error and printing starts. Status Monitor.
Even when none of the paper sources have paper, the error does not appear unless Since the printer driver clips the data within the maximum paper size, this error
printing is performed. does not occur actually.
† Corrective Action
When paper is inserted in the selected paper source, the error display disappears, PRINT UNDERRUN
and the pop-up display of the EPSON Status Monitor disappears accordingly. † Description
Printing data has been cut off during document processing, and the printer started
PAPER SET printing at timeout, but the band data is insufficient.
Printing was not successful since the data constituting the band to be printed were
† Description
not completely received at printing by flying-start, or the memory was insufficient
The paper size specified by printing data differs from the paper size recognized by
for a flying start due to "Near Buffer Full".
the size detecting method of the Paper Source setting, thus operation stops before
Resetting the printer to the initial status by the ResetPrinter command of the
printing.
ESCPAGES-02 protocol releases the printer from the error.
The Continue command of the ESCPAGES-02 protocol releases the printer engine
from the error, and the printer recovers from the error accordingly. The † Corrective Action
ResetPrinter command releases the printer engine from the error, thus resetting the If data receiving is not completed, selecting [Reprint] in the EPSON Status
printer to the initial status. Monitor performs printing successfully in some cases, since the driver resends
This error does not occur when the specified paper size is undefined, and when data without a flying start.
"Size Ignore = ON" and/or "Avoid Error = ON" are selected. To reprint after changing driver settings, select [Cancel Printing] in the EPSON
Status Monitor.

Troubleshooting Overview 176

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

MEM OVERFLOW INVALID AUX I/F CARD

† Description † Description
Data for one page was not saved due to an insufficient memory. An interface card that cannot be used is installed.
The Continue command of the ESCPAGES-02 protocol releases the printer from Since the printer checks an interface card only when it is turned on, the printer is
the error, and printing resumes from the next page. not recovered from this error while the power to the printer is on.
When "Avoid Error = ON" is set, the printer displays the "Print Failure" error Only interface cards compatible with expansion of background job commands are
status instead of this error, and resumes printing the next page. supported.
Since it is only to receive data that the printer does not do, displaying this status in
† Corrective Action
the EPSON Status Monitor or updating the Type-B firmware is possible.
To print pages after the memory error, select [Continue] in the EPSON Status
Monitor. † Corrective Action
To reprint after changing driver settings, select [Cancel Printing] in the EPSON Turn off the printer, remove the invalid interface card, and turn it on again.
Status Monitor.

DUPLEX MEM OVERFLOW

† Description
Data for the front page (the second page of duplex) was not saved due to an
insufficient memory.
The Continue command of the ESCPAGES-02 protocol releases the printer from
the error, and printing resumes from the next pair of front and back pages.
When "Avoid Error = ON" is set, the printer displays the "Print Failure" error
status instead of this error, and resumes printing the next pair of front and back
pages.
† Corrective Action
To print pages after the memory error, select [Continue] in the EPSON Status
Monitor.
To reprint after changing driver settings, select [Cancel Printing] in the EPSON
Status Monitor.

Troubleshooting Overview 177

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.1.5.4 Details of Warning Status and Corrective Action TIME EXCEEDED

(AcuLaser C7000)
† Description
COLLATE WAS DISABLED The printer performed paper pre-feed, but it ejected paper before printing since the
printing data was not ready within the engine pre-feed limit time.
† Description Normally, the printer prints the data on the next paper. However, if the Time
Band data of pages for multi-copying were not saved for one page entirely. Exceeded occurs again, it prints the data of the next page.
This warning is cleared by the ResetFlag command of the ESCPAGES-02 This warning is cleared by the ResetFlag command of the ESCPAGES-02
protocol. protocol.
This warning status occurs before completion of sending data for one page in some
cases. Even with this warning displayed, however, continuing to send the data will † Corrective Action
print only one sheet. Clicking the [Close] button closes the pop-up display of the EPSON Status
Monitor. However, if any error of higher priority occurs just after that, the display
† Corrective Action changes to the error display. From this point, the error processing is applied, and
The warning occurs only when a flying start is performed, and since data are resent the status never goes back to the "Time Exceeded" warning.
(number of copies n - 1) times, this warning status is not displayed in the user
interface. IMAGE OPTIMUM

CHECK PAPER SIZE † Description

Due to an insufficient printer memory, printing was performed with non-reversible
† Description (lossy) compression. Non-reversible compression is not performed by the printer,
The paper size that was actually fed differed from the paper size recognized by the but transmitted data are already compressed non-reversible.
paper size detecting method of the Paper Source setting (or the paper size in the This warning is released by the ResetFlag command of the ESCPAGES-02
MP tray specified by data). protocol.
This warning is cleared by the ResetFlag command of the ESCPAGES-02
protocol. † Corrective Action
This warning does not occur when the specified paper size is undefined, and when Clicking the [Close] button closes the pop-up display of the EPSON Status
"Size Ignore = ON" is selected. Monitor. However, if any error of higher priority occurs just after that, the display
changes to the error display. From this point, the error processing is applied, and
† Corrective Action the status never goes back to the "Image Optimum" warning.
Clicking the [Close] button closes the pop-up display of the EPSON Status
Monitor. However, if any error of higher priority occurs just after that, the display
changes to the error display. From this point, the error processing is applied, and
the status never goes back to the "Check Paper Size" warning.

Troubleshooting Overview 178

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

CAN'T PRINT DUPLEX OUTPUT BIN ERROR

† Description † Description
Duplex printing was impossible due to restrictions on duplex printing, so that Due to the restrictions on the output tray, the printer ejected paper not into the
simplex printing was performed. specified output tray but into the Face-up tray.
Due to the fact that the printer does not transpose pages of sent data, simplex
† Corrective Action
printing proceeds in the order from the back page to the front page.
Clicking the [Close] button closes the pop-up display of the EPSON Status
This warning is cleared by the ResetFlag command of the ESCPAGES-02
Monitor. However, if any error of higher priority occurs just after that, the display
protocol.
changes to the error display. From this point, the error processing is applied, and
NOTE: This status is the “Can't print duplex” error for ESC/Page models. the status never goes back to the "Output Bin Error" warning.
However, since this status probably does not occur in normal operation,
it was changed to a warning. NEED MEMORY
† Corrective Action
† Description
Clicking [Close] closes the pop-up display of the EPSON Status Monitor.
Printing was performed with a flying start due to the buffer-full status. However,
However, if any error of higher priority occurs just after that, the display changes
in case of an insufficient memory in printing, the "Print Underrun" error occurs.
to the error display. From this point, the error processing is applied, and the status
This status does not occur in printing from the Network where a flying start is not
never goes back to the "Can't print duplex" warning.
applicable.
The print result is as good as with sufficient memory.
PRINT FAILURE
† Corrective Action
† Description Clicking the [Close] button closes the pop-up display of the EPSON Status
Since the "Invalid Size", "Mem Overflow", "Duplex Mem Overflow" error Monitor. However, if any error of higher priority occurs just after that, the display
occurred when "Avoid Error = ON" was set, printing continued displaying this changes to the error display. From this point, the error processing is applied, and
warning. the status never goes back to the "Need Memory" warning.
NOTE: When enabling the Avoid Error in an ESC/Page printer, the error
messages appears for about five seconds. With the host-based printer, SCREEN MISMATCH
however, the Status Monitor cannot monitor these errors completely.
Therefore, the specification has been changed to clear these errors † Description
immediately and display this warning. The result of the color screen adjustment made for printing data does not match the
color screen installed in the printer, so that printing continued by displaying this
† Corrective Action warning.
Clicking the [Close] button closes the pop-up display of the EPSON Status
Monitor. However, if any error of higher priority occurs just after that, the display † Corrective Action
changes to the error display. From this point, the error processing is applied, and This warning always occurs when the screen does not match between the driver
the status never goes back to the "Print Failure" warning. and the printer.
Clicking the [Close] button closes the pop-up display of the EPSON Status
Monitor. However, if any error of higher priority occurs just after that, the display
changes to the error display. From this point, the error processing is applied, and
the status never goes back to the "Screen Mismatch" warning.

Troubleshooting Overview 179

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

UUUU TONER LOW 3.1.6 Details of the Service Call Error Messages
(uuuu = CMYK, only cartridges near end are displayed) The detailed service call error messages of AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 are
listed in the table below.
WORN PHOTOCONDUCTOR
WASTE T BOX NEARFULL ENGINE RELATED SERVICE CALL ERRORS
WORN FUSER
† Description NOTE: Each error code (ggg) is displayed with a prefix “E” for AcuLaser C8600 or
These warnings indicate that consumables must be replaced soon. “6” for AcuLaser C7000.
The toner related warnings also indicate which of CMYK toners must be replaced.
The warnings related to consumables are cleared when no more states of end or Table 3-3. Service Call Errors (Engine Related)
near end are detected. The ResetFlag command of the ESCPAGES-02 protocol Error
also clears the warnings. However, the function of clearing the warnings for Code Explanation Refer to
consumables from the EPSON Status Monitor is not supported. ggg
Each consumable can be used until the status changes to a replacement requiring 113 Fuser Unit error (Fuser Unit is not installed) FIP-1.2 “MAIN FUSER ASSY Error”
error, but it is desirable to replace it when these warnings appear. (p.187)
† Corrective Action 510 ROS motor error FIP-1.20 “ROS ASSY Related Error”
After printing, the EPSON Status Monitor pop-up appears, and this display (p.201)
disappears when the [Close] button is clicked or consumables are replaced. 511 Motor 1 error FIP-1.19 “P/R MOT&DRV ASSY
These warnings can be selected to “off” in the Monitoring Preferences settings of Related Error” (p.200)
the EPSON Status Monitor. 512 P/H motor 1 error • FIP-1.15 “P/H MOTOR ASSY
Related Error” (p.196)
• FIP-1.16 “P/H MOTOR ASSY
Related Error” (FUSER MOTOR
ASSY) (p.197)
• FIP-1.18 “P/H MOTOR ASSY
Related Error” (MAG MOTOR
ASSY) (p.199)
• FIP-1.19 “P/R MOT&DRV ASSY
Related Error” (p.200)
513 NVRAM error FIP-1.14 “MCU PWB ROM-RAM
Error” (NVRAM) (p.195)
516 Duplex Unit error (communication), or -
Duplex Print Unit other than this printer's
option is installed
517 2/1 Optional Cassette Unit error, or 2/1 -
Optional Cassette Unit other than this
printer's option is installed
520 2nd BTR error (Advance) FIP-1.28 “2ND BTR ADVANCE
Error” (p.207)

Troubleshooting Overview 180

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 3-3. Service Call Errors (Engine Related) (continued) Table 3-3. Service Call Errors (Engine Related) (continued)
Error Error
Code Explanation Refer to Code Explanation Refer to
ggg ggg
521 2nd BTR error FIP-1.27 “2ND BTR Error” (p.206) 544 Fuser Unit fan 2 error FIP-1.33 “FUSER CHUTE FAN
Error” (p.211)
523 PCDC malfunction FIP-1.25 “PCDC Error” (p.205)
545 Fuser Unit fan 1 error FIP-1.32 “FUSER FAN-1 Error”
524 Toner density error (low density) FIP-1.24 “Low Density Error” (p.204)
(p.210)
525 Toner density error (high density) FIP-1.23 “High Density Error” (p.203)
546 Duplex Unit motor error *3
526 Soiled ADC sensor FIP-1.22 “ADC Sensor Soiled”
547 2/1 Optional Cassette Unit Feeder Motor *3
(p.203)
error
527 Deve home position sensor error -
620 K Development end FIP-1.35 “Life Error/Over/Warning”
530 Environment (humidity) sensor error FIP-1.31 “Environment (Humidity) (p.212)
Sensor Related Error” (p.210)
621 C Development end FIP-1.35 “Life Error/Over/Warning”
531 PR motor error FIP-1.19 “P/R MOT&DRV ASSY (p.212)
Related Error” (p.200) 622 M Development end FIP-1.35 “Life Error/Over/Warning”
532 P/H motor 2 error • FIP-1.15 “P/H MOTOR ASSY (p.212)
Related Error” (p.196)
623 Y Development end FIP-1.35 “Life Error/Over/Warning”
• FIP-1.16 “P/H MOTOR ASSY
(p.212)
Related Error” (FUSER MOTOR
ASSY) (p.197) 624 IBT end FIP-1.35 “Life Error/Over/Warning”
• FIP-1.18 “P/H MOTOR ASSY (p.212)
Related Error” (MAG MOTOR 626 2nd BTR end FIP-1.35 “Life Error/Over/Warning”
ASSY) (p.199)
(p.212)
• FIP-1.19 “P/R MOT&DRV ASSY
Related Error” (p.200) 627 IBT Cleaner end FIP-1.35 “Life Error/Over/Warning”
(p.212)
533 Temperature sensor error FIP-1.29 “FUSER Overheat Error”
(p.208) 830 2 Optional Cassette Unit LC3 error (lift up) *3
534 Fuser Unit error (low temperature) FIP-1.30 “FUSER Warm-up Error” / 831 1/2 Optional Cassette Unit LC2 error (lift *3
“Heater Error”/ “FUSER Low up)
Temperature Error” (p.209) 832 MP Tray error (lift down) FIP-1.44 “MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift
535 Fuser Unit error (Heater lamp) FIP-1.30 “FUSER Warm-up Error” / Down)” (p.218)
“Heater Error”/ “FUSER Low 833 MP Tray error (lift up) FIP-1.43 “MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift
Temperature Error” (p.209) Up)” (p.217)
536 Fuser Unit error (time out) FIP-1.30 “FUSER Warm-up Error” / 998 Engine communication error FIP-1.47 Engine Communication
“Heater Error”/ “FUSER Low Error (p.220)
Temperature Error” (p.209)
537 Fuser Unit error (over heat) FIP-1.29 “FUSER Overheat Error” Note *1: Occurs when the Duplex Unit for AcuLaser C8500 is installed.
(p.208) *2: Occurs when optional lower cassette unit for AcuLaser C8500 is installed.
543 Rear fan error FIP-1.34 “DEVE. FAN Error” (p.211) *3: Refer to the instruction manual for the relevant optional unit.

Troubleshooting Overview 181

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

CONTROLLER RELATED SERVICE CALL ERRORS Table 3-4. Service Call Errors (Controller Related) (continued)
Error
NOTE: Each error code for AcuLaser C8600 is displayed with a prefix “C”. Code Explanation Refer to
ffff
Table 3-4. Service Call Errors (Controller Related) 0095 CPU error (Cache exception)
Error *Only AcuLaser C7000
Code Explanation Refer to 0096 CPU error (Trap exception)
ffff *Only AcuLaser C7000
0017 CPU error (Undefined interrupt occurrence) 0097 CPU Error (FPU exception)
0081 CPU error (TLB correction exception) *Only AcuLaser C7000
*Only AcuLaser C7000 0098 CPU error (Watch exception)
0082 CPU error (TLB miss exception [Load/Fetch]) *Only AcuLaser C7000
*Only AcuLaser C7000 0128 ~ CPU error (Undefined trap)
0083 CPU error (TLB miss exception [Store]) 0254 *Only AcuLaser C7000
*Only AcuLaser C7000 0255 CPU error (NMI exception)
0084 CPU error (Address error exception [Load/ *Only AcuLaser C7000
Fetch]) 0256 CPU error (Divide by 0)
*Only AcuLaser C7000 *Only AcuLaser C7000
0085 CPU error (Address error exception [Store]) 0257 CPU error (Computation overflow)
*Only AcuLaser C7000 *Only AcuLaser C7000 FIP-1.47 Engine Communication
0086 CPU error (Bus error exception [Fetch]) 0258 CPU error (Break was generated) Error (p.220)
*Only AcuLaser C7000 FIP-1.47 Engine Communication
*Only AcuLaser C7000
Error (p.220)
0087 CPU error (Bus error exception [Load/Store]) 0300 CPU error (Reserved (undefined) exception)
*Only AcuLaser C7000 *Only AcuLaser C8600
0088 CPU error (SYSCALL exception) 0301 CPU error (Machine check exception)
0089 CPU error (Break exception) *Only AcuLaser C8600
0090 CPU error (Reserve command exception) 0302 CPU error (Data access exception)
*Only AcuLaser C7000 *Only AcuLaser C8600
0091 CPU error (Unused coprocessor exception) 0303 CPU error (Instruction access exception)
0092 CPU error (FPU exception) *Only AcuLaser C8600
*Only AcuLaser C7000 0304 CPU error (Alignment exception)
0093 CPU error (TLB exception) *Only AcuLaser C8600
*Only AcuLaser C7000 0305 CPU error (Program exception)
0094 CPU error (XTLB exception) *Only AcuLaser C8600
*Only AcuLaser C7000 0306 CPU error (Trace exception)
*Only AcuLaser C8600

Troubleshooting Overview 182

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 3-4. Service Call Errors (Controller Related) (continued) Table 3-4. Service Call Errors (Controller Related) (continued)
Error Error
Code Explanation Refer to Code Explanation Refer to
ffff ffff
0307 CPU error (Performance exception) 1170 Optional Font ROM checksum error
*Only AcuLaser C8600 *Only AcuLaser C8600
0308 CPU error (System administration interrupt 1180 Optional ROM module A checksum error FIP-1.52 ROM Module (DIMM
exception) FIP-1.47 Engine Communication *Only AcuLaser C8600 Slot A, B, C Related) Error
*Only AcuLaser C8600 Error (p.220) (p.222)
0309 CPU error (Temperature management interrupt 1181 Optional ROM module B checksum error FIP-1.52 ROM Module (DIMM
exception) *Only AcuLaser C8600 Slot A, B, C Related) Error
*Only AcuLaser C8600 (p.222)

0800 IPL error (Controller defective) 1185 Unsupported ROM module FIP-1.52 ROM Module (DIMM
*Only AcuLaser C8600 Slot A, B, C Related) Error
0998 Engine communication error (Only when FIP-1.14 “MCU PWB ROM- (p.222)
powering on) RAM Error” (NVRAM) (p.195)
1200 EEPROM write error FIP-1.53 EEPROM Writing Error
0999 No Engine Flash ROM program data FIP-1.14 “MCU PWB ROM- (p.223)
RAM Error” (NVRAM) (p.195)
1210 EEPROM write count limit FIP-1.53 EEPROM Writing Error
1002 Standard RAM error (When the standard size is FIP-1.49 Error in Standard RAM (p.223)
not determined, etc.) (Slot 0, 1) (p.221)
1400 Engine initialization malfunction FIP-1.55 Engine Initialization
1010 Verify error FIP-1.48Verify (DIMM Slot Error (p.224)
Related) Error (p.220)
1500 CCNV hardware error FIP-1.54 CCNV Hardware Error
1020 RAM error (Slot 0) FIP-1.49 Error in Standard RAM (p.223)
(Slot 0, 1) (p.221)
1550 Compression SRAM initialization hardware FIP-1.56 SRAM (for
1021 RAM error (Slot 1) FIP-1.49 Error in Standard RAM error Compression) Initialization
(Slot 0, 1) (p.221) Hardware Error (p.224)
1100 ROM checksum error (bit 0 ~ 15) (Font) FIP-1.50ROM Checksum Error 1600 Video related hardware error (including PWM FIP-1.57 Video System Hardware
(MASK ROM for Font) (p.221) IC calibration error) Error (including PWM
1101 ROM checksum error (bit 16 ~ 31) (Font) FIP-1.50ROM Checksum Error Calibration Error IC) (p.225)
(MASK ROM for Font) (p.221) 1610 Video series hardware error (VCNV error)
1120 ROM checksum error (bit 0 ~ 7) (Program) FIP-1.51 ROM Checksum Error *Only AcuLaser C7000
(CODE, IPL) (p.222)
1700 Built-in network hardware error
1121 ROM checksum error (bit 8 ~ 15) (Program) FIP-1.51 ROM Checksum Error
*Only AcuLaser C7000
(CODE, IPL) (p.222)
1999 Other hardware error FIP-1.55 Engine Initialization
1122 ROM checksum error (bit 16 ~ 23) (Program) FIP-1.51 ROM Checksum Error
Error (p.224)
(CODE, IPL) (p.222)
2000 Software error FIP-1.55 Engine Initialization
1123 ROM checksum error (bit 24 ~ 31) (Program) FIP-1.51 ROM Checksum Error
Error (p.224)
(CODE, IPL) (p.222)

Troubleshooting Overview 183

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2 Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 9. When “P/J1-2PIN ↔ P/J3-4PIN”, for instance, is referred to in FIPs for voltage
measurement, the negative terminal “P/J3-4PIN” is of AG (Analog Ground), SG
(Signal Ground) or RTN (Return).
3.2.1 Precautions in Using FIP (Fault Isolation Therefore, first make certain that actually there is continuity between AGs, between
Procedure) SGs and between RTNs. Then you are allowed to connect the negative (-) probe of
your meter not to “P/J3-4PIN” but to another AG, SG or RTN pin.
1. FIPs assume there is no malfunction in the printer controller (CONTROLLER PWB). However, AG, SG and RTN are not all of the same level, so you must be careful not to
If you can not fix a problem using the FIPs, you are advised to replace the printer confuse them.
controller with a normal one and then follow FIPs.
If you can not identify the cause of the trouble even with the printer controller 10. The terminal surface (every other one toward you / away from you) at the side of the
replaced, replace the “major parts to be checked” listed for “Initial Check” with new connector must be used when measuring the voltage at P/J16, P/J17, P/J19 and P/J20B.
ones in order one by one and repeat operation checks. The terminal surface is small. Using a tester with slender probes, be sure to bring the
probes into contact with the respective terminal surfaces correctly, especially with the
2. FIPs may require some normal components as troubleshooting tools to identify the terminal surface away from you.
cause of the trouble. You are advised to have a spare MCU PWB, DRUM
CARTRIDGE, and Y/M/C/K ET cartridges, 11. Measure the voltage with the DRUM CARTRIDGE and paper tray mounted, with the
FRONT COVER ASSY, TOP COVER ASSY, MAIN P/H ASSY, FUSER ASSY and
3. At the “Initial Check” of FIP, perform only checks that can be made easily. EXIT UPPER ASSY closed and with the power turned ON, as long as these conditions
4. At the “Initial checking” of FIP, check not only the “major parts to be checked” but do not obstruct the measuring work.
also their components and related parts. 12. All voltage values given in the FIPs are approximate values. Actually measured values
5. Be sure to unplug the OWER CORD before starting troubleshooting work except when different somewhat from, but deemed close to, the given values should be accepted.
turning power ON is needed. 13. Remember that FIPs do not provide no description on removal of parts which are
With the power cord connected, never touch any live parts unnecessarily. supposed to be always removed, and work operations which are supposed to be done,
6. Conventions used to represent connectors are as follows: to perform servicing work indicated in FIPs.
„ “P/J12” represents the connector (P/J12) with the Plug and Jack connected to 14. “Replacement” referred to in FIPs lists the parts which can be the source of the trouble
each other. and signifies that the parts or the assemblies (HIGH ASSY) containing those parts
„ “P12” represents the Plug of the connector (P/J12) with the Plug and Jack should be replaced with normal ones one by one and checking should be repeated.
disconnected from each other. (This does not apply to direct connection to a 15. In FIPs, the paper tray feeder at the bottom of the printer is called “Cassette 1,” the first
circuit board) level of the optional FEEDER UNIT is called “Cassette 2, and the second level is
„ “J12” represents the Jack of the connector (P/J12) with the Plug and Jack called “Cassette 3".
disconnected from each other. (This does not apply to direct connection to a
16. FIPs contain a section that gives different instructions depending on whether the DIAG
circuit board)
tool (maintenance tool) is available or not. Be sure to follow such instructions to
7. When “P/J1-2PIN ↔ P/J3-4PIN”, for instance, is referred to in FIPs, make remedy the problem.
measurement by placing the positive (+) probe of your meter on the pin 2 of P/J1 and
17. FIPs contain a section that distinguishes between certain specifications. Be sure to
the negative (-) probe on the pin 4 of P/J3.
follow such instructions to remedy the problem.
8. When “P/J1 ↔ P/J2”, for instance, is referred to in FIPs, make measurement between
18. Troubleshooting for options can require the respective manuals for options.
every pair of terminals of the P/J1 and P/J2 by consulting “7.1.1 P/J Location
Keep the option manuals on hand and refer to them when needed.
Drawings (p.457)”.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 184

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP ENTRY CHART LEVEL 1 FIP LIST

Level 1 FIPs are listed below:

Go to “3.1.4.1 List of Printer
Troubles relating
Start Messages (AcuLaser C8600) (p.165)”
LED Messages † “FIP-1.1 “Cassette 1 Not Set” (p.186)”
Go to “3.1.5.1 Printer Status List
† “FIP-1.2 “MAIN FUSER ASSY Error” (p.187)”
(AcuLaser C7000) (p.172)”
† “FIP-1.3 “WASTE TONER BOX Not Mounted” (p.188)”
Lack of paper not detected for Go to FIP-1.5 “Cassette 1 No
Abnormal † “FIP-1.4 “TONER CARTRIDGE BK/C/M/Y Not Mounted” (p.188)”
Cassette 1 Paper” (p.189)
Operation † “FIP-1.5 “Cassette 1 No Paper” (p.189)”
Lack of paper not detected for Go to FIP-1.6 “MSI Tray No
MSI tray Paper” (p.189) † “FIP-1.6 “MSI Tray No Paper” (p.189)”
Absence of MAIN FUSER Go to FIP-1.2 “MAIN † “FIP-1.7 “CRUM Error” (p.190)”
ASSY not detected FUSER ASSY Error” (p.187)
† “FIP-1.8 “EXIT JAM” (p.190)”
Go to FIP-1.3 “WASTE
Absence of WASTE TONER † “FIP-1.9 “FUSER JAM” (p.191)”
TONER BOX Not Mounted”
BOX not detected
(p.188) † “FIP-1.10 “REGI. JAM” (p.192)”
Absence of Cassette 1 not Go to FIP-1.1 “Cassette 1 † “FIP-1.12 “OHP Film Incorrect Mounting” (p.193)”
detected Not Set” (p.186)
† “FIP-1.13 “Size Mismatch” (p.194)”
Go to FIP-1.4 “TONER
Absence of Toner Cartridge † “FIP-1.14 “MCU PWB ROM-RAM Error” (NVRAM) (p.195)”
CARTRIDGE BK/C/M/Y
not detected
Not Mounted” (p.188) † “FIP-1.15 “P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error” (p.196)”
Paper size and print image Go to FIP-1.10 “REGI. † “FIP-1.16 “P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error” (FUSER MOTOR ASSY) (p.197)”
area do not agree JAM” (p.192)
† “FIP-1.17 “P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error” (PRO MOTOR ASSY) (p.198)”
Go to FIP-1.45 “No Power”
The power does not come on † “FIP-1.18 “P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error” (MAG MOTOR ASSY) (p.199)”
(p.219)
Go to FIP-1.46 “Abnormal † “FIP-1.19 “P/R MOT&DRV ASSY Related Error” (p.200)”
Print operation is abnormal
Printing Operation” (p.219) † “FIP-1.20 “ROS ASSY Related Error” (p.201)”
Faulty operation of optional † “FIP-1.21 “ROTARY MOTOR ASSY Related Error” (p.202)”
Go to respective manuals for
units (Optional Cassette Unit /
optional units † “FIP-1.22 “ADC Sensor Soiled” (p.203)”
Duplex Unit)
† “FIP-1.23 “High Density Error” (p.203)”
† “FIP-1.24 “Low Density Error” (p.204)”
† “FIP-1.25 “PCDC Error” (p.205)”
Picture Image Trouble Go to “3.4 Picture Image Trouble
(p.249)” † “FIP-1.26 “HIGH COVERAGE Error” (p.205)”
† “FIP-1.27 “2ND BTR Error” (p.206)”
Figure 3-3. FIP Entry Chart † “FIP-1.28 “2ND BTR ADVANCE Error” (p.207)”
† “FIP-1.29 “FUSER Overheat Error” (p.208)”
† “FIP-1.30 “FUSER Warm-up Error” / “Heater Error”/ “FUSER Low Temperature Error”
(p.209)”
† “FIP-1.31 “Environment (Humidity) Sensor Related Error” (p.210)”

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 185

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† “FIP-1.32 “FUSER FAN-1 Error” (p.210)” 3.2.1.1 FIP-1.1 “Cassette 1 Not Set”
† “FIP-1.33 “FUSER CHUTE FAN Error” (p.211)”
Table 3-5. Cassette 1 Not Set
† “FIP-1.34 “DEVE. FAN Error” (p.211)”
Remedy
† “FIP-1.35 “Life Error/Over/Warning” (p.212)” Step Check
Yes No
† “FIP-1.36 “WASTE TONER BOX Full” (p.212)”
1 † Initial checking:
† “FIP-1.37 “FRONT COVER ASSY Open” (p.213)”
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
† “FIP-1.38 “MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY Open” (p.213)” improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall
† “FIP-1.39 “FUSER ASSY Open” (p.214)” adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
† “FIP-1.40 “EXIT UPPER ASSY Open” (p.215)” UNIVERSAL TRAY, END GUIDE, TRAY SIZE
† “FIP-1.41 “TURN CHUTE COVER Open” (p.216)” ACTUATOR, SIZE SWITCH ASSY, MCU PWB
† “FIP-1.42 “Cassette 1 Paper Remaining Warning” (p.216)” 2 Check the Printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Controller.
† “FIP-1.43 “MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift Up)” (p.217)” controller:
(If an error still
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, Go to step 3
† “FIP-1.44 “MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift Down)” (p.218)” occurs after
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
† “FIP-1.45 “No Power” (p.219)” replacing, go to step
the engine alone?
3.)]
† “FIP-1.46 “Abnormal Printing Operation” (p.219)”
3 † Checking for smooth installation of UNIVERSAL • With the tool:
† “FIP-1.47 Engine Communication Error (p.220)” CASSETTE: Go to step 4 Replace the faulty
† “FIP-1.48Verify (DIMM Slot Related) Error (p.220)” Can the UNIVERSAL CASSETTE be installed • Without the tool: part(s).
smoothly? Go to step 5
† “FIP-1.49 Error in Standard RAM (Slot 0, 1) (p.221)”
† “FIP-1.50ROM Checksum Error (MASK ROM for Font) (p.221)”
4 † Checking the SIZE SWITCH ASSY: Go to step 5 Go to FIP-2.5
Does the SIZE SWITCH ASSY function correctly? “Faulty SIZE
† “FIP-1.52 ROM Module (DIMM Slot A, B, C Related) Error (p.222)”
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by SWITCH ASSY”
† “FIP-1.53 EEPROM Writing Error (p.223)” Analog Input Test device code "02". (p.230)
† “FIP-1.54 CCNV Hardware Error (p.223)” 5 † Checking the TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR: Replace the Replace the
† “FIP-1.55 Engine Initialization Error (p.224)” Does the TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR push in the MCU PWB-XL faulty part(s).
PAPER SIZE SWITCH when the Cassette 1 is (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
† “FIP-1.56 SRAM (for Compression) Initialization Hardware Error (p.224)” installed?
† “FIP-1.57 Video System Hardware Error (including PWM Calibration Error IC) (p.225)” (Adjust the END GIDE position to the paper size
and check with the naked eye that the projection of
the TRAY SIZE ACTUSTOR comes in contact
with the Paper Size Switch.)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 186

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.2 FIP-1.2 “MAIN FUSER ASSY Error” Table 3-6. MAIN FUSER ASSY Error (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-6. MAIN FUSER ASSY Error Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 9 † Replacing the FUSER ASSY and Performing Problem solved Replace the
Yes No
Checks MCU PWB-XL
1 † Initial checking: Replace the FUSER ASSY. Is the problem solved? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
FUSER ASSY, MCU PWB, FUSER HARNESS
ASSY, FUSER CONNECTOR
2 Check the Printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Controller.
controller:
(If an error still
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, Go to step 3
occurs after
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
replacing, go to step
the engine alone?
3.)]
3 † Checking for proper mounting of FUSER ASSY: • With the tool:
Is the FUSER ASSY properly mounted? Go to step 4 Replace the faulty
• Check by removing and reinstalling the FUSER • Without the tool: part(s).
ASSY. Go to step 5
4 † Checking the FUSER ASSY detection circuit: Go to step 5 Replace the
Is the FUSER ASSY detection circuit functioning MCU PWB-XL
properly? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
Digital Input Test device code "4B".
5 † Checking the power supply to FUSER ASSY Go to step 6 Replace the
detection circuit: MCU PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P19B-5PIN ↔ (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
P19B-6PIN?
6 † Checking the FUSER ASSY detection signal Replace the MCU Go to step 7
Is the voltage between P/J19A-8PIN ↔ P/J19A- PWB-XL
7PIN 0 VDC with the FUSER ASSY installed and (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
5 VDC without FUSER ASSY?
7 Go to step 8 Replace the
† Checking for continuity of FUSER HARNESS
FUSER
ASSY
HARNESS
Is there normal continuity between J71A ↔ J78?
ASSY
8 Go to step 9 Replace the
† Checking continuity of FUSER CONNECTOR
FUSER
Is there normal continuity between P71 ↔ J19?
CONNECTOR

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 187

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.3 FIP-1.3 “WASTE TONER BOX Not Mounted” 3.2.1.4 FIP-1.4 “TONER CARTRIDGE BK/C/M/Y Not Mounted”
Table 3-7. WASTE TONER BOX Not Mounted Table 3-8. TONER CARTRIDGE BK/C/M/Y Not Mounted
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall adherence of foreign matter? reinstall the Go to step 2
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part. • Major parts to be checked: relevant part.
WASTE TONER BOX, DRAM CARTRIDGE, Toner Cartridge, CARTRIDGE SENSOR, MCU
TONER BOX SENSOR, TONER BOX PWB
HARNESS, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB 2 Replace the
2 † Checking the installation of WASTE TONER Install the WASTE † Checking the sticker of Toner Cartridge: relevant Toner
BOX: Go to step 3 TONER BOX Is the white reflecting seal applied to the Go to step 3 Cartridge (PL7.1.1,
Is the WASTE TONER BOX properly installed? properly. concerned the Toner Cartridge? PL7.1.2, PL7.1.3,
PL7.1.4) (p.305)
3 Install the DRAM
† Checking the installation of DRAM CARTRIDGE:
Go to step 4 CARTRIDGE 3 Reinstall the
Is the DRAM CARTRIDGE properly installed? † Checking the installation of CARTRIDGE
properly. CARTRIDGE
SENSOR: Go to step 4
SENSOR
4 • With the tool: Is the CARTRIDGE SENSOR installed properly?
(PL7.2.32) (p.311)
Go to step 5
Reinstall the 4 • With the tool:
† Checking the installation of TONER BOX • Without the tool:
TONER BOX Go to step 5
SENSOR: Go to FIP-2.14
SENSOR
Is the TONER BOX SENSOR installed properly? “Faulty TONER † Replacing the Toner Cartridge and Performing • Without the tool:
(PL6.1.43) (p.303) Go to FIP-2.18
BOX SENSOR” Checks
Problem solved
(p.234) Is the status solved when the Toner Cartridge “Faulty
concerned is replaced with a new one? CARTRIDGE
5 † Checking the TONER BOX SENSOR: SENSOR”
Go to FIP-2.14
Does the TONER BOX SENSOR function Replace the MCU
“Faulty TONER (p.237)
properly? PWB-XL
BOX SENSOR” 5
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354) † Checking the CARTRIDGE SENSOR: Go to FIP-2.18
(p.234) Replace the MCU
Digital Input Test device code "51". Does the CARTRIDGE SENSOR function properly? “Faulty
PWB-XL
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by CARTRIDGE
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Digital Input Test device code "67". SENSOR” (p.237)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 188

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.5 FIP-1.5 “Cassette 1 No Paper” 3.2.1.6 FIP-1.6 “MSI Tray No Paper”

Table 3-9. Cassette 1 No Paper Table 3-10. MSI Tray No Paper
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
TRAY N/P ACTUATOR, TRAY NO PAPER MCU PWB, MSI N/P ACTUATOR, EMPTY
SENSOR, MCU PWB SENSOR
2 Check the Printer 2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Controller. controller: Controller. (If an
controller:
(If an error still Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, Go to step 3
occurs after about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
replacing, go to step the engine alone? to step 3.)]
the engine alone?
3.)] 3 Replace the faulty
Does the status occur at a letter size or smaller? Go to step 4
3 † Checking the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY: part(s).
Replace the faulty
Does the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY lift normally 4 • With the tool:
Go to step 4 part(s). (paper
when the UNIVERSAL TRAY is pushed in? † Checking the MSI N/P ACTUATOR: Go to step 5
cassette, etc.)
• Remove the TURN IN CHUTE and check. Does the MSI N/P ACTUATOR leave the detection • Without the tool: Replace the faulty
4 • With the tool: area of the EMPTY SENSOR when there is paper, Go to FIP-2.7 part(s).(MSI N/P
† Checking the TRAY N/P ACTUATOR: Go to step 5 and does the MSI N/P ACTUATOR intercept the “Faulty EMPTY ACTUATOR, etc.)
Does the TRAY N/P ACTUATOR operate • Without the tool: light to the detection area when there is no paper? SENSOR”
smoothly and leave the detection area of the TRAY Go to FIP-2.3 Replace the faulty (p.231)
NO PAPER SENSOR when there is paper? “Faulty TRAY part(s). 5 † Checking the EMPTY SENSOR:
• Remove the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY and check NO PAPER Replace the MCU Go to FIP-2.7
Does the EMPTY SENSOR function properly?
with Cassette 1 pushed all the way in. SENSOR” PWB-XL “Faulty EMPTY
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354) SENSOR” (p.231)
(p.229) Digital Input Test device code "66".
5 † Checking the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR:
Go to FIP-2.3
Does the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR function Replace the MCU
“Faulty TRAY NO
properly? PWB-XL
PAPER SENSOR”
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
(p.229)
Digital Input Test device code "60".

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 189

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.7 FIP-1.7 “CRUM Error” 3.2.1.8 FIP-1.8 “EXIT JAM”

Table 3-11. CRUM Error Table 3-12. EXIT JAM
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall
the relevant part. Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked: the relevant part.
DRUM CARTRIDGE, CRUM CONNECTOR REGI. SENSOR, EXIT LOWER ASSY, TOP
ASSY, MCU PWB EXIT SENSOR, EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY, EXIT
2 † Checking for continuity of CRUM CONNECTOR Replace the CRUM MOTOR ASSY, MCU PWB
ASSY Go to step 3 CONNECTOR 2 Check the Printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or
Is there normal continuity between J13 ↔ P66? ASSY Controller.
controller:
(If an error still
3 † Replacing the DRUM CARTRIDGE and Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, Go to step 3
Replace the MCU occurs after
Performing Checks: about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
PWB-XL Problem solved replacing, go to step
Is there still a problem after replacing with a new the engine alone?
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) 3.)]
DRUM CARTRIDGE of proper specifications?
3 Is curled paper or paper that tends to curl used? Change the paper. Go to step 4
4 • With the tool:
Go to step 5
† Checking the EXIT LOWER ASSY:
• Without the tool:
Is there foreign matter in the paper route of the Clean or replace the
Go to FIP-2.27
EXIT LOWER ASSY? Is there anything wrong faulty part(s).
“Faulty TOP
with parts?
EXIT SENSOR”
(p.241)
5 † Checking the TOP EXIT SENSOR:
Go to FIP-2.27
Does the TOP EXIT SENSOR function properly?
Go to step 6 “Faulty TOP EXIT
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
SENSOR” (p.241)
Digital Input Test device code "E6".
6 Replace or clean the
† Checking the EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY:
EXIT-2 ROLL
Is the EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY worn? Is there foreign Go to step 7
ASSY (PL10.2.6)
matter adhering to the EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY?
(p.341)
7 † Checking the EXIT LOWER ASSY drive route:
Is there anything wrong with the drive rout of the Replace the faulty
Go to step 8
EXIT LOWER ASSY? Are the gears faulty or part(s).
worn?
8 Replace or reinstall
Replace the MCU
† Checking the EXIT MOTOR ASSY:
the EXIT MOTOR
Is the EXIT MOTOR ASSY improperly mounted? PWB-XL
ASSY (PL 10.2.12)
Are the gears faulty? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
(p.343)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 190

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.9 FIP-1.9 “FUSER JAM” Table 3-13. FUSER JAM (continued)

Remedy
Table 3-13. FUSER JAM Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 6 † Checking the FUSER IN ACTUATOR: • With the tool:
Yes No Go to step 7
Does the FUSER IN ACTUATOR leave the
1 † Initial checking: detection area of the FUSER IN SENSOR when • Without the tool:
Replace the
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, there is paper, and does the FUSER IN ACTUATOR Go to FIP-2.23
faulty part(s).
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or intercept the light to the detection area when there is “Faulty FUSER IN
adherence of foreign matter? no paper? Does the FUSER IN ACTUATOR SENSOR” (p.239)
Replace or reinstall the
• Major parts to be checked: Go to step 2 operate smoothly?
relevant part.
FUSER EXIT ACTUATOR, FUSER EXIT 7 Go to FIP-2.23
SENSOR-1, FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2,FUSER IN † Checking the FUSER IN SENSOR:
“Faulty
ACTUATOR, FUSER IN SENSOR, FUSER Does the FUSER IN SENSOR function properly?
Go to step 8 FUSER IN
MOTOR ASSY, MCU PWB ♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
SENSOR”
Digital Input Test device code "24". (p.239)
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. 8 † Checking the FUSER MOTOR ASSY: Replace or reinstall
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, (If an error still occurs Go to step 3 Is the FUSER DRIVE ASSY improperly mounted? FUSER MOTOR ASSY Go to step 9
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go to Are the gears faulty? (PL 11.1.4) (p.346)
the engine alone? step 3.)]
9 Replace the
3 Is curled paper or paper that tends to curl used? Change the paper. Go to step 4 † Checking the FUSER ASSY
MCU PWB-
Is the status solved when the FUSER ASSY is Problem solved XL (PL13.2.1)
4 • With the tool: replaced?
Go to step 5 (p.354)
• Without the tool:
Go to FIP-2.19
† Checking the FUSER EXIT ACTUATOR: “Faulty FUSER
Does the FUSER EXIT ACTUATOR leave the EXIT SENSOR-1”
detection area of the FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1/-2 (p.237),FIP-2.24
Replace the
when there is paper, and does the FUSER EXIT “Faulty FUSER
faulty part(s).
ACTUATOR intercept the light to the detection area EXIT SENSOR-2”
when there is no paper? Does the FUSER EXIT (p.240)
ACTUATOR operate smoothly? If normal operation is
not restored, go to
FIP-2.23 “Faulty
FUSER IN
SENSOR” (p.239)
5 Go to FIP-2.19
“Faulty
FUSER EXIT
† Checking the FUSER EXIT SENSOR:
SENSOR-1”
Does the FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1/-2 function
(p.237),
properly? Go to step 6
FIP-2.24
† By using the diagnostics commander, check by
“Faulty
Digital Input Test device code “4B”. FUSER EXIT
SENSOR-2”
(p.240)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 191

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.10 FIP-1.10 “REGI. JAM” Table 3-14. REGI. JAM (continued)

Remedy
Table 3-14. REGI. JAM Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 9 Replace or reinstall
Yes No † Checking the P/H DRIVE ASSY
the P/H DRIVE
Is the P/H DRIVE ASSY improperly mounted? Are Go to step 10
1 † Initial checking: ASSY (PL11.1.1)
the gears faulty?
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, (p.345)
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or 10 Go to FIP-2.6
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall Replace the MCU
Go to step 2 † Checking the FEED SOLENOID “Faulty FEED
the relevant part. PWB-XL
• Major parts to be checked: Does the FEED SOLENOID operate properly? SOLENOID”
REGI. SENSOR, MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
(p.230)
TURN ROLL ASSY, FEED ROLL, P/H DRIVE
ASSY, FEED SOLENOID, MCU PWB
2 Check the Printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or
Controller.
controller:
(If an error still
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, Go to step 3
occurs after
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
replacing, go to step
the engine alone?
3.)]
3 Is curled paper or paper that tends to curl used? Change the paper. Go to step 4
4 • With the tool:
Go to step 5
† Checking the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY
• Without the tool:
Is there foreign matter in the paper route of the Clean or replace the
Go to FIP-2.10
MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY? Is there anything faulty part(s).
“Faulty REGI.
wrong with parts?
SENSOR”
(p.232)
5 † Checking the REGI. SENSOR
Go to FIP-2.10
Does the REGI. SENSOR function properly?
Go to step 6 “Faulty REGI.
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
SENSOR” (p.232)
Digital Input Test device code "29".
6 † Checking the drive path of MAIN P/H FRAME
ASSY: Replace the faulty
Go to step 7
Is there anything wrong with the drive rout of the part(s).
MAIN P/H ASSY? Are the gears faulty or worn?
7 Replace or clean the
† Checking the TURN ROLL ASSY
TURN ROLL
Is the TURN ROLL ASSY worn? Is there foreign Go to step 8
ASSY (PL3.1.23)
matter adhering to the TURN ROLL ASSY?
(p.275)
8 † Checking the FEED ROLL Replace or clean the
Is the FEED ROLL worn? Is there foreign matter FEED ROLL Go to step 9
adhering to the FEED ROLL? (PL3.1.31) (p.276)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 192

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.11 FIP-1.12 “OHP Film Incorrect Mounting”

Table 3-15. OHP Film Incorrect Mounting
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
OHP SENSOR, MCU PWB
2 Check the Printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or
Controller.
controller:
(If an error still
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, Go to step 3
occurs after
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
replacing, go to step
the engine alone?
3.)]
3 † Checking for dirt / foreign matter
Is there dirt or any foreign matter on the surface of Remove dirt/foreign
Go to step 4
the FRONT OHP SENSOR or REAR OHP matters.
SENSOR?
4 • With the tool:
Go to step 5
† Checking the transport route: • Without the tool:
Remove dirt/foreign
Is there dirt or any foreign matter in the OHP film Go to FIP-2.9
matters.
transport route? “Faulty OHP
SENSOR”
(p.232)
5 † Checking the OHP SENSOR:
Replace the MCU Go to FIP-2.9
Does the OHP SENSOR function properly?
PWB-XL “Faulty OHP
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) SENSOR” (p.232)
Digital Input Test device code "XX".

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 193

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.12 FIP-1.13 “Size Mismatch” Table 3-16. Size Mismatch (continued)

Remedy
Table 3-16. Size Mismatch Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 7 † Checking the paper size: *1
Yes No
Does the size of the paper mounted in the paper
1 † Initial checking: cassette concerned agree with the Paper Size Replace the faulty
Go to step 8
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Switch data? part(s).
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or • By using the diagnostics commander, check by
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall Analog Input Test device code “02, 0A, 0B”.
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part.
8 † Checking the REGI. SENSOR:
SIZE SWITCH ASSY, MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, Replace the MCU Go to FIP-2.10
Does the REGI. SENSOR function properly?
REGI. SENSOR, TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR, END PWB-XL “Faulty REGI.
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
GUIDE, MCU PWB (PL13.2.1) (p.354) SENSOR” (p.232)
Digital Input Test device code "29".
2 Check the Printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Note *1: See “2.3.1 Paper Size Control (p.130)” and perform checking by changing the paper
Controller.
controller: size.
(If an error still
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, Go to step 3
occurs after
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
replacing, go to step
the engine alone?
3.)]
3 Use paper
† Checking the paper size:
Go to step 4 conforming the
Is the paper size that meets the specification used?
specification.
4 Is paper being supplied from the MSI tray? Go to step 5 Go to step 6
5 • With the tool:
Go to step 8
† Checking the MSI paper size setting:
• Without the tool: Alter the setting to
Does the paper size set by the diagnostics
Go to FIP-2.10 agree with the
commander or controller agree with the paper size
“Faulty REGI. actual paper size.
set for the MSI tray?
SENSOR”
(p.232)
6 † Checking the paper size detecting mechanism: • With the tool:
Does the paper size set in the tray concerned agree Go to step 7
with the ON/OFF combination of the 4 Paper Size • Without the tool:
Switches on the SIZE SWITCH ASSY? Go to FIP-2.5
• Make sure the TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR works “Faulty SIZE
Replace the faulty
coupled with the END GUIDE. Check if the SWITCH
part(s).
Cassette SIZE ACTUATOR pushes the Paper Size ASSY” (p.230)
Switch in when the tray is mounted. (The Paper FIP-2.10 “Faulty
Size Switch is pushed in if the paper has resistance REGI.
when inserted on the SIZE SWITCH ASSY from SENSOR”
the rear.) (p.232)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 194

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.13 FIP-1.14 “MCU PWB ROM-RAM Error” (NVRAM)

Table 3-17. MCU PWB ROM-RAM Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
COMMUNICATION PWB,MCU PWB
2 Go to the relevant
FIP when other
Does the error occur when the power is turned ON? Go to step 3
errors/status codes
occur.
3 Does the error occur when MCU PWB is replaced Go to FIP-2.33
Problem solved
and the power is turned ON again? “Noise” (p.245)

NOTE: The problem is probably due to outside noise. Proceed to FIP-2.33 “Noise”
(p.245) and check.

C H E C K If the same error still occurs after replacing the MCU PWB with a
P O IN T normal one, go to FIP-2.33 “Noise” (p.245) and check.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 195

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.14 FIP-1.15 “P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error” Table 3-18. P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-18. P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 8 † Checking the FEED ROLL ASSY:
Yes No
Does the FEED ROLL ASSY turn smoothly?
Go to FIP-2.29 “Faulty
1 † Initial checking: • Depress the FEED SOLENOID armature and Replace the
P/H MOTOR ASSY”
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, engage the gears and then check by turning the rotor (p.242) faulty part(s).
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or of the P/H MOTOR ASSY counterclockwise with
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall the your hand.
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: relevant part.
P/H MOTOR ASSY, FEED ROLL ASSY, MAIN
P/H FRAME ASSY, WASTE TONER BOX, MCU
PWB
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller.
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, (If an error still occurs Go to step 3
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go to
the engine alone? step 3.)
3 † Checking the P/H Motor operation:
When the test print is conducted, does the P/H Go to step 5 Go to step 4
Motor slightly operate and stop?
4 † Checking the P/H Motor operation: Go to FIP-2.29 “Faulty
When the test print is conducted, does the P/H P/H MOTOR ASSY” Go to step 5
Motor remain in stoppage? (p.242)
5 † Checking drive transmission:
Does the rotor of the P/H MOTOR ASSY turn
Replace the
smoothly? Go to step 6
faulty part(s).
• Check by turning the rotor of the P/H MOTOR
ASSY counterclockwise with your hand.
6 † Checking the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY:
Replace the
Does the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY operate Go to step 7
faulty part(s).
smoothly?
7 † Checking the WASTE TONER BOX:
Replace the
Does the rotor of the P/H MOTOR ASSY turn
WASTE
smoothly when the WASTE TONER BOX is
Go to step 8 TONER BOX
removed?
(PL6.1.12)
• Check by turning the rotor of the P/H MOTOR
(p.299)
ASSY counterclockwise with your hand.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 196

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.15 FIP-1.16 “P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error” Table 3-19. P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error (continued)
(FUSER MOTOR ASSY) Remedy
Step Check
Table 3-19. P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error Yes No
Remedy 8 † Checking the installation of FUSER MOTOR Go to FIP-2.34 Reinstall the
Step Check ASSY: “Faulty FUSER FUSER MOTOR
Yes No Has the FUSER MOTOR ASSY been installed MOTOR ASSY” ASSY (PL 11.1.4)
1 † Initial checking: properly? (p.246) (p.346)
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
FUSER MOTOR ASSY, FUSER ASSY, MCU
PWB
2 Check the Printer • With the tool:
Controller. Go to step 3
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or If an error still occurs • Without the
controller: after replacing, tool:
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive
• With the tool: Go to step 4
printing, about 10 sheets each) be performed
Go to step 3
normally with the engine alone?
• Without the tool:
Go to step 4
3 † Checking the FUSER MOTOR ASSY:
Does the FUSER MOTOR ASSY function Replace the MCU
properly? PWB-XL (PL13.2.1) Go to step 4
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (p.354)
Digital Output Test device code "53, 57, 95".
4 † Checking the Fuser Motor operation:
When the test print is conducted, does the Fuser Go to step 6 Go to step 5
Motor slightly operate and stop?
5 Go to FIP-2.34
† Checking the Fuser Motor operation:
“Faulty FUSER
When the test print is conducted, does the Fuser Go to step 6
MOTOR ASSY”
Motor remain in stoppage?
(p.246)
6 † Checking drive transmission:
Does the FUSER MOTOR ASSY operate
smoothly? Go to step 8 Go to step 7
• Operate the FUSER MOTOR ASSY by hand, and
check for smooth operation.
7 † Checking the gears of FUSER ASSY:
Replace the faulty
Does the gear (INPUT GEAR FT1) of the FUSER Go to step 8
part(s).
ASSY turn smoothly?

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 197

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.16 FIP-1.17 “P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error”

(PRO MOTOR ASSY)
Table 3-20. P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
FUSER MOTOR ASSY, PRO DRIVE GEAR
ASSY, FUSER ASSY
2 Check the Printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Controller.
controller: If an error still
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, Go to step 3
occurs after
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with replacing,
the engine alone?
Go to step 3
3 † Checking the PRO Motor operation:
When the test print is conducted, does the PRO Go to step 5 Go to step 4
Motor slightly operate and stop?
4 Go to FIP-2.35
† Checking the PRO Motor operation:
“Faulty the PRO
When the test print is conducted, does the PRO Go to step 5
MOTOR ASSY”
Motor remain in stoppage?
(p.247)
5 † Checking drive transmission:
Does the PRO MOTOR ASSY operate smoothly?
Go to step 8 Go to step 6
• Operate the PRO MOTOR ASSY by hand, and
check for smooth operation.
6 † Checking the PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY
Does the PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY operate Go to step 8 Go to step 7
smoothly?
7 † Checking the installation of PRO DRIVE GEAR Replace the PRO Reinstall the PRO
ASSY: DRIVE GEAR DRIVE GEAR
Has the PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY been installed ASSY (PL11.1.2) ASSY (PL11.1.2)
properly? (p.345) (p.345)
8 Go to FIP-2.35
Reinstall the PRO
† Checking the installation of PRO MOTOR ASSY:
“Faulty the PRO
Has the PRO MOTOR ASSY been installed MOTOR ASSY
MOTOR ASSY”
properly? (PL 11.1.6) (p.347)
(p.247)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 198

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.17 FIP-1.18 “P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error” Table 3-21. P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error (continued)
(MAG MOTOR ASSY) Remedy
Step Check
Table 3-21. P/H MOTOR ASSY Related Error Yes No
Remedy 8 † Checking the installation of DEVE GEAR Replace the DEVE. Reinstall the
Step Check CLUTCH ASSY: GEAR CLUTCH DEVE. GEAR
Yes No Has the DEVE GEAR CLUTCH ASSY been ASSY (PL11.1.23) CLUTCH ASSY
1 † Initial checking: installed properly? (p.350) (PL11.1.23) (p.350)
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, 9 Go to FIP-2.36
† Checking the installation of MAG MOTOR ASSY: Reinstall the MAG
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or “Faulty MAG
Replace or reinstall Has the MAG MOTOR ASSY been installed MOTOR ASSY
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 MOTOR ASSY”
the relevant part. properly? (PL11.1.7) (p.349)
• Major parts to be checked: (p.248)
MAG MOTOR ASSY, DEVE GEAR CLUTCH
ASSY, MCU PWB
2 Check the Printer • With the tool:
Controller. Go to step 3
If an error still • Without the tool:
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or occurs after Go to step 4
controller: replacing,
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing,
• With the tool:
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
Go to step 3
the engine alone?
• Without the
tool:
Go to step 4
3 † Checking the MAG MOTOR ASSY:
Replace the MCU
Does the MAG MOTOR ASSY function properly?
PWB-XL Go to step 4
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Digital Output Test device code "50, 51, 94".
4 † Checking the MAG Motor operation:
When the test print is conducted, does the MAG Go to step 6 Go to step 5
Motor slightly operate and stop?
5 Go to FIP-2.36
† Checking the MAG Motor operation:
“Faulty MAG
When the test print is conducted, does the MAG Go to step 6
MOTOR ASSY”
Motor remain in stoppage?
(p.248)
6 † Checking drive transmission:
Does the MAG MOTOR ASSY operate smoothly?
Go to step 9 Go to step 7
• Operate the MAG MOTOR ASSY by hand, and
check for smooth operation.
7 † Checking the DEVE GEAR CLUTCH ASSY:
Does the DEVE GEAR CLUTCH ASSY operate Go to step 9 Go to step 8
smoothly?

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 199

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.18 FIP-1.19 “P/R MOT&DRV ASSY Related Error” Table 3-22. P/R MOT&DRV ASSY Related Error (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-22. P/R MOT&DRV ASSY Related Error Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 9 • With the tool:
Yes No Go to step 8
1 † Initial checking: • Without the tool: Reinstall the TR0
† Checking the installation of TR0 SENSOR:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Go to FIP-2.21 SENSOR
Has the TR0 SENSOR been installed properly?
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or “Faulty TR0 (PL8.2.24) (p.320)
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 SENSOR”
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: (p.238)
P/R MOT&DRV ASSY, TRANSFER HIGH 10 † Checking the TR0 SENSOR
ASSY TR0 SENSOR, MCU PWB Replace the MCU Go to FIP-2.21
Does the TR0 SENSOR function properly?
PWB-XL “Faulty TR0
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer ♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) SENSOR” (p.238)
controller: Controller. (If an Digital Input Test device code "42".
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
the engine alone? to step 3.)]
3 † Checking the Process Motor operation:
When the test print is conducted, does the Process Go to step 9 Go to step 4
Motor operate?
4 † Checking the P/R MOT&DRV ASSY for foreign • With the tool:
matters: Remove the foreign Go to step 5
Is the operation of the PROCESS DRIVE ASSY matters. • Without the tool:
blocked by foreign matters? Go to step 6
5 † Checking the P/R MOT&DRV ASSY
Go to FIP-2.28
Does the P/R MOT&DRV ASSY function Replace the MCU
“Faulty P/R MOT
properly? PWB-XL
& DRV ASSY”
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
(p.242)
Digital Output Test device code "72".
6 † Checking the installation of P/R MOT&DRV Reinstall the P/R
ASSY: MOT & DRV
Go to step 7
Has the P/R MOT&DRV ASSY been installed ASSY (PL11.1.10)
properly? (p.347)
7 † Checking the installation of TRANSFER HIGH Reinstall the
ASSY: TRANSFER HIGH
Go to step 8
Has the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY been installed ASSY (PL8.1.20)
properly? (p.313)
8 † Checking the P/R MOT&DRV ASSY Replace the P/R
Does the output shaft of the P/R MOT&DRV MOT & DRV
Go to step 9
ASSY turn smoothly when the rotor of the P/R ASSY (PL11.1.10)
MOT&DRV ASSY is turned by hand? (p.347)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 200

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.19 FIP-1.20 “ROS ASSY Related Error”

Table 3-23. ROS ASSY Related Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
ROS ASSY, MCU PWB
2 Check the Printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Controller.(If an
controller: error still occurs Go to FIP-2.15
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, after replacing, “Faulty ROS
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with Go to FIP-2.15 ASSY” (p.235)
the engine alone? “Faulty ROS
ASSY” (p.235))

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 201

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.20 FIP-1.21 “ROTARY MOTOR ASSY Related Error” Table 3-24. ROTARY MOTOR ASSY Related Error (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-24. ROTARY MOTOR ASSY Related Error Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 8 Go to FIP-2.30
Yes No “Faulty the
† Checking the installation of ROTARY SENSOR
1 † Initial checking: ROTARY MOTOR Reinstall the
ASSY:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, ASSY” (p.243) ROTARY
Has the ROTARY SENSOR ASSY been installed
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or FIP-2.20 “Faulty SENSOR ASSY
Replace or reinstall properly?
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 ROTARY
the relevant part. SENSOR” (p.238)
• Major parts to be checked:
ROTARY MOTOR ASSY, ROTARY FRAME
ASSY ROTARY SENSOR ASSY, MCU PWB
2 Check the Printer • With the tool:
Controller. If an Go to step 3
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or error still occurs • Without the
controller: after replacing, tool:
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, • With the tool: Go to step 5
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with Go to step 3
the engine alone? • Without the
tool:
Go to step 5
3 † Checking the ROTRAY MOTOR ASSY: Go to FIP-2.30
Does the ROTRAY MOTOR ASSY function “Faulty the
properly? Go to step 4 ROTARY
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by MOTOR ASSY”
Digital Output Test device code "10,11". (p.243)Ç÷
4 † Checking the ROTARY SENSOR ASSY:
Does the ROTARY SENSOR ASSY function Replace the MCU Go to FIP-2.20
properly? PWB-XL “Faulty ROTARY
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354) SENSOR” (p.238)
Digital Input Test device code "43".
5 † Checking the drive of Rotary Motor:
Does the Rotary Motor operate? Go to step 8 Go to step 6
• Check by conducting test print.
6 Reinstall the
† Checking the installation of ROTARY MOTOR
ROTARY
ASSY:
Go to step 7 MOTOR ASSY
Has the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY been installed
(PL11.1.20)
properly?
(p.348)
7 † Checking the ROTARY FRAME ASSY operation:
Remove the foreign
Is the operation of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY Go to step 8
matters.
blocked by foreign matters?

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 202

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.21 FIP-1.22 “ADC Sensor Soiled” 3.2.1.22 FIP-1.23 “High Density Error”
Table 3-25. ADC Sensor Soiled Table 3-26. High Density Error
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
ADC SENSOR ASSY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY DEVE.CONTACT PLATE ASSY, ADC SENSOR
MCU PWB ASSY MCU PWB
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer 2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. (If an controller: Controller. (If an
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3 Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
the engine alone? to step 3.)] the engine alone? to step 3.)]
3 • With the tool: 3 † Checking the DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY
† Checking the ADC Sensor surface: Replace the
Remove dirt/foreign Go to step 4 Is the contact surface of the DEVE. CONTACT
Is there dirt or any foreign matter adhering to the DEVE.CONTACT Go to step 4
matters. • Without the tool: ASSY distorted? Or are there foreign matters on the
surface of the ADC Sensor? PLATE ASSY
Go to step 6 contact surface of the DEVE. CONTACT ASSY?
4 † Checking the ADC Sensor: 4 • With the tool:
Go to FIP-2.16 Go to step 5
Does the ADC Sensor function properly?
Go to step 5 “Faulty ADC
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by • Without the tool:
Sensor” (p.236)
Digital Output Test device code "72". † Checking the ADC Sensor surface: Go to FIP-2.16
Remove dirt/foreign
Is there dirt or any foreign matter adhering to the “Faulty ADC
5 † Checking the ADC Solenoid: matters.
Sensor” (p.236)
Go to FIP-2.17 surface of the ADC Sensor?
Does the ADC Solenoid function properly?
Go to step 7 “Faulty ADC FIP-2.17 “Faulty
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by ADC Solenoid”
Solenoid” (p.236)
Digital Output Test device code "67". (p.236)
6 † Checking the installation of ADC SENSOR ASSY: Reinstall the ADC
5 † Checking the ADC Sensor:
Has the ADC SENSOR ASSY been installed Go to step 7 SENSOR ASSY Go to FIP-2.16
Does the ADC Sensor function properly?
properly? (PL6.1.20) (p.301) Go to step 6 “Faulty ADC
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
Sensor” (p.236)
7 Go to FIP-2.32 Digital Output Test device code "72".
† Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks: “Faulty LV/HV
Problem solved
POWER SUPPLY”
6 † Checking the ADC Solenoid:
Replace the MCU PWB. Is the problem solved? Go to FIP-2.17
(p.244) Does the ADC Solenoid function properly?
Go to step 7 “Faulty ADC
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
Solenoid” (p.236)
Digital Output Test device code "67".
7 Go to FIP-2.32
† Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks: “Faulty LV/HV
Problem solved
Replace the MCU PWB. Is the problem solved? POWER SUPPLY”
(p.244)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 203

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.23 FIP-1.24 “Low Density Error” Table 3-27. Low Density Error (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-27. Low Density Error Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 6 Go to FIP-2.31
Yes No † Checking the Dispense Motor:
“Faulty the
Does the Dispense Motor function properly?
1 † Initial checking: Go to step 7 DISPENSE
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by MOTOR ASSY”
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
Digital Output Test device code "56".
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or (p.243)
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall 7 † Checking the DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY:
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part. Is the contact surface of the DEVE. CONTACT Replace the DEVE.
DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY, DEVE. CONTACT Go to step 8
ASSY distorted? Or are there foreign matters on the CONTACT ASSY
PLATE ASSY Developer Assy, MAIN HARNESS contact surface of the DEVE. CONTACT ASSY?
ASSY, MCU PWB
8 • With the tool:
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer Go to step 9
controller: Controller. (If an • Without the
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3 tool:
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go † Checking the ADC Sensor surface: Go to FIP-2.16
the engine alone? to step 3.)] Remove dirt/
Is there dirt or any foreign matter adhering to the “Faulty ADC
foreign matters.
3 † Checking the Drum surface image: surface of the ADC Sensor? Sensor” (p.236),
Are the various toner images developed properly on FIP-2.17
the Drum surface? “Faulty ADC
• Turn the power OFF while you think there is an Go to step 8 Go to step 4 Solenoid”
image being transferred in the course of printing, (p.236)
and visually inspect Cin50% patch on the Drum 9 † Checking the ADC Sensor:
surface. Go to FIP-2.16
Does the ADC Sensor function properly?
Go to step 11 “Faulty ADC
4 † Checking the Drum surface picture image: ♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
Sensor” (p.236)
Are all the colors of the various toner images on the Digital Output Test device code "72".
Drum surface thin? 10 † Checking the ADC Solenoid:
• Turn the power OFF while you think there is an Go to step 5 Go to step 11 Go to FIP-2.17
Does the ADC Solenoid function properly?
image being transferred in the course of printing, Go to step 11 “Faulty ADC
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
and visually inspect Cin50% patch on the Drum Solenoid” (p.236)
Digital Output Test device code "67".
surface.
11 † Replacing the Developer Assy and Performing
5 • With the tool: Replace the MCU
Checks:
Go to step 6 PWB-XL Problem solved
Replace the Developer Assy with a new one for the
• Without the tool: (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
color concerned. Does the problem still occur?
Go to FIP-2.31 Reinstall the
“Faulty the DISPENSE
† Checking the installation of Dispense Motor: DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY
Has the Dispense Motor been installed properly?
MOTOR ASSY” (PL11.1.22)
(p.243) (p.349)
• If problem is not
solved, go to step
7

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 204

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.24 FIP-1.25 “PCDC Error” 3.2.1.25 FIP-1.26 “HIGH COVERAGE Error”

Table 3-28. PCDC Error Table 3-29. HIGH COVERAGE Error
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2 Go to step 2
adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part. adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
MCU PWB MCU PWB
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer 2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. (If an controller: Controller. (If an
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3 Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
the engine alone? to step 3.)] the engine alone? to step 3.)]
3 † Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks: Go to FIP-2.33 3 † Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks: Go to FIP-2.33
Problem solved Problem solved
Replace the MCU PWB. Is the problem solved? “Noise” (p.245) Replace the MCU PWB. Is the problem solved? “Noise” (p.245)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 205

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.26 FIP-1.27 “2ND BTR Error”

Table 3-30. 2ND BTR Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
2ND BTR, BTR CAM CLUTCH, MCU PWB
TRANSFER HIGH ASSY
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. (If an
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
the engine alone? to step 3.)]
3 † Checking retraction • With the tool:
During the test printing, does the 2ND BTR ASSY Go to step 4
retract? Go to step 9 • Without the tool:
• Check the operation of the BTR CAM CLUTCH Go to step 5
from the rear side.
4 † Checking the BTR CAM CLUTCH:
Go to FIP-2.22
Does the BTR CAM CLUTCH function correctly?
Go to step 9 “Faulty BTR CAM
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
CLUTCH” (p.239)
Digital Output Test device code "27".
5 † Checking the installation of BTR CAM CLUTCH: Reinstall the BTR
Has the BTR CAM CLUTCH been installed Go to step 6 CAM CLUTCH
properly? (PL8.3.2) (p.320)
6 Replace the 2ND
† Checking the shape of BTR CAM ASSY:
BTR CAM ASSY Go to step 7
Is the BTR CAM ASSY bent or deformed?
(PL8.1.1) (p.316)
7 Reinstall the 2ND
† Checking the installation of 2ND BTR ASSY:
Go to step 8 BTR ASSY
Has the 2ND BTR ASSY been installed properly?
(PL8.1.22) (p.315)
8 † Checking the installation of TRANSFER ASSY: Reinstall the
Go to step 9
Has the TRANFER ASSY been installed properly? TRANSFER ASSY
9 Go to FIP-2.32
† Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks: “Faulty LV/HV
Problem solved
Replace the MCU PWB. Is the problem solved? POWER SUPPLY”
(p.244)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 206

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.27 FIP-1.28 “2ND BTR ADVANCE Error” Table 3-31. 2ND BTR ADVANCE Error (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-31. 2ND BTR ADVANCE Error Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 8 † Checking the BTR WHEEL SENSOR:
Yes No
Does the BTR WHEEL SENSOR function Replace the MCU
Replace the BTR
1 † Initial checking: properly? PWB-XL
WHEEL SENSOR
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, ♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Digital Input Test device code "76".
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. 9 † Checking the BTR CAM CLUTCH:
• Major parts to be checked: Replace the MCU Go to FIP-2.22
Does the BTR CAM CLUTCH function correctly?
BTR CAM CLUTCH, PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY PWB-XL “Faulty BTR CAM
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354) CLUTCH” (p.239)
BTR WHEEL SENSOR, MCU PWB
Digital Output Test device code "70".
2 Check the Printer • With the tool:
Controller. If an Go to step 3
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or error still occurs • Without the tool:
controller: after replacing, Go to step 4
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, • With the tool:
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with Go to step 3
the engine alone? • Without the
tool:
Go to step 4
3 † Checking the PRO Motor:
Does the PRO Motor function properly?
Go to step 5 Go to step 4
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
Digital Output Test device code "54".
4 † Checking the installation of PRO DRIVE GEAR • With the tool: Reinstall the PRO
ASSY: Go to step 5 DRIVE GEAR
Has the PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY been installed • Without the tool: ASSY (PL11.1.2)
properly? Go to step 6 (p.345)
5 † Checking the P/R MOT&DRV ASSY:
Go to FIP-2.28
Does the P/R MOT&DRV ASSY function
“Faulty P/R MOT
properly? Go to step 8
& DRV ASSY”
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
(p.242)
Digital Output Test device code "54".
6 Reinstall the 2ND
† Checking the installation of 2ND BTR ASSY:
Go to step 7 BTR ASSY
Has the 2ND BTR ASSY been installed properly?
(PL8.1.22) (p.315)
7 † Checking the installation of BTR WHEEL
Go to FIP-2.22
SENSOR: Reinstall the BTR
“Faulty BTR CAM
Has the BTR WHEEL SENSOR been installed WHEEL SENSOR
CLUTCH” (p.239)
properly?

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 207

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.28 FIP-1.29 “FUSER Overheat Error”

Table 3-32. FUSER Overheat Error
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part.
FUSER CONNECTOR, TEMP. SENSOR
ASSY, H/R HEATER P/R HEATER, FUSER
ASSY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY MCU PWB
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. (If an
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive error still occurs after Go to step 3
printing, about 10 sheets each) be performed replacing, go to step
normally with the engine alone? 3.)]
3 † FUSER CONNECTOR
Check the FUSER
Is the FUSER CONNECTOR securely connected Go to step 4
CONNECTOR
when the FUSER ASSY is mounted?
4 Go to FIP-2.25
† Checking the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY:
“Faulty TEMP.
Does the error occur immediately when the power Go to step 5
SENSOR ASSY”
is turned ON?
(p.240)
5 Replace the H/R
† Checking the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER:
HEATER
Do the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER light
Go to step 6 (PL9.2.40) (p.324),
when the FUSER ASSY is cold and the power is
P/R HEATER
turned ON?
(PL9.2.41) (p.325)
6 Go to FIP-2.25
† Does the problem occur during the FUSER warm “Faulty TEMP.
Go to step 7
up? SENSOR ASSY”
(p.240)
7 † Checking the MAIN HARNESS ASSY: Replace the MAIN
Go to step 8
Is there normal continuity between J21 ↔ J32? HARNESS ASSY
8 Go to FIP-2.32
† Checking the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY:
“Faulty LV/HV
Is the voltage 5V DC between P21-1PIN ↔ Go to step 9
POWER SUPPLY”
P21-2PIN?
(p.244)
9 † Checking the HETER ROD ON signal: Go to FIP-2.32
Replace the MCU
Is the voltage between P/J33-1PIN ↔ P/J12- “Faulty LV/HV
PWB-XL
9PIN 0 VDC during the FUSER warm-up and 5.5 POWER SUPPLY”
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
VDC when the warm-up is completed? (p.244)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 208

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.29 FIP-1.30 “FUSER Warm-up Error” / “Heater Error”/ Table 3-33. FUSER Warm-up Error / Heater Error /
“FUSER Low Temperature Error” FUSER Low Temperature Error (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-33. FUSER Warm-up Error / Heater Error / Step Check
FUSER Low Temperature Error Yes No
Remedy 8 † Checking the ON signal of HEATER ROD: Go to FIP-2.32
Replace the MCU
Step Check Is the voltage between P/J33-1PIN ↔ P/J12- “Faulty LV/HV
Yes No PWB-XL
9PIN 0 VDC during the FUSER warm-up and 5 POWER SUPPLY”
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
1 † Initial checking: VDC when the warm-up is completed? (p.244)
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
adherence of foreign matter?
• Major parts to be checked: Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
FUSER ASSY, MCU PWB, FUSER HARNESS the relevant part.
ASSY FUSER CONNECTOR, FUSER ASSY,
TEMP. SENSOR ASSY H/R HEATER, P/R
HEATER, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, MCU
PWB
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. (If an
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive error still occurs after Go to step 3
printing, about 10 sheets each) be performed replacing, go to step
normally with the engine alone? 3.)]
3 Go to FIP-2.25
† Checking the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY:
“Faulty TEMP.
Does the error occur immediately when the power Go to step 4
SENSOR ASSY”
is turned ON?
(p.240)
4 Replace the H/R
† Checking the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER:
HEATER
Do the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER light
Go to step 5 (PL9.2.40) (p.324),
when the FUSER ASSY is cold and the power is
P/R HEATER
turned ON?
(PL9.2.41) (p.325)
5 Go to FIP-2.25
† Does the problem occur during the FUSER warm “Faulty TEMP.
Go to step 6
up? SENSOR ASSY”
(p.240)
6 † Checking the MAIN HARNESS ASSY: Replace the MAIN
Go to step 7
Is there normal continuity between J21 ↔ J32? HARNESS ASSY
7 Go to FIP-2.32
† Checking the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY:
“Faulty LV/HV
Is the voltage 5V DC between P21-1PIN ↔ Go to step 8
POWER SUPPLY”
P21-2PIN?
(p.244)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 209

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.30 FIP-1.31 “Environment (Humidity) Sensor Related Error” 3.2.1.31 FIP-1.32 “FUSER FAN-1 Error”
Table 3-34. Environment (Humidity) Sensor Related Error Table 3-35. FUSER FAN-1 Error
Ste Remedy Remedy
Check Step Check
p Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: • With the tool: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Go to step 2 or 3 Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or • Without the tool: improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall
Replace or reinstall Go to step 2
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 4 or 5 adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part.
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
ENVIRONMENT SENSOR, P/H HARNESS FUSER FAN-1, MCU PWB
ASSY, MCU PWB 2 Check the Printer • With the tool:
2 † Checking the TEMP SENSOR: Replace the Controller. If an Go to step 3
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or error still occurs
Does the TEMP SENSOR function properly? ENVIRONMENT • Without the tool:
Go to step 6 controller:
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by SENSOR after replacing, Go to step 4
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing,
Analog Input Test device code "04". (PL13.2.5) (p.357) • With the tool:
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
Go to step 3
3 † Checking the Humidity SENSOR: Replace the the engine alone?
• Without the tool:
Does the Humidity SENSOR function properly? ENVIRONMENT
Go to step 6 Go to step 4
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by SENSOR
Analog Input Test device code "06". (PL13.2.5) (p.357) 3 † Checking the FUSER FAN-1:
Replace the MCU
Does the FUSER FAN-1 function properly?
4 † Checking the thermistor resistance of PWB-XL (PL13.2.1) Go to step 4
Replace the ♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
ENVIRONMENT SENSOR: (p.354)
ENVIRONMENT Digital Output Test device code "63".
Is the resistance between P/J105-1PIN ↔ P/J105- Go to step 5
SENSOR
4PIN approx. 5 kΩ at room temperature 4 Reinstall the
(PL13.2.5) (p.357) † Checking the installation of FUSER FAN-1:
(18~20°C)? Go to step 5 FUSER FAN-1
Has the FUSER FAN-1 been installed properly?
(PL10.2.22) (p.342)
5 † Checking the voltage of ENVIRONMENT
Replace the
SENSOR: Replace the MCU 5 Replace the MCU
ENVIRONMENT
Is the voltage between P/J23-5PIN ↔ P/J23-4PIN PWB-XL † Checking the Main Harness: PWB-XL (PL13.2.1) Replace the FUSER
SENSOR Is there breakage or faulty contact in the harness (p.354) or FUSER FAN-1 (PL10.2.22)
on the MCU PWB in the range of about 0.1-4.0 (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
(PL13.2.5) (p.357) FAN-1 (PL10.2.22) (p.342)
VDC? between the MCU PWB and the FUSER FAN-1?
(p.342)
6 Replace the MCU
Replace the P/H
† Checking for continuity of P/H HARNESS ASSY:
PWB-XL
Is there normal continuity between J23 ↔ J105? HARNESS ASSY
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 210

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.32 FIP-1.33 “FUSER CHUTE FAN Error” 3.2.1.33 FIP-1.34 “DEVE. FAN Error”
Table 3-36. FUSER CHUTE FAN Error Table 3-37. DEVE. FAN Error
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2 Go to step 2
adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part. adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
FUSER CHUTE FAN, MCU PWB DEVE. FAN, MCU PWB
2 Check the Printer • With the tool: 2 Check the Printer • With the tool:
Controller. If an Go to step 3 Controller. If an Go to step 3
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or error still occurs • Without the tool: † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or error still occurs • Without the tool:
controller: after replacing, Go to step 4 controller: after replacing, Go to step 4
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, • With the tool: Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, • With the tool:
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with Go to step 3 about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with Go to step 3
the engine alone? • Without the the engine alone? • Without the
tool: tool:
Go to step 4 Go to step 4
3 † Checking the FUSER CHUTE FAN: 3 † Checking the DEVE. FAN:
Replace the MCU Replace the MCU
Does the FUSER CHUTE FAN function properly? Does the DEVE. FAN function properly?
PWB-XL Go to step 4 PWB-XL Go to step 4
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by ♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Digital Output Test device code "64". Digital Output Test device code "60".
4 Reinstall the 4 Reinstall the
† Checking the installation of FUSER CHUTE FAN: † Checking the installation of DEVE. FAN:
FUSER CHUTE Go to step 5 DEVE. FAN
Has the FUSER CHUTE FAN been installed Go to step 5 Has the DEVE. FAN been installed properly?
FAN (PL9.4.10) (PL13.1.5) (p.353)
properly?
(p.337) 5 Replace the MCU
5 Replace the MCU † Checking the Main Harness: PWB-XL Replace the DEVE.
† Checking the Main Harness: PWB-XL Is there breakage or faulty contact in the harness (PL13.2.1) (p.354) FAN (PL13.1.5)
Replace the FUSER
Is there breakage or faulty contact in the harness (PL13.2.1) (p.354) between the MCU PWB and the DEVE. FAN? or DEVE. FAN (p.353)
CHUTE FAN
between the MCU PWB and the FUSER CHUTE or FUSER CHUTE (PL13.1.5) (p.353)
(PL9.4.10) (p.337)
FAN? FAN (PL9.4.10)
(p.337)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 211

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.34 FIP-1.35 “Life Error/Over/Warning” 3.2.1.35 FIP-1.36 “WASTE TONER BOX Full”
When Error or Warning is displayed for any of the Consumables and Regular Table 3-39. WASTE TONER BOX Full
Replacement Parts as listed below, replace the relevant component first. If the same
Remedy
display appears even after replacement, follow the FIP below: Step Check
Yes No
„ Each toner
1 † Initial checking:
„ DRUM CARTRIDGE Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
„ BELT CLEANER ASSY improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall
„ 2ND BTR ASSY • Major parts to be checked: the relevant part.
Go to step 2
„ IBT WASTE TONER SENSOR, WASTE TONER
BOX,TONER BOX HARNESS, MAIN
Table 3-38. Life Error/Over/Warning HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB
Remedy 2 • With the tool:
Step Check † Checking the WASTE TONER BOX transmission Go to step 3
Yes No Replace or clean the • Without the tool:
section:
1 † Initial checking: Is there dirt or any foreign matter on the sensor WASTE TONER Go to FIP-2.13
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, transmission section on top of the WASTE TONER BOX (PL6.1.12) “Faulty WASTE
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall BOX? Is there abnormality such as rising of the (p.299) TONER
Go to step 2
adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part. screen inside the WASTE TONER BOX? SENSOR”
• Major parts to be checked: (p.234)
MCU PWB 3 † Checking the WASTE TONER SENSOR:
Go to FIP-2.13
2 † Error Reset and checking: Does the WASTE TONER SENSOR function Replace the MCU
“Faulty WASTE
Go to step 3 Problem solved
Does the problem still occur after “error reset”? properly? PWB-XL
TONER SENSOR”
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
3 Does the problem occur even after replacing the
Go to step 4 Problem solved
(p.234)
part(s) concerned? Digital Input Test device code "51".

4 Does the problem occur when the power is turned

Go to step 7 Go to step 5
ON?
5 Does the problem still occur when the power is
Go to step 7 Go to step 6
turned On again?
6 Does the problem occur when the power is turned
Go to step 7
Go to FIP-2.33
ON and OFF repeatedly? “Noise” (p.245)
7 † Replacing the MCU and Performing Checks:
Check the Printer
Does the problem still occur after replacing with Problem solved
Controller.
the normal MCU?

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 212

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.36 FIP-1.37 “FRONT COVER ASSY Open” 3.2.1.37 FIP-1.38 “MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY Open”
Table 3-40. FRONT COVER ASSY Open Table 3-41. MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY Open
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
FRONT COVER SWITCH R, FRONT COVER MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, MAIN HARNESS
SWITCH L MCU PWB ASSY, MCU PWB
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer 2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. (If an controller: Controller. (If an
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3 Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
the engine alone? to step 3.)] the engine alone? to step 3.)]
3 † Checking the FRONT COVER SWITCH R push- • With the tool: 3 † Checking the installation of MAIN P/H FRAME • With the tool:
in: Go to step 4 ASSY: Go to step 4 Replace the faulty
Does the actuator of the FRONT COVER ASSY • Without the tool: Is the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY pushed in • Without the tool: part(s).
Replace the faulty
turn on the FRONT COVER SWITCH R when the Go to step 5 securely? Go to step 5
part(s).
FRONT COVER ASSY is closed and does it turn
4 † Checking the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY mounting
off the FRONT COVER SWITCH R when the
detection:
FRONT COVER ASSY is opened? Replace the MCU
Does the detection of mounting of the MAIN P/H
4 PWB-XL Go to step 5
† Checking the FRONT COVER SWITCH R: FRAME ASSY function properly?
Does the FRONT COVER SWITCH R function Replace the MCU (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
properly? PWB-XL Go to step 5 Digital Input Test device code "77".
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
5 Replace the MAIN
Digital Input Test device code "XX".
† Checking for continuity of P/H HARNESS ASSY: P/H FRAME ASSY
Replace the P/H
5 † Checking power supply to the FRONT COVER Go to FIP-2.1 Is there normal continuity between J20B ↔ (PL4.1.50) (p.286)
HARNESS ASSY
SWITCH R: “Faulty LV/HV P91B? or MCU PWB-XL
Go to step 6
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P17-11PIN ↔ P17- POWER SUPPLY (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
12PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227)
6 † Checking the FRONT COVER detection signal:
Is the voltage between P17-11PIN ↔ P17-12PIN Replace the MCU
0 VDC when the FRONT COVER ASSY is open PWB-XL Go to step 7
and does the voltage change from 0 VDC to 5 VDC (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
when the FRONT COVER ASSY is closed?
7 Replace the
FRONT COVER
† Checking for continuity of MSI HARNESS ASSY: SWITCH R Replace the MAIN
Is there normal continuity between J17 ↔ P197? (PL13.2.3) (p.355) HARNESS ASSY
or MCU PWB-XL
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 213

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.38 FIP-1.39 “FUSER ASSY Open”

Table 3-42. FUSER ASSY Open
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
FUSER ASSY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, MCU
PWB
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. (If an
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
the engine alone? to step 3.)]
3 • With the tool:
† Checking the installation of FUSER ASSY: Go to step 4 Replace the faulty
Is the FUSER ASSY pushed in securely? • Without the tool: part(s).
Go to step 5
4 † Checking the FUSER ASSY mounting detection:
Does the detection of mounting of the FUSER Replace the MCU
ASSY function properly? PWB-XL Go to step 5
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Digital Input Test device code "62".
5 Go to FIP-2.1
† Checking power supply to the FUSER ASSY:
“Faulty LV/HV
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P19A-8PIN ↔ Go to step 6
POWER SUPPLY
P19A-7PIN?
5 VDC” (p.227)
6 † Checking the FUSER ASSY mounting signal:
Replace the MCU
Is the voltage between P19A-8PIN ↔ P19A-7PIN
PWB-XL Go to step 7
0 VDC with the FUSER ASSY installed and 5 VDC
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
without FUSER ASSY?
7 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the FUSER
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: ASSY (PL9.1.1)
HARNESS ASSY
Is there normal continuity between J19A ↔ P71A? (p.321)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 214

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.39 FIP-1.40 “EXIT UPPER ASSY Open” Table 3-43. EXIT UPPER ASSY Open (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-43. EXIT UPPER ASSY Open Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 8 Replace the EXIT
Yes No CHUTE SWITCH
† Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
1 † Initial checking: (PL 10.2.26) Replace the MAIN
ASSY:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, (p.343) or MCU HARNESS ASSY
Is there normal continuity between J17A ↔ P161?
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or PWB-XL
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked:
MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, MAIN HARNESS
ASSY, MCU PWB EXIT HARNESS
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. (If an
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
the engine alone? to step 3.)]
3 † Checking the EXIT CHUTE SWITCH push-in: • With the tool:
Does the actuator of the EXIT UPPER ASSY turn on Go to step 4
the EXIT CHUTE SWITCH when the EXIT UPPER • Without the tool: Replace the faulty
ASSY is closed and does it turn off the EXIT Go to step 5 part(s).
CHUTE SWITCH when the EXIT UPPER ASSY is
opened?
4 † Checking the EXIT CHUTE SWITCH:
Does the EXIT CHUTE SWITCH function Replace the MCU
properly? PWB-XL Go to step 5
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Digital Input Test device code "74".
5 † Checking power supply to the EXIT CHUTE Go to FIP-2.1
SWITCH: “Faulty LV/HV
Go to step 6
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P17A-13PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY
P17A-12PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227)
6 † Checking the EXIT CHUTE SWITCH signal:
Is the voltage between P17A-13PIN ↔ P17A- Replace the MCU
12PIN 0 VDC when the EXIT UPPER ASSY is PWB-XL Go to step 7
open and 5 VDC when the EXIT UPPER ASSY is (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
closed?
7 † Checking for continuity of EXIT HARNESS: Replace the EXIT
Go to step 8
Is there normal continuity between J161 ↔ P166? HARNESS

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 215

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.40 FIP-1.41 “TURN CHUTE COVER Open” 3.2.1.41 FIP-1.42 “Cassette 1 Paper Remaining Warning”
Table 3-44. TURN CHUTE COVER Open Table 3-45. Cassette 1 Paper Remaining Warning
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
TURN CHUTE SWITCH, TURN CHUTE UNIVERSAL TRAY, BOTTOM PLATE ASSY
HARNESS LOW PAPER SENSOR, MCU PWB
2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer 2 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
controller: Controller. (If an controller: Controller. (If an
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3 Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs Go to step 3
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
the engine alone? to step 3.)] the engine alone? to step 3.)]
3 † Checking the TURN CHUTE SWITCH push-in: • With the tool: 3 † Checking for smooth installation of UNIVERSAL
Does the actuator of the TURN CHUTE COVER Go to step 4 CASSETTE: Replace the faulty
Go to step 4
turn on the TURN CHUTE SWITCH when the • Without the tool: Replace the faulty Can the UNIVERSAL CASSETTE be installed part(s).
TURN CHUTE COVER is closed and does it turn Go to step 5 part(s). smoothly?
off the TURN CHUTE SWITCH when the TURN 4 † Checking the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY:
CHUTE COVER is opened? Replace the faulty
Does the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY lift normally Go to step 5
part(s).
4 † Checking the TURN CHUTE SWITCH: when the UNIVERSAL TRAY is pushed in?
Does the TURN CHUTE SWITCH function Replace the MCU 5 • With the tool:
properly? PWB-XL Go to step 5 Go to step 6
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
† Checking the installation of LOW PAPER • Without the tool:
Digital Input Test device code "84". Reinstall the LOW
SENSOR: Go to FIP-2.4
PAPER SENSOR
5 † Checking power supply to the TURN CHUTE Go to FIP-2.1 Has the LOW PAPER SENSOR been installed “Faulty LOW
(PL3.1.18) (p.281)
SWITCH: “Faulty LV/HV properly? PAPER
Go to step 6
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P17A-2PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY SENSOR”
P17A-1PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227) (p.229)
6 † Checking for continuity of TURN CHUTE Replace the TURN 6 † Checking the LOW PAPER SENSOR:
Go to FIP-2.4
HARNESS: Go to step 7 CHUTE Does the LOW PAPER SENSOR function Replace the MCU
“Faulty LOW
Is there normal continuity between J108 ↔ J109? HARNESS properly? PWB-XL
PAPER SENSOR”
7 Replace the TURN ♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
† Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS (p.229)
CHUTE SWITCH Replace the MAIN Digital Input Test device code "60,61".
ASSY:
or MCU PWB-XL HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J17A ↔ J108?
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 216

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.42 FIP-1.43 “MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift Up)” Table 3-46. MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift Up) (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-46. MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift Up) Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 8 Replace the MCU
Yes No PWB-XL (PL13.2.1)
Replace the P/H
1 † Initial checking: † Checking for continuity of P/H HARNESS ASSY: (p.354) or LIFT
HARNESS
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there normal continuity between J20A ↔ J91A? MOTOR ASSY
ASSY.
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or LEVEL SENSOR
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall (PL4.3.23) (p.290)
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part.
LIFT MOTOR ASSY, LEVEL SENSOR, MCU
PWB P/H HARNESS ASSY, MSI HARNESS
ASSY
2 Check the Printer • With the tool:
Controller. If an Go to step 3
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or error still occurs after • Without the
controller: replacing, tool:
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing,
• With the tool: Go to step 4
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
Go to step 3
the engine alone?
• Without the tool:
Go to step 4]
3 † Checking the LIFT MOTOR ASSY:
Does the LIFT MOTOR ASSY function properly?
Go to step 6 Go to step 4
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
Digital Output Test device code "2D, 2E".
4 † Checking for continuity of REGI HARNESS Replace the REGI
ASSY: Go to step 5 HARNESS
Is there normal continuity between J91B ↔ J208? ASSY.
5 • With the tool:
Go to step 6 Replace the P/H
† Checking for continuity of P/H HARNESS ASSY:
HARNESS
Is there normal continuity between J20B ↔ J91B? • Without the tool:
ASSY.
Go to step 7
6 † Checking the LEVEL SENSOR:
Replace the MCU
Does the LEVEL SENSOR function properly?
PWB-XL (PL13.2.1) Go to step 7
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
(p.354)
Digital Input Test device code "2C".
7 Replace the MSI
† Checking for continuity of MSI HARNESS ASSY:
Go to step 8 HARNESS
Is there normal continuity between J201 ↔ J209?
ASSY.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 217

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.43 FIP-1.44 “MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift Down)” Table 3-47. MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift Down) (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-47. MSI Tray Malfunction (Lift Down) Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 8 Replace the MCU
Yes No PWB-XL (PL13.2.1)
Replace the P/H
1 † Initial checking: † Checking for continuity of P/H HARNESS ASSY: (p.354) or LIFT
HARNESS
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there normal continuity between J20A ↔ J91A? MOTOR ASSY
ASSY.
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or LEVEL SENSOR
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall (PL4.3.23) (p.290)
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part.
LIFT MOTOR ASSY, LEVEL SENSOR, MCU
PWB P/H HARNESS ASSY, MSI HARNESS
ASSY
2 Check the Printer • With the tool:
Controller. If an error Go to step 3
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or still occurs after • Without the
controller: replacing, tool:
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing,
• With the tool: Go to step 4
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with
Go to step 3
the engine alone?
• Without the tool:
Go to step 4]
3 † Checking the LIFT MOTOR ASSY:
Does the LIFT MOTOR ASSY function properly?
Go to step 6 Go to step 4
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by
Digital Output Test device code "2D, 2E".
4 Replace the REGI
† Checking for continuity of REGI HARNESS ASSY:
Go to step 5 HARNESS
Is there normal continuity between J91B ↔ J208?
ASSY.
5 • With the tool:
Replace the P/H
† Checking for continuity of P/H HARNESS ASSY: Go to step 6
HARNESS
Is there normal continuity between J20B ↔ J91B? • Without the tool:
ASSY.
Go to step 7
6 † Checking the LEVEL SENSOR:
Replace the MCU
Does the LEVEL SENSOR function properly?
PWB-XL (PL13.2.1) Go to step 7
♦ By using the diagnostics commander, check by (p.354)
Digital Input Test device code "2C".
7 Replace the MSI
† Checking for continuity of MSI HARNESS ASSY:
Go to step 8 HARNESS
Is there normal continuity between J201 ↔ J209?
ASSY.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 218

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.44 FIP-1.45 “No Power” 3.2.1.45 FIP-1.46 “Abnormal Printing Operation”

Table 3-48. No Power Table 3-49. Abnormal Printing Operation
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall
Replace or reinstall Go to step 2
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part.
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
P/H HARNESS ASSY, REGI. HARNESS ASSY LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, MUC PWB
MAIN HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB 2 The printer does not perform printing at all. Go to step 3 Go to step 4
2 † Checking the printer controller:
3 † Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the Printer
Disconnect the printer controller, and turn the Go to FIP-2.4
controller: Controller. (If an
power ON after waiting 2 - 3 minutes. Check the Printer “Faulty LOW
Can a test print (single sheet / consecutive printing, error still occurs
Is the voltage 5 VDC between the following each Controller. (If an PAPER SENSOR”
about 10 sheets each) be performed normally with after replacing, go
pair of pins? error still occurs Go to step 3 (p.229)
the engine alone? to step 4)
P33-1PIN↔P33-4PIN after replacing, go
P33-2PIN↔P33-5PIN to step 3.)] 4 Does the “Reset” status occur during printing Go to FIP-2.33
Go to step 5
P33-3PIN↔P33-6PIN operation? “Noise” (p.245)
• Check if the source voltage of each part is shorted. 5 † Checking the Interface Cable:
3 † Checking source voltages for a short circuit: Replace the Interface cable with a normal one. Go to step 6 Problem solved
Disconnect one by one the connectors other than Does the problem still occur?
J12 and J21 on the MCU PWB. At disconnecting 6 † Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks:
each connector, turn the power ON after waiting 2 - Replace the MCU PWB with a normal one. Does Check the host side. Problem solved
3 minute. Replace the part(s) Replace the MCU the problem still occur?
Is the voltage 5 VDC between the following each for which source PWB-XL
pair of pins? voltage is shorted. (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
P33-1PIN↔P33-4PIN
P33-2PIN↔P33-5PIN
P33-3PIN↔P33-6PIN
• Check if the source voltage of each part is shorted.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 219

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.46 FIP-1.47 Engine Communication Error 3.2.1.47 FIP-1.48Verify (DIMM Slot Related) Error
Table 3-50. Engine Communication Error Table 3-51. Verify (DIMM Slot Related) Error
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial setting: 1 † Initial setting:
• Remove all the optional units and modules related • Remove all the optional units and modules related
to the electrical system and bring the printer back to to the electrical system and bring the printer back to
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
the standard status. Go to step 2 the standard status. Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Check if all connectors are properly connected to • Check if all connectors are properly connected to
the CONTROLLER PWB. the CONTROLLER PWB.
• Reinsert the DIMM. • Reinsert the DIMM.
2 † Improving the CONTROLLER PWB Environment: 2 † Checking the DIMM:
Replace or reinstall
• Update the program to the latest one in the Go to step 3 • After formatting the DIMM, load the control
the relevant part.
DIMM.ÅB program to the DIMM.
3 † Replacing the CONTROLLER PWB and • Insert the DIMM in the socket P until it locks Replace or reinstall Problem solved
securely. the relevant part.
Performing Checks:
- Problem solved
Does the problem still occur after replacing the NOTE: Since the DIMM has the right direction
MCU PWB with a normal one? to insert, be sure to insert it in the
correct direction.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 220

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.48 FIP-1.49 Error in Standard RAM (Slot 0, 1) 3.2.1.49 FIP-1.50ROM Checksum Error (MASK ROM for Font)
Table 3-52. Error in Standard RAM (Slot 0, 1) Table 3-53. ROM Checksum Error (MASK ROM for Font)
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial setting: 1 † Initial setting:
• Remove all the optional units and modules related to • Remove all the optional units and modules related to
the electrical system and bring the printer back to the Replace or reinstall the electrical system and bring the printer back to the Replace or reinstall the
Go to step 2 Go to step 2
standard status. the relevant part. standard status. relevant part.
• Check if all connectors are properly connected to the • Check if all connectors are properly connected to the
CONTROLLER PWB. CONTROLLER PWB.
2 † Checking the SD-RAM: 2 † Replace the CODE ROM (C309PROG).
Replace the
• Remove all SD-RAMs from the RAM slots and then • Replace the mounted CODE ROM with another one CONTROLLER PWB. Go to step 3
reinsert them in the RAM slots. Be sure to insert the for checking.
SD-RAMs one by one (S0 and S1) in order so that the 3 † Replace the IC concerned.
SD-RAM error can be identified. Every time you Replace or reinstall the
• “Error C1100” ...Replace IC1 (M160B76JA) Problem solved
insert an SD-RAM, follow the procedures below and relevant part.
• “Error C1101”..Replace.IC2(M160B77JA)
repeat it for each one.
Replace or reinstall
1 Turn the power off. Problem solved
the relevant part. NOTE: The MASK ROM for Font “IC1” and “IC2” are the same as those for EPL-
2 Add the SD-RAM
3 Turn the power on. N2120.
• Insert the SD-RAM in the socket until it is locked
securely.
NOTE: Since the SD-RAM has the right direction
to insert, be sure to insert it in the correct
direction.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 221

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.50 FIP-1.51 ROM Checksum Error (CODE, IPL) 3.2.1.51 FIP-1.52 ROM Module (DIMM Slot A, B, C Related) Error
Table 3-54. ROM Checksum Error (CODE, IPL) Table 3-55. ROM Module (DIMM Slot A, B, C Related) Error
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial setting: 1 † Initial setting:
• Remove all the optional units and modules related • Remove all the optional units and modules related
to the electrical system and bring the printer back to Replace or reinstall to the electrical system and bring the printer back to Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2 Go to step 2
the standard status. the relevant part. the standard status. the relevant part.
• Check if all connectors are properly connected to • Check if all connectors are properly connected to
the CONTROLLER PWB. the CONTROLLER PWB.
2 † CODE ROM(C309PROG)ÇÃåšä² Replace the 2 † Checking the DIMM:
• Replace the mounted CODE ROM with another one CONTROLLER Go to step 3 • Insert the DIMM in the socket until it is locked
for checking. PWB. securely.
3 † Clearing/updating the Program: NOTE: Since the DIMM has the right direction
and location for insertion, be sure to Replace or reinstall
• Clear the installed DIMM forcibly and update the
Replace or reinstall insert it in the correct direction and Problem solved
program to the latest one in the DIMM. Problem solved location. the relevant part.
the relevant part.
• Clear the new DIMM forcibly and update the • Check if the DIMM is available for this printer,
program in the DIMM. AcuLaser C8600.
In cases other than above, replace the
NOTE: The locations of FLASH ROM are IC3 and IC 4. CONTROLLER PWB.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 222

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.52 FIP-1.53 EEPROM Writing Error 3.2.1.53 FIP-1.54 CCNV Hardware Error
Table 3-56. EEPROM Writing Error Table 3-57. CCNV Hardware Error
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial setting: 1 † Initial setting:
• Remove all the optional units and modules related • Remove all the optional units and modules related
to the electrical system and bring the printer back to Replace or reinstall to the electrical system and bring the printer back to Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2 Go to step 2
the standard status. the relevant part. the standard status. the relevant part.
• Check if all connectors are properly connected to • Check if all connectors are properly connected to
the CONTROLLER PWB. the CONTROLLER PWB.
2 † Checking the EEPROM: 2 † Replacing the IC concerned:
• “Error C1200”... Execute “SelecType Init” in the • Replace IC603 for AcuLaser C8600 or IC600 for
Panel Setting, or replace EEPROM. Replace or reinstall AcuLaser C7000 (VIPS: E05B93BA)
Problem solved Replace or reinstall
• “Error C1210”...Replace EEPROM. the relevant part. • Replace IC602 for AcuLaser C8600 or IC601 for Problem solved
the relevant part.
In cases other than above, replace the AcuLaser C7000 (PWM)
CONTROLLER PWB. In cases other than above, replace the
CONTROLLER PWB.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 223

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.54 FIP-1.55 Engine Initialization Error 3.2.1.55 FIP-1.56 SRAM (for Compression) Initialization Hardware
Error
Table 3-58. Engine Initialization Error
Remedy Table 3-59. SRAM (for Compression) Initialization Hardware Error
Step Check
Yes No Remedy
Step Check
1 † Initial setting: Yes No
• Remove all the optional units and modules related 1 † Initial setting:
to the electrical system and bring the printer back to Replace or reinstall • Remove all the optional units and modules related
Go to step 2
the standard status. the relevant part. to the electrical system and bring the printer back to Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
• Check if all connectors are properly connected to the standard status. the relevant part.
the CONTROLLER PWB. • Check if all connectors are properly connected to
2 † Initializing the MCU PWB: the CONTROLLER PWB.
• By using the DIAG command, execute “Slave Problem solved Go to step 3 2 † Checking the SD-RAM:
Initialize”. Turn the power off once and on again. • Remove all SD-RAMs from the RAM slots and
Does the printer operate normally? then reinsert them in the RAM slots. Be sure to
3 † Replacing the relevant unit: Replace or reinstall insert the SD-RAMs one by one (S0 and S1) in
Problem solved order so that the SD-RAM error can be identified.
• Replace the CONTROLLER PWB. the relevant part.
Every time you insert an SD-RAM, follow the
procedures below and repeat it for each one.
Replace or reinstall
1 Turn the power off. Go to step 3
the relevant part.
2 Add the SD-RAM.
3 Turn the power on.
• Insert the SD-RAM in the socket until it is locked
securely.
NOTE: Since the SD-RAM has the right
direction to insert, be sure to insert it in
the correct direction.
3 † Replacing the IC concerned:
• Replace IC603 for AcuLaser C8600 or IC600 for
AcuLaser C7000 (VIPS: E05B93BA)
Replace or reinstall
• Replace IC602 for AcuLaser C8600 or IC601 for Problem solved
the relevant part.
AcuLaser C7000 (PWM)
In cases other than above, replace the
CONTROLLER PWB.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 224

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.2.1.56 FIP-1.57 Video System Hardware Error (including PWM

Calibration Error IC)
Table 3-60. Video System Hardware Error
(including PWM Calibration Error IC)
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial setting:
• Remove all the optional units and modules related
to the electrical system and bring the printer back to Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
the standard status. the relevant part.
• Check if all connectors are properly connected to
the CONTROLLER PWB.
2 † Replacing the IC concerned:
• Replace IC603 for AcuLaser C8600 or IC600 for
AcuLaser C7000 (VIPS: E05B93BA)
Replace or reinstall
• Replace IC602 for AcuLaser C8600 or IC601 for Problem solved
the relevant part.
AcuLaser C7000 (PWM)
In cases other than above, replace the
CONTROLLER PWB.

Troubleshooting Level 1 FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure) 225

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3 Level 2 FIP † “FIP-2.31 “Faulty the DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY” (p.243)”
† “FIP-2.32 “Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY” (p.244)”
† “FIP-2.33 “Noise” (p.245)”
3.3.1 Level 2 FIP List
† “FIP-2.34 “Faulty FUSER MOTOR ASSY” (p.246)”
Level 2 FIPs are listed below: † “FIP-2.35 “Faulty the PRO MOTOR ASSY” (p.247)”

† “FIP-2.1 “Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY 5 VDC” (p.227)” † “FIP-2.36 “Faulty MAG MOTOR ASSY” (p.248)”

† “FIP-2.2 “Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY 24 VDC” (p.227)”

† “FIP-2.3 “Faulty TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR” (p.229)”
† “FIP-2.4 “Faulty LOW PAPER SENSOR” (p.229)”
† “FIP-2.5 “Faulty SIZE SWITCH ASSY” (p.230)”
† “FIP-2.6 “Faulty FEED SOLENOID” (p.230)”
† “FIP-2.7 “Faulty EMPTY SENSOR” (p.231)”
† “FIP-2.9 “Faulty OHP SENSOR” (p.232)”
† “FIP-2.10 “Faulty REGI. SENSOR” (p.232)”
† “FIP-2.11 “Faulty REGI. CLUTCH” (p.233)”
† “FIP-2.12 “Faulty PRE-REGI. CLUTCH” (p.233)”
† “FIP-2.13 “Faulty WASTE TONER SENSOR” (p.234)”
† “FIP-2.14 “Faulty TONER BOX SENSOR” (p.234)”
† “FIP-2.15 “Faulty ROS ASSY” (p.235)”
† “FIP-2.16 “Faulty ADC Sensor” (p.236)”
† “FIP-2.17 “Faulty ADC Solenoid” (p.236)”
† “FIP-2.18 “Faulty CARTRIDGE SENSOR” (p.237)”
† “FIP-2.19 “Faulty FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1” (p.237)”
† “FIP-2.20 “Faulty ROTARY SENSOR” (p.238)”
† “FIP-2.21 “Faulty TR0 SENSOR” (p.238)”
† “FIP-2.22 “Faulty BTR CAM CLUTCH” (p.239)”
† “FIP-2.23 “Faulty FUSER IN SENSOR” (p.239)”
† “FIP-2.24 “Faulty FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2” (p.240)”
† “FIP-2.25 “Faulty TEMP. SENSOR ASSY” (p.240)”
† “FIP-2.26 “Faulty CLEANER CAM SOLENOID” (p.241)”
† “FIP-2.27 “Faulty TOP EXIT SENSOR” (p.241)”
† “FIP-2.28 “Faulty P/R MOT & DRV ASSY” (p.242)”
† “FIP-2.29 “Faulty P/H MOTOR ASSY” (p.242)”
† “FIP-2.30 “Faulty the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY” (p.243)”

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 226

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.1 FIP-2.1 “Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY 5 VDC” 3.3.1.2 FIP-2.2 “Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY 24 VDC”
Table 3-61. Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY 5 VDC Table 3-62. Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY 24 VDC
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Replace or
the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked: reinstall the Go to step 2
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, MCU PWB, MAIN LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, MCU PWB, MAIN relevant part.
HARNESS ASSY HARNESS ASSY, FUSER ASSY MAIN P/H
2 † Checking the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY: FRAME ASSY, FRONT COVER SWITCH L P/H
HARNESS ASSY, FUSER CONNECTOR
P32-15PIN↔P32-17PIN Replace the LV/HV
P33-1PIN↔P33-4PIN Go to step 3 POWER SUPPLY 2 † Checking the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY:
P33-2PIN↔P33-5PIN (PL13.1.1) (p.352) Is the voltage 24VDC between P32-6PIN ↔ P32- Go to step 5 Go to step 3
P33-3PIN↔P33-6PIN 4PIN?
3 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the MCU 3 † Checking the interlock route:
Replace the MAIN Replace the LV/
ASSY: PWB-XL Is the voltage 5 VDC between J33-9PIN ↔ P32-
HARNESS ASSY. HV POWER
Is there continuity between J33 ↔ J12? (PL13.2.1) (p.354) 21PIN? Go to step 4
SUPPLY
• Check with the FUSER ASSY, MAIN P/H ASSY and
(PL13.1.1) (p.352)
FRONT COVER ASSY closed.
4 † Checking the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY Relay
Replace the LV/
Circuit:
HV POWER
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P33-9PIN ↔ P32-
SUPPLY Go to step 6
4PIN?
(PL13.1.1)
• Check with the FUSER ASSY, MAIN P/H ASSY and
(p.352)
FRONT COVER ASSY closed.
5 Replace the LV/
HV POWER Replace the
† Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS ASSY:
SUPPLY MAIN HARNESS
Is there continuity between J32 ↔ J21?
(PL13.1.1) ASSY.
(p.352)
6 † Checking for proper mounting of FUSER ASSY Replace the faulty
Go to step 7
Is the FUSER ASSY properly mounted? part(s).
7 † Checking the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY mounting: Replace the faulty
Go to step 8
Is the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY mounted securely? part(s).
8 † Checking for power supply to the FRONT COVER
SWITCH L Replace the
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P32-18PIN ↔ P32- Go to step 9 MAIN HARNESS
21PIN? ASSY.
• Check with the FRONT COVER ASSY closed.

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 227

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 3-62. Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY 24 VDC (continued) Table 3-62. Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY 24 VDC (continued)
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
9 † Checking the FRONT COVER SWITCH R: Replace the 18 † Checking for continuity of FUSER CONNECTOR: Replace the Replace the
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P17B-11PIN ↔ P17B- FRONT COVER Is there normal continuity between J70-1PIN ↔ J97- MAIN HARNESS FUSER
Go to step 10
12PIN? SWITCH R 2PIN? ASSY. CONNECTOR
• Check with the FRONT COVER ASSY closed. (PL13.2.3) (p.355)
10 † Checking the MAIN HARNESS ASSY:
Replace the
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P97-1PIN ↔ P32-
Go to step 11 MAIN HARNESS
4PIN?
ASSY.
• Check with the FRONT COVER ASSY closed.
11 † Checking the power voltage at the MAIN P/H
FRAME ASSY connection:
Replace the P/H
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P91-1PIN ↔ P32-
Go to step 12 HARNESS
4PIN?
ASSY.
• Check with the FUSER ASSY and FRONT COVER
ASSY closed.
12 † Checking the power voltage at the FUSER ASSY
connection:
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P71-3PIN ↔ P32-
Go to step 13 Go to step 16
4PIN?
• Check with the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY and
FRONT COVER ASSY closed.
13 † Checking the MAIN HARNESS ASSY:
Is the voltage 5 VDC between J70-2PIN ↔ P32-
4PIN? Go to step 15 Go to step 14
• Check with MAIN P/H ASSY, FUSER ASSY and
FRONT COVER ASSY closed.
14 † Checking the MCU PWB:
Replace the MCU
Is the voltage24VDC between P/J21-1PIN ↔ P/J21- Replace the
PWB-XL
2PIN? MAIN HARNESS
(PL13.2.1)
• Check with MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, FUSER ASSY.
(p.354)
ASSY, FRONT COVER ASSY closed.
15 † Checking the FUSER ASSY Replace the
Is there normal continuity between J71-3PIN ↔ J71- Go to step 16 FUSER
4PIN? HARNESS ASSY
16 † Checking for continuity of REGI HARNESS ASSY: Replace the REGI
Is there normal continuity between J91-1PIN ↔ J91- Go to step 17 HARNESS
2PIN? ASSY.
17 † Checking for continuity of P/H HARNESS ASSY: Replace the P/H
Is there normal continuity between P91-1PIN ↔ J97- Go to step 18 HARNESS
2PIN? ASSY.

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 228

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.3 FIP-2.3 “Faulty TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR” 3.3.1.4 FIP-2.4 “Faulty LOW PAPER SENSOR”
Table 3-63. Faulty TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR Table 3-64. Faulty LOW PAPER SENSOR
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR, MAIN HARNESS LOW PAPER SENSOR, TRAY SENSOR
ASSY, TRAY SENSOR HARNESS, MCU PWB HARNESS,MCU PWB
2 † Checking power supply to the TRAY NO PAPER Go to FIP-2.1 2 † Checking power supply for the LOW PAPER
Replace the MCU
SENSOR: “Faulty LV/HV detection signal:
Go to step 3 Go to step 3 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5V DC between P16B-13PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY Is the voltage 5 VDC between P16B-16PIN ↔
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
P16B-14PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227) P16B-17PIN?
3 † Checking power supply for the TRAY NO PAPER 3 † Checking the LOW PAPER detection signal:
Replace the MCU
detection signal: Is the voltage between P16B-16PIN ↔ P16B- Replace the MCU
Go to step 4 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5V DC between P16B-14PIN ↔ 17PIN 0 VDC when approx. 20 sheets of paper are PWB-XL Go to step 4
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
P16B-15PIN? mounted and 5 VDC when approx. 200 sheets of (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
4 parer are mounted?
† Checking the TRAY NO PAPER detection signal:
Is the voltage between P16B-14PIN ↔ P16B- Replace the MCU 4 Replace the LOW Replace the TRAY
† Checking the TRAY SENSOR HARNESS ASSY:
15PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitting PWB-XL Go to step 5 PAPER SENSOR SENSOR
Is there normal continuity between J106 ↔ P101?
(there is paper) and 5 VDC when the light is (PL13.2.1) (p.354) ASSY HARNESS ASSY
intercepted (no paper)?
5 † Checking for continuity of TRAY SENSOR Replace the TRAY
HARNESS: Go to step 6 SENSOR
Is there normal continuity between J107 ↔ P101? HARNESS.
6 Replace the TRAY
† Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
NO PAPER Replace the MAIN
ASSY:
SENSOR (PL3.1.9) HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J101 ↔ J16B?
(p.281)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 229

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.5 FIP-2.5 “Faulty SIZE SWITCH ASSY” 3.3.1.6 FIP-2.6 “Faulty FEED SOLENOID”
Table 3-65. Faulty SIZE SWITCH ASSY Table 3-66. Faulty FEED SOLENOID
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
SIZE SWITCH ASSY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, FEED SOLENOID, MAIN HARNESS ASSY,
MCU PWB MCU PWB
2 † Checking power supply to the Size SWITCH Go to FIP-2.1 2 Go to FIP-2.2
† Checking power supply to the FEED SOLENOID:
ASSY: “Faulty LV/HV “Faulty LV/HV
Go to step 3 Is the voltage 24 VDC between P17B-13PIN ↔ Go to step 3
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P16B-10PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY
P17B-14PIN?
P16B-11PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227) 24 VDC” (p.227)
3 † Checking the REGI. detection signal: 3 † Checking the FEED SOLENOID: Replace the MCU
Is the voltage proper between P16B-10PIN ↔ Replace the MCU Is there continuity (approx. 90ɹ) between P17B- PWB-XL Go to step 4
P16B-12PIN for each paper size? PWB-XL Go to step 4 13PIN ↔ P17B-14PIN? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
• See Paper Size Control (p.130) and perform (PL13.2.1) (p.354) 4 Replace the FEED
† Checking the MAIN HARNESS ASSY: Replace the MAIN
checking by changing the paper size. SOLENOID
Is there normal continuity between J17B ↔ J103? (PL3.1.35) (p.277)
HARNESS ASSY.
4 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the SIZE
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: SWITCH ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J102 ↔ J16B? (PL3.1.5) (p.279)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 230

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.7 FIP-2.7 “Faulty EMPTY SENSOR” 3.3.1.8 (Missing Number)

Table 3-67. Faulty EMPTY SENSOR
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part.
EMPTY SENSOR, MSI HARNESS ASSY REGI.
HARNESS ASSY, P/H HARNESS ASSY, MCU
PWB
2 Go to FIP-2.1
† Checking power supply to the EMPTY SENSOR:
“Faulty LV/HV
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P20A-3PIN ↔ Go to step 3
POWER SUPPLY
P20A-4PIN?
5 VDC” (p.227)
3 † Checking power supply for the EMPTY detection
Replace the MCU
signal:
Go to step 4 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P20A-5PIN ↔
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
P20A-4PIN?
4 † Checking the EMPTY detection signal:
Is the voltage between P20A-5PIN ↔ P20A-4PIN Replace the MCU
0 VDC when the signal light is reflected (there is PWB-XL Go to step 5
paper) and 5 VDC when the light is not reflected (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
(no paper)?
5 † Checking the MSI HARNESS ASSY: Replace the MSI
Go to step 6
Is there normal continuity between J201 ↔ P203? HARNESS ASSY.
6 † Checking for continuity of REGI. HARNESS
Replace the REGI.
ASSY: Go to step 7
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J91A ↔ J201?
7 † Checking the P/H HARNESS ASSY: Replace the
Replace the P/H
Is there normal continuity between J20A ↔ EMPTY SENSOR
HARNESS ASSY.
J91A? (PL4.3.5) (p.288)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 231

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.9 FIP-2.9 “Faulty OHP SENSOR” 3.3.1.10 FIP-2.10 “Faulty REGI. SENSOR”
Table 3-68. Faulty OHP SENSOR Table 3-69. Faulty REGI. SENSOR
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or remount
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall adherence of foreign matter? the part(s) Go to step 2
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part. • Major parts to be checked: concerned.
OHP SENSOR, MSI HARNESS ASSY REGI. REGI.SENSOR, REGI. HARNESS ASSY P/H
HARNESS ASSY, P/H HARNESS ASSY, MCU HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB
PWB 2 Go to FIP-2.1
† Checking power supply to the REGI. SENSOR:
2 Go to FIP-2.1 “Faulty LV/HV
† Checking power supply to the OHP SENSOR: Is the voltage 5 VDC between P20B-4PIN ↔ Go to step 3
“Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P20B-1PIN ↔ Go to step 3 P20B-6PIN?
POWER SUPPLY 5 VDC” (p.227)
P20B-3PIN?
5 VDC” (p.227) 3 † Checking power supply for the REGI. detection
Replace the MCU
3 † Checking power supply for the MSI OHP detection signal:
Go to MCU PWB- Go to step 4 PWB-XL
signal: Is the voltage 5 VDC between P20B-4PIN ↔
Go to step 4 XL (PL13.2.1) (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P20B-1PIN ↔ P20B-5PIN?
(p.354)
P20B-3PIN? 4 † Checking the REGI. detection signal:
4 † Checking the MSI OHP detection signal: Is the voltage between P20B-4PIN ↔ P20B-5PIN Replace the MCU
Is the voltage between P20B-1PIN ↔ P20B-3PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is reflected (there is PWB-XL Go to step 5
0 VDC when the signal light is reflected (there is paper) and 5 VDC when the light is not reflected (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Replace the MCU
paper) and 5 VDC when the light is not reflected (no paper)?
PWB-XL Go to step 5
(no paper)? 5 † Checking for continuity of REGI. HARNESS
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) Replace the REGI.
• Use white paper to check transmission/interception ASSY: Go to step 6
status. OHP film is transparent, thus disturbing HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J93 ↔ J91B?
correct evaluation.
6 Replace the REGI
Replace the P/H
5 † Checking for continuity of REGI. HARNESS † Checking the P/H HARNESS ASSY:
Replace the REGI. SENSOR
ASSY: Go to step 6 Is there normal continuity between P91B ↔ J20B? HARNESS ASSY.
HARNESS ASSY. (PL4.4.24) (p.297)
Is there normal continuity between J91B ↔ J98?
6 Replace the OHP
Replace the P/H
† Checking the P/H HARNESS ASSY:
SENSOR
Is there normal continuity between J20B ↔ J91B? HARNESS ASSY.
(PL4.4.25) (p.297)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 232

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.11 FIP-2.11 “Faulty REGI. CLUTCH” 3.3.1.12 FIP-2.12 “Faulty PRE-REGI. CLUTCH”
Table 3-70. Faulty REGI. CLUTCH Table 3-71. Faulty PRE-REGI. CLUTCH
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
REGI. CLUTCH ASSY, P/H HARNESS ASSY PRE REGI. CLUTCH ASSY, P/H HARNESS
REGI. HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB ASSY REGI. HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB
2 Go to FIP-2.1 2 † Checking power supply to the PRE REGI. Go to FIP-2.2
† Checking power supply to the REGI. CLUTCH:
“Faulty LV/HV CLUTCH: “Faulty LV/HV
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P/J20B-9PIN ↔ Go to step 3 Go to step 3
P/J20B-10PIN?
POWER SUPPLY Is the voltage 24 VDC between P/J20B-11PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY
5 VDC” (p.227) P/J20B-12PIN? 24 VDC” (p.227)
3 † Checking the REGI. CLUTCH: Replace the MCU 3 † Checking the PRE REGI. CLUTCH: Replace the MCU
Is there continuity (approx. 175ɹ) between J20B- PWB-XL Go to step 4 Is there continuity (approx. 174ɹ) between J20B- PWB-XL Go to step 4
9PIN ↔ J20B-10PIN? (PL13.2.1) (p.354) 11PIN ↔ J20B-12PIN? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
4 † Checking the P/H HARNESS ASSY: 4 † Checking the P/H HARNESS ASSY: Replace the P/H
Replace the P/H Go to step 5
Is there normal continuity between J20B ↔ Go to step 5
HARNESS ASSY. Is there normal continuity between J20B ↔ J91B? HARNESS ASSY.
P91B?
5 Replace the PRE
Replace the REGI.
† Checking the REGI. HARNESS ASSY:
5 Replace the REGI REGI. CLUTCH
† Checking the REGI. HARNESS ASSY:
CLUTCH ASSY
Replace the REGI. Is there normal continuity between J91B ↔ J95? ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J91B ↔ J94? (PL4.4.5) (p.293)
HARNESS ASSY.

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 233

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.13 FIP-2.13 “Faulty WASTE TONER SENSOR” 3.3.1.14 FIP-2.14 “Faulty TONER BOX SENSOR”
Table 3-72. Faulty WASTE TONER SENSOR Table 3-73. Faulty TONER BOX SENSOR
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
Go to step 2 the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part. • Major parts to be checked:
WASTE TONER SENSOR, WASTE TONER TONER BOX SENSOR, TONER BOX HARNESS
BOX, TONER BOX HARNESS, MAIN MAIN HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB
HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB 2 † Checking power supply to the TONER BOX Go to FIP-2.1
2 † Checking power supply to the WASTE TONER Go to FIP-2.1 SENSOR: “Faulty LV/HV
Go to step 3
SENSOR: “Faulty LV/HV Is the voltage 5 VDC between P22A-15PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY
Go to step 3
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P22A-14PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY P22A-16PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227)
P22A-12PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227)
3 † Checking power supply for the TONER BOX
Replace the MCU
3 † Checking power supply for the WASTE TONER detection signal:
Replace the MCU Go to step 4 PWB-XL
detection signal: Is the voltage 5 VDC between P22A-16PIN ↔
Go to step 4 PWB-XL (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P22A-13PIN ↔ P22A-17PIN?
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
P22A-12PIN? 4 † Checking the TONER BOX detection signal:
4 † Checking the WASTE TONER detection signal: Is the voltage between P/J22A-16PIN ↔ P/J22A- Replace the MCU
Is the voltage between P/J22A-13PIN ↔ P/J22A- 17PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitted PWB-XL Go to step 5
Replace the MCU
12PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitted (there is WASTE TONER BOX) and 5 VDC when (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
PWB-XL Go to step 5
(WASTE TONER LOW level) and 5 VDC when the light is intercepted (no WASTE TONER BOX)?
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
the light is intercepted (WASTE TONER HIGH 5 Replace the
† Checking for continuity of TONER BOX
level)? Go to step 6 TONER BOX
HARNESS:
5 † Checking for continuity of TONER BOX Replace the Is there normal continuity between J88 ↔ J116? HARNESS.
HARNESS: Go to step 6 TONER BOX
6 Replace the
Is there normal continuity between J88 ↔ J116? HARNESS † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
TONER BOX Replace the MAIN
ASSY:
6 Replace the SENSOR HARNESS ASSY.
† Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Is there normal continuity between J116 ↔ J22A?
WASTE TONER Replace the MAIN (PL6.1.43) (p.303)
ASSY:
SENSOR HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J116 ↔ J22A?
(PL6.1.42) (p.303)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 234

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.15 FIP-2.15 “Faulty ROS ASSY” Table 3-74. Faulty ROS ASSY (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-74. Faulty ROS ASSY Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 9 † Checking for continuity of ROS HARNESS:
Yes No
Is there normal continuity between the following
Replace the ROS
1 † Initial checking: each pair of terminals? Go to step 10
HARNESS.
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, J14↔J124, J125, J121, J123
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or J15↔J122
adherence of foreign matter? 10
Replace or reinstall † Checking for continuity of FRONT COVER
• Major parts to be checked: Go to step 2 Replace the
the relevant part. SWITCH R:
ROS ASSY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, EXIT Is there continuity between the terminals of the FRONT COVER
HARNESS, TOP EXIT SENSOR, FRONT Go to step 11
FRONT COVER SWITCH R when the FRONT SWITCH R
COVER SWITCH R, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, COVER is closed and no continuity when it is (PL13.2.3) (p.355)
ROS HARNESS, MCU PWB open?
2 Go to FIP-2.1 11 † Checking the FRONT COVER ASSY tab:
† Checking power supply to the SOS Sensor:
“Faulty LV/HV
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P14-1PIN ↔ P14- Go to step 3 Do the tabs of the FRONT COVER ASSY securely
Replace the faulty
POWER SUPPLY Go to step 12
3PIN? push in the contact of the FRONT COVER
5 VDC” (p.227) part(s).
SWITCH R when the FRONT COVER ASSY is
3 † Checking power supply for the SOS detection closed?
Replace the MCU
signal: 12
Go to step 4 PWB-XL † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P14-1PIN ↔ P14- ASSY:
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) Replace the MAIN
2PIN?
Is there normal continuity between J197-1PIN ↔ Go to step 13
HARNESS.
4 † Checking the Scanner Motor operation: J192-1PIN and between J197-2PIN ↔ J192-
Does the Scanner Motor run when turned ON? Go to step 7 Go to step 5 2PIN?
• Check for operation sound. 13 † Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks: Replace the ROS
5 Go to FIP-2.2 Replace the MCU PWB with a normal one. Does ASSY (PL6.1.1) Problem solved
† Checking power supply to the Scanner Motor:
“Faulty LV/HV the problem still occur? (p.300)
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P14-12PIN ↔ Go to step 6
POWER SUPPLY
P14-13PIN?
24 VDC” (p.227)
6 † Checking the Scanner Motor ON signal:
Does the voltage between P14-10PIN ↔ P14-
Go to step 7 Go to step 13
11PIN change from 24 VDC to 0 VDC when the
Scanner Motor is turned ON?
7 † Checking the power to the LDD: Replace the LV/HV
Is the voltage 5 VDC between the voltage of P32- Go to step 8 POWER SUPPLY
22PIN ↔ P32-21PIN? (PL13.1.1) (p.352)
8 † Checking for continuity of ROS HARNESS:
Does the J32-22PIN ↔ J125-1PIN have
Replace the ROS
continuity? Go to step 9
HARNESS
Does the J32-21PIN ↔ J125-2PIN have
continuity?

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 235

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.16 FIP-2.16 “Faulty ADC Sensor” 3.3.1.17 FIP-2.17 “Faulty ADC Solenoid”
Table 3-75. Faulty ADC Sensor Table 3-76. Faulty ADC Solenoid
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or remount improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or remount
adherence of foreign matter? the part(s) Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? the part(s) Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: concerned. • Major parts to be checked: concerned.
ADC SENSOR ASSY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, ADC SENSOR ASSY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY,
MCU PWB MCU PWB
2 Go to FIP-2.1 2 Go to FIP-2.2
† Checking power supply to the ADC Sensor: † Checking power supply to the ADC Solenoid:
“Faulty LV/HV “Faulty LV/HV
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P16B-1PIN ↔ Go to step 3 Is the voltage 24 VDC between P16B-5PIN ↔ Go to step 3
POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY
P16B-4PIN? P16B-6PIN?
5 VDC” (p.227) 24 VDC” (p.227)
3 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS 3 † Checking the ADC Solenoid: Replace the MCU
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: Go to step 4 Is there continuity (approx. 36ɹ) between J16B- PWB-XL Go to step 4
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J16B ↔ J81? 5PIN ↔ P/J16B-6PIN? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
4 † Replacing the ADC SENSOR ASSY and 4 † Checking the MAIN HARNESS ASSY: Replace the ADC Replace the P/H
Replace the MCU
Performing Checks:
PWB-XL Problem solved
Is there normal continuity between J16B ↔ P81? SOLENOID. HARNESS ASSY.
Does the same problem occur even after replacing
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
the ADC SENSOR ASSY with a normal one?

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 236

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.18 FIP-2.18 “Faulty CARTRIDGE SENSOR” 3.3.1.19 FIP-2.19 “Faulty FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1”
Table 3-77. Faulty CARTRIDGE SENSOR Table 3-78. Faulty FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or remount improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or remount
adherence of foreign matter? the part(s) Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? the part(s) Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: concerned. • Major parts to be checked: concerned.
CARTRIDGE, FUSER CONNECTOR, MAIN FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1, MAIN HARNESS
HARNESS ASSY MCU PWB ASSY FUSER HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB
2 † Checking power supply to the CARTRIDGE Go to FIP-2.1 2 † Checking power supply to the FUSER EXIT Go to FIP-2.1
SENSOR: “Faulty LV/HV SENSOR-1: “Faulty LV/HV
Go to step 3 Go to step 3
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P17A-5PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY Is the voltage 5 VDC between P19B-5PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY
P17A-3PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227) P19B-6PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227)
3 † Checking power supply for the CARTRIDGE 3 † Checking power supply for the FUSER EXIT
Replace the MCU Replace the MCU
detection signal: detection signal:
Go to step 4 PWB-XL Go to step 4 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P17A-4PIN ↔ Is the voltage 5 VDC between P19B-6PIN ↔
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
P17A-3PIN? P19B-7PIN?
4 † Checking the CARTRIDGE detection signal: 4 † Checking the FUSER EXIT detection signal:
Is the voltage between P/J17A-4PIN ↔ P/J17A- Replace the MCU Is the voltage between P/J19B-6PIN ↔ P/J19B- Replace the MCU
3PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitted PWB-XL Go to step 5 7PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitted PWB-XL Go to step 5
(Cartridge is installed) and 5 VDC when the light is (PL13.2.1) (p.354) (there is paper) and 5 VDC when the light is (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
intercepted (no Cartridge)? intercepted (no paper)?
5 Replace the 5 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
† Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the MAIN
CARTRIDGE Replace the MAIN ASSY: Go to step 6
ASSY: HARNESS.
SENSOR HARNESS ASSY. Is there normal continuity between J19B ↔ J71B?
Is there normal continuity between J87 ↔ J17?
(PL7.2.32) (p.311)
6 † Checking continuity of the FUSER HARNESS Replace the FUSER
Replace the FUSER
ASSY: EXIT SENSOR-1
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J71B ↔ J72? (PL9.2.3) (p.327)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 237

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.20 FIP-2.20 “Faulty ROTARY SENSOR” 3.3.1.21 FIP-2.21 “Faulty TR0 SENSOR”
Table 3-79. Faulty ROTARY SENSOR Table 3-80. Faulty TR0 SENSOR
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
ROTARY SENSOR, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, TR0 SENSOR, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, TR0
MCU PWB HARNESS, MCU PWB
2 Go to FIP-2.1 2 Go to FIP-2.1
† Checking power supply to the ROTARY SENSOR: † Checking power supply to the TR0 SENSOR:
“Faulty LV/HV “Faulty LV/HV
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P16A-16PIN ↔ Go to step 3 Is the voltage 5 VDC between P16B-7PIN ↔ Go to step 3
POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY
P16A-14PIN? P16B-9PIN?
5 VDC” (p.227) 5 VDC” (p.227)
3 † Checking power supply for the ROTARY 3 † Checking power supply for the TR0 detection
Replace the MCU Replace the MCU
SENSOR detection signal: signal:
Go to step 4 PWB-XL Go to step 4 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P16A-15PIN ↔ (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P16B-8PIN ↔
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
P16A-14PIN? P16B-9PIN?
4 † Checking the ROTARY SENSOR detection signal: 4 † Checking the TR0 detection signal:
Is the voltage between P16A-15PIN ↔ P16A- Replace the MCU Is the voltage between P/J16B-8PIN ↔ P/J16B-
Replace the MCU
14PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitted PWB-XL Go to step 5 9PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitted
PWB-XL Go to step 5
(no notch) and 5 VDC when the light is intercepted (PL13.2.1) (p.354) (IBT BELT mark is detected) and 5 VDC when the
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
(notch is detected)? light is intercepted (no IBT BELT mark is
5 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the detected).
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: ROTARY 5 † Checking for continuity of TR0 HARNESS: Replace the TR0
HARNESS ASSY. Go to step 6
Is there normal continuity between J16A ↔ J58? SENSOR. Is there normal continuity between J57 ↔ J54? HARNESS.
6 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the TR0
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: SENSOR
HARNESS.
Is there normal continuity between J54 ↔ J16B? (PL8.2.24) (p.320)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 238

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.22 FIP-2.22 “Faulty BTR CAM CLUTCH” 3.3.1.23 FIP-2.23 “Faulty FUSER IN SENSOR”
Table 3-81. Faulty BTR CAM CLUTCH Table 3-82. Faulty FUSER IN SENSOR
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or remount
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter?
the relevant part. the part(s) Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked: concerned.
BTR CAM CLUTCH, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, FUSER IN SENSOR, MAIN HARNESS ASSY
MCU PWB FUSER HARNESS ASSY, FUSER IN HARNESS,
2 † Checking power supply to the BTR CAM Go to FIP-2.2 MCU PWB
CLUTCH: “Faulty LV/HV 2 † Checking power supply to the FUSER IN Go to FIP-2.1
Go to step 3
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P/J18B-9PIN ↔ P/ POWER SUPPLY SENSOR: “Faulty LV/HV
Go to step 3
J18B-10PIN? 24 VDC” (p.227) Is the voltage 5 VDC between P19A-4PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY
P19A-5PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227)
3 † Checking power supply for the BTR CAM
Replace the MCU
CLUTCH detection signal: 3 † Checking power supply for the FUSER IN
PWB-XL Go to step 4 Replace the MCU
Does the P/J18B-9PINPIN ↔ P/J14B-10PIN have detection signal:
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) Go to step 4 PWB-XL
continuity? Is the voltage 5 VDC between P19A-6PIN ↔ (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
4 Replace the BTR P19A-5PIN?
† Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: CAM CLUTCH 4 † Checking the FUSER IN detection signal:
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J18B ↔ J63? (PL8.3.2) (p.320) Is the voltage between P/J19A-6PIN ↔ P/J19A- Replace the MCU
5PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitted PWB-XL Go to step 5
(there is paper) and 5 VDC when the light is (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
intercepted (no paper)?
5 † Checking for continuity of FUSER IN HARNESS: Replace the FUSER
Go to step 6
Is there normal continuity between J117 ↔ P76? IN HARNESS
6 † USER HARNESS ASSY Replace the FUSER
Go to step 7
Is there normal continuity between J71A ↔ J76? HARNESS ASSY.
7 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
Replace the FUSER
ASSY: Replace the MAIN
IN SENSOR
Is there normal continuity between P71A ↔ HARNESS ASSY.
(PL9.4.4) (p.336)
J19A?

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 239

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.24 FIP-2.24 “Faulty FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2” 3.3.1.25 FIP-2.25 “Faulty TEMP. SENSOR ASSY”
Table 3-83. Faulty FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2 Table 3-84. Faulty TEMP. SENSOR ASSY
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or remount improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or remount
adherence of foreign matter? the part(s) Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? the part(s) Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: concerned. • Major parts to be checked: concerned.
FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2, MAIN HARNESS TEMP. SENSOR ASSY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY
ASSY FUSER HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB FUSER HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB
2 † Checking power supply to the FUSER EXIT Go to FIP-2.1 2 † Checking the thermistor of TEMP. SENSOR Replace or clean the
SENSOR-2: “Faulty LV/HV ASSY: TEMP. SENSOR
Go to step 3 Go to step 3
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P19B-5PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY Is there dirt or any foreign matter on the detection ASSY (PL9.2.6)
P19B-6PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227) surface of the thermistor? (p.330)
3 † Checking power supply for the FUSER EXIT 3 † Checking the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY thermistor Replace or clean the
Replace the MCU
detection signal: resistance: TEMP. SENSOR
Go to step 4 PWB-XL Go to step 4
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P19B-3PIN ↔ Is there 240kΩ between P19B-4PIN ↔ P19B- ASSY (PL9.2.6)
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
P19B-6PIN? 6PIN at room temperature (18 - 20°C)? (p.330)
4 † Checking the FUSER EXIT detection signal: 4 † Checking continuity of the FUSER HARNESS
Replace the FUSER
Is the voltage between P/J19B-3PIN ↔ P/J19B- Replace the MCU ASSY: Go to step 5
HARNESS ASSY.
6PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitted PWB-XL Go to step 5 Is there normal continuity between J71B ↔ J72?
(there is paper) and 5 VDC when the light is (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
5 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
intercepted (no paper)? Replace the MCU
ASSY: Replace the MAIN
PWB-XL
5 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Is there normal continuity between P71B ↔ HARNESS ASSY.
Replace the MAIN (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
ASSY: Go to step 6 J19B?
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J19B ↔ J71B?
6 † Checking continuity of the FUSER HARNESS Replace FUSER
Replace the FUSER
ASSY: EXIT SENSOR-
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J71B ↔ J72? 2(PL9.2.4) (p.327)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 240

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.26 FIP-2.26 “Faulty CLEANER CAM SOLENOID” 3.3.1.27 FIP-2.27 “Faulty TOP EXIT SENSOR”
Table 3-85. Faulty CLEANER CAM SOLENOID Table 3-86. Faulty TOP EXIT SENSOR
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
CLEANER CAM SOLENOID, FUSER HARNESS TOP EXIT SENSOR, MAIN HARNESS ASSY
ASSY MAIN HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB EXIT HARNESS, MCU PWB
2 † Checking power supply to the CLEANER CAM Go to FIP-2.2 2 † Checking power supply to the TOP EXIT Go to FIP-2.1
SOLENOID: “Faulty LV/HV SENSOR: “Faulty LV/HV
Go to step 3 Go to step 3
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P19B-1PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY Is the voltage 5 VDC between P17A-9PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY
P19B-2PIN? 24 VDC” (p.227) P17A-10PIN? 5 VDC” (p.227)
3 † Checking the CLEANER CAM SOLENOID: Replace the MCU 3 † Checking power supply to the TOP EXIT: Replace the MCU
Is there continuity (approx. 220ɹ) between P19B- PWB-XL Go to step 4 Is the voltage 5 VDC between the voltage of P17A- Go to step 4 PWB-XL
1PIN ↔ P19B-2PIN? (PL13.2.1) (p.354) 11PIN ↔ P17A-10PIN? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
4 † Checking the FUSER HARNESS ASSY: Replace the FUSER 4 † Checking the TOP EXIT detection signal:
Go to step 5
Is there normal continuity between J62 ↔ J71B? HARNESS ASSY. Is the voltage between P/J17A-11PIN ↔ P/J17A- Replace the MCU
10PIN 0 VDC when the signal light is transmitted PWB-XL Go to step 5
5 Replace the
CLEANER CAM Replace the MAIN (there is paper) and 5 VDC when the light is (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
† Checking the MAIN HARNESS ASSY:
Is there normal continuity between P71B ↔ J19B? SOLENOID HARNESS ASSY. intercepted (no paper)?
(PL9.4.24) (p.333) 5 † Checking for continuity of EXIT HARNESS: Replace the EXIT
Go to step 6
Is there normal continuity between J165 ↔ J161? HARNESS
6 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the TOP
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: EXIT SENSOR
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J161 ↔ J17A? (PL10.2.24) (p.342)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 241

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.28 FIP-2.28 “Faulty P/R MOT & DRV ASSY” 3.3.1.29 FIP-2.29 “Faulty P/H MOTOR ASSY”
Table 3-87. Faulty P/R MOT & DRV ASSY Table 3-88. Faulty P/H MOTOR ASSY
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
P/R MOT & DRV ASSY, MAIN HARNESS P/H MOTOR ASSY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY,
ASSY, MCU PWB MCU PWB
2 † Checking power supply to the P/R MOT & DRV 2 † Checking power supply to the P/H MOTOR
ASSY: ASSY: Go to step 4 Go to step 3
Go to step 4 Go to step 3
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P/J51-2 ↔ P/J51- Is the voltage 24 VDC between P49-2 ↔ P49-1?
1? 3 Go to FIP-2.2
† Checking power supply to the LV/HV POWER
3 Go to FIP-2.2
Go to step 4
“Faulty LV/HV
† Checking power supply to the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY:
“Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY
SUPPLY: Go to step 4 Is the voltage 24 VDC between P32-8 ↔ P32-10?
POWER SUPPLY 24 VDC” (p.227)
Is the voltage 24 VDC between J32-7 ↔ J32-11?
24 VDC” (p.227) 4 Replace the MCU
† Checking the voltage of P/H MOTOR ON signal:
4 † Checking the voltage of PROCEESS DRIVE ON Is the voltage 5 VDC between P18A-11 ↔ P18A- Go to step 5 PWB-XL
Replace the MCU
signal: 8? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Go to step 5 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P18B-5 ↔ P18B- 5 † Checking the voltage of P/H MOTOR SPEED
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) Replace the MCU
2?
signal:
Go to step 6 PWB-XL
5 † Checking the voltage of PROCEESS DRIVE Is the voltage 5 VDC between P18A-10 ↔ P18A-
Replace the MCU (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
SPEED signal: 8?
Go to step 6 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P18B-3 ↔ P18B- 6
(PL13.2.1) (p.354) † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
2? Replace the P/H
ASSY: Replace the MAIN
MOTOR ASSY
6 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the P/R Is there normal continuity between J18A ↔ J50, HARNESS ASSY.
(PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
ASSY: MOT & DRV Replace the MAIN between J24 ↔ J53 and between J32 ↔ J49?
Is there normal continuity between J18B ↔ J52 ASSY (PL11.1.10) HARNESS ASSY.
and between J32 ↔ J51? (p.347)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 242

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.30 FIP-2.30 “Faulty the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY” 3.3.1.31 FIP-2.31 “Faulty the DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY”
Table 3-89. Faulty the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY Table 3-90. Faulty the DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY
Remedy Remedy
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
1 † Initial checking: 1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Replace or reinstall Replace or reinstall
adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2 adherence of foreign matter? Go to step 2
the relevant part. the relevant part.
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
ROTARY MOTOR ASSY, MAIN HARNESS DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY, MAIN HARNESS
ASSY, MCU PWB ASSY, MCU PWB
2 † Checking power supply to the ROTARY MOTOR 2 † Checking power supply to the DISPENSE MOTOR Go to FIP-2.2
ASSY: ASSY: “Faulty LV/HV
Go to step 4 Go to step 3 Go to step 3
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P/J246-3 ↔ P/ Is the voltage 24 VDC between P18B-7PIN ↔ POWER SUPPLY
J246-1? P18B-8PIN? 24 VDC” (p.227)
3 Go to FIP-2.2 3 † Checking the DISPENSE CLUTCH ASSY: Replace the MCU
† Checking power supply to the LV/HV POWER
“Faulty LV/HV Is there continuity (approx. 172ɹ) between P18B- PWB-XL Go to step 4
SUPPLY: Go to step 4
POWER SUPPLY 7PIN ↔ P18B-8PIN? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
Is the voltage 24 VDC between J33-7 ↔ J33-8?
24 VDC” (p.227)
4 Replace the
4 Go to FIP-2.1 † Checking the MAIN HARNESS ASSY: DISPENSE Replace the MAIN
† Checking power supply to the ROTARY MOTOR
DRIVE PWB: Go to step 5
“Faulty LV/HV Is there normal continuity between J18B ↔ J55? MOTOR ASSY HARNESS ASSY.
POWER SUPPLY (PL11.1.22) (p.349)
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P18A-5 ↔ P18A-4?
5 VDC” (p.227)
5 † Checking the voltage of ROTARY MOTOR ON Replace the MCU
signal: Go to step 6 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P18A-2 ↔ P18A-4? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)
6 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the
ASSY: ROTARY MOTOR Replace the MAIN
Is there normal continuity between J18A ↔ J245 ASSY (PL11.1.20) HARNESS ASSY.
and between J33 ↔ J246? (p.348)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 243

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.32 FIP-2.32 “Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY” Table 3-91. Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY (continued)
Remedy
Table 3-91. Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 9 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
Yes No Replace the MAIN
ASSY: Go to step 12
HARNESS ASSY.
1 † Initial checking: Is there normal continuity between J16A ↔ J42?
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, 10 † Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks: Replace the LV/HV
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace the MCU PWB with a normal one. Does POWER SUPPLY Problem solved
adherence of foreign matter? (PL13.1.1) (p.352)
the problem still occur?
• Major parts to be checked: Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
BCR WIRE ASSY, DEVE. WIRE, BCR the relevant part.
CONNECTOR ASSY, DEVE. CONTACT PLATE
ASSY, 2ND BTR ASSY, TRANSFER HIGH
ASSY, 2ND BTR CAM ASSY, LV/HV POWER
SUPPLY, MAIN HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB
2 † Checking the BCR WIRE ASSY:
Replace the BCR
Is there continuity between the terminals of the Go to step 3
WIRE ASSY.
BCR WIRE?
3 † Checking the DEVE. WIRE:
Replace the DEVE.
Is there continuity between the terminals of the Go to step 4
WIRE.
DEVE. WIRE?
4 Reinstall or replace
† Checking the BCR CONNECTOR ASSY:
the BCR
Is the BCR CONNECTOR ASSY distorted, Go to step 5
CONNECTOR
damaged or improperly mounted?
ASSY.
5 Reinstall or replace
† Checking the DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY:
the DEVE.
Is the DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY distorted, Go to step 6
CONTACT PLATE
damaged or improperly mounted?
ASSY.
6 † Checking the 2ND BTR ASSY: Replace the 2ND
Is there proper continuity in the high voltage route Go to step 7 BTR ASSY
inside the 2ND BTR ASSY? (PL8.1.22) (p.315)
7 † Checking the inside of TRANSFER HIGH ASSY:
Is there proper continuity in the high voltage route
Replace the
inside the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY?
TRANSFER HIGH
• Check continuity between the terminals of 1ST Go to step 8
ASSY (PL8.1.20)
BTR WIRE and the 1ST BTR, and between the
(p.313)
terminals of CONTACT ROLL WIRE and the 1ST
BTR.
8 Go to FIP-2.2
† Checking power supply to the LV/HV POWER
“Faulty LV/HV
SUPPLY: Go to step 9
POWER SUPPLY
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P21-1 ↔ P21-2?
24 VDC” (p.227)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 244

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.33 FIP-2.33 “Noise” Table 3-92. Noise (continued)

Remedy
Table 3-92. Noise Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 10 † Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks:
Yes No
† Replace the MCU PWB with a normal one. Does Go to step 11 Problem solved
1 † Initial checking: the problem still occur?
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
11 † Is there any problem found by rechecking the
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace or reinstall
major parts to be checked by initial checking and Problem solved *1
adherence of foreign matter? the relevant part.
Replace or reinstall their related parts?
• Major parts to be checked: Go to step 2
the relevant part.
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, BCR CONNECTOR Note *1: Check the state because it can be considered as a noise coming from outside.
ASSY DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY 2ND
BTR ASSY, H/R HEATER, P/R HEATER DRUM
CARTRIDGE, MCU PWB
2 Is the printer grounded properly? Go to step 3 Ground the printer.
3 Change installation
Is there any equipment generating noise around the site or move the
Go to step 4
printer? equipment
generating noise.
4 † Checking the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY:
Fasten the
Is the grounding wire connected to the power
Go to step 5 grounding wire
switch/inlet of the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY
securely.
fastened securely?
5 Reinstall or replace
† Checking the BCR CONNECTOR ASSY:
the BCR
Is the BCR CONNECTOR ASSY distorted, Go to step 6
CONNECTOR
damaged or improperly mounted?
ASSY.
6 Reinstall or replace
† Checking the DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY:
the DEVE.
Is the DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY distorted, Go to step 7
CONTACT PLATE
damaged or improperly mounted?
ASSY.
7 † Checking the 2ND BTR ASSY: Replace the 2ND
Is there proper continuity in the high voltage route Go to step 8 BTR ASSY
inside the 2ND BTR ASSY? (PL8.1.22) (p.315)
8 † Checking the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER:
Fasten both ends
Are both ends of the H/R HEATER and P/R Go to step 9
securely.
HEATER fastened securely?
9 † Replacing the DRUM CARTRIDGE and
Performing Checks:
Go to step 10 Problem solved
Does the same problem occur even after replacing
the DRUM CARTRIDGE with a normal one?

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 245

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.34 FIP-2.34 “Faulty FUSER MOTOR ASSY”

Table 3-93. Faulty FUSER MOTOR ASSY
Remedy
Step Check
Yes No
1 † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used,
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part.
FUSER MOTOR ASSY, P/H MOTOR ASSY
MAIN HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB, LV/HV
POWER SUPPLY
2 † Checking power supply to the FUSER MOTOR
ASSY: Go to step 5 Go to step 3
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P49-2 ↔ P49-1?
3 Go to FIP-2.2
† Checking power supply to the LV/HV POWER
“Faulty LV/HV
SUPPLY: Go to step 4
POWER SUPPLY
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P32-8 ↔ P32-10?
24 VDC” (p.227)
4 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the FUSER
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J32 ↔ J59? (PL 11.1.4) (p.346)
5 Replace the MCU
† Checking the voltage of Fuser Motor ON signal:
Go to step 6 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P24-7 ↔ P24-6?
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
6 † Checking the voltage of Fuser Motor ON signal:
Go to step 8 Go to step 7
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P53-4 ↔ P53-5?
7 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the P/H
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J24 ↔ J53? (PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
8 Replace the P/H
† Checking the voltage of Fuser Motor ON signal:
Go to step 9 MOTOR ASSY
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P43-10 ↔ P43-7?
(PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
9 Replace the FUSER
† Checking the voltage of Fuser Motor ON signal:
MOTOR ASSY Go to step 10
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P44-1 ↔ P44-4?
(PL 11.1.4) (p.346)
10 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the FUSER
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J43 ↔ J44? (PL 11.1.4) (p.346)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 246

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.35 FIP-2.35 “Faulty the PRO MOTOR ASSY” Table 3-94. Faulty the PRO MOTOR ASSY
Remedy
Table 3-94. Faulty the PRO MOTOR ASSY Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 12 † Checking the voltage of PRO Motor SPEED signal:
Yes No Go to step 14 Go to step 13
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P53-2↔P53-5?
1 † Initial checking: 13 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the P/H
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, Replace the MAIN
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J24 ↔ J53? (PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall
Go to step 2 14 Replace the P/H
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part. † Checking the voltage of PRO Motor SPEED signal:
Go to step 15 MOTOR ASSY
PRO MOTOR ASSY, P/H MOTOR ASSY MAIN Is the voltage 5 VDC between P43-14 ↔ P43-12?
(PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER
SUPPLY 15 † Checking the voltage of PRO Motor SPEED signal:
Go to step 17 Go to step 16
2 Is the voltage 5 VDC between P46-2 ↔ P46-4?
† Checking power supply to the PRO MOTOR
ASSY: Go to step 5 Go to step 3 16 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the PRO
Replace the MAIN
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P61-2 ↔ P61-1? ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
3 Go to FIP-2.2 Is there normal continuity between J43 ↔ J46? (PL 11.1.6) (p.347)
† Checking power supply to the LV/HV POWER
Go to step 4
“Faulty LV/HV 17 Replace the PRO
SUPPLY:
POWER SUPPLY MOTOR ASSY
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P32-8 ↔ P32-10? † Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks:
24 VDC” (p.227) (PL 11.1.6) (p.347)
Replace the MCU PWB with a normal one. Does Problem solved
4 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the PRO or P/H MOTOR
Replace the MAIN the problem still occur?
MOTOR ASSY ASSY (PL 11.1.5)
ASSY:
HARNESS ASSY. (p.346)
Is there normal continuity between J32 ↔ J61? (PL 11.1.6) (p.347)
5 Replace the MCU
† Checking the voltage of PRO Motor ON signal:
Go to step 6 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P24-8 ↔ P24-6?
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
6 † Checking the voltage of PRO Motor ON signal:
Go to step 8 Go to step 7
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P53-3 ↔ P53-5?
7 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the P/H
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J24 ↔ J53? (PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
8 Replace the P/H
† Checking the voltage of PRO Motor ON signal:
Go to step 9 MOTOR ASSY
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P43-15 ↔ P43-12?
(PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
9 † Checking the voltage of PRO Motor ON signal:
Go to step 11 Go to step 10
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P46-1 ↔ P46-4?
10 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the PRO
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J43 ↔ J46? (PL 11.1.6) (p.347)
11 † Checking the voltage of PRO Motor SPE ED Replace the MCU
signal: Go to step 12 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P24-9 ↔ P24-6? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 247

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.3.1.36 FIP-2.36 “Faulty MAG MOTOR ASSY” Table 3-95. Faulty MAG MOTOR ASSY
Remedy
Table 3-95. Faulty MAG MOTOR ASSY Step Check
Yes No
Remedy
Step Check 12 † Checking the voltage of MAG Motor SPEED
Yes No
signal: Go to step 14 Go to step 13
1 † Initial checking: Is the voltage 5 VDC between P53-1 ↔ P53-5?
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, 13 Replace the P/H
† Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS
improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Replace the MAIN
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
adherence of foreign matter? Replace or reinstall HARNESS ASSY.
Go to step 2 Is there normal continuity between J24 ↔ J53? (PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant part.
MAG MOTOR ASSY, P/H MOTOR ASSY MAIN 14 † Checking the voltage of MAG Motor SPEED Replace the P/H
HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER signal: Go to step 15 MOTOR ASSY
SUPPLY Is the voltage 5 VDC between P43-4 ↔ P43-2? (PL 11.1.5) (p.346)

2 † Checking power supply to the MAG MOTOR 15 † Checking the voltage of MAG Motor SPEED
ASSY: Go to step 5 Go to step 3 signal: Go to step 17 Go to step 16
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P60-2 ↔ P60-1? Is the voltage 5 VDC between P45-2 ↔ P45-4?

3 Go to FIP-2.2 16 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the MAG

† Checking power supply to the LV/HV POWER Replace the MAIN
“Faulty LV/HV ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY.
SUPPLY:
POWER SUPPLY Is there normal continuity between J43 ↔ J45? (PL11.1.7) (p.349)
Is the voltage 24 VDC between P32-8 ↔ P32-10?
24 VDC” (p.227) 17 Replace the MAG
4 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the MAG MOTOR ASSY
Replace the MAIN † Replacing the MCU PWB and Performing Checks:
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY (PL11.1.7) (p.349)
HARNESS ASSY. Replace the MCU PWB with a normal one. Does Problem solved
Is there normal continuity between J32 ↔ J60? (PL11.1.7) (p.349) or P/H MOTOR
the problem still occur?
ASSY (PL 11.1.5)
5 Replace the MCU
(p.346)
† Checking the voltage of MAG Motor ON signal:
Go to step 6 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P24-8 ↔ P24-6?
(PL13.2.1) (p.354)
6 † Checking the voltage of MAG Motor ON signal:
Go to step 8 Go to step 7
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P53-3 ↔ P53-5?
7 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the P/H
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J24 ↔ J53? (PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
8 Replace the P/H
† Checking the voltage of MAG Motor ON signal:
Go to step 9 MOTOR ASSY
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P43-5 ↔ P43-2?
(PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
9 † Checking the voltage of MAG Motor ON signal:
Go to step 11 Go to step 10
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P45-1 ↔ P45-4?
10 † Checking for continuity of MAIN HARNESS Replace the MAG
Replace the MAIN
ASSY: MOTOR ASSY
HARNESS ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between J43 ↔ J45? (PL11.1.7) (p.349)
11 † Checking the voltage of MAG Motor SPEED Replace the MCU
signal: Go to step 12 PWB-XL
Is the voltage 5 VDC between P24-10 ↔ P24-6? (PL13.2.1) (p.354)

Troubleshooting Level 2 FIP 248

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.4 Picture Image Trouble 3.4.2 Picture Quality FIP

3.4.1 Picture Image Troubleshooting Entry Chart The following explanation assumes the printer controller
C H E C K
P O IN T functions properly. You can however easily determine whether
Start the problem lies in the printer controller or engine by conducting
a test print with the engine alone, except for problems that cannot
be recognized through a test print.
Testing printing „ If the test print by the engine alone is good, the problem is
caused by the printer controller.
„ If there is something wrong with the test print by the engine
Is there an alone, the problem is caused by the engine.
No
applicable FIP? If there may be something wrong with the printer controller,
replace the printer controller and interface cable with properly
Yes functioning ones and see if that works.
If the problem continues to occur, check the host side and perform
Execute applicable troubleshooting Execute troubleshooting troubleshooting efficiently using the following picture quality FIP
according to a description of the problem.

If a problem involving printing quality occurs, first find out exactly what the problem
Is Is
No No is, make a test print on A3 or A4 paper, and then troubleshoot effectively by using the
the problem the problem
corresponding picture quality FIP chart.
solved? solved?
Yes Yes If the problem cannot be resolved by picture quality FIP, recheck with picture quality
FIP, and replace “Major parts to be checked” of “Initial checking” in the order in which
End End they are given and see if that works. Perform troubleshooting using “1.2 Basic
Specifications (p.9)”.

Figure 3-4. Picture Image Troubleshooting Entry Chart

Troubleshooting Picture Image Trouble 249

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Picture quality FIP covers the following typical problems involving picture quality:
† “FIP-1.P1 “Too Light” (p.251)”
† “FIP-1.P2 “All White” (p.251)”
† “FIP-1.P3 “All Black” (p.252)”
† “FIP-1.P4 “White or Too Light in Paper Transport Direction” (p.252)”
† “FIP-1.P5 “White or Too Light in Paper Transport and Vertical Directions” (p.253)”
† “FIP-1.P6 “Black Dots” (p.253)”
† “FIP-1.P7 “Fogging” (p.254)”
† “FIP-1.P8 “Paper Skew” (p.254)”
† “FIP-1.P9 “Wrinkles” (p.255)”
† “FIP-1.P10 “Unsatisfactory Fixing” (p.255)”
† “FIP-1.P11 Interval Print Quality Defect (p.256)”

3.4.2.1 Rolls and Print Quality Defect Intervals

The Rolls and print intervals that affect picture quality are as follows

Table 3-96. Rolls and Print Intervals

Roll Cycle
Magnet Roll 28 mm
Drum 264 mm
BCR 44 mm
1ST BTR 59 mm Figure 3-5. Location of Rolls
BACK UP ROLL 88 mm
2ND BTR 88 mm
HEAT ROLL 140 mm
PRESSURE ROLL 135 mm
FEED ROLL 90 mm

Troubleshooting Picture Image Trouble 250

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.4.2.2 FIP-1.P1 “Too Light” 3.4.2.3 FIP-1.P2 “All White”

Table 3-97. Too Light Table 3-98. All White
Description / Checking Description / Checking
Print is partially missing in white: Completely white print (blank paper):
The picture image has a white streak in the paper transport direction or is too light. Nothing is printed, thus entire surface of the paper is completely white.
† Initial checking: † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
adherence of foreign matter? adherence of foreign matter?
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
DRUM CARTRIDGE, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, ROS ASSY, MCU PWB, HEAT ROLL, DRUM CARTRIDGE, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, ROS ASSY, MCU PWB
PRESSURE ROLL, MAIN FUSER ASSY
Remedy (when required to
Remedy (when required to Item Check
Item Check solve the problem)
solve the problem)
1 Replace the Toner Cartridge
† Empty Toner Cartridge:
† Faulty charging: (PL7.1.1, PL7.1.2, PL7.1.3,
Replace the DRUM CARTRIDGE Is there enough toner in the Toner Cartridge?
1 Does the problem no longer occur when DRUM PL7.1.4) (p.305)
(PL6.1.10) (p.298)
CARTRIDGE is replaced? 2 † Laser route blocked off: Remove foreign matter or dirt in
† Faulty ROS ASSY: Is there any foreign matter or dirt in the path of the laser the path of the laser beam from the
2 Does the problem still occur when laser radiation exit Check “Faulty ROS ASSY” beam from the ROS ASSY to the drum? ROS ASSY to the drum.
from the ROS ASSY is half covered with paper? 3 † Faulty charging/developing:
† Faulty HEAT ROLL / PRESSURE ROLL: Is the toner image on the drum properly developed?
Replace or clean the HEAT ROLL Check “Faulty LV/HV POWER
Is the HEAT ROLL/PRESSURE ROLL damaged? Is • If you suspect that primary transfer is in progress while
3 (PL9.2.25) (p.328) or PRESSURE SUPPLY”
there dirt or foreign matter adhering to the HEAT ROLL/ printing, turn the power OFF and visually inspect the
ROLL (PL9.2.10) (p.329)
PRESSURE ROLL? drum (position prior to transfer).
Replace the Developer Assy 4 † Faulty primary transfer:
† Faulty Developer Assy:
(PL7.1.10, PL7.1.20, PL7.1.30, Is the toner image on the drum properly transferred to the
4 Is the trimmer cap of the Developer Assy for the color
PL7.1.40) (p.306) for the color IBT BELT ASSY? Check “Faulty LV/HV POWER
concerned clogged?
concerned • When, you suspect, primary transfer is in progress in the SUPPLY”
course of printing, turn the power OFF and visually
inspect the IBT BELT ASSY.
5 † Faulty secondary transfer:
Is the toner image on the IBT BELT ASSY properly
transferred to paper? Check “Faulty LV/HV POWER
• When, you suspect, primary transfer is in progress in the SUPPLY”
course of printing, turn the power OFF and visually
inspect the paper.
6 † Faulty DRUM CARTRIDGE:
Replace the DRUM CARTRIDGE
Does the problem no longer occur when the DRUM
(PL6.1.10) (p.298)
CARTRIDGE is replaced with a new one?

Troubleshooting Picture Image Trouble 251

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.4.2.4 FIP-1.P3 “All Black” 3.4.2.5 FIP-1.P4 “White or Too Light in Paper Transport
Direction”
Table 3-99. All Black
Description / Checking Table 3-100. White or Too Light in Paper Transport Direction
Completely black print: Description / Checking
Printed page is completely black. Print is partially missing in white
† Initial checking: The picture image has a white streak in the paper transport direction or is too light.
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or † Initial checking:
adherence of foreign matter? Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
• Major parts to be checked: adherence of foreign matter?
DRUM CARTRIDGE, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, ROS ASSY, MCU PWB • Major parts to be checked:
Remedy (when required to DRUM CARTRIDGE, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, ROS ASSY, MCU PWB, HEAT ROLL,
Item Check PRESSURE ROLL, MAIN FUSER ASSY
solve the problem)
1 † Faulty charging:
Remedy (when required to
Check “Faulty LV/HV POWER Item Check
Does the problem still occur when laser radiation exit solve the problem)
SUPPLY”
from the ROS ASSY is covered with paper? 1 † Faulty charging:
Replace the DRUM CARTRIDGE
2 † Faulty ROS ASSY Does the problem no longer occur when DRUM
(PL6.1.10) (p.298)
Does the problem still occur when laser radiation exit Check “Faulty ROS ASSY” CARTRIDGE is replaced?
from the ROS ASSY is half covered with paper? 2 † Faulty ROS ASSY
3 † Faulty DRUM CARTRIDGE: Does the problem still occur when laser radiation exit Check “Faulty ROS ASSY”
Replace the DRUM CARTRIDGE from the ROS ASSY is half covered with paper?
Does the problem no longer occur when the DRUM
(PL6.1.10) (p.298)
CARTRIDGE is replaced with a new one? 3 † Faulty HEAT ROLL / PRESSURE ROLL
Replace or clean the HEAT ROLL
Is the HEAT ROLL/PRESSURE ROLL damaged? Is
(PL9.2.25) (p.328) or PRESSURE
there dirt or foreign matter adhering to the HEAT ROLL/
ROLL (PL9.2.10) (p.329)
PRESSURE ROLL?
4 Replace the Developer Assy
† Faulty Developer Assy
(PL7.1.10, PL7.1.20, PL7.1.30,
Is the trimmer cap of the Developer Assy for the color
PL7.1.40) (p.306) for the color
concerned clogged?
concerned.

Troubleshooting Picture Image Trouble 252

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.4.2.6 FIP-1.P5 “White or Too Light in Paper Transport and 3.4.2.7 FIP-1.P6 “Black Dots”
Vertical Directions”
Table 3-102. Black Dots
Table 3-101. Description / Checking
Description / Checking Black Dots:
Print is partially missing in white Black dots appear on print.
The picture image has a white streak in the paper transport and vertical directions or is too light. † Initial checking:
† Initial checking: Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or adherence of foreign matter?
adherence of foreign matter? • Major parts to be checked:
• Major parts to be checked: DRUM CARTRIDGE, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, 2ND BTR ASSY, MAIN FUSER ASSY, HEAT
Developer Assy, DRUM CARTRIDGE, 2ND BTR, HEAT ROLL, PRESSURE ROLL, FEED ROLL ROLL, PRESSURE ROLL
ASSY Remedy (when required to
Item Check
Remedy (when required to solve the problem)
Item Check
solve the problem) 1 † Damp paper: Replace the paper. (Ask the user to
1 Replace the part(s) concerned. Does the problem no longer occur when the paper is keep paper in a place where there is
† Checking for cyclicity: replaced with new one? not much humidity.)
• Determine the part(s) from the
Does the problem occur cyclically?
interval that appears on print. 2 † Faulty charging/developing:
2 † Faulty print controller: Is the toner image on the drum properly developed?
Check “Faulty LV/HV POWER
Does the problem no longer occur when print controller is Replace the print controller. • When, you suspect, primary transfer is in progress in the SUPPLY”
replaced? course of printing, turn the power OFF and visually
inspect the drum (position prior to transfer).
3 † Faulty primary transfer:
Is the toner image on the drum properly transferred to the
IBT BELT ASSY? Check “Faulty LV/HV POWER
• When, you suspect, primary transfer is in progress in the SUPPLY”
course of printing, turn the power OFF and visually
inspect the IBT BELT ASSY.
4 † Faulty HEAT ROLL / PRESSURE ROLL:
Clean or replace the HEAT ROLL
Is the HEAT ROLL/PRESSURE ROLL damaged? Is
(PL9.2.25) (p.328) or PRESSURE
there dirt or foreign matter adhering to the HEAT ROLL/
ROLL (PL9.2.10) (p.329)
PRESSURE ROLL?
5 † Faulty DRUM CARTRIDGE:
Replace the DRUM CARTRIDGE
Does the problem no longer occur when the DRUM
(PL6.1.10) (p.298)
CARTRIDGE is replaced with a new one?

Troubleshooting Picture Image Trouble 253

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.4.2.8 FIP-1.P7 “Fogging” 3.4.2.9 FIP-1.P8 “Paper Skew”

Table 3-103. Fogging Table 3-104. Paper Skew
Description / Checking Description / Checking
Fogging: Skew:
Toner adheres to margins of the print. Picture image printing is skewed.
† Initial checking: † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
adherence of foreign matter? adherence of foreign matter?
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
DRUM CARTRIDGE, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, Developer Assy, DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY MAIN FUSER ASSY, MSI FEED ASSY, FEED ROLL ASSY, TURN ROLL ASSY,MAIN P/H
Remedy (when required to FRAME ASSY
Item Check
solve the problem) Remedy (when required to
Item Check
1 † Deterioration of developer: Replace the Developer Assy solve the problem)
Does the problem no longer occur when Developer Assy (PL7.1.10, PL7.1.20, PL7.1.30, 1 Mount the paper or paper cassette
for the color concerned is replaced? PL7.1.40) (p.306) † Faulty paper mounting: properly. (Ask the user to mount
2 † Checking the installation of DEVE. CONTACT PLA TE Has the paper or paper cassette been mounted properly? paper and the paper cassette
Reinstall the DEVE. CONTACT properly.)
ASSY:
Has the DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY been installed PLATE ASSY properly. 2 † Paper transport route problem:
Clean or replace the part(s)
properly? Are there burrs, foreign matter or dirt in the paper
concerned.
3 transport route?
† Faulty LV/HV POWER SUPPLY:
Replace the LV/HV POWER
Does the problem no longer occur when the LV/HV 3 † Feed roll problem: Clean or replace the part(s)
SUPPLY (PL13.1.1) (p.352)
POWER SUPPLY is replaced? Do the feed rolls feed paper properly? concerned.
4 † Faulty Drum: 4 † Paper roll problem:
Replace the DRUM CARTRIDGE Clean or replace the part(s)
Does the problem no longer occur when the DRUM Is there any foreign matter or dirt on the paper transport
(PL6.1.10) (p.298) concerned.
CARTRIDGE is replaced? rolls? Are they distorted or not functioning properly?
5 † Checking the installation of ROS ASSY: Reinstall the ROS ASSY (PL6.1.1)
Is the ROS ASSY mounted improperly? (p.300)
6 † Faulty DRUM CARTRIDGE:
Replace the DRUM CARTRIDGE
Does the problem no longer occur when the DRUM
(PL6.1.10) (p.298)
CARTRIDGE is replaced with a new one?

Troubleshooting Picture Image Trouble 254

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.4.2.10 FIP-1.P9 “Wrinkles” 3.4.2.11 FIP-1.P10 “Unsatisfactory Fixing”

Table 3-105. Wrinkles Table 3-106. Unsatisfactory Fixing
Description / Checking Description / Checking
Wrinkles: Unsatisfactory Fixing:
Paper becomes wrinkled during printing. The image can be easily rubbed off with your hand.
† Initial checking: † Initial checking:
Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or Is there any parts of wrong specifications used, improper mounting, damage, distortion, dirt, or
adherence of foreign matter? adherence of foreign matter?
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
MAIN FUSER ASSY, HEAT ROLL, PRESSURE ROLL, MCU PWB,DRUM CARTRIDGE, TURN TEMP. SENSOR ASSY, MAIN FUSER ASSY, HEAT ROLL, PRESSURE ROLL, MCU PWB
ROLL ASSY, FEED ROLL ASSY, Paper cassette
Remedy (when required to
Item Check
Remedy (when required to solve the problem)
Item Check
solve the problem)
1 Replace the paper.
† Damp paper:
1 Replace the paper. (Ask the user to keep paper in a
† Damp paper: Does the problem no longer occur when the paper is
(Ask the user to keep paper in a place where there is not much
Does the problem no longer occur when the paper is replaced with new one?
place where there is not much humidity.)
replaced with new one?
humidity.) 2 Clean or replace the TEMP.
† Dirty TEMP. SENSOR ASSY:
2 † Faulty HEAT ROLL / PRESSURE ROLL: Is the surface of the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY dirty? SENSOR ASSY (PL9.2.6) (p.330)
Clean or replace the HEAT ROLL
Is the HEAT ROLL/PRESSURE ROLL damaged? Is 3
(PL9.2.25) (p.328) or PRESSURE † Faulty HEAT ROLL / PRESSURE ROLL:
there dirt or foreign matter adhering to the HEAT ROLL/ Clean or replace the HEAT ROLL
ROLL (PL9.2.10) (p.329) Is the HEAT ROLL/PRESSURE ROLL damaged? Is
PRESSURE ROLL? (PL9.2.25) (p.328) or PRESSURE
there dirt or foreign matter adhering to the HEAT ROLL/
ROLL (PL9.2.10) (p.329)
3 † Skew: PRESSURE ROLL?
Check FIP-1.P8 “Paper Skew”
Is paper being fed at an angle? 4 • Perform Adjustment 1.1.
† Faulty MAIN FUSER ASSY:
4 † Paper transport route problem: Is pressure reliably applied between the HEAT ROLL • Replace the MAIN FUSER
Clean or replace the part(s)
Are there burrs, foreign matter or dirt in the paper and PRESSURE ROLL? ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
concerned.
transport route?
5 † Paper roll problem:
Clean or replace the part(s)
Is there any foreign matter or dirt on the paper transport
concerned.
rolls? Are they distorted or not functioning properly?

Troubleshooting Picture Image Trouble 255

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3.4.2.12 FIP-1.P11 Interval Print Quality Defect Description / Checking

Table 3-107. Interval Print Quality Defect 7 † Pitch = 140mm
Clean the Heat Roll with soft/clean
Description / Checking Check any foreign objects or scratch on the Heat Roll
cloth, or replace the MAIN FUSER
Picture quality defect appeared at fixed interval.
surface corresponding to a print quality defect ASSY.
(Either on the printed face or the back face of paper, print quality defect appeared along the paper feeding
position.
direction. (black dot, white line across to a drum axis, white spot and so on) 8 † Pitch = 135mm
Clean the Pressure Roll with soft/
† Initial checking: Check any foreign objects or scratch on the Pressure
clean cloth, or replace the MAIN
Measure the defect pitch with ruler. Roll surface corresponding to a print quality defect FUSER ASSY.
• Major parts to be checked: position.
Magnet Roll, Drum, BCR, 1st BTR, Backup Roll, 2nd BTR, Heat Roll, Pressure Roll, Feed Roll 9 † Pitch = 90mm
Remedy (when required to Check any foreign objects or scratch on the Feed Roll Clean the Feed Roll with soft/clean
Item Check surface corresponding to a print quality defect cloth, or replace the FEED ROLL.
solve the problem)
position.
1 † Pitch = 28mm
Clean the Magnet Roll with soft/
Check any foreign objects or scratch on Magnet Roll
clean cloth, or replace the Magnet
surface corresponding to a print quality defect Roll.
position. C A U T IO N When handling “HEAR ROLL” or “PRESSURE ROLL”, be
2 † Pitch = 264mm sure to leave it for certain period of time until it gets cool down.
Clean the Drum with soft/clean
Check any foreign objects or scratch on the Drum
cloth, or replace the Drum
surface corresponding to a print quality defect cartridge.
position.
3 † Pitch = 44mm
Clean the BCR (whole parts) with
Remove the BCR (with holder) and check any foreign
soft/clean cloth, or replace the
objects or scratch on the BCR surface corresponding Drum cartridge.
to a print quality defect position.
4 † Pitch = 59mm
Clean the 1st BTR with soft/clean
Remove the IBT Belt Assy and check any foreign
cloth, or replace the TRANSFER
objects or scratch on the 1st BTR surface HIGH ASSY.
corresponding to a print quality defect position.
5 † Pitch = 88mm
Clean the Backup Roll with soft/
Remove the IBT Belt Assy and check any foreign
clean cloth, or replace the
objects or scratch on the Backup Roll surface TRANSFER HIGH ASSY.
corresponding to a print quality defect position.
6 † Pitch = 88mm
Clean the 2nd BTR with soft/clean
Check any foreign objects or scratch on the 2nd BTR
cloth, or replace the 2ND BTR
surface corresponding to a print quality defect ASSY.
position.

Troubleshooting Picture Image Trouble 256

 4
CHAPTER

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.1 Overview 4.1.1 Precautions

See the precautions given under the heading “WARNING” and “CAUTION” in the
This section describes procedures for disassembling the main components of the
following column when disassembling or assembling the product.
product. For installation and removal of optional units, refer to the operator's manual
for AcuLaser C8600. Refer to Chapter 5 for updating the program.
W A R N IN G „ Before servicing, be sure to turn the printer off and unplug the
Unless otherwise specified, disassembled units or components can be reassembled by
power code from the wall outlet to prevent injury, burn, and
reversing the disassembly procedure.
electric shocks. If you must keep the power supplied to measure
Things, if not strictly observed, that could result in injury or loss of life are described voltage, be aware of the potential for electrical shock and do all
under the heading “Warning”. tasks with the most care.
„ Never inspect any motor, sprocket, and gear while the printer
Chips for disassembling procedures are described under the heading “CHECK
is operating.
POINT”.
„ Weight
If the assembling procedure is different from the reversed procedure of the This printer weighs quite heavily (about 70Kg). Be sure to
disassembling, the procedure is described under the heading “REASSEMBLY”. carry it by 4 people or more and take a good posture keeping
Any adjustments required after disassembling the units are described under the heading your back low.
“ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED”. „ Safety Components
Make sure the safety components function properly. The safety
When you have to remove any units or parts that are not described in this chapter, refer devices include fuses, interlock switches and others such as
to“7.5 Exploded Diagrams (p.503)” in the appendix. panels and covers for protecting users.
Read precautions described in the next section before starting. „ Do not touch the FUSER ASSEMBLY (Fusing unit) while it is
still very hot shortly after operation.
„ After servicing, note the following points when turning on the
printer for operation.
• Do not catch your hands and clothes in the rotating parts
such as rollers and fans.
• Keep your hands off the electrical terminals and high voltage
components such as HVPS and LVPS.
„ This printer has many metal parts. Take care not to suffer
injury from frame edges and be sure to wear gloves when you
perform maintenance or service of the printer.
„ To avoid dust explosion or ignition, never bring any
consumables close to flame or throw them into fire.
„ Do not expose yourself to the laser beam to prevent injury
(blindness).

Disassembly and Assembly Overview 258

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

W A R N IN G „ When you perform maintenance or service of the laser printer, C A U T IO N „ Do not disassembly the TONER CARTRIDGE.
never open any cover on which a warning label about laser „ Do not leave the DRUM CARTRIDGE in direct sun light.
beam has been affixed. „ Do not disassembly the ROS ASSEMBLY.
„ Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum „ Avoid touching IC and other electrical element with your bare
precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you. hands to protect them from static electricity. (Be sure to wear
„ When working on the FUSER ASSY or nearby parts, be sure to the earth band, whenever necessary.)
wait until the temperature of the parts cool down to a safe level. „ Use specified tools to ensure safety and efficient work.
„ This printer emits a laser beam when all the following „ Do not turn off the power until all motors stop.
conditions are met: „ Use the dedicated packing materials and pallet, if the printer is
• The power switch of the printer is ON and the printer is in to be transported.
“Ready” status. „ Do not use alcohol, paint thinner, or other such solvents.
• The interlock switch is OFF (TOP COVER and FRONT „ Make the specified adjustments when you disassemble the
COVER are closed). printer. (See Chapter 5 for details.)
„ Take care not to confuse the locations of the screws.
Confusing screw locations can damage the screw hole or cause
W A R N IN G „ Avant de commencer, assurez vous que l'imprimante soit some other trouble.
eteinte et que le cordon d'alimentation soit debranche.
„ Lorsque vous changez la pile au lithium, assurez vous que la
nouvelle respecte bien les caracteristiques requises.
„ Lorque que vous installez la pile au lithium, faites attention a
l'inserer dans le bon sens en respectant la polarite.
„ Veillez a jeter les piles usagees selon le reglement local.
„ Ne rechargez pas les piles au lithium.

C A U T IO N Risque d’explosion si la pile est remplacée incorrectment. Ne

remplacer que par une pile du même type ou d’un type équivalent
recommandé par le fabricant. Eliminer les piles déchargées selon
les lois et les règles de sécurité en vigueur.

Disassembly and Assembly Overview 259

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.1.2 Tools 4.1.3 Items to Check after Assembly

The tools to be used in disassembly and reassembly of AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser Performs the items described below when completing assembly after repairing the
C7000 are as listed below: printer or replace any parts.

Table 4-1. Tools † Clean the housings and the interior of the engine. See “6.2.2 Description of the
On-site Service (p.451)”.
Commercial
Name Tool Code
Availability † After assembling or adjust the printer, print an engine status sheet to check the
Phillips screw driver (#1) Available B743800100 counters for the consumables and other parts which need replacing. If any of them
is close to its life, replace it with a new one.
Phillips screw driver (#2) Available B743800500
Slotted screwdriver Available B743000100
C A U T IO N „ After replacing the FUSER UNIT, one of the major after
Tweezers Available
service parts, perform the Fuser Counter Clear in the
Pliers Available B740400100 Maintenance mode. See “6.3.1 Entry to the Maintenance Menu
Soldering iron Available (AcuLaser C8600) (p.453)”.
E-RING holder Available „ When replacing the MAIN FUSER ASSY, replace the FILTER
ASSY as well.

† Check the program ROM version, and update it if necessary.

† Print several status sheets and check print quality of AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser
C7000.
† Send a few pages of data from the host computer connected to AcuLaser C8600/
AcuLaser C7000 and check for proper functions of AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser
C7000.

Disassembly and Assembly Overview 260

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure

This section describes procedures for disassembling/assembling the printer. Unless
otherwise specified, assembly can be performed by reversing the disassembly
procedure. In principle, you are to remove all options before servicing. However, you Rear
can leave them if possible.
Left

C A U T IO N Some parts are listed as spare parts but not mentioned in

disassembly/assembly procedure. Therefore, look carefully how
they are installed before you removing them.
Front Right

Refer to the followings which explain descriptions used in this chapter.

† “(PL X.Y.Z) “ as shown next to each name of part in the procedure means that the Figure 4-1. Directions
part corresponds to the plate (PL) “X.Y” and item “Z” in the parts list. † Screws are mentioned with descriptions including “(mounting location, color,
Accordingly, you can know of the shape and the mounting position of the part by feature, thread part length, and so on)”.
referring to “7.7 ASP List (Parts List) (p.554)”.
† The number in drawing corresponds to the step number in the section.
† Directions are described as mentioned below.
† Fasten the screws in the drawings using a Phillips screw driver if no instruction is
„ Front: Front side viewing the printer toward its front side given.
(Control Panel side)
† If black arrows are shown with numbers, they show the order to act for the step.
„ Back: Rear side viewing the printer toward its front side
(Interface Connector side) † White arrows (FRONT) in the drawings show the front side of the printer.
„ Left: Left hand side viewing the printer toward its front side † For the location of the connector (P/J), refer to “7.1.1 P/J Location Drawings
(Face-up Tray side) (p.457)”.
„ Right: Right hand side viewing the printer toward its front side † The generic term “Developer Assembly” is used for “DEVELOPER ASSY Y”,
(Standard Paper Tray side)
“DEVELOPER ASSY M”, “DEVELOPER ASSY C”, AND “DEVELOPER
ASSY Bk”.
† The generic term “TONER CARTRIDGE” is used for “TONER CARTRIDGE
Y”, “TONER CARTRIDGE M”, “TONER CARTRIDGE C”, and “TONER
CARTRIDGE Bk”.

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 261

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.1 Cover
4.2.1.1 FRONT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.1)

C A U T IO N Some parts are listed as spare parts but not mentioned in

disassembly/assembly procedure. Therefore, look carefully how
they are installed before you removing them.

1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY.

2. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.
3. Remove 2 screws (gold, with a washer, 8mm) securing the right and left COVER
SUPPORTs.
4. Remove 2 screws (black, tapped, 10mm) securing the FRONT COVER ASSY and
right and left HINGE PLATES. Then remove the FRONT COVER ASSY and
right and left HINGE PLATES.

4.2.1.2 FRONT MID COVER (PL1.1.6)

1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY Figure 4-2. Front Cover Assy Removal
2. Remove 2 screws (silver, cup head, 8 mm) securing the FONT MID COVER and
remove the FRONT MID COVER.

Figure 4-3. FRONT MID COVER Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 262

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.1.3 FRONT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.5)

1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)
2. Remove 2 screws (silver, cup head, 8mm) securing the FRONT LOWER COVER,
and remove the FRONT LOWER COVER.

When installing the FRONT LOWER COVER, fit the front edge
to 4 hooks in the frame to set the cover to the correct position.

Figure 4-4. FRONT LOWER COVER Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 263

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.1.4 TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20)

1. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.
2. Open the EXIT UPPER ASSY.

NOTE: In the following step, the TOP COVER ASSY is kept connected to the printer
body with a harness. Therefore, do not move the TOP COVER ASSY too far
from the printer.

3. Remove 4 screws (silver, cup head, 8mm) securing the TOP COVER ASSY.
Then, lift up the rear end of the TOP COVER ASSY, bring the assembly to the
front rotating it clockwise while supporting it by its front left part, and separate the
assembly from the printer body.
4. Remove the OPERATION PANEL from the TOP COVER ASSY.(See p.269)

When installing the TOP COVER ASSY, be sure to fasten the 2

screws at the back to secure TOP COVER ASSY and REAR
COVER ASSY together. Pay a special attention to the left screw.
Fasten it while pressing down the TOP COVER ASSY securely so
that the rib in the TOP COVER presses the TOP COVER
SWITCH without fail.

Figure 4-5. TOP COVER ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 264

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.1.5 L/H INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.10)

C A U T IO N Be sure to perform Step 1 to support the FRONT COVER ASSY.

1. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.

2. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
3. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
4. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
5. Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)

C A U T IO N As a result of the next step, the FRONT COVER ASSY will be

supported by the left hinge and left COVER SUPPORT only.
Therefore, be careful not to add excess force to the FRONT
COVER ASSY.

6. Remove 1 screw (gold, with a washer, 8mm) fixing the COVER SUPPORT in the
FRONT COVER ASSY to the left part of the printer body.
7. Remove the three screws (black, w/collar, 6 mm) securing the L/H INNER
Figure 4-6. L/H INNER COVER ASSY Removal
COVER, and tilt the L/H INNER COVER ASSY toward the front and remove it
upward.

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 265

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.1.6 IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14)

1. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.
2. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
3. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
4. Remove 2 screws (black, cup head, 8 mm) securing the IBT INNER COVER
ASSY. Then, remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY by lifting it up.

4.2.1.7 R/H INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.15)

1. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.
2. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
3. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
4. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
5. Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)

Figure 4-7. IBT INNER COVER ASSY Removal

C A U T IO N As a result of the next step, the FRONT COVER ASSY will be
supported by the left hinge and left COVER SUPPORT only.
Therefore, be careful not to add excess force to the FRONT
COVER ASSY.

6. Remove 1 screw (gold, with a washer, 8mm) fixing the COVER SUPPORT in the
FRONT COVER ASSY to the right part of the printer body.
7. Remove 2 screws (silver, cup head, 8mm) securing the R/H INNER COVER
ASSY. Then tilt the R/H INNER COVER ASSY forward and lift it up to remove.

Figure 4-8. R/H INNER COVER ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 266

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.1.8 REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30)

1. Pull down the O/H COVER while pressing its top in and unhook it from the REAR
COVER ASSY. Then remove the O/H COVER rearward.
2. Remove 6 screws (silver, cup head, 8mm) securing the REAR COVER ASSY and
remove the REAR COVER ASSY.

„ Note that the upper two screws are used to secure not only the
REAR COVER ASSY but also the TOP COVER ASSY.
„ Take care not to catch harness.

4.2.1.9 FILTER ASSY (PL1.1.32)

1. Holding the tab of the FILTER ASSY, unhook the FILTER ASSY and remove it
by pulling it upward.

Figure 4-9. REAR COVER ASSY Removal

Figure 4-10. FILTER ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 267

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.1.10 LEFT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.40)

1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)
2. Remove the FRONT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.5) (p.263)
3. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
4. Remove 2 screws (silver, knurled, 8mm) securing the LEFT LOWER COVER.
Then, shift the LEFT LOWER COVER forward to remove it.

4.2.1.11 RIGHT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.51)

1. Remove 3 screws (silver, knurled, 14mm) securing the RIGHT COVER ASSY
and open the front side of the cover. Then shift the cover to the rear and remove it.

Engage the hooks of the RIGHT COVER ASSY with the rearward
holes in the printer body.

Figure 4-11. LEFT LOWER COVER Removal

Figure 4-12. RIGHT COVER ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 268

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.1.12 OPERATION PANEL (PL1.1.60)

C A U T IO N „ Do not place the TOP COVER too far away from the printer
body, since they are connected with the harness.
„ In the following step, be careful not to break the hooks in the
OPERATION PANEL.
1. Remove the TOP COVER along with the OPERATION PANEL. (See p.264)

2. Using the 4 hooks in the OPERATION PANEL and remove the panel from the
TOP COVER ASSY by pulling it upward.
3. Disconnect the connector for the OPERATION PANEL (P/J317).

4.2.1.13 RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50)

1. Remove the three screws (silver, w/collar, 6 mm) securing the RIGHT LOWER
COVER, and shift the RIGHT LOWER COVER toward upward for its removal.

Figure 4-14. RIGHT LOWER COVER Removal

Figure 4-13. OPERATION PANEL Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 269

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.2 Paper Tray

4.2.2.1 UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)

C A U T IO N In the following step, be sure to handle the UNIVERSAL TRAY

with the both hands so you do not drop the UNIVERSAL TRAY.

1. Draw out the UNIVERSAL TRAY, lift its front and continue drawing it out for its
removal.

Figure 4-15. UNIVERSAL TRAY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 270

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.2.2 FRONT SNUBBER (PL2.1.9)

1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)

C A U T IO N In the following steps, be careful not to bend the edge of the

FRONT SNUBBER where paper is placed.

2. Remove 2 screws (black, tapped, 8mm) securing the FRONT GUIDE ASSY and
remove the FRONT GUIDE ASSY.
3. Disengage the hook of the SNUBBER STOPPER fastening the FRONT
SNUBBER by pinching the hook with pliers and remove the SNUBBER
STOPPER. Then remove the FRONT SNUBBER.

Be sure to adjust the position of the FRONT GUIDE ASSY to the

rear positioner. (Never align it with the front one.)

Figure 4-16. FRONT SNUBBER Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 271

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.2.3 END GUIDE (PL2.1.17), SECTOR GEAR (PL2.1.19)

1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)
2. Move the END GUIDE to the right end (= minimum paper size fits).
3. Remove 2 screws (black, tapped, 8mm) securing the FRONT GUIDE ASSY and
remove the FRONT GUIDE ASSY. (See p.271)
4. Push down the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY to lock it at the bottom.
5. Turn the UNIVERSAL TRAY over and remove 5 screws (gold, tapped, 8mm)
securing the TRAY BOTTOM COVER. Then remove the TRAY BOTTOM
COVER. (See Figure 4-17)
6. Remove the SECTOR GEAR SPRING from the TRAY HOUSING and SECTOR
GEAR. (See Figure 4-18)
7. Disengage the SECTOR GEAR from the boss on the TRAY HOUSING, shift the
SECTOR GEAR along the groove, align the boss on the END GUIDE with the
hole in the SECTOR GEAR, and remove the SECTOR GEAR. (See Figure 4-18)

Figure 4-17. END GUIDE, SECTOR GEAR Removal (1)

Figure 4-18. END GUIDE, SECTOR GEAR Removal (2)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 272

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

8. Remove 2 screws (black, cup head, 8mm) securing the LOCK PLATE by the right
edge.
9. Remove 2 screws (black, cup head, 10 mm) securing the LOCK PLATE by the left
edge, and remove the LOCK PLATE.

NOTE: In the following step, hold the REAR GUIDE while removing the REAR
GUIDE PLATE L. so that the REAR GUIDE will not drop.

10. Remove 2 screws (gold, tapped, 6 mm) securing the REAR GUIDE PLATE L.
11. Remove the screw (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the REAR GUIDE PLATE R,
and remove the REAR GUIDE PLATE R from the REAR GUIDE ASSY.

NOTE: In the following step, TRAY N/F SPRING will spring out. Therefore, be
careful not to lose them.

12. By operating the PLATE LINK, unlock the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY and open it.
Then while holding the lever of the END GUIDE ASSY, move the END GUIDE
ASSY to the right for its removal.

When installing the SECTOR GEAR, make sure that the triangle
marks on the SECTOR GEAR and TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR are
aligned. Maker sure the END GUIDE is set to the minimum paper
size position. (See Figure 4-20) Figure 4-19. END GUIDE, SECTOR GEAR Removal (3)

Figure 4-20. SECTOR GEAR Installation

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 273

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.3 Paper Feeder

4.2.3.1 TURN IN CHUTE (PL3.1.21)
1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50) (p.269)
2. Open the TURN CHUTE COVER.
3. Pushing the peg at the front edge of the TURN CHUTE UP ASSY with a tool like
a screw driver, turn the TURN CHUTE UP ASSY to the right to release its rear
peg and remove the TURN CHUTE UP ASSY. (See Figure 4-21)
4. Remove the two screws (black, w/collar, 8 mm) securing the R/H LOWER
BRACKET, and remove the R/H LOWER BRACKET.(See Figure 4-22)

C A U T IO N In the next step, be careful not to damage the hinge part of the
TURN IN CHUTE.

5. Press the hinge at the rear part of the TURN IN CHUTE to release the peg and
swivel the TURN IN CHUTE right around the front side as the supporting point.

Figure 4-21. TURN IN CHUTE Removal (1)

Figure 4-22. TURN IN CHUTE Removal (2)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 274

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.3.2 TURN ROLL ASSY (PL3.1.23)

1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)
2. Remove the FRONT MID COVER (PL1.1.6) (p.262)
3. Remove 1 screw (silver, 8 mm) securing the FEED SHAFT GUIDE and remove it.
4. Remove 2 screw (gold, with a washer, 8 mm) securing the TRAY STOPPER and
remove it.
5. Open the TURN CHUTE COVER (TURN CHUTE UP ASSY).
6. Remove 2 screws (silver, cup head, 6 mm) securing the TURN CHUTE ASSY and
remove it by lifting up its lower part.
7. Remove the E-ring fixing the TURN ROLL ASSY.
8. Shift the TURN FRONT BEARING to the rear to release it from the frame.

NOTE: At the next step, note that the TURN CLUTCH remains being connected with
harness.

9. Shift the TURN ROLL ASSY to the front to disengage its rear from the TURN
CLUTCH and then shift the TURN ROLL ASSY rearward for its removal.

„ When inserting the TURN ROLL ASSY in the TURN

CLUTCH, position the notch of the TURN CLUTCH properly.
„ When installing the TRAY STOPPER, install and remove the Figure 4-23. TURN ROLL ASSY Removal
paper cassette repeatedly to find the optimum position of the
TRAY STOPPER where the paper cassette is held securely,
and fix the TRAY STOPPER there.

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 275

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.3.3 FEED ROLL (PL3.1.31)

C A U T IO N „ When removing the SENSOR BRACKET, note that the

harness of the TRAY SENSOR remains being connected to the
printer body.
„ Take great care not to suffer injury by touching any sharp edge
of metal plate.
1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)
2. Remove the FRONT MID COVER (PL1.1.6) (p.262)
3. Remove the screw (silver, w/collar, 6 mm) securing the SENSOR BRACKET to
release it from its securing. Keep it in a released state.
4. By inserting your hand through the installation opening for the UNIVERSAL
TRAY, unhook the FEED ROLL and remove it upward.

When installing the FEED ROLL, make sure the arrow marked on
the side of the roll is facing to the rotating direction.

Figure 4-24. FEED ROLL Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 276

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.3.4 FEED SOLENOID (PL3.1.35)

C A U T IO N „ Do not place the OP BRACKET ASSY too far away from the
printer body, since they are connected with the harness.
„ Take great care not to suffer injury by touching any sharp edge
at the end of the OP BRACKET ASSY.
(Remove the OP BRACKET ASSY, as required.)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)

2. Disconnect the four connectors (P/J43, P/J49, P/J50 and P/J53) of the P/H
MOTOR ASSY, and remove the P/H DRIVE ASSY together with the P/H
MOTOR ASSY.(See p.345)
3. Remove 2 screws (silver, cup head, 6mm) securing the OP BRACKET ASSY and
separate the OP BRACKET ASSY from the printer body. (See Figure 4-25) Figure 4-25. OP BRACKET ASSY Removal
4. Unclamp the harness of the FEED SOLENOID and disconnect the connector (P/
J103). (See Figure 4-26)
5. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) securing the FEED SOLENOID and remove the
FEED SOLENOID.

„ Make sure the protrusion on the FEED GEAR ASSY and the
arm of the FEED SOLENOID are securely engaged.
„ After installing the solenoid, check that the notch of the FEED
GEAR ASSY rests on the arm of the solenoid. (The FEED
ROLL comes to the top.)

Figure 4-26. FEED SOLENOID Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 277

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.3.5 FEED ROLL ASSY (PL3.1.29)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)
3. Remove the FRONT MID COVER (PL1.1.6) (p.262)
4. Disconnect the four connectors (P/J43, P/J49, P/J50 and P/J53) of the P/H
MOTOR ASSY, and remove the P/H DRIVE ASSY together with the P/H
MOTOR ASSY. (See p.345)
5. Remove the FEED SPRING from the FEED GEAR ASSY and the frame.
6. Remove the E-ring fixing the FEED GEAR ASSY and remove the FEED GEAR
ASSY.
7. Remove the screw (silver, 8 mm) securing the FEED SHAFT GUIDE, and remove
the FEED SHAFT GUIDE and FEED BEARING.
8. Remove 1 screw (silver, cup head, 6 mm) securing the SENSOR BRACKET and
remove the SENSOR BRACKET. (See p.278)
9. With the FEED ROLL down, shift the FEED ROLL ASSY to the front, lower the
rear side, and remove the FEED ROLL ASSY rearward together with the FEED
BEARING.
10. Remove the FEED BEARING and E-ring from the FEED ROLL ASSY.

After installing the solenoid, check that the notch of the FEED
GEAR ASSY rests on the arm of the solenoid. (The FEED ROLL
comes to the top.)
Figure 4-27. FEED ROLL ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 278

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.3.6 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL3.1.5)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY (PL13.1.1) (p.352)

NOTE: In the following step, the OPTION BRACKET is kept connected to the printer
body with a harness. Therefore, do not move the SIZE BRACKET ASSY away
from the printer.

3. Unclamp the harness.

4. Remove 2 screws (silver, cup head, 6 mm) securing the SIZE BRACKET ASSY
and separate the SIZE BRACKET ASSY from the printer body.
5. Disconnect the connector (CN102) of the SIZE SWITCH ASSY.
6. Remove 1 screw (black, cup head, 12 mm) securing the SIZE SWITCH ASSY and
remove the SIZE SWITCH ASSY from the SIZE SWITCH BRACKET.

C H E C K To do the above-mentioned work easily, you are advised to draw

P O IN T out the UNIVERSAL TRAY beforehand.

Figure 4-28. SIZE SWITCH ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 279

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.3.7 TRAY N/P SENSOR ASSY (PL3.1.7)

1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)
2. Remove the FRONT MID COVER (PL1.1.6) (p.262)
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J107). (See Figure 4-29)
4. Remove 1 screw (silver, cup head, 6 mm) securing the SENSOR BRACKET and
remove the SENSOR BRACKET.
5. Remove the LOW PAPER SENSOR (PL3.1.18) (p.281)
6. Unclamp the TRAY N/P SNR HARNESS. (See Figure 4-78)
7. Release the hook on the TRAY N/P SENSOR from the SENSOR BRACKET and
remove the TRAY N/P SENSOR.

When installing the CASSETTE N/P SENSOR ASSY, route the

harness carefully so it doesn’t float.

Figure 4-29. SENSOR BRACKET Removal

Figure 4-30. TRAY N/P SENSOR ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 280

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.3.8 LOW PAPER SENSOR (PL3.1.18)

1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)
2. Remove the FRONT MID COVER (PL1.1.6) (p.262)
3. Remove 1 screw (silver, cup head, 6 mm) securing the SENSOR BRACKET and
remove the SENSOR BRACKE. (See p.281)
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J106)
5. Remove 1 screw (gold, tapped, 8 mm) securing the LOW PAPER SENSOR and
remove the LOW PAPER SENSOR.

When installing the LOW PAPER SENSOR, be sure to fit the peg
on the TRAY N/P SENSOR with the location hole in the LOW
PAPER SENSOR.

4.2.3.9 TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR (PL3.1.9) Figure 4-31. LOW PAPER SENSOR Removal
1. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1) (p.270)
2. Remove the FRONT MID COVER (PL1.1.6) (p.262)
3. Remove the TRAY N/P SENSOR ASSY (PL3.1.7) (p.280)
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J107) for the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR and
remove the harness for the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR.
5. Release the hooks securing the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR from the TRAY N/P
BRACKET and remove the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR.

When installing the TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR, make sure the

TRAY N/P ACTUATOR stays above the TRAY NO PAPER
SENSOR.

Figure 4-32. TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 281

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4 MSI/Paper Transportation

4.2.4.1 MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5)
1. Draw out the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY.
2. Loosen 2 screws (black, cup head, 8 mm) that are on the P/H FRONT RAIL-L and
P/H REAR RAIL-L to prevent the MSI REGI HIGH ASSY from dropping.
3. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY by sliding it horizontally.

Figure 4-33. MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 282

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.2 MSI GUIDE SWITCH (PL4.1.19)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the six screws (gold, tapping, 8 mm) securing the MSI FEED ASSY.
(See p.284)
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J205). (See Figure 4-34)
4. Loosen the two screws (black, w/collar, 10 mm) securing the PLATE MSI TRAY,
remove the KL clip at the rear arm of the MSI TRAY HOUSING, pull out the
SHAFT MSI TRAY, and remove the PAD MSI TRAY and PLATE MSI TRAY.
5. Lift the rear arm area of the MSI TRAY HOUSING, shift the MSI TRAY ASSY
rearward and remove it.
6. Draw out the EXTENSION TRAY fully, insert a slotted screwdriver into the two
holes at the back of the MSI BOTTOM TRAY, and remove the EXTENSION
TRAY while disengaging the hooks with the slotted screwdriver.
7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8 mm) at the back of the MSI TRAY
HOUSING, disengage the four hooks, and remove the MSI BOTTOM TRAY and
MSI TRAY HOUSING. (See Figure 4-35)
Figure 4-34. MSI GUIDE SWITCH Removal (1)
8. Remove the MSI GUIDE SPRING, and detach the MSI REGI GUIDE from the
MSI TRAY HOUSING.
9. Disconnect the connector (PJ206), disengage the two hooks and remove the MSI
GUIDE SWITCH from the MSI TRAY HOUSING.

C H E C K In removal of the MSI BOTTOM TRAY, if the two bosses on the

P O IN T MSI TRAY HOUSING are fitted in the respective holes of the MSI
BOTTOM TRAY, you can not disengage easily the hook found
between the two bosses. Pull out the two bosses vertically first and
then disengage the hooks.

Take care not to catch harness.

Figure 4-35. MSI GUIDE SWITCH Removal (2)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 283

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.3 MSI ASSY (PL4.1.6)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Disconnect 3 connectors (P/J201, P/J202, P/J208) that connect the MSI ASSY and
MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY.
3. Remove 2 screws (gold, tapped, 8 mm) securing the MSI ASSY.
4. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 10 mm) securing the MSI BASE ASSY to
the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, and remove the MSI ASSY upward in an oblique
direction.

„ Make sure that the GEAR-16 of the MSI ASSY and the MSI-2
GEAR of the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY are engaged with each
other properly.
„ When installing the MSI BASE ASSY on the MAIN P/H
FRAME ASSY, tighten it together with the earth plate of the
MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY.

Figure 4-36. MSI ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 284

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.4 MSI BASE ASSY (PL4.1.30)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.6) (p.284)

NOTE: At the following steps, note that the MSI FEED ASSY and the MSI BASE
ASSY are connected to each other with harness.

3. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 8 mm) securing the MSI FEED ASSY,
and remove the MSI FEED ASSY.
4. Remove the MSI TRAY ASSY. (See p.283)
5. Remove the BOTTOM PLATE.
6. Disconnect the connector (P/J210) of the BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR, and
separate the MSI FEED ASSY and the MSI BASE ASSY from each other.

4.2.4.5 MSI FEED ASSY (PL4.1.40)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove 6 screws (gold, tapped, 8 mm) securing the MSI FEED ASSY.
3. Remove the MSI TRAY ASSY. (See p.283)
4. Disconnect 2 connectors (P/J201 and P/J202) connecting the MSI FEED ASSY Figure 4-37. MSI BASE ASSY Removal
and MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY.
5. Remove the BOTTOM PLATE, disconnect the connector (P/J210) of the
BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR, and remove the MSI FEED ASSY.

Figure 4-38. MSI FEED ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 285

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.6 MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY (PL4.1.50)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Disconnect the three connectors (P/J201, P/J202, P/J208) connecting the MSI
ASSY and the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY to each other.
3. Remove 2 screws (gold, tapped, 8 mm) securing the MSI ASSY.
4. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 10 mm) securing the MSI BASE ASSY to
the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, and remove the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY.

Make sure that the GEAR-16 of the MSI ASSY and the MSI-2
GEAR of the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY are engaged with each
other properly.

Figure 4-39. MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 286

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.7 BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR (PL4.2.10)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove 6 screws (gold, tapped, 8 mm) securing the MSI FEED ASSY. (See
p.285)
3. Remove the MSI TRAY ASSY. (See p.285)
4. Remove the LIFT UP FRAME ASSY (PL4.2.20) (p.287)
5. Remove the BOTTOM PLATE by opening it to the right.
6. Lift up the LIFT DOWN ACTUATOR and hold it there.
7. Disconnect the connector (P/J210).
8. Release the hooks securing the BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR to the MSI BASE
FRAME, and remove the BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR.

4.2.4.8 LIFT UP FRAME ASSY (PL4.2.20)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
Figure 4-40. BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR Removal
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J208) for the motor harness.
3. Remove 3 screws (gold, tapped, 8 mm) securing the LIFT UP FRAME ASSY and
remove the LIFT UP FRAME ASSY.

When installing the LIFT UP FRAME ASSY, be sure to align the

protrusion on the MSI BASE FRAME and the hole in the LIFT
UP FRAME ASSY.

Figure 4-41. LIFT UP FRAME ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 287

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.9 EMPTY SENSOR (PL4.3.5)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MSI FEED ASSY (PL4.1.40) (p.285)
3. Release the hooks for the EMPTY SENSOR from the PRE REGI CHUTE and
remove the EMPTY SENSOR.
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J203).

4.2.4.10 PITCH SENSOR (PL4.3.6)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MSI FEED ASSY (PL4.1.40) (p.285)
3. Remove 1 screw (gold, tapped, 8 mm) securing the PITCH SENSOR and remove
the PITCH SENSOR.

Figure 4-42. EMPTY SENSOR Removal

Figure 4-43. PITCH SENSOR Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 288

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.11 MSI FEED FRAME ASSY (PL4.3.20)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MSI FEED ASSY (PL4.1.40) (p.285)
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J209).
4. Remove 3 screw (gold, tapped, 8 mm) securing the MSI FEED FRAME ASSY
and remove the MSI FEED FRAME ASSY.
5. Release the harness from the three clamps of the MSI FEED FRAME ASSY.

Clamp the harness securely.

Figure 4-44. MSI FEED FRAME ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 289

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.12 LEVEL SENSOR (PL4.3.23)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MSI FEED ASSY (PL4.1.40) (p.285)
3. Remove the MSI FEED FRAME ASSY (PL4.3.20) (p.289)
4. Remove the RTD SPRING from the MSI FEED TOP FRAME and RTD
SUPPORT.
5. Remove 1 screw (silver, 6 mm) securing the LEVEL SENSOR BRACKET.
6. Release the hooks for the LEVEL SENSOR from the LEVEL SENSOR
BRACKET and remove the LEVEL SENSOR.

„ When installing the SENSOR BRACKET, align the protrusion

on the MSI FEED TOP FRAME and the positioning hole in the
LEVEL SENSOR BRACKET.
„ Be sure to fit the projection of the MSI FEED TOP FRAME in
the indent of the PICK UP CLUTCH.

Figure 4-45. LEVEL SENSOR Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 290

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.13 P/REGI ROLL ASSY (PL4.4.3)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY (PL4.1.50) (p.286)
3. Remove the PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY (PL4.4.4) (p.292)
4. Remove the BEARING 8.
5. Remove the E-ring, and remove the MSI-2 GEAR.
6. Remove the E-ring fixing the MSI-1 GEAR and remove the MSI-1 GEAR, KL
clip, and BEARING 8.
7. Lifting up the front part of the P/REGI ROLL ASSY, slide the P/REGI ROLL
ASSY forward to release the rear end, and remove the P/REGI ROLL ASSY by
pulling it out to the upper rear.

When installing the MSI-1 GEAR and MSI-2 GEAR, apply the
dedicated grease to the teeth of the gears.

Figure 4-46. P/REGI ROLL ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 291

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.14 PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY (PL4.4.4)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY (PL4.1.50) (p.286)
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J95).

NOTE: At the next step, the GEAR16 is not fixed. Take care not to drop or lose it.

4. Remove the E-ring securing the PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY and remove the PRE
REGI CLUTCH ASSY.

„ When installing the PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY, apply the

dedicated grease to the teeth of the gears.
„ If the BEARING 8 has come off, install it in such a way that the
earth plate is positioned under the BEARING 8.

Figure 4-47. PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 292

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.15 REGI CLUTCH ASSY (PL4.4.5)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY (PL4.1.50) (p.286)
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J94).
4. Remove the E-ring securing the REGI CLUTCH ASSY and remove the REGI
CLUTCH ASSY.

When installing the REGI CLUTCH ASSY, apply the dedicated

grease to the teeth of the gears.

Figure 4-48. REGI CLUTCH ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 293

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.16 REGI RUBBER ROLL ASSY (PL4.4.7)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY (PL4.1.50) (p.286)
3. Remove the REGI CLUTCH ASSY (PL4.4.5) (p.293)
4. Remove the REGI RUBBER ROLL BEARING.
5. Remove the E-ring securing the REGI GEAR and remove the REGI GEAR.
6. Pull the REGI RUBBER ROLL ASSY all the way forward, then lift the rear and
remove by pulling out diagonally to the rear.

Figure 4-49. REGI RUBBER ROLL ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 294

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.17 REGI METAL ROLL (PL4.4.8)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY (PL4.1.50) (p.286)
3. Remove the REGI CLUTCH ASSY (PL4.4.5) (p.293)
4. Remove the REGI RUBBER ROLL ASSY (PL4.4.7) (p.294)

NOTE: Be careful not to drop or lose the FRONT REGI SPRING or REAR REGI
SPRING while performing the following steps.

5. Remove the E-ring retaining the REGI GEAR, and remove the REGI GEAR,
REGI METAL ROLL BEARING and FRONT REGI SPRING.
6. Remove the E-ring retaining the REGI METAL ROLL BEARING, and remove
the REGI METAL ROLL BEARING and REAR REGI SPRING.
7. Lift the rear of the REGI METAL ROLL and remove by pulling it out diagonally
to the rear.

Figure 4-50. REGI METAL ROLL Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 295

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.18 IBT REGI CHUTE (PL4.4.14)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the 2 screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the IBT REGI CHUTE, and
remove the IBT REGI CHUTE.

Figure 4-51. IBT REGI CHUTE Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 296

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.4.19 REGI SENSOR (PL4.4.24)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the P/H SENSOR ASSY, and
remove the P/H SENSOR ASSY.
3. Disconnect the REGI SENSOR connector (P/J93).
4. Remove the screw (silver, 6mm) securing the REGI SENSOR and remove the
REGI SENSOR.

4.2.4.20 OHP SENSOR (PL4.4.25)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Remove the screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the P/H SENSOR ASSY, and
remove the P/H SENSOR ASSY.
3. Disconnect OHP SENSOR connector (P/J98).
Figure 4-52. REGI SENSOR Removal
4. Remove the screw (silver, 6mm) securing the OHP SENSOR and remove the OHP
SENSOR.

Figure 4-53. OHP SENSOR Removal

4.2.5 (Missing number)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 297

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.6 Xerographics
4.2.6.1 DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10)
1. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.
2. Turn the TENSION LEVER to the release position and separate the IBT BELT
ASSY and DRUM CARTRIDGE.

C A U T IO N „ Be careful not to touch the surface of the drum when

performing the following.
„ After removing, be sure to lay the DRUM CARTRIDGE in its
horizontal position in a safe place not exposed to light.
3. Turn the DRUM CARTRIDGE lock lever to the release position. Pull out the
DRUM CARTRIDGE, pull the upper belt straight out, and remove the DRUM
CARTRIDGE.

Accurately align the XL RAIL ASSY and DRUM CARTRIDGE

with the positioning marks.

Figure 4-54. DRUM CARTRIDGE Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 298

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.6.2 WASTE TONER BOX (PL6.1.12)

C A U T IO N After removing, be sure to lay the WASTE TONER BOX in its

horizontal position in a safe place.

1. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.

2. Lift the waste tone box hook lever and remove the WASTE TONER BOX by
pulling straight out.

After mounting, make sure the WASTE TONE BOX is securely

hooked in place.

Figure 4-55. WASTE TONER BOX Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 299

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.6.3 ROS ASSY (PL6.1.1)

C A U T IO N Be careful not to touch the window of the ROS ASSY (window

from which laser beam is emitted) or working parts such as the
motor shaft when performing the following steps.

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)

2. Remove the 8 screws (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the ROS COVER, and
remove the ROS COVER.
3. Disconnect the 5 connectors (P/J121, P/J122, P/J123, P/J124, P/J125) for the ROS
ASSY.
4. Remove the 4 screws (black, w/collar, 12mm) securing the ROS ASSY, and
carefully remove the ROS ASSY from the printer.

Be sure that the harness does not touch the Scanner Assy motor
shaft in the ROS ASSY or get pinched between the ROS ASSY and
the frame.

Figure 4-56. ROS ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 300

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.6.4 ADC SENSOR ASSY (PL6.1.20)

C A U T IO N Be careful not to touch the IBT BELT ASSY or Magnet Roll of the
Developer Assy when performing the following.

1. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.

2. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
3. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
4. Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)
5. Disconnect the ADC SENSOR ASSY connector (P/J81), remove the harness from
the clamp, and pull out the connector (J81) from the hole through which the
harness runs.
6. Remove the E-ring securing the ADC SENSOR ASSY.
7. Slide the ADC sensor to the rear and remove the front of the shaft from the frame.
Then remove the rear end of the shaft from the frame and remove the ADC
SENSOR ASSY from the front.

Securely mount the shaft of the ADC SENSOR ASSY on the frame
to the front and rear of the printer.

Figure 4-57. ADC SENSOR ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 301

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.6.5 XL RAIL ASSY (PL6.1.40)

C A U T IO N „ Be careful not to damage the IBT BELT ASSY, harnesses, XL

RAIL ASSY, and the Magnet Roll of the Developer Assy while
mounting.
„ Be careful not to touch the IBT BELT ASSY of Magnet Roll
surface while mounting.
1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
3. Remove the ROS ASSY (PL6.1.1) (p.300)
4. Disconnect the ERASE LAMP ASSY connector (P/J86) and TONER BOX
HARNESS connector (P/J116).
5. Free the harnesses of the ERASE LAMP harness, ROS HARNESS and VIDEO
HARNESS by removing them from the clamp.
6. Remove the 3 screws (silver, w/collar, 8mm) securing XL RAIL ASSY and
remove the XL RAIL ASSY.

Figure 4-58. XL RAIL ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 302

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.6.6 WASTE TONER SENSOR (PL6.1.42)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
3. Remove the ROS ASSY (PL6.1.1) (p.300)
4. Remove the XL RAIL ASSY (PL6.1.40) (p.302)
5. Release the harness of the WASTE TONER SENSOR from the hooks and clamps
on the XL RAIL ASSY.
6. Disconnect the WASTE TONER SENSOR connector (P/J88).
7. Unhook the WASTE TONER SENSOR from the XL RAIL and remove the
WASTE TONER SENSOR.

Be careful not to allow slack in the harness when mounting.

Figure 4-59. WASTE TONER SENSOR Removal

4.2.6.7 TONER BOX SENSOR (PL6.1.43)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
3. Remove the ROS ASSY (PL6.1.1) (p.300)
4. Remove the XL RAIL ASSY (PL6.1.40) (p.302)
5. Free the TONER BOX SENSOR harness by removing it from the clamp.
6. Disconnect the TONER BOX SENSOR connector (P/J83).
7. Unhook the TONER BOX SENSOR from the XL RAIL and remove the TONER
BOX SENSOR.

Be careful not to allow slack in the harness when mounting.

Figure 4-60. TONER BOX SENSOR Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 303

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.6.8 ERASE LAMP ASSY (PL6.1.30)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
3. Remove the ROS ASSY (PL6.1.1) (p.300)
4. Remove the XL RAIL ASSY (PL6.1.40) (p.302)
5. Free the ERASE LAMP ASSY by pulling its harness through the hole.
6. Using a slotted screwdriver or the like, disengage the three hooks of the ERASE
LAMP ASSY from the XL RAIL and remove the ERASE LAMP ASSY.

Figure 4-61. ERASE LAMP ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 304

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.7 Development
4.2.7.1 Toner Cartridge (PL7.1.1, PL7.1.2, PL7.1.3, PL7.1.4)

C A U T IO N After removing, be sure to lay the Toner Cartridge in its

horizontal position in a safe place.

NOTE: TONER CARTRIDGE Y, TONER CARTRIDGE M, TONER CARTRIDGE C

and TONER CARTRIDGE BK are hereinafter referred to by the generic term
“Toner Cartridge.”

1. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.

2. Lift the ROTARY LATCH LEVER, turn the ROTARY KNOB ASSY, and move
the Toner Cartridge to the replacement position.
3. Turn the Toner Cartridge to the replacement position, and remove the Toner
Cartridge.

Make sure the arrow on the end of the Toner Cartridge is at the
top when inserting.

Figure 4-62. Toner Cartridge Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 305

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.7.2 Developer Assy (PL7.1.10, PL7.1.20, PL7.1.30, PL7.1.40)

C A U T IO N „ Be careful not to touch the Magnet Roll, etc., of the Developer

Assy while performing the following.
„ After removing, be sure to lay the Developer Assy in its
horizontal position in a safe place.

NOTE: DEVELOPER ASSY Y, DEVELOPER ASSY M, DEVELOPER ASSY C, and

DEVELOPER ASSY BK are hereinafter referred to by the generic term
“Developer Assy.”

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)

2. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
3. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
4. Remove the following two types of INNER COVER ASSY:
• Remove the L/H INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.10) (p.265)
• Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)

5. Remove the Toner Cartridge (PL7.1.1, PL7.1.2, PL7.1.3, PL7.1.4) (p.305)

mounted on the Developer Assy to be removed.
6. Free the harness by unhooking from the ROTARY LATCH ASSY.
7. Remove the screw (silver, w/collar, 8mm) securing the ROTARY LATCH ASSY.
Slide the rotary latch to the right, unhook and remove.

Figure 4-63. Developer Assy Removal (1)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 306

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

NOTE: Be careful not to drop the screws when performing the following.

8. Turn the ROTARY FRAME ASSY and remove the screw (black, M4, 6mm)
securing the Developer Assy. Align with the hole in the front of the frame, insert a
screwdriver into the hole, and remove the screw.

C A U T IO N At this point the ROTARY LATCH ASSY has been dismounted.

Be aware that the ROTARY FRAME ASSY can turn when the
following step of the procedure.

9. Slide the Developer Assy forward, lift from the front and remove the Developer
Assy.

Reset the NVM values of the “drive time counter” and “life
counter” of the newly installed Developer Assy.

Figure 4-64. Developer Assy Removal (2)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 307

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.7.3 ROTARY (H/P) SENSOR (PL7.2.22)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Free the harness by unhooking from the FAN DUCT.
3. Disconnect the DEVE. FAN connector (P/J82).
4. Remove the screw (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the FAN DUCT. Slide the
FAN DUCT up, unhook from the frame, and remove the FAN DUCT together
with the DEVE. FAN.
5. Disconnect the ROTARY (H/P) SENSOR connector (P/J58).
6. Remove the screw (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the ROTARY (H/P) SENSOR
ASSY, and remove the ROTARY (H/P) SENSOR ASSY.
7. Unhook the ROTARY (H/P) SENSOR from the ROTARY (H/P) SENSOR
PLATE and remove the ROTARY SENSOR.

Run the harness so that it does not touch the gears, etc.

Figure 4-65. ROTARY (H/P) SENSOR Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 308

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.7.4 ROTARY FRAME ASSY (PL7.2.2)

1. Remove the FRONT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.1) (p.262)
2. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
3. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
4. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
5. Remove the following types of INNER COVER ASSY:
• Remove the L/H INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.10) (p.265)
• Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)
• Remove the R/H INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.15) (p.266)

6. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)

7. Remove the Toner Cartridge (PL7.1.1, PL7.1.2, PL7.1.3, PL7.1.4) (p.305)
8. Remove the Developer Assy (PL7.1.10, PL7.1.20, PL7.1.30, PL7.1.40) (p.306)
9. Remove the ROTARY (H/P) SENSOR (PL7.2.22) (p.308)
10. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
11. Remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2) (p.339)
12. Remove the EXIT LOWER ASSY (PL 10.1.1) (p.340)
13. Remove the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY (PL11.1.20) (p.348)
14. Remove the MAG MOTOR ASSY (PL11.1.7) (p.349)
15. Remove the DEVE. GEAR CLUTCH ASSY (PL11.1.23) (p.350)
16. Remove the DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY (PL11.1.22) (p.349)
17. Remove the DEVE. TIE PLATE (PL12.1.3) (p.351)
18. Remove the screw (black, w/collar, 8mm) securing the ROTARY KNOB ASSY.
19. Remove the ROTARY KNOB ASSY with a screwdriver, etc.

Figure 4-66. ROTARY FRAME ASSY Removal (1)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 309

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

C A U T IO N The ROTARY FRAME ASSY is very heavy. Be careful not to

drop or touch other parts with the ROTARY FRAME ASSY while
performing the following.

20. Remove the ROTARY SPACER by opening it.

21. Remove the E-ring securing the rear of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY and remove
the ROTARY REAR BEARING.

NOTE: Keep the front shaft of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY from falling from the
printer frame while performing the following step by leaving the front of the
ROTARY FRAME ASSY supported.

22. Remove the front ROTARY FRONT BEARING of the ROTARY FRAME
ASSY.

C A U T IO N At the next step, take care that the ROTARY FRAME ASSY does
not interfere with and damage the ROTARY (H/P) SENSOR.

23. After removing the front shaft of the ROTARY FRAME ASSY from the slot of
the printer frame, slide the ROTARY FRAME ASSY forward, remove the rear
shaft from the printer frame, lift the ROTARY FRAME ASSY from the rear and
remove.

Figure 4-67. ROTARY FRAME ASSY Removal (2)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 310

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.7.5 CARTRIDGE SENSOR (PL7.2.32)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J87) of the CARTRIDGE SENSOR and the two
connectors (P/J198 and P/J199) of the FRONT COVER SWITCH L and release
the harness from the CART.SENSOR PLATE.
3. Remove the screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the CART. SENSOR ASSY and
remove the CART. SENSOR ASSY.
4. Remove the screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the CARTRIDGE SENSOR and
remove the CARTRIDGE SENSOR.

Securely hook the harness in the hooks of the CART. SENSOR

PLATE and ROTARY LATCH ASSY so there is no slack in the
harness.

Figure 4-68. CARTRIDGE SENSOR Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 311

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.8 IBT
4.2.8.1 TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21)
1. Open the FRONT COVER ASSY.
2. Turn the lever to the tension release position. Remove the screw (Black, w/collar,
12mm) securing the TENSION LEVER.
3. Pull out the TENSION LEVER and remove.

Figure 4-69. TENSION LEVER Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 312

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.8.2 TRANSFER HIGH ASSY (PL8.1.20)

C A U T IO N Make sure the IBT BELT ASSY does not touch any other part
while performing the following. Never tough the surface of the IBT
BELT with your hands. (You may hold the assembly by the ribs on
either side.)

1. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)

2. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
3. Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)
4. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
5. Remove the BELT CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.23) (p.314)
6. Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY (PL8.1.22) (p.315)
7. Pull out the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY.
8. Disconnect the ADC SENSOR ASSY connector (P/J81) and connector (P/J54)
from the TR0 SENSOR. Then, remove the harness from clamps.
9. Remove the 4 screws (silver, w/collar, 8mm) securing the PANEL HIGH ASSY,
and remove the PANEL HIGH ASSY.

NOTE: At the next step, take care not to lose any of the springs and bearings.

10. Lift the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY slightly and remove it by pulling forward.

When installing the PANEL HIGH ASSY, tighten the screws while
pressing the PANEL HIGH ASSY against the BASE FRAME
ASSY in such a direction that they are in parallel with each other.

Figure 4-70. TRANSFER HIGH ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 313

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.8.3 BELT CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.23)

C A U T IO N Be careful not to touch the IBT BELT ASSY or cleaning blade of

the BELT CLEANER ASSY. Do not allow the Cleaning Blade to
come in contact with any other parts.

1. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)

NOTE 1: Toner may spill from the BELT CLEANER ASSY while performing the
following. You should therefore spread paper on the frame below the BELT
CLEANER ASSY, and be careful not to spill toner while performing the work.
2: After removing the BELT CLEANER ASSY in the following procedure,
place it on paper in case toner is spilled.
2. Pull the shaft underneath the BELT CLEANER ASSY toward the rear, undo the
lock, and remove the BELT CLEANER ASSY by sliding the front to the left.

„ Once the BELT CLEANER ASSY has been replaced with a

new one, be sure to execute “counter clear”.
(For details, refer to “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)
„ Accurately align the toner port of the AUGER HIGH ASSY
and toner discharge port of the BELT CLEANER ASSY when
mounting.

Figure 4-71. BELT CLEANER ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 314

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.8.4 2ND BTR ASSY (PL8.1.22)

C A U T IO N Take care never to bring the IBT BELT ASSY or IBT BELT
ASSY into contact with any other parts.

1. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)

2. Remove the BELT CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.23) (p.314)
3. Pull out and remove the 2ND BTR ASSY from the left side of the printer.

„ Once the 2ND BTR ASSY has been replaced with a new one, be
sure to execute “counter clear”.
(For details, refer to “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)
„ When mounting, be sure to push the 2ND BTR ASSY firmly in
place.

Figure 4-72. 2ND BTR ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 315

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.8.5 2ND BTR CAM ASSY (PL8.1.1)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
3. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
4. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
5. Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)
6. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
7. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
8. Remove the BELT CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.23) (p.314)
9. Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY (PL8.1.22) (p.315)
10. Remove the BTR CAM CLUTCH (PL8.3.2) (p.320)
11. Remove the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY (PL8.1.20) (p.313)
12. Remove the 2 screws (black, w/collar, tapping, 8mm) securing the IBT FRONT
BRACKET ASSY, and remove the IBT FRONT BRACKET ASSY.
13. Disconnect the BTR WHEEL SENSOR connector (P/J100).
14. Remove the three screws (black, w/collar, 4 mm) securing the 2ND BTR CAM
ASSY, and remove it upward.

Figure 4-73. 2ND BTR CAM ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 316

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.8.6 AUGER HIGH ASSY (PL8.1.6) 25. Remove the 3 screws (black, tapping, 10mm) securing the IBT REAR BRACKET
ASSY, and remove the IBT REAR BRACKET ASSY.
1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267) NOTE 1: Toner may spill from the AUGER HIGH ASSY while performing the
following. You should therefore spread paper on the frame below the AUGER
3. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298) HIGH ASSY, and be careful not to spill toner while performing the work.
4. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312) 2: After removing the AUGER HIGH ASSY in the following procedure,
5. Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266) place it on paper in case toner is spilled.

6. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282) 26. Remove the AUGER HIGH ASSY from the top.

7. Remove the ROS ASSY (PL6.1.1) (p.300)

8. Remove the XL RAIL ASSY (PL6.1.40) (p.302)
9. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
10. Remove the BELT CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.23) (p.314)
11. Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY (PL8.1.22) (p.315)
12. Remove the BTR CAM CLUTCH (PL8.3.2) (p.320)
13. Remove the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY (PL8.1.20) (p.313)
14. Remove the 2ND BTR CAM ASSY (PL8.1.1) (p.316)
15. Remove the RIGHT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.51) (p.268)
16. Remove the CONTROLLER PWB (PL14.1.10) (p.358)
17. Remove the CONT. CHASSIS ASSY (PL14.1.1) (p.359)
18. Disconnect the CRUM CONNECTOR ASSY connector (P/J84).
19. Remove the screw (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the CRUM CONNECTOR
ASSY, and remove the CRUM CONNECTOR ASSY from inside the printer.
20. Remove the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY (PL13.1.1) (p.352) Figure 4-74. AUGER HIGH ASSY Removal
21. Remove the PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY (PL11.1.2) (p.345)
22. Remove the screw (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the AUGER HIGH ASSY at
the rear of the printer.
23. Remove the screw (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the AUGER HIGH ASSY
inside the printer (lower side).
24. Remove the screw (silver, w/collar, 8mm) securing the AUGER HIGH ASSY
inside the printer (upper side).

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 317

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.8.7 IBT BELT ASSY (PL8.2.2)

C A U T IO N Never touch the surface of the IBT BELT (except the ribs at both
ends) with your hand.
In addition, take care not to scratch or soil the IBT BELT ASSY.

1. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)

2. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
3. Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)
4. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
5. Remove the BELT CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.23) (p.314)
6. Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY (PL8.1.22) (p.315)
7. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY. (See p.282) Figure 4-75. IBT BELT ASSY Removal (1)

NOTE: Spread paper on the frame below the IBT BELT ASSY without getting dirty
while performing the work.

8. Remove the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY (PL8.1.20) (p.313)

NOTE: At the following steps, perform the work with the TRANSFER HIGH
ASSY standing. In doing so, be sure to always hold the TRANSFER HIGH
ASSY with your hand.

9. Mount the TENSION LEVER, and lift the PUSH IN LEVER while turning.
10. Spread the arms securing the PUSH IN SHAFT of the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY
to the left/right, and remove the PUSH IN SHAFT. (See Figure 4-75)
11. Turn the TENSION LEVER, lift the arm to which the PUSH IN SHAFT is
attached, and remove the TENSION LEVER.
12. Disconnect the TR0 SENSOR connector (P/J57).

Figure 4-76. IBT BELT ASSY Removal (2)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 318

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

13. Remove the 2 screws (rear) (black, w/collar, 12mm) securing the IBT R/H RAIL
and IBT L/H RAIL ASSY. (See Figure 4-76)
14. Remove the 2 screws (front) (black, w/collar, 10mm) securing the IBT R/H RAIL
and IBT L/H RAIL ASSY, and remove the IBT R/H RAIL, the IBT L/H RAIL
ASSY and COLLAR.
15. Push in the metal cams on rear side of the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY, and insert
one of the 4 screws securing the RAIL into the hole on the side, and lock the metal
cam.
16. Push in the metal cams on front side of the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY, and insert
one of the other screws securing the RAIL into the hole on the side, and lock the
metal cam. (See Figure 4-77)
17. Remove the LIB at the bottom of the IBT BELT ASSY from the TRANSFER
HIGH ASSY, and remove the IBT BELT ASSY to the forward. (See Figure 4-78)

„ Be sure to clean the PUSH IN SHAFT of all foreign matter or

lubrication prior to.
„ Mounting down the silver mark (TR0) of the IBT BELT. Figure 4-77. IBT BELT ASSY Removal (3)

Figure 4-78. IBT BELT ASSY Removal (4)

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 319

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.8.8 TR0 SENSOR (PL8.2.24)

1. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
2. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
3. Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)
4. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
5. Remove the BELT CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.23) (p.314)
6. Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY (PL8.1.22) (p.315)
7. Pull out the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY. (See p.282)
8. Remove the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY (PL8.1.20) (p.313)
9. Remove the 2 screws (black, w/collar, 10mm) securing the IBT R/H RAIL,
remove the COLLAR, and get down the IBT R/H RAIL. Figure 4-79. TR0 SENSOR Removal
10. Disconnect the TR0 SENSOR connector (P/J57).
11. Remove the screw (black/w/collar, 10mm) securing the TR0 SENSOR, and
remove the TR0 SENSOR.

4.2.8.9 BTR CAM CLUTCH (PL8.3.2)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the PRO MOTOR ASSY (PL 11.1.6) (p.347)
3. Disconnect the BTR CAM CLUTCH connector (P/J63).
4. Remove the 2 screws (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the BTR REAR
BRACKET, and remove the BTR REAR BRACKET.
5. Remove the E-ring securing the BTR CAM CLUTCH, and remove the BTR CAM
CLUTCH.

Position the notch of the BTR CAM CLUTCH properly at the

screw (black, w/collar, 16 mm).

Figure 4-80. BTR CAM CLUTCH Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 320

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9 Fusing
4.2.9.1 FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1)
1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Remove the FRONT MID COVER, let loose fully the drop preventing screw. (See
p.262)
3. Pull out the FUSER ASSY, and remove by lifting diagonally.

4.2.9.2 MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2)

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY.
3. Disconnect the 2 connectors (P/J72, P/J79) of the MAIN FUSER ASSY. Figure 4-81. FUSER ASSY Removal

4. Remove the 3 screws (gold, w/washer, 8mm) securing the MAIN FUSER ASSY,
Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY.

„ Take care not to catch harness.

„ After replacing the MAIN FUSER ASSY with a new part, enter
the maintenance mode to reset the counter (Counter Clear).
(For details, see “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.)

Figure 4-82. MAIN FUSER ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 321

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.3 UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20)

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the 2 screws (silver, 6mm) securing the UPPER GUIDE ASSY, and
remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY.

Figure 4-83. UPPER GUIDE ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 322

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.4 FUSER UPPER ASSY (PL9.2.30)

C A U T IO N Take care not to damage the surface of the HEAT ROLL.

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)

2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Peel off the Q/L SEAL and release the harness of the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY
from the hook of the FUSER UPPER ASSY.
6. Disconnect the fastening terminal in the front of the H/R HEATER.

NOTE: When the FUSER UPPER ASSY is removed in the following, the FUSER
FRONT COVER and FUSER REAR COVER will no longer be secured. Be
careful not to allow the covers to fall.

7. Remove the 2 screws (silver, 6mm) securing the FUSER UPPER ASSY, and
remove the FUSER UPPER ASSY.
8. Remove the screw (silver, tapping, 14mm) securing the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY,
and remove the TEMP. SENSOR ASSY from the FUSER UPPER ASSY.
9. Peel off the FUSE SEAL, Remove the screw (gold, with washer, 8 mm) securing
the round terminal of the HEATER WIRE, and detach the HEATER WIRE from
the FUSER UPPER ASSY.

Figure 4-84. FUSER UPPER ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 323

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.5 H/R HEATER (PL9.2.40)

C A U T IO N „ The fastening terminal between the H/R HEATER and the P/R
HEATER is connected very securely. When disconnecting it,
take care not to damage the H/R HEATER or P/R HEATER.
„ Take care not to touch the surface of the H/R HEATER.
1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Release the wires and harness from the hook of the FUSER REAR COVER and
disconnect the fastening terminals of the P/R HEATER and H/R HEATER.
6. Remove the FUSER UPPER ASSY (PL9.2.30) (p.323)
7. Remove the screw (black, w/collar, 8mm) securing the FUSER NIP HANDLE,
and remove the FUSER NIP HANDLE.
8. Disconnect the front-side fastening terminal of the P/R HEATER and pass the
front-side fastening terminals of the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER through the
hole in the FUSER FRONT COVER, and remove the FUSER FRONT COVER.

NOTE: The gear is no longer secured when the FUSER REAR COVER is removed.
Be careful not to allow the gear to fall out while performing the following.

9. Pass the rear-side fastening terminals of the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER
through the hole in the FUSER REAR COVER, and remove the FUSER REAR
COVER.
10. Remove the H/R HEATER by pulling straight out from the rear.

Figure 4-85. H/R HEATER Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 324

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.6 P/R HEATER (PL9.2.41)

C A U T IO N Take care not to touch the surface of the H/R HEATER.

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)

2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Release the wires and harness from the hook of the FUSER REAR COVER and
disconnect the fastening terminals of the P/R HEATER and H/R HEATER.
6. Remove the FUSER UPPER ASSY (PL9.2.30) (p.323)
7. Remove the screw (black, w/collar, 8mm) securing the FUSER NIP HANDLE,
and remove the FUSER NIP HANDLE.
8. Disconnect the front-side fastening terminal of the P/R HEATER and pass the
front-side fastening terminals of the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER through the
hole in the FUSER FRONT COVER, and remove the FUSER FRONT COVER.

NOTE: The gear is no longer secured when the FUSER REAR COVER is removed.
Be careful not to allow the gear to fall out while performing the following.

9. Pass the rear-side fastening terminals of the H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER
through the hole in the FUSER REAR COVER, and remove the FUSER REAR
COVER.
10. Remove the P/R HEATER by pulling straight out from the rear.

Figure 4-86. P/R HEATER Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 325

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.7 LOWER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.13)

C A U T IO N „ Be careful not to damage the surface of the PRESSURE ROLL

with the P/R FINGER while removing the LOWER GUIDE
ASSY.
„ Make sure the FUSER EXIT ACTUATOR does not interfere
with the FUSER EXIT SENSOR and fall out while mounting
the LOWER GUIDE ASSY.
1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Remove the screw (silver, 6mm) securing the LOWER GUIDE ASSY and the
ELIMINATOR EARTH WASHER, peel off the frame-side adhesive area of the
REAR ELIMINATOR which is attached over the LOWER GUIDE ASSY and
FUSER REAR FRAME, and remove the LOWER GUIDE ASSY by shifting it to
the front.

Replace the REAR ELIMINATOR with the new one supplied

together with the LOWER GUIDE ASSY.

Figure 4-87. LOWER GUIDE ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 326

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.8 FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1 (PL9.2.3)

NOTE: In this work, the LOWER GUIDE ASSY is removed at step 5). Do not forget
to have a new REAR ELIMINATOR (PL9.2.54) at hand beforehand.

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)

2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Remove the LOWER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.13) (p.326)
6. Disconnect the FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1 connector (P/J 721).
7. Unhook FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1 from the FUSER BOTTOM PLATE and
remove.

4.2.9.9 FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2(PL9.2.4) Figure 4-88. FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1 Removal
NOTE: In this work, the LOWER GUIDE ASSY is removed at step 5). Do not forget
to have a new REAR ELIMINATOR (PL9.2.54) at hand beforehand.

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)

2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Remove the LOWER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.13) (p.326)
6. Disconnect the FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2 connector (P/J 722).
7. Unhook FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2 from the FUSER BOTTOM PLATE and
remove.

Figure 4-89. FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2 Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 327

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.10 HEAT ROLL (PL9.2.25)

C A U T IO N Be careful not to damage the surface of the HEAT ROLL while

performing the following.

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)

2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Remove the FUSER UPPER ASSY (PL9.2.30) (p.323)
6. Remove the H/R HEATER (PL9.2.40) (p.324)
7. Loosen the 2 screws for adjusting the front/rear NIP width.
8. Remove the H/R RING securing the rear H/R GEAR. Remove the H/R GEAR and
rear H/R BEARING.
9. Remove the front H/R RING and remove the front H/R BEARING.
10. Slide the HEAT ROLL to the rear and remove the front from the frame. After
doing so, slide the HEAT ROLL forward and remove.

Figure 4-90. HEAT ROLL Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 328

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.11 PRESSURE ROLL (PL9.2.10)

C A U T IO N Be sure not to damage the surface of the PRESSURE ROLL while

performing the following.

NOTE: In this work, the LOWER GUIDE ASSY is removed at step 8). Do not forget
to have a new REAR ELIMINATOR (PL9.2.54) at hand beforehand.

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)

2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Remove the FUSER UPPER ASSY (PL9.2.30) (p.323)
6. Remove the H/R HEATER (PL9.2.40) (p.324)
7. Remove the P/R HEATER (PL9.2.41) (p.325)
8. Remove the LOWER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.13) (p.326)
9. Remove the HEAT ROLL (PL9.2.25) (p.328)
10. Remove the FUSER BAFFLE ASSY (PL9.2.44) (p.338)
11. Remove the screw (silver, 6mm) securing the FUSER INLET PLATE, and
remove the FUSER INLET PLATE.
12. Lift the PRESSURE ROLL and remove together with the 2 front/rear P/R
BEARINGS. After doing so, remove the P/R BEARINGS from the PRESSURE
ROLL.

Be careful to mount the FUSER BAFFLE ASSY. Figure 4-91. PRESSURE ROLL Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 329

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.12 TEMP. SENSOR ASSY (PL9.2.6)

NOTE: In this work, the LOWER GUIDE ASSY is removed at step 8). Do not forget
to have a new REAR ELIMINATOR (PL9.2.54) at hand beforehand.

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)

2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Remove the FUSER UPPER ASSY (PL9.2.30) (p.323)
6. Remove the H/R HEATER (PL9.2.40) (p.324)
7. Remove the P/R HEATER (PL9.2.41) (p.325)
8. Remove the LOWER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.13) (p.326)
9. Remove the 2 screws (black, w/collar, 8mm) securing the FUSER BOTTOM
PLATE, remove the FUSER BOTTOM PLATE.
10. Disconnect the connector (P/J721,P/J722) from the FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1/-2,
unhook the harness from the FUSER BOTTOM PLATE, and remove the TEMP.
SENSOR ASSY.

When mounting, hook the harness on the FUSER BOTTOM

PLATE hook so there is no slack in the harness.

Figure 4-92. TEMP. SENSOR ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 330

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.13 EXCHANGE CHUTE (PL9.3.17)

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the 2 screws (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing the FUSER FRONT RAIL,
and remove the FUSER FRONT RAIL.
5. Remove the screw (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing EXCHANGE STOPPER-F,
and remove EXCHANGE STOPPER-F.
6. Remove the screw (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing EXCHANGE STOPPER-R,
and remove EXCHANGE STOPPER-R.

C A U T IO N Be careful not to damage the front/rear hinges of the exchange

cute while performing the following.

7. Remove the EXCHANGE CHUTE by pulling it in the horizontal direction.

8. Remove the DAMPER carefully from the removed EXCHANGE CHUTE.

„ Insert the U-shaped parts on the front and rear of the

EXCHANGE CHUTE securely into the plunger when
mounting the EXCHANGE CHUTE.
„ Never forget to install the DAMPER.

Figure 4-93. EXCHANGE CHUTE Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 331

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.14 EXCHANGE SOLENOID (PL9.3.22)

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the EXCHANGE CHUTE (PL9.3.17) (p.331)

NOTE: The FUSER REAR RAIL and FUSER TRAY ASSY are connected by a
harness. Be careful not to pull too far apart while performing the following.

5. Remove the 2 screws (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing the FUSER REAR RAIL.
Separate the FUSER TRAY ASSY and FUSER REAR RAIL together with the
FUSER GEAR COVER.
6. Disconnect the EXCHANGE SOLENOID connector (P/J74).

NOTE: The gear is no longer secured when the EXCHANGE BRACKET is removed.
Be careful not to allow the gear to fall out while performing the following.

7. Remove the 2 screws (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing the SOLENOID ASSY, and
remove the SOLENOID ASSY together with FUSER EARTH-B.
8. Remove the 2 screws (silver, 3mm) securing the EXCHANGE SOLENOID to the
EXCHANGE BRACKET, and remove the EXCHANGE SOLENOID.

Figure 4-94. EXCHANGE SOLENOID Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 332

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.15 CLEANER CAM SOLENOID (PL9.4.24)

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)

NOTE: The FUSER REAR RAIL and FUSER TRAY ASSY are connected by a
harness. Be careful not to pull too far apart while performing the following.

4. Remove the 2 screws (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing the FUSER REAR RAIL.
Separate the FUSER TRAY ASSY and FUSER REAR RAIL together with the
FUSER GEAR COVER.
5. Disconnect the CLEANER CAM SOLENOID connector (P/J62), and free the
harness by removing from the clamp.
6. Remove the 3 screws (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing INPUT BRACKET FT, and
remove INPUT BRACKET FT together with FUSER EARTH-A, etc.
7. Remove the 2 screws (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing the CLEANER CAM
SOLENOID, and remove the CLEANER CAM SOLENOID.

When mounting the CLEANER CAM SOLENOID, secure it at the

position where bottom end of the CLEANER CAM SOLENOID
armature touches the Spring Clutch when the armature is at the
vacuum position.

Figure 4-95. CLEANER CAM SOLENOID Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 333

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.16 CLEANER CAM ASSY (PL9.4.25)

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the CLEANER CAM SOLENOID (PL9.4.24) (p.333)
5. Remove the 2 screws (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing the FUSER FRONT RAIL,
and remove the FUSER FRONT RAIL.

NOTE: Be sure not to drop and lose the CLEANER CAM PIN when removing the
CLEANER CAM in the following step of the procedure.

6. Remove the E-ring securing the CLEANER CAM. Remove the CLEANER CAM,
CLEANER CAM PIN, and CLN CAM BEARING-F.
7. Remove the CLEANER CAM ASSY together with CLN CAM BEARING-F by
pulling straight out from the rear.
8. Remove CLN CAM BEARING-F from the CLEANER CAM ASSY.

The right/left direction of the cam must be adjusted after

mounting it.

Figure 4-96. CLEANER CAM ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 334

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.17 EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY (PL9.3.14)

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the E-ring securing the FUSER KNOB and FUSER KNOB GEAR.
Remove the FUSER KNOB, FUSER KNOB BEARING, FUSER KNOB GEAR
and FUSER KNOB WASHER.
5. Remove the E-ring securing the EXIT KNOB GEAR.
6. Slide the EXIT KNOB GEAR to the rear and remove the EXIT ROLL PIN.
7. Slide the front EXIT-1 BEARING to the rear, and slide the front of the EXIT-1
ROLL ASSY to the right.

NOTE: The rear EXIT-1 BEARING of the EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY remains but is not
secured to the FUSER TRAY when the following step of the procedure is
performed. Be careful not to lose the EXIT-1 BEARING.

8. Slide the EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY forward and dismount the rear of the EXIT-1
ROLL ASSY. Remove to the rear the EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY together with the
EXIT 1 GEAR and EXIT-1 BEARING.
9. Remove the EXIT-1 BEARING and the EXIT 1 GEAR from the EXIT-1 ROLL
ASSY.

Figure 4-97. EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 335

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.18 FUSER IN SENSOR (PL9.4.4)

1. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the HORIZONTAL CHUTE (gold, tapping,
10mm). Lift and remove the HORIZONTAL CHUTE together with the FUSER
PAPER GUIDE.
3. Remove the 2 screws (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing the FUSER BOTTOM
COVER. Slide the FUSER BOTTOM COVER to the rear and remove.
4. Unhook the FUSER IN HOLDER from the FUSER TRAY and remove.
5. Unhook the FUSER IN SENSOR from the FUSER TRAY and remove.
6. Disconnect the FUSER IN SENSOR connector (P/J117).

Figure 4-98. FUSER IN SENSOR Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 336

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.19 FUSER CHUTE FAN (PL9.4.10)

1. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the HORIZONTAL CHUTE (gold, tapping,
10mm). Lift and remove the HORIZONTAL CHUTE together with the FUSER
PAPER ASSY.
3. Remove the 2 screws (gold, tapping, 10mm) securing the FUSER BOTTOM
COVER. Slide the FUSER BOTTOM COVER to the rear and remove.
4. Remove the FUSER CHUTE FAN from the FUSER TRAY.
5. Disconnect the FUSER CHUTE FAN connector (P/J80).

Figure 4-99. FUSER CHUTE FAN Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 337

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.9.20 FUSER BAFFLE ASSY (PL9.2.44)

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10) (p.339)
2. Pull out the FUSER ASSY. (See p.321)
3. Remove the MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)
4. Remove the UPPER GUIDE ASSY (PL9.2.20) (p.322)
5. Remove the FUSER UPPER ASSY (PL9.2.30) (p.323)
6. Remove the H/R HEATER (PL9.2.40) (p.324)
7. Remove the HEAT ROLL (PL9.2.25) (p.328)
8. Remove the 2 screws (black, w/collar, w/washer, 8mm) securing the NIP FRONT
CAM and NIP REAR CAM to FUSER NIP SHAFT.
9. Pull out the FUSER NIP SHAFT to the front, remove the NIP REAR CAM, NIP
FRONT CAM and the front/rear FUSER NIP BEARING, and remove the FUSER
NIP SHAFT.
10. Let loose fully the NIP adjustment screw.
11. Remove the 2 screws (black, w/collar, 8mm) securing the FUSER BAFFLE
ASSY, and remove the FUSER BAFFLE ASSY to the up.

Be careful to mount the FUSER BAFFLE ASSY.

C A U T IO N Install the FUSER BAFFLE ASSY by pressing gently the frame

(circled portion) at each side in the just below direction against the
H/ROLL bearing. (If the FUSER BAFFLE ASSY is floating, the
HEAT ROLL would be scratched.)
Figure 4-100. FUSER BAFFLE ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 338

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.10 Paper Exit

4.2.10.1 EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10)
1. Bend the rear hinge of the EXIT TRAY ASSY inward, remove the boss from the
FUSER TRAY, remove the front hinge, and remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY.

Mount the EXIT TRAY ASSY so that the spring of the front hinge
touches the outside of the FUSER TRAY ASSY.

4.2.10.2 EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2)

1. Open the EXIT UPPER ASSY.

NOTE: Be careful not to damage the hinges of the EXIT UPPER ASSY when
performing the following. Figure 4-101. EXIT TRAY ASSY Removal

2. Bend the front hinges of the EXIT UPPER ASSY inward, remove the boss from
the front of the EXIT LOWER ASSY, and remove the hinge of the EXIT UPPER
ASSY. Then remove the rear hinge and remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY.

Figure 4-102. EXIT UPPER ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 339

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.10.3 EXIT LOWER ASSY (PL 10.1.1)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
3. Remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2) (p.339)
4. Remove the 3 connectors (P/J111,P/J161,P/JXXX) of the EXIT LOWER ASSY.
5. Remove the 4 screws (black, w/collar, 8mm) securing the EXIT LOWER ASSY.
Lift and remove the EXIT LOWER ASSY.

Figure 4-103. EXIT LOWER ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 340

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.10.4 EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY (PL10.2.6)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
3. Remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2) (p.339)
4. Remove the EXIT LOWER ASSY (PL 10.1.1) (p.340)
5. Remove the two E-rings retaining the EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY and remove the BELT
PULLY, EXIT BELT, BELT FLANGE and EXIT REAR BEARING.
6. Remove the E-ring, and remove the EXIT FRONT BEARING.
7. Remove the EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY.

For any parts in the drive system whose replacement can cause a
change in load, replace such parts in units of ASSY.

Figure 4-104. EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY Removal

4.2.10.5 EXIT-3 ROLL ASSY (PL10.2.5)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the two E-rings retaining the EXIT-3 ROLL ASSY and remove the BELT
PULLY, BELT FLANGE, EXIT REAR BEARING, EXIT GEAR D and EXIT
EARTH PLATE.
3. Remove the E-ring, and remove the EXIT FRONT BEARING.
4. Remove the EXIT-3 ROLL ASSY.

For any parts in the drive system whose replacement can cause a
change in load, replace such parts in units of ASSY.

Figure 4-105. EXIT-3 ROLL ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 341

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.10.6 FUSER FAN-1 (PL10.2.22)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
3. Remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2) (p.339)
4. Remove the EXIT LOWER ASSY (PL 10.1.1) (p.340)
5. Disconnect the connector (P/J111) of the FUSER FAN-1 and unbind the harness.
6. Spread the hook on the frame that secures FUSER FAN-1, and remove FUSER
FAN-1.

Mount so that the manufacturer's label on the surface of the

FUSER FAN faces outside.

Figure 4-106. FUSER FAN-1 Removal

4.2.10.7 TOP EXIT SENSOR (PL10.2.24)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
3. Remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2) (p.339)
4. Remove the EXIT LOWER ASSY (PL 10.1.1) (p.340)
5. Disconnect the TOP EXIT SENSOR connector (P/J165).
6. Unhook the TOP EXIT SENSOR and remove.

Figure 4-107. TOP EXIT SENSOR Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 342

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.10.8 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH (PL 10.2.26)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
3. Remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2) (p.339)
4. Remove the EXIT LOWER ASSY (PL 10.1.1) (p.340)
5. Disconnect the EXIT CHUTE SWITCH connector (P/J166).
6. Unhook the EXIT CHUTE SWITCH and remove.

4.2.10.9 EXIT MOTOR ASSY (PL 10.2.12)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
3. Remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2) (p.339)
4. Remove the EXIT LOWER ASSY (PL 10.1.1) (p.340)
5. Disconnect the EXIT MOTOR ASSY connector (CN1).
Figure 4-108. EXIT CHUTE SWITCH Removal
6. Remove the three screws (black, w/collar, tapping, 8 mm), and remove the EXIT
MOTOR BRACKET.
7. Remove the EXIT GEAR B and EXIT GEAR C.
8. Remove the two screws (black, 4 mm) securing the EXIT MOTOR ASSY, and
remove the EXIT MOTOR ASSY.

For any parts in the drive system whose replacement can cause a
change in load, replace such parts in units of ASSY.

Figure 4-109. EXIT MOTOR ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 343

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.10.10 EXIT PWB ASSY (PL 10.2.20)

C A U T IO N Never operate the control on the EXIT PWB ASSY.

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)

2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
3. Remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2) (p.339)
4. Remove the EXIT LOWER ASSY (PL 10.1.1) (p.340)
5. Disconnect the two connectors (P/J162 and CN1) of the EXIT PWB ASSY.
6. Remove the screw (black, tapping, 6 mm), and remove the EXIT PWB ASSY.

For any parts in the drive system whose replacement can cause a
change in load, replace such parts in units of ASSY.

Figure 4-110. EXIT PWB ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 344

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.11 Drive
4.2.11.1 P/H DRIVE ASSY (PL11.1.1)
1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the P/H MOTOR ASSY (PL 11.1.5) (p.346)
3. Remove the five screws (silver, w/collar, 6 mm) securing the P/H DRIVE ASSY,
and remove the P/H DRIVE ASSY together with the MOTOR PWB BRACKET.
4. Detach the MOTOR PWB BRACKET from the P/H DRIVE ASSY.

4.2.11.2 PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY (PL11.1.2)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.1) (p.321)
3. Remove the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY (PL13.1.1) (p.352)
4. Remove the E-ring securing the AUGER HIGH ASSY inside the printer.
5. Remove the PRO MOTOR ASSY (PL 11.1.6) (p.347)

C H E C K At the next step, the shaft of the PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY can
P O IN T not be pulled easily off the AUGER HIGH ASSY. Hold the Figure 4-111. P/H DRIVE ASSY Removal
AUGER HIGH ASSY inside the frame when you remove the PRO
DRIVE GEAR ASSY.
6. Remove the three screws (silver, w/collar, 6 mm) securing the PRO DRIVE
GEAR ASSY, and remove the PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY.

Be careful not to pinch the harness when mounting.

Figure 4-112. PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 345

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.11.3 FUSER MOTOR ASSY (PL 11.1.4)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY (PL13.1.1) (p.352)
3. Disconnect the two connectors (P/J44 and P/J59) of the FUSER MOTOR ASSY.
4. Remove the 3 screws (black, w/collar, 4mm) securing the FUSER MOTOR
ASSY, and remove the FUSER MOTOR ASSY.

4.2.11.4 P/H MOTOR ASSY (PL 11.1.5)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Disconnect the four connectors (P/J43, P/J49, P/J50 and P/J53).
3. Remove the 3 screws (black, w/collar, 4mm) securing the P/H MOTOR ASSY,
and remove the P/H MOTOR ASSY.

Figure 4-113. FUSER MOTOR ASSY Removal

Figure 4-114. P/H MOTOR ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 346

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.11.5 PRO MOTOR ASSY (PL 11.1.6)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Disconnect the two harnesses from the MOTOR COVER and detach the MOTOR
COVER from the PRO MOTOR ASSY.
3. Disconnect the two connectors (P/J46 and P/J61).
4. Remove the three screws (black, w/collar, 4 mm) securing the PRO MOTOR
ASSY, and detach the PRO MOTOR ASSY from the PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY.

4.2.11.6 P/R MOT & DRV ASSY (PL11.1.10)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the TRANSFER HIGH ASSY (PL8.1.20) (p.313)
3. Disconnect the two connectors (P/J51 and P/J52) of the P/R MOT & DRV ASSY, Figure 4-115. PRO MOTOR ASSY Removal
and release all the harness from the clamp.
4. Remove the 6 screws (black, w/collar, 12mm) securing the P/R MOT & DRV
ASSY, and remove the P/R MOT & DRV ASSY.

Align the positioning boss of the printer frame with the positioning
hole of the P/R MOT & DRV ASSY when mounting.

Figure 4-116. P/R MOT & DRV ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 347

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.11.7 ROTARY MOTOR ASSY (PL11.1.20)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J247) of the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY.
3. Remove the 3 screws (gold, 6mm) securing the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY, and
remove the ROTARY MOTOR ASSY.

Be careful not to pinch the harness when mounting.

4.2.11.8 ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB (PL11.1.21)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Disconnect the three connectors (P/J245, P/J246 and P/J247) of the ROTARY Figure 4-117. ROTARY MOTOR ASSY Removal
MOTOR DRIVE PWB.
3. Remove the 2 screws (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the ROTARY MOTOR
DRIVE PWB, and remove the ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB.

Figure 4-118. ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 348

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.11.9 DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY (PL11.1.22)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the MAG MOTOR ASSY (PL11.1.7) (p.349)
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J55) of the DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY.
4. Remove the 2 screws (black, w/collar, 8mm) securing the DISPENSE MOTOR
ASSY, slide the gear of the DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY to the notch in the printer
frame hole, and remove the DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY.

4.2.11.10 MAG MOTOR ASSY (PL11.1.7)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Disconnect the two connectors (P/J45 and P/J60).
3. Remove the 3 screws (black, w/collar, 10mm) securing the MAG MOTOR ASSY,
and remove the MAG MOTOR ASSY.

Figure 4-119. DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY Removal

Figure 4-120. MAG MOTOR ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 349

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.11.11 DEVE. GEAR CLUTCH ASSY (PL11.1.23)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the MAG MOTOR ASSY (PL11.1.7) (p.349)
3. Remove the 4 screws (silver, w/collar, 10mm) securing the DEVE. GEAR
CLUTCH ASSY, and remove the DEVE. GEAR CLUTCH ASSY.

Figure 4-121. DEVE. GEAR CLUTCH ASSY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 350

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.12 Frame
4.2.12.1 DEVE. TIE PLATE (PL12.1.3)
1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
3. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
4. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
5. Remove the following types of INNER COVER ASSY:
• Remove the L/H INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.10) (p.265)
• Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)

6. Remove the EXIT UPPER ASSY (PL10.1.2) (p.339)

7. Remove the EXIT LOWER ASSY (PL 10.1.1) (p.340)

NOTE: Be careful not to damage the DEVE. TIE PLATE by getting it caught on the
connector attached to the rear frame of the printer while performing the
following.

8. Remove the 4 screws (black, w/collar, 8mm) securing the DEVE. TIE PLATE, lift
the DEVE. TIE PLATE, and remove.

Figure 4-122. DEVE. TIE PLATE Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 351

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.13 Electrical
4.2.13.1 LV/HV POWER SUPPLY (PL13.1.1)
1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Disconnect the four connectors (P/J32, P/J33, P/J34 and P/J42) of the LV/HV
POWER SUPPLY and the four fastening terminals (A, C, D and F), and release
each harness from the saddle edge and clamp.
3. Remove 1 of the 4 screws (silver, w/collar, 6 mm) securing the POWER SUPPLY
BRACKET, and loosen the remaining 3 screws (silver, w/collar, 6mm).
4. Lift the POWER SUPPLY BRACKET and remove it together with the LV/HV
POWER SUPPLY.
5. Remove the eight screws (silver, w/collar, 6 mm), and detach the LV/HV POWER
SUPPLY from the POWER SUPPLY BRACKET.

„ Be careful not to get the harness caught in the gears or on sheet

metal when mounting.
„ Be sure to hook the left hook securely on the frame when
mounting.

Figure 4-123. LV/HV POWER SUPPLY Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 352

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.13.2 DEVE. FAN (PL13.1.5)

1. Remove the REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)
2. Remove the DEVE. FAN connector (P/J82), and free the harness by removing
from the FAN DUCT.
3. Spread the FAN DUCT hook securing the DEVE. FAN, and remove the DEVE.
FAN.

„ Mount so that the manufacturer's label on the surface of the

DEVE. FAN faces outside.
„ Attach the harness securely when mounting.

Figure 4-124. DEVE. FAN Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 353

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.13.3 MCU PWB-XL (PL13.2.1)

C H E C K When replacing the MCU PWB-XL, remove the EEPROM (U2)

P O IN T storing the NVM data from the old MCU PWB-XL and install it
on the new MCU PWB-XL.

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)

2. Remove the RIGHT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.51) (p.268)
3. Remove the CONTROLLER PWB (PL14.1.10) (p.358)
4. Remove the CONT. CHASSIS ASSY (PL14.1.1) (p.359)
5. Remove the 13 connectors (P/J12, P/J13, P/J14, P/J15, P/J16, P/J17, P/J18, P/J19,
P/J20, P/J21, P/J22, P/J23, P/J24) of the MCU PWB-XL.
6. Remove the 4 screws (silver, w/collar, 6 mm) securing the MCU PWB-XL, and
remove the MCU PWB-XL.

Connect the earth wire to the bottom screw of the screws securing
the MCU PWB-XL.

Figure 4-125. MCU PWB-XL Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 354

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.13.4 FRONT COVER SWITCH R (PL13.2.3)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the RIGHT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.51) (p.268)
3. Remove the CONTROLLER PWB (PL14.1.10) (p.358)
4. Remove the CONT. CHASSIS ASSY (PL14.1.1) (p.359)
5. Disconnect the 2 connectors (P/J191, P/J192) of FRONT COVER SWITCH R.
6. Unhook FRONT COVER SWITCH R from the frame, push forward, and remove.

Mount the FRONT COVER SWITCH R securely.

Figure 4-126. FRONT COVER SWITCH R Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 355

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.13.5 FRONT COVER SWITCH L (PL13.2.4)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE (PL6.1.10) (p.298)
3. Remove the TENSION LEVER (PL8.1.21) (p.312)
4. Remove the following types of INNER COVER ASSY:
• Remove the L/H INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.10) (p.265)
• Remove the IBT INNER COVER ASSY (PL1.1.14) (p.266)

5. Unhook the harness and disconnect the two connectors (P/J198 and P/J199) of the
FRONT COVER SWITCH L.
6. Remove the screw (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the FRONT COVER
SWITCH L, and remove the FRONT COVER SWITCH L.

Run the harness correctly when mounting FRONT COVER

SWITCH L.

Figure 4-127. FRONT COVER SWITCH L Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 356

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.13.6 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR (PL13.2.5)

1. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
2. Disconnect the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR connector (P/J105), and free the
harness by removing it from the clamp.

NOTE: At the next step, you are advised to remove the IBT BELT ASSY for easy
work.

3. Remove the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR from the 2 PWB SUPPORT securing

the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR.

Figure 4-128. ENVIRONMENT SENSOR Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 357

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.14 Controller
4.2.14.1 CONTROLLER PWB (PL14.1.10)
1. Remove the RIGHT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.51) (p.268)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, 8 mm), and remove the OPTION SHIELD-SEC.
3. Disengage the four hooks and remove the GUIDE-B.
4. Disconnect the 2 connectors (CN403, CN405) of the CONTROLLER PWB.
5. Remove the five screws (silver, w/collar, 8 mm) and the two hexagon studs, and
remove the CONTROLLER PWB.

Figure 4-129. CONTROLLER PWB Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 358

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

4.2.14.2 CONT. CHASSIS ASSY (PL14.1.1)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Remove the RIGHT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.51) (p.268)
3. Remove the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (PL4.1.5) (p.282)
4. Remove the CONTROLLER PWB (PL14.1.10) (p.358)
5. Remove the 9 screws (silver, w/collar, 6mm) securing the CONT. CHASSIS
ASSY, and remove the CONT. CHASSIS ASSY.

4.2.14.3 I/F PWB-B (PL14.1.11)

1. Remove the TOP COVER ASSY (PL1.1.20) (p.264)
2. Disconnect the connector (CN3) on the I/F PWB-B.
3. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm), and remove the I/F PWB-B.

Figure 4-130. CONT. CHASSIS ASSY Removal

Figure 4-131. I/F PWB-B Removal

Disassembly and Assembly Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure 359

 5
CHAPTER

ADJUSTMENT
EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.1 Overview
This section describes the adjustments required according to service components once
they have been replaced and also describes procedures for such adjustments.

5.1.1 Specified Tools

AcuLaser C8600 does not require any special tools for adjustments.
Adjustments for AcuLaser C7000 are described on the assumption that the DIAG
commander is used.
For the DIAG tool, refer to “5.4 Diagnostics (p.369)”.

Adjustment Overview 361

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.2 USB ID Input 5.2.1 Installation Procedure for Program

Copy the adjustment program file (USBID_EJL.exe) onto the desktop or into a folder.
AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 comes with the USB interface as standard, and the
PC connected to the AcuLaser C8600 via the USB interface identifies the printer by
referring to the USB ID information unique to each printer. 5.2.2 Procedure for Program Operation
Since this USB ID information is stored on EEPROM on the MAIN Board of the
C A U T IO N „ Do not start the adjustment program before connecting the
printer, you have to re-define the ID information by the procedure described below
parallel cable to the printer.
when you have replaced the MAIN Board for repair.
„ This program can not be executed together with EPW (Epson
Printer Window) on Windows 95/98. Be sure to terminate the
EPW before starting the adjustment program.
C A U T IO N When you repair the printer and re-define the USB ID
„ If the power to the printer is turned off or the parallel cable is
information, you have to tell the user to uninstall the previously
disconnected during running of the adjustment program, be
installed printer driver as it refers to the old USB ID information.
sure to restart the program.
„ On the “Details of Display” tab of “Property of Screen”, do not
change “font size.”
The program for USB ID input and the supported operating environment are as
follows: 1. When you execute the program “USBID_EJL.exe”, the menu window shown below
will appear.
† Program
USBID_EJL.exe 2. Select the model name “AcuLaser C8600”, then click the OK button.

† Operating environment 3. When the window as shown below is displayed, check “USB ID input” and click the
OK button.
„ OS: Windows95 OSR2.0 or later or Windows98
„ Port used: LPT1 ∼ LPT3 (Windows95/98) 4. When the window as shown below appears, input the serial number (10 digits) of the
printer and click “Ok” button to store the USB ID information (18 digits in total) in
EEPROM on the main board of the printer.

Adjustment USB ID Input 362

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.2.3 USB ID Confirmation

C A U T IO N Once you have input a new USB ID, never forget to confirm it on
the status sheet.

1. Execute the program “USBID_EJL.exe” which was used to write the USB ID, and
select the model name.
2. When the window as shown below appears, check “Verify USB ID” and click the OK
button.
3. The window as shown below will appear and a status sheet will be printed
automatically.
4. Check that the USB ID printed on the status sheet is identical with that shown on the
window.
After completion of confirmation, press the Return button.

Adjustment USB ID Input 363

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.3 Service Utility (for AcuLaser C7000)

C A U T IO N Once you execute printing the engine status sheet by “Engine
5.3.1 Overview Status Sheet” (p.366) with network connected, communication
with the printer will be disabled. In such a case, turn off the power
This service utility, designed for exclusive use with AcuLaser C7000, must be used to
to the printer once and then turn it on again.
execute any of the following operations for maintenance and checks of AcuLaser
C7000:
† Printing the engine status sheet
† Initializing the relevant counter when you have replaced any of the Regularly
Replaced Part and Major After-Sales Service Parts specified on page 367.
† Registering USB ID

5.3.1.1 Operating Environment

You can use this service utility under the following conditions:
† OS
„ Windows 95/98
„ Windows Me
„ Windows NT4.0
„ Windows 2000
„ Windows XP
† Interface
„ Parallel interface
Can be used only in a mode where bidirectional communication is permitted.
„ USB
„ Network interface
Only TCP/IP by Type-B connection is supported.

5.3.1.2 Conditions for Use

This service utility does not require any special installation procedure. It can be copied
on the personal computer or can be executed directly from the CD-ROM or floppy
disk, but only under the following conditions:
† PC
The printer driver for AcuLaser C7000 has been installed and is ready for use.

Adjustment Service Utility (for AcuLaser C7000) 364

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.3.2 How to Use the Service Utility After the [OK] button is clicked, the PC checks for connection to the selected printer. If
the PC has failed in connection to the selected printer, the screen will display the error
This section describes how to use this service utility. message as shown below. Then click the [OK] button, and the service utility will be
terminated.
5.3.2.1 Starting the Service Utility
1. Double click the icon for this service utility (STA3HBC.exe) to start it.

Figure 5-1. Icon for Service Utility Figure 5-3. If Failed in Connection

Possible causes of this error are as listed below. Make certain that the PC and the
2. The PC where the service utility is started will display the printer select window based
printer are connected properly, and then start the service utility again.
on the printer driver information installed on the PC. Select “AcuLaser C7000” and
click the [OK] button. „ The power to the printer is not turned on.
„ The cable is not connected properly.
„ The printer you have selected is not AcuLaser C7000.

Figure 5-2. Printer Select Window

Adjustment Service Utility (for AcuLaser C7000) 365

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3. Upon confirming the connection to the selected printer, the PC will display the menu
screen as shown below and the service utility will be ready for execution of each
function. To terminate the service utility, click the [Close] button.

Printer Information Display

Printing the Engine Status Sheet

Initializing the counter

(Select the relevant component)

Registering the USB ID

Figure 5-4. Menu Screen of Service Utility

Adjustment Service Utility (for AcuLaser C7000) 366

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.3.2.2 Functions 5.3.3 Operation

This service utility can execute the following functions:
5.3.3.1 Engine Status Sheet
† “Printer” information Click the [Status Sheet] button to print the engine status sheet.
„ Name of the printer connected (“AcuLaser C7000”)
„ “Communication Mode” information Since the paper size supported is only A4, set A4 size paper in the
C H E C K
Displays the interface connected P O IN T printer.
• Nibble (parallel interface)
• ECP (parallel interface)
• USB
• I/F Card (Type-B / Network I/F)
„ “Printer Firmware” information
Firmware version currently installed The information given in the engine status sheet is the same as that with AcuLaser
„ “Engine Firmware” information C8600. When the engine status sheet is being printed, the process control (Cycle Up /
Mechanical controller firmware version currently installed Cycle Down process control) of the engine will be forcedly carried out.
† “Engine Status Sheet” 5.3.3.2 Reset Counter
Prints the engine status sheet.
When you have replaced any of the Regularly Replaced Part and After-Sales Service
† “Reset Counter” Parts specified above, be sure to reset the relevant counter.
Initializes the counters for the Regularly Replaced Part and After-Sales Service
Parts whose lives are controlled by the printer. The parts for which the counter
must be initialized are as follows: C H E C K Once you have executed resetting, you can never undo the
P O IN T resetting. To warn you not to execute resetting carelessly, the
„ “Fuser” (Main Fuser Assembly: Regularly Replaced Part) confirmation screen as shown below will be displayed when the
„ “2nd BTR” (After-Sales Service Part) [Execute] button for Reset Counter has been clicked. Click [OK]
„ “IBT Cleaner” (After-Sales Service Part) to execute initializing the counter or click [Cancel] to terminate
„ “IBT Belt” (After-Sales Service Part) the service utility without executing resetting.
„ “C/MY/K Development” (Development unit for each color: After-Sales
Service Part)
† “USB ID”
Registers the ID number for the USB interface in EEPROM on the Main Board.

Adjustment Service Utility (for AcuLaser C7000) 367

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.3.3.3 USB ID
When the Main Board has been replaced, register the ID number assigned to the USB
interface.
Input the assigned ID number in the ID input box and click the [execute] button. Then
the input ID number will be stored in EEPROM on the Main Board. The USB ID value
displayed above the input box is the initial value displayed at the utility start. The
newly registered value is not displayed immediately only by clicking the [Execute]
button. If it is necessary to display the registered value soon, terminate the service
utility once and then start it again.

C H E C K „ This function can not be used with network connection.

P O IN T „ For replacing the Main Board, note down the USB ID value of
the old Main Board and input the same value into the newly
installed Main Board. (The USB ID value will not be generated
automatically by the service utility.)
„ Since the ID value can be registered only in the specified
format, the following checks will be performed.
• More than 18 digits can be input in the input box. However,
the digits exceeding 18 digits are ignored, while “0” is set at
each blank position if you input less than 18 digits.
• The value to be input must contain the alphanumeric
characters specified below at the specified positions,
respectively. Any value which does not contain these
characters at the correct positions will be invalid and will
not be written.

1st/2nd position: “13”

3rd position: “P”
18th position: “0”

Adjustment Service Utility (for AcuLaser C7000) 368

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.4 Diagnostics
5.4.1 Diagnostics by Operating the Printer Body Only
Overview

This printer, AcuLaser C8600, can perform test printing by operating the printer body
only to check its operation.
In test printing, the printer prints continuously its internal test print pattern at a
continuous printing speed.

Method of Printing Test Prints

1. Remove the RIGHT COVER ASSY. “4.2.1.11 RIGHT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.51) Figure 5-5. Method of Printing Test Prints
(p.268)”
5. Start a print movement by turning on Dip-Switch (S1). (continuous print is done.)
2. Remove the CONTROLLER PWB. “4.2.14.1 CONTROLLER PWB (PL14.1.10)
(p.358)” 6. To stop printing, turn off the Dip-Switch(S1) on the MCU PWB if it is present.
(A device stops after a print during the treatment is discharged.)

W A R N IN G Do not touch conductive parts and during FIRMWARE parts in C A U T IO N „ Make sure that your hand does not touch the other elements
the following procedures. when changing the Dip-Switch.
„ The paper feed unit is in a position selected in
“2.3.2 Paper Supply Unit Selection Control (p.131)”.
„ The paper size is set in accordance with the [USIZESET]
command. “See 5.4.2 Diagnostics Commander (p.371)”.
3. Set paper and turn the power ON.
NOTE 1: When the printer is in an error status, printing operation cannot be
„ When a tool, such as a mini minus screwdriver, is used, the rest started.
C H E C K
P O IN T of the changing Dip-Switch process can be done easily. 2: For information about the READY mode, refer to “2.1.5 Operation Mode
„ As for entering the READY mode, confirm that continuous (p.102)”.
lighting of H/R HEATER and P/R HEATER became space
fault fire with the next process from the gap in the print outlet
of FUSER ASSY.

4. Turn on Dip-Switch (S1: It is at the back of the working hole of CONT.CHASSIS

ASSY.) for the test print on MCU PWB in the top of the interface connector (P11) of
MCUPWB after entering the READY mode

Adjustment Diagnostics 369

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Test Print Patterns

C A U T IO N „ Depending on the specifications, the image may protrude
The test print is done in the following patterns that each color appears in each quarter beyond the paper leading edge, leaving no margin.
area of the paper. „ If the MCU PWB EEPROM (NVM) [Image Area Selection] is
set to [Wide], the image is recorded onto paper without right
„ In a straight line extending in the laser beam scanning direction, a one dot line
and left margins.
is printed at intervals of every 128 dots. On the back edge of each color, the
128 dot interval may vary.
„ A straight line extending in the paper transport direction, a
clock used for MCU PWB increases jitter, making an
„ In a straight line extending in the paper transport direction, an approximately evaluation of the quality of the image impossible.
6 dot line is printed at every [approx. 6 dots x 128]. On the left and right edges
of each color, the [approx. 6 dots x 128]. interval may vary.

Paper transport direction

Approx.4mm 1dot
127dot
Approx.4mm

Approx.4mm
Approx.6dot Approx.762dot

Approx.8mm

Approx.8mm

Approx.8mm

Approx.8mm

Figure 5-6. Test Print Patterns

Adjustment Diagnostics 370

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.4.2 Diagnostics Commander Configuration

This printer can execute, set diagnostics and various settings and do the renewal
C A U T IO N „ The diagnostics commander which can be used for AcuLaser (renewal) of FIRMWARE of MCU PWB using diagnostics tools (maintenance tool.)
C8600 and AcuLaser C7000 is almost the same as that for
AcuLaser C8500, but that for AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser When configured as shown in the figure below, the printer operates the diagnostics
C7000 must be used by incorporating the patch file. commander (an application software) on a personal computer to send commands from
„ In principle, the contents of the diagnostics commander are to the DIAG. PWB to the MCU PWB and down load the FIRMWARE for execution.
be supported by the printer controller, so the description of the † MCU PWB Direct Connection
use of the diagnostics commander given here is simply for
information. NOTE: “P/J11” is the interface connector of the MCU PWB.

5.4.2.1 Overview

C H E C K „ The combination of DIAG. PWB, DIAG HARNESS, RS-232C

P O IN T cable, personal computer, and diagnostics commander is called
the diagnostics tool (Maintenance tool.)
„ The diagnostics tool supplied by SEIKO EPSON consists of the
following particulars:
• DIAG. TOOL-1: DIAG. PWB (circuit board), DIAG.
HARNESS (intermediate harness) and diagnostics Figure 5-7. DIAG Tool configuration (direct connection)
commander (2 floppy disks)
• DIAG. TOOL-2: Data for diagnostics commander (1 floppy
disk)
• MCU FIRM WARE: Program data for engine control
[Firmware of MCU PWB] (Only one set will be supplied
when the data is changed.)
• Patch files (for AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000)

Adjustment Diagnostics 371

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Option Connector Connection 5.4.2.2 Overview of the Diagnostic Commander

Only down load of FIRMWARE can do it by this composition. The diagnostic commander has mainly diagnostics function and FIRMWARE
download function.
NOTE: “P/J132” and “P/J211” are the connectors for connecting the printer body
and the Option Feeder. The diagnostic function is a tool which controls the printer by communicating the data
(commands and statuses) with the MCU PWB instead of the printer controller
(CONTROLLER PWB.)
During the execution of diagnostics, commands related to the diagnostics are sent. The
diagnostics commander also supports commands besides diagnostics and statuses and
can perform communications.
The FIRMWARE download function is a tool which downloads a new FIRMWARE to
up date the engine control program housing to flash ROM on MCU PWB.

5.4.2.3 Overview of the DIAG. PWB

This circuit board is equipped with a connector with the MCU PWB, a connector with
DIAG HARNESS, a connector with RS-232C cable (D-Sub 25 pin female and 2 D-Sub
Figure 5-8. DIAG Tool configuration
(connection with optional connectors) 9 pin females, 4 dip switches).
† Dip Switch Functions
Table 5-1. Dip Switches
Initial
Dip-Sw Description
Setting
For switching the type of RS-232C cable
1 ON (ON: All strikes rate line cable,
OFF: Straight CTC/RTS cable without internal folding)*1
Switching by the difference in the connection composition
2 OFF (ON: At the time of the option connector connection,
OFF: At the time of direct connection with MCU PWB)
For the test print of the device simple substance.
3 OFF (It can be used in the same way as Dip-Switch on MCU PWB.)
(ON: Test print start, OFF: Test print stop)
Switching by the difference in the connection composition
4 OFF (ON: At the time of the option connector connection,
OFF: At the time of direct connection with MCU PWB)

Adjustment Diagnostics 372

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Note "*1": Do not use any cable with a D-Sub 9 pin connector where the pin 7 and the pin 8 are 5.4.2.4 Preparation
shorted to each other.
Personal Computer

Prepare a personal computer which supports the execution of the diagnostics

commander. Set the communications port (RS-232C.)
† Specifications of the personal computer
Table 5-2.
Item Function
Type IBM PC compatible
CPU Pentium 133 [MHz] or greater
(FIRM WARE down load)
Memory At least 16 [Mbyte]
Display At least 640 x 480
OS Windows95(Beyond 4.00.950a)
Recommendation IBM Think Pad 535

NOTE: Only IBM Think Pad 535E operation has been verified. IBM compatibles will
run the program but have not been verified.

† Communication Port
Table 5-3.
Figure 5-9. Overview of the DIAG. PWB Item Format
Port No. 1 (variable)
Transfer rate 9600bps
Start bit 1
Length of data 8Bits
Parity Odd number
Stop bit 1
Transfer control Total 2
Flow control Enabled (RTS / CTS)

Adjustment Diagnostics 373

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Installation of the Diagnostics Commander Uninstalling the Diagnostics Commander

[Procedure] [Procedure]
1. Launch Windows 95, select “Set” from “Start menu,” and then “Control Panels” from 1. Launch Windows 95, select “Set” from “Start menu,” and then “Control Panels” from
“Set.” “Set.”
2. Double click on the “Addition and deletion of applications” icon in the “Control Panel” 2. Double click on the “Addition and deletion of applications” icon in the “Control Panel”
window. window.
3. Set Disk 1of the installation disk (DIAG. TOOL-1) of the diagnostics commander into 3. Select the [Tsubaki Service Commander V*.**] and click on the “Add and Delete (R)”
the floppy disk drive. button in the “Addition and deletion of the applications property” window.
4. Click on the “Setup (I)” button in the “Addition and deletion of the applications 4. Hereafter complete uninstalling according to the subsequently displayed instructions.
property” window.
5. Complete installation according to the subsequently displayed instructions. [Execute CONNECTION OF THE DIAGNOSTICS TOOLS (MCU PWB)
“SETUP.exe”]
[Procedure]
6. Execute [Program (P)]-[Tsubaki Service Commander V*.**]-[Registry Entry] from
the “Start menu.” 1. Remove a RIGHT COVER ASSY “4.2.1.11 RIGHT COVER ASSY (PL1.1.51)
(p.268)”
7. Write all the patch files (4 files) over [Tsubaki]-[Tsubaki Service Commander V*.**]-
[cmd] found on the drive where the diagnostic commander has been installed. 2. Remove the CONTROLLER PWB “4.2.14.1 CONTROLLER PWB (PL14.1.10)
(p.358)”
8. Copy files “xxx. DAT” into the “DAT” folder in the folder in which the diagnostics
commander has been installed from the data disk (DIAG. TOOL-2.) 3. Remove the CONT. CHASSIS ASSY
4. “4.2.14.2 CONT. CHASSIS ASSY (PL14.1.1) (p.359)”
5. Connect the DIAG. PWB with the interface connector of MCU PWB so that the Dip-
Switch of the DIAG. PWB can be seen from the outside.
6. Connect the DIAG. PWB with the personal computer with a RS-232C cable.

C H E C K „ The RS-232C must match the settings of the Dip-Switch of the

P O IN T DIAG. PWB and the connector, be completely shielded, and
have the length of 2m or less.
„ Make Dip-Switch of DIAG. PWB the establishment which was
suitable for the used connection condition, and use it
(Establishment in direct connection with MCU PWB: 2=OFF,
4= OFF).

Adjustment Diagnostics 374

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Connection of the diagnostics tools (Option Connector) 5.4.2.5 Commands / Statuses

Overview of Commands and Statuses

C H E C K Be careful with this connection because only FIRMWARE Commands and statuses are data that are used for communications between the printer
P O IN T download of MCU PWB is executed. controller and MCU PWB.
The printer controller uses these communication to control the printer.

[Procedure] C H E C K The communications directions of Commands / Status are defined

P O IN T as follows. (These definitions apply to the entire chapter.)
1. Remove all the connectors which connect those option units and a device itself • Command: Printer controller (Diagnostics tool) to
electrically when an optional loading paper unit and a Duplex unit are increased. MCU PWB
(Option Feeder unit: P/J132, P/J211 / Option Duplex unit: P/J134, P/J75) • Status: MCU PWB to printer controller
2. Remove the O/H COVER. “4.2.1.8 REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30) (p.267)” (diagnostics tool)

C A U T IO N In the following procedure, make sure that DIAG. PWB never

touches body.

3. Connect DIAG. PWB and DIAG. HARNES, a connector (P132, P211) for the option
loading paper unit of DIAG. HARNES and the printer.
4. Connect the DIAG. PWB with the personal computer with a RS-232C cable.

C H E C K „ The RS-232C must match the settings of the Dip-Switch of the

P O IN T DIAG. PWB and the connector, be completely shielded, and
have the length of 2 m or less.
„ Make Dip-Switch of DIAG. PWB the establishment which was
suitable for the used connection condition, and use it.
(Establishment in the option connector connection: 2=ON, 4=
OFF)

Adjustment Diagnostics 375

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Data Format Categories of Commands / Statuses

Each command and status are categorized into the following four groups according to
the type of printer control.
† Paper, Media, and Output
Paper feed method (location), type of paper, paper size setting /confirmation,
paper output method (location)
Parameter Code
† Printing / Status Control
Command/Status Code (1Byte) Printing control, setting an operation mode, error / status codes (the status of the
printer) confirmation.
† Parameter Control
Figure 5-10. Data Format Diagram Life times, counter settings and confirmation.
The data format is defined such that the first byte is assigned to a command or status † Diagnostics Control
code and the following bytes to commands and parameter codes attached to the Diagnostics execution/quit, EEPROM read and write, setting the FIRMWARE for
statuses. MCU PWB.
The number of the bytes for the parameters is variable, and there are cases when there
is no parameter code.
Each code is indicated in hex.
„ Example: Diagnostics (REGIST_CL) execution command.

Parameter 2: REGIST_CL

Parameter 1: Digital Output Test

DIAGSTART Command

Figure 5-11. Diagnostics Execution Command

Adjustment Diagnostics 376

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.4.2.6 Menu Tree of Diagnostics Commander

Figure below shows a simple menu tree of diagnostics commander:

Figure 5-12. Menu Tree of Diagnostics Commander

Adjustment Diagnostics 377

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.4.2.7 Operating the Diagnostics Commander

Starting Up the Diagnostics Commander

[Procedure]
1. Connect the DIAG TOOL to the printer.
2. Turn ON the power supply of the printer.
3. Launch Windows 95, and select [Program (P)]-[Tsubaki Service Commander V*.**]-
[TSCV*] from the “Start menu.”
4. To quit the diagnostics commander, click on the [Close] button.

Communications Connection

[Procedure]
1. Click on the [Manual] tab or [Auto] tab according to what you want to send.
2. Click on the [Connect] button to connect the communications port.
3. Click on the [Sync] button to establish communications.

Figure 5-13. Window when the [Manual] tab is selected.

C H E C K „ Clicking on the [Service] tab establishes communications.
P O IN T „ When exiting the [Manual] tab, or [Auto] tab, disconnect
communications by clicking on the [Disconnect] button.

Adjustment Diagnostics 378

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Log Display IGNORED [41 XX(CMD) XX(REASON)]

You can display the communications process between the Dialog Commander and ENGWRN [33]
MCU PWB in the [Log Window]. SCH [34 XX(STSMODE) XX(STSMODE2) XX(STSCALL)]

NOTE: When using the Diag function, always display [Log Window] and save the PFA2 [35 XX(SHEET)]
log. COLOR [36 XX(PLANE)]
PPOUT [20 XX(DEST) XX(DOPT) XX(SHEET)]
[Displaying The Log Window]
PCH [21 XX(TRAY) XX(SIZE) XX(MEDIA)]
1. Move the cursor to the plain area in the [Tsubaki Service Commander] main window
and right-click to display the [Log Window Open] button. PPOUT2 [22 XX(DEST) XX(DOPT) XX(SHEET)]

2. Click the [Log Window Open] button to display the [Log Window]. DCH [23 XX(DEST) XX(INFO_D)]

3. The commands and status sent and received are displayed in Hex code in the [Log
Window].
[Log Window Procedures]
4. In addition, self-issued statuses (not displayed in the [Status] column) which do not
Moving the cursor to inside the [Log Window] and right-clicking displays the [Log
require commands from the printer are also displayed.
Clear], [Log Save], and [Log Window Close] buttons.
NOTE: Statuses which are not displayed in the [Status] column but are displayed in By licking these buttons you can do the following:
the [Log Window] are as follows.
„ [Log Clear]
Log Clear is executed, deleting the contents of the Log Window.
„ [Log Save]
Communications established Saves the contents of the log. In the [Log Save] window, specify a filename
and click [Save]. If you do not specify a file extension, “LOG” is
Status automatically attached.
Command „ [.Log Window Close]
Closes the Log Window.

>> : Command
<< : Status C H E C K You can display the saved log file using an editor such as Memo
P O IN T Pad.
Figure 5-14. LOG WINDOW

IGNORED [41 XX(CMD) XX(REASON)]

PFA [30 XX(AMODE) XX(SHEET1) XX(SHEET2)]
ENGERR [31]
ERRRV [32]

Adjustment Diagnostics 379

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

[Manual] Tab Operation

With [Manual] tab, you can send commands and receive statuses.

C H E C K „ Send commands only after communications are established.

P O IN T „ For the details of the commands and statuses,
“5.4.2.10 Command/Status List (p.436)”

† SELECTION FROM A PULL-DOWN MENU

C H E C K „ There are command codes and parameter codes in the pull-

P O IN T down menu that cannot be selected.
„ Be careful with the thing as well which hasn't been used for
pull down menu because they are indicated.
„ Don't transmit the command which is not in
“5.4.2.10 Command/Status List (p.436)” even if it is indicated
again by the pull-down menu.
Figure 5-15. SELECTION FROM A PULL-DOWN MENU (1)
[Procedure]
NOTE: Clicking once only displays the command code in the [Command] column.
1. Connect DIAG TOOL with the printer, launch the diagnostics commander.
2. Click on the [Manual] tab to display the Manual screen.
3. Establish communications. (“Communications Connection (p.378)”)
4. Click on the [Class] column and select the class with the command code to be sent
from four classes described in “Categories of Commands / Statuses (p.376)”
5. Select the command code to be sent from the command codes displayed.
6. The command code selected is displayed in the [Command] column.

Adjustment Diagnostics 380

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

C H E C K To select the other commands without sending them, move the

P O IN T cursor into the window for selecting parameters, click the right
button, and click on the [Go Back] button. This returns you to the
previous parameter.

9. For commands having a corresponding status, the status will be displayed in the
[Status] column in hex code.

C H E C K Before changing to another menu ([Auto] or [Service]), click on

P O IN T the [Disconnect] button to disconnect communications.

Figure 5-16. SELECTION FROM A PULL-DOWN MENU (2)

NOTE: Double clicking displays the command code in the [Command] column, and
also the parameter codes of the selected command code if it has any having
parameter codes.

7. As above, selecting a parameter code displays the parameter code in the [Command]
column.
Double clicking when there are no parameters causes an [Error] window to be
displayed.

Figure 5-17. SELECTION FROM A PULL-DOWN MENU(3)

8. After completing command selection, click on the [Send] button to send the command
to be sent.

Adjustment Diagnostics 381

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† DIRECT ENTRY FROM THE COMMAND COLUMN [Auto] Tab Procedures

[Procedure]
Auto Run File allows you to transmit consecutively 2 or more commands.
1. Connect DIAG TOOL with the printer, launch the diagnostics commander.
2. Click on the [Manual] tab to display the Manual window.
C H E C K „ Use Auto Run File only after communications are established.
3. Establish communications by connecting (“Communications Connection (p.378)”). P O IN T „ It is necessary to separately create an file for Auto Run File
4. Enter the command codes and the parameter codes in hex code with a one-byte space with recorded commands.
between them in the [Command] column.

C H E C K Use regular ASCII characters for input. [Procedure]

P O IN T
1. Connect DIAG TOOL with the printer, launch the diagnostics commander.
2. Click the [Auto] tab to go to the Auto window
3. Communications connection is established (“Communications Connection
5. After entering the command to be sent, click on the [Send] button to send the (p.378)”).
command. 4. Click the [File Open] button to display the [Auto Run File Open] window.
6. For a command with a corresponding status, the status is displayed in the [Status] 5. Specify the Auto Run File name and click [Open].
column in the hex codes.
6. The display parts of the Auto Run file are displayed on the screen.
7. Click the [Start] button to start sequential execution of the commands recorded in the
Auto Run file.
C H E C K Before changing to another menu ([Auto] or [Service]), click on
P O IN T the [Disconnect] button to disconnect communications.
C H E C K „ To stop execution of Auto Run File, click the [Stop] button.
P O IN T „ For other menus ([Manual]) and [Service]), click the
[Disconnect] button to cut off communications, then execute.

Adjustment Diagnostics 382

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

[CREATING AN AUTO RUN FILE] [SERVICE] TAB PROCEDURES

With the [Service] tab lets you write specifications to the MCU PWB
C H E C K „ You can make a file using an editor such as Memo Pad. EEPROM(NVM), set the password, read the Master, and read/initialize the Slave, and
P O IN T „ Input all letters in ASCII. execute the FIRMWARE download function.

C H E C K „ The [Master] is the COMMUNICATION ASSY.

P O IN T „ The [Slave] is the MCU PWB NVM.

As shown in the figure, the file is written in hex code 1 command per line, with words
separated by 1 byte.
The file name must be regular alphabetical characters with “.AT” as the file extension.
Save in the [Auto] folder in the folder in which the diagnostics commander is installed. The following screen is indicated by the direct connection with MCU PWB or the
option connector connection when it clicks on Service tab after DIAG. tool was
Lines headed by “#” are displayed in the Auto window.
connected and DIAG. commander was started.

Display (Comment)

Command

Figure 5-18. Creating an Auto Run File

[SAMPLE AUTO RUN FILE] AUTO RUN FILE]
An Auto Run file (filename Test. AT) that sends the above commands is installed as a
sample.

Figure 5-19. DIAG. Commander [Service] Screen

Adjustment Diagnostics 383

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Password Change
C H E C K „ Connect DIAG. tool by direct connection with MCU PWB With [Password Change], you can change your password for [Master Write].
P O IN T when using [Password Change], [Master Write], [Master
Read], [Slave Read], [Slave Initialize] surely.When [Port C H E C K The password is disclosed only when a contract is made for
Number], [Flash Write] are used, even which of the direct P O IN T disclosure. Remember that the password is not disclosed in this
connection with MCU PWB or the option connector connection manual.
is good.
„ The connection establishment of the communication is done by
clicking on either menu button.
1. Click the [Password Change] button.
† Port Number
2. The display changes to the password input screen.
At [Port Number], you can select a port number of the personal computer. (The
changed setting will be stored.)
Select a port number as required.

Figure 5-21. Password Input Screen

Figure 5-20. Port Select Screen

Adjustment Diagnostics 384

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3. Input the current password, and press the [Enter] key. † Master Write
With [Master Write], you can write in the Master.

C A U T IO N Never execute [Master Write], except where instructed in this

manual.

C H E C K „ The password is disclosed only when a contract is made for

P O IN T disclosure. Remember that the password is not disclosed in this
Figure 5-22. Password Screen (Input the current password)
manual.
4. Input the new password, and press the [Enter] key. „ Master Write is permitted only when the Master is new and
5. Input the same new password once again, and press the [Enter] key. Slave Initialize has been performed. Remember that an error
will be displayed if these conditions are not met.
6. Click the [OK] button to complete password setting.
1. Click the [Master Write] button.
2. The display changes to the Master writing screen.

Figure 5-23. Password Screen (Input the new password) Figure 5-24. [Master] Writing Screen

Adjustment Diagnostics 385

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

3. Click the data file (XXXX.dat) meeting the specifications for the printer and click the † Master Read
[OK] button.
[Master Read] lets you read the contents of the [Master].
4. Input the password, and press the [Enter] key.

C H E C K If [Master Read] is executed when communications are not

P O IN T established, the Diagnostics Commander will hang. Always use
another tab to make sure that communications are connected and
established before using [Master Read].

1. Click the [Master Read] button.

2. The contents read from [Master] are displayed.

Figure 5-25. [Master] Writing Screen (password input 1)

5. Input the 6-digit serial number of the printer and press the [Enter] key.
6. Input the serial number of the printer once again and press the [Enter] key.
7. Click the [OK] button to complete [Master Write]. Figure 5-27. Master Read

Figure 5-26. [Master] Writing Screen (password input 2)

Adjustment Diagnostics 386

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Slave Read
[Slave Read] lets you read the contents of the [Slave]. C H E C K „ If [Slave Initialize] is executed when communications are not
P O IN T established, the Diagnostics Commander will hang up. Always
use another tab to make sure that communications are
C H E C K If [Slave Read] is executed when communications are not connected and established before using [Master Read].
P O IN T established, the Diagnostics Commander will hang. Always use „ After initializing the [Slave], turning the power OFF/ON starts
another tab to make sure that communications are connected and automatic writing to the [Slave].
established before using [Master Read]. „ Because, in some cases, there are procedures that must be
completed before turning the power OFF/ON after initializing
the [Slave], always follow the procedures in this manual.
1. Click the [Slave Read] button.
2. The contents read from [Slave] are displayed. 1. Click the [Slave Initialize] button.
2. When a message window is displayed, click on the [OK] button.

Figure 5-29. Slave Initialize Confirmation Message

3. Initialization of the [Slave] starts.
Figure 5-28. Slave Read Closing Window
† Slave Initialize
[Slave Initialize] lets you initialize the contents of the [Slave] (delete the contents.)

C A U T IO N Never execute [Slave Initialize] unless instructed to by this manual.

Figure 5-30. Slave Initialize Completing Window

Adjustment Diagnostics 387

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Flash Write
A program (FIRMWARE) for the engine control that it is stored in Flash ROM on
MCU PWB can be renewed with Flash Write by download by the FIRMWARE down
function.

C A U T IO N „ Use only the download file provided formally.

„ While downloading, never turn off the power supply of the
device and the personal computer.
„ Remove all the connectors which surely connect an Optional
Feeder unit and a Duplex unit and a device itself electrically
when using Flash Write. (Option Feeder unit: P/J132, P/J211
Option Duplex unit: P/J134, P/J75)
Figure 5-31. Firmware Starting Screen
„ Do the establishment of Dip-Switch of DIAG. PWB in
accordance with the way of connecting it though how to 4. Set up a port to use, and a communication speed.
connect DIAG. tool is two kinds surely. 5. Click the [Down Load!] button.
„ Never use this for the one for the development though there is 6. Choose a file (***.mot) for download prepared in advance, and click the [Open]
“MOT Convert button” of “TSUBAKI Flash Writer II”. button.

C H E C K Before “TSUBAKI Flash Writer II” starts, the ROM version of

P O IN T MCU PWB is checked, and it is judged to be Flash ROM or Mask
ROM. If it is Mask ROM, the display shows “MCU ROM is not
Flash type” and “TSUBAKI Flash Writer II” will not start.

1. As a preparation in advance, prepare for a file (***.mot) for download, and copy the
file in optional folder of the personal computer.
2. Click the [Flash Write] button.
3. When a message window is displayed, click on the [OK] button. (Download program
[f_w2_113.exe:TSUBAKI Flash Writer II] starts.)

Adjustment Diagnostics 388

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7. Download is started.
(Progress conditions are indicated under the [Down Load!] button.)

Figure 5-32. Download Screen

8. When download is completed, a “Successful” message comes out, click the [OK]
button, and click the [Close] button of TSUBAKI Flash Writer II.
9. Download work is completed in OFF/ on of the power supply (device).

Figure 5-33. Firmware Version Check

C H E C K Carry it out again from the beginning after you confirm
P O IN T connection condition and so on if a [Error] message is indicated.
Exchange MCU PWB, and confirm it when even the practice of
the re-occasion becomes a “Error” message.
• Communication Error
• Verify Error

NOTE: Confirm the version of FIRMWARE in front of download after/because the

version of FIRMWARE can be confirmed by transmitting a command “E2”
with Manual tab.

Command: [E2]
Status: [E2 XX XX XX] (“XXXXXX” is the version of FIRMWARE.)

Adjustment Diagnostics 389

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.4.2.8 Diagnostics Execution Diagnostics Types

Diagnostics Execution Procedures Diagnostics is a function that lets you diagnose problems. Including All Test Stop,
there are 9 types of diagnostics as shown below.
The diagnostics commander command transmission function lets you send the
following commands to execute diagnostics. Table 5-4. Diagnostics Types
Parameter
Diagnostics Type Description
(Hex)
† The DIAGON command sends [75h] to enter the DIAG TEST mode for executing
diagnostics. 00 Test Print Sets the printer internal test print parameter.
(The DIAGON command is in [Command Class: Printing/Status Control].) 01 Digital Input Test Executes input testing of sensors and switches that
have digital signals.
† The DIAGSTART command sets the parameter to [90h] and sends it to start
diagnostics. 02 Digital Output Test Executes output testing of functional parts operated by
(The DIAGSTART command is in [Command Class: Diagnostics Control].) digital signals (motors and solenoids, etc.).
Setting the diagnostics code as a parameter allows execution of various 03 Analog Input Test Executes input testing of sensors and output monitors
diagnostics procedures. that have analog signals.
† The DIAGSTOP command sets the parameter to [91h] and sends it to stop 04 Analog Output Test Executes output testing of functional parts operated by
diagnostics. analog signals (LV/HV POWER SUPPLY output,
(The DIAGSTOP command is in [Command Class: Diagnostics Control].) etc.).
† The DIAGOFF command sends [76h] to leave the DIAG TEST mode for 05 EEPROM Read Executes reading of all data types from the MCU PWB
executing diagnostics. EEPROM(NVM).
(The DIAGON command is in [Command Class: Printing/Status Control].) 06 EEPROM Write Executes writing of all data types from the MCU PWB
EEPROM(NVM).
07 EEPROM Initialize Executes initialization of all data in the MCU PWB
EEPROM(NVM).
FF All Tests Stop Stops all diagnostics.

Adjustment Diagnostics 390

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

TEST PRINT DIGITAL INPUT TEST

This lets you set the parameter for the printer's internal test print. This lets you detect the High/Low level of switches and sensors that have digital
signals.
DIAGON Command: [75] DIAGOFF Command: [76]
DIAGON Command: [75] DIAGOFF Command: [76]
DIAGSTART Command (Test Print): [90 00 XX]
DIAGSTART Command (Digital Input Test): [90 01 XX]
DIAGSTOP Command (Test Print): Unnecessary
DIAGSTOP Command (Digital Input Test): Unnecessary
Parameter Function Data (hex)
Parameter Function Data (hex)
1 Diagnostics Type 00: Test Print 1 Diagnostics Type 01: Digital Input Test
2 Image 01: Grid 2 Code_DI “DIGITAL INPUT TEST DEVICE CODE
(p.392)”
3 DGST [For status] 06: Pass, 07:Fail
3 Data [Status only] 00: low, 01: High or XX (data)
Status present ([90 00 XX])
Status present ([90 01 XX XX])

„ EX) [Command] EX) [Status]

„ EX) [Command]
90 00 01 90 00 01 06
90 01 42
Pass
Grid Grid
SENS_TRO_IBT
Test Print Test Print
Digital Input Test
DIAGSTART Command DIAGSTART Command
DIAGSTART Command

C H E C K „ After setting the test print described above, sending [PFC

command (70 00 F0 01)] executes test print. „ EX) [Status]
P O IN T
„ “Grid” in the above table is the same as “Test Print Patterns
(p.370)”. 90 01 42 01

High
SENS_TRO_IBT
Digital Input Test
DIAGSTART Command

Adjustment Diagnostics 391

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

DIGITAL INPUT TEST DEVICE CODE Table 5-5. Digital Input Test Device Code (continued)
Digital Input Test [DIAGSTART :[90 01 XX], DIAGSTOP :Unnecessary]
Table 5-5. Digital Input Test Device Code
Function Item
Digital Input Test [DIAGSTART :[90 01 XX], DIAGSTOP :Unnecessary] Code
Name When status data is Check Method
(Hex)
Function Item [High]
Code
Name When status data is Check Method BOTTOM_UP_SNR Check by using the NUDGER
(Hex)
[High] SENS_BOTTOM_UP 2C
SUPPORT ASSY to switch
MSI LEVEL SENSE Signal: between light passed and light blocked
FULL STACK SENSOR Check by using the Actuator to High states at the Sensor.
switch between light passed and
TOP_TRAY_FULL_SNR 15 FULL STACK SENSE Signal: NSRDY
light blocked states at the
FHigh NSRDY 35 -
Sensor. /SRDY Signal: High
TOP EXIT SENSOR Check by using the Actuator to NPAGE
switch between light passed and NPAGE 3B -
EXIT_TOP_SNR 16 TOP EXIT PAPER SENSE /PAGE Signal: High
light blocked states at the
Signal: FHigh Sensor. TR0 SENSOR Check by using TR0 mark of IBT
BTR WHEEL SENSOR Check by using the Actuator to BELT ASSY to switch between
SENS_TR0_IBT 42
switch between light passed and TR0-M SENSE Signal: High light present and light absent states at
2BTR_PHT_SNR 21 BTR WHEEL SENSED Signal: the Sensor.
light blocked states at the
FHigh Sensor. ROTARY_HOME_SNR Check by using the ROTARY
FUSER IN SENSOR Check by using the FUSER IN FRAME ASSY to switch between
SENS_HOME 43
ACTUATOR to switch between ROTARY SENSE Signal: High light passed and light blocked states at
FUSER_ENT_SNR 24 FUSER IN PAPER SENSE the Sensor.
light passed and light blocked states at
Signal: FHigh the Sensor. OHP_SNRO Check by using paper to switch
FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1 Check by using the FUSER SENS_OHP 44 OHP WHITE SENSE Signal: between light present and light
EXIT ACTUATOR-1 to High absent states at the Sensor.
FUSER_EXIT_SNR 25 FUSER EXIT-1 PAPER SENSE switch between light passed and FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2 Check by using the FUSER EXIT
Signal: FHigh light blocked states at the Sensor. ACTUATOR-2 to switch between
FUSER_EXIT_SNR2 4B FUSER EXIT-2 PAPER SENSE
REGIST_SNR light passed and light blocked states at
Check by using paper to switch Signal: High the Sensor.
SENS_REGIST 29 REGI. PAPER SENSE Signal: between light present and light
High absent states at the Sensor. ROS ASSY
NSOS 50 -
BOTTOM_DOWN_SNR Check by using the BOTTOM nSOS Signal: High
PLATE to switch between light WASTE TONAER SENSOR
SENS_BOTTOM_DOWN 2A BOTTOM PLATE SENSE Check by using paper to switch
passed and light blocked states at the
Signal: High TONER_FULL_SNR 51 WASTE TONAER SENSE between light present and light
Sensor.
Signal: High absent states at the Sensor.
MSI_PITCH_SNR Check by using paper to switch
TONER BOX SENSOR Check by using the Actuator to
SENS_MSI_PITCH 2B MSI PITCH PAPER SENSE between light present and light
switch between light passed and
Signal: High absent states at the Sensor. WASTE_TONER_BOXW 52 TONER BOX SENSE Signal: light blocked states at the
High Sensor.
MCU_CHECK 53 Not used -

Adjustment Diagnostics 392

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-5. Digital Input Test Device Code (continued) Table 5-5. Digital Input Test Device Code (continued)
Digital Input Test [DIAGSTART :[90 01 XX], DIAGSTOP :Unnecessary] Digital Input Test [DIAGSTART :[90 01 XX], DIAGSTOP :Unnecessary]
Function Item Function Item
Code Code
Name When status data is Check Method Name When status data is Check Method
(Hex) (Hex)
[High] [High]
Dip-Switch(S1) of MCU PWB Checking by switching between P/H MOTOR ASSY After checking by switching
TEST_PIN 54 ON/OFF at the MCU PWB Dip- between connected and
TONER BOX SENSE Signal:
Switch. disconnected states at the
High
DRIVE MOTOR PWB
PH2_MOT_FAIL 71
TRAY N/P SENSOR ASSY Check by using the Actuator to FAIL P Signal: High connector (P/J49), check by
(Lower Cassette 1) switch between light passed and turning ON[LOW] the FUSER-
PAP_EMPTY_SNR_1 60 P/H MOTOR ON signal at
[1]TRAY PAPER SENSE light blocked states at the
Sensor. Digital Output Test[53].
Signal: High
P/R MOT & DRV ASSY While switching between
LOW PAPER SENSOR Check by increasing and
connected and disconnected
(Lower Cassette 1) decreasing the amount of paper
states at the connector (P/J51) on
NEAR_EMPTY_SW 61 in the Lower Cassette 1 to
[1]LOW PAPER SENSE Signal: PR_MOT_FAIL 72 the P/R MOT & DRV ASSY,
produce the detection and non- FAIL Signal: High
High check by turning ON [LOW] the
detection states for the sensor.
PROCESS MOTOR ON signal
FUSER ASSY at Digital Output Test [54].
Checking by opening and
FUSER_UNIT_SW 62 FUSER ASSY SENSE Signal: FRONT COVER SWITCH R
closing the FUSER ASSY Checking by opening and
High FRONT_DOOR_SW 73 closing the FRONT COVER
FRONT COVER SWITCH ON
EMPTY SENSOR Check by using the MSI N/P Signal: High ASSY.
ACTUATOR to switch between
MSI_PAP_SNR 66 MSI PAPER SENSE Signal: EXIT CHUTE SWITCH Checking by opening and
light passed and light blocked states at
High the Sensor. EXIT_DOOR_SW 74 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH ON closing the EXIT UPPER
Signal: High ASSY.
CARTRIDGE SENSOR After turning ON [LOW] the
SENSOR ON signal at Digital MSI GUDE SWITCH
TONER_EMPTY_SNR 67 Output Test [75], check by using Checking by opening and
CARTRIDGE SENSE Signal: MSI_SIDE_GUIDE_SW 75 MSI GUDE SWITCH ON
paper to switch between light present closing the MSI REGI.GUIDE.
High Signal: High
and light absent states at the Sensor.
REGI/MSI INTL SW Checking by opening and
FUSER MOTOR ASSY After checking by switching
between connected and REGI_UNIT_SNR 77 REGI/MSI INTL SWITCH ON closing the MSI/REGI HAIGH
disconnected states at the Signal: High ASSY.
DRIVE MOTOR PWB
PH_MOT_FAIL 70 24VDC to MCU PWB Checking by opening and
FAIL F Signal: High connector (P/J49), check by
closing the FRONT COVER
turning ON[LOW] the FUSER- 24VDC (between LV/HV
INTLK24 82 ASSY. (Even MSI/REGI HIGH
P/H MOTOR ON signal at POWER SUPPLY and MCU ASSY or FUSER ASSY is
Digital Output Test[53]. PWB): High acceptable.)

Adjustment Diagnostics 393

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-5. Digital Input Test Device Code (continued) Table 5-5. Digital Input Test Device Code (continued)
Digital Input Test [DIAGSTART :[90 01 XX], DIAGSTOP :Unnecessary] Digital Input Test [DIAGSTART :[90 01 XX], DIAGSTOP :Unnecessary]
Function Item Function Item
Code Code
Name When status data is Check Method Name When status data is Check Method
(Hex) (Hex)
[High] [High]
Option Duplex Check by switching between 24V to Option Duplex Checking by opening and
connected and disconnected closing the FRONT
OPT_DUP_READY 83 states at the connector (P/J134) COVER ASSY.
DUPLEX READY Signal: High OPT_DUP_24V A5 24VDC (between LV/HV
of Option Duplex unit and the
POWER SUPPLY and Option (Even MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY
printer.
Duplex): High or FUSER ASSY is
TURN CHUTE SWITCH Checking by opening and acceptable.)
RH_DOOR_SW 84 TURN CHUTE SWITCH ON closing the TURN CHUTE UP INV MOTOR After checking by switching
Signal: High ASSY. between connected and
FUSER FAN-1 Check by using FUSER FAN-1 disconnected states at the
FAN_FUSER1_ALARM 85 to switch between bound and INVERTER MOTOR connector
OPT_DUP_MOT_FAIL A6 INVERTER MOTOR FAIL
ALARM Signal: High unbound states. (P/J147), check by turning
Signal: High ON[LOW] the INVERTER
EXIT CHUTE FAN Check by using EXIT CHUTE MOTOR ON signal at Digital
FAN_FUSER3_ALARM 86 FAN to switch between bound Output Test[A0].
ALARM Signal: High and unbound states.
NO PAPER SENSOR (Lower Check by using the NO PAPER
DEVE. FAN Check by using DEVE. FAN to Cassette 2)
OPT_FEEDER1_EMPTY SENSOR ACTUATOR to switch
FAN_REAR_ALARM 87 switch between bound and B0
ALARM Signal: High _SNR [2]TRAY PAPER SENSE between light passed and light blocked
unbound states.
Signal: High states at the Sensor.
INVERTER SENSOR Check by using the Actuator to
OPT_DUP_INVERT_IN_ switch between light passed and NUDGER SENSOR (Lower Check by using the NUD/FEED
A0 INVERT PAPER SENSE Signal: light blocked states at the OPT_FEEDER1_LEVEL_ Cassette 2) BRACKET ASSY to switch
SNR B1
High Sensor. UP_SNR [2]TRAY LEVEL SENSE between light passed and light blocked
Signal: High states at the Sensor.
ALIGNER SENSOR Check by using paper to switch
OPT_DUP_ALN_SNR A1 ALIGNER IN PAPER SENSE between light present and light FEED OUT SENSOR (Lower
absent states at the Sensor. Cassette 2) Check by using paper to switch
Signal: High OPT_FEEDER1_PASS_S
B2 between light present and light
NR [2]FEED OUT PAPER SENSE
ALIGNER OUT SENSOR Check by using paper to switch absent states at the Sensor.
Signal: High
OPT_DUP_OUT_SNR A2 ALIGNER OUT PAPER SENSE between light present and light
Signal: High absent states at the Sensor. LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T Check by increasing and
SENSOR (Lower Cassette 2) decreasing the amount of paper
CAB SWITCH-I/L OPT_FEEDER1_NEAR_E
Checking by opening and B4 in the Lower Cassette 2 to
ND_SW [2]LOW PAPER SENSE Signal: produce the detection and non-
OPT_DUP_DOOR_SW A3 INVERTER CHUTE SWITCH closing the INVERTER
CHUTE. High detection states for the sensor.
ON Signal: High
ALIGNER ASSY NO PAPER SENSOR (Lower Check by using the NO PAPER
Checking by opening and
OPT_DUP_TRAY_SW A4 OPT_FEEDER2_EMPTY Cassette 3) SENSOR ACTUATOR to switch
ALIGNER SENSE Signal: High closing the ALIGNER ASSY. C0
_SNR [3]TRAY PAPER SENSE between light passed and light blocked
Signal: High states at the Sensor.

Adjustment Diagnostics 394

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-5. Digital Input Test Device Code (continued) DIGITAL OUTPUT TEST
Digital Input Test [DIAGSTART :[90 01 XX], DIAGSTOP :Unnecessary]
This lets you turn ON/OFF each component that is operated by a digital signal.
Function Item
Code
Name When status data is Check Method DIAGON Command: [75] DIAGOFF Command: [76]
(Hex)
[High] DIAGSTART Command (Digital Input Test): [90 02 XX]
NUDGER SENSOR (Lower Check by using the NUD/FEED DIAGSTOP Command (Digital Input Test):[91 02 XX]
OPT_FEEDER2_LEVEL_ Cassette 3) BRACKET ASSY to switch
C1
UP_SNR [3]TRAY LEVEL SENSE between light passed and light blocked Parameter Function Data (Hex)
Signal: High states at the Sensor.
1 Diagnostics Type 01: Digital Input Test
FEED OUT SENSOR (Lower
Cassette 3) Check by using paper to switch 2 Code_DO “Digital Output Test Device Code (p.397)”
OPT_FEEDER2_PASS_S
C2 between light present and light
NR [3]FEED OUT PAPER SENSE 3 DGST [Status only] 06: Pass, 07: Fail
absent states at the Sensor.
Signal: High
Status present ([90 02 XX], [91 02 XX XX])
LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T Check by increasing and
SENSOR (Lower Cassette 3) decreasing the amount of paper
OPT_FEEDER2_NEAR_E
C4 in the Lower Cassette 3 to
ND_SW [3]LOW PAPER SENSE Signal: „ EX) [Command] EX) [Status]
produce the detection/non-
High detection states for the sensor.
FEEDER RIGHT COVER
90 02 1E 90 02 1E 06
SWITCH Checking by opening and
OPT_FEEDER_DOOR_S
D0 closing the FEEDER CHUTE
W FEEDER RIGHT COVER Pass
ASSY.
SWITCH ON Signal: High CL_REGIST CL_REGIST
FEEDER RIGHT COVER Digital Output Test Digital Output Test
SWITCH Checking by opening and
OPT_FEEDER_DOOR2_ DIAGSTART Command DIAGSTART Command
D1 closing the FEEDER CHUTE
SW FEEDER RIGHT COVER ASSY.
SWITCH ON Signal: High
24V to Option Feeder Checking by opening and
closing the FRONT „ EX) [Command] EX) [Status]
24VDC (between LV/HV COVER ASSY.
OPT_FEEDER_24V D2
POWER SUPPLY and Option (Even MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY
Feeder): High or FUSER ASSY is 90 02 1E 90 02 1E 07
acceptable.)
FEEDER MOTOR ASSY After checking by switching Fail
between connected and CL_REGIST CL_REGIST
disconnected states at the
OPT_FEEDER_MOTOR_ FEEDER MOTOR ASSY Digital Output Test Digital Output Test
D3 OPT. FEEDER MOTOR FAIL
FAIL connector (P/J239), check by DIAGSTOP Command DIAGSTOP Command
Signal: High turning ON[LOW] the OPT.
FEEDER MOTOR ON signal at
Digital Output Test[B8].

Adjustment Diagnostics 395

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

C A U T IO N „ Never turn ON the [P/R MOT & DRV ASSY] with the 2ND
W A R N IN G „ During high voltage output, never touch parts with high GTR set to [Advance]. Otherwise the IBT BELT ASSY may be
voltage output or energized with high voltage. scratched.
„ When the laser is operating, never touch the drive section. „ Never turn ON the 1ST BTR with the [P/R MOT & DRV
„ During laser beam output, all the covers must be installed. ASSY] OFF. Otherwise the IBT BELT ASSY may be damaged.
„ Never turn ON the 2ND BTR with the [P/R MOT & DRV
ASSY] OFF and the [FUSER-P/H MOTOR] OFF. Otherwise
the IBT BELT ASSY may be damaged.
C A U T IO N „ To prevent electrification fatigue, never turn [BCR] ON,
[ERASE LAMP ASSY] ON or [ROS ASSY LD] ON when [P/R „ Never turn ON the [FUSER-P/H MOTOR] without the DRUM
MOT & DRV ASSY] is OFF. CARTRIGDE or the WASTE TONER BOX; otherwise, toner
would fall.
„ To prevent the CLEANING BLADE from reversing, never set
the [P/R MOT & DRV ASSY] to ON immediately after „ To prevent dirt from getting into the printer and damage to the
replacing the DRUM CARTRIDGE with a new one. gears caused by improper meshing, never execute [FUSER-P/H
MOTOR] ON or [DEVE. CLUTCH ASSY] ON when slightly
„ With [P/R MOT & DRV ASSY] ON, [FUSER-P/H MOTOR]
shifted from development position for each color.
ON, [DEVE. CLUTCH ASSY] ON, and at each color
development position, never turn only [DB output (AC „ Never turn ON for long time. Otherwise the device may be
component)] ON or turn both [DB output (AC component)] damaged.
and [DB output (DC component)] ON; otherwise, toner would „ Do not repeat “lift up/down” operation by the MSI or Option
fall. Feeder; otherwise, such operation would damage the
„ Never turn ON for 10 seconds or more the [DISPENSE mechanism. (Especially, never perform “lift up” operation at
MOTOR ASSY] with [FUSER-P/H MOTOR] ON at each the upper limit position or “lift down” operation at the lower
color's development position. Otherwise a toner jam or gear limit.
damage may occur.
„ Never set the 2ND GTR to [Advance] with [P/R MOT & DRV
ASSY] OFF and [FUSER-P/H MOTOR] ON. Otherwise the
IBT BELT ASSY may be scratched.
„ Never set the 2ND GTR to [Advance] with [P/R MOT & DRV
ASSY] ON and [FUSER-P/H MOTOR] ON to run at different
speeds. Otherwise the IBT BELT ASSY may be scratched.

Adjustment Diagnostics 396

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

DIGITAL OUTPUT TEST DEVICE CODE Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued)
Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]]

Code Function Item

For check methods with <WARNING> <CAUTION> indicated, Name Check Method
W A R N IN G (Hex) Function
check thoroughly the WARNINGs and CAUTIONs so as to
execute without causing any problems. Option Duplex
Check the signal. (Not
DUP_START 09 Set the DUPLEX START to operating)
Low.
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code Do not check the 2ND BTR
output. Check the signal.
Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]] (Check during execution of
Code Function Item BTR_2ND 0A code [54]. LV/HV POWER
Name Check Method Set 2BTR ON signal to Low. SUPPLY will not output
(Hex) Function normally unless Analog
P/R MOT & DRV ASSY <WARNING> <CAUTION> Output Test [01] is
executed.)
Set the WDD SPEED0 signal Check by the change in
to High with DIAGSTOP. operational sound or visually LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
that the motor rotation goes Do not check the 1ST BTR
(It doesn't function with
MAIN_MOT_SPEED0 00 DIAGSTART.)
to medium speed (one half output. Check the signal.
speed). (Check during execution of
BTR_1ST 0B
(During executing with code Set 1BTR ON signal to Low. code [54]. LV/HV POWER
[54], executing DIAGSTOP SUPPLY will not output
changes the PROCESS DRIVE normally unless Analog
ASSY to one half speed.)
Output Test 00 is executed.)
P/R MOT & DRV ASSY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
Set the WDD SPEED1 signal Check by the change in Do not check the DB output.
to High with DIAGSTOP. operational sound or visually
Check the signal. (Check
that the motor rotation goes
(It doesn't function with during execution of code
MAIN_MOT_SPEED1 06 to low speed (1/3 speed).
DIAGSTART.) DEVE_DC 0C [54].LV/HV POWER
(During executing with code Set DB DC ON signal to Low. SUPPLY will not output
[54], executing with [01] and
normally unless Analog
DIAGSTOP changes the
PROCESS DRIVE ASSY to one
Output Test [03] is
half speed.) executed.)

Option Feeder Check the signal. (Not

OPT_FLAG 07
Set the FEEDER FLAG to Low. operating)
Option Feeder Check the signal. (Not
FEED_START 08
Set the FEEDER START to Low. operating)

Adjustment Diagnostics 397

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued) Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued)
Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]] Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]]

Code Function Item Code Function Item

Name Check Method Name Check Method
(Hex) Function (Hex) Function
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION> EXCHANGE SOLENOID Check by operational sound
Do not check the DB output. that the Solenoid is
Check the signal. (Check operating and visually that
during execution of code the EXCHANGE CHUTE
DEVE_AC 0D [54]. LV/HV POWER PATH_SOL_PULL 18 Set EXCHANGE SOLENOID is operating.
Set DB AC ON signal to Low. SUPPLY will not output PULL ON signal to Low. (Though ON/ OFF is repeated
normally unless Analog with 0.12sec/1sec, only the first
Output Test [06] is time of the beginnings can be
executed.) checked.)

LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION> DUP GATE SOLENOID Check by operational sound
Do not check the BCR that the Solenoid is
output. Check the signal. operating and visually that
(Check during execution of the GATE-DUPLEX is
OPT_DUP_PATH_SOL_P
code [54]. The BCR DC USH
19 Set DUP GATE SOLENOID operating.
BCR_DC 0E
Set BCR ON signal to Low. component of LV/HV PUSH ON signal to Low. (Though ON/ OFF is repeated
POWER SUPPLY will not with 0.12sec/1sec, only the first
output normally unless time of the beginnings can be
Analog Output Test [02] is checked.)
executed.) DUP GATE SOLENOID Check by operational sound
ROTARY MOTOR ASSY Check the signal.(Not that the Solenoid is
operating) operating and visually that
ROTARY_MOT_POWER 10 Set ROARY MOTOR HOLD the GATE-DUPLEX is
[Turn it off automatically in OPT_DUP_PATH_SOL_P
signal to Low. 1A Set DUP GATE SOLENOID operating.
10msec rest.] ULL
PULL ON signal to Low. (Though ON/ OFF is repeated
ROTARY MOTOR ASSY Check the signal.(Not with 0.12sec/1sec, only the first
operating) time of the beginnings can be
ROTARY_MOT 11 Turn the ROTARY MOTOR ON
[Turn it off automatically in checked.)
signal “Low”.
10msec rest.]
FEED SOLENOID Check by operational sound
EXCHANGE SOLENOID Check by operational sound that the Solenoid is
that the Solenoid is operating and visually that
CST1_FEED_SOL 1B Set FEED SOLENOID ON signal
operating and visually that the amateur is operating.
to Low.
the EXCHANGE CHUTE (ON/ OFF is repeated with
PATH_SOL_PUSH 17 Set EXCHANGE SOLENOID is operating. 0.12sec/1sec.)
PUSH ON signal to Low. (Though ON/ OFF is repeated TURN CLUTCH
with 0.12sec/1sec, only the first Check by operational sound
TURNROLL_CL 1C Set [1]TURN CLUTCH ON
time of the beginnings can be that the clutch is operating.
signal to Low.
checked.)

Adjustment Diagnostics 398

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued) Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued)
Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]] Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]]

Code Function Item Code Function Item

Name Check Method Name Check Method
(Hex) Function (Hex) Function
REGI. CLUTCH LIFT MOTOR ASSY <CAUTION>
Check by operational sound
REGIST_CL 1E Set REGI. CLUTCH ON signal Check visually that the
that the clutch is operating.
to Low. BOTTOM PLATE is
operating in the lift down
PRE-REGI. CLUTCH MSI_MOT_1 2E
Check by operational sound Set LIFT MOTOR DOWN ON direction.
PRE-REG_CL 1F Set PRE-REGI. CLUTCH ON signal to High.
that the clutch is operating. (During executing with this
signal to Low. code, LIFT MOTOR ASSY
PICK UP CLUTCH turns in the lift down direction
Check by operational sound by executing with code [23].)
MSI_FEED_CL 20 Set PICK UP CLUTCH ON that the clutch is operating.
signal to Low. MCU PWB
NREADY 3A -
MCU PWB Set /READY signal to Low
RTS_CLR 22 -
Set /CRDY signal to Low. MCU PWB
NVSYNC 3C -
LIFT MOTOR ASSY <CAUTION> Set /VSYNC signal to Low.
MSI_MOT 23 -[Turn it off automatically in MCU PWB
Set MCU PWB signal to Low. 0.12msec rest.]
THSEL 46 Set MCU PWB inside signal -
BTR CAM CLUTCH <CAUTION> (thermistor breakage detection
BTR_2ND_CL 27 Turn the BTR CAM CLUTCH Check by operational sound signal) to Low.
ON signal “Low”. that the solenoid is operating. H/R HEATER, P/R HEATER Check the H/R HEATER
LIFT MOTOR ASSY <CAUTION> and P/R HEATER light up.
HR_LAMP_SSR 47
Check visually that the Set HEATER ON signal to Low. [Turn it off automatically in
BOTTOM PLATE is 0.12msec rest.]
operating in the lift up MCU PWB
MSI_MOT_0 2D Set LIFT MOTOR UP ON signal direction.
CNTR_RST 4C Set MCU PWB inside signal -
to High. (During executing with this
(Watch dog timer cancel signal)
code, LIFT MOTOR ASSY
to Low.
turns in the lift up direction by
executing with code [23].) MAG MOTOR ASSY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
Check for running of the
motor.
MAG_MOT_SPEEDA 50 Turn the SPEED Mag A signal
(During execution of code [94],
“Low”.
execute this code and check for a
change in the revolving speed.)

Adjustment Diagnostics 399

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued) Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued)
Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]] Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]]

Code Function Item Code Function Item

Name Check Method Name Check Method
(Hex) Function (Hex) Function
MAG MOTOR ASSY <WARNING> <CAUTION> DEVE. FAN <WARNING>
Check for running of the Check visually that the
motor. rotation of the DEVE. FAN
MAG_MOT_SPEEDB 51 Turn the SPEED Mag B signal
(During execution of code [94], REAR_FAN_SPEED 60
goes to high speed.
“Low”. Set DEVE. FAN SLOW-SPEED
execute this code and check for a (During executing with code
signal to Low.
change in the revolving speed.) [61], executing this code
FUSER MOTOR ASSY, P/H <WARNING> <CAUTION> changes the DEVE. FAN to high
MOTOR ASSY speed.)
Check the rotation of two
motors. DEVE. FAN <WARNING>
PH_MOT 53
Set FUSER-P/H MOTOR ON (It rotates in standard speed REAR_FAN 61 Set DEVE. FAN ON signal to Check visually the rotation
signal to Low. unless a code [57], [62] are Low. of the DEVE. FAN.
executed.)
FUSER MOTOR ASSY, P/H <WARNING> <CAUTION>
P/R MOT & DRV ASSY <WARNING> <CAUTION> MOTOR ASSY Check by the change in
Check for running of the operational sound or visually
motor. that the rotation of two
MAIN_MOT 54 Set PROCESS MOTOR ON
signal to Low.
(It rotates in standard speed motors goes to low speed (1/
unless DIAGSTOP is executed PH_MOT_SPEED1 62 3 speed).
with the code [00], [06].) Set FUSER-P/H MOTOR
SPEED signal to Low. (During executing with code
DISPNESE MOTOR ASSY <CAUTION> [53] and [57], executing this
DISPENCE_MOT 56 Check for running of the motor code changes the FUSER
Turn the DISPNESE MOTOR
by its running sound. MOTOR ASSY and the P/H
ON signal “Low”.
MOTOR ASSY to 1/3 speed.)
FUSER MOTOR ASSY, P/H <WARNING> <CAUTION>
FUSER FAN-1 <WARNING>
MOTOR ASSY Check by the change in Check visually the rotation
operational sound or visually FUSER_FAN_1 63 Set FUSER FAN-1 ON signal to (low speed) of the FUSER
that the rotation of two Low.
FAN-1.
motors goes to medium
PH_MOT_SPEED0 57 speed (one half speed). FUSER CHUTE FAN <WARNING>
Set FUSER-P/H MOTOR
(During executing with code FUSER_FAN_2 64 Set FUSER CHUTE FAN ON Check visually the rotation
SPEED0 signal to Low.
[53], executing this code signal to Low. of the FUSER CHUTE FAN.
changes the FUSER MOTOR
ASSY and the P/H MOTOR
ASSY to one half speed.)

Adjustment Diagnostics 400

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued) Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued)
Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]] Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]]

Code Function Item Code Function Item

Name Check Method Name Check Method
(Hex) Function (Hex) Function
FUSER FAN-1 <WARNING> Option Sorter
Check the signal.(Not
Check visually that the OPT_SORTER_START 77 Set SORTER START signal to operating)
rotation of the FUSER FAN- Low.
FUSER_FAN_SPEED 65
1 goes to high speed.
Set FUSER FAN-1 SLOW- IBT_CL 82 Not used. -
(During executing with code
SPEED signal to Low. Check the INTLK signal of
[63], executing this code LV/HV POWER SUPPLY
changes the FUSER FAN-1 to LV/HV POWER SUPPLY.
high speed.) ENERGY_STAR 84 Set ENERGY STAR signal to (The INTLK signal becomes
Low. Low at the ENERGYSTAR
CLEANER CAM SOLENOID <CAUTION>
signal Low.)
IBT_CLEANER_SOL 66 Set CLEANER CAM Check by operational sound
EXIT CHUTE FAN <WARNING>
SOLENOID ON signal to Low. that the solenoid is operating.
Check the rotation of the
ADC SENSOR ASSY Check by operational sound FUSER_FAN_3 85 Set EXIT CHUTE FAN ON EXIT CHUTE FAN by
that the solenoid is signal to Low.
operational sound.
ADC_CLEAN_SOL 67 Set ADC SOLENOID ON signal operating.
MAG MOTOR ASSY <CAUTION>
to Low. (Repeat ON/OFF with 0.12sec/
MAG_MOT 94 Check the rotation of the
1sec.) Set START MAGsignal to Low. motor by operational sound.
EXIT MOTOR ASSY <CAUTION>
FUSER MOTOR ASSY <CAUTION>
MOT_EXIT_START 70 Turn the EXIT MOT ON signal Check the rotation of the
FUSER_MOT 95 Set START FUSER signal to Check the rotation of the
“Low”. motor by operational sound.
Low. motor by operational sound.
ERASE LAMP ASSY Check LED light up.
INV MOTOR <WARNING><CAUTION>
ERASE_LAMP 71 Set ERASE LAMP ON signal to (Do it while executing a code
OPT_DUP_MOT A0 Set INVERTER MOTOR ON Check the rotation of the
Low. [54].)
signal to Low. motor.
ADC SENSOR ASSY Check the signal.
ENTER CLUTCH
ADC_LED 72 (LED of the ADC Sensor is Check by operational sound
Set ADC LED ON signal to Low. OPT_DUP_INV_CL A1 Set ENTER CLUTCH ON signal
turned on.) that the clutch is operating.
to Low.
ROS ASSY <CAUTION>
ALGNER DRIVE CLUTCH
ROS_MOT 74 Set SCANNER MOTOR ON Check the rotation of the Check by operational sound
OPT_DUP_ALN_CL A2 Set ALGNER DRIVE CLUTCH
signal to Low. motor by operational sound. that the clutch is operating.
ON signal to Low.
CARTRIDGE SENSOR Check the signal.
FROWARD CLUTCH
CART_PHOTO_LED 75 Set SENSOR LED ON signal to (LED of the CARTRIDGE OPT_DUP_INV_FORWA Check by operational sound
A3 Set FROWARD CLUTCH ON
Low. SENSOR is turned on.) RD_CL that the clutch is operating.
signal to Low.

Adjustment Diagnostics 401

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued) Table 5-6. Digital Output Test Device Code (continued)
Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]] Digital Output Test [DIAGSTART: [90 02 XX], DIAGSTOP: [91 02 XX]]

Code Function Item Code Function Item

Name Check Method Name Check Method
(Hex) Function (Hex) Function
REVERSE CLUTCH LIFT UP CLUTCH (Lower <WARNING><CAUTION>
OPT_DUP_INV_REVER Check by operational sound Cassette 3)
A4 Set REVERSE CLUTCH ON Check by operational sound
SE_CL that the clutch is operating.
signal to Low. Set [3]FEEDER LIFT that the clutch is operating.
CLUTCH ON signal to Low. (Execute this code during
LOWER INV SOLENOID <CAUTION>
OPT_FEEDER2_LIFTUP execution of the codes [B8] and
Check by operational sound B3 [B7] in the order named, and the
OPT_DUP_INV_ROLL_P _CL
A5 Set LOWER INV SOLENOID that the solenoid is operating. * A function only becomes lift up operation of the Lower
USH_SOL
PUSH ON signal to Low. (Repeat ON/OFF with 0.1sec/ effective with this code, it Cassette 3 will be performed.)
0.9sec.) functions by this code's
[WARNING! Stop at the order
becoming effective while a code
LOWER INV SOLENOID <CAUTION> of the code [B7], [B3], [B8] at
[B7] is executed.
the time of the stop.]
Check by operational sound
OPT_DUP_INV_ROLL_P TURN CLUTCH ASSY (Lower
A6 Set LOWER INV SOLENOID that the solenoid is operating.
ULL_SOL Cassette 2)
PULL ON signal to Low. (Repeat ON/OFF with 0.1sec/ OPT_FEEDER1_TURN_ Check by operational sound
B4
0.9sec.) ROLL_CL Set [2]TURN CLUTCH ON that the clutch is operating.
FEED CLUTCH (Lower Cassette signal to Low.

OPT_FEEDER1_FEED_C 2) [TA CLUTCH ASSY] Check by operational sound TURN CLUTCH ASSY (Lower
B0 Cassette 3)
L Set [2]FEED CLUTCH ON that the clutch is operating. OPT_FEEDER2_TURN_ Check by operational sound
B5
signal to Low. ROLL_CL Set [3]TURN CLUTCH ON that the clutch is operating.
FEED CLUTCH (Lower Cassette signal to Low.

OPT_FEEDER2_FEED_C 3) [TA CLUTCH ASSY] Check by operational sound NUD SOLENOID ASSY (Lower
B1 <CAUTION>
L Set [3]FEED CLUTCH ON that the clutch is operating. OPT_FEEDER1_NUDGE Cassette 2)
B6 Check by operational sound
signal to Low. R_ROLL_SOL Set [3]TURN CLUTCH ON that the solenoid is operating.
LIFT UP CLUTCH (Lower <WARNING><CAUTION> signal to Low.
Cassette 2) Check by operational sound NUD SOLENOID ASSY (Lower
<CAUTION>
that the clutch is operating. OPT_FEEDER2_NUDGE Cassette 3)
Set [2]FEEDER LIFT B7 Check by operational sound
CLUTCH ON signal to Low. (Execute this code during R_ROLL_SOL Set [3]NUD SOLENOID ON that the solenoid is operating.
OPT_FEEDER1_LIFTUP execution of the codes [B8] and signal to Low.
B2 [B6] in the order named, and the
_CL * A function only becomes FEEDER MOTOR ASSY <WARNING><CAUTION>
lift up operation of the Lower
effective with this code, it Cassette 2 will be performed.) OPT_FEEDER_MOT B8 Set FEEDER MOTOR ON signal Check the rotation of the
functions by this code's to Low. motor.
[WARNING! Stop at the order
becoming effective while a code
of the code [B6], [B2], [B8] at
[B6] is executed. OPT_FEEDER_READY_
the time of the stop.] B9 Not used. -
SIGNAL

Adjustment Diagnostics 402

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

ANALOG INPUT TEST ANALOG INPUT TEST DEVICE CODE

This lets you detect the signal level of sensors and output monitors that have analog
signals.
W A R N IN G For items with <WARNING> <CAUTION> indicated, check
C A U T IO N Do use this without this manual or the wise instructed. thoroughly the WARNINGs and CAUTIONs for the output test so
as to execute without causing any problems.

Table 5-7. Analog Input Test Device Codes

DIAGON command: [75] DIAGOFF command: [76]
Analog Input Test [DIAGSTAR: [90 03 XX], DIAGSTOP: Unnecessary]
DIAGSTART command (Analog Input Test): [90 03 XX]
Functional Item
DIAGSTOP command (Analog Input Test): Unnecessary Code
Name Check Signal Check Method
(Hex)
Parameter Function Data (hex)
Data Range
1 Diagnostics Type 03: Analog Input Test
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
2 Code_AI “Analog Input Test Device Code (p.403)” (Secondary transfer electric Conduct 2ND BTR output
current monitor) with Digital Output Test [54]
3 Data [Status only] data BTR_2ND_IN 00
2BTR I MONI Signal and [A0] and Analog Output
4 Data [Status only] data Test [01], and check the data
0000 ∼ 03FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[V]) with this diagnostic.
Status present ([90 03 XX XX XX])
ADC Sensor (ADC SENSOR
NOTE: Status data is displayed in 2 bytes in order from the least significant. ASSY) Check by this DIAG while
ADC_SNR 01 executing Digital Output
ADC SIG Signal
„ EX) [Command] EX) [Status] Test with the code [72].
0000 ∼ 03FFh(0 ∼ 4.1[VDC])
SIZE SWITCH ASSY (Lower Turn ON and OFF each of
90 03 01 90 03 01 1F 01 Cassette 1) the four Paper Size
[1] SIZE SWITCH Signal Switches in the SIZE
DATA(011F) PAP_SIZE_SW_1 02
0000 ∼ 00FFh(0 ∼ 4.1[V])
SWITCH ASSY of the
SENS_ADC_INPUT SENS_ADC_INPUT [See “2.3.1 Paper Size Control
Lower Cassette 1 and check
(p.130)”] the data by this diagnosis.
Analog Input Test Analog Input Test
DIAGSTART Command DIAGSTART Command TEMP. SENSOR ASSY Check data.
FUSER TEMP.Signal [Note: When Digital Output
Test [46] is executed, it
HR_THERMISTER 03 becomes the thermistor
0000 ∼ 00FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[VDC]) breakage detection mode, and
becomes the [00EAh] above in
the case of the breakage.]

Adjustment Diagnostics 403

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-7. Analog Input Test Device Codes (continued) ANALOG OUTPUT TEST
Analog Input Test [DIAGSTAR: [90 03 XX], DIAGSTOP: Unnecessary]
This lets you turn ON/OFF with specified data components operated by analog signals.
Functional Item
Code
Name Check Signal Check Method
(Hex)
Data Range C A U T IO N Do use this without this manual or otherwise instructed.
ENVIRONMENT SENSOR
(Temperature)
ENV_THERM 04 Check data.
ENVIRONMENT TEMP.Signal
0000 ∼ 00FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[VDC])
ENVIRONMENT SENSOR
(Humidity) DIAGON command: [75] DIAGOFF command: [76]
ENV_HUMIDITY 06 Check data.
HUMIDITY SENSOR signal.
DIAGSTART command (Analog Output Test): [90 04 XX XX]
0000 ∼ 00FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[VDC])
DIAGSTOP command (Analog Output Test): [91 04 XX XX]
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY (First <WARNING> <CAUTION>
transfer electric current Conduct 1ST BTR output Parameter Function Data (Hex)
monitor) with Digital Output Test [54]
BTR_1ST_IN 07 1 Diagnostics Type 04:Analog Output Test
1BTR I MONI Signal and Analog Output Test [00],
and check the data with this 2 Code_AO “Analog Output Test Device Code (p.405)”
0000 ∼ 03FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[V]) diagnostic. 3 Data [For command] data: (output level)
SIZE SWITCH ASSY (Lower Turn ON and OFF each of DGST [For command] 06: Pass, 07: Fail
Cassette 2) the four Paper Size
OPT_FEEDER_PAP_SIZ [2] PAPER SIZE Signal Switches in the SIZE Status present ([90 04 XX XX], [91 04 XX XX])
0A
E_SW_1
0000 ∼ 00FFh(0 ∼ 4.1[V])
SWITCH ASSY of the
Lower Cassette 2 and check
NOTE: Do use this without this manual or otherwise instructed.
[See “2.3.1 Paper Size Control
(p.130)”] the data by this diagnosis.
„ EX) [Command] EX) [Status]
SIZE SWITCH ASSY (Lower
Cassette 3) Turn ON and OFF each of
90 04 02 01 90 04 02 06
the four Paper Size
[3] PAPER SIZE Signal
OPT_FEEDER_PAP_SIZ Switches in the SIZE
E_SW_2
0B 0000 ∼ 00FFh(0 ∼ 4.1[V]) SWITCH ASSY of the DATA Pass
[See Lower Cassette 3 and check BCR_DC_CONT BCR_DC_CONT
“2.3.1 Paper Size Control the data by this diagnosis.
(p.130)”] Analog Output Test Analog Output Test
DIAGSTART Command DIAGSTART Command

Adjustment Diagnostics 404

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

ANALOG OUTPUT TEST DEVICE CODE

W A R N IN G „ During high voltage output, never touch parts with high
voltage output or energized with high voltage.
„ When the laser is operating, always keep all covers in place. W A R N IN G For check methods with <WARNING> <CAUTION> indicated,
„ Never touch an operating drive section. check thoroughly the WARNINGs and CAUTIONs in the “Digital
Output Test” so as to execute without causing any problems.

C A U T IO N „ To prevent electrification fatigue, never turn [BCR] ON,

[ERASE LAMP ASSY] ON or [ROS ASSY LD] ON when [P/R Table 5-8. Analog Output Test Device Code
MOT & DRV ASSY] is OFF.
Analog Output Test [DIAGSTART: “90 04 XX XX”, DIAGSTOP: “91 04 XX XX”]
„ With [P/R MOT & DRV ASSY] ON, [FUSER-P/H MOTOR]
ON, [DEVE. CLUTCH ASSY] ON, and at each color Functional Item
development position, never turn only [DB output (AC Code
Name Check Signal Check Method
component)] ON or turn both [DB output (AC component)] (Hex)
and [DB output (DC component)] ON; otherwise, toner would Data Range
fall. LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
„ Never turn ON the 1ST BTR with the [P/R MOT & DRV Output the 1BTR CONT signal Check with the 1BTR CONT
ASSY] OFF. Otherwise the IBT BELT ASSY may be damaged. with a value based on data. signal.
„ Never turn ON the 2ND BTR with the [P/R MOT & DRV BTR_1ST_OUT 00 (Do 1ST BTR output when you
ASSY] OFF and the [FUSER-P/H MOTOR] OFF. Otherwise execute this DIAG at the same
00 ∼ FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[VDC]) time with Digital Output Test
the IBT BELT ASSY may be damaged. [54] and [0B].)
„ To prevent dirt from getting into the printer and damage to the
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
gears caused by improper meshing, never execute [FUSER-P/H
Output the 2BTR CONT signal Check with the 2BTR CONT
MOTOR] ON or [DEVE. CLUTCH ASSY] ON when slightly
with a value based on data. signal.
shifted from development position for each color. BTR_2ND_OUT 01 (Do 2ND BTR output when you
„ Do not keep ON state for an extended period; otherwise, the execute this DIAG at the same
mechanism would be damaged. (Turn OFF after a few seconds 00 ∼ FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[VDC]) time with Digital Output Test
of ON.) [54] and [0A].)
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
Output the BCR DC CONT signal Check with the BCR DC
with a value based on data. CONT signal.
BCR_DC_OUT 02 (Do BCR output when you
execute this DIAG at the same
00 ∼ FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[VDC]) time with Digital Output Test
[54] and [0E].)

Adjustment Diagnostics 405

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-8. Analog Output Test Device Code (continued) EEPROM READ
Analog Output Test [DIAGSTART: “90 04 XX XX”, DIAGSTOP: “91 04 XX XX”]
This lets you read and check the data stored in the MCU PWB EEPROM(NVM).
Functional Item
Code DIAGON command: [75] DIAGOFF command: [76]
Name Check Signal Check Method
(Hex) DIAG Command (EEPROM Read): [90 05 XX XX]
Data Range
DIAG Command (EEPROM Read): Unnecessary
LV/HV POWER SUPPLY <WARNING> <CAUTION>
Parameter Function Data (hex)
Output the DB DC CONT signal Check with the DB DC
CONT signal. 1 Diagnostics Type 05:EEPROM Read
with a value based on data.
DEVE_DC_OUT 03 (Do DB output when you 2 Code_EP NVM number (see“ NVM List (p.411)”)
execute this DIAG at the same
00 ∼ FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[VDC]) time with Digital Output Test
3 Code_EP NVM number (see“ NVM List (p.411)”)
[54] and [0C].) 4 Data [Status only] data
ROS ASSY 5 Data [Status only] data
<WARNING> <CAUTION>
Output the VREF signal with a 6 Data [Status only] data
LD_POWER 05 Check with the VREF signal.
value based on data.
(Laser rays can't output it.) 7 Data [Status only] data
00 ∼ FFh (0 ∼ 4.1[VDC])
Status present ([90 05 XX XX XX XX XX XX])
ROTARY MOTOR ASSY
Output the ROTARY MOTOR
CLOCK signal with a value based
on data. C H E C K „ Code_EP (NVM number) must be entered in 2 bytes in order
P O IN T from the least significant.
00h: Home Position
„ Status data is displayed in 4 bytes in order from the least
01: From the incumbent significant.
position, +15deg <WARNING> <CAUTION> „ There are three kinds of data of 1Byte, 2Byte and 4Byte in
02: From the incumbent Check visually that the Code_EP (NVM number). But, be careful with the status
position, +30deg ROTARY MOTOR ASSY is because it becomes the indication of 4Byte completely.
03: From the incumbent rotating at the specified
• 1Byte of the lowest rank in 4Byte becomes Data of the
Deve Rotary _Motor 0A position, +45deg angle.
appropriateness NVM number by the thing of 1Byte, and
04: From the incumbent (A ROTARY MOTOR ON
signal functions too, and
other 3Bytes data indicates data of other NVM numbers.
position, +60deg
ROTARY MOTOR ASSY turns • 2Byte of the lowest rank in 4Byte becomes Data of the
05: From the incumbent
position, +90deg
it in the designated angle.) appropriateness NVM number by the thing of 2Byte, and
other 2Bytes data indicates data of other NVM numbers.
06: From the incumbent
position, +180deg „ When data is a negative value, values decrease from [FFh]: [-1]
07: From the incumbent = [FFh], [-2] = [FFh], etc.
position, +270deg
08: From the incumbent
position, +300deg

Adjustment Diagnostics 406

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

„ EX) [Command]
C A U T IO N When MCU PWB is exchanged, though it is being made a
90 05 EC 02 principle that exchange of EEPROM (NVM: U2) is done, begin to
read the following NVM number from MCU PWB before the
exchange surely, and do [EEPROMRead], and write down value
when exchange of EEPROM isn't made. (Do Log Save.) And,
NVM Number 748(2EC):The accumulation value for the
BELT CLEANER ASSY recommend it when you do Read Out of the following NVM
EEPROM Read number and write down value to grasp use conditions if necessary
DIAGSTART Command when others maintain it.
„ EX) [Status]

90 05 EC 02 A0 86 01 00 • [720(02D0h)] : Counter C for the WASTE TONER BOX FULL

• [724(02D4h)] : The whole image count accumulation value of the device.
Data: 100000(186A0h) • [612(02D8h)] : The Magnet Roll drive accumulation time of
NVM Number 748(02EC):The accumulation value for the DEVELOPER ASSY BK.
EEPROM Read
BELT CLEANER ASSY • [728(02DAh)] : The Magnet Roll drive accumulation time of
DIAGSTART Command
DEVELOPER ASSY Y.
• [732(02DCh)] : The Magnet Roll drive accumulation time of
„ EX) [Command] DEVELOPER ASSY M.
• [734(02DEh)] : The Magnet Roll drive accumulation time of
90 05 13 00 DEVELOPER ASSY C.
• [736(02E0h)] : Dispense accumulation time for the TONER
CARTRIDGE BK Life detection.
• [738(02E2h)] : Dispense accumulation time for the TONER
NVM Number 19(0013h):Image area selection [1Byte
CARTRIDGE Y Life detection.
Data]
EEPROM Read • [740(02E4h)] : Dispense accumulation time for the TONER
DIAGSTART Command CARTRIDGE M Life detection.
„ EX) [Status] • [742(02E6h)] : Dispense accumulation time for the TONER
CARTRIDGE C Life detection.
• [744(02E8h)] : Seat count accumulation value for the MAIN FUSER
90 05 13 00 01 23 21 23
ASSY Life check.
• [748(02ECh)] : The count accumulation value of BELT CLEANER
Other NMV number data
Data: 1(01h) [Relevant NMV number Data] ASSY.
NVM No.19(0013h):Image area selection [1Byte • [752(02F0h)] : The whole seat count accumulation value of the device.
EEPROM Read Data] • [760(02F8h)] : The count accumulation value of TRANSFER ASSY.
DIAGSTART Command • [764(02FCh)] : Count accumulation value for the DRUM CARTRIDGE
Life detection.
NOTE: With the type provided with the CRUM function, never perform any
operation other than read.

Adjustment Diagnostics 407

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

• [768(0300h)] : The count accumulation value of 2ND BTR ASSY. EEPROM WRITE
• [772(0304h)] : Counter A for the WASTE TONER BOX Full detection.
• [774(0306h)] : Counter B for the WASTE TONER BOX Full detection. This lets you write and change data stored in the MCU PWB EEPROM(NVM).
• [776(0308h)] : The whole Yellow image count accumulation value of the
device.
• [780(030Ch)] : The whole Black image count accumulation value of the NVM numbers besides those specified in this manual are
C A U T IO N
device. important system values. Never write to these values.
• [788(0314h)] : The image count accumulation value of DEVELOPER
ASSY BK.
• [792(0318h)] : The image count accumulation value of DEVELOPER
ASSY Y.
• [796(031Ch)] : The image count accumulation value of DEVELOPER DIAGON command: [75] DIAGOFF command: [76]
ASSY M. DIAGSTART Command (EEPROM Write): [90 06 XX X YY XX XX XX]
• [800(0320h)] : The image count accumulation value of DEVELOPER
DIAGSTOP Command (EEPROM Write): Unnecessary
ASSY C.
• [966(03C6h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER Parameter Function Data (Hex)
CARTRIDGE BK. 1 Diagnostics Type 06:EEPROM Write
• [968(03C8h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER 2 Code_EP NVM number (see “ NVM List (p.411)”)
CARTRIDGE Y.
3 Code_EP NVM number (see “ NVM List (p.411)”)
• [972(03CCh)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER
CARTRIDGE C. 4 Length [For command] Data length (number of bytes for data)
• [974(03CEh)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER [1 ∼ 4] (See “ NVM List (p.411)”)
CARTRIDGE BK. DGST [For status] 06: Pass, 07: Fail
• [976(03D0h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER 5 Data [For command] data
CARTRIDGE Y.
6 Data [For command] data
• [978(03D2h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER
CARTRIDGE M. 7 Data [For command] data
• [980(03D4h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER 8 Data [For command] data
CARTRIDGE C. Status present ([90 06 XX XX XX])

C H E C K The partly same contents can be done by the “5.4.2.9 Count

P O IN T Accumulation Value Read/Write (p.434)” as well.

Adjustment Diagnostics 408

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

C A U T IO N When MCU PWB is exchanged, though it is being made a

C H E C K „ After writing data, you must send the DIAGOFF command to
principle that exchange of EEPROM (NVM: U2) is done, begin to
P O IN T write to the EERPROM.
read the following NVM number from MCU PWB before the
„ Code_EP (NVM number) must be entered in 2 bytes in order
exchange surely, and do [EEPROMRead], and write down value
from the least significant.
when exchange of EEPROM isn't made. (Do Log Save.)
„ For Length of command, input a value (number of bytes) And write the value estimated more than the use conditions when
meeting the NVM number. Never forget to input the value for it isn't made that if it begins to read it, exchange of EEPROM in
Length; otherwise, recovery will be impossible. either.
„ The Data of command must be of bytes meeting the Length and
must be input in order from the least significant.
„ When data is a negative value, values decrease from [FFh]: [-1] • [720(02D0h)] : Counter C for the WASTE TONER BOX FULL
= [FFh], [-2] = [FEh], etc. detection.
• [724(02D4h)] : The whole image count accumulation value of the device.
„ EX) [Command] • [612(02D8h)] : The Magnet Roll drive accumulation time of
DEVELOPER ASSY BK.
90 06 EC 02 04 A0 86 01 00 • [728(02DAh)] : The Magnet Roll drive accumulation time of
DEVELOPER ASSY Y.
Data: 100000(186A0h) • [732(02DCh)] : The Magnet Roll drive accumulation time of
Length: 4Byte Data DEVELOPER ASSY M.
NVM Number 748(02ECh):The accumulation value for the • [734(02DEh)] : The Magnet Roll drive accumulation time of
BELT CLEANER ASSY DEVELOPER ASSY C.
EEPROM Write
• [736(02E0h)] : Dispense accumulation time for the TONER
DIAGSTART Command
CARTRIDGE BK Life detection.
„ EX) [Status] • [738(02E2h)] : Dispense accumulation time for the TONER
CARTRIDGE Y Life detection.
90 05 EC 02 06 • [740(02E4h)] : Dispense accumulation time for the TONER
CARTRIDGE M Life detection.
Pass • [742(02E6h)] : Dispense accumulation time for the TONER
NVM Number 748(02ECh):The accumulation value for the
CARTRIDGE C Life detection.
BELT CLEANER ASSY • [744(02E8h)] : Seat count accumulation value for the MAIN FUSER
EEPROM Write
ASSY Life check.
DIAGSTART Command
• [748(02ECh)] : The count accumulation value of BELT CLEANER
ASSY.
• [752(02F0h)] : The whole seat count accumulation value of the device.
• [760(02F8h)] : he count accumulation value of TRANSFER ASSY.
• [764(02FCh)] : Count accumulation value for the DRUM CARTRIDGE
Life detection.
NOTE: With the type provided with the CRUM function, never perform
write.

Adjustment Diagnostics 409

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

• [768(0300h)] : The count accumulation value of 2ND BTR ASSY.

• [772(0304h)] : Counter A for the WASTE TONER BOX Full detection. C A U T IO N Once the MAIN FUSER ASSY, which is a Regularly Replaced
• [774(0306h)] : Counter B for the WASTE TONER BOX Full detection. Part, or the no-CRUM function type DRUM CARTRIDGE has
• [776(0308h)] : The whole Yellow image count accumulation value of the been replaced with a new one, write [0] to the applicable VNM
device. number data below.
• [780(030Ch)] : The whole Black image count accumulation value of the (Setting a life counter value to “0” is referred to as “Counter
device. Clear”.)
• [788(0314h)] : The image count accumulation value of DEVELOPER And as for each part of 2ND BTR ASSY, BELT CLEANER ASSY,
ASSY BK. DEVELOPER ASSY Y, DEVELOPER ASSY M, DEVELOPER
• [792(0318h)] : The image count accumulation value of DEVELOPER ASSY C, DEVELOPER ASSY BK as well, after periodic
ASSY Y. replacement of them with a new one, write [0] to the following
• [796(031Ch)] : The image count accumulation value of DEVELOPER applicable VNM number data below.
ASSY M.
• [800(0320h)] : The image count accumulation value of DEVELOPER • When replacing MAIN FUSER ASSY with new one: [744(02E8h)]
ASSY C. • When replacing the no-CRUM function type DRUM CARTRIDGE with new
• [966(03C6h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER one: [764(02FCh)]
CARTRIDGE BK. NOTE: With the type provided with the CRUM function, never perform
• [968(03C8h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER write.
CARTRIDGE Y. • When replacing TRANSFER ASSYwith new one: [760(02F8h)]
• [970(03CAh)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER • When replacing 2ND BTR ASSYwith new one: [768(0300h)]
CARTRIDGE M. • When replacing BELT CLEANER ASSYwith new one: [748(02ECh)]
• [972(03CCh)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER • When replacing DEVELOPER ASSY Ywith new one: [728(02DAh)],
CARTRIDGE C. [792(0318h)]
• [974(03CEh)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER • When replacing DEVELOPER ASSY Mwith new one: [732(02DCh)],
CARTRIDGE BK. [796(031Ch)]
• [976(03D0h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER • When replacing DEVELOPER ASSY Cwith new one: [734(02DEh)],
CARTRIDGE Y. [800(0320h)]
• [978(03D2h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER • When replacing DEVELOPER ASSY BKwith new one: [612(02D8h)],
CARTRIDGE M. [788(0314h)]
• [980(03D4h)] : The total dispense accumulation time of TONER
CARTRIDGE C.
C H E C K The partly same contents can be done by the “5.4.2.9 Count
P O IN T Accumulation Value Read/Write (p.434)” as well.

Adjustment Diagnostics 410

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

EEPROM INITIALIZE NVM LIST

The lets you initialize the MCU PWB EEPROM(NVM:U2).

C A U T IO N „ Never write to NVM numbers not listed in the following table
as they are system area values.
C A U T IO N Never initialize values not specified in this manual.
„ Never write to items with an “x” unless otherwise specified as
If values not specified in this manual are accidentally initialized,
they are system settings.
conduct NV number read in the [CAUTION!] in [EEPROM
„ Before replacing the MCU PWB, always conduct read of the
Read]. Next conduct [NVM Write] in the [Service] tab. Then write
items below with a  record them, and, then, after replacement
the value read in advance in [EEPROM Write]. (Or conduct
is complete, conduct a write of these values. And write the value
[NVM Write] in the [Service] tab.)
estimated more than the use conditions when it isn't made that
if it begins to read it, exchange of EEPROM in either. Because
default (initial) values vary depending on the specifications, the
C H E C K After sending a command, you must send the DIAGOFF values below are for reference only. Description of Data
P O IN T command to complete EEPROM initialization.
Table 5-9. NVM LIST
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex)
DIAGON command: [75] DIAGOFF command: [76] (Hex) Description of Data Units
DIAGSTART Command: (EEPROM Initialize): [90 07] Tip Registration adjustment (except for MSI
-
DIAGSTOP Command: (EEPROM Initialize): Unnecessary 1 loading paper/normal paper, OHP, label) -43
1
(0001) An image is moved by data small in the tip (D5)
Parameter Function Data (Hex) direction.
0.9562msec

1 Diagnostics Type 07:EEPROM Initialize Tip Registration adjustment (MSI loading paper/
-
2 postcard) -40
2 DGST [Status only] 06: Pass, 07: Fail 1
(0002) An image is moved by data small in the tip (D8)
Status present ([90 70 XX]) 0.9562msec
direction.
Tip Registration adjustment (MSI loading paper/
-
3 normal paper, OHP, label) -36
„ EX) [Command] EX) [Status] 1
(0003) An image is moved by data small in the tip (DC)
0.9562msec
direction.
90 07 90 07 06
Tip Registration adjustment (MSI loading paper/
-
4 cardboard) -41
1
(0004) An image is moved by data small in the tip (D7)
0.9562msec
Pass direction.
EEPROM Initialize EEPROM Initialize 5 TOP EXIT SENSOR On Jam time adjustment - 0
X 1
DIAGSTART Command DIAGSTART Command (0005) Detection timing becomes early by data small. 8.3333msec (00)

Adjustment Diagnostics 411

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units

6 TOP EXIT SENSOR Off Jam time adjustment - 0 OHP detection excuse switch 0, 1, 2
X 1
(0006) Detection timing becomes early by data small. 8.3333msec (00) 16 0:ON(standard) 0
X 1
(0010) 1:OFF - (00)
7 FUSER EXIT SENSOR Off Jam time adjustment - 10
X 1 2:ON(unique)
(0007) Detection timing becomes early by data small. 8.3333msec (0A)
18 A code by the country 0, 1 0
MSI Clutch On Timing (MSI) - X 1
8 -40 (0012) 0:Japan (00)
X 1 Changes the MSI Clutch On Timing from the
(0008) 0.9562msec (D8)
standard. 0 ∼ 64
Side Registration adjustment (Lower Cassette 1)
20 (00 ∼ 40) 33
9 REGI. SENSOR On Jam time adjustment (MSI) - 0 1
X 1 (0014) An image is moved by data small in the left end (21)
(0009) Changes the timing for Regi SNS ON Jam. 8.3333msec (00) 0.17mm
direction.
REGI. SENSOR On Jam time adjustment (Duplex) -
10 0 0 ∼ 64
Side Registration adjustment (Lower Cassette 2)
X
(000A)
1 Changes the timing for Regi SNS ON counted (00) 21 (00 ∼ 40) 35
8.3333msec 1
from Regi SNS ON Jam and ALR Out Roll On. (0015) (23)
An image is moved by data small in the left end
0.17mm
2UP Paper Pitch time adjustment (Lower Cassette direction.
-
1)
X
11
1
0 0 ∼ 64
Side Registration adjustment (Lower Cassette 3)
(000B) The space of the form of 2UP becomes small by (00)
22 (00 ∼ 40) 36
0.9562msec 1
data small. (0016) (24)
An image is moved by data small in the left end
0.17mm
REGI. SENSOR Jam time adjustment (Feeder) - direction.

X
12
1 Changes the timing for Regi SNS ON counted 0 0 ∼ 64
Side Registration adjustment (MSI)
(000C) from the time of take-in of an additional Feeder 8.3333msec (00)
23 (00 ∼ 40) 31
Unit. 1
(0017) An image is moved by data small in the left end (1F)
0.17mm
13 PITCH SENSOR Check time adjustment (MSI) - 0 direction.
X 1
(000D) Check time becomes early by data small. 8.3333msec (00) 0 ∼ 64
Side Registration adjustment (Duplex)
24 (00 ∼ 40) 17
Re-Feed Timing adjustment - 1
14 0 (0018) An image is moved by data small in the left end (11)
X 1 Change the timing for reactivation of the clutch to 0.17mm
(000E) 8.3333msec (00) direction.
absorb the variation at feed out.
The number of times OHP sheet white frame
FUSER EXIT SENSOR wind Jam time 1 ∼ 10
- 25 leading edge is detected 3
15 adjustment 0 1
X 1 (0019) (03)
(000F) (00) Changes the number of times the white frame
Detection timing becomes early by data small. 8.3333msec 1.42mm
leading edge is detected.

Adjustment Diagnostics 412

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
2-page coupling transfer section inter-image The first sheet loading paper of 1UP/2UP timing
- 43 - 173
adjustment X 1 compensation (MSI)
(002B) (AD)
26 The transfer section inter-image length is changed 0 Loading paper timing becomes early by data small. 20msec
1
(001A) and accordingly the RegiOn interval between the (00)
0.9562msec The first sheet loading paper of 1UP/2UP timing
tail end of the 1st-page sheet and the front end of -
44 compensation (Duplex) 141
the 2nd-page sheet is also changed. X 1
(002C) Adjust the first sheet of body intake timing of 1UP (8D)
Paper Jam detection excuse switching 0, 1 20msec
and 2UP.
27 0
X 1 0: Detection of JAM and size mismatch ON
(001B) - (00) Inversion timing adjustment -
1: No JAM detection
47 Changes the timing for turning the Invert Roll 60
1
29 FUSER EXIT SENSOR On Jam time adjustment - 0 (0031) Clutch counterclockwise after turning off of the 1.42mm (3C)
X 1
(001D) Detection timing becomes early by data small. 8.3333msec (00) Invert In SNS by the paper.

Form size detection adjustment Tip Registration adjustment (MSI loading paper/
-
37 - 0 49 envelope) -40
X 1 (size mismatch detection margin) 1
(0025) (00) (0031) An image is moved by data small in the tip (D8)
A detection margin becomes small by data small. 8.3333msec 0.9562msec
direction.
Regi Roll Off timing -
38 0 Tip Registration adjustment
1 Adjusts the Regi Roll Off timing after passage of (MSI loading paper [Dummyless]/normal paper, -
(0026) 8.3333msec (00)
paper. 50 OHP, label) 57
1
(0032) (39)
Adjustment of 500 Feeder paper waiting position - An image is moved by data small in the tip
0.9562msec
39 0 direction.
1 Changes the waiting position (where to receive the
(0027) take-in signal from the printer body) of the paper 1.42mm (00) Tip Registration adjustment (MSI loading paper
-
fed. 51 [Dummyless] /cardboard) 28
1
The first sheet loading paper of 1UP/2UP timing (0033) An image is moved by data small in the tip (1C)
40 - 124 0.9562msec
X 1 compensation (Lower Cassette 1) direction.
(0028) (7C)
Loading paper timing becomes early by data small. 20msec Tip Registration adjustment (MSI loading paper
-
52 [Dummyless] /envelope) 31
The first sheet loading paper of 1UP/2UP timing 1
41 - 130 (0034) (1F)
X 1 compensation (Lower Cassette 2) An image is moved by data small in the tip
(0029) (82) 0.9562msec
direction.
Loading paper timing becomes early by data small. 20msec
Regi loop quantity adjustment (except for MSI
The first sheet loading paper of 1UP/2UP timing 53 - -46
42 - 130 X 1 loading paper)
X 1 compensation (Lower Cassette 3) (0035) (D2)
(002A) (82) The amount of loop becomes small by data small. 0.9562msec
Loading paper timing becomes early by data small. 20msec

Adjustment Diagnostics 413

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
Tip Registration adjustment (MSI loading paper FUSER RUN-031 Temperature (Domestic label
- -
55 [Dummyless] /postcard) 38 74 paper, YMCBk) 118
1 X 1
(0037) An image is moved by data small in the tip (26) (004A) 1 (76)
0.9562msec Temperature rises by data small.
direction. (A/D value)
Regi loop quantity adjustment (MSI loading paper/ FUSER RUN-051 Temperature (OHP, YMCBk) -
56 - -6 75 118
X 1 normal paper, OHP, label) X 1
(0038) (FA) (004B) 1 (76)
Temperature rises by data small.
The amount of loop becomes small by data small. 0.9562msec (A/D value)
Regi loop quantity adjustment (MSI loading paper/ FUSER RUN-014 Temperature (normal paper, B/
- -
X
57
1 cardboard) -41
76 W, X ∼ oo) 112
(0039) (D7) X 1
The amount of loop becomes small by data small. 0.9562msec (004C) 1 (70)
Temperature rises by data small.
(A/D value)
Regi loop quantity adjustment (MSI loading paper/
68 - -51
X 1 postcard) FUSER RUN-013 Temperature (normal paper,
-
(0044) (CD)
77 YMCBk, X ∼ oo) 107
The amount of loop becomes small by data small. 0.9562msec X 1
(004D) 1 (6B)
FUSER STANDBY Temperature - Temperature rises by data small.
69 115 (A/D value)
X 1 1
(0045) Temperature rises by data small. (73) FUSER RUN-061 Temperature (Coat paper,
(A/D value) -
78 YMCBk) 112
FUSER RUN-012 Temperature (normal paper, X 1
- (004E) 1 (70)
70 B/W, 1 ∼ X) 112 Temperature rises by data small.
X 1 (A/D value)
(0046) 1 (70)
Temperature rises by data small. FUSER RUN-052 Temperature (OHP, B/W,
(A/D value) -
80 1 ∼ X) 112
FUSER RUN-011 Temperature (normal paper, X 1
- (0050) 1 (70)
71 YMCBk, 1 ∼ X) 107 Temperature rises by data small.
X 1 (A/D value)
(0047) 1 (6B)
Temperature rises by data small. FUSER RUN-053 Temperature (OHP, B/W,
(A/D value) -
81 X ∼ oo) 112
FUSER RUN-041 Temperature (cardboard/ X 1
- (0051) 1 (70)
72 envelope, YMCBk) 112 Temperature rises by data small.
X 1 (A/D value)
(0048) 1 (70)
Temperature rises by data small. FUSER RUN-042 Temperature (cardboard/
(A/D value) -
82 envelope, B/W) 112
FUSER RUN-021 Temperature (Overseas label X 1
- (0052) 1 (70)
73 paper, YMCBk) 112 Temperature rises by data small.
X 1 (A/D value)
(0049) 1 (70)
Temperature rises by data small.
(A/D value)

Adjustment Diagnostics 414

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
FUSER RUN-022 Temperature (Overseas label 0 ∼ 255
- VBCR0(K)
83 paper, B/W) 112 110 (0 ∼ FF) 180
X 1 1
(0053) 1 (70) (006E) Initial value of voltage applied to BCR (K) VH=- (B4)
Temperature rises by data small. 1.6V
(A/D value) 650V
FUSER RUN-032 Temperature (Domestic label 0 ∼ 255
- VBCR0(YMC)
84 paper, B/W) 112 111 (0 ∼ FF) 180
X 1 1
(0054) 1 (70) (006F) Initial value of voltage applied to BCR (YMC) (B4)
Temperature rises by data small. 1.6V
(A/D value) VH=-650V
FUSER RUN-061 Temperature (Coat paper, B/W) - 0 ∼ 65535
VBCRTC_DRUM_CYCLE_ADJUST
X
85
1
112
112 (0 ∼ FFFF) 2,000
(0055) 1 (70) 2
Temperature rises by data small. (0070) (7D0)
(A/D value) Cycle threshold value of voltage applied to BCR
Drum Cycle
for TC Patch
Regi loop quantity adjustment (MSI loading paper/
103 - -35
X 1 envelope) Bk Toner Concentration (Black toner
(0067) (DD) 1,2,3,4,5
concentration)
The amount of loop becomes small by data small. 0.9562msec 114 3
1 Change a concentration goal value by offset value
Regi loop quantity adjustment ([Dummyless]/ (0072) (03)
104 - -16 4. -
X 1 normal paper, OHP, label, Coat paper)
(0068) (F0) (Thicken a goal for concentration by data small.)
The amount of loop becomes small by data small. 0.9562msec
Y Toner Concentration (Yellow toner
1,2,3,4,5
Regi loop quantity adjustment ([Dummyless]/ concentration)
105 - -25 115 3
X 1 cardboard) 1
(0069) (E7) (0073) Change a concentration goal value by offset value (03)
The amount of loop becomes small by data small. 0.9562msec 3. -
(Thicken a goal for concentration by data small.)
Regi loop quantity adjustment ([Dummyless]/
106 - -57
X 1 envelope) M Toner Concentration (Magenta toner
(006A) (C7) 1,2,3,4,5
concentration)
The amount of loop becomes small by data small. 0.9562msec 116 3
1 Change a concentration goal value by offset value
The number of times OHP sheet white frame tail (0074) (03)
1 ∼ 10 3. -
107 edge is detected 2
1 (Thicken a goal for concentration by data small.)
(006B) Changes the number of times the white frame tail (02)
1.42mm C Toner Concentration (Cyan toner concentration) 1,2,3,4,5
edge is detected.
117 Change a concentration goal value by offset value 3
Regi loop quantity adjustment ([Dummyless]/ 1
- (0075) 3. - (03)
108 postcard) -25
X 1 (Thicken a goal for concentration by data small.)
(006C) (E7)
The amount of loop becomes small by data small. 0.9562msec

Adjustment Diagnostics 415

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
Bk Toner Concentration (Black toner 0 ∼ 255 0 ∼ 255
EMP_RST_M
concentration) (0 ∼ FF) 346
1 (0 ∼ FF) 10
121 208 (015A) (0A)
1 Change a concentration goal value by offset value Empty cancel threshold value (M) -
(0072) (D0)
4. 1.6V
0 ∼ 255
(Thicken a goal for concentration by data small.) EMP_RST_C
347
1 (0 ∼ FF) 10
Y Toner Concentration (Yellow toner 0 ∼ 255 (015B) (0A)
Empty cancel threshold value (C) -
concentration) (0 ∼ FF)
122
1
20 0 ∼ 255
Change a concentration goal value by offset value ADDMIX count
(0073) (14) 348
1 (0 ∼ FF) 13
3. 1.6V (015C) (0D)
(Thicken a goal for concentration by data small.) Empty cancel threshold value (M) Count
Bk Toner Concentration (Black toner 0 ∼ 255 0 ∼ 255
Disp time at ADDMIX (sec)
concentration) (0 ∼ FF) 349
1 (0 ∼ FF) 6
123 198 (015D) (06)
1 Change a concentration goal value by offset value Empty cancel threshold value (C) 1sec
(0072) (C6)
4. -
1 ∼ 10
(Thicken a goal for concentration by data small.) 2ND BTR offset level (normal paper)
352 (01 ∼ 0A) 3
Y Toner Concentration (Yellow toner 0 ∼ 255 (0160)
1
(03)
Change 2ND BTR output by offset value.
concentration) (0 ∼ FF) 200VDC
124 49 (Make output absolute value small by data small.)
1 Change a concentration goal value by offset value
(0073) (31) 1 ∼ 10
3. - 2ND BTR offset level (Coat paper)
353 (01 ∼ 0A) 3
(Thicken a goal for concentration by data small.) 1
(0161) Change 2ND BTR output by offset value. (03)
0 ∼ 255 200VDC
Ambient temperature (Make output absolute value small by data small.)
322
1 (0 ∼ FF) 85
(0142) (55) 1 ∼ 10
Temperature monitor average value - 2ND BTR offset level (cardboard)
354 (01 ∼ 0A) 3
0 ∼ 255 (0162)
1
(03)
Ambient humidity Change 2ND BTR output by offset value.
323
1 (0 ∼ FF) 59 200VDC
(0143) (3B) (Make output absolute value small by data small.)
Humidity monitor average value -
1 ∼ 10
2ND BTR offset level (envelope)
0 ∼ 255 355 (01 ∼ 0A) 3
EMP_RST_K
344
1 (0 ∼ FF) 14
(0163)
1
(03)
(0158) (0E) Change 2ND BTR output by offset value.
200VDC
Empty cancel threshold value (K) - (Make output absolute value small by data small.)
0 ∼ 255 1 ∼ 10
EMP_RST_Y 2ND BTR offset level (Label)
345
1 (0 ∼ FF) 10
356 (01 ∼ 0A) 3
(0159) (0A) 1
Empty cancel threshold value (Y) - (0164) Change 2ND BTR output by offset value. (03)
-
(Make output absolute value small by data small.)

Adjustment Diagnostics 416

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
1 ∼ 10 0 ∼ 255
2ND BTR offset level (postcard) VBCRI(YMC)
357 (01 ∼ 0A) 3 367 (0 ∼ FF) 180
1 1
(0165) Change 2ND BTR output by offset value. (03) (016F) Current value of the voltage applied to BCR (B4)
- 1.6V
(Make output absolute value small by data small.) (YMC)
1 ∼ 10 0 ∼ 255
2ND BTR offset level (OHP) 2READ_TRC_K
358 (01 ∼ 0A) 3 368 (0 ∼ FF) 71
1 1
(0166) Change 2ND BTR output by offset value. (03) (0170) Reflected light quantity of Solid Area Patch image (47)
- -
(Make output absolute value small by data small.) after TRC (K)
1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset 0 ∼ 30 0 ∼ 255
READ_TRC_Y
359 level [3 ∼ 10].(normal paper) (00 ∼ 1E) 15 369 (0 ∼ FF) 103
X 1 1
(0167) (0F) (0171) Reflected light quantity of Solid Area Patch image (67)
Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data -
13VDC after TRC (Y)
small.
0 ∼ 255
1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset 0 ∼ 30 READ_TRC_M
(0 ∼ FF)
360 level [3 ∼ 10]. (Coat paper) (00 ∼ 1E) 15
370
1
103
X 1 (0172) Reflected light quantity of Solid Area Patch image (67)
(0168) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data (0F) -
13VDC after TRC (M)
small.
0 ∼ 255
Procon S/W 0, 1 READ_TRC_C
361
1
1
371 (0 ∼ FF) 103
(0169) 0: Disable; 1: Enable - (01) 1
(0173) Reflected light quantity of Solid Area Patch image (67)
-
Rotary changeover timing after TRC (C)
363 -3
(016B)
1 Rotary running timing for paper longer than 431.8 (FD) 0 ∼ 255
10msec SWEEP(K)
mm 374
1 (0 ∼ FF) 18
(0176) (12)
0 ∼ 255 Sweep OUT execution threshold value (K) -
SA_Int_Adjust_Nega
(0 ∼ FF)
364
1
5 0 ∼ 255
SWEEP(Y)
(016C) Compensation value at ∆SA Nega by (05) 375
1 (0 ∼ FF) 29
- (0177) (1D)
InterImageProCon Sweep OUT execution threshold value (Y) -
DEVE BIAS AC changeover 0, 1
365 1 0 ∼ 255
SWEEP(M)
(016D)
1 Use/no use of DeveBiasAC at TC Patch generation (01)
376
1 (0 ∼ FF) 29
- (0178) (1D)
0:Use AC; 1:No AC
Sweep OUT execution threshold value (M) -
0 ∼ 255 0 ∼ 255
VBCRI(K)
366 (0 ∼ FF) 180 SWEEP(C)
(016E)
1
(B4)
377
1 (0 ∼ FF) 29
Current value of the voltage applied to BCR (K) 1.6V (0179) (1D)
Sweep OUT execution threshold value (C) -

Adjustment Diagnostics 417

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
0 ∼ 255 1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [1 0 ∼ 23
N_SWEEP
378
1 (0 ∼ FF) 2
387 ~ 3]. (Coat paper) (00 ∼ 17) 31
(017A) (02) X 1
Toner dispense judgment count - (0183) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data (1F)
13VDC
small.
379 TIME_SWEEP1 MAX 5sec 7
(017B)
1
(07) 1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [1 0 ∼ 23
Dispense time from TONER SWEEP OUT1 0.5sec
388 ~ 3]. (cardboard) (00 ∼ 17) 31
TIME_SWEEP2 MAX 5sec X 1
380 7 (0184) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data (1F)
1 13VDC
(017C) Dispense time from TONER SWEEP OUT1 0.5sec (07) small.
1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [3 0 ∼ 30 1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [1 0 ∼ 23
381 ~ 10]. (cardboard) (00 ∼ 1E) 15
389 ~ 3]. (envelope) (00 ∼ 17) 31
X 1 (0F) X 1
(017D) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data (0185) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data (1F)
13VDC 13VDC
small. small.
1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset 0 ∼ 30 1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [1 0 ∼ 23
382 level [3 ∼ 10]. (envelope) (00 ∼ 1E) 15 390 ~ 3]. (Label) (00 ∼ 17) 31
X 1 (0F) X 1
(017E) (0186) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data (1F)
Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data 13VDC
13VDC small.
small.
STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [3 ~ 0 ∼ 30 1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [1 0 ∼ 23
10]. (Label) (00 ∼ 1E) 15 391 ~ 3]. (postcard) (00 ∼ 17) 31
383 X 1
X 1 (0F) (0187) (1F)
(017F) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data
13VDC 13VDC
small. small.

STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [3 ~ 0 ∼ 30 1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [1 0 ∼ 23
10]. (postcard) (00 ∼ 1E) 15 392 ~ 3]. (OHP) (00 ∼ 17) 31
384 X 1
X 1 (0F) (0188) (1F)
(0180) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data
13VDC 13VDC
small. small.

STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [3 ~ 0 ∼ 30 Rotary operation timing change 2
393 -4
385 10]. (OHP) (00 ∼ 1E) 15 1 Rotary running timing for paper not longer than
X 1 (0F) (0189) (FC)
(0181) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data 431.8 mm
13VDC
small. ADDMIX2 idling SW 0, 1
399 1
1STEP offset value with 2ND BTR offset level [1 0 ∼ 23 1 1: This sequence is applied to all colors;
(018F) (01)
386 ~ 3]. (normal paper) (00 ∼ 17) 31 0: Conventional high image density sequence
X 1
(0182) Offset value (voltage) becomes small by data (1F)
13VDC 401 ADDMIX2 idling count 2
small. 1
(0191) Idling count at too high density (02)

Adjustment Diagnostics 418

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
VBCR_highET_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128 0 ∼ 255
SA_Int_Adjust_Posi
410
1
4
420 (0 ∼ FF) 5
(019A) High-temperature side compensation coefficient of (04) 1
voltage applied to BCR (K) (01A4) Compensation value at ∆SA Pos by (05)
InterImageProCon
VBCR_highET_ADJUST(YMC) -127 ∼ 128
411 4 Toner Cartridge presence detection 0, 1
1 High-temperature side compensation coefficient of 432 0
(019B) (04) 1
voltage applied to BCR (YMC) (01B0) 0: Present; 1: Absent (00)

VBCR_lowET_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128 433 Toner Cartridge new/old detection 0, 1 0

412 5 1
1 Low-temperature side compensation coefficient of (01B1) 0: Present; 1: Absent (00)
(019C) (05)
voltage applied to BCR (K)
436 ERROR_SA(K) 60
VBCR_lowET_ADJUST(YMC) -127 ∼ 128 (01B4)
1
(3C)
413 5 Low density threshold value (K)
1 Low-temperature side compensation coefficient of
(019D) (05) ERROR_SA(YMC)
voltage applied to BCR (YMC) 437 40
1
(01B5) Low density threshold value (YMC) (28)
0 ∼ 255
VBIASI_K
414
1 (0 ∼ FF) 154
438 HICOV_K1 24
(019E) (9A) 1
Development BIAS initial value (K) -560V 1.6V (01B6) High-density image check value 1(K) (18)

0 ∼ 255 439 HICOV_K2 18

VBIASI_Y
415
1 (0 ∼ FF) 154
(01B7)
1
(12)
(019F) (9A) High-density image check value 2(K)
Development BIAS initial value (Y) -560V 1.6V
440 HICOV_K3 15
0 ∼ 255 (01B8)
1
(0F)
VBIASI_M High-density image check value 3(K)
416
1 (0 ∼ FF) 154
(01A0) (9A) DISPENSE_SW 0, 1
Development BIAS initial value (M) -560V 1.6V 441 0
1
(01B9) 0: Execute; 1: Not execute (00)
0 ∼ 255
VBIASI_C
417
1 (0 ∼ FF) 154
442 ERROR_DETECT_SWITCH 0, 1 0
(01A1) (9A) 1
Development BIAS initial value (C) -560V 1.6V (01BA) 0: Detect ProCon error; 1: Do not detect (00)

VBCR_highET_UPR(K) -127 ∼ 128 443 POTENTIALCONT_SWITCH 0, 1 0

418 13 1
1 Upper limit of high-temperature compensation of (01BB) 0: Execute; 1: Not execute (00)
(01A2) (0D)
voltage applied to BCR (K)
444 TRC_SWITCH 0, 1 1
VBCR_highET_UPR(YMC) -127 ∼ 128 (01BC)
1
(01)
419 13 0: Execute; 1: Not execute
1 Upper limit of high-temperature compensation of
(01A3) (0D) 445 EMPTY_SWITCH 0, 1 0
voltage applied to BCR (YMC) 1
(01BD) 0: Execute; 1: Not execute (00)

Adjustment Diagnostics 419

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
0 ∼ 255 0 ∼ 200
INTV_PTLPATCH RADCTC_SET_C
446
1 (0 ∼ FF) 20 458
1 (0 ∼ C8) 109
(01BE) (14) (01CA) (6D)
Patch generation interval for potential control High-density image check value 3(K) 1
0 ∼ 255 KPCDC_K
INTV_PTLPATCHINH
447
1 (0 ∼ FF) 20 459
1
15
(01BF) (14) (01CB) PCDC Toner refilling quantity calculation (0F)
Patch generation interval during printing coefficient (positive) (K)

448 RADCPTLSA_SET_K - 43 KPCDC_Y

1 460 10
(01C0) RADC target value for potential control SA (K) - (2B) 1 PCDC Toner refilling quantity calculation
(01CC) (0A)
coefficient (positive) (Y)
449 RADCPTLSA_SET_Y - 87
1 KPCDC_M
(01C1) RADC target value for potential control SA (Y) - (57)
461 10
1 PCDC Toner refilling quantity calculation
RADCPTLSA_SET_M - (01CD) (0A)
450 82 coefficient (positive) (M)
1
(01C2) RADC target value for potential control SA (M) - (52)
KPCDC_C
RADCPTLSA_SET_C - 462 10
451 87 1 PCDC Toner refilling quantity calculation
1 (01CE) (0A)
(01C3) RADC target value for potential control SA (C) - (57) coefficient (positive) (C)

452 HICOV1(YMC) 24 KTC_POSI_K

1 463 63
(01C4) High-density image check value 1(YMC) (18) 1 ADCTC refilling quantity calculation coefficient
(01CF) 20msec (3F)
(positive) (K)(160ms)
453 HICOV2(YMC) 18
1 KTC_POSI_Y
(01C5) High-density image check value 2(YMC) (12)
464 79
1 ADCTC refilling quantity calculation coefficient
HICOV3(YMC) (01D0) 20msec (4F)
454 12 (positive) (Y)(160ms)
1
(01C6) High-density image check value 3(YMC) (0C)
0 ∼ 255
KTC_POSI_M
0 ∼ 200 465 (0 ∼ FF) 79
RADCTC_SET_K
455
1 (0 ∼ C8) 48
(01D1)
1
(4F)
(01C7) (30) ADCTC refilling quantity calculation coefficient
20msec
Low density threshold value (YMC) 1 (positive) (M)(160ms)
0 ∼ 200 0 ∼ 255
RADCTC_SET_Y KTC_POSI_C
456
1 (0 ∼ C8) 100
466 (0 ∼ FF) 79
(01C8) (64) 1
High-density image check value 1(K) 1 (01D2) ADCTC refilling quantity calculation coefficient (4F)
20msec
0 ∼ 200 (positive) (C)(160ms)
RADCTC_SET_M
457
1 (0 ∼ C8) 100
(01C9) (64)
High-density image check value 2(K) 1

Adjustment Diagnostics 420

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
0 ∼ 255 0 ∼ 255
KTC_NEGA_K EMP_FLT_M
467 (0 ∼ FF) 76
476
1 (0 ∼ FF) 33
1 (01DC) (21)
(01D3) ADCTC refilling quantity calculation coefficient (4C) Empty threshold value (M) 1
20msec
(negative) (K)(300ms)
0 ∼ 255
EMP_FLT_C
0 ∼ 255 477
1 (0 ∼ FF) 33
KTC_NEGA_Y
468 (0 ∼ FF) 99
(01DD) (21)
1 Empty threshold value (C) 1
(01D4) ADCTC refilling quantity calculation coefficient (63)
20msec 0 ∼ 255
(negative) (Y)(300ms) CYCLE_ADJUST_K
478 (0 ∼ FF) 5
0 ∼ 255 (01DE)
1
(05)
KTC_NEGA_M Value for RADC target value adjustment value for
469 (0 ∼ FF) 99 1K cycle
1 TC control (K)
(01D5) ADCTC refilling quantity calculation coefficient (63)
20msec 0 ∼ 255
(negative) (M)(300ms) CYCLE_ADJUST_YMC
479 (0 ∼ FF) 5
0 ∼ 255 (01DF)
1
(05)
KTC_NEGA_C Value for RADC target value adjustment value for
470 (0 ∼ FF) 99 1K cycle
2 TC control (YMC)
(01D6) ADCTC refilling quantity calculation coefficient (63)
20msec 0 ∼ 200
(negative) (C)(300ms) ADDMIX(K)
480
1 (0 ∼ C8) 33
0 ∼ 255 (01E0) (21)
CHKPLN1(K) ADDMIX execution threshold value (density) (K) 1
471
1 (0 ∼ FF) 2
(01D7) (02) 0 ∼ 200
Check plane count 1(K) ADDMIX(Y)
481
1 (0 ∼ C8) 19
0 ∼ 255 (01E1) (13)
CHKPLN2(K) ADDMIX execution threshold value (density) (Y) 1
472
1 (0 ∼ FF) 10
(01D8) (0A) 0 ∼ 200
Check plane count 2(K) ADDMIX(M)
482
1 (0 ∼ C8) 19
0 ∼ 255 (01E2) (13)
HKPLN3(K) ADDMIX execution threshold value (density) (M) 1
473
1 (0 ∼ FF) 48
(01D9) (30)
483 ADDMIX(C) 0 ∼ 200 19
Check plane count 3(K) 1
(01E3) ADDMIX execution threshold value (density) (C) 1 (13)
0 ∼ 255
EMP_FLT_K
474
1 (0 ∼ FF) 42 0 ∼ 255
VBIAS_TC_K
(01DA) (2A) 486
1 (0 ∼ FF) 157
Empty threshold value (K) 1 (01E6) (9D)
VBIAS DC for TC PATCH (K) -565V 1.6V
0 ∼ 255
EMP_FLT_Y
475
1 (0 ∼ FF) 33 0 ∼ 255
VBIAS_TC_Y
(01DB) (21) 487
1 (0 ∼ FF) 157
Empty threshold value (Y) 1 (01E7) (9D)
VBIAS DC for TC PATCH (Y) -565V 1.6V

Adjustment Diagnostics 421

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
0 ∼ 255 Xero CRU Error (Low) 110,000
VBIAS_TC_M 544
488
1 (0 ∼ FF) 157 4 (1ADB0
(01E8) (9D) (0220) Condition for Xero CRU Life disabling Drum Cycle )
VBIAS DC for TC PATCH (M) -565V 1.6V
VBCR_lowET_UPR(K) -127 ∼ 128
0 ∼ 255 564 13
VBIAS_TC_C
489
1 (0 ∼ FF) 157
(0234)
1 Upper limit of low-temperature compensation of (0D)
(01E9) (9D) voltage applied to BCR (K)
VBIAS DC for TC PATCH (C) -565V 1.6V
VBCR_lowET_UPR(YMC) -127 ∼ 128
490 Toner Cartridge new/old detection Counter Reset - 2,500 565 13
2 1 Upper limit of low-temperature compensation of
(01EA) Guard value recognizing the new/old detection 100msec (9C4) (0235) (0D)
voltage applied to BCR (YMC)
Toner collection bottle Life Counter C (MAX) -
500
2
480 VBCR_DRUM_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128
(01F4) Limit value by dispense time sec (1E0) 566 16
1 Cycle compensation coefficient of voltage applied
(0236) (10)
502 TONER CARTRIDGE BK Life warning value - 8,700 to BCR (K)
X 2
(01F6) Dispense time 100msec (21FC) VBCR_DRUM_ADJUST(YMC) -127 ∼ 128
567 16
TONER CARTRIDGE Y Life warning value - 1 Cycle compensation coefficient of voltage applied
504 7,900 (0237) (10)
X 2 to BCR (YMC)
(01F8) Dispense time 100msec (1EDC)
568 DISP1_K 31
506 TONER CARTRIDGE M Life warning value - 7,200 1
X 2 (0238) Threshold value 1 for K color Dispense time (1F)
(01FA) Dispense time 100msec (1C20)
569 DISP2_K 24
508 TONER CARTRIDGE C Life warning value - 8,200 1
X 2 (0239) Threshold value 2 for K color Dispense time (18)
(01FC) Dispense time 100msec (2008)
570 DISP3_K 21
515 MAG Roll Clutch Timing 2 1
1 (023A) Threshold value 3 for K color Dispense time (15)
(0203) MAG Roll Clutch Timing (02)
571 DISP1_YMC 25
516 Toner cartridge stirring switch 0, 1 0 1
1 (023B) Threshold value 1 for YMC color Dispense time (19)
(0204) 0: None 1: Execute (00)
572 DISP2_YMC 20
517 Toner cartridge CL ON time 20 1
1 (023C) Threshold value 2 for YMC color Dispense time (14)
(0205) Stirring sequence CL ON time 10msec (14)
573 DISP3_YMC 14
518 Empty Reset 40 1
1 (023D) Threshold value 3 for YMC color Dispense time (0E)
(0206) AddmixMax count at EmptyReset (28)
CASE 0, 1
540 Xero CRU Warning (Low) 90,000 574 0
4 1 High image density sequence changeover switch
(021C) Condition for Xero CRU Life warning Drum Cycle (15F90) (023E) (00)
0: Conventional sequence; 1: Avoidance sequence

Adjustment Diagnostics 422

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
FCOT SW 0∼3 RADC_TC_NEAR_EMP_Y
591 13
575 FCOT corrective sequence execution SW 0: 3 1 Threshold value for transition to Addmix operation
1 (024C) (0D)
(023F) Conventional specification; 3: Corrective (03) after toner cartridge Warning (Y)
specification 1:INTV_PTLCONT disabled
RADC_TC_NEAR_EMP_M
0 ∼ 200 592
1
13
RADCTC_SET_ADJUST_K Threshold value for transition to Addmix operation
580
1 (0 ∼ C8) 68 (024D) (0D)
(0244) (44) after toner cartridge Warning (M)
RADC target value for TC control (K) 1
RADC_TC_NEAR_EMP_C
0 ∼ 200 593
1
13
RADCTC_SET_ADJUST_Y Threshold value for transition to Addmix operation
581
1 (0 ∼ C8) 107 (024E) (0D)
(0245) (6B) after toner cartridge Warning (C)
RADC target value for TC control (Y) 1
ADDMIX_UPPER
0 ∼ 200 594
1
10
RADCTC_SET_ADJUST_M Threshold value at judging whether or not to
582
1 (0 ∼ C8) 103 (0252) (0A)
(0246) (67) display Toner Empty 2 of TONER ADDMIX2
RADC target value for TC control (M) 1
0 ∼ 255
LDI(K)
0 ∼ 200 595
1 (0 ∼ FF) 71
RADCTC_SET_ADJUST_C
583
1 (0 ∼ C8) 111 (0253) (47)
(0247) (6F) LD light quantity for SA patch (K)
RADC target value for TC control (C) 1
0 ∼ 255
LDI(YMC)
0 ∼ 255 596
1 (0 ∼ FF) 71
INTV_TCPATCH
584
1 (0 ∼ FF) 20 (0254) (47)
(0248) (14) LD light quantity for SA patch (YMC)
Patch generation interval for TC control
612 N(K) 385
0 ∼ 255 (0264)
2
(181)
INTV_PRINT_A Rotary running counter (K)
587
1 (0 ∼ FF) 50
(024B) (32) 0 ∼ 200
Continuous printing interval K_ROT
614
2 (0 ∼ C8) 35
0 ∼ 255 (0266) (23)
LD0(K) Rotary running sequence coefficient (K) 1
588
1 (0 ∼ FF) 71
(024C) (47) 0 ∼ 200
Initial value for LD light quantity (K) LD_EH_UPR(K)
615 (0 ∼ C8) -18
0 ∼ 255 (0267)
1
(FE)
LD0(YMC) Compensation value for LD light quantity high
589
1 (0 ∼ FF) 71 1
(024D) (47) humidity side (K)
Initial value for LD light quantity (YMC)
LD_EH_UPR(YMC) -127 ∼ 128
RADC_TC_NEAR_EMP_K 616 -11
1 Compensation value for LD light quantity high
590 22 (0268) (F5)
1 Threshold value for transition to Addmix operation humidity side (YMC)
(024E) (16)
after toner cartridge Warning (K)

Adjustment Diagnostics 423

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
LD_EH_LWR(K) -127 ∼ 128 632 CTR_SWEEP(C) 0
617 14 1
1 Compensation value for LD light quantity low (0278) SWEEP detection count (C) (00)
(0269) (0E)
humidity side (K)
634 PCDC_CAL (LOW) 1,000
LD_EH_LWR(YMC) -127 ∼ 128 (027A)
2
(3E8)
618 22 PCDC calibration coefficient
1 Compensation value for LD light quantity low
(026A) (16) K Dispense Total Time
humidity side (YMC) 636 0
2
(027C) PCDC time conversion value (K) msec (00)
619 Idling addition count after ADDMIX 0
(026B) (00) 638 Y Dispense Total Time 0
Idling addition count after ADDMIX 2
(027E) PCDC time conversion value (Y) msec (00)
LD_highET_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128
624 20 M Dispense Total Time
1 Compensation coefficient for LD light quantity 640 0
(0270) (14) 2
high temperature side (K) (0280) PCDC time conversion value (M) msec (00)

LD_highET_ADJUST(YMC) -127 ∼ 128 642 C Dispense Total Time 0

625 20 2
1 Compensation coefficient for LD light quantity (0282) PCDC time conversion value (C) msec (00)
(0271) (14)
high temperature side (YMC)
0 ∼ 1000
Printed sheets counter
LD_lowET_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128 X
644
2 (0000 ∼ 03E8) 0
626 15 (0284) (0000)
1 Compensation coefficient for LD light quantity For ADC Cleaning 1
(0272) (0F)
low temperature side (K)
0 ∼ 1024
ADC_VCLEAN
LD_lowET_ADJUST(YMC) -127 ∼ 128 646 (0000 ∼ 0400) 768
627 -9 X 2
1 Compensation coefficient for LD light quantity (0286) Clean surface measurement average value (except (0300)
(0273) (F7) 1
low temperature side (YMC) inter image)

628 EMPTY_SELECT 0 0 ∼ 25500

SUM_K
(0274)
1
(00) 648 (0000 ∼ 639C) 0
Near EMPTY FLG 2
(0288) Quantity of toner refilling from (00)
629 CTR_SWEEP(K) 0 10msec
1 ADC_TC_CONTROL (plus or minus) K
(0275) SWEEP detection count (K) (00)
0 ∼ 25500
SUM_Y
630 CTR_SWEEP(Y) 0 650 (0000 ∼ 639C) 0
1 2
(0276) SWEEP detection count (Y) (00) (028A) Quantity of toner refilling from (00)
10msec
ADC_TC_CONTROL (plus or minus) Y
631 CTR_SWEEP(M) 0
1
(0277) SWEEP detection count (M) (00)

Adjustment Diagnostics 424

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
0 ∼ 25500 0 ∼ 255
SUM_M PV_C
652 (0000 ∼ 639C) 0
663
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
2 (0297) (00)
(028C) Quantity of toner refilling from (00) PV cumulative value C 1
10msec
ADC_TC_CONTROL (plus or minus) M
LD_DRUM_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128
0 ∼ 25500 664
1
12
SUM_C Compensation coefficient for LD light quantity
654 (0000 ∼ 639C) 0
(0298) 1 (0C)
2 cycle (K)
(028E) Quantity of toner refilling from (00)
10msec LD_DRUM_ADJUST(YMC) -127 ∼ 128
ADC_TC_CONTROL (plus or minus) C 665 13
1 Compensation coefficient for LD light quantity
Toner Empty Flag (Black) 0, 1 (0299) 1 (0D)
656 0 cycle (YMC)
X 1 0:Empty condition detection
(0290) - (00) 0 ∼ 255
1:Empty condition un-detection LDS_K
668
1 (0 ∼ FF) 67
Toner Empty Flag (Yellow) 0, 1 (029C) (43)
657 0 Current value for LD light quantity (K)
X 1 0:Empty condition detection
(0291) - (00) 0 ∼ 255
1:Empty condition un-detection LDS_Y
669
1 (0 ∼ FF) 66
Toner Empty Flag (Magenta) 0, 1 (029D) (42)
658 0 Current value for LD light quantity (Y)
X 1 0:Empty condition detection
(0292) - (00) 0 ∼ 255
1:Empty condition un-detection LDS_M
670
1 (0 ∼ FF) 66
Toner Empty Flag (Cyan) 0, 1 (029E) (42)
659 0 Current value for LD light quantity (M)
X 1 0:Empty condition detection
(0293) - (00) 0 ∼ 255
1:Empty condition un-detection LDS_C
671
1 (0 ∼ FF) 66
0 ∼ 255 (029F) (42)
PV_K Current value for LD light quantity (C)
660
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
(0294) (00) 0 ∼ 255
PV cumulative value K 1 CTL_TCPATCH_K
672
1 (0 ∼ FF) 20
0 ∼ 255 (02A0) (14)
PV_Y Counter for TC control (K) 1
661
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
(0295) (00) 0 ∼ 255
PV cumulative value Y 1 CTL_TCPATCH_YMC
673
1 (0 ∼ FF) 20
0 ∼ 255 (02A1) (14)
PV_M Counter for TC control (YMC) 1
662
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
(0296) (00) 0 ∼ 200
PV cumulative value M 1 RADC_SA_K
674 (0 ∼ C8) 0
1
(02A2) Reflected light quantity of Solid Area Toner image (00)
1
(K)

Adjustment Diagnostics 425

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
0 ∼ 200 0 ∼ 200
RADC_SA_Y RADC_TC_BEFORE_Y
675 (0 ∼ C8) 0 684 (0 ∼ C8) 0
1 1
(02A3) Reflected light quantity of Solid Area Toner image (00) (02AC) PATCH previous relative density for TC control (00)
1 1
(Y) (Y)
0 ∼ 200 0 ∼ 255
RADC_SA_M RADC_TC_BEFORE_M
676 (0 ∼ C8) 0 685 (0 ∼ FF) 0
1 1
(02A4) Reflected light quantity of Solid Area Toner image (00) (02AD) PATCH previous relative density for TC control (00)
1 1
(M) (M)
0 ∼ 200 0 ∼ 200
RADC_SA_C RADC_TC_BEFORE_C
677 (0 ∼ C8) 0 686 (0 ∼ C8) 0
1 1
(02A5) Reflected light quantity of Solid Area Toner image (00) (02AE) PATCH previous relative density for TC control (00)
1 1
(C) (C)
0 ∼ 200 0 ∼ 255
RADC_HL_KYMC CTR_PTLPATCH_K
678 (0 ∼ C8) 0
687
1 (0 ∼ FF) 20
1 (02AF) (14)
(02A6) Reflected light quantity of Highlight Area Toner (00) Counter for potential control (K) 1
1
image
0 ∼ 255
CTR_PTLPATCH_YMC
0 ∼ 200 688
1 (0 ∼ FF) 20
RADC_TC_K
679
1 (0 ∼ C8) 0 (02B0) (14)
(02A7) (00) Counter for potential control (YMC) 1
PATCH relative density for TC control (K) 1
0 ∼ 255
CTR_PTLPATCHINT_K
0 ∼ 200 689
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
RADC_TC_Y
680
1 (0 ∼ C8) 0 (02B1) (00)
(02A8) (00) Counter for InterImage potential control (K) 1
PATCH relative density for TC control (Y) 1
0 ∼ 255
CTR_PTLPATCHINT_YMC
0 ∼ 200 690
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
RADC_TC_M
681
1 (0 ∼ C8) 0 (02B2) (00)
(02A9) (00) Counter for InterImage potential control (YMC) 1
PATCH relative density for TC control (M) 1
692 CHKPLN1(YMC) 2
0 ∼ 200 (02B4)
1
(02)
RADC_TC_C Check plane count 1(YMC)
682
1 (0 ∼ C8) 0
(02AA) (00) CHKPLN2(YMC)
PATCH relative density for TC control (C) 1 693 10
1
(02B5) Check plane count 2(YMC) (0A)
0 ∼ 200
RADC_TC_BEFORE_K
683 (0 ∼ C8) 0 694 CHKPLN3(YMC) 48
1 1
(02AB) PATCH previous relative density for TC control (00) (02B6) Check plane count 3(YMC) (30)
1
(K)

Adjustment Diagnostics 426

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
0 ∼ 255 MRS_highEH 0∼3
DISP_CNT_K
695
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
705 1
(02B7) (00) 1 Low-humidity middle-temperature side Mag Roll
Counter to judge Empty (K) 1 (02C1) Speed (01)
0:2.00 1:2.15 3:2.30 4:2.45
0 ∼ 255
DISP_CNT_Y
696
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0 MRS_midEH 0∼3
(02B8) (00)
Counter to judge Empty (Y) 1 706 Low-humidity low-temperature side Mag Roll 2
1
(02C2) Speed (02)
0 ∼ 255
DISP_CNT_M 0:2.00 1:2.15 3:2.30 4:2.45
697
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
(02B9) (00) VBCRTC_EH_UPR(K) -127 ∼ 128
Counter to judge Empty (M) 1 707 20
1 Humidity compensation upper limit value of
0 ∼ 255 (02C3) (14)
DISP_CNT_C voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (K)
698
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
(02BA) (00) VBCRTC_EH_UPR(YMC) -127 ∼ 128
Counter to judge Empty (C) 1 708 10
1 Humidity compensation upper limit value of
0 ∼ 255 (02C4) (0A)
DISPENSE_COUNTER_K voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (YMC)
699
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0
(02BB) (00) WASTE TONER BOX Life counter (Counter C) -
Dispense counter from TC (K) 720 0
 2
(02D0) All the color dispense time accumulation value. 1sec (0000)
0 ∼ 255
DISPENSE_COUNTER_Y
700
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0 Printer image counter -
(02BC) (00)
Dispense counter from TC (Y) All the color image count accumulation 0
724 value.
0 ∼ 255  4 (0000
DISPENSE_COUNTER_M (02D4)
701
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0 (Form length in the carriage direction is less than - 0000)
(02BD) (00) 219mm, in 1 color 1 count and more than 219mm,
Dispense counter from TC (M)
1 color 2 count.)
0 ∼ 255
DISPENSE_COUNTER_C N(Y)
702
1 (0 ∼ FF) 0 728
2
385
(02BE) (00) (02D8) Rotary running counter (Y) (0181)
Dispense counter from TC (C)
Developer drive time of Y development device
MRS_highEH 0∼3 730
2
0
703 0 (02DA) Clutch On time of Y development device 1min (0000)
1 High humidity side Mag Roll Speed 0:2.00 1:2.15
(02BF) (00)
3:2.30 4:2.45 732 N(M) 385
2
MRS_midEH 0∼3 (02DC) Rotary running counter (M) (0181)
704 0
1 Middle humidity side Mag Roll Speed 0:2.00 N(C)
(02C0) (00) 734 385
1:2.15 3:2.30 4:2.45 2
(02DE) Rotary running counter (C) (0181)

Adjustment Diagnostics 427

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units

736 TONER CARTRIDGE BK Life counter - 0 Type

 2 with
(02E0) Dispense accumulation time. 100msec (0000)
CRUM Xero CRU Counter -
738 TONER CARTRIDGE Y Life counter - 0 function
 2 X
(02E2) Dispense accumulation time. 100msec (0000) 0
764
4 Xero CRU Life Counter (one revolution of P/R (0000
TONER CARTRIDGE M Life counter - Type (02FC)
740 0 Drum is counted 1) 0000)
 2 without
(02E4) Dispense accumulation time. 100msec (0000) * With the type provided with the CRUM function,
CRUM -
actually the CRUM value of the DRUM
742 TONER CARTRIDGE C Life counter - 0 function
 2 CARTRIDGE is used. Therefore, never execute
(02E6) Dispense accumulation time. 100msec (0000)  EEPRROM Write.
MAIN FUSER ASSY Life counter - 2ND BTR ASSY Life counter -
0 0
744 Count accumulation value. (Form length in the 768 Count accumulation value. (One print is counted 1
 4 (0000  4 (0000
(02E8) carriage direction is less than 219mm, in 1 color 1 - (0300) for the paper not longer than 219 mm or counted 2 -
0000) 0000)
count and more than 219mm, 1 color 2 count.) for the paper longer than 219 mm.)
BELT CLEANER ASSY Life counter - WASTE TONER BOX Life counter (Counter A) -
Count accumulation value. (Count 1 print as 1 0
748 All the color image count accumulation
 4 count in the case of 2 print on a Belt one page with (0000 772 0
(02EC) -  2 value.
2UP, count 1 print as 2 count in the case of 1 print 0000) (0304) (0000)
(Form length in the carriage direction is less than Plane
on a Belt one page with 1UP and 2UP.)
215.9mm, in 1 color 1 count and more than
4 Printer Life counter - 215.9mm, 1 color 2 count.)
0
752 Count accumulation value. (Form length in the WASTE TONER BOX Life counter (Counter B) -
 (0000
(02F0) carriage direction is less than 219mm, in 1 color 1 - 0000)
count and more than 219mm, 1 color 2 count.) All the color image count accumulation
774 value. 0
4 TRANSFER ASSY Life counter -  2
0 (0306) (Form length in the carriage direction is less than Sheet (0000)
760
 Count accumulation value. (At a TR0 signal one (0000 215.9mm, in 1 color 1 count and more than
(02F8) -
time [IBT BELT ASSY one turn], 1 count.) 0000) 215.9mm, 1 color 2 count.)
Printer Yellow image counter (Statistical Counter
-
Y)
0
776 Yellow image count accumulation value.
 4 (0000
(0308) (Form length in the carriage direction is less than - 0000)
219mm, in 1 count and more than 219mm, 2
count.)

Adjustment Diagnostics 428

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
Printer Black image counter (Statistical Counter DEVELOPER ASSY M Life counter -
-
BK)
MagentaCount accumulation value. (A4LEF or the
0 0
780 Black image count accumulation value 796 equivalent)
 4 (0000  4 (0000
(030C) .(Form length in the carriage direction is less than (031C) (Count 1 print as 1 count in the case of 2 print on a
- 0000) - 0000)
219mm, in 1 count and more than 219mm, 2 Belt one page with 2UP, count 1 print as 2 count in
count.) the case of 1 print on a Belt one page with 1UP and
2UP.)
VBCRTC_EH_LWR(K) -127 ∼ 128
784 -25 DEVELOPER ASSY C Life counter -
1 Humidity compensation lower limit value of
(02C3) 1 (E7) CyanCount accumulation value. (A4LEF or the
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (K) 0
800 equivalent)
VBCRTC_EH_LWR(YMC) -127 ∼ 128 
(0320)
4 (Count 1 print as 1 count in the case of 2 print on a (0000
785 -25 - 0000)
1 Humidity compensation lower limit value of Belt one page with 2UP, count 1 print as 2 count in
(02C4) 1 (E7) the case of 1 print on a Belt one page with 1UP and
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (YMC)
2UP.)
DEVELOPER ASSY BK Life counter -
0 ∼ 255
VBCR_TCI(K)
Black image count accumulation value (A4LEF or 804
1 (0 ∼ FF) 64
the equivalent) (0324) (40)
(In the case of 1up/2up mode, count 1 print as 1 VBCRDC initial value for TC patch (K) 1
0

788
4 count in the case of 2 print on a Belt one page with (0000 0 ∼ 255
VBCR_TCI(Y)
(0314) 2UP, count 1 print as 2 count in the case of 1 print - 0000)
805
1 (0 ∼ FF) 66
on a Belt one page with 1UP and 2UP.) (0325) (42)
VBCRDC initial value for TC patch (Y) 1
(In the case of TR0-Less mode, from the
confrontation of the drum during the print and 0 ∼ 255
VBCR_TCI(M)
MagnetRoll, in every 5sec, 2 count. 806
1 (0 ∼ FF) 66
(0326) (42)
DEVELOPER ASSY Y Life counter - VBCRDC initial value for TC patch (M) 1
YellowCount accumulation value. (A4LEF or the 0 ∼ 255
VBCR_TCI(C)
792 equivalent) 0 807
1 (0 ∼ FF) 66
 4 (Count 1 print as 1 count in the case of 2 print on a (0000 (0327) (42)
(0318) - VBCRDC initial value for TC patch (C) 1
Belt one page with 2UP, count 1 print as 2 count in 0000)
the case of 1 print on a Belt one page with 1UP and 0 ∼ 255
VBCR_TCS(K)
2UP.) 808 (0 ∼ FF) 72
1
(0328) Current value of voltage applied to BCR for TC (48)
1
patch (K)

Adjustment Diagnostics 429

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
0 ∼ 255 VBCRTC_lowEH_ADJUST(M) -127 ∼ 128
VBCR_TCS(Y)
809 (0 ∼ FF) 72
818
1
4
1 (0332) Low-humidity side compensation coefficient of (04)
(0329) (48) 1
Current value of voltage applied to BCR for TC voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (M)
1
patch (Y)
VBCRTC_lowEH_ADJUST(C) -127 ∼ 128
0 ∼ 255 819
1
4
VBCR_TCS(M) Low-humidity side compensation coefficient of
810 (0 ∼ FF) 72
(0333) 1 (04)
1 voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (C)
(032A) Current value of voltage applied to BCR for TC (48)
1 VBCRTC_highET_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128
patch (M) 820 -4
1 High-temperature side compensation coefficient of
0 ∼ 255 (0334) 1 (FC)
VBCR_TCS(C) voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (K)
811 (0 ∼ FF) 72
(032B)
1
(48) VBCRTC_highET_ADJUST(Y) -127 ∼ 128
Current value of voltage applied to BCR for TC 821 -4
1 1
patch (C) (0335) High-temperature side compensation coefficient of (FC)
1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (Y)
VBCRTC_highEH_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128
812
1
4 VBCRTC_highET_ADJUST(M) -127 ∼ 128
(032C) High-humidity side compensation coefficient of (04) 822 -4
1 1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (K) (0336) High-temperature side compensation coefficient of (FC)
1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (M)
VBCRTC_highEH_ADJUST(Y) -127 ∼ 128
813
1
12 VBCRTC_highET_ADJUST(C) -127 ∼ 128
(032D) High-humidity side compensation coefficient of (0C) 823 -4
1 1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (Y) (0337) High-temperature side compensation coefficient of (FC)
1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (C)
VBCRTC_highEH_ADJUST(M) -127 ∼ 128
814
1
12 VBCRTC_lowET_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128
(032E) High-humidity side compensation coefficient of (0C) 824 8
1 1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (M) (0338) Low-temperature side compensation coefficient of (08)
1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (K)
VBCRTC_highEH_ADJUST(C) -127 ∼ 128
815
1
12 VBCRTC_lowET_ADJUST(Y) -127 ∼ 128
(032F) High-humidity side compensation coefficient of (0C) 825 28
1 1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (C) (0339) Low-temperature side compensation coefficient of (1C)
1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (Y)
VBCRTC_lowEH_ADJUST(K) -127 ∼ 128
816
1
4 VBCRTC_lowET_ADJUST(M) -127 ∼ 128
(0330) Low-humidity side compensation coefficient of (04) 826 28
1 1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (K) (033A) Low-temperature side compensation coefficient of (1C)
1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (M)
VBCRTC_lowEH_ADJUST(Y) -127 ∼ 128
817
1
4 VBCRTC_lowET_ADJUST(C) -127 ∼ 128
(0331) Low-humidity side compensation coefficient of (04) 827 28
1 1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (Y) (033B) Low-temperature side compensation coefficient of (1C)
1
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (C)

Adjustment Diagnostics 430

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
VBCRTC_DRUM_ALPHA(K) -127 ∼ 128 DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_ADJUST_M
828 13 872 8,000
1 Compensation coefficient at not many cycles of 2 Operation time threshold value of DEVE UNIT for
(033C) 1 (0D) (0368) (1F40)
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (K) TC target value adjustment (M)
VBCRTC_DRUM_ALPHA(Y) -127 ∼ 128 DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_ADJUST_C
829 13 874 8,000
1 Compensation coefficient at not many cycles of 2 Operation time threshold value of DEVE UNIT for
(033D) 1 (0D) (036A) (1F40)
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (Y) TC target value adjustment (C)
VBCRTC_DRUM_ALPHA(M) -127 ∼ 128 915 Rotary idling count 6
830 -9
1 Compensation coefficient at not many cycles of (0393) Rotary idling count (06)
(033E) 1 (F7)
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (M)
ROT_MAX
VBCRTC_DRUM_ALPHA(C) -127 ∼ 128 924 10
831 0 (039C) Maximum idling count at Cycle Down (common to (0A)
1 Compensation coefficient at not many cycles of KYMC)
(033F) 1 (00)
voltage applied to BCR for TC patch (C)
926 RADC_CMP_ADJ(K) 10
EmptyReset first time Addmix count 1
856 13 (039E) Density judgment adjusting value (K) (0A)
1
(0358) EmptyReset first time Addmix count (0D)
927 RADC_CMP_ADJ(Y) 7
LOW_EH 1
(039F) Density judgment adjusting value (Y) (07)
857 39
1 Threshold value for LD light quantity low
(0359) (27) RADC_CMP_ADJ(M)
humidity 928 7
1
(03A0) Density judgment adjusting value (M) (07)
HIGH_EH
858 73 RADC_CMP_ADJ(C)
1 Threshold value for LD light quantity high 929 7
(035A) (49) 1
humidity (03A1) Density judgment adjusting value (C) (07)

865 VPP_K 245 930 TNR_SLOPE(0) 2

1 1
(0361) VPP_duty value (F6) (03A2) Coefficient for counting up DISP_CNT 0 (02)

866 VPP_YMC 245 931 TNR_SLOPE(1) 3

1 1
(0362) VPP_duty value (F6) (03A3) Coefficient for counting up DISP_CNT 1 (03)

DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_ADJUST_K 932 TNR_SLOPE(2) 5

868 12,000 1
2 Operation time threshold value of DEVE UNIT for (03A4) Coefficient for counting up DISP_CNT 2 (05)
(0364) (2EE0)
TC target value adjustment (K)
933 TNR_SLOPE(3) 6
DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_ADJUST_Y 1
(03A5) Coefficient for counting up DISP_CNT 3 1 (06)
870 8,000
2 Operation time threshold value of DEVE UNIT for
(0366) (1F40)
TC target value adjustment (Y)

Adjustment Diagnostics 431

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(0) DISP_CNT_ALPHA(10)
934 1 944 6
1 Coefficient for adding to idling detection Coefficient for adding to idling detection
(03A6) (01) (03B0) (06)
cumulative counter 0 cumulative counter 10
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(1) DEVE_ADJUST_SW_K 0, 1
935 2
1 Coefficient for adding to idling detection 945 Condition for TC target value compensation 1
(03A7) (02) 1
cumulative counter 1 (03B1) execution by DeveUnit operation time (K) (01)
0: Not execute; 1: Execute
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(2)
936 4 DEVE_ADJUST_SW_Y 0, 1
1 Coefficient for adding to idling detection
(03A8) (04)
cumulative counter 2 946 Condition for TC target value compensation 1
1
(03B2) execution by DeveUnit operation time (Y) (01)
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(3)
937 8 0: Not execute; 1: Execute
1 Coefficient for adding to idling detection
(03A9) (08) DEVE_ADJUST_SW_M 0, 1
cumulative counter 3
947 Condition for TC target value compensation 1
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(4) 1
(03B3) execution by DeveUnit operation time (M) (01)
938 13
1 Coefficient for adding to idling detection 0: Not execute; 1: Execute
(03AA) (0D)
cumulative counter 4
DEVE_ADJUST_SW_C 0, 1
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(5) 948 1
939 16 1 Condition for TC target value compensation
2 Coefficient for adding to idling detection (03B4) execution by DeveUnit operation time (C) (01)
(03AB) (10)
cumulative counter 5 0: Not execute; 1: Execute
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(6) DEVE_ADJUST(1)_K
940 1 949 192
2 Coefficient for adding to idling detection 1 Value (1) for TC target value adjustment by
(03AC) (01) (03B5) (C0)
cumulative counter 6 DeveUnit operation time Y
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(7) DEVE_ADJUST(1)_Y
941 2 950 152
2 Coefficient for adding to idling detection 1 Value (1) for TC target value adjustment by
(03AD) (02) (03B6) (98)
cumulative counter 7 DeveUnit operation time M
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(8) DEVE_ADJUST(1)_M
942 4 951 119
2 Coefficient for adding to idling detection 1 Value (1) for TC target value adjustment by
(03AE) (04) (03B7) (77)
cumulative counter 8 DeveUnit operation time C
DISP_CNT_ALPHA(9) DEVE_ADJUST(1)_C
943 6 952 208
Coefficient for adding to idling detection 1 Value (1) for TC target value adjustment by
(03AF) (06) (03B8) 1 (D0)
cumulative counter 9 DeveUnit operation time K

Adjustment Diagnostics 432

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued) Table 5-9. NVM LIST (continued)
EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)]) EEPROM Read([90 05 XX XX]), EEPROM Write([90 06 XX XX YY XX (XX XXXX)])

Can/ NVM Set Range Can/ NVM Set Range

Data Function Default Data Function Default
Cannot No. (Hex) Cannot No. (Hex)
Use Byte (Hex) Use Byte (Hex)
(Hex) Description of Data Units (Hex) Description of Data Units

953 Y_ROT 0 K_TONER_LIFE_TOTAL_CTR(sec)L -

1 974 0
(03B9) Rotary running sequence coefficient (Y) (00)  2 Cumulative time of K cartridge DISP (TONER
(03CE) 1sec (0000)
LIFE CTR)
954 M_ROT 0
1 Y_TONER_LIFE_TOTAL_CTR(sec)L -
(03BA) Rotary running sequence coefficient (M) (00)
976 0
 2 Cumulative time of Y cartridge DISP (TONER
C_ROT (03D0) 1sec (0000)
955 0 LIFE CTR)
1
(03BB) Rotary running sequence coefficient (C) (00)
M_TONER_LIFE_TOTAL_CTR(sec)L -
VBCRTC_DRUM_ADJUST(2)(K) -127 ∼ 128 
978
2
0
962 11 (03D2) Cumulative time of M cartridge DISP (TONER (0000)
1 1sec
(03C2) Compensation value at many cycles of voltage (0B) LIFE CTR)
1
applied to BCR for TC patch (K)
C_TONER_LIFE_TOTAL_CTR(sec)L -
VBCRTC_DRUM_ADJUST(2)(Y) -127 ∼ 128 
980
2
0
963 110 (03D4) Cumulative time of C cartridge DISP (TONER (0000)
1 1sec
(03C3) Compensation value at many cycles of voltage (6E) LIFE CTR)
1
applied to BCR for TC patch (Y)
VBCRTC_DRUM_ADJUST(2)(M) -127 ∼ 128
964 110
1 Compensation value at many cycles of voltage
(03C4) 1 (6E)
applied to BCR for TC patch (M)
VBCRTC_DRUM_ADJUST(2)(C) -127 ∼ 128
965 110
1 Compensation value at many cycles of voltage
(03C5) 1 (6E)
applied to BCR for TC patch (C)
K_TONER_LIFE_TOTAL_CTR(min)L -
966 0
 2 Cumulative time of K cartridge DISP (TONER
(03C6) 1min (0000)
LIFE CTR)
Y_TONER_LIFE_TOTAL_CTR(min)L -
968 0
 2 Cumulative time of Y cartridge DISP (TONER
(03C8) 1min (0000)
LIFE CTR)
M_TONER_LIFE_TOTAL_CTR(min)L -
970 0
 2 Cumulative time of M cartridge DISP (TONER
(03CA) 1min (0000)
LIFE CTR)
C_TONER_LIFE_TOTAL_CTR(min)L -
972 0
 2 Cumulative time of C cartridge DISP (TONER
(03CC) 1min (0000)
LIFE CTR)

Adjustment Diagnostics 433

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.4.2.9 Count Accumulation Value Read/Write Table 5-10. READ (continued)

Reading from EEPROM (NVM) of MCU PWB and writing to EEPROM (NVM) can Item Command Note
be done in the same way as [EEPROM Read/Write] of the “Diagnostics Execution” by In the same way as the NVM number
TONER CARTRIDGE C [D0 03]
the command/status of [Parameter Control] by the various accumulation value of the 742(02E6)
count. In the same way as the NVM number
TONER CARTRIDGE BK [D0 04]
736(02E0)
WASTE TONER BOX In the same way as the NVM number
C A U T IO N Once the MCU PWB has been replaced or any of the MAIN [D0 11]
(Counter A) 772(0304)
FUSER ASSY, no-CRUM function type DRUM CARTRIDGE, WASTE TONER BOX In the same way as the NVM number
2ND BTR ASSY, BELT CLEANER ASSY, DEVELOPER ASSY [D0 12]
(Counter B) 774(0306)
Y, DEVELOPER ASSY M, DEVELOPER ASSY C and WASTE TONER BOX In the same way as the NVM number
[D0 13]
DEVELOPER ASSY BK, which are parts to be replaced (Counter C) 720(02D0)
regularly, has been replaced with a new one pay attention to In the same way as the NVM number
MAIN FUSER ASSY [D0 0C]
“CAUTION” in EEPROM Read/Write given in “5.4.2.8 744(02E8)
Diagnostics Execution (p.390)”. In the same way as the NVM number
2ND BTR ASSY [D0 09]
768(0300)
In the same way as the NVM number
BELT CLEANER ASSY [D0 0A]
748(02EC)
C H E C K The same contents can be done with [EEPROM Read/Write] of In the same way as the NVM number
P O IN T DEVELOPER ASSY Y [D0 0D]
the “5.4.2.8 Diagnostics Execution (p.390)” as well, When 792(0318)
EEPROM Read/Write is done, it doesn't need to do reading/ In the same way as the NVM number
DEVELOPER ASSY M [D0 0E]
writing with [Parameter Control]. 796(031C)
In the same way as the NVM number
DEVELOPER ASSY C [D0 0F]
800(0320)
In the same way as the NVM number
DEVELOPER ASSY BK [D0 10]
NOTE: It can do reading/writing establishment value such as registration too except 788(0314)
In the same way as the NVM number
for counter accumulation value with the command/status of [Parameter TRANSFER ASSY [D0 14]
760(02F8)
Control]. The whole of the device In the same way as the NVM number
[D0 05]
(Sheet count) 752(02F0)
The whole of the device In the same way as the NVM number
[D0 07]
(Image count) 724(02D4)
READ
NOTE: A status becomes 4Byte like the following ex) toward the above command.
Table 5-10. READ
Item Command Note „ ex) Command [D0 09]
In the same way as the NVM number Status [D0 09 V1 V2 V3 V4][V1 ∼ V4]
DRUM CARTRIDGE [D0 00]
764(02FC) is still the numerical value of 10, and shows count accumulation value
In the same way as the NVM number more than the high rank in order.
TONER CARTRIDGE Y [D0 01]
738(02E2) It becomes [00 12 34 56] in the case of [123,456].
In the same way as the NVM number
TONER CARTRIDGE M [D0 02]
740(02E4)

Adjustment Diagnostics 434

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

WRITE Table 5-11. WRITE (continued)

Item Command Note
Table 5-11. WRITE † When replacing with new
[80 10 V1 V2 V3
Item Command Note DEVELOPER ASSY BK DEVELOPER ASSY BK, do counter
V4]
clear.
† For the type provided with the CRU
function, never transmit this command. [80 14 V1 V2 V3 † When replacing with new TRANSFER
TRANSFER ASSY
[80 00 V1 V2 V3 † For the type without the CRU function, V4] ASSY, do counter clear.
DRUM CARTRIDGE
V4] be sure to perform “Counter Clear” The whole of the device [80 05 V1 V2 V3
when the DRUM CARTRIDGE has (Sheet count) V4]
been replaced with a new one. The whole of the device [80 07 V1 V2 V3
[80 01 V1 V2 V3 (Image count) V4]
TONER CARTRIDGE Y
V4]
[80 02 V1 V2 V3 C A U T IO N As for the above [V1∼ V4], write the value which it read with
TONER CARTRIDGE M
V4] “Read (p.434)” of the former clause. When the reading value is
[80 03 V1 V2 V3 bigger than Life limit value (limit value), replace the parts to apply
TONER CARTRIDGE C
V4] in principle, write the value of [00 00 00 00] (Life counter).
[80 04 V1 V2 V3
TONER CARTRIDGE BK
V4]
WASTE TONER BOX [80 11 V1 V2 V3
(Counter A) V4]
WASTE TONER BOX [80 12 V1 V2 V3
(Counter B) V4]
WASTE TONER BOX [80 13 V1 V2 V3
(Counter C) V4]
[80 0C V1 V2 V3 † When replacing with new MAIN
MAIN FUSER ASSY
V4] FUSER ASSY, do counter clear.
[80 09 V1 V2 V3 † When replacing with new 2ND BTR
2ND BTR ASSY
V4] ASSY, do counter clear.
[80 0A V1 V2 V3 † When replacing with new BELT
BELT CLEANER ASSY
V4] CLEANER ASSY, do counter clear.
† When replacing with new
[80 0D V1 V2 V3
DEVELOPER ASSY Y DEVELOPER ASSY Y, do counter
V4]
clear.
† When replacing with new
[80 0E V1 V2 V3
DEVELOPER ASSY M DEVELOPER ASSY M, do counter
V4]
clear.
† When replacing with new
[80 0F V1 V2 V3
DEVELOPER ASSY C DEVELOPER ASSY C, do counter
V4]
clear.

Adjustment Diagnostics 435

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.4.2.10 Command/Status List Table 5-12. Command/Status for Paper, Media & Output Control (continued)
Name C/S Command/Status Explanation
PAPER, MEDIA & OUTPUT CONTROL C B2, TRAY Information on paper size in a
TRYSIZR
[Command/Status] S B2, TRAY, SIZE, INFO_T specified paper feed unit

With distinction column [C/S] of the following command/status, make a command [C] C B4, TRAY
Information on undefined paper size
and a status [S], show [command/status code] + [parameter code] in the command/ USIZR B4, TRAY, SIZE, FSIZEU,
S in a specified paper feed unit
status column and a command/status code of that will be shown soon in 16.l FSIZEL, SSIZEU, SSIZEL
C B3
Table 5-12. Command/Status for Paper, Media & Output Control OUTR Discharge location information
S B3, DEST, DOPT
Name C/S Command/Status Explanation
C None - [Parameter Code Explanation]
PPOUT
S 20, DEST, DOPT, SHEET Paper discharge information
NOTE: Only a main parameter code is explained here. Refer to [Interface spec.] for
C None - the parameter code which mention is not in, and the detailed contents.
PPOUT2
S 22, DEST, DOPT, SHEET Paper discharge information
† SHEET/FSIZEU/FSIZEL/SSIZEU/SSIZEL Parameter
C None -
PCH Paper feed unit, Paper size Table 5-13. SHEET/FSIZEU/FSIZEL/SSIZEU/SSIZEL Parameters
S 21, TRAY, SIZE, INFO_T
information
Parameter Code Description of Setting Data
C None -
DCH SHEET Paper discharge number of sheets: 1Byte (Hex)
Paper discharge part condition
S 23, DEST, INFO_D Laser beam scanning direction size: Most significant 1Byte (Hex) [Set
information FSIZEU
in 0.1mm units]
C 60, TRAY Paper feed unit selection
TRYSEL Laser beam scanning direction size: Least significant 1Byte (Hex) [Set
S None - FSIZEL
in 0.1mm units]
C 61, MEDIA Paper quality (paper type) selection Paper feed direction size: Most significant 1Byte (Hex) [Set in 0.1mm
MEDSEL SSIZEU
units]
S None -
Paper feed direction size: Least significant 1Byte (Hex) [Set in 0.1mm
SSIZEL
C 63, DEST, DOPT Discharge location selection units]
OUTSET
S None -
64, TRAY, SIZE, FSIZEU,
C Setting of undefined paper size
USIZESET FSIZEL, SSIZEU, SSIZEL
S None -
C B0 Information on the currently selected
TRYSELR
S B0, TRAY paper feed unit
C B1 Information on the currently selected
MEDSELR
S B1, MEDIA paper quality

Adjustment Diagnostics 436

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† TRAY/SIZE/MEDIA/DEST/DOPT Parameter Table 5-14. TRAY/SIZE/MEDIA/DEST/DOPT Parameter (continued)

TRAY SIZE MEDIA DEST DOPT
Table 5-14. TRAY/SIZE/MEDIA/DEST/DOPT Parameter
Detection by
TRAY SIZE MEDIA DEST DOPT Paper Size
Data Paper
Detection by (Hex) Feeder Setting
Paper Size Cassette
Paper Discharge
Sorter
Paper Size Unit Enable (O)/ Quality Location
Data Paper Enable (O)/
(Hex) Feeder Setting
Paper Size Cassette
Paper Discharge
Sorter Disable (X)
Unit Enable (O)/ Quality Location Disable (X)
Enable (O)/
Disable (X) 11 - - Sp. Folio (SEF) X - - -
Disable (X)
12 - - Folio (SEF) O - - -
No Paper FACE
00 - - O Not specified BIN #0 LEGAL14"
Cassette DOWN 13 - - O - - -
(SEF)
Paper FACE UP
MONARCH 14 - - B4(SEF) O - - -
01 Cassette X X Regular paper (Include BIN #1
(LEF)
1 Duplex) 15 - - A3(SEF) O - - -
Paper Official 16 - - LEDGER(SEF) O - - -
02 Cassette X government X OHP film - BIN #2 312.5mmX440m
2 postcard (SEF) 17 - - X - - -
m (SEF)
Paper 18 - - 12"X18"(SEF) X - - -
Label paper
03 Cassette X COM-10(LEF) X Sorter BIN #3
(Overseas) 12.5"X18"
3 19 - - X - - -
(SEF)
04 MSI O DL(LEF) X Thick paper - BIN #4
1A - - 13"X18"(SEF) X - - -
STATEMENT Label paper
05 - - X - BIN #5 O
(LEF) (Domestic)
Undefined (Lower
06 - - A5(LEF) X - - BIN #6 1B - - - - -
(regular paper) Cassette 1
07 - - C5(SEF) X Coat paper - BIN #7 only)
08 - - B5(LEF) O - - BIN #8 Undefined
1C - - X - - -
EXECUTIVE (envelope)
09 - - O - - BIN #9
(LEF)
HI-
Thick paper
0A - - 8"X10”(LEF) X - STACK
(HiGloss)
BIN
Coat paper
0B - - A4(LEF) O - -
(HiGloss)
Regular paper
0C - - LETTER(LEF) O - -
(HiGloss)
Postcard
0D - - LETTER(SEF) O - -
(HiGloss)
LETTER Tab
0E - - X Postcard - -
(LEF)
0F - - A4(SEF) O Envelope - -
10 - - A4 Tab (LEF) X - - -

Adjustment Diagnostics 437

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† INFO_T/INFO_D Parameter PRINTING/STATUS CONTROL

NOTE: As for the following parameter, contents are prescribed in the Bit unit. [Command/Status]

Table 5-15. INFO_T/INFO_D Parameters With distinction column [C/S] of the following command/status, make a command [C]
and a status [S], show [command/status code] + [parameter code] in the command/
Data (Bit) INFO_T INFO_D
status column and a command/status code of that will be shown soon in 16.
7 - -
6 - - Table 5-16. Command/Status for Printing/Status Control
5 - - Name C/S Command/Status Explanation

4 - - C None -
PFA 30, AMODE, SHEET1,
3 - - S Feeder permission information
SHEET2
2 MSI REGI. GUIDE (Down
- C None -
Position) ENGERR
1 OHP/LABEL TRAY (Use) - S 31 Device error

0 No Paper Full Stack C None -

ERRRV
S 32 Device error release
C None -
ENGWRN
S 33 Device warning
C None -
SCH 34, STSMODE, STSMODE2,
S Error information on status of printer
STSCALL
C None -
PFA2
S 35, SHEET Feeder permission information
C None -
COLOR
S 36, PLANE Color information
C None -
PFCRDY
S 37 Preparation for [PFC] reception
C None -
WRNOFF
S 38 Device warning stop
70, PMODE, CMODE,
C Feeder request information
PFC SHEET, BIN
S None -
C 71 Scanner Motor rotation start request
PMSTT
S None -

Adjustment Diagnostics 438

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 5-16. Command/Status for Printing/Status Control (continued) Table 5-16. Command/Status for Printing/Status Control (continued)
Name C/S Command/Status Explanation Name C/S Command/Status Explanation
C 72 Error reset request C C6
PERST SSLIFE Error information on life
S None - S C6, STSLIFE1, STSLIFE2
C 73, SLEEPMODE Enter applicable SLEEP mode request C C7
SLPON SSOPEN Error information on cover, etc. open
S None - S C7, STSOPEN1, STSOPEN2
Leave applicable SLEEP mode C C8
C 74
SLPOFF request SSWARN C8, STSWARN1, Error information on warning
S None - S
STSWARN2, STSWARN3
C 75 Enter DIAG TEST mode request
DIAGON
S None -
Leave DIAG TEST
C 76
DIAGOFF mode request
S None -
C 77 Print movement stop request
STOP
S None -
Discharge of fed paper and operation
C 78
ABORT stop request
S None -
C 7A [/VSYNC] signal request
PAGEC
S None -
C C0
SSENG C0, STSMODE, STSMODE2, Error information on status of printer
S
STSCALL
C C1 Presence detection information about
SSDTCH
S C1, STSDTCH1, STSDTCH2 consumables, paper cassettes, etc.
C C2 Error information about paper
SSTRAY
S C2, STSTRAY cassettes
C C3 Error information on CRUM function
SSCRUM
S C3, STSCRUM of the DRUM CARTRIDGE
C C4
SSJAM Error information on paper jam
S C4, STSJAM1, STSJAM2
C C5
SSHW C5, STSHW1, STSHW2, Error information on hardware
S
STSHW3, STSHW4

Adjustment Diagnostics 439

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

[Parameter Code Explanation] † SSDTCH Status Parameter

NOTE: Only the main parameter code is explained here. NOTE: The parameters below are stipulated in Bit units.

† SLPON Command Parameter Table 5-19. SSDTCH Status Parameters

Table 5-17. SLPON Command Parameters SSDTCH Status Code: [C1]
SLPON Command Code: [73] Data
STSDTCH1 STSDTCH2
(Bit)
Data (Hex) SLEEPMODE
7 Lower Cassette 1 None TONER CARTRIDGE Y None
00 LIGHT SLEEP Mode
6 Lower Cassette 2 None TONER CARTRIDGE M None
01 DEEP SLEEP Mode
5 Lower Cassette 3 None TONER CARTRIDGE C None
4 - TONER CARTRIDGE BK None
† SSENG Status Parameter 3 MAIN FUSER ASSY None -

NOTE: The parameters below are stipulated in Bit units. 2 WASTE TONER BOX None -
1 - -

Table 5-18. SSENG Status Parameters 0 - -

SSENG Status Code: [C0]

Data
STSMODE STSMODE2 STSCALL
† SSTRAY/SSCRUM Status Parameter
(Bit)
LIGHT SLEEP Consumable parts error NOTE: The parameters below are stipulated in Bit units.
7 -
Mode (SSDTCH command:[C1])
No paper Table 5-20. SSTRAY/SSCRUM Status Parameters
6 DIAG TEST Mode DEEP SLEEP Mode
(SSTRAY command:[C2])
SSTRAY Status Code: [C2] SSCRUM Status Code: [C3]
CRUM error
5 WARM UP Mode - Data
(SSCRUM command:[C3]) SSTRAY SSCRUM
Acknowledge Print Paper jam (Bit)
4 -
Quality Mode (SSJAM command:[C4]) 7 No paper of the Lower Cassette 1 Communication error
Hardware error
3 READY Mode - 6 No paper of the MSI Verify error
(SSHW command:[C5])
Life over 5 No paper of the Lower Cassette 2 Used DRUMCARTRIDGE installation
2 PRINTING Mode -
(SSLIFE command:[C6]) 4 No paper of the Lower Cassette 3 ID error
Cover open
1 ERROR Mode - 3 - Count error
(SSOPEN command:[C7])
Warming 2 - Imitation error 1
0 - -
(SSWARN command:[C8]) 1 - Imitation error 2
0 - -

Adjustment Diagnostics 440

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† SSJAM Status Parameter † SSHW Status Parameter

NOTE: The parameters below are stipulated in Bit units. NOTE: The parameters below are stipulated in Bit units.

Table 5-21. SSJAM Status Parameters Table 5-22. SSHW Status Parameters
SSJAM Status Code: [C4] SSHW Status Code: [C5]
Data Data
STSJAM1 STSJAM2 STSHW1 STSHW2
(Bit) (Bit)
Paper jam in EXIT UPPER ASSY/ Paper remaining in the INVERTER 7 Option Feeder communication error ROTARY SENSOR error
7
EXIT LOWER ASSY (Exit Jam) ASSY (Duplex In Jam)
6 Option Duplex communication error ADC Sensor error
Paper remaining in the INVERTER
Paper jam in FUSER ASSY
6 ASSY/ALIGNER ASSY (Duplex Mid 5 Option Sorter communication error High concentration error
(Fuser Jam) Jam) 4 MCU PWB(ROM/RAM) error Low concentration error
Paper jam in MAIN P/H FRAME Paper remaining in the ALIGNER
5 3 MCU PWB(NVM) error PCDC error
ASSY (Regi. Jam) ASSY (Duplex Out Jam)
Paper jam in Option Feeder Paper remaining in the MAIN P/H 2 FUSER MOTOR ASSY error High density error
4
(Option Feeder Jam) FRAME ASSY (Duplex Regi. Jam) 1 TR0 SENSOR error 2ND BTR error
Paper remaining in the Option Sorter
3 - 0 ROS ASSY error BTR WHEEL SENSOR error
(Option Sorter Jam)
2 OHP set error (End side) - Data
STSHW3 STSHW4
(Bit)
1 Size mismatch -
7 FUSER overcoat heat error FEEDER MOTOR ASSY error
0 OHP set error (Tip side) -
6 FUSER warm-up error INVERTER MOTOR error
5 FUSER Heater error FUSER FAN-1 error
4 FUSER low temperature error EXIT CHUTE FAN error
3 FUSER thermistor breakage error DEVE. FAN error
2 P/H MOTOR ASSY error -
1 PROCESS DRIVE ASSY error -
0 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR error Sorter Motor error

Adjustment Diagnostics 441

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† SSLIFE Status Parameter † SSWARN Status Parameter

NOTE: The parameters below are stipulated in Bit units. NOTE: The parameters below are stipulated in Bit units.

Table 5-23. SSLIFE Status Parameters Table 5-25. SSWARN Status Parameters
SSLIFE Status Code: [C6] SSWARN Status Code: [C8]
Data Data
STSLIFE1 STSLIFE2 STSWARN1 STSWARN2 STSWARN3
(Bit) (Bit)
7 Yellow TONER None BELT CLEANER ASSY Life over Lower Cassette 1
BELT CLEANER ASSY
7 Yellow toner life warning remaining paper amount
6 Magenta TONER None 2ND BTR ASSY Life over life warning
warning
5 Cyan TONER None - Lower Cassette 2
Magenta toner life 2ND BTR ASSY life
4 Black TONER None TRANSFER ASSY Life over 6 remaining paper amount
warning warning
warning
3 - DEVELOPER ASSY Y Life over Lower Cassette 3
Full Stack warning
2 WASTE TONER BOX Full DEVELOPER ASSY M Life over 5 Cyan toner life warning remaining paper amount
(Option Sorter)
1 DRUM CARTRIDGE Life over DEVELOPER ASSY C Life over warning
Full Stack warning
0 - DEVELOPER ASSY BK Life over 4 Black toner life warning Printer life warning
(TOP COVER ASSY)
DEVELOPER ASSY YK
3 BIN error MSI lift up error
life warning
† SSOPEN Status Parameter WASTE TONER DEVELOPER ASSY M
2 MSI lift down error
BOXFull warning life warning
NOTE: The parameters below are stipulated in Bit units. DRUM CARTRIDGE DEVELOPER ASSY C
1 Feeder lift up error
life warning life warning
Table 5-24. SSOPEN Status Parameters TRANSFER ASSY life DEVELOPER ASSY BK
0 Feeder lift down error
SSOPEN Status Code: [C7] warning life warning
Data
STSOPEN1 STSOPEN2
(Bit)
7 FRONT COVER ASSY open SORTER UPPER COVER open
6 MSI/REGI. HIGH ASSY open -
5 FUSER ASSY open -
4 EXIT UPPER ASSY open -
3 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY open -
2 INVERTER CHUTE open -
1 ALIGNER ASSY None -
0 TURN CHUTE COVER open -

Adjustment Diagnostics 442

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

PARAMETER CONTROL Table 5-26. Command/Status for Parameter Control (continued)

Name C/S Command/Status Explanation
C A U T IO N Don’t use without indicate in this manual except for [LIFCNTSET C D1, LIFE
(80)], [CTLSET (85)], [LIFCNTR (D0)], [LIFLIMR (D1)], LIFLIMR D1, LIFE, V1, V2, V3, V4, Read life limit value
S
[CTLSETR (D7)] and [LIFWNGR (F0)] command. V5, V6, V7, V8
C D7, CTL
CTLSETR Read control value
S D7, CTL, V1, V2, V3
C DB, STC
STCCNR Read statistical counter value
[Command/Status] S DB, STC, V1, V2, V3
With distinction column [C/S] of the following command/status, make a command [C] C F0, LIFE
LIFWNGR Read life warning value
and a status [S], show [command/status code] + [parameter code] in the command/ S F0, LIFE, V1, V2, V3, V4
status column and a command/status code of that will be shown soon in 16.
C F2
CRIDR Read CRUM ID
S F2, ID

[V1∼V4] is still the numerical value of 10, and shows count C F3

C H E C K
P O IN T CRMDR F3, V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, Read CRUM data
accumulation value more than the high rank in order. S
V7

Table 5-26. Command/Status for Parameter Control

Name C/S Command/Status Explanation
C None -
LIFCNTSET
S 80, LIFE, V1, V2, V3, V4 Write data to life counter
C None -
LIFLIMSET <Do not use unless instructed to>
S 81, LIFE, V1, V2, V3, V4
Change life limit value
C None -
CTLSET <Do not use unless instructed to>
S 85, CTL, V1, V2, V3
Change control value
C None -
LIFWNGSET <Do not use unless instructed to>
S 88, LIFE, V1, V2, V3, V4
Change life warning value
C D0, LIFE
LIFCNTR Read data of life counter
S D0, LIFE, V1, V2, V3, V4

Adjustment Diagnostics 443

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

[Parameter Code Explanation] Table 5-27. IFE/CTL/STC Parameter Codes (continued)

Data LIFE CTL STC
NOTE: Only a main parameter code is explained here. (Hex) (Life Counters) (Control Value / Set Point) (Statistical Counters)
Refer to [Interface spec.] for the parameter code which mention is not in, and
the detailed contents. 14 TRANSFER ASSY - -
Side registration adjustment
† IFE/CTL/STC Parameter Code 16 - (Lower Cassette 1: about 0.1mm -
unit)
Table 5-27. IFE/CTL/STC Parameter Codes Side registration adjustment
17 - (Lower Cassette 2: about 0.1mm -
Data LIFE CTL STC
unit)
(Hex) (Life Counters) (Control Value / Set Point) (Statistical Counters)
Side registration adjustment
00 DRUM CARTRIDGE - - 18 - (Lower Cassette 3: about 0.1mm -
01 TONER CARTRIDGE Y Cycle Down Wait Timer Statistical Counter Y unit)
Side registration adjustment
02 TONER CARTRIDGE M Hold Wait Timer - 19 - -
(MSI: about 0.1mm unit)
03 TONER CARTRIDGE C Duplex Mode - Side registration adjustment
1A - -
TONER CARTRIDGE (Duplex: about 0.1mm unit)
04 - Statistical Counter Bk Enable (O)/Disable (X) of size
BK 1B - -
05 Device - - mismatch
2ND BTR offset level (Regular
07 Device (Image count) - - 1F - -
paper)
Y Toner Concentration 20 - 2ND BTR offset level (OHP) -
08 - -
(Yellow toner concentration)
2ND BTR offset level (Thick
M Toner Concentration 22 - -
09 2ND BTR ASSY - paper)
(Magenta toner concentration)
2ND BTR offset level (Coat
C Toner Concentration 25 - -
0A BELT CLEANER ASSY - paper)
(Cyan toner concentration)
2ND BTR offset level (Label
Bk Toner Concentration 2A - -
0B - - paper)
(Black toner concentration)
2B - 2ND BTR offset level (Postcard) -
0C MAIN FUSER ASSY - -
2ND BTR offset level
0D DEVELOPER ASSY Y - - 2C - -
(Envelope)
0E DEVELOPER ASSY M - - 2D - A code by the country -
0F DEVELOPER ASSY C - - FF All Life Counters - -
10 DEVELOPER ASSY BK - -
Tip registration adjustment
WASTE TONER BOX C A U T IO N Though the above [FF] in the data can be used only when all value
11 (All the Feeder Unit -
(Counter A) is initialized, never use it when there are directions in this manual.
commonness: about 0.1mm unit)
WASTE TONER BOX
12 - -
(Counter B)
WASTE TONER BOX
13 - -
(Counter C)

Adjustment Diagnostics 444

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

DIAGNOSTICS CONTROL [Parameter Code Explanation]

† REASON/OPTION Parameter Code
[Command/Status]
With distinction column [C/S] of the following command/status, make a command [C] NOTE: The parameters below are stipulated in Bit units.
and a status [S], show [command/status code] + [parameter code] in the command/
status column and a command/status code of that will be shown soon in 16. Table 5-29. REASON/OPTION Parameter Codes
Data REASON OPTION
(Bit) (Reason Ignored) (Option Status)[0=Off, 1=Installed]
C H E C K [V1∼V4] is still the numerical value of 10, and shows count 7 Purge -
P O IN T accumulation value more than the high rank in order. 6 No Configuration -
5 Full Stack, Lift up/down error -
4 - Option Sorter
3 Life over -
Table 5-28. Command/Status for Diagnostics Control 2 Size mismatch Option Feeder (Lower Cassette 2&3)
Name C/S Command/Status Explanation 1 No paper Option Feeder (Lower Cassette 2)
C None - 0 Unknown command Option Duplex
Reject command reception
IGNORED
S 41, CMD, REASON (Displays command code applicable
to CMD.)
C E1
OPTSR Option status
S E1, OPTION
C E2
ROMNOR MCU PWB firmware version
S E2, V1, V2, V3
C 90, ••••• Refer to “5.4.2.8 Diagnostics
DIAGSTART
S 90, ••••• Execution (p.390)”
C 91, ••••• Refer to “5.4.2.8 Diagnostics
DIAGSTOP
S 91, ••••• Execution (p.390)”

Adjustment Diagnostics 445

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

5.4.2.11 Error / Status Code

The statuses [SSENG], [SSDTCH], [SSTRAY], [SSJAM], [SSHW], [SSLIFE],
[SSOPEN], [SSWARN] in the Command/Status category [Printing/Status Control] let
you find out the error/status codes of the printer. A detection error in Bit units is set for
each status parameter. (For a description of each parameter, see “5.4.2.10 Command/
Status List (p.436)”). “Chapter 3 Troubleshooting” contains error codes as the same
code as these statuses.

C H E C K In Chapter 3 “Troubleshooting”, “-” is used instead of each space

P O IN T between the bytes.

„ EX) In the case of the signal error

C1-00-80

80h(Bit7 ON): No TONER CARTRIDGE Y

SSDTCH Status
„ EX) In the case of the compound error

C5-01-00-00-30
30h(Bit4,5 ON):FUSER FAN-1 error, EXIT
CHUTE FAN error
01h(Bit0 ON):ROS ASSY error
SSHW Status

Adjustment Diagnostics 446

 6
CHAPTER

MAINTENANCE
EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

6.1 Overview
s

W A R N IN G „ When you perform maintenance or service of the laser printer,

This section gives information necessary for maintaining AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser never open any cover on which a warning label about laser
C7000 in its optimum condition. beam has been affixed.
In maintenance and checks, never fail to observe the following precautions. „ Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum
precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you.
„ When working on the FUSER ASSY or nearby parts, be sure to
W A R N IN G „ Before servicing, be sure to turn the printer off and unplug the wait until the temperature of the parts cool down to a safe level.
power code from the wall outlet before to prevent injury,
„ Be aware that this printer emits laser beam when the printer is
burnt, and electrification. If you must keep the power applied
under the both of the following conditions.
to measure voltage, be aware of the potential for electrical
• The printer power switch is on and the printer is in “Ready”
shock and do all tasks with the most care.
status.
„ Never inspect any motor, sprocket, and gear while the printer
• Interlock switches are off (The TOP COVER and the
is operating.
FRONT COVER are closed.)
„ Weight
This printer weighs quite heavily (about 71.2Kg). Be sure to
carry it by 4 people or more and take a good posture keeping C A U T IO N „ This printer has many metal parts. Take care not to suffer
your back low. injury from frame edges and be sure to wear gloves when you
„ Safety Components perform maintenance or service of the printer.
Make sure the safety components function properly. The safety „ Do not disassembly the TONER CARTRIDGE.
devices include fuses, interlock switches and others such as „ Do not leave the DRUM CARTRIDGE in direct sun light.
panels and covers for protecting users. „ Do not disassembly the ROS ASSEMBLY.
„ Do not touch the FUSER ASSEMBLY (Fusing unit) while it is „ Avoid touching IC and other electrical element with your bare
still very hot shortly after operation. hands to protect them from static electricity.
„ After servicing, note the following points when turning on the „ Use specified tools to ensure safety and efficient work.
printer for operation. „ Do not turn off the power until all motors stop.
(Continues to the next page.) „ In case you need to transport the printer:
• Do not catch your hands and clothes in the rotating parts 1. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE from the printer.
such as rollers and fans. 2. Pack the printer using the exclusive packing
• Keep your hands off the electrical terminals and high voltage materials and on a pallet.
components such as HVPS and LVPS. „ Do not use alcohol, paint thinner, or other such solvents.
„ To avoid dust explosion or ignition, never bring any
consumables close to flame or throw them into fire.
„ Do not expose yourself to the laser beam to prevent injury
(blindness).

Maintenance Overview 448

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

6.1.1 Regularly Replaced Parts Replacement 6.1.3 Consumable Replacement

The Regularly Replaced parts for AcuLaser C8500/AcuLaser C7000 are as described This printer allows the users to replace the consumables. The consumables includes the
below. For replacement, refer to “4.2.9.2 MAIN FUSER ASSY (PL9.1.2) (p.321)” following 3 items shown in Figure 6-4 on the right.
† MAIN FUSER ASSY:: 100,000 pages The life information on the consumables is as follows:
† Exhaust Filter: 100,000 pages Step 1: Warning indication “NEAR END” on the LCD
After replacing the MAIN FUSER ASSY, be sure to reset the relevant counter in the Step 2: Life “END” indication on the LCD
“6.3 Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) (p.453)”.
As for the toner level, the users can check by printing a status sheet or panel operation,
or “EPSON printer window 3."
The service men, on the other hand, can access to detailed information, including the
6.1.2 Main After-Sales Parts Replacement life end warning, by using the “6.3 Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) (p.453)”
The Main After-Sales parts are as follows: Referring to the statistics, replacement timing for each item is assumed. The following
sections show the replacement procedures for each consumable item.
1) 2ND BTR 2) IBT CLEANER
3) IBT BELT 4) DEVELOPPER C
5) DEVELOPPER M 6) DEVELOPPER Y C H E C K When you have replaced any of After-Sales Parts of AcuLaser
P O IN T C7000, clear the relevant counter by using the Service Utility.
7) DEVELOPPER Bk
When you replace the parts above, refer to the relevant section in Chapter 4.
After replacing any of these parts, be sure to reset the relevant counter in the “6.3
Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) (p.453)”.

C H E C K When you have replaced any of After-Sales Parts of AcuLaser

P O IN T C7000, clear the relevant counter by using the Service Utility.

Maintenance Overview 449

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

6.2 About On-Site Servicing 6.2.1 On-site Service Flow

Preliminary Check
This section contains information you need when visiting your customer for on-site
servicing including preventive maintenance required to prevent any potential printer 1. Check the printer condition with the
malfunction as well as normal maintenance. To prevent accident during servicing, user.
observe the “WARNING” and “CAUTION” carefully and avoid servicing in a 2. Ensure safety.
dangerous situation. 3. Print a status sheet to check the printer
condition.
C A U T IO N „ In case you need to transport the printer:
1. Remove the DRUM CARTRIDGE from the printer.
2. Pack the printer using the exclusive packing Reappearance of the trouble Purpose of visiting
materials and on a pallet.
Go to Chapter 3 “Troubleshooting”.
„ Do not dispose of any replaced parts and cousumabels at your Repair Maintenance
customer’s place.
„ Once color toner gets on a floor, it is hardly cleaned out.
Therefore, be sure to place a sheet or cloth inside the printer so
that the floor is protected.
<Print quality check>

<Cleaning>

<Preventive maintenance>

Replacement of the Consumable &

Main After Service parts

Checking the printer's

overall operation

Final checkout

1. Exterior check of the printer

2. Instructing the user, if

Figure 6-1. On-site Service Flowchart

Maintenance About On-Site Servicing 450

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

6.2.2 Description of the On-site Service PRINT QUALITY CHECK

This section gives instruction on the on-site service in detail. 1. Print several pages of monochrome and color status sheet to check print quality.
<Points to check>
PRELIMINARY CHECK
„ Color balance
1. Ask the users the following:
„ Improper color position
„ How often paper feed malfunction occurs.
„ Too dark/light printing
„ How the printer is used. (paper, volume, environment, etc.)
„ Abnormal reappearance at low density
„ Output quality (each side: front/back separately)
„ Others
2. Check safety matters: the condition of plug connections, the damage for plugs and
2. If any abnormality is found in the listed check points:
codes.
„ Check the life counters of the consumables and regularly replaced parts. “6.3
3. Print a status sheet to check the printer condition.
Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) (p.453)”
4. Print an engine status sheet. Check the life of the Consumables, Regularly Replaced
„ Perform the adjustment. (See Chapter 5)
Parts, and Main After Sales Parts, and the printer's condition.
CLEANING
REAPPEARANCE OF THE TROUBLE
1. Remove any foreign matter lodged in the 2ND BTR ASSEMBLY, MAIN P/H
Perform troubleshooting described in Chapter 3. ASSEMBLY, FUSER ASSEMBLY, and rollers in the paper paths and so on. Then
1. Referring to Section “3.1.4 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message clean the dirt using a brush or dry soft cloth.
(AcuLaser C8600) (p.164)” or “3.1.5 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer
Message (AcuLaser C7000) (p.172)”, identify the trouble and perform necessary NOTE: To remove severe dirt, remove it with a moistened cloth then wipe with a dry
troubleshooting. cloth. Be sure not to mar the dirty part during cleaning.
2. If necessary, proceed to “Level 1 FIP” and “Level 2 FIP”.
2. Using a soft cloth, clean out the spilled toner in the following parts:
3. If a print quality problem (completely blank/black page), a fatal problem, due to an DEVELOPER, TONER CARTRIDGE (including their installing positions), inside of
engine malfunction is identified, go to “3.4 Picture Image Trouble (p.249)” the FRONT COVER, WASTE TONER BOX installation point and its adjacent parts,
BELT CLEANER ASSEMBLY and its adjacent parts.
3. Clean the fan ducts. Remove the REAR COVER and remove the dust adhered to the
DEVE. FAN, FUSER FAN, and REAR COVER with a brush. Also, remove the dust
accumulated on the CONTROLLER FAN and the TOP COVER by removing the TOP
COVER.

C H E C K Clogged dust around the fan ducts and fans can heat up the air
P O IN T inside of the printer, which may cause a printer malfunction.

Maintenance About On-Site Servicing 451

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (CHECKING THE CONSUMABLES AND

REGULARLY REPLACED PARTS)

In addition to repair and maintenance of the printer, preventive maintenance is required

to maintain the printer’s good operation and to prevent any potential problem in other
parts that the serviced parts.
1. After repairing or maintenance, output several status sheets and check that the
printer operates normally.
2. After repairing or maintenance, output an engine status sheet.

NOTE: Referring to the total number of the printed pages, determine if any regularly
replaced part needs replacing, and replace it if necessary.

REPLACING THE CONSUMABLES AND REGULARLY REPLACED PARTS

Replace any regularly replaced part if necessary. “6.1.3 Consumable Replacement

(p.449)”, “6.1.1 Regularly Replaced Parts Replacement (p.449)”, “6.1.2 Main
After-Sales Parts Replacement (p.449)”

CHECKING OVERALL PRINTER OPERATION

After servicing, give an overall checking to the printer. Print some status sheets and a
test prints, both single and double side print with the Option Duplex installed, with the
data transportation from the host computer. Check the following:
1. Print quality:Check that print quality is good.
2. Operation: Check that paper is fed properly and there is no abnormal noise.

FINAL CHECKOUT
1. Check exterior view of the printer.
2. If necessary, give an instruction to the users.
„ How to clear the paper jam error
„ How to replace the consumables
„ What kind of paper can be used for the printer.

Maintenance About On-Site Servicing 452

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

6.3 Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) 6.3.1 Entry to the Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600)
1. Turn the printer on while pressing the “Back”, “Up”, “Down” and “Enter” buttons
at the same time. All the LEDs and the LCD come on first and then the following
C A U T IO N This setting menu is intended for maintenance use by service message appears on the LCD. (Keep the buttons down until “MAINTENANCE
personnel. This menu must not be disclosed to users. MODE” is displayed.)

RAM CHECK **.*MB

NOTE: **.* represents numeric which counts up.

NOTE: Do not release the buttons until the next message appears.
C H E C K When you have replaced any of After-Sales Parts of AcuLaser
P O IN T C7000, clear the relevant counter by using the Service Utility.
MAINTENANCE
This display is followed by the next message “Ready” the same way as in the normal
mode.

Ready
The Maintenance Menu contains the following functions:
1. Shows life counter values for: 2. Referring to Figure 6-2 (p.455), activate the desirable function by panel operation.
„ the Consumable/Regularly Replaced parts (See page 449.)
„ the Main After-Sales parts C A U T IO N If you reset the counter using the Maintenance Mode, open the
„ the total number of printed pages and color print pages. cover once. Make certain that the Cover Open Error is shown,
2. Resets the counter values for the Regularly Replaced parts and the Main After-Sales then close the cover. If this operation is not properly done, the
parts. counter cannot be reset (due to the engine function).
3. Resets the counter values for total printed page number and total color print pages.
The Regularly Replaced parts refer to MAIN FUSER ASSY. The Main After-Sales
parts refer to 2nd BTR, IBT CLEANER, IBT BELT, and C/M/Y/K DEVELOPER.
After replacing the parts mentioned above, return to the Maintenance Menu and reset
the concerned counter values. After resetting the counter values, be sure to open and
close the FRONT COVER.

NOTE 1: Be sure to remove all interface cables.

2: Make sure the “Service call error” is occurred.
3: In order to end the Maintenance Menu, make sure the engine is not alive,
and then, turn the power off.

Maintenance Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) 453

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

6.3.2 Maintenance Menu Items (AcuLaser C8600) † Reset C DvlpCounter

This function resets the counter for used amount of the C Development. This must
This setting menu is displayed and can be selected only when the Maintenance Mode be always performed after replacing the C Development with a new one
has been activated by hidden operation at power-on. Then restarting the printer deletes (maintenance). Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to
the Maintenance Menu from the Menu (the Maintenance Mode is deleted = the printer open the printer cover once, and then close it.
switches to the normal mode). Basically, this setting is for maintenance by service
personnel. This printer forcibly adjusts density (Cycle Up, Cycle Down) before and † Reset M DvlpCounter
after the first printing when the Maintenance Menu is selected. Therefore, subsequent This function resets the counter for used amount of the M Development. This must
printing can obtain printing results where print density adjustment is controlled. be always performed after replacing the M Development with a new one
(maintenance). Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to
† Engine Status Sheet open the printer cover once, and then close it.
Pressing the Enter button starts printing the Engine Status Sheet. If data remains in
the mode, paper is output. Make sure to switch to the Maintenance Mode after
† Reset Y DvlpCounter
This function resets the counter for used amount of the Y Development. This must
confirming that there are no engine related service call error in the normal mode (a
be always performed after replacing the Y Development with a new one
mode that is not the Maintenance Mode), then execute. The RITech, Toner Save
(maintenance). Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to
and Resolution values are printed with the value in operation, while the other
open the printer cover once, and then close it.
values are printed with the factory default settings. Even after printing, the User
Default environment (setting) is not changed. The LCD display blinks during † Reset K DvlpCounter
printing. The contents of the Engine Status Sheet are output with the counted value This function resets the counter for used amount of the K Development. This must
of each unit of the engine. be always performed after replacing the K Development with a new one
Also, the Engine Status Sheet is always printed as Lang = English regardless of the (maintenance). Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to
Lang setting of the Setup Menu open the printer cover once, and then close it.

NOTE: Refer to “1.9.6 Engine Status Sheet” on page 75.

† Reset Fuser Counter
This function resets the counter for used amount of the Fuser Unit. This must be
† Reset 2ndBTRCounter always performed after replacing the Fuser Unit with a new one (maintenance).
This function resets the counter for used amount of the 2nd BTR. This must be Executing the setting performs reboot.
always performed after replacing the 2nd BTR with a new one (maintenance). After that, make sure to open the printer cover once, and then close it.
Executing the setting performs reboot. † Reset Total Counter
After that, make sure to open the printer cover once, and then close it. This function clears the Total Pages (to count 0). (It resets the Total Pages (A4)
† Reset IBTCleaner Ct and Total Planes counter of the engine, and Total Pages and Total Colors counter
This function resets the counter for used amount of the IBT Cleaner. This must be of the controller.) Executing the setting performs reboot. After that, make sure to
always performed after replacing the IBT Cleaner with a new one (maintenance). open the printer cover once, and then close it.
Executing the setting performs reboot. † Clear Error Log
After that, make sure to open the printer cover once, and then close it. This function clears the Error Log List stored to display on the Engine Status
† Reset IBTBelt Count Sheet. The 20 latest Error Logs are memorized. Executing the setting performs
This function resets the counter for used amount of the IBT Belt. This must be reboot.
always performed after replacing the IBT Belt with a new one (maintenance).
Executing the setting performs reboot.
After that, make sure to open the printer cover once, and then close it.

Maintenance Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) 454

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Ready status
Ready
Back, Up, Down or Enter button

(Setting menu is displayed)

Up or Down button

Maintenance Menu

A Enter button
Up or Down button Enter button
Engine Status Sheet Printing

Reset 2nd BTR Counter Clear

Reset IBT Cleaner Counter Clear

Reset IBT Belt Counter Clear

Reset C/M/Y/K Developer Counter Clear

Reset Fuser Counter Clear

Reset Total Counter Clear

Clear Error Log Clear

Figure 6-2. Maintenance Menu Process Chart

Maintenance Maintenance Menu (AcuLaser C8600) 455

 7
CHAPTER

APPENDIX
EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.1 Connectors
7.1.1 P/J Location Drawings
This section shows the connector locations of AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000. [P]
and [J] represent “plug” and “jack”, respectively.

Table 7-1. P/J List (1)

P/J Description
81 Connects ADC SENSOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
83 Connects TONER BOX SENSOR and TONER BOX HARNESS
84 Connects CRUM CONNECTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
85 Connector inside CRUM CONNECTOR ASSY
86 Connects ERASE LAMP ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
88 Connects WASTE TONER SENSOR and TONER BOX HARNESS
116 Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and TONER BOX HARNESS
116A Connector inside MAIN HARNESS ASSY
191 Connects FRONT COVER SWITCH R and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
192 Connects FRONT COVER SWITCH R and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
F187-2 Connects DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY and DEVE. WIRE

Figure 7-1. P/J Locations (1)

APPENDIX Connectors 457

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-2. P/J List (2)

P/J Description
10 Not used
12 Connects MCU PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
13 Connects MCU PWB and P/H HARNESS ASSY
14 Connects MCU PWB and ROS HARNESS
15 Connects MCU PWB and ROS HARNESS
16 Connects MCU PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
17 Connects MCU PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
18 Connects MCU PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
19 Connects MCU PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
20 Connects MCU PWB and P/H HARNESS ASSY
21 Connects MCU PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
22 Connects MCU PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
23 Connects MCU PWB and P/H HARNESS ASSY
24 Connects MCU PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
63 Connects BTR CAM CLUTCH and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
“P/J List (7) (p.463)”
91 Connects P/H HARNESS ASSY and REGI HARNESS ASSY
91A Connects P/H HARNESS ASSY and REGI HARNESS ASSY
91B Connects P/H HARNESS ASSY and REGI HARNESS ASSY
97 Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and P/H HARNESS ASSY
100 Connects BTR WHEEL SENSOR and P/H HARNESS ASSY
101 Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and TRAY N/P SENSOR HARNESS
“P/J List (7) (p.463)”
103 Connects FEED SOLENOID and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
105 Connects ENVIRONMENT SENSOR and P/H HARNESS ASSY
106 Connects LOW PAPER SENSOR and TRAY N/P SENSOR HARNESS
107 Connects TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR and TRAY N/P SENSOR HARNESS
109 Connects TURN CHUTE SWITCH and TURN CHUTE HARNESS
144 Connects COMMUNICATION PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
207 Connects REGI/MSI INTL SW and P/H HARNESS ASSY
Figure 7-2. P/J Locations (2)

APPENDIX Connectors 458

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-3. P/J List (3)

P/J Description
1 Exhaust Fan
600 Control Panel
800 HDD (Option: only for AcuLaser C8600)

Figure 7-3. P/J Locations (3)

APPENDIX Connectors 459

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-4. P/J List (4)

P/J Description
93 Connects REGI. SENSOR and REGI HARNESS ASSY
94 Connects REGI. CLUTCH and REGI HARNESS ASSY
95 Connects PRE-REGI. CLUTCH and REGI HARNESS ASSY
98 Connects OHP SENSOR and REGI HARNESS ASSY
203 Connects EMPTY SENSOR and MSI HARNESS ASSY
204 Connects PITCH SENSOR and MSI HARNESS ASSY
205 Connects MSI HARNESS ASSY and MSI TRAY HARNESS
206 Connects MSI GUIDE SWITCH and MSI TRAY HARNESS
208 Connects LIFT MOTOR ASSY and REGI HARNESS ASSY
209 Connects LEVEL SENSOR and MSI HARNESS ASSY
210 Connects BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR and MSI HARNESS ASSY

Figure 7-4. P/J Locations (4)

APPENDIX Connectors 460

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-5. P/J List (5)

P/J Description
57 Connects TR0 SENSOR and TR0 HARNESS
87 Connects CARTRIDGE SENSOR and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
121 Connects LDD PWB and ROS HARNESS
122 Connects LDD PWB and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
123 Connects Motor Polygon and ROS HARNESS
124 Connects SOS PWB and ROS HARNESS
125 Connects LDD PWB and ROS HARNESS
198 Connects FRONT COVER SWITCH L and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
199 Connects FRONT COVER SWITCH L and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
F187-1 Connects BCR CONNECTOR ASSY and BCR WIRE
T3 Connects IBT REAR BRACKET and 1ST BTR PLATE WIRE
T4 Connects IBT REAR BRACKET and CONTACT PLATE

Figure 7-5. P/J Locations (5)

APPENDIX Connectors 461

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-6. P/J List (6)

P/J Description
31 Connects LV/HV POWER SUPLLY and AC SW HARNESS ASSY
32 Connects LV/HV POWER SUPLLY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
33 Connects LV/HV POWER SUPLLY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
34 Connects LV/HV POWER SUPLLY and FUSER CONNECTOR
35 Not used
42 Connects LV/HV POWER SUPLLY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
43 Connects P/H MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
45 Connects MAG MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
49 Connects P/H MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
50 Connects P/H MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
51 Connects P/R MOT&DRV ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
52 Connects P/R MOT&DRV ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
53 Connects P/H MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
60 Connects MAG MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
82 Connects DEVE. FAN and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
132 Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and Option Feeder
211 Connects MSI HARNESS ASSY and FEEDER HARNESS
245 Connects ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB and MSI HARNESS ASSY
246 Connects ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB and MSI HARNESS ASSY
247 Connects ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB and ROTARY MOTOR ASSY
A Connects LV/HV POWER SUPLLY and BCR WIRE
C Connects LV/HV POWER SUPLLY and DEVE. WIRE
D Connects LV/HV POWER SUPLLY and 1ST BTR WIRE
F Connects LV/HV POWER SUPLLY and CONTACT ROLL WIRE

PJ06.eps

Figure 7-6. P/J Locations (6)

APPENDIX Connectors 462

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-7. P/J List (7)

P/J Description
44 Connects FUSER MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
46 Connects PRO MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
55 Connects DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
58 Connects ROTARY SENSOR and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
59 Connects FUSER MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
61 Connects PRO MOTOR ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
63 Connects BTR CAM CLUTCH and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
“P/J List (2) (p.458)”
70 Connects FUSER CONNECTOR and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
101 Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and TRAY N/P SENSOR HARNESS
“P/J List (2) (p.458)”
102 Connects SIZE SWITCH ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
148 Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and LOWER INV SOLENOID
134A Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and Option Duplex
134B Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and Option Duplex

Figure 7-7. P/J Locations (7)

APPENDIX Connectors 463

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-8. P/J List (8)

P/J Description
62 Connects CLEANER CAM SOLENOID and FUSER HARNESS ASSY
62A Connector inside FUSER HARNESS ASSY
71 Connects FUSER CONNECTOR and FUSER HARNESS ASSY
71A Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and FUSER HARNESS ASSY
71B Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and FUSER HARNESS ASSY
72 “Connects FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1,FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2, TEMP.
SENSOR ASSY and FUSER HARNESS ASSY”
74 Connects EXCHANGE SOLENOID and FUSER HARNESS ASSY
75 Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and Option Duplex
76 Connects FUSER HARNESS ASSY and FUSER IN HARNESS
76A Connector inside FUSER HARNESS ASSY
79 Connects FUSER HARNESS ASSY and HEATER WIRE
80 Connects FUSER CHUTE FAN and FUSER HARNESS ASSY
111 Connects FUSER FAN-1 and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
111A Connector inside MAIN HARNESS ASSY
112 Connects EXIT CHUTE FAN and EXIT HARNESS
112A Connector inside EXIT HARNESS
117 Connects FUSER IN SENSOR and FUSER IN HARNESS
161 Connects MAIN HARNESS ASSY and EXIT HARNESS
162 Connects EXIT PWB ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
CN1 Connects EXIT PWB ASSY and EXIT MOTOR ASSY
F250 Connects P/R HEATER and H/R HEATER
T1 Connects H/R HEATER and HEATER WIRE
T2 Connects P/R HEATER and HEATER WIRE

Figure 7-8. P/J Locations (8)

APPENDIX Connectors 464

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

7.2.1 Overall Wiring Connection Diagram
Table 7-9. Symbols Used in the Overall Wiring Connection Diagrams
Symbols Description
Indicates connection of parts by HARNESS, wire, etc.
Indicates connection of parts by a conductor such as leaf
spring.
A box with no part name inside indicates a path by a
XX connector (P/J) or screw. A number inside the box indicates
connector number.
Indicates a connector (P/J) written across several locations.
XX The number inside the box indicates connector number.

Boxes with part names inside indicate those parts. The part
MCU PWB name shown here indicates item Z of plate (PL) XY in “7.7
PL X, Y, Z ASP List (Parts List)” (p.554).

Indicates functional element inside part.

Thermostat

Indicates a section in “7.1.1 P/J Location Drawings”

§1 (p.457). The number inside indicates the section number.

Indicates that “A” and “A” are connected within the same
A A section.

Indicates that “B” and “B” are connected in different

sections. Indicates that information concerning the
B B
connections is given in the section with the solid line circle
in “7.1.1 P/J Location Drawings” (p.457).

NOTE: DEVELOPER ASSY Y, DEVELOPER ASSY M, DEVELOPER ASSY C,

and DEVELOPER ASSY BK are hereinafter referred to by the generic
term “DEVELOPER ASSY”.

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 465

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-9. Overall Wiring Connection Diagram

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 466

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2 Wiring and Signal Descriptions between §4. MCU PWB, TURN CHUTE SWITCH, CARTRIDGE SENSOR, ROTARY
Components SENSOR, DESPENSE MOTOR ASSY (p. 475)
„ Connects MCU PWB and TURN CHUTE SWITCH
7.2.2.1 Configuration „ Connects MCU PWB and CARTRIDGE SENSOR
Wiring connection diagrams are divided into 12 sections and provide details „ Connects MCU PWB and ROTARY SENSOR
concerning connections between parts. „ Connects MCU PWB and DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY
§1. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, ROS ASSY, FUSER ASSY, MAIN P/ §5. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB,
H FRAME ASSY, FRONT COVER SWITCH L, FRONT COVER SWITCH ROTARY MOTOR ASSY (p. 476)
R (p. 470)
„ Connects MCU PWB and ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB
„ Connects MCU PWB and LV/HV POWER SUPPLY
„ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB
„ Connects MCU PWB and ROS ASSY
„ Connects ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB and ROTARY MOTOR ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and FRONT COVER SWITCH R
„ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and FUSER ASSY §6. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, TR0 SENSOR, DRIVE MOTOR
PWB, P/R MOT & DRV ASSY, FUSER MOTOR ASSY, P/H MOTOR
„ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and MAIN P/H ASSY
ASSY, MAG MOTOR ASSY, PRO MOTOR ASSY (p. 477)
„ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and FRONT COVER SWITCH L
„ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and FRONT COVER SWITCH R „ Connects MCU PWB and TR0 SENSOR
„ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and ROS ASSY „ Connects MCU PWB and DRIVE MOTOR PWB
„ Connects MCU PWB and PROCESS DRIVE ASSY
§2. MCU PWB, ADC SENSOR ASSY, ERASE LAMP ASSY,BTR CAM
„ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and FUSER MOTOR PWB
CLUTCH,CRUM ASSY, WASTE TONER SENSOR,TONER BOX
SENSOR, BTR WHEEL SENSOR (p. 472) „ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and P/H MOTOR ASSY
„ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and MAG MOTOR ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and ADC SENSOR ASSY
„ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and PRO MOTOR ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and ERASE LAMP ASSY
„ Connects DRIVE MOTOR PWB and FUSER MOTOR ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and BTR CAM CLUTCH
„ Connects DRIVE MOTOR PWB and P/H MOTOR ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and CRUM ASSY
„ Connects DRIVE MOTOR PWB and MAG MOTOR ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and WASTE TONER SENSOR
„ Connects DRIVE MOTOR PWB and PRO MOTOR ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and TONER BOX SENSOR
„ Connects MCU PWB and BTR WHEEL SENSOR §7. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, MAIN FUSER ASSY (p. 479)

§3. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY (p. 474) „ Connects LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and MAIN FUSER ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and MAIN FUSER ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and LV/HV POWER SUPPLY
§8. MCU PWB, FUSER TRAY ASSY, ENVIRONMENT SENSOR (p. 481)
„ Connects MCU PWB and FUSER TRAY ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and ENVIRONMENT SENSOR

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 467

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

§9. MCU PWB, SIZE SWITCH ASSY,TRAY N/P SENSOR, LOW PAPER
SENSOR, FEED SOLENOID, TURN CLUTCH (p. 483)
„ Connects MCU PWB and SIZE SWITCH ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR
„ Connects MCU PWB and LOW PAPER SENSOR
„ Connects MCU PWB and FEED SOLENOID
„ Connects MCU PWB and TURN CLUTCH
§10. MCU PWB, MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY (p. 485)
„ Connects MCU PWB and MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY
§11. MCU PWB, MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, MSI ASSY, REGI/MSI INTL SW,
XPC CRUM (p. 486)
„ Connects MCU PWB and MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY
„ Connects MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY and MSI ASSY
„ Connects MCU PWB and REGI./MSI INTL SW
„ Connects MCU PWB and XPC CRUM
§12. MCU PWB, FULL STACK SENSOR, TOP EXIT SENSOR, EXIT CHUTE
SWITCH, EXIT CHUTE FAN, FUSER FAN-1, DEVE. FAN, EXIT PWB
ASSY (p. 487)
„ Connects MCU PWB and TOP EXIT SENSOR
„ Connects MCU PWB and FULL STACK SENSOR
„ Connects MCU PWB and EXIT CHUTE SWITCH
„ Connects MCU PWB and EXIT CHUTE FAN
„ Connects MCU PWB and FUSER FAN-1
„ Connects MCU PWB and DEVE. FAN
„ Connects MCU PWB and EXIT PWB ASSY
§13. MCU PWB, CONTROLLER PWB, OPERATION PANEL,
CONTROLLER FAN (p. 488)
„ Connects MCU PWB and CONTROLLER PWB
„ Connects CONTROLLER PWB and OPERATION PANEL
„ Connects CONTROLLER PWB and CONTROLLER FAN

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 468

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.2 Notation on the Diagrams for the Wiring and Signal Table 7-10. Symbols Used in the Wiring Connection Diagrams (continued)
Descriptions between Components Symbol Description
The symbols used in the wiring connection diagrams for parts on the following pages FUSER PAPER Indicates function and signal theoretical value (Low: L, High: H)
are as follows. (Explanations of commonly used symbols are omitted.) SENSED(L) 5VDC when function is detected. Also indicates voltage when signal is
“High”.
Table 7-10. Symbols Used in the Wiring Connection Diagrams
Symbol Description Indicates function and signal theoretical value (Low: L, High: H)
FRONT COVER
Indicates connector. Connector number is given above and pin SWITCH ON(L) 5VDC when switch is on. Also indicates voltage when signal is “High”.
P/J XX
number is given below.
1 > Indicates plug side of connector.
Indicates jack side of connector. 24VDC Indicates voltage measurement when the negative side of the DC
2 >
power is connected to the corresponding ground (SG, AG or
RTN).
Boxes with part names inside indicate those parts. The part name
MCU PWB shown here indicates item Z of plate (PL) XY in “7.7 ASP List SG Indicates signal ground.
PL X. Y. Z (Parts List)” (p.554) AG Indicates analog ground.

Represents a functional part of a component, with its name Indicates frame ground.
Scanner Assy shown inside. FG

Represents connection between wires.

RTN Indicates return.
Indicates a single connector drawing divided into a different
Indicates screw connection. Terminal (connector) number is section or the same section. The other section is indicated at the
(T1) given in parentheses. bottom.

Indicates that “A” and “A” are connected.

A A † Indicates reference concerning that section.

24VDC Indicates part connected by harness, wire, etc. Also indicates

signal wire name and details. Arrows on the line indicate signal
direction.
Indicates connection between parts by conductor such as leaf
CR
spring. Also indicates signal wire name and details. Arrows on
the line indicate signal direction.

HEATER ON(L)
Indicates function and signal theoretical value (Low: L, High: H)
when operating. Also indicates voltage when signal is “High.”

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 469

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.3 §1. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, ROS ASSY, † Output interruption by FRONT COVER SWITCH R
FUSER ASSY, MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, FRONT When FRONT COVER SWITCH R trips, the “24VDC-I/L” circuit is interrupted,
COVER SWITCH L, FRONT COVER SWITCH R shutting off 24VDC power supply to the MCU PWB and 5VDC-LD power supply
to the ROS ASSY (LD ASSY).
When FRONT COVER SWITCH R is on, 24VDC-I/L is supplied to the LV/HV
Table 7-11. §Signal Description - 1 POWER SUPPLY relay circuit, and 24VDC and 5VDC-LD is output by the LV/
Signal line Description HV POWER SUPPLY. FRONT COVER SWITCH R is also the interlock
HEATER ON(L) 5VDC Control signal for P/R HEATER and H/R HEATER on/ SWITCH for the 5VDC-LD circuit.
off.
24VDC-I/L Detection of interlock connector, interlock switches, and
the LV/HV POWER SUPPLY relay control signal. W A R N IN G „ FRONT COVER SWITCH R are interlock switches for laser
5VDC-LD Supply voltage of the LD ASSY of the ROS ASSY. radiation. To avoid exposure to laser radiation, never turn on
SOS Scanning start reference signal based on input of light to both of these two interlock switches simultaneously (except
SOS SENSOR of laser beam SOS PWB. during regular operations) or short the circuit to effect laser
emission. Exposure to laser radiation could result in blindness.
VREF Reference voltage for target value for laser power.
„ Be sure to follow the procedures described in this Service
LD ENB Control signal for LD on-enable / force off.
Manual for tasks requiring the printer operation during
(High: Force off, Low: On enable)
servicing.
SCANNER MOTOR ON(L) On/off control signal for scanner motor of ROS ASSY.
5VDC
PCONT Mode control signal for LD power control (APC).
(Low: Sample mode, High: Hold mode)
VDATA Pixel data signal that effects LD emission.
(High: LD on, Low: LD off)
FRONT COVER SWITCH FRONT COVER open (off) / closed (on) detection signal
ON(L) 5VDC by FRONT COVER SWITCH L.

† LV/HV POWER SUPPLY excess current protection circuit

All output is shut off when 24VDC/5VDC supply voltage is shorted. After
restoring the short, reset the printer by turning the power off and then, after
waiting 5 minutes, back on.
† LV/HV POWER SUPPLY excess voltage protection circuit
All output is shut off when 24VDC/5VDC supply voltage is shorted. The
operation point at this time is 7VDC or less for 5VDC, and 27 - 36VDC for
24VDC (reference). Reset the printer by turning the power off and then, after
waiting 5 minutes, back on.

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 470

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-10. § Connection Diagram - 1

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 471

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.4 §2. MCU PWB, ADC SENSOR ASSY, ERASE LAMP

ASSY,BTR CAM CLUTCH,CRUM ASSY, WASTE
TONER SENSOR,TONER BOX SENSOR, BTR
WHEEL SENSOR

Table 7-12. §Signal Description - 2

Signal line Description
LED ON(L) 5VDC Control signal for LED on/off in ADC SENSOR of ADC
SENSOR ASSY.
ADC SIG Measurement signal issued by the ADC SENSOR of
ADC SENSOR ASSY. (Analog value)
ADC SOLENOID ON(L) On/off control signal for ADC solenoid of ADC
24VDC SENSOR ASSY.
ERASE LAMP ON(H) 5VDC Control signal for LED on/off in ERASE LAMP ASSY.
BTR CAM CLUTCH ON(L) On/off control signal for BTR CAM CLUTCH
24VDC
WASTE TONER SENSED(H) WASTE TONER BOX full detection signal issued by the
5VDC WASTE TONER SENSOR.
TONER BOX SENSED(L) Waste toner box present (Low) / not present (High)
5VDC detection signal issued by the TONER BOX SENSOR.
CRUM DATA Write and read data for CRUM ASSY of DRUM
CARTRIDGE.
CRUM CLOCK Clock signal for CRUM ASSY of DRUM CARTRIDGE.

† ADC SIG signal

Measurement value for normal drum surface with no toner image should be
approximately 3.5 ± 0.1VDC.
† ADC solenoid coil resistance: 36Ω ±10% (20°C)

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 472

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-11. § Connection Diagram - 2

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 473

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.5 §3. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY

Table 7-13. §Signal Description - 3

Signal line Description
DTS ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for DTS output.
2BTR I MONI Current monitor signal for 2ND BTR output. (Analog
value)
2BTR CONT Output control signal for 2ND BTR output. (Analog value)
2BTR ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for 2ND BTR output.
1BTR I MONI Voltage monitor signal for 1ST BTR output. (Analog
value)
1BTR CONT Output control signal for 1ST BTR output. (Analog value)
1BTR ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for 1ST BTR output.
DB DC CONT Output control signal for DB output (DC element). (Analog
value)
DB AC ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for DB output (AC element).
DB DC ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for DB output (DC element).
BCR DC CONT Output control signal for BCR output (DC element).
(Analog value)
BCR ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for BCR output.

Figure 7-12. § Connection Diagram - 3

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 474

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.6 §4. MCU PWB, TURN CHUTE SWITCH, CARTRIDGE

SENSOR, ROTARY SENSOR, DESPENSE MOTOR
ASSY

Table 7-14. §Signal Description - 4

Signal line Description
SENSOR ON(H) 5VDC Sensor power ON (High) / OFF (Low) signal for USED
CART. SENSOR and CARTRIDGE SENSOR.
CARTRIDGE SENSED(L) Toner cartridge present (Low) / not present (High)
5VDC detection signal issued by the CARTRIDGE SENSOR.
ROTARY SENSED(H) 5VDC ROTARY FRAME ASSY protrusion detection signal
issued by the ROTARY SENSOR.
DISPENSE MOT ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY.

† DISPENSE MOTOR coil resistance:172Ω ± 10% (20°C)

Figure 7-13. § Connection Diagram - 4

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 475

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.7 §5. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, ROTARY

MOTOR DRIVE PWB, ROTARY MOTOR ASSY
Table 7-15. §Signal Description - 5
Signal line Description
ROTARY MOTOR HOLD(L) Hold current control signal of ROTARY MOTOR ASSY.
5VDC
ROTARY MOTOR ON(L) Drive power on/off signal for ROTARY MOTOR ASSY.
5VDC
ROTARY MOTOR CLOCK Clock signal for ROTARY MOTOR ASSY.
A, /A, B, /B Excitation signal for ROTARY MOTOR ASSY.

† ROTARY MOTOR ASSY description.

„ Motor type: Hybrid stepping motor
„ Direction of rotation: Clockwise direction (as viewed from rear of printer)
„ Step angle: 1.8° ± 0.18°
„ Winding resistance: 0.9 ± 10% (25°C)
„ Excitation sequence: (*: Excitation)

Steps (2-phase excitation)

Phase
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B * * * *
/B * * * *
A * * * *
/A * * * *

„ Rotation/hold according to signal

ROTARY Figure 7-14. § Connection Diagram - 5

ROTARY MOTOR
MOTOR ON(L) Status
HOLD(L) 5VDC
5VDC
Low High ROTARY MOTOR ASSY ready for rotation.
(Actual rotation is in accordance with
ROTARY MOTOR CLOCK.)
Low Low ROTARY MOTOR ASSY on hold.
High Low or High ROTARY MOTOR ASSY neither turns nor
on hold.

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 476

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.8 §6. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, TR0 SENSOR, „ Motor control speed: 1600 rpm ± 0.5% (standard speed), 800 rpm ± 0.5%
DRIVE MOTOR PWB, P/R MOT & DRV ASSY, (half speed), 533.33 rpm ± 0.5% (1/3 speed)
FUSER MOTOR ASSY, P/H MOTOR ASSY, „ Direction of rotation: Counterclockwise direction
MAG MOTOR ASSY, PRO MOTOR ASSY (as viewed from rear of printer)
„ Rotation fault detection:Detects abnormality when a variation in control
speed of 6.25% or greater occurs.
Table 7-16. §Signal Description - 6
(P/H MOT FAIL signal is “High”.)
Signal line Description
† FUSER MOTOR ASSY description.
TR0-M SENSED(L) 5VDC TR mark detection signal for IBT belt ASSY issued by
the TR0 SENSOR. „ Motor type: Permanent magnet magnetic field DC servomotor
P/H MOT FAIL(H) 5VDC FAIL detection signal for P/H MOTOR ASSY. „ Motor control speed: 1600 rpm ± 0.5% (standard speed), 800 rpm ± 0.5% (
(High: Abnormal, Low: Normal) „ half speed), 533.33 rpm ± 0.5% (1/3 speed)
FUSER FAIL(H) 5VDC FAIL detection signal for FUSER MOTOR ASSY. „ Direction of rotation: Clockwise direction
(High: Abnormal, Low: Normal) (as viewed from rear of printer)
MOT ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for P/H MOTOR ASSY and „ Rotation fault detection:Detects abnormality when a variation in control
FUSER MOTOR ASSY. speed of 6.25% or greater occurs.
MOT CLOCK CLOCK output signal for P/H MOTOR ASSY and (FUSER FAIL signal is “High”.)
FUSER MOTOR ASSY.
† BTR CAM CLUTCH coil resistance: 120.7Ω ± 10% (20°C)
PROCESS MOT CLOCK CLOCK output signal for Process Motor.
† MAG MOTOR ASSY description.
START ON/OFF control signal for Process Motor.
PR MOT FAIL(H) 5VDC FAIL detection signal for Process Motor. „ Motor type: Permanent magnet magnetic field DC servomotor
„ Motor control speed: 1390.85 rpm ± 0.5% (Speed 1), 1485.42 rpm ± 0.5%
(Speed 2), 1600 rpm ± 0.5% (Speed 3), 1704.8 rpm ±
† PROCESS MOTOR ASSY description. 0.5%(Speed 4)
„ Motor type: Permanent magnet magnetic field DC servomotor
„ Direction of rotation: Clockwise direction
(as viewed from rear of printer)
„ Number of poles: 3-phase, 8-poles
„ Rotation fault detection:Detects abnormality when a variation in control
„ Motor control speed: 1799.616 rpm ± 0.5% (standard speed), 899.808 rpm speed of 6.25% or greater occurs.
± 0.5% (half speed), 599.872 rpm ± 0.5% (1/3 speed)
„ Direction of rotation: Counterclockwise direction
(as viewed from rear of printer)
„ Rotation fault detection:Detects abnormality when a variation in control
speed of 6.25% or greater occurs.
(Process Motor FAIL signal is “High”.)
† P/H MOTOR ASSY description.
„ Motor type: Permanent magnet magnetic field DC servomotor
„ Number of poles: 3-phase, 12- poles

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 477

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-15. § Connection Diagram - 6

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 478

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.9 §7. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY,

MAIN FUSER ASSY

Table 7-17. §Signal Description - 7

Signal line Description
TEMP. SENSED Surface temperature data of heat roll measured by the
thermistor of TEMP. SENSOR ASSY to determine the
FUSER control temperature. (Analog value)
FUSER EXIT PAPER Paper detection signal for fuser issued by the FUSER
SENSED(L) 5VDC EXIT SENSOR.
FUSER ASSY SENSED(L) Connection detection signal for FUSER ASSY.
5VDC

† Thermal Fuse melting temperature: 169°C (+0°C/-6°C)

† Thermostat
† contact open temperature: 175°C ± 6°C
† Heater rated power
P/R HEATER:341 ± 17.05W (38V), H/R HEATER:556 ± 27.8W (62V)

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 479

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-16. § Connection Diagram - 7

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 480

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.10 §8. MCU PWB, FUSER TRAY ASSY,

ENVIRONMENT SENSOR

Table 7-18. §Signal Description - 8

Signal line Description
EXCHANGE SOLENOID On/off control signal for EXCHANGE SOLENOID in
PUSH ON(L) 24VDC push direction (FACE-UP discharge).
EXCHANGE SOLENOID On/off control signal for EXCHANGE SOLENOID in
PULL ON(L) 24VDC pull direction (FACE-DOWN discharge).
CLEANER CAM SOLENOID On/off control signal for CLEANER CAM SOLENOID.
ON(L) 24VDC
FUSER CHUTE FAN ON(H) On/off control signal for FUSER CHUTE FAN.
24VDC
FUSER IN PAPER SENSED(L) Paper detection signal for FUSER unit issued by the
5VDC FUSER IN SENSOR.
ENVIRONMENT TEMP. Printer environment temperature data measured by
ENVIRONMENT SENSOR thermistor. (Analog value)
ENVIRONMENT HUMI. Printer environment humidity data measured by
ENVIRONMENT SENSOR humidity. (Analog value)

† EXCHANGE SOLENOID coil resistance:45Ω ± 10% (20°C)

[24VDC-between signals]
† CLEANER CAM SOLENOID coil resistance:220Ω ± 10% (20°C)
† FUSER CHUTE FAN description.
„ Number of poles: 4
„ Rotation speed: 5000 ± 1000 rpm

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 481

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-17. § Connection Diagram - 8

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 482

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.11 §9. MCU PWB, SIZE SWITCH ASSY,TRAY N/P

SENSOR, LOW PAPER SENSOR, FEED
SOLENOID, TURN CLUTCH C H E C K The Paper Size Switches when viewing the printer from the front
P O IN T are from left to right: SW1, SW2, SW3, and SW4. “On” is “1” and
“off” is “0”.

C H E C K „ The numbers (1, 2, 3, 4) preceding the signal line name

P O IN T indicate the cassette number.
„ Cassette 1 is the paper feed unit consisting of a paper cassette
beneath the printer, cassette 2 is the top cassette of the Table 7-20. Size Switch Signals
optional feeder unit, and cassette 3 is the second.
Paper Size Switch Voltage (Unit: V DC)
Paper size
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW4
Table 7-19. §Signal Description - 9 No paper cassette 0 0 0 0 0.275 ∼ 0.293
Signal line Description B5(LEF) *1 1 1 0 0 3.671 ∼ 3.715
[1] SIZE SWITCH Detection signal for size of paper in cassette 1. (Analog EXECUTIVE(LEF) *2
value)
A4(LEF) 0 1 0 0 1.396 ∼ 1.445
[1] FEED SOLENOID ON(L) On/off control signal for cassette 1 FEED SOLENOID.
24VDC LETTER(LEF) 1 0 1 0 3.098 ∼ 3.152

[1] TRAY PAPER SENSED(L) Signal for detecting presence of paper in the paper A4(SEF) *1 0 1 1 1 2.248 ∼ 2.298
5VDC cassette issued by the TRAY N/P SENSOR. LETTER(SEF) *2
(High Paper not detected, Low: Paper detected)
LEGAL14"(SEF) 1 1 1 0 4.247 ∼ 4.276
[1] LOW PAPER SENSED(L) Signal for detecting when paper in the paper cassette is
B4(SEF) 0 1 0 1 1.680 ∼ 1.730
5VDC low issued by the TRAY 1 LOW PAPER SENSOR.
(High: Enough, Low: Low) A3(SEF) 0 0 1 0 0.834 ∼ 0.871
LEDGER(SEF) 0 0 1 1 1.116 ∼ 1.157
12"x8"(SEF) 0 0 0 1 0.554 ∼ 0.583
† FEED SOLENOID coil resistance:90Ω ± 10%(20°C)
Nonstandard 1 1 1 1 4.537 ∼ 4.554
† TURN CLUTCH coil resistance:175Ω ± 10%(20°C)
Not used 1 0 0 0 -
† Feed SIZE SWITCH description.
Not used 1 0 0 1 -
Size of paper in the paper cassette is determined by the on/off status of the Paper
Size Switches of the SIZE SWITCH ASSY. Paper Size Switch on/off status and Not used 0 1 1 0 -
SIZE SWITCH voltage for each paper size are shown in the following table. Not used 1 0 1 1 -
Not used 1 1 0 1 -

Note "*": When the paper size switch on/off status is same, one of the two shown below is
selected according to specifications.
*1: Millimeter unit spec., *2: Inch unit spec.)

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 483

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-18. § Connection Diagram - 9

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 484

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.12 §10. MCU PWB, MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY

Table 7-21. §Signal Description - 10

Signal line Description
REGI. PAPER SENSED(L) Paper detection signal for MAIN P/H ASSY issued by the
5VDC REGI. SENSOR.
FRONT OHP WHITE White strip detection signal for OHP film (for color) by
SENSED(L) 5VDC FRONT OHP SENSOR.
† For more information concerning front/back detection
for OHP film, see “2.3.3 OHP Front/Back Detection
Control” (p.131).
REAR OHP WHITE White strip detection signal for OHP film (for color) by
SENSED(L) 5VDC REAR OHP SENSOR.
† For more information concerning front/back detection
for OHP film, see “2.3.3 OHP Front/Back Detection
Control” (p.131).
PRE-REGI. CLUTCH ON(L) On/off control signal for PRE-REGI. CLUTCH.
24VDC
REGI. CLUTCH ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for REGI. CLUTCH.
FEED CLUTCH ON(L) 24VDC On/off control signal for FEED CLUTCH.
MAIN P/H ASSY SENSED(L) Connection detection signal for MAIN P/H FRAME
5VDC ASSY.

† PRE-REGI. CLUTCH coil resistance:175Ω ± 10% (20°C)

† REGI. CLUTCH coil resistance:175Ω ± 10% (20°C)

Figure 7-19. § Connection Diagram - 10

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 485

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.13 §11. MCU PWB, MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, MSI ASSY,
REGI/MSI INTL SW, XPC CRUM

Table 7-22. §Signal Description - 11

Signal line Description
EMPTY SENSED (L) 5VDC Signal of detection by EMPTY SENSOR of paper
presence (Low)/absence (High) in MSI ASSY.
PITCH SENSED (L) 5VDC Signal of detection by PITCH SENSOR of paper interval
by MSI ASSY.
LEVEL SENSED (L) 5VDC Signal of detection by LEVEL SENSOR of paper feed
position (height) by MSI ASSY.
BOTTOM PLETE SENSED (L) Signal of detection by BOTTOM SENSOR of paper send
5VDC out angle by MSI ASSY.

Figure 7-20. § Connection Diagram - 11

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 486

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.14 §12. MCU PWB, FULL STACK SENSOR, TOP EXIT

SENSOR, EXIT CHUTE SWITCH, EXIT CHUTE
FAN, FUSER FAN-1, DEVE. FAN, EXIT PWB ASSY

Table 7-23. §Signal Description- 12

Signal line Description
TOP EXIT PAPER SENSED(L) Paper detection signal for EXIT LOWER ASSY issued
5VDC by the TOP EXIT SENSOR.
EXIT CHUTE SWITCH ON(L) Signal for detecting whether exit upper ASSY is open
5VDC (off) or closed (on) issued by the EXIT CHUTE
SWITCH.
FULL STACK SENSED(L) Signal for detecting full stack status of TOP COVER
5VDC paper issued by the FULL STACK SENSOR.
(High: Not Full Stack, Low: Full Stack)
FUSER FAN HALF-SPEED(H) FUSER FAN high speed (Low) / low speed (High)
24VDC rotation control signal.
FUSER FAN ON(H) 24VDC On/off control signal for FUSER FAN.
DEVE. FAN HALF-SPEED(H) DEVE. FAN high speed (Low) / low speed (High)
24VDC rotation control signal.
DEVE. FAN ON(H) 24VDC On/off control signal for DEVE. FAN.

† FUSER FAN description

„ Number of poles: 4
„ Rotation speed: 3400 ± 200 rpm (high speed), 1900 ± 250 rpm (low speed)
† DEVE. FAN description
„ Number of poles:4
„ Rotation speed:3400 ± 200 rpm (high speed), 2250 ± 250 rpm (low speed)

Figure 7-21. § Connection Diagram - 12

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 487

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.2.2.15 §13. MCU PWB, CONTROLLER PWB, OPERATION

PANEL, CONTROLLER FAN

Table 7-24. §Signal Description - 13

Signal line Description
TEST PRINT ON(L) 5VDC Setting to low level (connecting to SG) enables internal
test print.

† CONTROLLER FAN description

„ Number of poles:4
„ Rotation speed:2000 ± 400 rpm

Figure 7-22. § Connection Diagram - 13

APPENDIX Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 488

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.3 Component Layout

Shown below is the component layout drawing for C457MAIN Board (AcuLaser C8600).

Figure 7-23. Component Layout on C457 MAIN Board (AcuLaser C8600)

APPENDIX Component Layout 489

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Shown below is the component layout drawing for C471MAIN Board (AcuLaser C7000).

Figure 7-24. Component Layout on C471 MAIN Board (AcuLaser C7000)

APPENDIX Component Layout 490

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.4 Circuit Diagrams

This section shows electric control circuit diagrams of AcuLaser C8600 and AcuLaser
C7000.

APPENDIX Circuit Diagrams 491

Signal GND Analog GND

Analog GND

Signal GND Analog GND

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.5 Exploded Diagrams

This section shows exploded diagrams of AcuLaser C8600 and AcuLaser C7000.
„ AcuLaser C8600 : page 504
„ AcuLaser C7000 : page 527

APPENDIX Exploded Diagrams 503

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .
32

20
31

41

60 35

51

40
13
50

10

12
15
10 14 5

4 6
4

1
T B K 501F B

70

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600 (1.1) R ev.01 C 457

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

11

31

12 32
25
16

17 26

15

27

42

41
1
10

20

EPSON AcuLaserC8600(14.1) Rev.01 C457

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.
5
11

8
10
9 12
6
16 6

17
16
18

3
4

19
20

1 (ALL this page)

EPSON AcuLaserC8600(2.1) Rev.01 C457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

R ef

R ef
5

28
26
25
38 36
37

35

22

46 48

47
27
31
42 28
40
21
31
R ef
29 23
7 18
11
2

17

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(3.1) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

10
3

50

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(4.1) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

20 R ef

26

10 15
8

17

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(4.2) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

7
6

20

23
45

R ef R ef
29 39

28

42 41

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(4.3) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

14

5
4

21

16

30

20
24
29
25

R ef
R ef

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(4.4) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

30

1
44
20
50
42 43

31

70

60

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(6.1) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

10

20

30

40

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(7.1) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .
2

22

32
5

11

T B K 512F B

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(7.2) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

16
17

15

25

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(13.1) R ev.01 C 457

 T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

28
29

28

28
28
29

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(12.1) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .
1

10

23

21

22
20

4
6

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(11.1) R ev.01 C 457

 T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

R ef

26
27 24

22

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(10.2) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

10 T B K 521F A

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(10.1) R ev.01 C 457

 T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

8 7

31

24

21
16

10 3
20
19
14

25

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(9.4) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts . 17

14 6

4
29 5

22

T B K 519F B

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(9.3) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

T B K 517F B

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(9.1) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

R ef

3 (ALL this page E xcept R ef:02)

T B K 515F A

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(8.3) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

23

24

45

R ef

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(8.2) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

11
22
6
2

23

21

20 T B K 513F B

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(8.1) R ev.01 C 457

T he parts to which no reference number
is as s igned will not be available as
after-s ale s ervice parts .

21

20

3 T B K 526F B

E P S ON AcuLas erC 8600(13.2) R ev.01 C 457

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.
01-1-32

01-1-20
01-1-31

01-1-41

01-1-60
01-1-35

01-1-51

01-1-40 01-1-13
01-1-50

01-1-10

01-1-12

01-1-15

01-1-14 01-1-05

01-1-04 01-1-06
01-1-04

01-1-01 TBK501FB

01-1-70

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (1.1) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

02-1-05
02-1-08 02-1-11

02-1-10
02-1-09 02-1-12
02-1-06
02-1-16 02-1-06

02-1-17

02-1-16

02-1-18

02-1-03
02-1-04

02-1-19
02-1-20

02-1-01 (ALL this page)

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (2.1) Rev.01 C471

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

Ref

Ref

03-1-05

03-1-28
03-1-26
03-1-25
03-1-38 03-1-36
03-1-37

03-1-35

03-1-22

03-1-46 03-1-48

03-1-47
03-1-27
03-1-31
03-1-42
03-1-40 03-1-28

03-1-21

Ref 03-1-31
03-1-29 03-1-23
03-1-07
03-1-18
03-1-11
03-1-02

03-1-17

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (3.1) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

04-1-06

04-1-10

04-1-03

04-1-50

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (4.1) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

04-2-20 Ref

04-2-26

04-2-09

04-2-10
04-2-08 04-2-15

04-2-17

04-2-04

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (4.2) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

04-3-05

04-3-07
04-3-06

04-3-20

04-3-23
04-3-45

Ref Ref
04-3-39
04-3-29

04-3-28

04-3-42 04-3-41

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (4.3) Rev.01 C471

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

04-4-14

04-4-03

04-4-05

04-4-04

04-4-21

04-4-16

04-4-30

04-4-20 04-4-24
04-4-29
04-4-25

Ref
Ref

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (4.4) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

06-1-30

06-1-01
06-1-44
06-1-20

06-1-50 06-1-43
06-1-42

06-1-31

06-1-70

06-1-60

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (6.1) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

07-1-10

07-1-20

07-1-30

07-1-40

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (7.1) Rev.01 C471

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.
07-2-02

07-2-22

07-2-32
07-2-05

07-2-11

TBK512FB

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (7.2) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

08-1-11
08-1-22
08-1-06
08-1-02

08-1-23

08-1-01

08-1-21

TBK513FB
08-1-20

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (8.1) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

08-2-23

08-2-23

08-2-24

08-2-45

Ref

08-2-02

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (8.2) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

08-3-02

Ref

08-3-04

08-3-03 (ALL this page Except Ref:02)

TBK515FA

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (8.3) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

09-1-02

09-1-03

TBK517FB

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (9.1) Rev.01 C471

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.
09-3-17

09-3-14 09-3-06

09-3-04
09-3-29

09-3-05

09-3-07

09-3-21

TBK519FB

09-3-22

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (9.3) Rev.01 C471

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

09-4-08
09-4-07

09-4-31

09-4-04

09-4-24

09-4-21
09-4-16

09-4-10
09-4-03
09-4-20
09-4-19
09-4-14

09-4-25

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (9.4) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

10-1-01

10-1-02

10-1-10 TBK521FA

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (10.1) Rev.01 C471

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

Ref

10-2-26

10-2-27 10-2-24

10-2-07

10-2-22

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (10.2) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.
11-1-01

11-1-05

11-1-10

11-1-23

11-1-21

11-1-22
11-1-20

11-1-07

11-1-04
11-1-06

11-1-02

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (11.1) Rev.01 C471

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

12-1-28
12-1-29
12-1-28

12-1-28

12-1-28 12-1-29

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (12.1) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

13-1-05

13-1-16
13-1-17

13-1-15

13-1-25
13-1-01

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (13.1) Rev.01 C471

The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

13-2-21

13-2-04

13-2-01

13-2-20

13-2-02

13-2-05

13-2-03 TBK526FB

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (13.2) Rev.01 C471

 The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

14-1-11

14-1-31

14-1-12 14-1-25

14-1-26

14-1-15

14-1-27

14-1-41
14-1-42

14-1-01
14-1-10

14-1-20

EPSON Aculaser C7000 (14.1) Rev.01 C471

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.6 Index for Parts

[Numeric] BOTTOM PLATE ASSY......................... PL 2.1.5 CLN CAM GUIDE................................. PL 9.4.29 DRUM CARTRIDGE(SEC) .................. PL 6.1.10
## MB MEMORY ................................ PL 14.1.41 BOTTOM PLATE ASSY....................... PL 20.2.5 CLN CAM GUIDE HOLDER ............... PL 9.4.30 DUP CONNECTOR BRACKET ......... PL 12.1.37
1ST BTR................................................. PL 8.2.25 BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR.................. PL 4.2.10 CLUMP .................................................. PL 8.2.44
1ST BTR BEARING .............................. PL 8.2.26 BTR CAM ASSY ..................................... PL 8.3.8 CLUMP FLC-10S ................................ PL 12.1.19 [E]
1ST BTR CONTACT PLATE................ PL 8.2.19 BTR CAM BEARING.............................. PL 8.3.7 COLLER................................................. PL 8.2.43 EARTH SPRING-B.............................. PL 14.1.26
1ST BTR PLATE WIRE .......................... PL 8.2.6 BTR CAM BEARING R........................ PL 8.3.14 COMMUNICATION PWB.................... PL 13.2.2 EARTH WIRE........................................ PL 9.4.32
1ST BTR SPRING.................................. PL 8.2.27 BTR CAM BRACKET........................... PL 8.3.16 CONNECTOR-3P ................................ PL 12.1.11 EDGE SADDLE-U .............................. PL 12.1.20
1ST BTR WIRE...................................... PL 8.1.14 BTR CAM CLUTCH ............................... PL 8.3.2 CONNECTOR-4P ................................ PL 12.1.13 EDGING BUSH ................................... PL 12.1.25
2ND BTR.................................................. PL 8.4.2 BTR CAM IN ......................................... PL 8.3.12 CONNECTOR-5P ................................ PL 12.1.10 ELIMINATOR EARTH TAPE.............. PL 9.2.19
2ND BTR ASSY....................................... PL 8.4.1 BTR CAM OUT ..................................... PL 8.3.11 CONNECTOR-5PW .............................. PL 9.3.30 ELIMINATOR EARTH WASHER ....... PL 9.2.55
2ND BTR ASSY..................................... PL 8.1.22 BTR CAM PIN....................................... PL 8.3.13 CONNECTOR-8P ................................ PL 12.1.12 EMPTY SENSOR .................................... PL 4.3.5
2ND BTR BEARING ............................... PL 8.4.3 BTR CAM SHAFT................................. PL 8.3.10 CONT. CHASSIS ASSY-SEC ............... PL 14.1.1 END GUIDE(SEC) ................................ PL 2.1.17
2ND BTR CAM ASSY ............................ PL 8.3.1 BTR CLN SPRING ................................ PL 8.4.12 CONT. PLATE ASSY-SEC ................. PL 14.1.30 END GUIDE(SEC) .............................. PL 20.2.17
2ND BTR CAM ASSY ............................ PL 8.1.1 BTR EARTH PLATE-1 ......................... PL 8.4.14 CONT. PLATE-SEC ............................ PL 14.1.31 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR .................. PL 13.2.5
2ND BTR FRONT ARM.......................... PL 8.4.5 BTR EARTH PLATE-2 ......................... PL 8.4.13 CONT.CHASSIY BRACKET ............... PL 14.1.5 ERASE LAMP ASSY ............................ PL 6.1.30
2ND BTR GEAR A1 .............................. PL 8.4.17 BTR HOUSING ASSY ............................ PL 8.4.4 CONTACT BLOCK............................... PL 8.2.18 EXCHANGE BRACKET ...................... PL 9.3.21
2ND BTR GEAR A2 .............................. PL 8.4.16 BTR REAR BEARING ............................ PL 8.1.4 CONTACT PLATE................................ PL 8.2.16 EXCHANGE CHUTE............................ PL 9.3.17
2ND BTR GEAR A3 .............................. PL 8.4.15 BTR REAR BRACKET ........................... PL 8.1.3 CONTACT ROLL.................................. PL 8.2.31 EXCHANGE SOLENOID ..................... PL 9.3.22
2ND BTR GEAR B1 ................................ PL 8.3.6 BTR REAR BRACKET ASSY................ PL 8.1.2 CONTACT ROLL BEARING ............... PL 8.2.34 EXCHANGE STOPPER-F .................... PL 9.3.18
2ND BTR GEAR B2 .............................. PL 8.3.15 BTR WHEEL ........................................... PL 8.3.9 CONTACT ROLL SPRING................... PL 8.2.33 EXCHANGE STOPPER-R .................... PL 9.3.19
2ND BTR GEAR B3 .............................. PL 8.3.20 BTR WHEEL SENSOR ........................... PL 8.3.4 CONTACT ROLL WIRE....................... PL 8.1.15 EXIT BELT .......................................... PL 10.2.25
2ND BTR REAR ARM ............................ PL 8.4.6 BUR BEARING HOLDER F................. PL 8.2.14 CONTROLLER PWB-SEC ................. PL 14.1.10 EXIT CHUTE FAN................................ PL 10.2.7
2ND BTR SPRING................................. PL 8.4.11 BUR BEARING HOLDER R ................ PL 8.2.15 COVER BRACKET ............................... PL 12.1.4 EXIT CHUTE PLATE ........................... PL 10.2.4
BUR ROLL BEARING.......................... PL 8.2.13 COVER SUPPORT .................................. PL 1.1.3 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH ...................... PL 10.2.26
[A] BUSH-1060 .......................................... PL 12.1.14 CR HOLDER BEARING....................... PL 8.2.32 EXIT EARTH PLATE ......................... PL 10.2.18
AC SW HARNESS ASSY ................... PL 13.1.19 BUSH-1080 .......................................... PL 12.1.15 CRUM ASSY(SEC) ............................... PL 6.1.13 EXIT FRONT BEARING .................... PL 10.2.19
ACTUATOR STOPPER ........................ PL 9.2.15 CRUM CONNECTOR ASSY................ PL 6.1.70 EXIT GEAR B ..................................... PL 10.2.13
ADC SENSOR ASSY ............................ PL 6.1.20 [C] EXIT GEAR C ..................................... PL 10.2.14
AUGER HIGH ASSY .............................. PL 8.1.6 CAM ASSY-M ......................................... PL 8.3.3 [D] EXIT GEAR D ..................................... PL 10.2.15
CART. SENSOR ASSY ......................... PL 7.2.30 DAMPER ............................................... PL 9.3.31 EXIT HARNESS.................................. PL 10.2.27
[B] CART. SENSOR PLATE....................... PL 7.2.31 DEVE SEAL .......................................... PL 12.1.9 EXIT KNOB GEAR............................... PL 9.3.12
BACK UP ROLL.................................... PL 8.2.12 CARTRIDGE SENSOR ......................... PL 7.2.32 DEVE. CONTACT PLATE ASSY ........ PL 7.2.11 EXIT LOWER ASSY............................. PL 10.2.1
BAFFLE SUPPORT............................... PL 9.2.45 CATCH MAGNET............................... PL 10.2.21 DEVE. FAN ........................................... PL 13.1.5 EXIT LOWER ASSY............................. PL 10.1.1
BASE FRAME ASSY ............................ PL 12.1.2 CLAMP .................................................. PL 4.2.14 DEVE. GEAR CLUTCH ASSY .......... PL 11.1.23 EXIT LOWER CHUTE ......................... PL 10.2.3
BASE FRAME HI ASSY....................... PL 12.1.1 CLAMP .................................................... PL 8.1.5 DEVE. TIE PLATE................................ PL 12.1.3 EXIT LOWER GUIDE .......................... PL 9.2.14
BCR CONNECTOR ASSY.................... PL 6.1.50 CLAMP ................................................ PL 12.1.32 DEVE. WIRE ....................................... PL 13.1.15 EXIT MOTOR ASSY .......................... PL 10.2.12
BCR WIRE ASSY.................................. PL 6.1.31 CLAMP ................................................ PL 12.1.35 DEVE.DISCHARGE HOLDER ASSY . PL 7.2.10 EXIT MOTOR BRACKET.................. PL 10.2.16
BEARING............................................... PL 4.3.43 CLAMP ................................................ PL 14.1.21 DEVELOPER ASSY BK(SEC) ............. PL 7.1.40 EXIT PWB ASSY ................................ PL 10.2.20
BEARING 8.............................................. PL 4.4.6 CLAMP(LWS-03S).............................. PL 13.1.22 DEVELOPER ASSY C(SEC) ................ PL 7.1.30 EXIT REAR BEARING....................... PL 10.2.17
BEARING PLATE ................................. PL 8.2.17 CLAMP(LWS-0711S).......................... PL 13.1.23 DEVELOPER ASSY M(SEC) ............... PL 7.1.20 EXIT ROLL PIN .................................... PL 9.3.13
BEARING-4 ........................................... PL 4.3.25 CLEANER CAM.................................... PL 9.4.27 DEVELOPER ASSY Y(SEC)................ PL 7.1.10 EXIT TRAY ASSY(SEC).................... PL 10.1.10
BEARING-5 ........................................... PL 4.3.44 CLEANER CAM ASSY ........................ PL 9.4.25 DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY................. PL 11.1.22 EXIT UPPER ASSY(SEC) .................... PL 10.1.2
BELT CLEANER ASSY........................ PL 8.1.23 CLEANER CAM GEAR........................ PL 9.4.16 DL BRACKET ..................................... PL 12.1.31 EXIT-1 BEARING................................. PL 9.3.16
BELT FLANGE...................................... PL 10.2.8 CLEANER CAM PIN ............................ PL 9.4.26 DL BRACKET ASSY .......................... PL 12.1.30 EXIT-1 GEAR........................................ PL 9.3.15
BELT PULLY ........................................ PL 10.2.9 CLEANER CAM SOLENOID............... PL 9.4.24 DRIVE MOTOR ASSY ......................... PL 11.1.3 EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY ............................. PL 9.3.14
BLADE ASSY.......................................... PL 8.4.8 CLN CAM BEARING-F........................ PL 9.4.28 DRIVE ROLL BEARING........................ PL 8.2.8 EXIT-2 ROLL ASSY ............................. PL 10.2.6
BOTTOM PLATE .................................... PL 4.2.3 CLN CAM BEARING-R ....................... PL 9.4.17 DRIVE ROLL FLANGE.......................... PL 8.2.7 EXIT-3 ROLL ASSY ............................. PL 10.2.5
EXTENSION TRAY(SEC).................... PL 4.1.12

APPENDIX Index for Parts 550

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

[F] FUSER EARTH-B ................................. PL 9.3.27 GASKET .............................................. PL 14.1.28 IDLER GEAR FT2(Z32)........................ PL 9.3.24
FAN DUCT ............................................ PL 13.1.4 FUSER EARTH-C ................................. PL 9.4.31 GEAR 10/22 ........................................... PL 4.2.22 IDLER GEAR FT3(Z28)........................ PL 9.3.25
FARM I/F PWB.................................... PL 14.1.42 FUSER EXIT ACTUATOR................... PL 9.2.16 GEAR 10/29 ........................................... PL 4.2.25 IDLER GEAR-20 ................................... PL 4.3.31
FEED BEARING.................................... PL 3.1.34 FUSER EXIT SENSOR-1 ........................ PL 9.2.3 GEAR 11/29 ........................................... PL 4.2.24 IDLER PULLY .................................... PL 10.2.10
FEED CLUTCH ..................................... PL 4.3.33 FUSER EXIT SENSOR-2 ........................ PL 9.2.4 GEAR 11/44 ........................................... PL 4.2.23 IDLER ROLL FLANGE ........................ PL 8.2.11
FEED CORE ROLL ............................... PL 3.1.32 FUSER EXIT SPRING .......................... PL 9.2.17 GEAR 16 ................................................ PL 4.4.19 IDLER ROLLER.................................. PL 10.2.11
FEED GEAR ASSY ............................... PL 3.1.36 FUSER FAN-1 ..................................... PL 10.2.22 GEAR 24 ................................................ PL 4.4.17 INPUT BEARING FT............................ PL 9.4.23
FEED GEAR-14 ..................................... PL 4.3.32 FUSER FRONT COVER ....................... PL 9.2.36 GEAR 26 ................................................ PL 4.4.18 INPUT BRACKET ASSY ..................... PL 9.4.14
FEED IDLER GEAR.............................. PL 3.1.38 FUSER FRONT FRAME......................... PL 9.2.7 GEAR 28 .................................................. PL 4.2.9 INPUT BRACKET FT ........................... PL 9.4.15
FEED ROLL........................................... PL 3.1.31 FUSER FRONT GUIDE ...................... PL 12.1.23 GEAR B1 SHAFT .................................... PL 8.3.5 INPUT GEAR FT-1(Z69/Z26)............... PL 9.4.21
FEED ROLL........................................... PL 4.3.29 FUSER FRONT RAIL ............................. PL 9.3.6 GEAR W-20 ........................................... PL 4.4.28 INPUT GEAR FT-2(Z58) ...................... PL 9.4.20
FEED ROLL ASSY................................ PL 3.1.29 FUSER FRONT SPRING .................... PL 12.1.21 GEAR-16 ................................................ PL 4.3.42 INPUT GEAR FT-3(Z16/Z16)............... PL 9.4.19
FEED ROLL GUIDE ............................. PL 3.1.33 FUSER GEAR COVER ......................... PL 9.3.28 GUIDE ARM COLLAR......................... PL 8.2.22 INPUT GEAR SHAFT........................... PL 9.4.22
FEED SHAFT......................................... PL 3.1.30 FUSER HARNESS ASSY ..................... PL 9.3.29 GUIDE GEAR........................................ PL 4.1.15
FEED SHAFT ASSY ............................. PL 4.3.27 FUSER IN ACTUATOR.......................... PL 9.4.7 GUIDE HOLDER(SEC) ........................ PL 4.1.14 [L]
FEED SHAFT GUIDE ........................... PL 3.1.39 FUSER IN HARNESS ............................. PL 9.4.5 GUIDE SPRING .................................... PL 2.1.16 L/H INNER COVER.............................. PL 1.1.11
FEED SOLENOID ................................. PL 3.1.35 FUSER IN HOLDER ............................... PL 9.4.6 GUIDE SPRING .................................. PL 20.2.13 L/H INNER COVER ASSY................... PL 1.1.10
FEED SPRING ....................................... PL 3.1.37 FUSER IN SENSOR ................................ PL 9.4.4 GUIDE STOPPER(SEC)...................... PL 20.2.18 LABEL TRAY ...................................... PL 21.1.1
FEEDER ASSY ...................................... PL 3.1.20 FUSER IN SPRING ................................. PL 9.4.8 GUIDE-B.............................................. PL 14.1.27 LATCH ARM ASSY ............................... PL 4.1.1
FEEDER FRAME ASSY ..................... PL 12.1.27 FUSER INLET PLATE.......................... PL 9.2.12 LEFT LOWER COVER(SEC)............... PL 1.1.40
FILTER ASSY(SEC).............................. PL 1.1.32 FUSER KNOB ......................................... PL 9.3.8 [H] LEFT O/H COVER(SEC) ...................... PL 1.1.41
FRAME CLAMP-L .............................. PL 12.1.16 FUSER KNOB BEARING....................... PL 9.3.9 H/R BEARING....................................... PL 9.2.26 LEVEL SENSOR ................................... PL 4.3.23
FRAME CLAMP-M............................. PL 12.1.17 FUSER KNOB GEAR............................ PL 9.3.11 H/R GEAR.............................................. PL 9.2.28 LEVEL SENSOR BRACKET ............... PL 4.3.22
FRAME CLUMP-U.............................. PL 12.1.18 FUSER KNOB WASHER...................... PL 9.3.10 H/R HEATER......................................... PL 9.2.40 LIFT DOWN ACTUATOR ..................... PL 4.2.7
FRAME FOOT ..................................... PL 12.1.28 FUSER MOTOR ASSY ......................... PL 11.1.4 H/R IDLER GEAR-1 ............................. PL 9.2.38 LIFT MOTOR ASSY ............................. PL 4.2.26
FRIC CLUTCH ASSY ........................... PL 4.3.40 FUSER NIP BEARING.......................... PL 9.2.52 H/R IDLER GEAR-2 ............................. PL 9.2.39 LIFT PLATE .......................................... PL 4.2.13
FRONT COVER ASSY(SEC) ................. PL 1.1.1 FUSER NIP HANDLE ........................... PL 9.2.48 H/R RING............................................... PL 9.2.29 LIFT SHAFT ............................................ PL 4.2.6
FRONT COVER SUB ASSY................... PL 1.1.2 FUSER NIP SHAFT............................... PL 9.2.49 HEAT ROLL .......................................... PL 9.2.25 LIFT UP FRAME ASSY........................ PL 4.2.20
FRONT COVER SWITCH L................. PL 13.2.4 FUSER PAPER GUIDE......................... PL 9.4.11 HEATER WIRE ....................................... PL 9.2.5 LOCK PIN.............................................. PL 4.3.10
FRONT COVER SWITCH R................. PL 13.2.3 FUSER PINCH ASSY.......................... PL 10.2.23 HINGE PLATE ........................................ PL 1.1.4 LOCK PLATE........................................ PL 2.1.15
FRONT ELIMINATOR ......................... PL 9.2.18 FUSER REAR COVER.......................... PL 9.2.37 HORIZONTAL CHUTE ........................ PL 9.4.12 LOCK PLATE...................................... PL 20.2.16
FRONT GUIDE ASSY............................. PL 2.1.7 FUSER REAR FRAME ........................... PL 9.2.8 LOW PAPER SENSOR ......................... PL 3.1.18
FRONT GUIDE ASSY........................... PL 20.2.7 FUSER REAR GUIDE......................... PL 12.1.24 [I] LOWER GUIDE ASSY ......................... PL 9.2.13
FRONT GUIDE(SEC).............................. PL 2.1.8 FUSER REAR RAIL................................ PL 9.3.7 I/F PWB-B(SEC).................................. PL 14.1.11 LV/HV POWER SUPPLY ..................... PL 13.1.1
FRONT GUIDE(SEC)............................ PL 20.2.8 FUSER REAR SPRING....................... PL 12.1.22 IBT BELT ASSY ..................................... PL 8.2.2
FRONT LOWER COVER(SEC) ............. PL 1.1.5 FUSER TIE BRACKET......................... PL 9.2.47 IBT DRIVE ROLL ASSY...................... PL 8.2.28
FRONT MID COVER(SEC).................... PL 1.1.6 FUSER TRAY.......................................... PL 9.4.2 IBT FRAME ASSY.................................. PL 8.2.4
FRONT REGI SPRING.......................... PL 4.4.12 FUSER TRAY ASSY(SEC)..................... PL 9.3.1 IBT FRONT BRACKET ASSY............. PL 8.1.16
FRONT SNUBBER.................................. PL 2.1.9 FUSER TRAY ASSY(SEC)..................... PL 9.1.3 IBT IDLER ROLL ................................... PL 8.2.9
FRONT SNUBBER................................ PL 20.2.9 FUSER TRAY CAP-A(SEC)................... PL 9.4.3 IBT INNER COVER ASSY................... PL 1.1.14
FRONY T/R PLATE COVRT.............. PL 12.1.42 FUSER TRAY CAP-B(SEC) ................... PL 9.3.5 IBT L/H RAIL ASSY............................. PL 8.2.41
FUSE SEAL............................................ PL 9.2.32 FUSER TRAY LEVER(SEC) .................. PL 9.3.4 IBT R/H RAIL........................................ PL 8.2.42
FUSER ASSY(SEC)................................. PL 9.1.1 FUSER TRAY SUB ASSY...................... PL 9.3.2 IBT R/H RAIL FRAME ......................... PL 8.1.10
FUSER BAFFLE ASSY......................... PL 9.2.44 FUSER TRAY SUB ASSY(SEC)............ PL 9.4.1 IBT REAR BRACKET ASSY ............... PL 8.1.11
FUSER BOTTOM COVER ..................... PL 9.4.9 FUSER UPPER ASSY ........................... PL 9.2.30 IBT REGI CHUTE ................................. PL 4.4.14
FUSER BOTTOM PLATE....................... PL 9.2.2 FUSER UPPER LABEL-1 ..................... PL 9.2.34 IBT SPACER-1 ...................................... PL 8.2.29
FUSER CHUTE FAN............................. PL 9.4.10 FUSER UPPER LABEL-2 ..................... PL 9.2.35 IBT SPACER-2 ...................................... PL 8.2.30
FUSER CONNECTOR ........................ PL 13.1.17 IBT TENSION ROLL ............................ PL 8.2.20
FUSER EARTH-A ................................. PL 9.4.13 [G] IDLER GEAR FT1(Z27)........................ PL 9.3.23

APPENDIX Index for Parts 551

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

[M] NUDGER SHAFT.................................. PL 4.3.26 PLATE LINK SPRING .......................... PL 20.2.3 ROS ASSY ............................................... PL 6.1.1
MAG MOTOR ASSY ............................ PL 11.1.7 NUDGER SUPPORT ASSY.................. PL 4.3.24 PLATE MSI TRAY................................ PL 4.2.16 ROS COVER ASSY................................. PL 6.1.2
MAG ROLL COVER ASSY.................. PL 7.1.45 NYLON WASHER ................................ PL 4.1.21 PLATE SEAL......................................... PL 12.1.5 ROS COVER............................................ PL 6.1.3
MAGNET CATCH................................. PL 3.1.16 NYLON WASHER ................................ PL 4.3.46 PLATE-R SPRING ................................ PL 8.1.13 ROS HARNESS-SEC .......................... PL 13.2.21
MAIN FUSER ASSY(SEC) ..................... PL 9.2.1 NYLON WASHER ................................ PL 9.2.53 POWER CORD(FX & SEC)................ PL 13.1.25 ROTARY FRAME ASSY........................ PL 7.2.2
MAIN FUSER ASSY(SEC) ..................... PL 9.1.2 POWER SUPPLY BRACKET............. PL 13.1.20 ROTARY FRONT BEARING................. PL 7.2.3
MAIN HARNESS ASSY ..................... PL 13.1.16 [O] PRE REGI CHUTE(SEC) ........................ PL 4.3.2 ROTARY KNOB ASSY .......................... PL 7.2.1
MAIN P/H FRAME.................................. PL 4.4.2 OHP SENSOR........................................ PL 4.4.25 PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY .................... PL 4.4.4 ROTARY LATCH ASSY ........................ PL 7.2.5
MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY ...................... PL 4.4.1 OP BRACKET ..................................... PL 12.1.34 PRE REGI SPRING HOUSING .............. PL 4.3.3 ROTARY LATCH LEVER ................... PL 1.1.12
MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY .................... PL 4.1.50 OP BRACKET ASSY .......................... PL 12.1.33 PRESS CLAMP L ................................ PL 13.2.10 ROTARY LATCH SPRING .................. PL 1.1.13
MCU PWB-XL....................................... PL 13.2.1 OPERATION PANEL(SEC).................. PL 1.1.60 PRESSURE ROLL ................................. PL 9.2.10 ROTARY MOTOR ASSY ................... PL 11.1.20
M-I/F HARNESS ASSY-SEC.............. PL 14.1.12 OPTION SHIELD-SEC........................ PL 14.1.25 PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY .................... PL 11.1.2 ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB ....... PL 11.1.21
MINI CLAMP-1 ..................................... PL 9.3.26 OPTION TRAY HOUSING................... PL 20.2.2 PRO MOTOR ASSY.............................. PL 11.1.6 ROTARY REAR BEARING ................... PL 7.2.4
MINI CLAMP-2 ..................................... PL 9.4.18 OVERSIZE ACTUATOR .................... PL 20.2.19 PUSH IN SHAFT ................................... PL 8.2.40 ROTARY SPACER.................................. PL 7.2.6
MOTOR COVER ................................. PL 11.1.18 OVERSIZE TRAY ................................. PL 20.2.1 PWB SUPPORT ..................................... PL 12.1.8 ROTARY(H/P) SENSOR ...................... PL 7.2.22
MOTOR FRAME ASSY........................ PL 4.2.21 OVERSIZE TRAY(SEC) ....................... PL 20.1.1 ROTARY(H/P) SENSOR ASSY ........... PL 7.2.20
MOTOR PWB BRACKET..................... PL 11.1.8 [Q] ROTARY(H/P) SENSOR PLATE ......... PL 7.2.21
MSI ASSY ................................................ PL 4.1.6 [P] Q/L SEAL............................................... PL 9.2.33 R-RH COVER(SEC) .............................. PL 1.1.33
MSI BASE ASSY..................................... PL 4.2.1 P/B PAD ................................................... PL 4.2.4 RTD SHAFT ASSY ............................... PL 4.3.37
MSI BASE ASSY................................... PL 4.1.30 P/H CNT BRACKET ............................... PL 4.1.2 [R] RTD SPRING......................................... PL 4.3.39
MSI BASE FRAME(SEC) ....................... PL 4.2.2 P/H DRIVE ASSY.................................. PL 11.1.1 R/H INNER COVER ASSY(SEC) ........ PL 1.1.15 RTD SUPPORT...................................... PL 4.3.36
MSI BOTTOM TRAY(SEC) ................. PL 4.1.11 P/H FRONT RAIL-L.............................. PL 4.4.20 R/H LOWER BRACKET....................... PL 12.1.6
MSI FEED ASSY ..................................... PL 4.3.1 P/H FRONT RAIL-S .............................. PL 4.4.29 RAIL CLAMP-1..................................... PL 6.1.45 [S]
MSI FEED ASSY ................................... PL 4.1.40 P/H GUIDE BRACKET......................... PL 12.1.7 RAIL CLAMP-2..................................... PL 6.1.46 SADDLE BUSH(OPTION) ..................... PL 6.1.4
MSI FEED FRAME ASSY .................... PL 4.3.20 P/H HARNESS ASSY.......................... PL 13.2.20 REAR COVER ASSY(SEC).................. PL 1.1.30 SADDLE EDGE................................... PL 13.1.21
MSI FEED TOP FRAME....................... PL 4.3.21 P/H MOTOR ASSY ............................... PL 11.1.5 REAR COVER(SEC) ............................. PL 1.1.31 SADLE ................................................. PL 12.1.36
MSI GUIDE SPRING............................. PL 4.1.17 P/H REAR RAIL-L ................................ PL 4.4.21 REAR ELIMINATOR............................ PL 9.2.54 SECTOR GEAR SPRING...................... PL 2.1.20
MSI GUIDE SWITCH ........................... PL 4.1.19 P/H REAR RAIL-S ................................ PL 4.4.30 REAR GUIDE ASSY(NOBI-SEC)...... PL 20.2.12 SECTOR GEAR(SEC)........................... PL 2.1.19
MSI HARNESS ASSY............................. PL 4.2.8 P/H SENSOR ASSY .............................. PL 4.4.22 REAR GUIDE ASSY(SEC)................... PL 2.1.12 SEET CLAMP...................................... PL 12.1.29
MSI N/P ACTUATOR ............................. PL 4.3.7 P/H SENSOR BRACKET ...................... PL 4.4.23 REAR GUIDE PLATE L ....................... PL 2.1.13 SENSOR BRACKET ............................... PL 3.1.6
MSI REGI GUIDE(SEC) ....................... PL 4.1.16 P/R BEARING ....................................... PL 9.2.11 REAR GUIDE PLATE L ..................... PL 20.2.14 SHAFT MSI TRAY ............................... PL 4.2.17
MSI TRAY ASSY(SEC) ........................ PL 4.1.10 P/R HEATER ......................................... PL 9.2.41 REAR GUIDE PLATE R ....................... PL 2.1.14 SIZE BRACKET ASSY........................... PL 3.1.3
MSI TRAY HARNESS .......................... PL 4.1.20 P/R MOT & DRV ASSY...................... PL 11.1.10 REAR GUIDE PLATE R ..................... PL 20.2.15 SIZE SWITCH ASSY .............................. PL 3.1.5
MSI TRAY HOUSING(SEC) ................ PL 4.1.13 P/REGI ROLL ASSY............................... PL 4.4.3 REAR O/H COVER(SEC) ..................... PL 1.1.35 SIZE SWITCH BRACKET...................... PL 3.1.4
MSI TRAY SPRING .............................. PL 4.3.11 P/REGI SPRING-1 ................................... PL 4.3.9 REAR PLATE ...................................... PL 12.1.26 SLEEVE BEARING ................................ PL 4.2.5
MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY(SEC)................. PL 4.1.5 P/REGI SPRING-2 ................................... PL 4.3.8 REAR REGI SPRING ............................ PL 4.4.13 SNUBBER LABEL................................ PL 2.1.11
MSI-1 GEAR .......................................... PL 4.4.26 PAD MSI TRAY .................................... PL 4.2.15 RECEPTACLE ASSY............................ PL 6.1.60 SNUBBER LABEL.............................. PL 20.2.11
MSI-2 GEAR .......................................... PL 4.4.27 PANEL HARNESS-SEC ..................... PL 14.1.20 REGI CHUTE ........................................ PL 4.4.15 SNUBBER STOPPER............................ PL 2.1.10
PANEL HIGH ASSY ............................... PL 8.1.7 REGI CLUTCH ASSY............................. PL 4.4.5 SNUBBER STOPPER.......................... PL 20.2.10
[N] PICK UP CLUTCH ................................ PL 4.3.41 REGI GEAR ............................................. PL 4.4.9 SOLENOID ASSY................................. PL 9.3.20
NIP ADG.NUT ....................................... PL 9.2.42 PINCH ROLL......................................... PL 3.1.13 REGI HARNESS ASSY ........................ PL 4.4.16 SPACER 20-SEC ................................. PL 14.1.15
NIP FRONT CAM.................................. PL 9.2.50 PINCH ROLL........................................... PL 4.3.4 REGI METAL ROLL............................... PL 4.4.8 SPACER SEC......................................... PL 14.1.4
NIP PLATE ............................................ PL 9.2.43 PINCH ROLL ASSY(SEC).................... PL 9.2.22 REGI METAL ROLL BEARING.......... PL 4.4.11 SPRING 5............................................... PL 14.1.3
NIP REAR CAM .................................... PL 9.2.51 PINCH SPRING ..................................... PL 3.1.14 REGI RUBBER ROLL ASSY ................. PL 4.4.7 SPRING WASHER ................................ PL 4.1.18
NIP SCREW ........................................... PL 9.2.56 PINCH SPRING HOUSING .................. PL 3.1.15 REGI RUBBER ROLL BEARING........ PL 4.4.10 SUPPORT BEARING............................ PL 8.4.10
NIP SPRING............................................. PL 9.2.9 PITCH SENSOR ...................................... PL 4.3.6 REGI SENSOR ...................................... PL 4.4.24 SUPPORT PLATE ................................... PL 8.4.9
NUD CLUTCH....................................... PL 4.3.34 PLATE COVER-SEC........................... PL 14.1.32 REGI/MSI INTL SW ............................... PL 4.1.3 SUPPORT SHAFT................................. PL 4.3.38
NUD GEAR-17 ...................................... PL 4.3.30 PLATE LINK ........................................... PL 2.1.4 RETARD ROLL..................................... PL 4.3.45
NUD SPRING ........................................ PL 4.3.35 PLATE LINK ......................................... PL 20.2.4 RIGHT COVER ASSY(SEC) ................ PL 1.1.51
NUDGER ROLL .................................... PL 4.3.28 PLATE LINK SPRING ............................ PL 2.1.3 RIGHT LOWER COVER(SEC) ............ PL 1.1.50

APPENDIX Index for Parts 552

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

[T] TURN GEAR 19D.................................. PL 3.1.28

T/R PLATE ASSY FRONT ................. PL 12.1.40 TURN GEAR 24 .................................... PL 3.1.27
T/R PLATE ASSY REAR.................... PL 12.1.41 TURN GEAR 30 .................................... PL 3.1.26
TEMP. SENSOR ASSY ........................... PL 9.2.6 TURN GEAR COVER........................... PL 3.1.47
TENSION LEVER ................................. PL 8.1.21 TURN IN CHUTE.................................. PL 3.1.21
TENSION ROLL BEARING ................. PL 8.2.10 TURN REAR BEARING....................... PL 3.1.45
TENSION ROLL FLANGE ................... PL 8.2.21 TURN ROLL ASSY............................... PL 3.1.23
TENSION SHAFT SPRING .................. PL 8.2.23 TURN UPPER CHUTE.......................... PL 3.1.41
TONER BOX HARNESS ...................... PL 6.1.44
TONER BOX SENSOR ......................... PL 6.1.43 [U]
TONER CARTRIDGE BK(SEC)............. PL 7.1.4 UNIVERSAL TRAY(SEC)...................... PL 2.1.1
TONER CARTRIDGE C(SEC) ............... PL 7.1.3 UPPER BAFFLE.................................... PL 9.2.46
TONER CARTRIDGE M(SEC)............... PL 7.1.2 UPPER GUIDE ASSY(SEC) ................. PL 9.2.20
TONER CARTRIDGE Y(SEC) ............... PL 7.1.1 UPPER GUIDE SUB ASSY .................. PL 9.2.21
TOP COVER ASSY(SEC) ..................... PL 1.1.20 UPPER PLATE ASSY ........................... PL 9.2.31
TOP EXIT SENSOR ............................ PL 10.2.24 UPPER TURN CHUTE.......................... PL 3.1.12
TORQUE GEAR .................................... PL 8.3.19
TORQUE GEAR ASSY ......................... PL 8.3.17 [W]
TORQUE GEAR SHAFT....................... PL 8.3.18 WASHER ............................................... PL 4.3.15
TR0 HARNESS ...................................... PL 8.2.45 WASTE TONER BOX(SEC)................. PL 6.1.12
TR0 SENSOR......................................... PL 8.2.24 WASTE TONER SENSOR.................... PL 6.1.42
TRANSFER HIGH ASSY........................ PL 8.2.1 WIPER BLADE ASSY ............................ PL 8.4.7
TRANSFER HIGH ASSY...................... PL 8.1.20
TRANSFER MECH. ASSY ..................... PL 8.2.3 [X]
TRANSFER SPRING............................... PL 7.2.8 XERO. CARTRIDGE(SEC) .................. PL 6.1.11
TRAY BOTTOM COVER ..................... PL 2.1.21 XL RAIL................................................. PL 6.1.41
TRAY BOTTOM COVER ................... PL 20.2.20 XL RAIL ASSY ..................................... PL 6.1.40
TRAY BRACKET CLAMP ................... PL 3.1.43
TRAY BRACKET R .............................. PL 4.2.12
TRAY HOUSING .................................... PL 2.1.2
TRAY N/F SPRING ................................. PL 2.1.6
TRAY N/F SPRING ............................... PL 20.2.6
TRAY N/P ACTUATOR ....................... PL 3.1.10
TRAY N/P BRACKET............................. PL 3.1.8
TRAY N/P SENSOR ASSY..................... PL 3.1.7
TRAY N/P SENSOR HARNESS............. PL 3.1.2
TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR................... PL 3.1.9
TRAY SIZE ACTUATOR ..................... PL 2.1.18
TRAY STOPPER ................................... PL 3.1.40
TRUQUE LIMITER................................. PL 8.2.5
TUEN GEAR SHAFT ............................ PL 3.1.44
TURN CHUTE ASSY............................ PL 3.1.22
TURN CHUTE COVER(SEC)............... PL 3.1.17
TURN CHUTE HARNESS.................... PL 3.1.46
TURN CHUTE SWITCH....................... PL 3.1.48
TURN CHUTE UP ASSY...................... PL 3.1.11
TURN CLUTCH .................................... PL 3.1.42
TURN FRONT BEARING..................... PL 3.1.24
TURN GEAR 16..................................... PL 3.1.25

APPENDIX Index for Parts 553

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.7 ASP List (Parts List) † The indication “PLX.Y.Z” represents the part which is item “Z” of plate (PL)
“XY”.
This section indicates service parts of AcuLaser C8600. † The capital letters shown in the illustrations stand for the following:
Based on the constitution of the printer, the service parts are grouped into 13 major S: screw
plates, each of which are further grouped into minor plates. Consequently, the service E: E ring
parts are grouped into 25 plates (PLs), with the names of parts indicated in the parts list KL: KL clip
corresponding to the parts numbers shown in the exploded diagrams. C: C ring
N: nut
01 - 1 - 01 † Each item which is an assembly part is enclosed with a chain line in exploded
diagrams.
Parts number in parts list (corresponding to exploded
† Each alphabet circled in exploded diagrams represents a connecting point in a
PL number indicated below (corresponding to
exploded diagram) connection line. That is, illustrations are connected with the characters of the same
alphabet.
† PL1.1 Cover † PL9.1 Fusing I
† An indication “(with 2-5)”, for instance, found with an assembly part in exploded
† PL2.1 Paper Tray † PL9.2 Fusing II
diagrams and parts list means that the assembly part consists of the items 2, 3, 4
† PL3.1 Paper Feeder † PL9.3 Fusing III and 5 of the relevant plate. An indication “(with 2-5,PL6.1.1)” means that the
† PL4.1 MSI/Paper Transportation I † PL9.4 FusingIV assembly part consists of the items 2, 3, 4 and 5 of the relevant plate and the item 1
† PL4.2 MSI/Paper Transportation II † PL10.1 Paper Exit I of the plate “6.1”.
† PL4.3 MSI/Paper Transportation III † PL10.2 Paper Exit II † The indication “[Same PLX.Y.Z]”found with a part in exploded diagrams and
† PL4.4 MSI/Paper Transportation IV † PL11.1 Drive
parts list means that the part is the same as the item “Z” of the plate “X.Y”.
† PL6.1 Xerographics † PL12.1 Frame † The items marked with “” in the parts list are “recommended parts”, which can
be supplied as spare parts, as a rule. (Availability of any other part will be
† PL7.1 Development I † PL13.1 Electrical I
discussed separately.)
† PL7.2 Development II † PL13.2 Electrical II
† For each item marked with “*” in the parts list, “Note” or “Reference” concerning
† PL8.1 IBT I † PL14.1 Controller
the part is described on the same page.
† PL8.2 IBT II † PL20.1 Option Tray I
† The “HIGH ASSY” found in parts list is the assembly which contains the relevant
† PL8.3 IBT III † PL20.2 Option Tray II
part.
† PL8.4 IBT IV † PL21.1 Option Tray III
C H E C K For harness and wire connectors (P/J), see “7.1.1 P/J Location
P O IN T Drawings (p. 457)”.
NOTES ON USE OF PARTS LIST
† The number indicating a part in exploded diagrams is identical with the Item No.
in the parts list which is assigned to the corresponding parts name. Each number
followed by “: Ref” represents a virtual assembly part, which is shown only for
information to facilitate disassembly and reassembly. That is, the parts represented
by such numbers are unreal.

APPENDIX ASP List (Parts List) 554

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.7.1 ASP List for AcuLaser C8600 Table 7-25. ASP List for AcuLaser C8600 (continued)
Ref. No. Part Name
14-1-31 CONT.PLATE
Table 7-25. ASP List for AcuLaser C8600
14-1-32 PLATE COVER
Ref. No. Part Name
14-1-41 RAM DIMM
01-1-01 FRONT COVER ASSY
14-1-42 BOARD ASSY. MEMORY (C309PROG)
01-1-04 HINGE PLATE
02-1-01 UNIVERSAL TRAY
01-1-05 FRONT LOWER COVER
02-1-03 PLATE LINK SPRING
01-1-06 FRONT MID COVER
02-1-04 PLATE LINK
01-1-10 L/H INNER COVER ASSY
02-1-05 BOTTOM PLATE ASSY
01-1-12 ROTARY LATCH LEVER
02-1-06 TRAY N/F SPRING
01-1-13 ROTARY LATCH SPRING
02-1-08 FRONT GUIDE
01-1-14 IBT INNER COVER ASSY
02-1-09 FRONT SNUBBER
01-1-15 R/H INNER COVER ASSY
02-1-10 SNUBBER STOPPER
01-1-20 TOP COVER ASSY
02-1-11 SNUBBER LABEL
01-1-31 REAR COVER ASSY
02-1-12 REAR GUIDE ASSY
01-1-32 FILTER ASSY
02-1-16 REAR GUIDE SPRING
01-1-35 REAR O/H COVER
02-1-17 END GUIDE
01-1-40 LEFT LOWER COVER
02-1-18 TRAY SIZE ACUTUATOR
01-1-41 LEFT O/H COVER
02-1-19 CESTOR GEAR
01-1-50 RIGHT LOWER COVER
02-1-20 SPRING
01-1-51 RIGHT COVER ASSY
03-1-02 TRAY SENSOR HARNESS
01-1-60 PANEL
03-1-05 SIZE SWITCH ASSY
01-1-70 LOGO PLATE
03-1-07 TRAY N/P SENSOR ASSY
14-1-01 CONT.CHASSIS ASSY
03-1-11 TURN CHUTE UP ASSY
14-1-10 BOARD ASSY. MAIN (C457MAIN)
03-1-17 TURN CHUTE COVER
14-1-11 BOARD ASSY. I/F (C409I/F)
03-1-18 LOW PAPER SENSOR
14-1-12 HARNESS
03-1-21 TURN IN CHUTE
14-1-15 SPACER 20
03-1-22 TURN CHUTE ASSY
14-1-16 BOARD ASSY. NETWORK (C457N/W)
03-1-23 TURN ROLL ASSY
14-1-17 HARNESS
03-1-25 TURN GEAR 16
14-1-20 HARNESS
03-1-26 TURN GEAR 30
14-1-25 SHIELD CONT OPTION
03-1-27 TURN GEAR M
14-1-26 GROUNDING SPRING TYPE-B
03-1-28 TURN GEAR 19D
14-1-27 GUIDE RAIL

APPENDIX ASP List (Parts List) 555

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-25. ASP List for AcuLaser C8600 (continued) Table 7-25. ASP List for AcuLaser C8600 (continued)
Ref. No. Part Name Ref. No. Part Name
03-1-29 FEED ROLL ASSY 04-3-42 GEAR-16
03-1-31 FEED ROLL 04-3-45 RETARD ROLL
03-1-35 FEED SOLENOID 04-4-03 P/REGI ROLL ASSY
03-1-36 FEED GEAR ASSY 04-4-04 PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY
03-1-37 FEED SPRING 04-4-05 PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY
03-1-38 FED IDLER GEAR 04-4-14 IBT REGI CHUTE
03-1-40 TRAY STOPPER 04-4-16 REGI HARNESS ASSY
03-1-42 TURN CLUTCH 04-4-20 P/H FRONT RAIL-L
03-1-46 TURN CHUTE HARNESS 04-4-21 P/H REAR RAIL-L
03-1-47 TURN GEAR COVER 04-4-24 SENSOR
03-1-48 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH 04-4-25 SENSOR
04-1-03 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH 04-4-29 P/H FRONT RAIL-S
04-1-06 MSI ASSY 04-4-30 P/H REAR RAIL-R
04-1-10 MSI TRAY ASSY 06-1-01 ROS ASSY
04-1-50 MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY 06-1-20 ADC SENSOR ASSY
04-2-04 P/B PAD 06-1-30 ERASE LAMP ASSY
04-2-08 MSI HARNESS ASSY 06-1-31 BCR WIRE ASSY
04-2-09 GEAR 28 06-1-42 WASTE TONER SENSOR
04-2-10 BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR 06-1-43 TONER BOX SENSOR
04-2-15 PAD MSI TRAY 06-1-44 TONER BOX HARNESS
04-2-17 SHAFT MSI TRAY 06-1-50 BCR CONNECTOR ASSY
04-2-20 LIFT UP FRAME ASSY 06-1-60 RECEPTACLE ASSY
04-2-26 LIFT MOTOR ASSY 06-1-70 CRUM CONNECTOR ASSY
04-3-05 E.R.M. SENSOR 07-1-10 DEVELOPER ASSY Y
04-3-06 SENSOR 07-1-20 DEVELOPER ASSY M
04-3-07 MSI N/P ACTUATOR 07-1-30 DEVELOPER ASSY C
04-3-20 MSI FEED FRAME ASSY 07-1-40 DEVELOPER ASSY BK
04-3-23 BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR 07-2-02 ROTARY FRAME ASSY
04-3-28 ROLL 07-2-05 ROTARY LATCH ASSY
04-3-29 FEED ROLL 07-2-11 DEVE.CONTACT PLATE ASSY
04-3-39 RTD SPRING 07-2-22 ROTARY SENSOR
04-3-41 PICK UP CLUTCH 07-2-32 USED CRT.SENSOR

APPENDIX ASP List (Parts List) 556

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-25. ASP List for AcuLaser C8600 (continued) Table 7-25. ASP List for AcuLaser C8600 (continued)
Ref. No. Part Name Ref. No. Part Name
08-1-01 2ND BTR CAM ASSY 09-4-19 INPUT GEAR FT-3
08-1-02 BTR REAR BRACKET ASSY 09-4-20 INPUT GEAR FT-2
08-1-06 AUGER HIGH ASSY 09-4-21 INPUT GEAR FT-1
08-1-11 IBT REAR BRACKET ASSY 09-4-24 CLEANER CAM SOLENOID
08-1-20 TRANSFER HIGH ASSY 09-4-25 CLEANER CAM ASSY
08-1-21 TENSION LEVER 09-4-31 FUSER EARTH-C
08-1-22 2ND BTR ASSY 10-1-01 EXIT LOWER ASSY
08-1-23 BELT CLEANER ASSY 10-1-02 EXIT UPPER ASSY
08-2-02 IBT BELT ASSY 10-1-10 EXIT TRAY ASSY
08-2-23 TENSION SHAFT SPRINF 10-2-07 EXIT CHUTE FAN
08-2-24 TRO SENSOR 10-2-22 FUSER FAN-1
08-2-45 TRO HARNESS 10-2-24 TOP EXIT SENSOR
08-3-02 BTR CAM CLTCH 10-2-26 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH
08-3-03 CAM ASSY-M 10-2-27 EXIT HARNESS
08-3-04 BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR 11-1-01 P/H DRIVE ASSY
09-1-02 MAIN FUSER ASSY+ 11-1-02 PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY
09-1-03 FUSER TRAY ASSY 11-1-04 FUSER MOTOR ASSY
09-3-04 FUSER TRAY LEVER 11-1-05 P/H MOTOR ASSY
09-3-05 FUSER TRAY CAP-B 11-1-06 PRO MOTOR ASSY
09-3-06 FUSER FRONT RAIL 11-1-07 PRO MOTOR ASSY
09-3-07 FUSER REAR RAIL 11-1-10 P/R MOT&DRV ASSY
09-3-14 EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY 11-1-20 ROTARY MOTOR ASSY
09-3-17 EXCHANGE CHUTE 11-1-21 ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB
09-3-22 EXCHANGE SOLENOID 11-1-22 DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY
09-3-29 FUSER HARNESS ASSY 11-1-23 DEVE.GEAR CLUTCH ASSY
09-4-03 FUSER TRAY CAP-A 12-1-28 FRAME FOOT
09-4-04 FUSER IN SENSOR 12-1-29 SHEET CLAMP
09-4-07 FUSER IN ACTUATOR 13-1-01 LV/HV POWER SUPPLY(230V)
09-4-08 FUSER IN SPRING 13-1-05 DEVE.FAN
09-4-10 FUSER CHUTE FAN 13-1-15 DEVE.WIRE
09-4-14 INPUT BRACKET ASSY 13-1-16 MAIN HARNESS ASSY
09-4-16 CLEANER CAM GEAR 13-1-17 FUSER CONNECTOR

APPENDIX ASP List (Parts List) 557

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-25. ASP List for AcuLaser C8600 (continued) 7.7.2 ASP List for AcuLaser C7000
Ref. No. Part Name
13-1-25 POWER CABLE
Table 7-26. ASP List for AcuLaser C7000
13-1-25 POWER CABLE
RefNo. Part Name
13-1-25 POWER CABLE
01-1-01 FRONT COVER ASSY
13-1-25 POWER CABLE
01-1-04 HINGE PLATE
13-2-01 MCU PWB-XL
01-1-05 FRONT LOWER COVER
13-2-02 COMMUNICATION PWB
01-1-06 FRONT MID COVER
13-2-03 FRONT COVER SWITCH R
01-1-10 L/H INNER COVER ASSY
13-2-04 FRONT COVER SWITCH L
01-1-12 ROTARY LATCH LEVER
13-2-05 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR
01-1-13 ROTARY LATCH SPRING
13-2-20 P/H HARNESS ASSY
01-1-14 IBT INNER COVER ASSY
13-2-21 ROS HARNESS
01-1-15 R/H INNER COVER ASSY
01-1-20 TOP COVER ASSY
01-1-31 REAR COVER ASSY
01-1-32 FILTER ASSY
01-1-35 REAR O/H COVER
01-1-40 LEFT LOWER COVER
01-1-41 LEFT O/H COVER
01-1-50 RIGHT LOWER COVER
01-1-51 RIGHT COVER ASSY
01-1-60 PANEL
01-1-70 LOGO PLATE,13*54;B
14-1-01 CONT. CHASSIS ASSY
14-1-10 BOARD ASSY.,MAIN
14-1-11 BOARD ASSY.,I/F
14-1-12 WIRE HARNESS
14-1-20 HARNESS
14-1-25 SHIELD CONT OPTION
14-1-26 GROUNDING SPRING,TYPE-B
14-1-27 GUIDE RAIL
14-1-31 CONT. PLATE
14-1-41 SDRAMDIMM
14-1-42 BOARD ASSY.,MEMORY

APPENDIX ASP List (Parts List) 558

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-26. ASP List for AcuLaser C7000 (continued) Table 7-26. ASP List for AcuLaser C7000 (continued)
RefNo. Part Name RefNo. Part Name
02-1-01 UNIVERSAL TRAY 03-1-37 FEED SPRING
02-1-03 PLATE LINK SPRING 03-1-38 FED IDLER GEAR
02-1-04 PLATE LINK 03-1-40 TRAY STOPPER
02-1-05 BOTTOM PLATE ASSY 03-1-42 TURN CLUTCH
02-1-06 TRAY N/F SPRING 03-1-46 TURN CHUTE HARNESS
02-1-08 FRONT GUIDE 03-1-47 TURN GEAR COVER
02-1-09 FRONT SNUBBER 03-1-48 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH
02-1-10 SNUBBER STOPPER 04-1-03 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH
02-1-11 SNUBBER LABEL 04-1-06 MSI ASSY
02-1-12 REAR GUIDE ASSY 04-1-10 MSI TRAY ASSY
02-1-16 REAR GUIDE SPRING 04-1-50 MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY
02-1-17 END GUIDE 04-2-04 P/B PAD
02-1-18 TRAY SIZE ACUTUATOR 04-2-08 MSI HARNESS ASSY
02-1-19 CESTOR GEAR 04-2-09 GEAR 28
02-1-20 SPRING 04-2-10 BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR
03-1-02 TRAY SENSOR HARNESS 04-2-15 PAD MSI TRAY
03-1-05 SIZE SWITCH ASSY 04-2-17 SHAFT MSI TRAY
03-1-07 TRAY N/P SENSOR ASSY 04-2-20 LIFT UP FRAME ASSY
03-1-11 TURN CHUTE UP ASSY 04-2-26 LIFT MOTOR ASSY
03-1-17 TURN CHUTE COVER 04-3-05 E.R.M. SENSOR
03-1-18 LOW PAPER SENSOR 04-3-06 SENSOR
03-1-21 TURN IN CHUTE 04-3-07 MSI N/P ACTUATOR
03-1-22 TURN CHUTE ASSY 04-3-20 MSI FEED FRAME ASSY
03-1-23 TURN ROLL ASSY 04-3-23 BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR
03-1-25 TURN GEAR 16 04-3-28 ROLL
03-1-26 TURN GEAR 30 04-3-29 FEED ROLL
03-1-27 TURN GEAR M 04-3-39 RTD SPRING
03-1-28 TURN GEAR 19D 04-3-41 PICK UP CLUTCH
03-1-29 FEED ROLL ASSY 04-3-42 GEAR-16
03-1-31 FEED ROLL 04-3-45 RETARD ROLL
03-1-35 FEED SOLENOID 04-4-03 P/REGI ROLL ASSY
03-1-36 FEED GEAR ASSY 04-4-04 PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY

APPENDIX ASP List (Parts List) 559

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-26. ASP List for AcuLaser C7000 (continued) Table 7-26. ASP List for AcuLaser C7000 (continued)
RefNo. Part Name RefNo. Part Name
04-4-05 PRE REGI CLUTCH ASSY 08-1-20 TRANSFER HIGH ASSY
04-4-14 IBT REGI CHUTE 08-1-21 TENSION LEVER
04-4-16 REGI HARNESS ASSY 08-1-22 2ND BTR ASSY
04-4-20 P/H FRONT RAIL-L 08-1-23 BELT CLEANER ASSY
04-4-21 P/H REAR RAIL-L 08-2-02 IBT BELT ASSY
04-4-24 SENSOR 08-2-23 TENSION SHAFT SPRINF
04-4-25 SENSOR 08-2-24 TRO SENSOR
04-4-29 P/H FRONT RAIL-S 08-2-45 TRO HARNESS
04-4-30 P/H REAR RAIL-R 08-3-02 BTR CAM CLTCH
06-1-01 ROS ASSY 08-3-03 CAM ASSY-M
06-1-20 ADC SENSOR ASSY 08-3-04 BOTTOM PLATE SENSOR
06-1-30 ERASE LAMP ASSY 09-1-02 MAIN FUSER ASSY+
06-1-31 BCR WIRE ASSY 09-1-03 FUSER TRAY ASSY
06-1-42 WASTE TONER SENSOR 09-3-04 FUSER TRAY LEVER
06-1-43 TONER BOX SENSOR 09-3-05 FUSER TRAY CAP-B
06-1-44 TONER BOX HARNESS 09-3-06 FUSER FRONT RAIL
06-1-50 BCR CONNECTOR ASSY 09-3-07 FUSER REAR RAIL
06-1-60 RECEPTACLE ASSY 09-3-14 EXIT-1 ROLL ASSY
06-1-70 CRUM CONNECTOR ASSY 09-3-17 EXCHANGE CHUTE
07-1-10 DEVELOPER ASSY Y 09-3-21 EXCHANGE BRACKET
07-1-20 DEVELOPER ASSY M 09-3-22 EXCHANGE SOLENOID
07-1-30 DEVELOPER ASSY C 09-3-29 FUSER HARNESS ASSY
07-1-40 DEVELOPER ASSY BK 09-4-03 FUSER TRAY CAP-A
07-2-02 ROTARY FRAME ASSY 09-4-04 FUSER IN SENSOR
07-2-05 ROTARY LATCH ASSY 09-4-07 FUSER IN ACTUATOR
07-2-11 DEVE.CONTACT PLATE ASSY 09-4-08 FUSER IN SPRING
07-2-22 ROTARY SENSOR 09-4-10 FUSER CHUTE FAN
07-2-32 USED CRT.SENSOR 09-4-14 INPUT BRACKET ASSY
08-1-01 2ND BTR CAM ASSY 09-4-16 CLEANER CAM GEAR
08-1-02 BTR REAR BRACKET ASSY 09-4-20 INPUT GEAR FT-2
08-1-06 AUGER HIGH ASSY 09-4-21 INPUT GEAR FT-1
08-1-11 IBT REAR BRACKET ASSY 09-4-24 CLEANER CAM SOLENOID

APPENDIX ASP List (Parts List) 560

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Table 7-26. ASP List for AcuLaser C7000 (continued) Table 7-26. ASP List for AcuLaser C7000 (continued)
RefNo. Part Name RefNo. Part Name
09-4-25 CLEANER CAM ASSY 13-2-04 FRONT COVER SWITCH L
09-4-31 FUSER EARTH-C 13-2-05 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR
10-1-01 EXIT LOWER ASSY 13-2-20 P/H HARNESS ASSY
10-1-02 EXIT UPPER ASSY 13-2-21 ROS HARNESS
10-1-10 EXIT TRAY ASSY
10-2-07 EXIT CHUTE FAN
10-2-22 FUSER FAN-1
10-2-24 TOP EXIT SENSOR
10-2-26 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH
10-2-27 EXIT HARNESS
11-1-01 P/H DRIVE ASSY
11-1-02 PRO DRIVE GEAR ASSY
11-1-04 FUSER MOTOR ASSY
11-1-05 P/H MOTOR ASSY
11-1-06 PRO MOTOR ASSY
11-1-07 PRO MOTOR ASSY
11-1-10 P/R MOT&DRV ASSY
11-1-20 ROTARY MOTOR ASSY
11-1-21 ROTARY MOTOR DRIVE PWB
11-1-22 DISPENSE MOTOR ASSY
11-1-23 DEVE.GEAR CLUTCH ASSY
12-1-28 FRAME FOOT
12-1-29 SHEET CLAMP
13-1-01 LV/HV POWER SUPPLY(230V)
13-1-05 DEVE.FAN
13-1-15 DEVE.WIRE
13-1-16 MAIN HARNESS ASSY
13-1-17 FUSER CONNECTOR
13-1-25 POWER CORD
13-2-01 MCU PWB-XL
13-2-02 COMMUNICATION PWB
13-2-03 FRONT COVER SWITCH R

APPENDIX ASP List (Parts List) 561

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8 Optional Units † Safety Devices

With the protective devices for accident prevention, such as interlock switches, fuses
This section describes the optional units for AcuLaser C8600/C7000. and thermostats, and the safety devices that the user operates, such as covers and the
Control Panel, handle and operate the printer so that all their safety functions work
W A R N IN G To ensure safe work, be sure to read and understand thoroughly normally.
the instructions given in “Safety Information” (p.6).
„ CAB SWITCH-I/L (Duplex Unit)
This is a safety switch in the control circuit which is turned off to stop all
operations when the left side cover (INVERTER CHUTE ASSY) is opened.
„ FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH (500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit/Large
† Constitution Capacity Paper Unit)
The description of the optional units is composed as follows: This is a safety switch in the control circuit which is turned off to stop all
operations when the right side cover (FEEDER CHUTE ASSY) is opened.
7.8.1 Duplex Unit (p.563)
7.8.1.1 Product outline of Duplex Unit (p.563)
7.8.1.2 Operating principles of Duplex Unit (p.564)
7.8.1.3 Troubleshooting for Duplex Unit (p.565)
7.8.1.4 Disassembly and assembly of Duplex Unit (p.584)
7.8.1.5 Duplex Unit supplement (p.603)
7.8.2 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (p.609)
7.8.2.1 Product outline of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (p.609)
7.8.2.2 Operating principles of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (p.610)
7.8.2.3 Troubleshooting for 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (p.614)
7.8.2.4 Disassembly and assembly of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (p.634)
7.8.2.5 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit supplement (p.651)
7.8.3 Large Capacity Paper Unit (p.659)
7.8.3.1 Product outline of Large Capacity Paper Unit (p.659)
7.8.3.2 Operating principles of Large Capacity Paper Unit (p.660)
7.8.3.3 Troubleshooting for Large Capacity Paper Unit (p.664)
7.8.3.4 Disassembly and assembly of Large Capacity Paper Unit (p.688)
7.8.3.5 Large Capacity Paper Unit supplement (p.708)
7.8.4 ASP Information (p.716)
7.8.4.1 Exploded diagrams of optional units (p.716)
7.8.4.2 ASP lists for optional units (p.731)

Figure 7-25. Safety Devices

APPENDIX Optional Units 562

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1 Duplex Unit † Interface: The Duplex Unit's existence and other information, such
as paper jams, are transmitted by signal to the printer.
7.8.1.1 Product outline of Duplex Unit The signal for commencing paper feeding is received
from the printer.
The basic structure of the Duplex Unit consists of the DUP transport assembly, an
inverter, and an aligner assembly. † Printing speed: Refer to “Printing Speed *3” (p.9) in Chapter 1.
The electrical connection is established with the connector attached to the printer. The † Paper feed specifications: Refer to “Paper feed” (p.10) in Chapter 1.
power to the Duplex Unit is supplied when the power switch on the printer is turned on † Power supply: DC24V and DC5V power supplied from the printer
and the printer is able to detect the status of the unit. In other words, the power is
supplied to the Duplex unit from the printer. The basic specifications for the Duplex † Size / Weight: Refer to “Dimensions and Weight” (p.13) in Chapter 1.
Unit are listed below. † Life: Refer to “Product Life” (p.14) in Chapter 1.
† Noise: Refer to “Noise” (p.14) in Chapter 1.

7.8.1.1.2 Paper specifications

Refer to 1.2.2 Paper Specifications (p.15)

7.8.1.1.3 Reliability and endurance specifications (when connected to

printer)
Refer to 1.2.3 Reliability, Durability and Maintainability (p.20) for reliability and
endurance specifications for the Duplex Unit connected to the printer (MPBF, paper
feed reliability, life, printing start position accuracy and skew).
DUP TRANSPORT ASSY
7.8.1.1.4 Environment specifications
† Conditions for use:
ALIGNER ASSY
Refer to 1.2.4 Operating Conditions (Including Consumables) (p.21)
† Environmental conditions for storage and transportation:
Refer to 1.2.5 Storage and Transport of the Printer Body and Optional Products
(Consumables Packaged) (p.22)

7.8.1.1.5 Electrical characteristics (when connected to printer)

Same as those of the printer body. “1.2.6 Electrical Features” (p.23).
INVERTER ASSY
7.8.1.1.6 Compliance with standards and regulations (when connected to
Figure 7-26. Basic structure of the Duplex Unit printer)
7.8.1.1.1 Basic specifications Same as those of the printer body. Refer to “1.2.8 Compliance with Standards and
† Installation method: Installed into the printer's internal slot and left-hand Regulations” (p.24).
side.
† Drive method: Internal drive motor

APPENDIX Optional Units 563

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.2 Operating principles of Duplex Unit

Operating principles of the Duplex Unit are described in Chapter 2 together with those
of the printer body. Refer to the following sections for operating principles of the
Duplex Unit:
† 2.2 Mechanism Operating Principles (p.103)
„ 2.2.1 Drive Transmission Route (p.103):
P/H MOTOR ASSY (p.104), INV MOT-ASSY (Option Duplex) (p.105)
„ 2.2.2 Gear Layout (p.106):
Option Duplex (p.127)
„ 2.2.3 Paper Feed (p.108):
2.2.3.2 Paper Feed Path (Option Duplex) (p.108)
„ 2.2.4 Function of Main Working Parts (p.110):
2.2.4.15 Option Duplex (p.127)

APPENDIX Optional Units 564

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.3 Troubleshooting for Duplex Unit 7.8.1.3.5 Service Call Error Messages
This section describes troubleshooting for the case where the Duplex Unit has been This section describes the details of service call error messages which can be displayed
installed on AcuLaser C8600 / AcuLaser C7000. with the Duplex Unit installed. For engine-related service call errors other than
described here, refer to 3.1.6 Details of the Service Call Error Messages (p.180).

C H E C K „ This section describes troubleshooting for AcuLaser C8600/ ENGINE-RELATED SERVICE CALL ERRORS
P O IN T C7000 in standard specifications and for the case where the
printer controller works normally.
NOTE: Each error code (fff) is displayed with a prefix "E" for AcuLaser C8600
„ The description in this section is given on the assumption that or "6" for AcuLaser C7000.
troubleshooting is started as described in Chapter 3
“Troubleshooting” (p.161). Table 7-27. Service Call Errors (Engine Related)
Error
7.8.1.3.1 Performing troubleshooting tasks code Description Refer to
Refer to 3.1.1 Troubleshooting Procedure (p.162). fff
Duplex Unit error (communication), or
7.8.1.3.2 Initial checking: 516 Duplex Print Unit other than this printer's -
Refer to 3.1.2 Preliminary Checks (p.162). option is installed *1
546 Duplex motor error *2
7.8.1.3.3 Precautions in performing work
Note "*1": Occurs when the Duplex Unit for AcuLaser C8500 is installed.
Refer to 3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Work (p.163).
"*2": Refer to the instruction manual for the optional unit.
7.8.1.3.4 Identifying problems with the LCD messages
AcuLaser C8600/C7000 is equipped with a self-diagnostic function to check each CONTROLLER-RELATED SERVICE CALL ERRORS
function of the printer and optional units. If any error in the printer or any optional unit
Refer to “Controller Related Service Call Errors” (p.182) for details on controller-
has been detected, the appropriate error information is indicated by LEDs and the LCD
related service call errors.
panel on the control panel or by messages on the “EPSON Printer Window!3”.
The messages to be displayed are classified into the four groups, namely, “status
messages” indicating the printer status, “error messages” indicating the occurrence of
any error, “warning messages” indicating the occurrence of warning, and “service call
error messages” indicating the occurrence of any fatal error.
Refer to the following sections for details of the messages:
„ 3.1.4 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C8600) (p.164)
„ 3.1.5 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C7000) (p.172)

APPENDIX Optional Units 565

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.3.6 Level 1 FIP 8. When [P/J1 ↔ P/J2], for instance, is referred to in FIPs, make measurement
between every pair of terminals of the P/J1 and P/J2 by consulting “Figure 7-57 P/
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING FIP J Locations of Duplex Unit” (p.604) to “Figure 7-61 §42 Connection wiring
diagram” (p.608) in “7.8.1.5 Duplex Unit supplement” (p.603).
9. When measuring the voltage inside the FIP, the rear minus pole [P/J3-4PIN] with
C H E C K In order to differentiate when using FIP during the attachment of [P/J1-2PIN ↔ P/J3-4PIN] is always the AG [Analog Ground], the SG {Signal
P O IN T the Duplex Unit, level 1 FIP is designated as FIP-1.D. Ground} or the RTN [Return]. Owing to this, confirm that continuity clearly exists
with the [AG]s, the [SG]s and the [RTN]s to enable the other [AG], [SG] and
[RTN] pins to be connected to the rear minus pole instead of the [P/J3-4PIN].
However, make sure no mistakes are made here as the [AG], [SG] and [RTN] are
1. As it is assumed that the printer controller (CONTROLLER PWB) is functioning not the same level.
normally with FIP, it is necessary to confirm that the printer controller has been
10. The terminals on the surface of the connector (one in from the front/back) are used
replaced with a normally-functioning unit if fault repairs are not carried out after
when measuring the voltage of P/J16, P/J17, P/J019 and P/J020. As these
troubleshooting. It is also necessary to confirm that the [Initial checking]'s [Main Parts
terminals are small, use a fine-headed tester pin and ensure that it comes into
to be Confirmed] and all other related parts have been replaced accordingly if fault
contact with the back terminal especially.
repairs are not to be performed.
2. FIPs may require some normal components as troubleshooting tools to identify the
cause of the trouble. You are advised to have a spare MCU PWB, DRUM
CARTRIDGE, and Y/M/C/K ET cartridges.
3. Ensure that the easiest level has been verified with the [Initial checking] in FIP.
4. In addition to checking the [Major parts to be checked] in the FIT’s [Initial
checking], ensure that all other major structural parts and related parts are
confirmed.
5. Ensure that the power cord has been unplugged if not required before commencing terminals
work. Also, unless absolutely necessary, never touch electrified parts if work is to
be carried out with the power being supplied.
6. Details for the connectors are provided below.
„ [P/J12]: With the connector (P/J12) connected
„ [P12]: The plug with the connector (P/J12) disconnected (with the
exception of direct connections to the circuit board) 11. When measuring the voltage, set the DRUM CARTRIDGE and paper tray in place
„ [J12]: The jack with the connector (P/J12) disconnected (with the if they are not required, and close the FRONT COVER ASSY, TOP COVER
exception of direct connections to the circuit board) ASSY, MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY, FUSER ASSY, and the EXIT UPPER ASSY
before switching the power on for measurement purposes.
7. [P/J1-2PIN ↔ P/J3-4PIN] inside the FIP means to connect the plus pole on the
gauge to the [P/J1]'s [2PIN] and the minus pole to the [P/J3]'s [4PIN] for 12. The values inside the FIP only represent a yardstick, and nearby numbers may be
measurement purposes. assumed to be the same.

APPENDIX Optional Units 566

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

13. Special guidance is not always provided for removing parts and performing Table 7-28. FIP-1 List (continued)
relevant tasks in order to carry out the checks instructed inside the FIP, so caution Item (page) Conditions for Detection
must be exercised.
FIP-1.D6 ERRORS RELATED TO THE The lock signal of INV MOT-ASSY has been
14. The [Replace] instruction issued during recovery inside the FIP indicate the parts INV MOT-ASSY (p.573) detected.
that are assumed to be responsible for the problem and represent the instruction to FIP-1.D7 INV CHUTE ASSY open (p.574) † INV CHUTE-ASSY is open.
replace and confirm the relevant parts and related assembly parts (HIGH ASSY). † CAB SWITCH-I/L is OFF with INV
15. Paper feeding is mentioned in the FIP under [Cassette 1] for paper cassettes below CHUTE-ASSY closed.
the printer, under [Cassette 2] for the first stage of optional feeder units, and under FIP-1.D8 ALIGNER ASSY open (p.575) ALIGNER ASSY has been drawn out.
[Cassette 3] for the second stage.
16. The FIP is equipped with an area to distinguish between the availability and non-
availability of the diagnosis tool, and all fault repairs must be carried out in
accordance with these instructions.
NOTE: Refer to “5.4 Diagnostics” (p.369) for detailed operation of the
DIAG tool.
17. The FIP is equipped with an area for making distinctions in accordance with the
specifications, and all fault repairs must be carried out in accordance with these
instructions.

Table 7-28. FIP-1 List

Item (page) Conditions for Detection
FIP-1.D1 Paper jammed in the DUP EXIT SENSOR does not turn on within the
TRANSPORT ASSY (p.568) specified time after turning on of REGI.
SENSOR.
FIP-1.D2 Paper jammed in the INVERTER ALIGNER SENSOR does not turn on within
ASSY (p.569) the specified time after turning off of EXIT
SENSOR.
FIP-1.D3 Paper jammed in the ALIGNER ALIGNER OUT SENSOR does not turn on
ASSY (p.570) (REGI. JAM) within the specified time after turning on of
ALIGNER SENSOR.
FIP-1.D4 Paper jammed in the MAIN P/H In the process of take-in from aligner to MSI
FRAME ASSY (p.571) P/H FRAME ASSY, REGI. SENSOR does
(REGI JAM 2) not turn to the paper detection state within
the specified time after arrival at the take-in
start position.
FIP-1.D5 Communication error (p.572) Communication between printer body and
DUPLEX FINAL ASSY is not possible.

APPENDIX Optional Units 567

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.D1 Paper jammed in the DUP TRANSPORT ASSY Table 7-29.

Recovery
Table 7-29. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check Reattach the
Yes No † INVERTER SENSOR attachment check
INVERTER
8 Check to ascertain that the INVERTER Proceed to step [9]
† Initial checking: SENSOR
SENSOR is attached firmly.
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of (PL43.1.32) (p.600)
any parts other than those approved by † DUP harness check Replace the
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Check to ascertain that the harness between HARNESS ASSY,
Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] 9 the INVERTER SENSOR and the DUP Proceed to step [10] SNR DUP or
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked: CONTROLLER PWB is not severed or has HARNESS ASSY
INVERTER MOTOR ASSY, DUP GATE a faulty contact. DUP
SOLENOID,INVERTER SENSOR, DUP
CONTROLLER PWB,MCU PWB
Proceed to FIP-
2.D2 Faulty DUP
Check the printer † Main unit harness check
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine GATE SOLENOID
controller. Check to ascertain that the harness between Replace the main
or controller: 10 (p.577),
If the same problem the main unit and the DUP CONTROLLER unit harness
Run a test print on the engine itself and FIP-2.D5 Faulty
2 occurs after Proceed to step [3] PWB is not severed or has a faulty contact.
check if the test print runs normally (with INVERTER
replacement/
approximately ten pages individually and
remounting, Proceed SENSOR (p.580)
ten pages consecutively.)
to step [3]
† INVERTER Motor operation check
3 Check to ascertain that the INVERTER Proceed to step [5] Proceed to step [4]
Motor is operating during the test print.
• With tool -
† INVEART mechanism rotation check Proceed to step Replace the
Withdraw the INVERTER ASSY and rotate [6] concerned part(s)
4 the INVEART mechanism roller manually
• Without tool - which causes the
to confirm that it operates correctly.
Proceed to step problem.
Does it rotate smoothly?
[8]
† DUP TRANSPORT ASSY attachment
Reattach the DUP
check
5 Proceed to step [6] TRANSPORT
Check to ascertain that the TRANSPORT
ASSY
ASSY is firmly attached.
† DUP GATE SOLENOID check
Check to ascertain that the DUP GAIT Proceed to FIP-2.D2
6 SOLENOID is functioning normally. Proceed to step [7] Faulty DUP GATE
♦ By using the DIAG tool, check by Digital SOLENOID (p.577)
Output Test device code "1A".
† INVERTER SENSOR check
Check to ascertain that the INVERTER Proceed to FIP-2.D5
Replace the MCU
7 SENSOR is functioning normally. Faulty INVERTER
PWB
♦ By using the DIAG tool, check by Digital SENSOR (p.580)
Input Test device code "A0".

APPENDIX Optional Units 568

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.D2 Paper jammed in the INVERTER ASSY Table 7-30.

Recovery
Table 7-30. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † LOWER INV SOLENOID check Replace the obstacle
Yes No
Check if LOWER INV SOLENOID itself part(s) which Proceed to FIP-2.D8
† Initial checking: 6 operates normally. disturbs ROLLER- Faulty LOWER INV
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of ♦ By using the diagnostics tool, check by ASSY-PINCH SOLENOID (p.583)
any parts other than those approved by Digital Output Test device code "A5, A6". operation.
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
† FORWORD CLUTCH check
malformation and foreign objects.
Check if FORWORD CLUTCH operates Proceed to FIP-2.D6
• Major parts to be checked: 7
Replace or reattach normally. Proceed to step [8] Faulty FORWARD
1 INVERTER ASSY, ALIGNER ASSY, INV Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts ♦ By Using the diagnostics tool, check by CLUTCH (p.581)
ROLLER-ASSY, TRI ROLLER-ASSY,
Digital Output Test device code "A3".
INV2 ROLLER-ASSY, FORWARD
CLUTCH, REVERSE CLUTCH, LOWER † REVERSE CLUTCH check
INV SOLENOID, ALIGNER SENSOR, Check if REVERSE CLUTCH operates Proceed to FIP-2.D7
DUP CONTROLLER PWB, P/H DRIVE 8 normally. Proceed to step [9] Faulty REVERSE
ASSY, MCU PWB ♦ By using the diagnostics tool, check by CLUTCH (p.582)
Check the printer Digital Output Test device code "A4".
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine controller. † ALIGNER SENSOR check
or controller:
If the same problem Check if ALIGNER SENSOR operates Proceed to FIP-2.D3
Run a test print on the engine itself and
2 occurs after Proceed to step [3] 9 normally. Proceed to step [10] Faulty ALIGNER
check if the test print runs normally (with
replacement/ ♦ By using the diagnostics tool, check by SENSOR (p.578)
approximately ten pages individually and
remounting, Proceed Digital Input Test device code "A1".
ten pages consecutively.)
to step [3]
† P/H DRIVE ASSY check
Replace the P/H
† INVERT mechanism rotation check
Replace the
10 Is the connected part of P/H DRIVE ASSY Proceed to step [11]
DRIVE ASSY
Pull out INVERTER ASSY. Rotate the which drives ALIGNER ASSY normal?
concerned part(s)
3 roller of INVERT mechanism manually and Proceed to step [4]
which causes the † ALIGNER ASSY check Replace the
check the rotation.
problem. 11 Replace ALIGNER ASSY with a new one. INVERTER ASSY Problem solved.
Does the roller rotate smoothly?
Does the problem still occur? (PL40.1.4) (p.585)
• With tool -
Proceed to step
† DUPLEX FEED mechanism rotation check [5]
Replace the
Pull out Aligner Assy. Rotate the roller of • Without tool -
concerned part(s)
4 Duplex feed mechanism manually and Follow steps [10]
which causes the
check the rotation. and [11] first and
problem.
Does the roller rotate smoothly? then proceed to
FIP-2.D3, D6,
D7 and D8
† ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH operation check
Check if ROLLER- ASSY- PINCH operates
5 normally. Proceed to step [7] Proceed to step [6]
♦ By using the diagnostics tool, check by
Digital Output Test device code "A5, A6".

APPENDIX Optional Units 569

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.D3 Paper jammed in the ALIGNER ASSY Table 7-31.

Recovery
Table 7-31. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check Replace SNS1
Yes No † DUP harness check
HARNESS-ASSY
Check to ascertain that the harness between
† Initial checking: or ALIGNER
7 the ALIGNER OUT SENSOR and the DUP Proceed to step [8]
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of HARNESS-ASSY,
CONTROLLER PWB is not severed or has
any parts other than those approved by DUP MAIN
a faulty contact.
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, HARNESS-ASSY.
Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] † Main unit harness check
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked: Check to ascertain that the harness between Replace the MCU Replace the main
CHUTE-SUPPORT, REGI CHUTE-ASSY, 8
the main unit and the DUP CONTROLLER PWB unit harness
BELT, ALIGNER OUT SENSOR, DUP PWB is not severed or has a faulty contact.
CONTROLLER PWB, MCU PWB
Check the printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine
controller.
or controller:
If the same problem
Run a test print on the engine itself and
2 occurs after Proceed to step [3]
check if the test print runs normally (with
replacement/
approximately ten pages individually and
remounting, Proceed
ten pages consecutively.)
to step [3]
† DUPLEX FEED mechanism rotation check
Replace the
Pull out ALIGNER ASSY. Rotate the roller
concerned part(s)
3 of DUPLEX FEED mechanism manually Proceed to step [4]
which causes the
and check the rotation.
problem.
Does the roller rotate smoothly?
† ALIGNER ASSY attachment check Reattach the
4 Check to ascertain that the ALIGNER Proceed to step [5] ALIGNER ASSY
ASSY is firmly attached. (PL40.1.3) (p.585)
• With tool -
Proceed to step
† ALIGNER OUT SENSOR attachment [6] Reattach the
check • Without tool - ALIGNER OUT
5
Check to ascertain that the ALIGNER OUT Proceed to FIP- SENSOR (PL42.1.9)
SENSOR is firmly attached. 2.D4 Faulty (p.590)
ALIGNER OUT
SENSOR (p.579)
† ALIGNER OUT SENSOR check
Proceed to FIP-2.D4
Check to ascertain that the ALIGNER OUT
Faulty ALIGNER
6 SENSOR is functioning normally. Proceed to step [7]
OUT SENSOR
♦ By using the diagnostics tool, check by
(p.579)
Digital Input Test device code "A2".

APPENDIX Optional Units 570

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.D4 Paper jammed in the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY Table 7-32.
Recovery
Table 7-32. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check • With tool -
Yes No Proceed to step
† Initial checking: † ALIGNER OUT SENSOR attachment [8] Reattach the
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of check • Without tool - ALIGNER OUT
7
any parts other than those approved by Check to ascertain that the ALIGNER OUT Proceed to FIP- SENSOR (PL42.1.9)
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, SENSOR is firmly attached. 2.D4 Faulty (p.590)
malformation and foreign objects. ALIGNER OUT
Replace or reattach
1 • Major parts to be checked: Proceed to step [2] SENSOR (p.579)
the relevant parts
MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY, REGI.
† ALIGNER OUT SENSOR check
SENSOR, CHUTE-SUPPORT, REGI Proceed to FIP-2.D4
Check to ascertain that the ALIGNER OUT
CHUTE-ASSY, BELT, ALIGNER OUT Faulty ALIGNER
8 SENSOR is functioning normally. Proceed to step [9]
SENSOR, DUP CONTROLLER PWB, OUT SENSOR
♦ Confirm this with device code [A2] of the
MCU PWB (p.579)
digital input test.
Check the printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine Replace SNS1
controller. † DUP harness check
or controller: HARNESS-ASSY
If the same problem Check to ascertain that the harness between
Run a test print on the engine itself and or ALIGNER
2 occurs after Proceed to step [3] 9 the ALIGNER OUT SENSOR and the DUP Proceed to step [10]
check if the test print runs normally (with HARNESS-ASSY,
replacement/ CONTROLLER PWB is not severed or has
approximately ten pages individually and DUP MAIN
remounting, Proceed a faulty contact.
ten pages consecutively.) HARNESS-ASSY.
to step [3]
† Main unit harness check
• With tool -
Check to ascertain that the harness between Replace the MCU Replace the main
Proceed to step 10
the main unit and the DUP CONTROLLER PWB unit harness
† MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY check [4]
PWB is not severed or has a faulty contact.
Is there foreign matter in the paper route of • Without tool - Clean or replace the
3
the MAIN P/H FRAME ASSY? Is there Proceed to FIP- faulty part(s).
anything wrong with parts? 2.10 “Faulty
REGI. SENSOR”
(p.232)
† REGI. SENSOR check
Check to ascertain that the REGI. SENSOR Proceed to FIP-2.10
4 is functioning normally. Proceed to step [5] “Faulty REGI.
♦ By using the diagnostics tool, check by SENSOR” (p.232)
Digital Input Test device code "29".
† DUPLEX FEED mechanism rotation check
Replace the
Pull out ALIGNER ASSY. Rotate the roller
concerned part(s)
5 of DUPLEX FEED mechanism manually Proceed to step [6]
which causes the
and check the rotation.
problem.
Does the roller rotate smoothly?
† ALIGNER ASSY attachment check Reattach the
6 Check to ascertain that the ALIGNER Proceed to step [7] ALIGNER ASSY
ASSY is firmly attached. (PL40.1.3) (p.585)

APPENDIX Optional Units 571

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.D5 Communication error

Table 7-33.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY, MAIN
HARNESS ASSY, DUP CONTROLLER
PWB, MCU PWB
Check the printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine
controller.
or controller:
If the same problem
Run a test print on the engine itself and
2 occurs after Proceed to step [3]
check if the test print runs normally (with
replacement/
approximately ten pages individually and
remounting, Proceed
ten pages consecutively.)
to step [3]
† DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check Replace the DUP
3 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [4] MAIN HARNESS
normal? ASSY
J134A ↔ J142
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check
Replace the MAIN
4 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [5]
HARNESS ASSY
normal?
J022B ↔ J134A
† DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
5 Problem solved.
CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
with a normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 572

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.D6 ERRORS RELATED TO THE INV MOT-ASSY Table 7-34.

Recovery
Table 7-34. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † INVERTER MOTOR ASSY check
Yes No
Check to ascertain that the INVERTER
Replace the MCU
† Initial checking: 8 MOTOR ASSY is functioning normally. Proceed to step [9]
PWB
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of ♦ Confirm this with device code [A0] of the
any parts other than those approved by digital output test.
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
† HARNESS-ASSY-DUP conductivity check
malformation and foreign objects. Replace or reattach Replace the
1 Proceed to step [2] Is the conductivity between the following
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts 9 Proceed to step [10] HARNESS-ASSY-
normal?
INVERTER MOTOR ASSY, DUP DUP
J139 ↔ J147
TRANSPORT ASSY, INVERTER ASSY,
ALIGNER ASSY, DUP CONTROLLER † DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
PWB, MCU PWB check Replace the DUP
10 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [11] MAIN HARNESS
Check the printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine normal? ASSY
controller.
or controller: J134A ↔ J142
If the same problem
Run a test print on the engine itself and † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
2 occurs after Proceed to step [3]
check if the test print runs normally (with check
replacement/ Replace the MAIN
approximately ten pages individually and 11 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [12]
remounting, Proceed HARNESS ASSY
ten pages consecutively.) normal?
to step [3]
J022B ↔ J134A
Replace the
† INVERTER Motor operation check † DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
concerned part(s)
3 Check to ascertain that the INVERTER Proceed to step [4]
Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
which causes the 12 Problem solved.
Motor is operating during the test print. CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
problem.
with a normal one?
† DUP TRANSPORT ASSY attachment Reattach the DUP
check TRANSPORT
4 Proceed to step [5]
Check to ascertain that the DUP ASSY (PL40.1.2)
TRANSPORT ASSY is firmly attached. (p.584)
† INVERTER ASSY attachment check Reattach the
5 Check to ascertain that the INVERTER Proceed to step [6] INVERTER ASSY
ASSY is firmly attached. (PL40.1.4) (p.585)
† ALIGNER ASSY attachment check Reattach the
6 Check to ascertain that the ALIGNER Proceed to step [7] ALIGNER ASSY
ASSY is firmly attached. (PL40.1.3) (p.585)
• With tool -
† INVERTER MOTOR ASSY abnormality Proceed to step
check [8]
Remove the
7 Check to ascertain that there are no foreign
obstruction • Without tool -
objects preventing the INVERTER MOTOR
Proceed to step
ASSY from operating.
[9]

APPENDIX Optional Units 573

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.D7 INV CHUTE ASSY open Table 7-35.

Recovery
Table 7-35. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † HARNESS-ASSY-DUP conductivity check
Yes No Replace the
Is the conductivity between the following
6 Proceed to step [7] HARNESS-ASSY-
† Initial checking: normal?
DUP
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of J139 ↔ J153
any parts other than those approved by † DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Replace or reattach Replace the DUP
1 Proceed to step [2] check
malformation and foreign objects. the relevant parts 7 Proceed to step [8] MAIN HARNESS
Is the conductivity between the following
• Major parts to be checked: normal? ASSY
CAB SWITCH-I/L, INVERTER CHUTE, J134A ↔ J142
DUP CONTROLLER PWB, MCU PWB
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
Check the printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine check
controller. Replace the MAIN
or controller: 8 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [9]
If the same problem HARNESS ASSY
Run a test print on the engine itself and normal?
2 occurs after Proceed to step [3] J022B ↔ J134A
check if the test print runs normally (with
replacement/
approximately ten pages individually and † DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
remounting, Proceed
ten pages consecutively.) Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
to step [3] 9 Problem solved.
CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
† CAB SWITCH-I/L attachment check Reattach the CAB with a normal one?
3 Has the CAB SWITCH-I/L been attached Proceed to step [4] SWITCH-I/L
correctly? (PL43.1.4) (p.594)
• With tool -
Proceed to step
[5]
† INVERTER CHUTE check • Without tool -
Does the feeder chute open and close Proceed to FIP-
Replace the
smoothly under the following conditions? 2.D1 Faulty CAB
concerned part(s)
4 Press the CAB SWITCH-I/L when the SWITCH-I/L
which causes the
INVERTER CHUTE is closed. Release the (p.576)
problem.
CAB SWITCH-I/L when the inverter chute If an error still
is open. occurs after
taking action
above, proceed to
step [6]
† CAB SWITCH-I/L check
Proceed to FIP-2.D1
Check to ascertain that the CAB SWITCH-I/
Faulty CAB
5 L is functioning normally. Proceed to step [6]
SWITCH-I/L
♦ By using the diagnostics tool, check by (p.576)
Digital Input Test device code "A3".

APPENDIX Optional Units 574

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.D8 ALIGNER ASSY open

Table 7-36.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Replace or reattach
1 Proceed to step [2]
malformation and foreign objects. the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
ALIGNER ASSY, ALIGNER CHUTE-
ASSY
Check the printer
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine
controller.
or controller:
If the same problem
Run a test print on the engine itself and
2 occurs after Proceed to step [3]
check if the test print runs normally (with
replacement/
approximately ten pages individually and
remounting, Proceed
ten pages consecutively.)
to step [3]
† ALIGNER ASSY mounting check Remount the
Replace the MCU
3 Has the ALIGNER ASSY been mounted ALIGNER ASSY
PWB
correctly? (PL40.1.3) (p.585)

APPENDIX Optional Units 575

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.3.7 Level 2 FIP Table 7-37.

FIP-2.D1 Faulty CAB SWITCH-I/L Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
Table 7-37.
† DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
Recovery check Replace the DUP
Step Check
Yes No 7 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [8] MAIN HARNESS
normal? ASSY
† Initial checking: J134A ↔ J142
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, check
Replace or reattach Replace the MAIN
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] 8 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [9]
the relevant parts HARNESS ASSY
normal?
• Major parts to be checked:
CAB SWITCH-I/L, HARNESS-ASSY- J022B ↔ J134A
DUP, DUP CONTROLLER PWB, MCU † DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
PWB Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
9 Problem solved.
CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
† CAB SWITCH-I/L ON signal power supply
with a normal one?
check
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [5]
Is the following electrical voltage 5VDC?
P139-4PIN ↔ P139-5PIN
† CAB SWITCH-I/L ON signal check
Is the electrical voltage between P139-4PIN
↔ P139-5PIN as follows?
3 0VDC when the INVERTER CHUTE is Proceed to step [9] Proceed to step [4]
closed.
5VDC when the INVERTER CHUTE is
open.
† HARNESS-ASSY-DUP check
Replace the
Is the conductivity between the following
4 Proceed to step [9] HARNESS-ASSY-
normal?
DUP
J139 ↔ J153
† 5VDC power supply check
Replace the DUP
Is the voltage of each of the followings
CONTROLLER
5 5VDC? Proceed to step [6]
PWB (PL43.1.11)
P/J142-9PIN ↔ J142-7PIN
(p.594)
P/J142-10PIN ↔ J142-8PIN
† 5VDC power supply check
Is the voltage of each of the followings
Replace the MCU
6 5VDC? Proceed to step [7]
PWB
P/J022B-9PIN ↔ J022B-11PIN
P/J022B-8PIN ↔ J022B-10PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 576

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.D2 Faulty DUP GATE SOLENOID

Table 7-38.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
malformation and foreign objects. Replace or reattach
1 Proceed to step [2]
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts
DUP GATE SOLENOID, MAIN
HARNESS ASSY, FUSER HARNESS
ASSY, DUP CONTROLLER PWB, MCU
PWB
† DUP GATE SOLENOID power supply
check
Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the Replace the MCU
2 Proceed to step [3]
following? PWB
P19A-2PIN ↔ P19A-1PIN
P19A-2PIN ↔ P19A-3PIN
† FUSER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check
Replace the FUSER
3 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [4]
HARNESS ASSY
normal?
J71A ↔ J75
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check
Replace the FUSER
4 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [5]
HARNESS ASSY
normal?
J19A ↔ J71A
† DUP GATE SOLENOID check
Is the conductivity for the following normal Replace the DUP
5 (approximately 90Ω)? Proceed to step [6] GATE SOLENOID
J75-2PIN ↔ J75-1PIN (PL41.1.6) (p.586)
J75-2PIN ↔ J75-3PIN
† DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
9 Problem solved.
CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
with a normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 577

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.D3 Faulty ALIGNER SENSOR Table 7-39.

Recovery
Table 7-39. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 5VDC power supply check
Yes No Replace the DUP
Is the voltage of each of the followings
CONTROLLER
† Initial checking: 8 5VDC? Proceed to step [9]
PWB (PL43.1.11)
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of P/J142-9PIN ↔ J142-7PIN
(p.594)
any parts other than those approved by P/J142-10PIN ↔ J142-8PIN
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach † 5VDC power supply check
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
Is the voltage of each of the followings
the relevant parts Replace the MCU
• Major parts to be checked: 9 5VDC? Proceed to step [10]
ALIGNER SENSOR, DUP CONTROLLER PWB
P/J022B-9PIN ↔ J022B-11PIN
PWB, SNS2 HARNESS-ASSY, ALIGNER P/J022B-8PIN ↔ J022B-10PIN
HARNESS-ASSY, MCU PWB
† DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
† ALIGNER SENSOR power supply check check Replace the DUP
2 Is the following electrical voltage 5VDC? Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [8] 10 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [11] MAIN HARNESS
P141-4PIN ↔ P141-6PIN normal? ASSY
† ALIGNER SENSE detection signal power J134A ↔ J142
supply check † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [8]
Is the following electrical voltage 5VDC? check
P141-5PIN ↔ P141-6PIN Replace the MAIN
11 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [13]
HARNESS ASSY
† SNS2 HARNESS-ASSY conductivity check normal?
Is the conductivity between the following Replace the SNS2 J022B ↔ J134A
4 Proceed to step [5]
normal? HARNESS-ASSY † ALIGNER SENSE signal check
J159 ↔ J145 Is the electrical voltage as follows? Replace the
† ALIGNER HARNESS-ASSY conductivity 12 0VDC with paper, Proceed to step [13] ALIGNER SENSOR
check Replace the 5VDC without paper (PL42.1.12) (p.591)
5 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [6] ALIGNER P/J141-5 ↔ P/J141-6
normal? HARNESS-ASSY † DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
J155 ↔ J159 Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
13 Problem solved.
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
check with a normal one?
Replace the MAIN
6 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [7]
HARNESS ASSY
normal?
J134B ↔ J155
† DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check Replace the DUP
7 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [12] MAIN HARNESS
normal? ASSY
J141 ↔ J134B

APPENDIX Optional Units 578

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.D4 Faulty ALIGNER OUT SENSOR Table 7-40.

Recovery
Table 7-40. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 5VDC power supply check
Yes No Replace the DUP
Is the voltage of each of the followings
CONTROLLER
† Initial checking: 8 5VDC? Proceed to step [9]
PWB (PL43.1.11)
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of P/J142-9PIN ↔ J142-7PIN
(p.594)
any parts other than those approved by P/J142-10PIN ↔ J142-8PIN
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
† 5VDC power supply check
malformation and foreign objects. Replace or reattach
1 Proceed to step [2] Is the voltage of each of the followings
Replace the MCU
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts 9 5VDC? Proceed to step [10]
ALIGNER OUT SENSOR, DUP PWB
P/J022B-9PIN ↔ J022B-11PIN
CONTROLLER PWB, SNS1 HARNESS- P/J022B-8PIN ↔ J022B-10PIN
ASSY, ALIGNER HARNESS-ASSY,
MCU PWB † DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check Replace the DUP
† ALIGNER OUT SENSOR power supply 10 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [11] MAIN HARNESS
check normal? ASSY
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [8]
Is the following electrical voltage 5VDC? J134A ↔ J142
P141-1PIN ↔ P141-3PIN
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
† ALIGNER OUT SENSE detection signal check
power supply check Replace the MAIN
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [8] 11 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [13]
Is the following electrical voltage 5VDC? HARNESS ASSY
normal?
P141-2PIN ↔ P141-3PIN J022B ↔ J134A
† SNS1 HARNESS-ASSY conductivity check † ALIGNER OUT SENSE signal check
Is the conductivity between the following Replace the SNS2 Is the electrical voltage as follows? Replace the
4 Proceed to step [5]
normal? HARNESS-ASSY 12 0VDC with paper, Proceed to step [13] ALIGNER SENSOR
J160 ↔ J146 5VDC without paper (PL42.1.12) (p.591)
† ALIGNER HARNESS-ASSY conductivity P/J141-2 ↔ P/J141-3
check Replace the † DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
5 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [6] ALIGNER Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
normal? HARNESS-ASSY 13 Problem solved.
CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
J155 ↔ J160 with a normal one?
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check
Replace the MAIN
6 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [7]
HARNESS ASSY
normal?
J134B ↔ J155
† DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check Replace the DUP
7 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [12] MAIN HARNESS
normal? ASSY
J141 ↔ J134B

APPENDIX Optional Units 579

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.D5 Faulty INVERTER SENSOR Table 7-41.

Recovery
Table 7-41. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
Yes No
check Replace the DUP
† Initial checking: 8 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [9] MAIN HARNESS
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of normal? ASSY
any parts other than those approved by J134A ↔ J142
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
malformation and foreign objects. Replace or reattach
1 Proceed to step [2] check
Replace the MAIN
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts 9 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [10]
INVERTER SENSOR, DUP HARNESS ASSY
normal?
CONTROLLER PWB, SNR DUP J022B ↔ J134A
HARNESS-ASSY, HARNESS-ASSY-
DUP, MCU PWB † INVERTER SENSE signal check
Replace the
Is the electrical voltage as follows?
† INVERTER SENSOR power supply check INVERTER
10 0VDC with paper, Proceed to step [11]
2 Is the following electrical voltage 5VDC? Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [6] SENSOR
5VDC without paper
P139-1PIN ↔ P139-2PIN (PL43.1.32) (p.600)
P/J139-3 ↔ P/J139-1
† INVERTER SENSE detection signal power † DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
supply check Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [6] 11 Problem solved.
Is the following electrical voltage 5VDC? CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
P139-3PIN ↔ P139-2PIN with a normal one?
† SNR DUP HARNESS-ASSY conductivity
check Replace the SNR
4 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [5] DUP HARNESS-
normal? ASSY
J158 ↔ J144
† HARNESS-ASSY-DUP conductivity check
Replace the
Is the conductivity between the following
5 Proceed to step [10] HARNESS-ASSY-
normal?
DUP
J144 ↔ J139
† 5VDC power supply check
Replace the DUP
Is the voltage of each of the followings
CONTROLLER
6 5VDC? Proceed to step [7]
PWB (PL43.1.11)
P/J142-9PIN ↔ J142-7PIN
(p.594)
P/J142-10PIN ↔ J142-8PIN
† 5VDC power supply check
Is the voltage of each of the followings
Replace the MCU
7 5VDC? Proceed to step [8]
PWB
P/J022B-9PIN ↔ J022B-11PIN
P/J022B-8PIN ↔ J022B-10PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 580

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.D6 Faulty FORWARD CLUTCH Table 7-42.

Recovery
Table 7-42. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
Yes No
check
Replace the MAIN
† Initial checking: 8 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [9]
HARNESS ASSY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of normal?
any parts other than those approved by J022B ↔ J134A
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach † DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
the relevant parts 9 Problem solved.
• Major parts to be checked: CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
FORWARD CLUTCH, DUP with a normal one?
CONTROLLER PWB, HARNESS-ASSY-
DUP, MCU PWB
† FORWARD CLUTCH power supply check
Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [5]
following?
P139-10PIN ↔ P139-11PIN
† HARNESS-ASSY-DUP conductivity check
Replace the
Is the conductivity between the following
3 Proceed to step [4] HARNESS-ASSY-
normal?
DUP
J139 ↔ J150
† FORWARD CLUTCH check Replace the
Is the conductivity for the following normal FORWARD
4 Proceed to step [9]
(approximately 172Ω)? CLUTCH
J150-1PIN ↔ J150-2PIN (PL43.1.17) (p.596)
† 24VDC power supply check
Is the voltage of each of the followings Replace the DUP
24VDC? CONTROLLER
5 Proceed to step [6]
P/J142-14PIN ↔ J142-11PIN PWB (PL43.1.11)
P/J142-15PIN ↔ J142-12PIN (p.594)
P/J142-16PIN ↔ J142-13PIN
† 24VDC power supply check
Is the voltage of each of the followings
24VDC? Replace the MCU
6 Proceed to step [7]
P/J022B-2PIN ↔ J022B-5PIN PWB
P/J022B-3PIN ↔ J022B-6PIN
P/J022B-4PIN ↔ J022B-7PIN
† DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check Replace the DUP
7 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [8] MAIN HARNESS
normal? ASSY
J134A ↔ J142

APPENDIX Optional Units 581

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.D7 Faulty REVERSE CLUTCH Table 7-43.

Recovery
Table 7-43. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
Yes No
check
Replace the MAIN
† Initial checking: 8 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [9]
HARNESS ASSY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of normal?
any parts other than those approved by J022B ↔ J134A
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach † DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
the relevant parts 9 Problem solved.
• Major parts to be checked: CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
REVERSE CLUTCH, DUP with a normal one?
CONTROLLER PWB, HARNESS-ASSY-
DUP, MCU PWB
† REVERSE CLUTCH power supply check
Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [5]
following?
P139-12PIN ↔ P139-13PIN
† HARNESS-ASSY-DUP conductivity check
Replace the
Is the conductivity between the following
3 Proceed to step [4] HARNESS-ASSY-
normal?
DUP
J139 ↔ J151
† REVERSE CLUTCH check Replace the
Is the conductivity for the following normal REVERSE
4 Proceed to step [9]
(approximately 172Ω)? CLUTCH
J151-1PIN ↔ J151-2PIN (PL43.1.18) (p.597)
† 24VDC power supply check
Is the voltage of each of the followings Replace the DUP
24VDC? CONTROLLER
5 Proceed to step [6]
P/J142-14PIN ↔ J142-11PIN PWB (PL43.1.11)
P/J142-15PIN ↔ J142-12PIN (p.594)
P/J142-16PIN ↔ J142-13PIN
† 24VDC power supply check
Is the voltage of each of the followings
24VDC? Replace the MCU
6 Proceed to step [7]
P/J022B-2PIN ↔ J022B-5PIN PWB
P/J022B-3PIN ↔ J022B-6PIN
P/J022B-4PIN ↔ J022B-7PIN
† DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check Replace the DUP
7 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [8] MAIN HARNESS
normal? ASSY
J134A ↔ J142

APPENDIX Optional Units 582

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.D8 Faulty LOWER INV SOLENOID Table 7-44.

Recovery
Table 7-44. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 24VDC power supply check
Yes No
Is the voltage of each of the followings
† Initial checking: 24VDC? Replace the MCU
7 Proceed to step [8]
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of P/J022B-2PIN ↔ J022B-5PIN PWB
any parts other than those approved by P/J022B-3PIN ↔ J022B-6PIN
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, P/J022B-4PIN ↔ J022B-7PIN
malformation and foreign objects.
† DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
• Major parts to be checked: Replace or reattach Replace the DUP
1 Proceed to step [2] check
LOWER INV SOLENOID, LOWER INV the relevant parts 8 Proceed to step [9] MAIN HARNESS
Is the conductivity between the following
SOL SPRING, LOWER INVERTER normal? ASSY
ASSY, DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY, J134A ↔ J142
MAIN HARNESS ASSY, DUP
CONTROLLER PWB, MCU PWB, † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
INVERTER ASSY check
Replace the MAIN
9 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [10]
† LOWER INV SOLENOID power supply HARNESS ASSY
normal?
check J022B ↔ J134A
2 Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [6]
following? † DUP CONTROLLER PWB check
P141-12PIN ↔ P141-11PIN Does the same problem occur after the DUP Replace the MCU
10 Problem solved.
CONTROLLER PWB has been replaced PWB
† LOWER INV SOLENOID check with a normal one?
Replace the
Is the conductivity for the following normal
LOWER INV
3 (approximately 45Ω)? Proceed to step [4]
SOLENOID
J148-2PIN ↔ J148-1PIN
(PL40.1.7) (p.602)
J148-2PIN ↔ J148-3PIN
† DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check Replace the DUP
4 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [5] MAIN HARNESS
normal? ASSY
J141 ↔ J134B
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check
Replace the MAIN
5 Is the conductivity between the following Proceed to step [10]
HARNESS ASSY
normal?
J134B↔ J148
† 24VDC power supply check
Is the voltage of each of the followings Replace the DUP
24VDC? CONTROLLER
6 Proceed to step [7]
P/J142-14PIN ↔ J142-11PIN PWB (PL43.1.11)
P/J142-15PIN ↔ J142-12PIN (p.594)
P/J142-16PIN ↔ J142-13PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 583

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4 Disassembly and assembly of Duplex Unit 7.8.1.4.1 DUP TRANSPORT ASSY (PL40.1.2)
This section explains the procedures for removing and attaching the main parts on the 1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10). (p.339)
Duplex Unit.
2. Disconnect the DUP GATE SOLENOID connector (P/J75) connected to the
For carrying out disassembly and assembly work, be sure to read “4.1 Overview”
printer.
(p.258) and “4.2 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure” (p.261) carefully.
3. Press down on the two hooks on the DUP TRANSPORT ASSY and pull the DUP
C H E C K „ For parts which are available as spare parts but the procedure TRANSPORT ASSY out horizontally to remove it.
P O IN T for their disassembly and assembly is not described here,
never forget to observe their installation carefully before
starting disassembly.
„ Work should be carried out with the FEEDER UNIT left
installed, unless its removal is necessary.

Figure 7-27. Removing the DUP TRANSPORT ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 584

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.2 ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3) 7.8.1.4.3 INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4)

1. Pull out the ALIGNER ASSY. 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J134A) connecting the INVERTER ASSY and the printer
body.
2. Pull off the ALIGNER ASSY while pushing the right and left hooks (two hooks).
2. Loosen the two screws (knurled) securing the INVERTER ASSY, and pull off the
INVERTER ASSY horizontally.

Figure 7-28. Removing the DUP TRANSPORT ASSY

Figure 7-29. Removing the INVERTER ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 585

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.4 DUP GATE SOLENOID (PL41.1.6) 7.8.1.4.5 COVER-EXIT(PL41.1.10)

1. Remove the DUP TRANSPORT ASSY (PL40.1.2). (p.584) 1. Remove the DUP TRANSPORT ASSY (PL40.1.2). (p.584)
2. Remove the COVER-EXIT(PL41.1.10). (p.586) 2. Remove the two screws holding the COVER-EXIT in place (Front: black guarded,
tapped, 8mm. Rear: gold, tapped, 8mm)
3. Remove the harness from the hook to free it.
4. Remove the screws holding the DUP GATE SOLENOID in place (gold, 4mm) 3. Remove the two bosses from the CHUTE-EXIT ASSY and the hook from the
cover exit with the use of a “-” type screwdriver, and then remove the COVER-
and remove the DUP GATE SOLENOID.
EXIT.
4. Remove the four pinch roll assemblies from the hooks on the COVER-EXIT with
the use of a “-” type screwdriver.

Figure 7-30. Removing the DUP GATE SOLENOID

Figure 7-31. Removing the COVER-EXIT

APPENDIX Optional Units 586

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.6 EXIT ROLLER-ASSY (PL41.1.16) 7.8.1.4.7 IN ROLLER-ASSY (PL42.1.3)

1. Remove the DUP TRANSPORT ASSY (PL40.1.2). (p.584) 1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585)
2. Remove the COVER-EXIT(PL41.1.10). (p.586) 2. Remove the ALIGNER COVER-FR (PL42.1.14). (p.592)
3. Remove the two E-rings holding the EXIT ROLLER-ASSY in place, and then 3. Remove the front E-ring holding the IN ROLLER-ASSY in place, and then
remove the rear gear-SUPR and the two bearings 6. remove the PULLEY 20T, the BELT 383, and the BEARING-EXIT.
4. Shift the EXIT ROLLER-ASSY towards the rear, disconnect it from the front, and 4. Remove the rear E-ring holding the IN ROLLER-ASSY in place, and then remove
then remove it from the front. the PULLEY 16T, the BELT 346, and the BEARING-EXIT.
5. Shift the IN ROLLER-ASSY towards the rear, disconnect it from the front, and
then remove it from the front.

Remove the COLLAR-IDLER if necessary when removing BELT

383 and BELT 346.

Figure 7-32. Removing the EXIT ROLLER-ASSY

Figure 7-33. Removing the IN ROLLER-ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 587

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.8 OUT ROLLER-ASSY (PL42.1.4) 7.8.1.4.9 IN CHUTE-ASSY (PL42.1.6)

1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585) 1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585)
2. Remove the two E-rings holding the OUT ROLLER-ASSY in place, and then 2. Remove the left-hand screw holding the REGI CHUTE-ASSY in place (black,
remove the two bearing exits and rear GEAR 14Z. guarded, tapped, 8mm.)
3. Shift the OUT ROLLER-ASSY towards the rear, disconnect it from the front, and 3. Remove the CHUTE-SUPPORT (PL42.1.13). (p.591)
then remove it from the front.
4. Remove the two screws holding the IN CHUTE-ASSY in place (silver, guarded,
6mm), raise the REGI CHUTE-ASSY to the left slightly, and then remove it.

Figure 7-34. Removing the OUT ROLLER-ASSY

Figure 7-35. Removing the IN CHUTE-ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 588

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.10 OUT CHUTE-ASSY (PL42.1.7)

1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585)
2. Remove the CHUTE-SUPPORT (PL42.1.13). (p.591)
3. Remove the ALIGNER COVER-FR (PL42.1.14). (p.592)
4. Remove the R/H RAIL-ASSY (PL42.1.15). (p.592)
5. Disconnect the ALIGNER HARNESS-ASSY connector (P/J159A) and the SNS 1
HAENESS-ASSY connector (P/J160)
6. Remove the right-hand screw holding the REGI CHUTE-ASSY in place. (black,
guarded, tapped, 8mm.)
7. Remove the two screws holding the OUT CHUTE-ASSY in place (silver,
guarded, 6mm), raise the REGI CHUTE-ASSY to the right slightly, and then
remove it.

Figure 7-36. Removing the OUT CHUTE-ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 589

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.11 ALIGNER OUT SENSOR (PL42.1.9) 7.8.1.4.12 REGI CHUTE-ASSY (PL42.1.10)

1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585) 1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585)
2. Remove the CHUTE-SUPPORT (PL42.1.13). (p.591) 2. Disconnect the SENS 2 HARNESS-ASSY connector (P/J159), and then release
the harness assembly from the crank to free it.
3. Remove the ALIGNER COVER-FR (PL42.1.14). (p.592)
4. Remove the R/H RAIL-ASSY (PL42.1.15). (p.592) 3. Remove the two screws holding the REGI CHUTE-ASSY in place (black,
guarded, tapped, 8mm) and then remove the REGI CHUTE-ASSY.
5. Remove the OUT CHUTE-ASSY (PL42.1.7). (p.589)
6. Disconnect the ALIGNER OUT SENSOR connector. (P/J146)
7. Remove the OUT CHUTE-ASSY hooks fixing the ALIGNER OUT SENSOR in
place, and then remove the ALIGNER OUT SENSOR.

Figure 7-37. Removing the ALIGNER OUT SENSOR

Figure 7-38. Removing the REGI CHUTE-ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 590

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.13 ALIGNER SENSOR (PL42.1.12) 7.8.1.4.14 CHUTE-SUPPORT (PL42.1.13)

1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585) 1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585)
2. Remove the REGI CHUTE-ASSY (PL42.1.10). (p.590) 2. Press down on the CHUTE-SUPPORT lock lever and move it to the left, and then
remove the CHUTE-SUPPORT from the top.
3. Remove the REGI CHUTE-ASSY hooks fixing the ALIGNER SENSOR in place,
and then remove the ALIGNER SENSOR.
4. Disconnect the ALIGNER SENSOR connector. (P/J145)

Figure 7-39. Removing the ALIGNER SENSOR

Figure 7-40. Removing the CHUTE-SUPPORT

APPENDIX Optional Units 591

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.15 ALIGNER COVER-FR (PL42.1.14) 7.8.1.4.16 R/H RAIL-ASSY (PL42.1.15)

1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585) 1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585)
2. Remove the two screws holding the ALIGNER COVER-FR in place (silver, 2. Remove the ALIGNER COVER-FR (PL42.1.14). (p.592)
guarded, 8mm) and then remove the ALIGNER COVER-FR from the top.
3. Remove the two screws holding the R/H RAIL-ASSY in place (silver, guarded,
6mm) and then remove the R/H RAIL-ASSY.

Figure 7-41. Removing the ALIGNER COVER-FR

Figure 7-42. Removing the R/H RAIL-ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 592

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.17 ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH (PL42.1.23)

1. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585)
2. Remove the rear E-ring holding the IN ROLLER-ASSY in place, and then remove
the BELT 346 and the PULLEY 16T.
3. Disconnect the ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH connector (P/H149), and then
release the harness from the clamp to free it.

C A U T IO N As the BEARING-EXIT, the ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH,

GEAR (21Z/18T), the SHAFT-CLUTCH and BELT 346 will be
freed once the BRACKET-CLUTCH has been removed in
accordance with the following procedure, beware of items falling
or being lost.

4. Remove the two screws holding the BRACKET-CLUTCH in place (silver,

guarded, 6mm) and then remove the BRACKET-CLUTCH.
5. Remove the two BEARING-EXIT, the ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH, the GEAR
(21Z/18T), the E-ring and the SHAFT-CLUTCH.
6. Remove the rear BEARING-EXIT and the ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH from the
SHAFT-CLUTCH.

Figure 7-43. Removing the ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH

APPENDIX Optional Units 593

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.18 CAB SWITCH-I/L (PL43.1.4) 7.8.1.4.19 DUP CONTROLLER PWB (PL43.1.11)

1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585) 1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585)
2. Open the INVERTER CHUTE. 2. Remove the INVERTER MOTOR ASSY.
See “ENTER CLUTCH (PL43.1.16)”. (p.595)
3. Remove the R COVER-INVERTER (PL43.1.42). (p.601)
4. Disconnect the CAB SWITCH-I/L connector (P/L153.) 3. Disconnect the four DUP CONTROLLER PWB connectors. (P/J139, P/J140, P/
J141, P/J142.)
5. Release the CAB SWITCH-I/L hook and then remove the CAB SWITCH-I/L
from the FRAME HIGH ASSY. 4. Remove the four screws holding the DUP CONTROLLER PWB in place (silver,
6mm) and then remove the DUP CONTROLLER PWB.

Figure 7-44. Removing the CAB SWITCH-I/L

Figure 7-45. Removing the DUP CONTROLLER PWB

APPENDIX Optional Units 594

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.20 ENTER CLUTCH (PL43.1.16)

1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585)
2. Release the ENTER CLUTCH harness from the clamp and then remove the
ENTER CLUTCH connector. (P/J152.)

C A U T IO N The harness will remain connected in the following procedure, so

take care not to pull it too far.

3. Remove the two screws (silver, w/collar, 6 mm) securing the BRACKET-MOT,
and remove the INVERTER MOTOR ASSY together with the INV MOTOR.
4. Remove the E-ring holding the ENTER CLUTCH in place and then remove the
ENTER CLUTCH.

Figure 7-46. Removing the ENTER CLUTCH

APPENDIX Optional Units 595

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.21 FORWARD CLUTCH (PL43.1.17)

1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585)
2. Remove the R COVER-INVERTER (PL43.1.42). (p.601)
3. Remove the INVERTER MOTOR ASSY.
See “ENTER CLUTCH (PL43.1.16)”. (p.595)
4. Release the harness from the clamp to free it.
5. Disconnect the FORWARD CLUTCH connector. (P/J150.)
6. Remove the screw holding the CLUTCH COVER in place (silver, guarded, 6mm)
and then remove the CLUTCH COVER.
7. Remove the E-ring holding the SHAFT-CLUTCH in place, disconnect the
BEARING (φ6) and SHAFT-CLUTCH, and then remove the GEAR 30Z and
FORWARD CLUTCH.

Figure 7-47. Removing the FORWARD CLUTCH

APPENDIX Optional Units 596

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.22 REVERSE CLUTCH (PL43.1.18)

1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585)
2. Remove the R COVER-INVERTER (PL43.1.42). (p.601)
3. Remove the INVERTER MOTOR ASSY.
See “ENTER CLUTCH (PL43.1.16)”. (p.595)
4. Release the harness from the clamp to free it.
5. Disconnect the REVERSE CLUTCH connector. (P/J151.)
6. Remove the screw holding the CLUTCH COVER in place (silver, guarded, 6mm)
and then remove the CLUTCH COVER.
7. Remove the E-ring holding the SHAFT-CLUTCH in place, disconnect the
BEARING (φ6) and SHAFT-CLUTCH, and then remove the GEAR 30Z and
REVERSE CLUTCH.

Figure 7-48. Removing the REVERSE CLUTCH

APPENDIX Optional Units 597

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.23 TRI ROLLER-ASSY (PL43.1.34) 7.8.1.4.24 INV MOTOR (PL43.1.26)

1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585) 1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585)
2. Open the INVERTER CHUTE. 2. Remove the R COVER-INVERTER (PL43.1.42). (p.601)
3. Remove the R COVER-INVERTER (PL43.1.42). (p.601) 3. Disconnect the INV MOTOR connector. (P/J147.)
4. Remove the ENTER CLUTCH (PL43.1.16). (p.595) 4. Remove the two screws holding the INV MOTOR in place (silver, 6mm) and then
remove the INV MOTOR.
5. Remove the F COVER-INVERTER (PL43.1.41). (p.601)
6. Remove the two E-rings holding the TRI ROLLER-ASSY in place, and then
remove the BEARING (φ6) and GEAR 24Z.
7. Shift the TRI ROLLER ASSY towards the rear, disconnect the front from the
FRAME HIGH ASSY, and then remove it from the front.

Figure 7-49. Removing the TRI ROLLER-ASSY

Figure 7-50. Removing the INV MOTOR

APPENDIX Optional Units 598

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.25 INVERTER CHUTE (PL43.1.30)

1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585)
2. Open the INVERTER CHUTE.
3. Remove the R COVER-INVERTER (PL43.1.42). (p.601)
4. Release the SNR DUP HARNESS-ASSY from the clamp to free it.
5. Disconnect the SNR DUP HARNESS-ASSY connector. (P/J144)
6. Remove the screw fixing the COVER SUPPORT-L/H to the INVERTER CHUTE
(black, guarded, tapped, 8mm) and remove the COVER SUPPORT-L/H from the
INVERTER CHUTE.
7. Gently twist the hinge on the front of the INVERTER CHUTE inwards, remove
the boss from the FRAME HIGH ASSY, remove the rear hinge and then remove
the INVERTER CHUTE.

Figure 7-51. Removing the INVERTER CHUTE

APPENDIX Optional Units 599

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.26 INVERTER SENSOR (PL43.1.32) 7.8.1.4.27 INV ROLLER-ASSY (PL43.1.23)

1. Open the INVERTER CHUTE. 1. Open the INVERTER CHUTE.
2. Remove the INV ROLLER-ASSY (PL43.1.23). (p.600) 2. Remove the E-ring holding the GEAR 24Z in place and then remove the GEAR
24Z.
3. Remove the rear screw holding the SPRING PLATE and CHUTE-1 in place
(silver, 8mm) and then remove the SPRING PLATE. 3. Remove the two E-rings holding the INV ROLLER-ASSY in place, and then
remove the front and rear bearings.
4. Remove the front screw holding the CHUTE-1 in place (silver, 8mm) and then
remove the CHUTE-1 upwards. 4. Shift the INV ROLLER-ASSY to the front, disconnect the rear of the INV
ROLLER-ASSY, and then remove it from the rear.
5. Disconnect the INVERTER SENSOR connector (P/J158)
6. Release the INVERTER SENSOR hook and then remove the INVERTER
SENSOR from the INVERTER CHUTE.

Figure 7-53. Removing the INV ROLLER-ASSY

Figure 7-52. Removing the INVERTER SENSOR

APPENDIX Optional Units 600

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.28 F COVER-INVERTER (PL43.1.41) 7.8.1.4.29 R COVER-INVERTER (PL43.1.42)

1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585) 1. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585)
2. Open the INVERTER CHUTE. 2. Open the INVERTER CHUTE.
3. Remove the screw fixing the COVER SUPPORT-L/H to the F COVER- 3. Remove the two screws holding the R COVER-INVERTER in place (silver,
INVERTER (black, guarded, 8mm) and then remove the COVER SUPPORT-L/H. guarded, 6mm) and then remove the R COVER-INVERTER.
4. Remove the screw holding the F COVER-INVERTER in place (silver, guarded,
8mm) and then remove the F COVER-INVERTER.

Figure 7-54. Removing the F COVER-INVERTER

Figure 7-55. Removing the R COVER-INVERTER

APPENDIX Optional Units 601

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.4.30 LOWER INV SOLENOID (PL40.1.7)

1. Remove the EXIT TRAY ASSY (PL10.1.10). (p.339)
2. Remove the UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1). (p.270)
3. Remove the ALIGNER ASSY (PL40.1.3). (p.585)
4. Remove the INVERTER ASSY (PL40.1.4). (p.585)
5. Disconnect the connector (P/J148) of the LOWER INV SOLENOID, and release
the harness from the clamp on the FEEDER FRAME ASSY.
6. Remove 1 screw (black, guarded, 8mm) fixing LOWER INVERTER ASSY.
7. Lift the rear part of LOWER INVERTER ASSY, and then pull out the LOWER
INVERTER ASSY.
8. Remove a spring, LOWER INV SOL SPRING, from LOWER CHUTE ASSY and
LOWER INV SOLENOID.
9. Remove the harness of LOWER INV SOLENOID from 2 clamps.
10. Remove the E-ring holding fixing the plunger part of LOWER INV SOLENOID,
and remove the plunger from a stud.
11. Remove the four screws holding the LOWER INV SOLENOID in place (silver,
guarded, 6mm) and then remove the LOWER INV SOLENOID.

„ Shift the LOWER INV SOLENOID to the right-hand side/

rear side, and secure it carefully so that the rear side of the
retaining the shield of the LOWER INV SOLENOID and the
rear end of the LOWER CHUTE ASSY are positioned in
LowerINV_SOL01.eps
parallel with each other.
(Note that there are two types; one for which you must put Figure 7-56. Removing the LOWER INV SOLENOID
the raised portion of the LOWER CHUTE ASSY into the
hole in the LOWER INV SOLENOID and the other for which
you must place the LOWER INV SOLENOID between the
two projections of the LOWER CHUTE ASSY.)
„ When installing LOWER CHUTE ASSY in FEEDER
FRAME ASSY, make sure to match 2 pins of LOWER
CHUTE ASSY and holes of FEEDER FRAME ASSY and
place them securely.

APPENDIX Optional Units 602

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.5 Duplex Unit supplement

This section describes the connector locations and connection diagrams of the Duplex
Unit. Refer to the appropriate pages for exploded diagrams and ASP lists:
„ See page 717 for Exploded Diagrams of Duplex Unit.
„ See “ASP list for Duplex Unit” (p.734)

APPENDIX Optional Units 603

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.5.1 Connectors
Shown here are connector [P (plug) / J (jack)] locations of the Duplex Unit.

Table 7-45. P/J list

P/J Remarks
75 Connection of FUSER HARNESS ASSY and DUP GATE SOLENOID
134A Connection of DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY and FUSER HARNESS ASSY
134B Connection of DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
139 Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and HARNESS-ASSY-DUP
140 Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and HARNESS-ASSY-DUP
141 Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY
142 Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY
144 Connection of HARNESS-ASSY-DUP and HARNESS ASSY, SNR DUP
145 Connection of ALIGNER SENSOR and SNS2 HARNESS-ASSY
146 Connection of ALIGNER OUT SENSOR and SNS1 HARNESS-ASSY
147 Connection of INVERTER MOTOR ASSY and HARNESS-ASSY-DUP
148 Connection of LOWER INV SOLENOID and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
149 Connection of ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH and HARNESS-ASSY
150 Connection of FORWARD CLUTCH and HARNESS-ASSY-DUP
151 Connection of REVERSE CLUTCH and HARNESS-ASSY-DUP
152 Connection of ENTER CLUTCH and HARNESS-ASSY-DUP
153 Connection of CAB SWITCH-I/L and HARNESS-ASSY-DUP
155 Connection of ALIGNER HARNESS-ASSY and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
158 Connection of INVERTER SENSOR and HARNESS ASSY, SNR DUP
159 Connection of HARNESS-ASSY and SENS 2 HARNESS-ASSY
160 Connection of HARNESS-ASSY and SENS 1 HARNESS-ASSY
244 Connector inside the HARNESS ASSY VPP

Figure 7-57. P/J Locations of Duplex Unit

APPENDIX Optional Units 604

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.1.5.2 Connection wiring diagrams

OVERALL CONNECTION WIRING DIAGRAM

Shown at right is the overall connection wiring diagram. For meanings of symbols used
in the diagram, see “Figure 7-9 Symbols Used in the Overall Wiring Connection
Diagrams” (p.465).

Figure 7-58. Overall Connection Wiring Diagram of Duplex Unit

APPENDIX Optional Units 605

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

CONNECTION WIRING DIAGRAMS BETWEEN PARTS §40.MCU PWB, DUP CONTROLLER PWB

Shown here are the wiring diagrams for connection between parts. For meanings of
symbols used in the diagrams, see “Figure 7-10 Symbols Used in the Wiring
Connection Diagrams” (p.469).
† Constitution:
The connection wiring diagrams are divided into three sections that provide details
on the connections between parts.
„ §40.MCU PWB, DUP CONTROLLER PWB
• Connection of MCU PWB and DUP CONTROLLER PWB
„ §41.DUP CONTROLLER PWB, ALIGNER SENSOR, ALIGNER OUT
SENSOR, ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH, DUP GATE SOLENOID
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and ALIGNER SENSOR
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and ALIGNER OUT SENSOR
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and DUP GATE SOLENOID
„ §42.DUP CONTROLLER PWB, INVERTER SENSOR, CAB SWITCH-I/L,
INVERTER MOTOR ASSY, FORWARD CLUTCH, REVERSE CLUTCH,
ENTER CLUTCH
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and INVERTER SENSOR
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and CAB SWITCH-I/L
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and INVERTER MOTOR ASSY
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and FORWARD CLUTCH
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and REVERSE CLUTCH
• Connection of DUP CONTROLLER PWB and ENTER CLUTCH

Figure 7-59. §40 Connection wiring diagram

APPENDIX Optional Units 606

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

§41.DUP CONTROLLER PWB, ALIGNER SENSOR, ALIGNER OUT

SENSOR, ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH, DUP GATE SOLENOID

Table 7-46.
Signal line name Remarks
SOLENOID PUSH ON (L) 24VDC The ON/OFF control signal for the DUP gate
solenoid in the push direction
SOLENOID PULL ON (L) 24VDC The ON/OFF control signal for the DUP gate
solenoid in the pull direction
ALIGNER OUT SENSED(L)5VDC The aligner's timing #1 detection signal issued by
the aligner out sensor
ALIGNER SENSED(L)5VDC The aligner's timing #2 detection signal issued by
the aligner sensor

† LOWER INV SOLENOID coil resistance: 45Ω ± 10% (20°C)

Figure 7-60. §41 Connection wiring diagram

APPENDIX Optional Units 607

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

§42.DUP CONTROLLER PWB, INVERTER SENSOR, CAB SWITCH-I/L,

INVERTER MOTOR ASSY, FORWARD CLUTCH, REVERSE CLUTCH,
ENTER CLUTCH

Table 7-47.
Signal line name Remarks
INVERTER SENSED (L) 5VDC The reverse timing detection signal issued by the inverter
sensor
CAB SWITCH-I/L ON (L) The signal for detecting the inverter chute open (OFF)
5VDC and close (ON) status issued by the cab switch I/L.
INVERTER MOTOR FAIL (H) The inverter motor assembly's fail; detection signal
24VDC (High: Error, Low: Normal)
INVERTER MOTOR ON (L) The inverter motor assembly's ON/OFF control signal
24VDC (High: OFF, Low: ON)
FORWARD CLUTCH ON (L) The forward clutch's ON/OFF control signal
24VDC
REVERSE CLUTCH ON (L) The reverse clutch's ON/OFF control signal
24VDC
ENTER CLUTCH ON (L) The enter clutch's ON/OFF control signal
24VDC

† Outline of the inverter motor assembly

„ Number of poles: 3-phase 16 poles
„ Revolutions: 1254.638rpm ±3%
† FORWARD CLUTCH coil resistance: 172Ω ±10% (20°C)
† REVERSE CLUTCH coil resistance: 172Ω ±10% (20°C)
† ENTER CLUTCH coil resistance: 172Ω ±10% (20°C)

Figure 7-61. §42 Connection wiring diagram

APPENDIX Optional Units 608

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit † Interface: The Additional Cassette Unit, the existence of paper, the
paper's near and, the paper size and other signals are
7.8.2.1 Product outline of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit transmitted to the printer. The signal for commencing
paper feeding is received from the printer.
The 500-sheet Paper Cassette Unit is installed beneath the printer and consists of a
single stage paper feeder to feed 500 pieces of paper and a standard universal cassette † Printing speed: Refer to “Printing Speed *3” (p.9) in Chapter 1.
(paper cassette.) Once this unit has been installed onto the printer, connected up and the † Paper feed specifications: Refer to “Paper feed” (p.10) in Chapter 1.
switch on the printer turned on to establish a power supply, the paper size and
availability of paper is automatically detected. The power is supplied from the printer. † Power supply: DC24V and DC5V power supplied from the printer
The basic specifications of this unit are listed below. † Size / Weight: Refer to “Dimensions and Weight” (p.13) in Chapter 1.
† Life: Refer to “Product Life” (p.14) in Chapter 1.
† Noise: Refer to “Noise” (p.14) in Chapter 1.

7.8.2.1.2 Paper specifications

Refer to 1.2.2 Paper Specifications (p.15)

7.8.2.1.3 Reliability and endurance specifications (when connected to

printer)
Refer to 1.2.3 Reliability, Durability and Maintainability (p.20) for reliability and
endurance specifications for the Duplex Unit connected to the printer (MPBF, paper
Paper Feeder feed reliability, life, printing start position accuracy and skew).

7.8.2.1.4 Environment specifications

† Conditions for use:
Refer to 1.2.4 Operating Conditions (Including Consumables) (p.21)
† Environmental conditions for storage and transportation:
Standard Universal Cassette Refer to 1.2.5 Storage and Transport of the Printer Body and Optional Products
(Paper Cassette) (Consumables Packaged) (p.22)
Figure 7-62. Basic Constitution of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit 7.8.2.1.5 Electrical characteristics (when connected to printer)
7.8.2.1.1 Basic specifications Same as those of the printer body. “1.2.6 Electrical Features” (p.23).
† Paper feed method: Single clip division roller, automatic paper feed
7.8.2.1.6 Compliance with standards and regulations (when connected to
† Installation method: Installed beneath the printer printer)
† Drive method: Internal drive motor Same as those of the printer body. Refer to “1.2.8 Compliance with Standards and
Regulations” (p.24).

APPENDIX Optional Units 609

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.2 Operating principles of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit The gear layout for the FEEDER MOTOR ASSY is shown below.

7.8.2.2.1 Drive transmission route

FEEDER MOTOR ASSY

The feeder high assembly drive power for each cassette transmits the feeder motor
assembly's revolutionary power via the feeder drive assembly gears to provide the
driving power for conveying the paper.
The driving force is transmitted in the flow as shown in the chart below.

C H E C K On the following pages, the paper cassette at the bottom of the

P O IN T printer body is called “Cassette 1” and the 500-Sheet Paper
Cassette Unit, which is an optional unit, is called “Cassette 2”.

CASSETTE#2

Figure 7-64. Gear layout for the FEED MOTOR ASSY

Figure 7-63. FUSER MOTOR ASSY drive transmission

APPENDIX Optional Units 610

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.2.2 Paper conveyance

PAPER CONVEYANCE ROUTE Cassette#2 Cassette MSI tray

(Option) (Standard)
The figure below shows the paper transport path when the 500-Sheet Paper Cassette
Unit has been installed. Paper feeding with Paper feeding with Paper feeding with
the NUDGER the the
ROLL ASSY FEED ROLL PICK UP ROLL

Conveyance with the

feed roll assembly
and the retard roll
Laser beam axis assembly's pinch roll
Paper conveyance
Sensor for paper Conveyance with the TA roll assembly and the feeder
chute assembly's pinch roll

Conveyance with the turn roll assembly and the upper turn chute's pinch roll

Conveyance with the P/REGI roll assembly and the PRE-REGI chute assembly's pinch roll

Conveyance with the REGI metal roll and the REGI rubber roll

Conveyance with the 2ND BTR and the belt

Conveyance with the heat roll and the pressure roll

Conveyance with the exit 1 roll assembly and the upper guide assembly's pinch roll assembly

Conveyance route switching with the exchange chute

Print ejection Conveyance with the exit 2 roll assembly and the exit upper
assembly's pinch roll

Conveyance with the exit 3 roll assembly and the exit upper
assembly's pinch roll

Print ejection

Figure 7-65. Paper Transport Route

Figure 7-66. Paper conveyance route flow

APPENDIX Optional Units 611

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.2.3 Major functional parts and their operations † SIZE SWITCH ASSY
The size switch assembly is equipped with four direct paper size switches on the
This section explains the main function parts that make up the Additional cassette Unit
circuit board, and depending on the combination of the ON/OFF status of these
with the use of illustrations.
switches in accordance with changes in the position of the tray size actuator, the
The structure of the unit is divided into the following blocks.
paper size and existence of paper in the paper cassette is detected.
„ Paper Tray
† NO PAPER SENSOR
„ Paper Feeder I The existence of paper in the paper cassette is detected in accordance with changes
„ Paper Feeder II in the position of the no paper sensor actuator.
† NUD SOLENOID ASSY
PAPER TRAY Operations for the T/A clutch assembly (operating/halted) are controlled through
The paper cassette of the optional 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit has the same function the control of the gear-25 revolutions.
as the standard paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) incorporated in the printer body. † TURN CLUTCH ASSY
Refer to “2.2.4.1 Paper Tray” (p.111), as required. The driving power of the feed driver assembly is transmitted to the TA roll
assembly in order to control TA roll assembly operations (operating/halted.)
PAPER FEEDER I † NUDGER ROLL ASSY
Gear 25 and gear 29 mesh together when the NUD solenoid assembly is operated,
and the roll assembly receives the drive power from the feed drive assembly and
starts operations so that the nudger roll assembly can feed paper from the paper
cassette.
Gear 25 and gear 29, after a single revolution, are disengaged at the cut portion of
gear 25, and this halts the transmission of drive power and stops the nudger roll
assembly. This enables only one piece of paper to be fed each time.
† TA ROLL ASSY
The drive power of the feed drive assembly is transmitted to the TA roll assembly
via gear 1.3. when the turn clutch assembly is operated. The TA roll assembly
begins operating once this drive power is received, and the paper fed by the TA
roll assembly is then conveyed.
† T/A CLUTCH ASSY
The drive power of the feed drive assembly is transmitted to control the feed roll
assembly and retard roll assembly.
† NUDGER SENSOR
The existence of paper in the paper cassette is detected, and the lift-up procedure is
performed by the transmission of the nudger sensed signal if the amount of paper
is getting low.
Figure 7-67. Paper Feeder 1

APPENDIX Optional Units 612

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† FEED ROLL ASSY, RETARD ROLL ASSY

The paper fed by the nudger roll assembly is gripped between the feed roll
assembly and the retard roll assembly and conveyed to the TA roll assembly. If
several pieces of paper are conveyed by the nudger roll assembly, more than one
piece of paper is prevented from passing through the feed roll assembly and retard
roll assembly, and they are separated into individual pages.

PAPER FEEDER II
† FEEDER MOTOR ASSY
Drive power is supplied to the feeder high assembly in each cassette via the feeder
drive assembly.
† FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
The drive power of the feeder motor assembly is transmitted to the feeder high
assembly in each cassette.
† FEEDER PWB
The paper feeding operations for each cassette's feeder high assembly are control
in accordance with communications with the MCU PWB and the information
received from the sensors and switches.
This mechanism is equipped with the following major functions.
„ Communications with the MCU PWB
„ Receives information from the sensors and switches
„ Controls the feeder motor assembly, the solenoids and the clutches
„ Controls the paper feeding operations
„ Distributes the low-voltage DC power supplied from the printer to the various
components
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH
The feeder right cover switch is a safety switch that detects the open/close status of
the feeder chute assembly and halts all operations if it is open.
† LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T
Detects when the amount of paper set inside the paper cassettes is running low.

Figure 7-68. Paper Feeder2

APPENDIX Optional Units 613

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.3 Troubleshooting for 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit 7.8.2.3.5 Service Call Error Messages
This section describes troubleshooting for the case where the 500-Sheet Paper Cassette This section describes the details of service call error messages which can be displayed
Unit has been installed on AcuLaser C8600 / AcuLaser C7000. with the 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit installed. For engine-related service call errors
other than described here, refer to 3.1.6 Details of the Service Call Error Messages
(p.180).
C H E C K „ This section describes troubleshooting for AcuLaser C8600/
P O IN T C7000 in standard specifications and for the case where the ENGINE-RELATED SERVICE CALL ERRORS
printer controller works normally.
„ The description in this section is given on the assumption that NOTE: Each error code (fff) is displayed with a prefix "E" for AcuLaser C8600
troubleshooting is started as described in Chapter 3 or "6" for AcuLaser C7000.
“Troubleshooting” (p.161).
Table 7-48. Service Call Errors (Engine Related)
7.8.2.3.1 Performing troubleshooting tasks Error
Refer to 3.1.1 Troubleshooting Procedure (p.162) code Description Refer to
fff
7.8.2.3.2 Preliminary checks Optional Cassette Unit error (communication
Refer to 3.1.2 Preliminary Checks (p.162) 517 error), or Optional Cassette Unit other than -
this printer's option is installed *1
7.8.2.3.3 Precautions in performing work 547 Optional Cassette Unit Feeder Motor error *2
Refer to 3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Work (p.163)
Note "*1": Occurs when the 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit/Large Capacity Paper Unit for
AcuLaser C8500 is installed.
7.8.2.3.4 Identifying problems with the LCD messages
"*2": Refer to the instruction manual for the optional unit.
AcuLaser C8600/C7000 is equipped with a self-diagnostic function to check each
function of the printer and optional units. If any error in the printer or any optional unit
has been detected, the appropriate error information is indicated by LEDs and the LCD CONTROLLER-RELATED SERVICE CALL ERRORS
panel on the control panel or by messages on the “EPSON Printer Window!3”. Refer to “Controller Related Service Call Errors” (p.182) for details on controller-
The messages to be displayed are classified into the four groups, namely, “status related service call errors.
messages” indicating the printer status, “error messages” indicating the occurrence of
any error, “warning messages” indicating the occurrence of warning, and “service call
error messages” indicating the occurrence of any fatal error.
Refer to the following sections for details of the messages:
„ 3.1.4 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C8600) (p.164)
„ 3.1.5 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C7000) (p.172)

APPENDIX Optional Units 614

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.3.6 Level 1 FIP 8. When [P/J1 ↔ P/J2], for instance, is referred to in FIPs, make measurement
between every pair of terminals of the P/J1 and P/J2 by consulting “Figure 7-91 P/
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING FIP J Locations of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit” (p.653) to “Figure 7-95 §52
Connection wiring diagram” (p.658) in “7.8.2.5 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
supplement” (p.651).
C H E C K Level 1 FIP to be used for the printer on which the 500-Sheet 9. When measuring the voltage inside the FIP, the rear minus pole [P/J3-4PIN] with
P O IN T Paper Cassette Unit or Large Capacity Paper Unit has been [P/J1-2PIN ↔ P/J3-4PIN] is always the AG [Analog Ground], the SG [Signal
installed is handled as “FIP-1.F” for distinguishing it from the Ground] or the RTN [Return]. Owing to this, confirm that continuity clearly exists
Level 1 FIP for the printers without 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit with the [AG]s, the [SG]s and the [RTN]s to enable the other [AG], [SG] and
or Large Capacity Paper Unit. [RTN] pins to be connected to the rear minus pole instead of the [P/J3-4PIN].
However, make sure no mistakes are made here as the [AG], [SG] and [RTN] are
1. As it is assumed that the printer controller (CONTROLLER PWB) is functioning not the same level.
normally with FIP, it is necessary to confirm that the printer controller has been
10. The terminals on the surface of the connector (one in from the front/back) are used
replaced with a normally-functioning unit if fault repairs are not carried out after
when measuring the voltage of P/J16, P/J17, P/J19 and P/J20. As these terminals
troubleshooting. It is also necessary to confirm that the [Initial checking]'s [Main Parts
are small, use a fine-headed tester pin and ensure that it comes into contact with
to be Confirmed] and all other related parts have been replaced accordingly if fault
the back terminal especially.
repairs are not to be performed.
2. FIPs may require some normal components as troubleshooting tools to identify the
cause of the trouble. You are advised to have a spare MCU PWB, DRUM
CARTRIDGE, and Y/M/C/K ET cartridges.
3. Ensure that the easiest level has been verified with the [Initial checking] in FIP.
4. In addition to checking the [Major parts to be checked] in the FIT’s [Initial
checking], ensure that all other major structural parts and related parts are
confirmed.
5. Ensure that the power cord has been unplugged if not required before commencing Terminals
work. Also, unless absolutely necessary, never touch electrified parts if work is to
be carried out with the power being supplied.
6. Details for the connectors are provided below:
„ [P/J12]: With the connector (P/J12) connected
„ [P12]: The plug with the connector (P/J12) disconnected (with the
exception of direct connections to the circuit board) 11. When measuring the voltage, set the drum cartridge and paper cassette in place if
„ [J12]: The jack with the connector (P/J12) disconnected (with the they are not required, and close the front cover assembly, the top cover assembly,
exception of direct connections to the circuit board) the MSI/REGI HIGH assembly, the fuser assembly, and the exit upper assembly
before switching the power on for measurement purposes.
7. [P/J1-2PIN ↔ P/J3-4PIN] inside the FIP means to connect the plus pole on the
gauge to the [P/J1]'s [2PIN] and the minus pole to the [P/J3]'s [4PIN] for 12. The values inside the FIP only represent a yardstick, and nearby numbers may be
measurement purposes. assumed to be the same.

APPENDIX Optional Units 615

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

13. Special guidance is not always provided for removing parts and performing Table 7-49. FIP-1 List
relevant tasks in order to carry out the checks instructed inside the FIP, so caution
Item (page) Conditions for Detection
must be exercised.
FIP-1.F1 Cassette 2 paper cassette not All the four Paper Size Switches on SIZE SWITCH
14. The [Replace] instruction issued during recovery inside the FIP indicate the parts set in place (p.617) ASSY of Cassettes 2 have turned OFF.
that are assumed to be responsible for the problem and represent the instruction to For details, refer to “2.3.1 Paper Size Control” (p.130)
replace and confirm the relevant parts and related assembly parts (high assembly). FIP-1.F2 No paper in Cassette 2 There is no paper in Cassette 2.
15. Paper feeding is mentioned in the FIP under [Cassette 1] for paper cassettes below (p.618) (NO PAPER SENSOR of Cassette 2 has detected
the printer, under [Cassette 2] for the first stage of optional 500-sheet Paper Paper Out.)
Cassette Unit, and under [Cassette 3] for the second stage. FIP-1.F3 Paper jammed in the MSI/ REGI. SENSOR does not turn to the paper detection
REGI HIGH ASSY (option state within the specified time after turning on of PICK
16. The FIP is equipped with an area to distinguish between the availability and non- feeder jam) (p.619) UP CLUTCH.
availability of the diagnosis tool, and all fault repairs must be carried out in
FIP-1.F4 OPTION FEEDER • FEEDER UNIT which has not been installed has
accordance with these instructions. communication errors been selected.
NOTE: Refer to “5.4 Diagnostics” (p.369) for detailed operation of the (p.620) • Communication between the printer body and
DIAG tool. FEEDER UNIT is not allowed.
17. The FIP is equipped with an area for making distinctions in accordance with the • Trouble has occurred in the FEEDER UNIT.
specifications, and all fault repairs must be carried out in accordance with these FIP-1.F5 Errors related to the The lock signal of FEEDER MOTOR ASSY has been
instructions. FEEDER MOTOR ASSY detected.
(p.621)
FIP-1.F6 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY- FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH is OFF.
1T open (p.622)
FIP-1.F7 Low paper warning for There is little amount of paper in Cassette 2.
Cassette 2 (p.622) (NUDGER SENSOR of Cassette 2 has detected little
amount of paper.)
FIP-1.F8 Faulty lift up of Cassette 2 Lift up failure of Cassette 2 has been detected.
(p.623)

APPENDIX Optional Units 616

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F1 Cassette 2 paper cassette not set in place

Table 7-50.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
Paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY), END
GUIDE ACTUATOR, SIZE SWITCH
ASSY, FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† Checkchecking whether the problem lies in Check the printer
engine or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
check to ascertain that the test print runs the same problem
normally (with approximately ten pages occurs after
individually and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† Checking the paper cassette (500 TRAY
ASSY): Replace the relevant
3 Proceed to step [4]
Can the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) part
be set smoothly?
† END GUIDE ACTUATOR check • With tool -
Confirm that the end guide actuator pushes Proceed to step
the paper size switch when the paper [5]
cassette is mounted.(Insert the paper onto • Without tool -
Replace the relevant
4 the size switch assembly from the rear, and Proceed to FIP-
part
then pull the paper after the paper cassette 2.F2 Faulty SIZE
has been mounted, If the paper resists being SWITCH ASSY
pulled out, it means the paper size switch (p.625)
has been pressed.)
† Paper size check Proceed to FIP-2.F2
♦ Confirm this with device code [0A] of the Faulty SIZE
5 Proceed to step [6]
analog input test with the use of the SWITCH ASSY
diagnosis tool. (p.625)
† FEEDER PWB replacement check
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
6 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 617

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F2 No paper in Cassette 2 Table 7-51.

Recovery
Table 7-51. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † NO PAPER SENSOR check:
Yes No
Does the no paper sensor function normally? Proceed to FIP-2.F4
† Initial checking: 6 ♦ Confirm this with device code [B0] of the Proceed to step [7] Faulty NO PAPER
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of digital input test with the use of the SENSOR (p.627)
any parts other than those approved by diagnosis tool.
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
malformation and foreign objects. Replace or reattach
1 Proceed to step [2] Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts 7 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
Paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY),
normal one?
BOTTOM PLATE ASSY, NO PAPER
SENSOR ACTUATOR, NO PAPER
SENSOR, FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† Checkchecking whether the problem lies in Check the printer
engine or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
check to ascertain that the test print runs the same problem
normally (with approximately ten pages occurs after
individually and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† Checking the paper cassette (500 TRAY
ASSY): Replace the relevant
3 Proceed to step [4]
Can the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) part
be set smoothly?
† BOTTOM PLATE ASSY check:
Replace the relevant
Does the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY lift
4 Proceed to step [5] part
normally when the paper cassette (500
(paper cassette, etc.)
TRAY ASSY) is pushed in?
† NO PAPER SENSOR ACTUATOR check • With tool -
Does the no paper sensor actuator operate Proceed to step
smoothly under the following conditions? [6]
When separated from the no paper sensor's • Without tool -
detection area with paper set in place. Proceed to FIP- Replace the relevant
5
When shielded from the no paper sensor's 2.F4 Faulty NO part
detection area with no paper set in place. PAPER
♦ Open the feeder chute assembly and confirm SENSOR (p.627)
that the paper cassette has been pushed
completely into place.

APPENDIX Optional Units 618

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F3 Paper jammed in the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY (option feeder jam) Table 7-52.
Recovery
Table 7-52. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † Paper feeding check: Proceed to FIP-2.F6
Yes No
Is the edge of the paper being fed out of the Faulty NUD
8 Proceed to step [9]
† Initial checking: relevant paper feeding tray when a status SOLENOID ASSY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of error occurs? (p.629)
any parts other than those approved by † Paper conveyance check: Proceed to FIP-2.F7
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Faulty TURN
Replace or reattach Has the paper front end arrived at TA ROLL
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] 9 Proceed to step [10]
the relevant parts ASSY in the relevant paper transport route CLUTCH ASSY
• Major parts to be checked: at the occurrence of error/status? (p.630)
FEEDER CHUTE ASSY, FEEDER
MOTOR ASSY, FEEDER DRIVE ASSY, † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
10 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
† Checkchecking whether the problem lies in Check the printer
normal one?
engine or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
check to ascertain that the test print runs the same problem
normally (with approximately ten pages occurs after
individually and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
Has curled paper or paper that easily curls been
3 Change the paper Proceed to step [4]
used?
† Cassette 1 check: FIP-1.8 “EXIT
4 Is paper being fed from Cassette 1 Proceed to step [5] JAM” (p.190)
normally?
† Conveyor check: Clean the assembly
5 Do foreign objects or abnormal parts exist in or replace the Proceed to step [6]
the feeder chute assembly's paper conveyor? relevant part
† FEEDER MOTOR ASSY check:
Proceed to FIP-2.F3
Does the feeder motor assembly operate
Faulty FEEDER
6 during paper feeding? Proceed to step [7]
MOTOR ASSY
♦ Remove the feeder rear cover to confirm (p.626)
this.
† FEEDER DRIVE ASSY check: Replace the
Do the feeder drive assembly gears operate FEEDER DRIVE
normally? ASSY (PL52.1.4)
7 ♦ Remove the feeder drive assembly, rotate Proceed to step [8] (p.640)
the feeder motor assembly by hand, and then
visually confirm the status of the feeder
drive assembly's gears.

APPENDIX Optional Units 619

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F4 OPTION FEEDER communication errors

Table 7-53.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T, MAIN
HARNESS ASSY, FEEDER PWB, MCU
PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer
or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
check to ascertain that the test print runs the same problem
normally (with approximately ten pages occurs after
individually and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
conductivity check Replace the
Check the following for normal FEEDER
3 Proceed to step [4]
conductivity. HARNESS ASSY-
J212 ↔ J132 1T
J213 ↔ J211
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check:
Check the following for normal Replace the MAIN
4 Proceed to step [5]
conductivity. HARNESS ASSY
J132 ↔ J22
J211 ↔ J32
Proceed to FIP-2.1
† FEEDER PWB power supply check:
“Faulty LV/HV
5 Is the electrical voltage between J211-2PIN Proceed to step [6]
POWER SUPPLY 5
↔ J211-1PIN 5VDC? VDC” (p.227)
Proceed to FIP-2.2
† FEEDER PWB power supply check:
“Faulty LV/HV
6 Is the electrical voltage between J211-4PIN Proceed to step [7]
POWER SUPPLY
↔ J211-3PIN 24VDC? 24 VDC” (p.227)
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
7 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 620

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F5 Errors related to the FEEDER MOTOR ASSY Table 7-54.

Recovery
Table 7-54. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check • With tool -
Yes No Proceed to step
† Initial checking: † FEEDER MOTOR ASSY abnormality [7]
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of check: • Without tool -
Remove the
any parts other than those approved by 6 Check to ascertain that there are no foreign Proceed to FIP-
obstruction.
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, objects preventing the feeder motor 2.F3 Faulty
Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] assembly from operating. FEEDER
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked: MOTOR ASSY
FEEDER MOTOR ASSY, FEEDER (p.626)
HARNESS ASSY-1T, FEEDER PWB, † FEEDER MOTOR ASSY check:
MCU PWB
Does the feeder motor assembly function Proceed to FIP-
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer normally? 2.F3 Faulty
controller.
7 Proceed to step [8]
or controller: ♦ Confirm this with device code [B8] of the FEEDER MOTOR
Run a test print on the engine itself and Proceed to step [3] if digital output test with the use of the ASSY (p.626)
2 Proceed to step [3]
check to ascertain that the test print runs the same problem diagnosis tool.
normally (with approximately ten pages occurs after
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
individually and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
8 End recovery
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T attachment feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
check: Reattach the feeder normal one?
3 Proceed to step [4]
Has the feeder harness assy-1T attached right cover switch.
correctly?
† Main unit harness check:
Is the harness between the MCU PWB and
4 Proceed to step [5] Replace the harness.
the feeder PWB free from broken wire or
faulty contact?
• With tool -
Proceed to step
[7]
† FEEDER Motor operation check: • Without tool -
5 Check to ascertain that the feeder motor is Proceed to FIP- Proceed to step [6]
operating during the test print. 2.F3 Faulty
FEEDER
MOTOR ASSY
(p.626)

APPENDIX Optional Units 621

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F6 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T open FIP-1.F7 Low paper warning for Cassette 2

Table 7-55. Table 7-56.

Recovery Recovery
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
† Initial checking: † Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach the Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] 1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
relevant parts the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH, Paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY),
FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T, FEEDER BOTTOM PLATE ASSY, NUDGER
PWB, MCU PWB SENSOR, FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer † Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer
or controller: controller. or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and Proceed to step [3] if Run a test print on the engine itself and Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3] 2 Proceed to step [3]
check to ascertain that the test print runs the same problem check to ascertain that the test print runs the same problem
normally (with approximately ten pages occurs after normally (with approximately ten pages occurs after
individually and ten pages consecutively.) replacement. individually and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH Reattach the † Checking the paper cassette (500 TRAY
attachment check: FEEDER RIGHT ASSY): Replace the relevant
3 Proceed to step [4] 3 Proceed to step [4]
Has the feeder right cover switch attached COVER SWITCH Can the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) part
correctly? (PL51.1.21) (p.643) be set smoothly?
† FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T check: • With tool - † BOTTOM PLATE ASSY check:
Does the feeder chute assembly-1T open Proceed to step [5] Does the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY lift Replace the relevant
4 Proceed to step [5]
and close smoothly under the following • Without tool - normally when the paper cassette (500 part
conditions? Proceed to FIP-2.F1 Replace the relevant TRAY ASSY) is pushed in?
4
Press the two feeder right cover switches Faulty FEEDER part • With tool -
when the feeder chute assembly is closed. RIGHT COVER Proceed to step [6]
Release the two feeder right cover switches SWITCH (p.624) • Without tool - Reattach the
when the feeder chute assembly is open. † NUDGER SENSOR attachment check:
5 Proceed to FIP- NUDGER SENSOR
Has the nudger sensor attached correctly?
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH check: 2.F5 Faulty (PL52.2.33) (p.645)
Does the feeder right cover switch function Proceed to FIP-2.F1 NUDGER
normally? Faulty FEEDER SENSOR (p.628)
5 Proceed to step [6]
♦ Confirm this with device code [D0,D1] of RIGHT COVER
† NUDGER SENSOR check:
the digital input test with the use of the SWITCH (p.624)
Does the nudger sensor function normally? Proceed to FIP-2.F5
diagnosis tool. 6 Proceed to step [7] Faulty NUDGER
♦ Confirm this with device code [B1] of the
† FEEDER PWB replacement check: digital input test with the use of the SENSOR (p.628)
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU diagnosis tool.
6 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
normal one?
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
7 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 622

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F8 Faulty lift up of Cassette 2

Table 7-57.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER DRIVE
ASSY), FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T,
FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer
or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
check to ascertain that the test print runs the same problem
normally (with approximately ten pages occurs after
individually and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T attachment
check: Reattach the feeder
3 Proceed to step [4]
Has the feeder harness assy-1T attached right cover switch.
correctly?
† Main unit harness check:
Is the harness between the MCU PWB and
4 Proceed to step [5] Replace the harness.
the feeder PWB free from broken wire or
faulty contact?
Reattach the LIFT
† LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER DRIVE UP CLUTCH.
5 ASSY) attachment check: Proceed to step [6] “See FEEDER
Has the lift up clutch attached correctly? DRIVE ASSY
(PL52.1.4) (p.640)”
† LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER DRIVE
ASSY) check: Replace the
Does the lift up clutch function normally? FEEDER DRIVE
6 Proceed to step [7]
♦ Confirm this with device code [B2] of the ASSY (PL52.1.4)
digital output test with the use of the (p.640)
diagnosis tool.
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
7 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 623

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.3.7 Level 2 FIP

FIP-2.F1 Faulty FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH

Table 7-58.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
malformation and foreign objects. Replace or reattach
1 Proceed to step [2]
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts
FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH,
COVER SWITCH HARNESS, FEEDER
HARNESS ASSY-1T, FEEDER PWB,
MCU PWB
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH ON
signal power supply check
Replace the
Is the electrical voltage for the following
2 Proceed to step [3] FEEDER PWB
between 5VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P217-7PIN ↔ P217-8PIN
P217-9PIN ↔ P217-10PIN
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH ON
signal check:
Is the electrical voltage between P/J217-
7PIN ↔ P/J217-8PIN
P/J217-9PIN ↔ P/J217-10PIN
3 Proceed to step [6] Proceed to step [4]
as follows?
0VDC when the feeder chute assembly is
closed.
5VDC when the feeder chute assembly is
open.
Replace the
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T check:
FEEDER
4 Check the following fo normal conductivity. Proceed to step [5]
HARNESS ASSY-
J217 ↔ J240
1T
† COVER SWITCH HARNESS check: Replace the
Replace the COVER
Check the following fo normal conductivity. FEEDER RIGHT
5 SWITCH
J240 ↔ J237 COVER SWITCH
HARNESS
J240 ↔ J238 (PL51.1.21) (p.643)
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
6 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 624

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F2 Faulty SIZE SWITCH ASSY Table 7-59.

Recovery
Table 7-59. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
Yes No
check:
Replace the MAIN
† Initial checking: 8 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [9]
HARNESS ASSY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of conductivity.
any parts other than those approved by J32 ↔ J211
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
the relevant parts 9 End recovery
• Major parts to be checked: feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
SIZE SWITCH ASSY, FEEDER normal one?
HARNESS ASSY-1T, FEEDER PWB,
MCU PWB
† SIZE SWITCH ASSY power supply check:
Is the electrical voltage for the following
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [5]
5VDC?
Cassette 2:P217-3PIN ↔ P217-1PIN
† SIZE SWITCH signal check:
Are the following electrical voltages
suitable for each paper size?
3 Proceed to step [9] Proceed to step [4]
Cassette 2:P217-2PIN ↔ P217-1PIN
Refer to “2.3.1 Paper Size Control” (p.130) to
change and confirm the paper sizes.
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the
conductivity check: Replace the SIZE
FEEDER
4 Check the following for normal SWITCH ASSY
HARNESS ASSY-
conductivity. (PL52.1.7) (p.642)
1T
Cassette 2:J217 ↔ J235
† 5VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
5 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [6]
5VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN
† 5VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-2.1
Is the voltage of each of the followings “Faulty LV/HV
6 Proceed to step [7]
5VDC? POWER SUPPLY 5
P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN VDC” (p.227)
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T Replace the
conductivity check: FEEDER
7 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [8] HARNESS
conductivity. ASSY-1T
J211 ↔ J213

APPENDIX Optional Units 625

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F3 Faulty FEEDER MOTOR ASSY Table 7-60.

Recovery
Table 7-60. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 24VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-
Yes No
Is the voltage of each of the followings 2.2 “Faulty LV/HV
† Initial checking:
7 Proceed to step [8]
24VDC? POWER SUPPLY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of P/J32-9PIN ↔ J32-12PIN 24 VDC” (p.227)
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the
malformation and foreign objects. conductivity check:
Replace or reattach FEEDER
1 Proceed to step [2] 8 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [9]
• Major parts to be checked: HARNESS ASSY-
the relevant parts conductivity.
FEEDER MOTOR ASSY, FEEDER 1T
J211 ↔ J213
DRIVE ASSY, FEEDER HARNESS
ASSY-1T, FEEDER PWB, MAIN † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
HARNESS ASSY, LV/HV POWER check:
Replace the MAIN
SUPPLY, MCU PWB 9 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [10]
HARNESS ASSY
conductivity.
† FEEDER DRIVE ASSY check:
J32 ↔ J211
Do the feeder drive assembly's gears operate Replace the
smoothly? FEEDER DRIVE † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
2 Proceed to step [3]
♦ Confirm this by removing the feeder drive ASSY (PL52.1.4) Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
10 End recovery
assembly and rotating the feeder motor (p.640) feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
assembly by hand to free it. normal one?
† FEEDER MOTOR ASSY power supply
check:
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [6]
Is the electrical voltage between P217-
14PIN ↔ P217-13PIN 24VDC?
† FEEDER MOTOR ON signal check:
Is the electrical voltage between P/J239-
3PIN ↔ P/J239-4PIN as follows?
4 0VDC when the feeder motor assembly is Proceed to step [10] Proceed to step [5]
operating.
5VDC when the feeder motor assembly is
not operating.
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the Replace the
conductivity check:
FEEDER MOTOR FEEDER
5 Is the conductivity between the following
ASSY (PL52.1.3) HARNESS ASSY-
normal?
(p.639) 1T
J217↔J239
† 24VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
6 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [7]
24VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P/J213-1PIN ↔ J213-2PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 626

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F4 Faulty NO PAPER SENSOR Table 7-61.

Recovery
Table 7-61. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 5VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-2.1
Yes No
Is the voltage of each of the followings “Faulty LV/HV
8 Proceed to step [9]
† Initial checking: 5VDC? POWER SUPPLY 5
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN VDC” (p.227)
any parts other than those approved by † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Replace the
Replace or reattach conductivity check:
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] FEEDER
the relevant parts 9 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [10]
• Major parts to be checked: HARNESS ASSY-
conductivity.
NO PAPER SENSOR, FEEDER PWB, 1T
J211 ↔ J213
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T, FEEDER
HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check:
† NO PAPER SENSOR power supply check: Replace the MAIN
10 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [11]
Is the electrical voltage for the following HARNESS ASSY
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [7] conductivity.
5VDC? J32 ↔ J211
Cassette 2:P214-3PIN ↔ P214-1PIN
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
† NO PAPER SENSE signal power supply Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
check: 11 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
3 Is the electrical voltage for the following Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [7] normal one?
5VDC?
Cassette 2:P214-2PIN ↔ P214-1PIN
† NO PAPER SENSE signal check:
Is the electrical voltage as follows?
4 0VDC during penetration (with paper) Proceed to step [11] Proceed to step [5]
5VDC when shielded (no paper)
Cassette 2:P/J214-2PIN ↔ P/J214-1PIN
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
5 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [6] FEEDER
conductivity. HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J219
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the
conductivity check: Replace the NO
FEEDER
6 Is the conductivity for the following PAPER SENSOR
HARNESS ASSY-
normal? (PL52.2.45) (p.647)
1T
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241
† 5VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
7 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [8]
5VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 627

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F5 Faulty NUDGER SENSOR Table 7-62.

Recovery
Table 7-62. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 5VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-2.1
Yes No
Is the voltage of each of the followings “Faulty LV/HV
8 Proceed to step [9]
† Initial checking: 5VDC? POWER SUPPLY 5
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN VDC” (p.227)
any parts other than those approved by † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Replace the
Replace or reattach conductivity check:
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] FEEDER
the relevant parts 9 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [10]
• Major parts to be checked: HARNESS ASSY-
conductivity.
NUDGER SENSOR, FEEDER PWB, 1T
J211 ↔ J213
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T, FEEDER
HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check:
† NUDGER SENSOR power supply check: Replace the MAIN
10 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [11]
Is the electrical voltage for the following HARNESS ASSY
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [7] conductivity.
between 5VDC? J32 ↔ J211
Cassette 2:P214-6PIN ↔ P214-4PIN
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
† NUDGER SENSE detection signal power Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
supply check: 11 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
3 Is the electrical voltage for the following Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [7] normal one?
between 5VDC?
Cassette 2:P214-5PIN ↔ P214-4PIN
† NUDGER SENSE signal check:
Is the electrical voltage as follows?
4 0 VDC when there is paper Proceed to step [11] Proceed to step [5]
and 5 VDC when there is no paper?
Cassette 2:P/J214-5 ↔ P/J214-4
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
5 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [6] FEEDER
conductivity. HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J221
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the
conductivity check: Replace the
FEEDER
6 Is the conductivity for the following NUDGER SENSOR
HARNESS ASSY-
normal? (PL52.2.33) (p.645)
1T
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241
† 5VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
7 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [8]
5VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 628

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F6 Faulty NUD SOLENOID ASSY Table 7-63.

Recovery
Table 7-63. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Yes No Replace the
conductivity check:
FEEDER
† Initial checking: 8 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [9]
HARNESS ASSY-
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of conductivity.
1T
any parts other than those approved by J211 ↔ J213
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
malformation and foreign objects.
Replace or reattach check:
1 • Major parts to be checked: Proceed to step [2] Replace the MAIN
the relevant parts 9 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [10]
NUDÅ@SOLENOID ASSY, FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
conductivity.
PWB, FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T, J32 ↔ J211
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY, MAIN
HARNESS ASSY, LV/HV POWER † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
SUPPLY, MCU PWB Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
10 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
† NUD SOLENOID ASSY power supply normal one?
check:
2 Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [6]
following?
Cassette 2:P214-10 ↔ P214-11
† NUDGER SOLENOID ASSY check:
Is the conductivity for the following normal
3 Proceed to step [10] Proceed to step [4]
(approximately 90 Ω)?
Cassette 2:J225-1 ↔ J225-2
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
4 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [5] FEEDER
conductivity. HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J225
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the
conductivity check: Replace the NUD
FEEDER
5 Is the conductivity for the following SOLENOID ASSY
HARNESS ASSY-
normal? (PL52.2.51) (p.649)
1T
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241
† 24VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
6 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [7]
24VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P/J213-1PIN ↔ J213-2PIN
† 24VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-
Is the voltage of each of the followings 2.2 “Faulty LV/HV
7 Proceed to step [8]
24VDC? POWER SUPPLY
P/J32-9PIN ↔ J32-12PIN 24 VDC” (p.227)

APPENDIX Optional Units 629

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F7 Faulty TURN CLUTCH ASSY Table 7-64.

Recovery
Table 7-64. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Yes No Replace the
conductivity check:
FEEDER
† Initial checking: 8 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [9]
HARNESS ASSY-
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of conductivity.
1T
any parts other than those approved by J211 ↔ J213
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
malformation and foreign objects.
Replace or reattach check:
1 • Major parts to be checked: Proceed to step [2] Replace the MAIN
the relevant parts 9 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [10]
TURN CLUTCH ASSY, FEEDER PWB, HARNESS ASSY
conductivity.
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T, FEEDER J32 ↔ J211
HARNESS ASSY, MAIN HARNESS
ASSY, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, MCU † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
PWB Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
10 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
† TURN CLUTCH ASSY power supply normal one?
check:
2 Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [6]
following?
Cassette 2:P214-14PIN ↔ P214-15PIN
† TURN CLUTCH ASSY check:
Is the conductivity for the following normal
3 Proceed to step [10] Proceed to step [4]
(approximately 172 Ω)?
Cassette 2:J229-1PIN ↔ J229-2PIN
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
4 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [5] FEEDER
conductivity. HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J229
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the
conductivity check: Replace the TURN
FEEDER
5 Is the conductivity for the following CLUTCH ASSY
HARNESS ASSY-
normal? (PL52.2.56) (p.650)
1T
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241
† 24VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
6 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [7]
24VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P/J213-1PIN ↔ J213-2PIN
† 24VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-
Is the voltage of each of the followings 2.2 “Faulty LV/HV
7 Proceed to step [8]
24VDC? POWER SUPPLY
P/J32-9PIN ↔ J32-12PIN 24 VDC” (p.227)

APPENDIX Optional Units 630

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F8 Faulty T/A CLUTCH ASSY Table 7-65.

Recovery
Table 7-65. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Yes No Replace the
conductivity check:
FEEDER
† Initial checking: 8 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [9]
HARNESS ASSY-
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of conductivity.
1T
any parts other than those approved by J211 ↔ J213
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
malformation and foreign objects.
Replace or reattach check:
1 • Major parts to be checked: Proceed to step [2] Replace the MAIN
the relevant parts 9 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [10]
T/A CLUTCH ASSY, FEEDER PWB, HARNESS ASSY
conductivity.
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T, FEEDER J32 ↔ J211
HARNESS ASSY, MAIN HARNESS
ASSY, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, MCU † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
PWB Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
10 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
† T/A CLUTCH ASSY power supply check: normal one?
Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [6]
following?
Cassette 2:P214-12PIN ↔ P214-13PIN
† T/A CLUTCH ASSY check:
Is the conductivity for the following normal
3 Proceed to step [10] Proceed to step [4]
(approximately 172 Ω)?
Cassette 2:J227-1PIN ↔ J227-2PIN
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
4 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [5] FEEDER
conductivity. HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J227
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the
conductivity check: Replace the T/A
FEEDER
5 Is the conductivity for the following CLUTCH ASSY
HARNESS ASSY-
normal? (PL52.2.29) (p.644)
1T
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241
† 24VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
6 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [7]
24VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P/J213-1PIN ↔ J213-2PIN
† 24VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-2.2
Is the voltage of each of the followings “Faulty LV/HV
7 Proceed to step [8]
24VDC? POWER SUPPLY
P/J32-9PIN ↔ J32-12PIN 24 VDC” (p.227)

APPENDIX Optional Units 631

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F9 Faulty FEED OUT SENSOR Table 7-66.

Recovery
Table 7-66. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 5VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-2.1
Yes No
Is the voltage of each of the followings “Faulty LV/HV
8 Proceed to step [9]
† Initial checking: 5VDC? POWER SUPPLY 5
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN VDC” (p.227)
any parts other than those approved by † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Replace the
Replace or reattach conductivity check:
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] FEEDER
the relevant parts 9 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [10]
• Major parts to be checked: HARNESS ASSY-
conductivity.
FEED OUT SENSOR, FEEDER PWB, 1T
J211 ↔ J213
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T, FEEDER
HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check:
† FEED OUT SENSOR power supply check: Replace the MAIN
10 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [11]
Is the electrical voltage for the following HARNESS ASSY
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [7] conductivity.
5VDC? J32 ↔ J211
Cassette 2:P214-9PIN ↔ P214-7PIN
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
† FEED OUT SENSE signal power supply Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
check: 11 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
3 Is the electrical voltage for the following Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [7] normal one?
5VDC?
Cassette 2:P214-8PIN ↔ P214-7PIN
† FEED OUT SENSE signal check:
Is the electrical voltage as follows?
4 0 VDC when there is paper Proceed to step [11] Proceed to step [5]
and 5 VDC when there is no paper?
Cassette 2:P/J214-8PIN ↔ P/J214-7PIN
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
5 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [6] FEEDER
conductivity. HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J223
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the
conductivity check: Replace the FEED
FEEDER
6 Is the conductivity for the following OUT SENSOR
HARNESS ASSY-
normal? (PL52.2.36) (p.646)
1T
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241
† 5VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
7 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [8]
5VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 632

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F10 Faulty LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T Table 7-67.

Recovery
Table 7-67. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Yes No Replace the
conductivity check:
FEEDER
† Initial checking: 8 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [9]
HARNESS ASSY-
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of conductivity.
1T
any parts other than those approved by J211 ↔ J213
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
check:
the relevant parts Replace the MAIN
• Major parts to be checked: 9 Check the following for normal Proceed to step [10]
LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T, FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
conductivity.
PWB, FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T, J32 ↔ J211
MCU PWB
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
† LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T power supply Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
check 10 End recovery
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [6] feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB
Is the electrical voltage between P216-1PIN normal one?
↔ P216-2PIN 5VDC?
† LOW PAPER SENSE-1T signal power
supply check:
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [6]
Is the electrical voltage between P216-3PIN
↔ P216-2PIN 5VDC?
† LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T signal check:
Is the electrical voltage between P/J216-
4 3PIN ↔ P/J216-2PIN as follows? Proceed to step [10] Proceed to step [5]
0 VDC when there is paper
and 5 VDC when there is no paper?
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
Replace the LOW Replace the
conductivity check:
PAPER SENSOR- FEEDER
5 Is the conductivity between the following
1T (PL52.1.30) HARNESS ASSY-
normal?
(p.643) 1T
J216 ↔ J231
† 5VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
6 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [7]
5VDC?
(PL52.1.9) (p.641)
P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN
† 5VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-
Is the voltage of each of the followings 2.1 “Faulty LV/HV
7 Proceed to step [8]
5VDC? POWER SUPPLY
P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN 5 VDC” (p.227)

APPENDIX Optional Units 633

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4 Disassembly and assembly of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit

This section describes the removal and reinstallation procedure for major parts of the
500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit.
For carrying out disassembly and assembly work, be sure to read “4.1 Overview”
(p.258) and “4.2 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure” (p.261) carefully.

C H E C K „ Although spare parts are kept in stock, ensure that a complete

P O IN T visual inspection of all attachments is made prior to starting
work as there are certain procedures that are not covered
here.
„ Work should be carried out with the FEEDER UNIT left
installed, unless its removal is necessary.

APPENDIX Optional Units 634

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.1 1T FEEDER UNIT (PL50.1.1)

1. Remove the rear O/H cover and then open the feeder rear harness cover. (See p.267)
2. Disconnect the two connectors (P/J132, P/J211) on the main unit and feeder
harness assembly.

C A U T IO N „ At step 3, work with both hands and take care not to drop the
paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY).
„ When carrying the printer body, which is about 70 kg, make
sure that four people hold and carry it with care not to suffer
injury.
„ Ensure that both hands are firmly gripping the handles when
lifting the printer. Gripping the printer by other areas during
lifting may result in the unit being dropped or damaged.
„ Bend the knees when lifting the printer to avoid injuring your
back.

3. Draw out the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) and lift its front end, and draw it
out further for its removal.
4. Loosen enough the two screws (knurled) securing the printer body and the 1T
FEEDER UNIT.
5. Lift up the main unit and place it on a flat and stable place.

Put the 1T FEEDER UNIT on the printer body gently so that the
front corners are in alignment.

Figure 7-69. 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit Removal

APPENDIX Optional Units 635

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.2 FEEDER FRONT COVER (PL51.1.1) 7.8.2.4.3 FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2)
1. Remove the FEEDER LEFT COVER (PL51.1.10). (p.637) 1. Remove the rear O/H cover. (See p.267)
2. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637) 2. Disconnect the connector. (P/J22)

C H E C K The illustration for the next procedure shows the feeder front C A U T IO N As the harness is fixed to the rear clamp on the feeder rear cover,
P O IN T cover (upper), but the lower stage of the feeder front cover is do not move it too far away when performing the following
removed in the same way. procedure.

3. Remove the five screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder rear cover in
3. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder front cover in
place, and then remove the feeder rear cover.
place, and then remove the feeder front cover.
4. Release the harness from the clamp.

Ensure that the feeder left cover and the feeder right cover mesh
together when attaching the feeder rear cover.

Figure 7-70. Removing the FEEDER FRONT COVER

Figure 7-71. Removing the FEEDER REAR COVER

APPENDIX Optional Units 636

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.4 FEEDER LEFT COVER (PL51.1.10) 7.8.2.4.5 FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20)
1. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 8mm) holding the feeder left cover in place, 1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
lift the feeder left cover and release the two hooks, and then open the front of the feeder
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J240A) connecting the feeder right cover switch to
left cover to the left and pull it forward to remove it.
the feeder PWB.
3. Remove the three screws (silver, guarded, 8mm) holding the feeder right cover in
place.
4. Open the feeder chute assembly, lift the feeder right cover and release the hook,
and then pull the feeder right cover upwards to remove it.
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH (PL51.1.21). (p.643)

Figure 7-72. Removing the FEEDER LEFT COVER

Figure 7-73. Removing the FEEDER RIGHT COVER

APPENDIX Optional Units 637

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.6 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30) 7.8.2.4.7 FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1)
1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636) 1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637) 2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Open the hinge at the rear of the feeder chute assembly-1T to release the boss,
rotate the fulcrum at the front towards the right, remove the front boss and then 3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
remove the feeder chute assembly.
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Disconnect the connector (P/J241) from the feeder high assembly, and the release
the harness from the clamp to free it.
7. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder high assembly
in place, and then remove the feeder high assembly.

Figure 7-74. Removing the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T

Figure 7-75. Removing the FEEDER HIGH ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 638

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.8 FEEDER MOTOR ASSY (PL52.1.3)

1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
2. Remove the feeder motor assembly's connector (P/J239.)
3. Remove the four screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder motor
assembly in place, and then remove the feeder motor assembly.

Figure 7-76. Removing the FEEDER MOTOR ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 639

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.9 FEEDER DRIVE ASSY (PL52.1.4)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)
7. Remove the FEEDER MOTOR ASSY (PL52.1.3). (p.639)
8. Remove the FEEDER PWB (PL52.1.9). (p.641)
9. Remove the COVER BRACKET (PL52.1.10). (p.641)
10. Remove the COVER JOINT BRACKET (PL52.1.12). (p.642)
11. Draw out the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY).
12. Remove the six screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder drive assembly
in place, and then remove the feeder drive assembly.
13. Remove the LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T (PL52.1.30). (p.643)
Figure 7-77. Removing the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 640

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.10 FEEDER PWB (PL52.1.9) 7.8.2.4.11 COVER BRACKET (PL52.1.10)

1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636) 1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
2. Disconnect the five connectors (P/J212, P/J213, P/J214, P/J216, P/J217) on the 2. Remove the two E-rings holding the cover bracket shaft in place, and then remove
feeder PWB. the cover bracket shaft and the cover bracket.
3. Remove the four screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder PWB in place,
and then remove the feeder PWB.

Ensure that the position of the connectors are not mistaken when
reconnecting them.

Figure 7-78. Removing the FEEDER PWB Figure 7-79. Removing the COVER BRACKET

APPENDIX Optional Units 641

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.12 COVER JOINT BRACKET (PL52.1.12) 7.8.2.4.13 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL52.1.7)
1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636) 1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the COVER BRACKET (PL52.1.10). (p.641) 2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the cover joint bracket in
place, and then remove the cover joint bracket. 3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)
7. Draw out the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY).
8. Remove the feeder drive assembly together with the feeder motor assembly, the
feeder PWB, the cover bracket and the cover joint bracket. (See p.640)
9. Disconnect the feeder harness assembly-1T connector (P/J235.)
10. Remove the screw (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the size switch assembly in
place, and then remove the size switch assembly.

Figure 7-80. Removing the COVER JOINT BRACKET

Figure 7-81. Removing the SIZE SWITCH ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 642

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.14 FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH (PL51.1.21) 7.8.2.4.15 LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T (PL52.1.30)
1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636) 1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637) 2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
C H E C K The illustration for the next procedure shows the front feeder right 3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
P O IN T cover switch, but the rear feeder right cover switch is removed in
the same way. 4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)
3. Disconnect the feeder right cover switch's connector (P/J237.)
7. Draw out the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY).
4. Remove the feeder right cover switch's hook from the feeder right cover, and then
remove the feeder right cover switch. 8. Remove the feeder drive assembly together with the feeder motor assembly, the
feeder PWB, the cover bracket and the cover joint bracket.(See p.640)
9. Disconnect the low paper sensor-1T connector (P/J231.)
10. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the tray stopper-1T in
place, and then remove the tray stopper-1T.
11. Release the hook on the low paper sensor-1T and then remove the low paper
sensor-1T from the tray stopper-1T.

Figure 7-83. Removing the LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T

Figure 7-82. Removing the FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH

APPENDIX Optional Units 643

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.16 T/A CLUTCH ASSY (PL52.2.29)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)
7. Remove the NUD SOLENOID ASSY (PL52.2.51). (p.649)
8. Remove the extension springs from the feed bracket and nudger SOL link.
9. Remove both the saddle brush and the harness.

C H E C K At the next step, note that the connector number varies with the
P O IN T cassette type.

10. Disconnect the T/A clutch assembly connector (P/J227) and remove the harness
from the saddle brush.
11. Release the locking clamp mini from the harness to free it.

C H E C K Be careful not to lose gear-23 once it has been freed in the

P O IN T following procedure.

12. Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) holding the feed bracket assembly in place,
and then remove the feed bracket assembly from gear-23.
13. Remove the E-ring holding the T/A clutch assembly in place, and then remove the
T/A clutch assembly.

Figure 7-84. Removing the T/A CLUTCH ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 644

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.17 NUDGER SENSOR (PL52.2.33)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)
7. Disconnect the nudger sensor connector (P/J221).
8. Release the nudger sensor hook from the upper frame assembly's frame, and then
remove the nudger sensor.

Figure 7-85. Removing the NUDGER SENSOR

APPENDIX Optional Units 645

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.18 FEED OUT SENSOR (PL52.2.36)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)
7. Remove the screw (silver, 6mm) holding the front upper chute in place, shift the
front upper chute forward, and then remove it diagonally to the left.
8. Release the front upper chute's hook holding the feed out sensor in place, and then
remove the feed out sensor.
9. Disconnect the feed out sensor connector (P/J223.)

Figure 7-86. Removing the FEED OUT SENSOR

APPENDIX Optional Units 646

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.19 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL52.2.45)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)
7. Disconnect the no paper sensor connector (P/J219.)
8. Release the no paper sensor hook from the upper frame assembly, and then remove
the no paper sensor.

Figure 7-87. Removing the NO PAPER SENSOR

APPENDIX Optional Units 647

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.20 TA ROLL ASSY (PL52.2.50)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)
7. Remove the E-ring holding the turn clutch assembly in place.
8. Remove the two E-rings holding the TA roll assembly in place, shift the rear
bearing forward and remove it from the feed bracket assembly.
9. Shift the front bearing backward and remove it from the feeder front frame.
10. Shift the TA roll assembly forward, and then remove the TA roll assembly from
the turn clutch assembly and the feed bracket assembly.
11. Shift the TA roll assembly backward, and the remove it together with the bearing.
12. Remove the bearing-8 from the TA roll assembly.

Figure 7-88. Removing the TA ROLL ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 648

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.21 NUD SOLENOID ASSY (PL52.2.51)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)
7. Disconnect the NUD solenoid assembly connector (P/J225.)
8. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) securing the NUD SOLENOID ASSY and pull
out the SOLENOID LINK from the SPRING PIN. Then remove the SPRING PIN
from the NUD SOL LINK upward.

Figure 7-89. Removing the NUD SOLENOID ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 649

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.4.22 TURN CLUTCH ASSY (PL52.2.56)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL51.1.2). (p.636)
4. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL51.1.20). (p.637)
5. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T (PL51.1.30). (p.638)
6. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL52.1.1). (p.638)

C H E C K At the next step, note that the connector number varies with the
P O IN T cassette type.

7. Disconnect the turn clutch assembly connector (P/J229), and then release the
saddle bush, the locking clamp mini and the sheet clamp from the harness to free
them.
8. Remove the E-ring holding the turn clutch assembly in place.
9. Remove the front E-ring holding the TA roll assembly in place.
10. Shift the TA roll assembly forward, remove the turn clutch assembly and feed
bracket assembly together with the front bearing-8, and then remove the turn
clutch assembly.

Figure 7-90. Removing the TURN CLUTCH ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 650

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.5 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit supplement

This section describes the connector locations and connection diagrams of the 500-
Sheet Paper Cassette Unit. Refer to the appropriate pages for exploded diagrams and
ASP lists:
„ See page 721 for Exploded Diagrams of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit.
„ See “ASP list for 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit” (p.735).

APPENDIX Optional Units 651

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.5.1 Connectors Table 7-68. P/J List

Shown here are connector [P (plug) / J (jack)] locations of the 500-Sheet Paper P/J Remarks
Cassette Unit. 240 Connection of COVER SWITCH HARNESS and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
241 Connection of FEEDER HARNESS ASSY (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS
Table 7-68. P/J List ASSY-1T

P/J Remarks Note: The paper cassette at the bottom of the printer body is called “Cassette 1" and the 500-
132 Connection of FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T and MAIN HARNESS ASSY Sheet Paper Cassette Unit, which is an optional unit, is called “Cassette 2".
211 Connection of FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
212 Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
213 Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER HARNESS
214 Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
215 Not used
216 Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
217 Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
218 Connection inside the feeder PWB
219 Connection of NO PAPER SENSOR (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
221 Connection of NUDGER SENSOR (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
223 Connection of FEED OUT SENSOR (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
225 Connection of NUDGER SOLENOID ASSY (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS
ASSY
227 Connection of T/A CLUTCH ASSY (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
229 Connection of TURN CLUTCH ASSY (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
231 Connection of LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS
ASSY-1T
233 Connection of LIFT UP CLUTCH (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
235 Connection of SIZE SWITCH ASSY (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-
1T
237 Connection of FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH and COVER SWITCH
HARNESS
238 Connection of FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH and COVER SWITCH
HARNESS
239 Connection of FEEDER MOTOR ASSY and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T

APPENDIX Optional Units 652

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-91. P/J Locations of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit

APPENDIX Optional Units 653

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.2.5.2 Connection wiring diagram

OVERALL CONNECTION WIRING DIAGRAM

Shown at right is the overall connection wiring diagram of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette
Unit. For meanings of symbols used in the diagram, see “Figure 7-9 Symbols Used in
the Overall Wiring Connection Diagrams” (p.465).

Figure 7-92. Overall Connection Wiring Diagram of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette

Unit

APPENDIX Optional Units 654

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

CONNECTION WIRING DIAGRAMS BETWEEN PARTS §50. MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, FEEDER PWB

Table 7-69.
Shown here are the wiring diagrams for connection between parts of 500-Sheet Paper
Cassette Unit. For meanings of symbols used in the diagrams, see “Figure 7-10 Signal line name Remarks
Symbols Used in the Wiring Connection Diagrams” (p.469). PRE REGI Command signal from the MCU PWB to the feeder unit
† Constitution: START The signal to indicate the start of paper feeding from the FEEDER
The connection wiring diagrams are divided into three sections that provide details UNIT.
on the connections between parts. SER-TXD Command signal from the MCU PWB to the feeder unit
„ §50.MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, FEEDER PWB SER-RXD Status signal from the feeder unit to the MCU PWB
• Connection of MCU PWB and FEEDER PWB READY The signal to notify the user that paper feeding is possible from feeder
• Connection of LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and FEEDER PWB unit
„ §51.FEEDER PWB, NO PAPER SENSOR,NUDGER SENSOR,FEED OUT FLAG Status signal from the feeder unit to the MCU PWB
SENSOR,NUD SOLENOID ASSY, T/A CLUTCH ASSY,TURN
CLUTCH ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and NO PAPER SENSOR
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and NUDGER SENSOR
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEED OUT SENSOR
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and NUDGER SOLENOID ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and T/A CLUTCH ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and TURN CLUTCH ASSY
„ §52.FEEDER PWB, LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T,FEEDER DRIVE
ASSY(LIFT UP CLUTCH), SIZE SWITCH ASSY,FEEDER RIGHT
COVER SWITCH,FEEDER MOTOR ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and SIZE SWITCH ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER MOTOR ASSY

Figure 7-93. §50 Connection wiring diagram

APPENDIX Optional Units 655

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

§51.FEEDER PWB, NO PAPER SENSOR,NUDGER SENSOR,FEED OUT

SENSOR,NUD SOLENOID ASSY, T/A CLUTCH ASSY,TURN CLUTCH
ASSY

C H E C K The [2] attached to the beginning of the signal wire names indicate
P O IN T that the signal is related to Cassette 2.
The paper cassette at the bottom of the printer body is called
“Cassette 1" and the 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit, which is an
optional unit, is called “Cassette 2".

Table 7-70.
Signal line name Remarks
[2]NO PAPER SENSED(L)5VDC The signal for detecting the existence of paper in the
paper cassette with the Cassette 2 no paper sensor
(High: No paper. Low: Paper exists)
[2]NUDGER SENSED(L)5VDC The signal for detecting the nearly empty status with
the Cassette 2 nudger sensor
[2]FEED OUT SENSED(L)5VDC The signal for detecting the existence of paper on the
paper path with the Cassette 2 feed out sensor (High:
No paper. Low: Paper exists)
[2]NUD SOLENOID ON(L)24VDC The Cassette 2 NUD solenoid ON/OFF control signal
(ON: Raised. OFF: Lowered)
[2]T/A CLUTCH ON(L)24VDC The Cassette 2 T/A clutch ON/OFF control signal.
[2]TURN CLUTCH ON(L)24VDC The Cassette 2 turn clutch ON/OFF control signal.

† NUD SOLENOID ASSY coil resistance: 34Ω ± 10% (20°C)

† T/A CLUTCH ASSY coil resistance: 172Ω ± 10% (20°C)
† TURN CLUTCH ASSY coil resistance: 150Ω ± 10% (20°C)

Figure 7-94. §51 Connection wiring diagram

APPENDIX Optional Units 656

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

§52.FEEDER PWB, LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T,FEEDER DRIVE ASSY(LIFT † Outline of the size switch signal
UP CLUTCH), SIZE SWITCH ASSY,FEEDER RIGHT COVER The size of the paper in the paper cassette is determined with the On/OFF
SWITCH,FEEDER MOTOR ASSY operations of the paper size switch on the size switch assembly. The paper size
switch's ON/OFF status and the voltage of the size switch for each relevant paper
C H E C K The [2] attached to the beginning of the signal wire names indicate size are listed below.
P O IN T that the signal is related to Cassette 2.
The paper cassette at the bottom of the printer body is called C H E C K The paper size switch moves sequentially through [SW1],
“Cassette 1" and the 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit, which is an P O IN T [SW2],[SW3] and [SW4] when seen from the front of the unit to
optional unit, is called “Cassette 2". represent [ON], [1], [OFF] and [0] respectively.

Table 7-71.
Signal line name Remarks Table 7-72.
[2]LOW PAPER SENSED The Cassette 2 height detection signal Paper Size Sensor
Paper size
[2]LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER The Cassette 2 lift up clutch ON/OFF control signal. S1 S2 S3 S4
DRIVE ASSY) ON(L)24VDC No paper cassette 0 0 0 0
[2]SIZE SWITCH The signal for detecting the size of the paper in the B5 (LEF)
Cassette 2 paper cassette 0 1 0 1
EXECUTIVE (LEF)
FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH The signal for detecting if the feeder chute assembly
A4 (LEF) 1 0 1 1
ON is open (OFF) or closed (ON) with the feeder right
cover switch LETTER (LEF) 0 1 1 1
A4 (SEF) 0 0 1 1
† Outline of the feeder motor LEGAL (14") (SEF) 0 0 1 0
„ Motor type: Permanent magnetic field DC servo motor B4 (SEF) 0 1 1 0
„ Number of poles: 3-phase 8-poles A3 (SEF) 1 0 1 0
„ Motor control revolutions: 1803.58rpm ± 0.5% LEDGER (SEF) 0 1 0 0
„ Rotation direction: Counter-clockwise when seen from the rear of the unit

APPENDIX Optional Units 657

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-95. §52 Connection wiring diagram

APPENDIX Optional Units 658

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3 Large Capacity Paper Unit † Installation method: Installed beneath the printer
† Drive method: Internal drive motor
7.8.3.1 Product outline of Large Capacity Paper Unit
† Interface: The Additional Cassette Unit, the existence of paper, the
The Large Capacity Paper Unit is installed beneath the printer and consists of a two- paper's near and, the paper size and other signals are
stage paper feeder to feed 500 pieces of paper and a standard universal cassette (paper transmitted to the printer. The signal for commencing
cassette.) Once this unit has been installed onto the printer, connected up and the paper feeding is received from the printer.
switch on the printer turned on to establish a power supply, the paper size and
availability of paper is automatically detected. The power is supplied from the printer. † Printing speed: Refer to “Printing Speed *3” (p.9) in Chapter 1.
† Paper feed specifications: Refer to “Paper feed” (p.10) in Chapter 1.
† Power supply: DC24V and DC5V power supplied from the printer
† Size / Weight: Refer to “Dimensions and Weight” (p.13) in Chapter 1.
† Life: Refer to “Product Life” (p.14) in Chapter 1.
† Noise:Refer to “Noise” (p.14) in Chapter 1.
7.8.3.1.2 Paper specifications
Refer to 1.2.2 Paper Specifications (p.15)
Paper Feeder
7.8.3.1.3 Reliability and endurance specifications (when connected to
printer)
Refer to 1.2.3 Reliability, Durability and Maintainability (p.20) for reliability and
endurance specifications for the Duplex Unit connected to the printer (MPBF, paper
feed reliability, life, printing start position accuracy and skew).

7.8.3.1.4 Environment specifications

† Conditions for use:
Refer to 1.2.4 Operating Conditions (Including Consumables) (p.21)
† Environmental conditions for storage and transportation:
Refer to 1.2.5 Storage and Transport of the Printer Body and Optional Products
Standard Universal Cassette
(paper cassette) x2
(Consumables Packaged) (p.22)

7.8.3.1.5 Electrical characteristics (when connected to printer)

Same as those of the printer body. “1.2.6 Electrical Features” (p.23).
Figure 7-96. Basic Constitution of Large Capacity Paper Unit
7.8.3.1.6 Compliance with standards and regulations (when connected to
7.8.3.1.1 Basic specifications printer)
† Paper feed method: Single clip division roller, automatic paper feed Same as those of the printer body. Refer to “1.2.8 Compliance with Standards and
Regulations” (p.24).

APPENDIX Optional Units 659

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.2 Operating principles of Large Capacity Paper Unit

7.8.3.2.1 Drive transmission route

FEEDER MOTOR ASSY

The feeder high assembly drive power for each cassette transmits the feeder motor
assembly's revolutionary power via the feeder drive assembly gears to provide the
driving power for conveying the paper.
The driving force is transmitted in the flow as shown in the chart below.

C H E C K In the description below, the paper cassette at the bottom of the

P O IN T printer body is called “Cassette 1” and the upper cassette and
lower cassette of the Large Capacity Paper Unit, which is an
optional unit, are called “Cassette 2” and “Cassette 3”,
respectively.

Cassette 3
Cassette 2

Figure 7-98. FEEDER MOTOR ASSY gear layout

Figure 7-97. Drive transmission route

APPENDIX Optional Units 660

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.2.2 Paper conveyance

Cassette 3 Cassette 2 Cassette 1 MSI tray
PAPER CONVEYANCE ROUTE
Paper feeding with Paper feeding with Paper feeding with Paper feeding with
The figure below shows the paper transport path when the Large Capacity Paper Unit the NUDGER the NUDGER the the
has been installed. ROLL ASSY ROLL ASSY FEED ROLL PICK UP ROLL

Conveyance with Conveyance with

the feed roll the feed roll
assembly and the assembly and the
retard roll retard roll
Laser beam axis
Paper conveyance
Conveyance with the TA roll
Sensor for paper assembly and the feeder chute
assembly's pinch roll

Conveyance with the TA roll assembly and the

feeder chute assembly's pinch roll

Conveyance with the turn roll assembly and the upper turn chute's pinch roll

Conveyance with the P/REGI roll assembly and the PRE-REGI chute assembly's pinch roll

Conveyance with the REGI metal roll and the REGI rubber roll

Conveyance with the 2ND BTR and the belt

NUDGER
ROLL ASSY Conveyance with the heat roll and the pressure roll

Conveyance with the exit 1 roll assembly and the upper guide assembly's pinch roll assembly

Conveyance route switching with the exchange chute

Print ejection Conveyance with the exit 2 roll assembly and the exit
upper assembly's pinch roll

Conveyance with the exit 3 roll assembly and the exit

upper assembly's pinch roll

Print ejection

Figure 7-99. Paper conveyance route

Figure 7-100. Paper conveyance route flow

APPENDIX Optional Units 661

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.2.3 Major functional parts and their operations † SIZE SWITCH ASSY
The size switch assembly is equipped with four direct paper size switches on the
This section explains the main function parts that make up the Additional cassette Unit
circuit board, and depending on the combination of the ON/OFF status of these
with the use of illustrations.
switches in accordance with changes in the position of the tray size actuator, the
The structure of the unit is divided into the following blocks.
paper size and existence of paper in the paper cassette is detected.
„ Paper Tray
† NO PAPER SENSOR
„ Paper Feeder I The existence of paper in the paper cassette is detected in accordance with changes
„ Paper Feeder II in the position of the no paper sensor actuator.
† NUD SOLENOID ASSY
PAPER TRAY Operations for the T/A clutch assembly (operating/halted) are controlled through
Each paper cassette of the optional Large Capacity Paper Unit has the same function as the control of the gear-25 revolutions.
the standard paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) incorporated in the printer body. † TURN CLUTCH ASSY
Refer to “2.2.4.1 Paper Tray” (p.111), as required. The driving power of the feed driver assembly is transmitted to the TA roll
assembly in order to control TA roll assembly operations (operating/halted.)
PAPER FEEDER I † NUDGER ROLL ASSY
Gear 25 and gear 29 mesh together when the NUD solenoid assembly is operated,
and the roll assembly receives the drive power from the feed drive assembly and
starts operations so that the nudger roll assembly can feed paper from the paper
cassette.
Gear 25 and gear 29, after a single revolution, are disengaged at the cut portion of
gear 25, and this halts the transmission of drive power and stops the nudger roll
assembly. This enables only one piece of paper to be fed each time.
† TA ROLL ASSY
The drive power of the feed drive assembly is transmitted to the TA roll assembly
via gear 1.3. when the turn clutch assembly is operated. The TA roll assembly
begins operating once this drive power is received, and the paper fed by the TA
roll assembly is then conveyed.
† T/A CLUTCH ASSY
The drive power of the feed drive assembly is transmitted to control the feed roll
assembly and retard roll assembly.
† NUDGER SENSOR
The existence of paper in the paper cassette is detected, and the lift-up procedure is
performed by the transmission of the nudger sensed signal if the amount of paper
is getting low.
Figure 7-101. Paper Feeder1

APPENDIX Optional Units 662

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† FEED ROLL ASSY, RETARD ROLL ASSY

The paper fed by the nudger roll assembly is gripped between the feed roll
assembly and the retard roll assembly and conveyed to the TA roll assembly. If
several pieces of paper are conveyed by the nudger roll assembly, more than one
piece of paper is prevented from passing through the feed roll assembly and retard
roll assembly, and they are separated into individual pages.

C H E C K As the operations for [Cassette 2] and [Cassette 3] are exactly the

P O IN T same, the operations for [Cassette 2] have been included here.

PAPER FEEDER II
† FEEDER MOTOR ASSY
Drive power is supplied to the feeder high assembly in each cassette via the feeder
drive assembly.
† FEED DRIVE ASSY
The drive power of the feeder motor assembly is transmitted to the feeder high
assembly in each cassette.
† FEEDER PWB
The paper feeding operations for each cassette's feeder high assembly are control
in accordance with communications with the MCU PWB and the information
received from the sensors and switches.
This mechanism is equipped with the following major functions.
„ Communications with the MCU PWB
„ Receives information from the sensors and switches
„ Controls the feeder motor assembly, the solenoids and the clutches
„ Controls the paper feeding operations
„ Distributes the low-voltage DC power supplied from the printer to the various
components
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH Figure 7-102. Paper Feeder2
The feeder right cover switch is a safety switch that detects the open/close status of
the feeder chute assembly and halts all operations if it is open.
† LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T, LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T
Detects when the amount of paper set inside the paper cassettes is running low.

APPENDIX Optional Units 663

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.3 Troubleshooting for Large Capacity Paper Unit 7.8.3.3.5 Service Call Error Messages
This section describes troubleshooting for the case where the Large Capacity Paper This section describes the details of service call error messages which can be displayed
Unit has been installed on AcuLaser C8600 / AcuLaser C7000. with the Large Capacity Paper Unit installed. For engine-related service call errors
other than described here, refer to 3.1.6 Details of the Service Call Error Messages
(p.180).
C H E C K „ This section describes troubleshooting for AcuLaser C8600/
P O IN T C7000 in standard specifications and for the case where the ENGINE-RELATED SERVICE CALL ERRORS
printer controller works normally.
„ The description in this section is given on the assumption that NOTE: Each error code (fff) is displayed with a prefix "E" for AcuLaser C8600
troubleshooting is started as described in Chapter 3 or "6" for AcuLaser C7000.
“Troubleshooting” (p.161).
Table 7-73. Service Call Errors (Engine Related)
7.8.3.3.1 Performing troubleshooting tasks Error
Refer to 3.1.1 Troubleshooting Procedure (p.162). code Description Refer to
fff
7.8.3.3.2 Preliminary checks Optional Cassette Unit error (communication
Refer to 3.1.2 Preliminary Checks (p.162) 517 error), or Optional Cassette Unit other than -
this printer's option is installed *1
7.8.3.3.3 Precautions in performing work 547 Optional Cassette Unit Feeder Motor error *2
Refer to 3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Work (p.163). Note "*1": Occurs when the Large Capacity Paper Unit/500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit for
AcuLaser C8500 is installed.
7.8.3.3.4 Identifying problems with the LCD messages "*2": Refer to the instruction manual for the optional unit.
AcuLaser C8600/C7000 is equipped with a self-diagnostic function to check each
function of the printer and optional units. If any error in the printer or any optional unit CONTROLLER-RELATED SERVICE CALL ERRORS
has been detected, the appropriate error information is indicated by LEDs and the LCD
panel on the control panel or by messages on the “EPSON Printer Window!3”. Refer to “Controller Related Service Call Errors” (p.182) for details on controller-
related service call errors.
The messages to be displayed are classified into the four groups, namely, “status
messages” indicating the printer status, “error messages” indicating the occurrence of
any error, “warning messages” indicating the occurrence of warning, and “service call
error messages” indicating the occurrence of any fatal error.
Refer to the following sections for details of the messages:
„ 3.1.4 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C8600) (p.164)
„ 3.1.5 Self-Diagnostic Function by Printer Message (AcuLaser C7000) (p.172)

APPENDIX Optional Units 664

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.3.6 Level 1 FIP 8. When [P/J1 ↔ P/J2], for instance, is referred to in FIPs, make measurement
between every pair of terminals of the P/J1 and P/J2 by consulting “Figure 7-126
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING FIP P/J Locations of Large Capacity Paper Unit” (p.709) to “Figure 7-130 §32
Connection wiring diagram” (p.715) in “7.8.3.5 Large Capacity Paper Unit
supplement” (p.708).
C H E C K Level 1 FIP to be used for the printer on which the 500-Sheet 9. When measuring the voltage inside the FIP, the rear minus pole [P/J3-4PIN] with
P O IN T Paper Cassette Unit or Large Capacity Paper Unit has been [P/J1-2PIN ↔ P/J3-4PIN] is always the AG [Analog Ground], the SG [Signal
installed is handled as “FIP-1.F” for distinguishing it from the Ground] or the RTN [Return]. Owing to this, confirm that continuity clearly exists
Level 1 FIP for the printers without 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit with the [AG]s, the [SG]s and the [RTN]s to enable the other [AG], [SG] and
or Large Capacity Paper Unit. [RTN] pins to be connected to the rear minus pole instead of the [P/J3-4PIN].
However, make sure no mistakes are made here as the [AG], [SG] and [RTN] are
1. As it is assumed that the printer controller (CONTROLLER PWB) is functioning not the same level.
normally with FIP, it is necessary to confirm that the printer controller has been
10. The terminals on the surface of the connector (one in from the front/back) are used
replaced with a normally-functioning unit if fault repairs are not carried out after
when measuring the voltage of P/J16, P/J17, P/J19 and P/J20. As these terminals
troubleshooting. It is also necessary to confirm that the [Initial checking]'s [Main Parts
are small, use a fine-headed tester pin and ensure that it comes into contact with
to be Confirmed] and all other related parts have been replaced accordingly if fault
the back terminal especially.
repairs are not to be performed.
2. FIPs may require some normal components as troubleshooting tools to identify the
cause of the trouble. You are advised to have a spare MCU PWB, DRUM
CARTRIDGE, and Y/M/C/K ET cartridges.
3. Ensure that the easiest level has been verified with the [Initial checking] in FIP.
4. In addition to checking the [Major parts to be checked] in the FIT’s [Initial
checking], ensure that all other major structural parts and related parts are
confirmed.
5. Ensure that the power cord has been unplugged if not required before commencing Terminals
work. Also, unless absolutely necessary, never touch electrified parts if work is to
be carried out with the power being supplied.
6. Details for the connectors are provided below:
„ [P/J12]: With the connector (P/J12) connected
„ [P12]: The plug with the connector (P/J12) disconnected (with the
exception of direct connections to the circuit board) 11. When measuring the voltage, set the drum cartridge and paper cassette in place if
„ [J12]: The jack with the connector (P/J12) disconnected (with the they are not required, and close the front cover assembly, the top cover assembly,
exception of direct connections to the circuit board) the MSI/REGI HIGH assembly, the fuser assembly, and the exit upper assembly
before switching the power on for measurement purposes.
7. [P/J1-2PIN ↔ P/J3-4PIN] inside the FIP means to connect the plus pole on the
gauge to the [P/J1]'s [2PIN] and the minus pole to the [P/J3]'s [4PIN] for 12. The values inside the FIP only represent a yardstick, and nearby numbers may be
measurement purposes. assumed to be the same.

APPENDIX Optional Units 665

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

13. Special guidance is not always provided for removing parts and performing Table 7-74. FIP-1 List
relevant tasks in order to carry out the checks instructed inside the FIP, so caution
Item (page) Conditions for Detection
must be exercised.
FIP-1.F1 Cassette 2 not set in place All the four Paper Size Switches on SIZE SWITCH
14. The [Replace] instruction issued during recovery inside the FIP indicate the parts (p.667) ASSY of Cassettes 2 have turned OFF.
that are assumed to be responsible for the problem and represent the instruction to For details, refer to “2.3.1 Paper Size Control” (p.130)
replace and confirm the relevant parts and related assembly parts (high assembly). FIP-1.F2 Cassette 3 not set in place All the four Paper Size Switches on SIZE SWITCH
15. Paper feeding is mentioned in the FIP under [Cassette 1] for paper cassettes below (p.667) ASSY of Cassettes 3 have turned OFF.
the printer, under [Cassette 2] for the first stage of optional 500-sheet Paper For details, refer to “2.3.1 Paper Size Control” (p.130)
Cassette Unit, and under [Cassette 3] for the second stage. FIP-1.F3 NO Cassette 2 (p.668) There is no paper in Cassette 2.
(NO PAPER SENSOR of Cassette 2 has detected
16. The FIP is equipped with an area to distinguish between the availability and non- Paper Out.)
availability of the diagnosis tool, and all fault repairs must be carried out in
FIP-1.F4 NO Cassette 3 (p.669) There is no paper in Cassette 3.
accordance with these instructions. (NO PAPER SENSOR of Cassette 3 has detected
NOTE: Refer to “5.4 Diagnostics” (p.369) for detailed operation of the Paper Out.)
DIAG tool. FIP-1.F5 Paper jammed in the MSI/ REGI. SENSOR does not turn to the paper detection
REGI HIGH ASSY (option state within the specified time after turning on of PICK
17. The FIP is equipped with an area for making distinctions in accordance with the
feeder JAM) (p.670) UP CLUTCH.
specifications, and all fault repairs must be carried out in accordance with these
instructions. FIP-1.F6 Option feeder • FEEDER UNIT which has not been installed has
communication error been selected.
(p.671) • Communication between the printer body and
FEEDER UNIT is not allowed.
• Trouble has occurred in the FEEDER UNIT.
FIP-1.F7 Errors related to the The lock signal of FEEDER MOTOR ASSY has been
FEEDER MOTOR ASSY detected.
(p.672)
FIP-1.F8 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH is OFF.
open (p.673)
FIP-1.F9 Low paper warning for There is little amount of paper in Cassette 2.
Cassette 2 (p.674) (NUDGER SENSOR of Cassette 2 has detected little
amount of paper.)
FIP-1.F10 Low paper warning for There is little amount of paper in Cassette 3.
Cassette 3 (p.675) (NUDGER SENSOR of Cassette 3 has detected little
amount of paper.)
FIP-1.F11 Faulty lift-up of Cassette 2 Lift up failure of Cassette 2 has been detected.
(p.676)
FIP-1.F12 Faulty lift-up of Cassette 3 Lift up failure of Cassette 3 has been detected.
(p.676)

APPENDIX Optional Units 666

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F1 Cassette 2 not set in place FIP-1.F2 Cassette 3 not set in place

Table 7-75. Table 7-76.

Recovery Recovery
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
† Initial checking: † Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
parts other than those approved by EPSON, any parts other than those approved by
faulty attachments, damage, malformation and EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach Replace or reattach
1 foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] 1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
Paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY), END Paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY), TRAY
GUIDE ACTUATOR, SIZE SWITCH ASSY, SIZE ACTUATOR, SIZE SWITCH ASSY,
FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the printer † Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer
controller: controller. or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and check Proceed to step [3] if Run a test print on the engine itself and check Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3] 2 Proceed to step [3]
to ascertain that the test print runs normally the same problem to ascertain that the test print runs normally the same problem
(with approximately ten pages individually and occurs after (with approximately ten pages individually occurs after
ten pages consecutively.) replacement. and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† Checking the paper cassette (500 TRAY † Checking the paper cassette (500 TRAY
ASSY): Replace the relevant ASSY): Replace the relevant
3 Proceed to step [4] 3 Proceed to step [4]
Can the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) be part Can the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) be part
set smoothly? set smoothly?
† END GUIDE ACTUATOR check: • With tool - † END GUIDE ACTUATOR check: • With tool -
Confirm that the end guide actuator pushes the Proceed to step Confirm that the end guide actuator pushes Proceed to step
paper size switch when the paper cassette is [5] the paper size switch when the paper cassette [5]
mounted.(Insert the paper onto the size switch • Without tool - Replace the relevant is mounted.(Insert the paper onto the size • Without tool -
4 Replace the relevant
assembly from the rear, and then pull the paper Proceed to FIP- part 4 switch assembly from the rear, and then pull Proceed to FIP-
part
after the paper cassette has been mounted, If the 2.F2 Faulty SIZE the paper after the paper cassette has been 2.F2 Faulty SIZE
paper resists being pulled out, it means the SWITCH ASSY mounted, If the paper resists being pulled out, SWITCH ASSY
paper size switch has been pressed.) (p.678) it means the paper size switch has been (p.678)
pressed.)
† Paper size check: Proceed to FIP-2.F2
♦ Confirm this with device code [0A] of the Faulty SIZE † Paper size check: Proceed to FIP-2.F2
5 Proceed to step [6]
Faulty SIZE
analog input test with the use of the diagnosis SWITCH ASSY 5 ♦ Confirm this with device code [0B] of the Proceed to step [6]
tool. (p.678) analog input test with the use of the diagnosis SWITCH ASSY
tool. (p.678)
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Replace the MCU
6 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Replace the MCU
PWB 6
PWB has been replaced with a normal one? Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
PWB
PWB has been replaced with a normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 667

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F3 NO Cassette 2 Table 7-77.

Recovery
Table 7-77. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † NO PAPER SENSOR check:
Yes No
Does the no paper sensor function normally? Proceed to FIP-2.F4
† Initial checking: 6 ♦ Confirm this with device code [B0] of the Proceed to step [7] Faulty NO PAPER
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any digital input test with the use of the diagnosis SENSOR (p.680)
parts other than those approved by EPSON, tool.
faulty attachments, damage, malformation and
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
foreign objects. Replace or reattach Replace the MCU
1 Proceed to step [2] 7 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts PWB
PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
Paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY), BOTTOM
PLATE ASSY, NO PAPER SENSOR
ACTUATOR, NO PAPER SENSOR,
FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer
or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and check Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
to ascertain that the test print runs normally the same problem
(with approximately ten pages individually occurs after
and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† Checking the paper cassette (500 TRAY
ASSY): Replace the relevant
3 Proceed to step [4]
Can the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) be part
set smoothly?
† BOTTOM PLATE ASSY check:
Replace the relevant
Does the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY lift
4 Proceed to step [5] part
normally when the paper cassette (500 TRAY
(paper cassette, etc.)
ASSY) is pushed in?
† NO PAPER SENSOR ACTUATOR check: • With tool -
Does the no paper sensor actuator operate Proceed to step
smoothly under the following conditions? [6]
When separated from the no paper sensor's • Without tool -
detection area with paper set in place. Proceed to FIP- Replace the relevant
5
When shielded from the no paper sensor's 2.F4 Faulty NO part
detection area with no paper set in place. PAPER
♦ Open the feeder chute assembly and confirm SENSOR (p.680)
that the paper cassette has been pushed
completely into place.

APPENDIX Optional Units 668

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F4 NO Cassette 3 Table 7-78.

Recovery
Table 7-78. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † NO PAPER SENSOR check:
Yes No
Does the no paper sensor function normally? Proceed to FIP-2.F4
† Initial checking: 6 ♦ Confirm this with device code [C0] of the Proceed to step [7] Faulty NO PAPER
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any digital input test with the use of the diagnosis SENSOR (p.680)
parts other than those approved by EPSON, tool.
faulty attachments, damage, malformation and
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
foreign objects. Replace or reattach Replace the MCU
1 Proceed to step [2] 7 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts PWB
PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
Paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY), BOTTOM
PLATE ASSY, NO PAPER SENSOR
ACTUATOR, NO PAPER SENSOR,
FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the printer
controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and check Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
to ascertain that the test print runs normally the same problem
(with approximately ten pages individually and occurs after
ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† Checking the paper cassette (500 TRAY
ASSY): Replace the relevant
3 Proceed to step [4]
Can the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) be part
set smoothly?
† BOTTOM PLATE ASSY check:
Replace the relevant
Does the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY lift
4 Proceed to step [5] part
normally when the paper cassette (500 TRAY
(paper cassette, etc.)
ASSY) is pushed in?
† NO PAPER SENSOR ACTUATOR check: • With tool -
Does the no paper sensor actuator operate Proceed to step
smoothly under the following conditions? [6]
When separated from the no paper sensor's • Without tool -
detection area with paper set in place. Proceed to FIP- Replace the relevant
5
When shielded from the no paper sensor's 2.F4 Faulty NO part
detection area with no paper set in place. PAPER
♦ Open the feeder chute assembly and confirm SENSOR (p.680)
that the paper cassette has been pushed
completely into place.

APPENDIX Optional Units 669

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F5 Paper jammed in the MSI/REGI HIGH ASSY Table 7-79.

(option feeder JAM) Recovery
Step Check
Table 7-79. Yes No
Recovery † Paper conveyance check: Proceed to FIP-2.F7
Step Check Has the paper front end arrived at TA ROLL Faulty TURN
Yes No 9 Proceed to step [10]
ASSY in the relevant paper transport route at CLUTCH ASSY
† Initial checking: the occurrence of error/status? (p.683)
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
parts other than those approved by EPSON, Replace the MCU
10 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
faulty attachments, damage, malformation and PWB
Replace or reattach PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
1 foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
FEEDER CHUTE ASSY, FEEDER MOTOR
ASSY, FEEDER DRIVE ASSY, FEEDER
PWB, MCU PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer
or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and check Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
to ascertain that the test print runs normally the same problem
(with approximately ten pages individually occurs after
and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
Has curled paper or paper that easily curls been
3 Change the paper Proceed to step [4]
used?
† Cassette 1 check: FIP-1.8 “EXIT
4 Proceed to step [5]
Is paper being fed from Cassette 1 normally? JAM” (p.190)
† Conveyor check: Clean the assembly
5 Do foreign objects or abnormal parts exist in or replace the Proceed to step [6]
the feeder chute assembly's paper conveyor? relevant part
† FEEDER MOTOR ASSY check: Proceed to FIP-2.F3
Does the feeder motor assembly operate Faulty FEEDER
6 Proceed to step [7]
during paper feeding? MOTOR ASSY
♦ Remove the feeder rear cover to confirm this. (p.679)
† FEEDER DRIVE ASSY check: Replace the
Do the feeder drive assembly gears operate FEEDER DRIVE
normally? ASSY (PL32.1.4)
7 ♦ Remove the feeder drive assembly, rotate the Proceed to step [8] (p.695)
feeder motor assembly by hand, and then
visually confirm the status of the feeder drive
assembly's gears.
† Paper feeding check: Proceed to FIP-2.F6
Is the edge of the paper being fed out of the Faulty NUD
8 Proceed to step [9]
relevant paper feeding tray when a status error SOLENOID ASSY
occurs? (p.682)

APPENDIX Optional Units 670

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F6 Option feeder communication error

Table 7-80.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any
parts other than those approved by EPSON,
faulty attachments, damage, malformation and Replace or reattach
1 Proceed to step [2]
foreign objects. the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
FEEDER HARNESS, MAIN HARNESS
ASSY, FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine or Check the printer
controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and check Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
to ascertain that the test print runs normally the same problem
(with approximately ten pages individually and occurs after
ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T conductivity
check: Replace the
3 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [4] FEEDER
J212 ↔ J132 HARNESS
J213 ↔ J211
† MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
Check the following for normal conductivity. Replace the MAIN
4 Proceed to step [5]
J132 ↔ J22 HARNESS ASSY
J211 ↔ J32
Proceed to FIP-2.1
† FEEDER PWB power supply check:
“Faulty LV/HV
5 Is the electrical voltage between J211-2PIN ↔ Proceed to step [6]
POWER SUPPLY 5
J211-1PIN 5VDC?
VDC” (p.227)
Proceed to FIP-2.2
† FEEDER PWB power supply check:
“Faulty LV/HV
6 Is the electrical voltage between J211-4PIN ↔ Proceed to step [7]
POWER SUPPLY
J211-3PIN 24VDC?
24 VDC” (p.227)
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Replace the MCU
7 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
PWB
PWB has been replaced with a normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 671

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F7 Errors related to the FEEDER MOTOR ASSY Table 7-81.

Recovery
Table 7-81. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † FEEDER MOTOR ASSY check: Proceed to FIP-
Yes No
Does the feeder motor assembly function 2.F3 Faulty
† Initial checking: 7 normally? Proceed to step [8] FEEDER MOTOR
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of ♦ Check this with device code [B8] of the digital ASSY (p.626)
any parts other than those approved by output test with the use of the diagnosis tool.
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Replace or reattach
1 Proceed to step [2] † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
malformation and foreign objects. the relevant parts Replace the MCU
10 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
• Major parts to be checked: PWB
PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
FEEDER MOTOR ASSY, SIZE HARNESS,
FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer
or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and check Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
to ascertain that the test print runs normally the same problem
(with approximately ten pages individually occurs after
and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† Size harness attachment check Reattach the feeder
3 Proceed to step [4]
Has the size harness attached correctly? right cover switch.
† Main unit harness check:
Is the harness between the MCU PWB and the
4 Proceed to step [5] Replace the harness.
feeder PWB free from broken wire or faulty
contact?
• With tool -
Proceed to step
[7]
† FEEDER Motor operation check: • Without tool -
5 Check to ascertain that the feeder motor is Proceed to FIP- Proceed to step [6]
operating during the test print. 2.F3 Faulty
FEEDER
MOTOR ASSY
(p.626)
• With tool -
Proceed to step
[7]
† FEEDER MOTOR ASSY abnormality check:
• Without tool -
Check to ascertain that there are no foreign Remove the
6 Proceed to FIP-
objects preventing the feeder motor assembly obstruction.
2.F3 Faulty
from operating.
FEEDER
MOTOR ASSY
(p.626)

APPENDIX Optional Units 672

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F8 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY open

Table 7-82.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH,
FEEDER CHUTE ASSY, FEEDER PWB,
MCU PWB
† Checking whether the problem lies in engine Check the printer
or controller: controller.
Run a test print on the engine itself and Proceed to step [3] if
2 Proceed to step [3]
check to ascertain that the test print runs the same problem
normally (with approximately ten pages occurs after
individually and ten pages consecutively.) replacement.
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH Reattach the
attachment check: FEEDER RIGHT
3 Proceed to step [4]
Has the feeder right cover switch attached COVER SWITCH
correctly? (PL31.1.21) (p.699)
• With tool -
† FEEDER CHUTE ASSY check: Proceed to step
Does the feeder chute assembly open and [5]
close smoothly under the following
• Without tool -
conditions? Replace the relevant
4 Proceed to FIP-
Press the two feeder right cover switches damage part.
2.F1 Faulty
when the feeder chute assembly is closed.
FEEDER RIGHT
Release the two feeder right cover switches
COVER
when the feeder chute assembly is open.
SWITCH (p.677)
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH check:
Does the feeder right cover switch function Proceed to FIP-2.F1
normally? Faulty FEEDER
5 Proceed to step [6]
♦ Confirm this with device code [D0,D1] of RIGHT COVER
the digital input test with the use of the SWITCH (p.677)
diagnosis tool.
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
6 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB.
normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 673

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F9 Low paper warning for Cassette 2 Table 7-83.

Recovery
Table 7-83. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † NUDGER SENSOR check:
Yes No
Does the nudger sensor function normally? Proceed to FIP-2.F5
† Initial checking: 6 ♦ Confirm this with device code [C0] of the Proceed to step [7] Faulty NUDGER
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of digital input test with the use of the SENSOR (p.681)
any parts other than those approved by diagnosis tool.
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
• Major parts to be checked: 7 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB.
Paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY),
normal one?
BOTTOM PLATE ASSY, NUDGER
SENSOR, FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
Printer controller
† Engine and control identification check
check.
Run a test print on the engine itself and
Proceed to step [3] if
2 check to ascertain that the test print runs Proceed to step [3]
the same problem
normally (with approximately ten pages
occurs after
individually and ten pages consecutively.)
replacement.
† Checking the paper cassette (500 TRAY
ASSY): Replace the relevant
3 Proceed to step [4]
Can the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) damage part.
be set smoothly?
† BOTTOM PLATE ASSY check:
Does the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY lift Replace the relevant
4 Proceed to step [5]
normally when the paper cassette (500 damage part.
TRAY ASSY) is pushed in?
• With tool -
Proceed to step
[6]
Reattach the
† NUDGER SENSOR attachment check: • Without tool -
5 NUDGER SENSOR
Has the nudger sensor attached correctly? Proceed to FIP-
(PL32.2.33) (p.702)
2.F5 Faulty
NUDGER
SENSOR (p.681)

APPENDIX Optional Units 674

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F10 Low paper warning for Cassette 3 Table 7-84.

Recovery
Table 7-84. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † NUDGER SENSOR check:
Yes No
Does the nudger sensor function normally? Proceed to FIP-2.F5
† Initial checking: 6 ♦ Confirm this with device code [C1] of the Proceed to step [7] Faulty NUDGER
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of digital input test with the use of the SENSOR (p.681)
any parts other than those approved by diagnosis tool.
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
• Major parts to be checked: 7 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a PWB.
Paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY),
normal one?
BOTTOM PLATE ASSY, NUDGER
SENSOR, FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
Printer controller
† Engine and control identification check
check.
Run a test print on the engine itself and
Proceed to step [3] if
2 check to ascertain that the test print runs Proceed to step [3]
the same problem
normally (with approximately ten pages
occurs after
individually and ten pages consecutively.)
replacement.
† Checking the paper cassette (500 TRAY
ASSY): Replace the relevant
3 Proceed to step [4]
Can the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) damage part.
be set smoothly?
† BOTTOM PLATE ASSY check:
Does the BOTTOM PLATE ASSY lift Replace the relevant
4 Proceed to step [5]
normally when the paper cassette (500 damage part.
TRAY ASSY) is pushed in?
• With tool -
Proceed to step
[6]
Reattach the
† NUDGER SENSOR attachment check: • Without tool -
5 NUDGER SENSOR
Has the nudger sensor attached correctly? Proceed to FIP-
(PL32.2.33) (p.702)
2.F5 Faulty
NUDGER
SENSOR (p.681)

APPENDIX Optional Units 675

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-1.F11 Faulty lift-up of Cassette 2 FIP-1.F12 Faulty lift-up of Cassette 3

Table 7-85. Table 7-86.

Recovery Recovery
Step Check Step Check
Yes No Yes No
† Initial checking: † Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] 1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked: • Major parts to be checked:
LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER DRIVE ASSY), LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER DRIVE ASSY),
TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS, FEEDER TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS, FEEDER
PWB, MCU PWB PWB, MCU PWB
Printer controller Printer controller
† Engine and control identification check † Engine and control identification check
check. check.
Run a test print on the engine itself and check Run a test print on the engine itself and check
Proceed to step [3] if Proceed to step [3] if
2 to ascertain that the test print runs normally Proceed to step [3] 2 to ascertain that the test print runs normally Proceed to step [3]
the same problem the same problem
(with approximately ten pages individually (with approximately ten pages individually
occurs after occurs after
and ten pages consecutively.) and ten pages consecutively.)
replacement. replacement.
† TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS attachment † TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS attachment
check: Reconnect the check: Reconnect the
3 Proceed to step [4] 3 Proceed to step [4]
Has the tray up sensor harness attached connector Has the tray up sensor harness attached connector
correctly? correctly?
† Main unit harness check: † Main unit harness check:
Is the harness between the MCU PWB and the Is the harness between the MCU PWB and the
4 Proceed to step [5] Replace the harness. 4 Proceed to step [5] Replace the harness.
feeder PWB free from broken wire or faulty feeder PWB free from broken wire or faulty
contact? contact?
Reattach the LIFT Reattach the LIFT
† LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER DRIVE ASSY) UP CLUTCH. † LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER DRIVE ASSY) UP CLUTCH.
5 attachment check: Proceed to step [6] “See FEEDER 5 attachment check: Proceed to step [6] “See FEEDER
Has the lift up clutch attached correctly? DRIVE ASSY Has the lift up clutch attached correctly? DRIVE ASSY
(PL52.1.4) (p.640)” (PL52.1.4) (p.640)”
Replace the Replace the
† LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER DRIVE ASSY) FEEDER DRIVE † LIFT UP CLUTCH(FEEDER DRIVE ASSY) FEEDER DRIVE
check: ASSY (PL32.1.4) check: ASSY (PL32.1.4)
Does the lift up clutch function normally? (p.695) Does the lift up clutch function normally? (p.695)
6 Proceed to step [7] 6 Proceed to step [7]
♦ Confirm this with device code [B2] of the Proceed to step [7] if ♦ Confirm this with device code [B2] of the Proceed to step [7] if
digital output test with the use of the diagnosis the same problem digital output test with the use of the diagnosis the same problem
tool. occurs after tool. occurs after
replacement. replacement.
† FEEDER PWB replacement check: † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Replace the MCU Replace the MCU
7 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery 7 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
PWB. PWB.
PWB has been replaced with a normal one? PWB has been replaced with a normal one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 676

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.3.7 Level 2 FIP

FIP-2.F1 Faulty FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH

Table 7-87.
Recovery
Step Check
Yes No
† Initial checking:
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage,
Replace or reattach
1 malformation and foreign objects. Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH,
COVER SWITCH HARNESS, SIZE
HARNESS, FEEDER PWB, MCU PWB
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH ON
signal power supply check:
Replace the
Is the electrical voltage for the following
2 Proceed to step [3] FEEDER PWB
between 5VDC?
(PL32.1.9) (p.696)
P217-7PIN ↔ P217-8PIN
P217-9PIN ↔ P217-10PIN
† FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH ON
signal check:
Is the electrical voltage between P/J217-
7PIN ↔ P/J217-8PIN
P/J217-9PIN ↔ P/J217-10PIN
3 Proceed to step [6] Proceed to step [4]
as follows?
0VDC when the feeder chute assembly is
closed.
5VDC when the feeder chute assembly is
open.
† SIZE HARNESS check:
Replace the SIZE
4 Check the following fo normal conductivity. Proceed to step [5]
HARNESS
J217 ↔ J240
† COVER SWITCH HARNESS check: Replace the
Replace the COVER
Check the following fo normal conductivity. FEEDER RIGHT
5 SWITCH
J240 ↔ J237 COVER SWITCH
HARNESS
J240 ↔ J238 (PL31.1.21) (p.699)
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Does the same problem occur after the Replace the MCU
6 End recovery
feeder PWB has been replaced with a normal PWB.
one?

APPENDIX Optional Units 677

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F2 Faulty SIZE SWITCH ASSY Table 7-88.

Recovery
Table 7-88. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check: Replace the
Yes No 8 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [9] MAIN
† Initial checking: J32 ↔ J211 HARNESS ASSY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any parts
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
other than those approved by EPSON, faulty Replace the MCU
Replace or 10 Does the same problem occur after the feeder PWB End recovery
attachments, damage, malformation and foreign Proceed to step PWB.
1 reattach the has been replaced with a normal one?
objects. [2]
relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
SIZE SWITCH ASSY, SIZE HARNESS, FEEDER
PWB, MCU PWB
† SIZE SWITCH ASSY power supply check:
Is the electrical voltage for the following 5VDC? Proceed to step
2 Proceed to step [3]
Cassette 2:P217-3PIN ↔ P217-1PIN [5]
Cassette 3:P217-6PIN ↔ P217-4PIN
† SIZE SWITCH signal check:
Are the following electrical voltages suitable for
each paper size?
Proceed to step
3 Cassette 2:P217-2PIN ↔ P217-1PIN Proceed to step [9]
[4]
Cassette 3:P217-5PIN ↔ P217-4PIN
Refer to “2.3.1 Paper Size Control” (p.130) to change
and confirm the paper sizes.
† SIZE HARNESS conductivity check: Replace the SIZE
Check the following for normal conductivity. SWITCH ASSY Replace the SIZE
4
Cassette 2:J217 ↔ J235 (PL32.1.17) HARNESS
Cassette 3:J217 ↔ J236 (p.698)
† 5VDC power supply check: Replace the
Proceed to step
5 Is the voltage of each of the followings 5VDC? FEEDER PWB
[6]
P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN (PL32.1.9) (p.696)
Proceed to FIP-
† 5VDC power supply check: 2.1 “Faulty LV/
6 Is the voltage of each of the followings 5VDC? Proceed to step [7] HV POWER
P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN SUPPLY 5 VDC”
(p.227)
† FEEDER HARNESS conductivity check: Replace the
7 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [8] FEEDER
J211 ↔ J213 HARNESS

APPENDIX Optional Units 678

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F3 Faulty FEEDER MOTOR ASSY Table 7-89.

Recovery
Table 7-89. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 24VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-
Yes No
Is the voltage of each of the followings 2.2 “Faulty LV/HV
† Initial checking:
7 Proceed to step [8]
24VDC? POWER SUPPLY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any P/J32-9PIN ↔ J32-12PIN 24 VDC” (p.227)
parts other than those approved by EPSON,
faulty attachments, damage, malformation and † FEEDER HARNESS conductivity check: Replace the
foreign objects. 8 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [9] FEEDER
Replace or reattach J211 ↔ J213 HARNESS
1 • Major parts to be checked: Proceed to step [2]
the relevant parts
FEEDER MOTOR ASSY, FEEDER DRIVE † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
Replace the MAIN
ASSY, SIZE HARNESS, FEEDER PWB, 9 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [10]
HARNESS ASSY
FEEDER HARNESS, MAIN HARNESS J32 ↔ J211
ASSY, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, MCU
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
PWB Replace the MCU
10 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
PWB.
† FEEDER DRIVE ASSY check: PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
Do the feeder drive assembly's gears operate Replace the
smoothly? FEEDER DRIVE
2 Proceed to step [3]
♦ Confirm this by removing the feeder drive ASSY (PL32.1.4)
assembly and rotating the feeder motor (p.695)
assembly by hand to free it.
† FEEDER MOTOR ASSY power supply
check:
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [6]
Is the electrical voltage between P217-14PIN
↔ P217-13PIN 24VDC?
† FEEDER MOTOR ON signal check:
Is the electrical voltage between P/J239-3PIN
↔ P/J239-4PIN as follows?
4 0VDC when the feeder motor assembly is Proceed to step [10] Proceed to step [5]
operating.
5VDC when the feeder motor assembly is not
operating.
† SIZE HARNESS conductivity check: Replace the
Is the conductivity between the following FEEDER MOTOR Replace the SIZE
5
normal? ASSY (PL32.1.3) HARNESS
J217↔J239 (p.694)
† 24VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
6 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [7]
24VDC?
(PL32.1.9) (p.696)
P/J213-1PIN ↔ J213-2PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 679

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F4 Faulty NO PAPER SENSOR Table 7-90.

Recovery
Table 7-90. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † FEEDER LOWER HARNESS ASSY
Yes No Replace the
conductivity check: Replace the NO
7 FEEDER LOWER
† Initial checking: Is the conductivity for the following normal? PAPER SENSOR
HARNESS
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of Cassette 2:J215 ↔ J242
any parts other than those approved by † 5VDC power supply check:
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
malformation and foreign objects. Replace or reattach 8 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [9]
1 Proceed to step [2] 5VDC?
(PL32.1.9) (p.696)
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN
NO PAPER SENSOR, FEEDER PWB,
FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY, † 5VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-2.1
FEEDER LOWER HARNESS ASSY, Is the voltage of each of the followings “Faulty LV/HV
9 Proceed to step [10]
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB 5VDC? POWER SUPPLY 5
P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN VDC” (p.227)
† NO PAPER SENSOR power supply check:
Is the electrical voltage for the following † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
Replace the
2 5VDC? Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [8] check:
10 Proceed to step [11] FEEDER
Cassette 2:P214-3PIN ↔ P214-1PIN Check the following for normal conductivity.
HARNESS
Cassette 3:P215-3PIN ↔ P214-1PIN J211 ↔ J213

† NO PAPER SENSE signal power supply † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
Replace the MAIN
check: 11 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [12]
HARNESS ASSY
Is the electrical voltage for the following J32 ↔ J211
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [8]
5VDC? † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Replace the MCU
Cassette 2:P214-2PIN ↔ P214-1PIN 12 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
PWB.
Cassette 3:P215-2PIN ↔ P215-1PIN PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
† NO PAPER SENSE signal check:
Is the electrical voltage as follows?
0VDC during penetration (with paper)
4 Proceed to step [12] Proceed to step [5]
5VDC when shielded (no paper)
Cassette 2:P/J214-2PIN ↔ P/J214-1PIN
Cassette 3:P/J215-2PIN ↔ P/J215-1PIN
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
Proceed to step [6]
5 Check the following for normal conductivity. FEEDER
and [7]
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J219 HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 3:J242 ↔ J220
† FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY
Replace the NO Replace the
conductivity check:
6 PAPER SENSOR FEEDER UPPER
Is the conductivity for the following normal?
(PL32.2.45) (p.704) HARNESS
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241

APPENDIX Optional Units 680

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F5 Faulty NUDGER SENSOR Table 7-91.

Recovery
Table 7-91. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T conductivity Replace the
Yes No
check: FEEDER
9 Proceed to step [10]
† Initial checking: Check the following for normal conductivity. HARNESS ASSY-
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any J211 ↔ J213 1T
parts other than those approved by EPSON, † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
faulty attachments, damage, malformation and Replace the MAIN
Replace or reattach 10 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [11]
1 foreign objects. Proceed to step [2] HARNESS ASSY
the relevant parts J32 ↔ J211
• Major parts to be checked:
NUDGER SENSOR, FEEDER PWB, † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Replace the MCU
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T, FEEDER 11 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
PWB.
HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB PWB has been replaced with a normal one?

† NUDGER SENSOR power supply check:

Is the electrical voltage for the following
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [7]
between 5VDC?
Cassette 2:P214-6PIN ↔ P214-4PIN
† NUDGER SENSE detection signal power
supply check:
3 Is the electrical voltage for the following Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [7]
between 5VDC?
Cassette 2:P214-5PIN ↔ P214-4PIN
† NUDGER SENSE signal check:
Is the electrical voltage as follows?
4 0 VDC when there is paper Proceed to step [11] Proceed to step [5]
and 5 VDC when there is no paper?
Cassette 2:P/J214-5 ↔ P/J214-4
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
Replace the
check:
5 Proceed to step [6] FEEDER
Check the following for normal conductivity.
HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J221
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T conductivity Replace the
Replace the
check: FEEDER
6 NUDGER SENSOR
Is the conductivity for the following normal? HARNESS ASSY-
(PL32.2.33) (p.702)
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241 1T
† 5VDC power supply check: Replace the
7 Is the voltage of each of the followings 5VDC? FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [8]
P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN (PL32.1.9) (p.696)
Proceed to FIP-2.1
† 5VDC power supply check:
“Faulty LV/HV
8 Is the voltage of each of the followings 5VDC? Proceed to step [9]
POWER SUPPLY 5
P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN
VDC” (p.227)

APPENDIX Optional Units 681

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F6 Faulty NUD SOLENOID ASSY Table 7-92.

Recovery
Table 7-92. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 24VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-
Yes No
Is the voltage of each of the followings 2.2 “Faulty LV/HV
† Initial checking:
8 Proceed to step [9]
24VDC? POWER SUPPLY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of P/J32-9PIN ↔ J32-12PIN 24 VDC” (p.227)
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
Replace the
malformation and foreign objects. check:
9 Proceed to step [10] FEEDER
• Major parts to be checked: Replace or reattach Check the following for normal conductivity.
1 Proceed to step [2] HARNESS
J211 ↔ J213
NUDÅ@SOLENOID ASSY, FEEDER PWB, the relevant parts
FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY, † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
Replace the MAIN
FEEDER LOWER HARNESS ASSY, 10 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [11]
HARNESS ASSY
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY, MAIN J32 ↔ J211
HARNESS ASSY, LV/HV POWER † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
SUPPLY, MCU PWB Replace the MCU
11 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
PWB.
† NUD SOLENOID ASSY power supply check: PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the
2 following? Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [7]
Cassette 2:P214-10 ↔ P214-11
Cassette 3:P215-10 ↔ P215-11
† NUDGER SOLENOID ASSY check:
Is the conductivity for the following normal
3 (approximately 90 Ω)? Proceed to step [11] Proceed to step [4]
Cassette 2:J225-1 ↔ J225-2
Cassette 3:J226-1 ↔ J226-2
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
Proceed to step [5]
4 Check the following for normal conductivity. FEEDER
and [6]
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J225 HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 3:J242 ↔ J226
† FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY
Replace the NUD Replace the
conductivity check:
5 SOLENOID ASSY FEEDER UPPER
Is the conductivity for the following normal?
(PL32.2.51) (p.706) HARNESS
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241
† FEEDER LOWER HARNESS ASSY
Replace the
conductivity check: Replace the NUD
6 FEEDER LOWER
Is the conductivity for the following normal? SOLENOID ASSY
HARNESS
Cassette 3:J215 ↔ J242
† 24VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
7 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [8]
24VDC?
(PL32.1.9) (p.696)
P/J213-1PIN ↔ J213-2PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 682

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F7 Faulty TURN CLUTCH ASSY Table 7-93.

Recovery
Table 7-93. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 24VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-
Yes No
Is the voltage of each of the followings 2.2 “Faulty LV/HV
† Initial checking:
8 Proceed to step [9]
24VDC? POWER SUPPLY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of P/J32-9PIN ↔ J32-12PIN 24 VDC” (p.227)
any parts other than those approved by
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, † FEEDER HARNESS conductivity check: Replace the
malformation and foreign objects. 9 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [10] FEEDER
• Major parts to be checked: Replace or reattach J211 ↔ J213 HARNESS
1 Proceed to step [2]
TURN CLUTCH ASSY, FEEDER PWB, the relevant parts † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
Replace the MAIN
FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY, 10 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [11]
HARNESS ASSY
FEEDER LOWER HARNESS ASSY, J32 ↔ J211
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY, MAIN
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
HARNESS ASSY, LV/HV POWER Replace the MCU
11 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
SUPPLY, MCU PWB PWB.
PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
† TURN CLUTCH ASSY power supply check:
Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the
2 following? Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [7]
Cassette 2:P214-14PIN ↔ P214-15PIN
Cassette 3:P215-14PIN ↔ P215-15PIN
† TURN CLUTCH ASSY check:
Is the conductivity for the following normal
3 (approximately 172 Ω)? Proceed to step [11] Proceed to step [4]
Cassette 2:J229-1PIN ↔ J229-2PIN
Cassette 3:J230-1PIN ↔ J230-2PIN
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
Proceed to step [5]
4 Check the following for normal conductivity. FEEDER
and [6]
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J229 HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 3:J242 ↔ J230
† FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY
Replace the TURN Replace the
conductivity check:
5 CLUTCH ASSY FEEDER UPPER
Is the conductivity for the following normal?
(PL32.2.56) (p.707) HARNESS
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241
† FEEDER LOWER HARNESS
Replace the
ASSYconductivity check: Replace the TURN
6 FEEDER LOWER
Is the conductivity for the following normal? CLUTCH ASSY
HARNESS
Cassette 3:J215 ↔ J242
† 24VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
7 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [8]
24VDC?
(PL32.1.9) (p.696)
P/J213-1PIN ↔ J213-2PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 683

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F8 Faulty T/A CLUTCH ASSY Table 7-94.

Recovery
Table 7-94. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † 24VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-2.2
Yes No
Is the voltage of each of the followings “Faulty LV/HV
8 Proceed to step [9]
† Initial checking: 24VDC? POWER SUPPLY
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any P/J32-9PIN ↔ J32-12PIN 24 VDC” (p.227)
parts other than those approved by EPSON, † FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
faulty attachments, damage, malformation and Replace the
check:
foreign objects. 9 Proceed to step [10] FEEDER
Check the following for normal conductivity.
• Major parts to be checked: Replace or reattach HARNESS
1 Proceed to step [2] J211 ↔ J213
T/A CLUTCH ASSY, FEEDER PWB, the relevant parts
FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY, † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
Replace the MAIN
FEEDER LOWER HARNESS ASSY, 10 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [11]
HARNESS ASSY
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY, MAIN J32 ↔ J211
HARNESS ASSY, LV/HV POWER † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
Replace the MCU
SUPPLY, MCU PWB 11 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
PWB.
† T/A CLUTCH ASSY power supply check: PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
Is the electrical voltage 24VDC for the
2 following? Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [7]
Cassette 2:P214-12PIN ↔ P214-13PIN
Cassette 3:P215-12PIN ↔ P215-13PIN
† T/A CLUTCH ASSY check:
Is the conductivity for the following normal
3 (approximately 172 Ω)? Proceed to step [11] Proceed to step [4]
Cassette 2:J227-1PIN ↔ J227-2PIN
Cassette 3:J228-1PIN ↔ J228-2PIN
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
Proceed to step [5]
4 Check the following for normal conductivity. FEEDER
and [6]
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J227 HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 3:J242 ↔ J228
† FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY
Replace the T/A Replace the
conductivity check:
5 CLUTCH ASSY FEEDER UPPER
Is the conductivity for the following normal?
(PL32.2.29) (p.701) HARNESS
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241
† FEEDER LOWER HARNESS
Replace the T/A Replace the
ASSYconductivity check:
6 CLUTCH ASSY FEEDER LOWER
Is the conductivity for the following normal?
(PL32.2.29) (p.701) HARNESS
Cassette 3:J215 ↔ J242
† 24VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
7 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [8]
24VDC?
(PL32.1.9) (p.696)
P/J213-1PIN ↔ J213-2PIN

APPENDIX Optional Units 684

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F9 Faulty FEED OUT SENSOR Table 7-95.

Recovery
Table 7-95. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † FEEDER LOWER HARNESS
Yes No Replace the FEED Replace the
ASSYconductivity check:
7 OUT SENSOR FEEDER LOWER
† Initial checking: Is the conductivity for the following normal?
(PL32.2.36) (p.703) HARNESS
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of Cassette 3:J215 ↔ J242
any parts other than those approved by † 5VDC power supply check:
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
malformation and foreign objects. Replace or reattach 8 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [9]
1 Proceed to step [2] 5VDC?
(PL32.1.9) (p.696)
• Major parts to be checked: the relevant parts P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN
FEED OUT SENSOR, FEEDER PWB,
FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY, † 5VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-2.1
FEEDER LOWER HARNESS ASSY, Is the voltage of each of the followings “Faulty LV/HV
9 Proceed to step [10]
FEEDER HARNESS ASSY, MCU PWB 5VDC? POWER SUPPLY 5
P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN VDC” (p.227)
† FEED OUT SENSOR power supply check:
Is the electrical voltage for the following † FEEDER HARNESS conductivity check: Replace the
2 5VDC? Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [8] 10 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [11] FEEDER
Cassette 2:P214-9PIN ↔ P214-7PIN J211 ↔ J213 HARNESS
Cassette 3:P215-9PIN ↔ P215-7PIN † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
Replace the MAIN
† FEED OUT SENSE signal power supply 11 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [12]
HARNESS ASSY
check: J32 ↔ J211
Is the electrical voltage for the following † FEEDER PWB replacement check:
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [8] Replace the MCU
5VDC? 12 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
PWB.
Cassette 2:P214-8PIN ↔ P214-7PIN PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
Cassette 3:P215-8PIN ↔ P215-7PIN
† FEED OUT SENSE signal check:
Is the electrical voltage as follows?
0 VDC when there is paper
4 Proceed to step [12] Proceed to step [5]
and 5 VDC when there is no paper?
Cassette 2:P/J214-8PIN ↔ P/J214-7PIN
Cassette 3:P/J215-8PIN ↔ P/J215-7PIN
† FEEDER HARNESS ASSY conductivity
check: Replace the
Proceed to step [6]
5 Check the following for normal conductivity. FEEDER
and [7]
Cassette 2:J241 ↔ J223 HARNESS ASSY
Cassette 3:J242 ↔ J224
† FEEDER UPPER HARNESS ASSY
Replace the FEED Replace the
conductivity check:
6 OUT SENSOR FEEDER UPPER
Is the conductivity for the following normal?
(PL32.2.36) (p.703) HARNESS
Cassette 2:J214 ↔ J241

APPENDIX Optional Units 685

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F10 Faulty LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T Table 7-96.

Recovery
Table 7-96. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
Yes No Replace the MAIN
9 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [10]
HARNESS ASSY
† Initial checking: J32 ↔ J211
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
any parts other than those approved by Replace the MCU
10 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
EPSON, faulty attachments, damage, Replace or reattach PWB.
1 Proceed to step [2] PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
malformation and foreign objects. the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T, FEEDER PWB,
TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS, MCU PWB
† LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T power supply
check:
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [6]
Is the electrical voltage between P216-1PIN
↔ P216-2PIN 5VDC?
† LOW PAPER SENSE-2T signal power supply
check:
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [6]
Is the electrical voltage between P216-3PIN
↔ P216-2PIN 5VDC?
† LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T signal check:
Is the electrical voltage between P/J216-3PIN
4 ↔ P/J216-2PIN as follows? Proceed to step [10] Proceed to step [5]
0 VDC when there is paper
and 5 VDC when there is no paper?
† TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS conductivity
Replace the LOW
check: Replace the TRAY
PAPER SENSOR-
5 Is the conductivity between the following UP SENSOR
2T (PL32.1.30)
normal? HARNESS
(p.699)
J216 ↔ J231
† 5VDC power supply check:
Replace the
Is the voltage of each of the followings
6 FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [7]
5VDC?
(PL32.1.9) (p.696)
P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN
† 5VDC power supply check: Proceed to FIP-
Is the voltage of each of the followings 2.1 “Faulty LV/HV
7 Proceed to step [8]
5VDC? POWER SUPPLY
P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN 5 VDC” (p.227)
† FEEDER HARNESS conductivity check: Replace the
8 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [9] FEEDER
J211 ↔ J213 HARNESS

APPENDIX Optional Units 686

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

FIP-2.F11 Faulty LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T Table 7-97.

Recovery
Table 7-97. Step Check
Yes No
Recovery
Step Check † MAIN HARNESS ASSY conductivity check:
Yes No Replace the MAIN
9 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [10]
HARNESS ASSY
† Initial checking: J32 ↔ J211
Check for abnormalities, such as the use of any
† FEEDER PWB replacement check:
parts other than those approved by EPSON, Replace the MCU
10 Does the same problem occur after the feeder End recovery
faulty attachments, damage, malformation and Replace or reattach PWB.
1 Proceed to step [2] PWB has been replaced with a normal one?
foreign objects. the relevant parts
• Major parts to be checked:
LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T, FEEDER PWB,
TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS, MCU PWB
† LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T power supply
check
2 Proceed to step [3] Proceed to step [6]
Is the electrical voltage between P216-4PIN
↔ P216-5PIN 5VDC?
† LOW PAPER SENSE-3T signal power supply
check:
3 Proceed to step [4] Proceed to step [6]
Is the electrical voltage between P216-6PIN
↔ P216-5PIN 5VDC?
† LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T signal check:
Is the electrical voltage between P/J216-6PIN
4 ↔ P/J216-5PIN as follows? Proceed to step [10] Proceed to step [5]
0 VDC when there is paper
and 5 VDC when there is no paper?
† TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS conductivity
Replace the LOW
check: Replace the TRAY
PAPER SENSOR-
5 Is the conductivity between the following UP SENSOR
3T (PL32.1.31)
normal? HARNESS
(p.700)
J216 ↔ J232
† 5VDC power supply check: Replace the
6 Is the voltage of each of the followings 5VDC? FEEDER PWB Proceed to step [7]
P/J213-3PIN ↔ J213-4PIN (PL32.1.9) (p.696)
Proceed to FIP-
† 5VDC power supply check:
2.1 “Faulty LV/HV
7 Is the voltage of each of the followings 5VDC? Proceed to step [8]
POWER SUPPLY
P/J32-13PIN ↔ J32-14PIN
5 VDC” (p.227)
† FEEDER HARNESS conductivity check: Replace the
8 Check the following for normal conductivity. Proceed to step [9] FEEDER
J211 ↔ J213 HARNESS

APPENDIX Optional Units 687

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4 Disassembly and assembly of Large Capacity Paper Unit

This section describes the removal and reinstallation procedure for major parts of the
Large Capacity Paper Unit.
For carrying out disassembly and assembly work, be sure to read “4.1 Overview”
(p.258) and “4.2 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure” (p.261) carefully.

C H E C K „ Although spare parts are kept in stock, ensure that a complete

P O IN T visual inspection of all attachments is made prior to starting
work as there are certain procedures that are not covered
here.
„ Work should be carried out with the FEEDER UNIT left
installed, unless its removal is necessary.

APPENDIX Optional Units 688

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.1 Large Capacity Paper Unit (PL30.1.1)

1. Remove the rear O/H cover and then open the feeder rear harness cover.(See p.267)
2. Disconnect the two connectors (P/J132, P/J211) on the main unit and feeder
harness assembly.
3. Draw out the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) at the upper position (Cassette 2)
of the Large Capacity Paper Unit.
4. Loosen enough the two screws (knurled) securing the printer body and the Large
Capacity Paper Unit.
5. Push in and close the paper cassette (500 TRAY ASSY) drawn out.

C A U T IO N „ The printer weighs approximately 70kg, so ensure that all

lifting explained in the following procedures is performed with
at least four people to avoid accidents.
„ Ensure that both hands are firmly gripping the handles when
lifting the printer. Gripping the printer by other areas during
lifting may result in the unit being dropped or damaged.
„ Bend the knees when lifting the printer to avoid injuring your
back.

6. Lift up the main unit and place it on a flat and stable place.

Put the Large Capacity Paper Unit on the printer body gently so
that the front corners are in alignment.

4_2TFunit01.eps

Figure 7-103. Large Capacity Paper Unit Removal

APPENDIX Optional Units 689

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.2 FEEDER FRONT COVER (PL31.1.1) 7.8.3.4.3 FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2)
1. Remove the FEEDER LEFT COVER (PL31.1.10). (p.691) 1. Remove the six screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder rear cover in place,
and then remove the feeder rear cover.
2. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)

C H E C K The illustration for the next procedure shows the feeder front
P O IN T cover (upper), but the lower stage of the feeder front cover is Ensure that the feeder left cover and the feeder right cover mesh
removed in the same way. together when attaching the feeder rear cover.

3. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder front cover in
place, and then remove the feeder front cover.

Align the positioning boss with the holes when attaching the feeder
front cover.

4FrontCover01.eps

Figure 7-105. Removing the FEEDER REAR COVER

Figure 7-104. Removing the FEEDER FRONT COVER

APPENDIX Optional Units 690

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.4 FEEDER LEFT COVER (PL31.1.10) 7.8.3.4.5 FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20)
1. Remove the four screws (silver, guarded, 8mm) holding the feeder left cover in place, 1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
and then open the front of the feeder left cover to the left and pull it forward to remove
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J240) connecting the feeder right cover switch to the
it.
feeder PWB.
3. Remove the five screws (silver, guarded, 8mm) holding the feeder right cover in
place.
4. Open the feeder chute assembly and then pull the feeder right cover upwards to
remove it.

Figure 7-107. Removing the FEEDER RIGHT COVER

Figure 7-106. Removing the FEEDER LEFT COVER

APPENDIX Optional Units 691

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.6 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30)

1. Remove the rear O/H cover.
Refer to “REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30)” (p.267)
2. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
3. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
4. Open the hinge at the rear of the feeder chute assembly to release the boss, rotate
the fulcrum at the front towards the right, remove the front boss and then remove
the feeder chute assembly.

Figure 7-108. Removing the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 692

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.7 FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1)

C H E C K The procedures explained in steps [1] and [2] below are for
P O IN T removing the upper unit (Cassette 2) and not for the lower unit
(cassette 3).

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)

2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)

„ The illustration for the next procedure (Cassette 2) shows the Figure 7-109. Removing the FEEDER HIGH ASSY
C H E C K
P O IN T upper feeder high assembly, but the lower stage (Cassette 3) of
the feeder high assembly is removed in the same way.
„ Note that the two connector numbers explained in the
following procedure are different depending on the relevant
cassette.

7. Disconnect the connector (P/J241 or P/J242) from the feeder high assembly.
8. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder high assembly
in place, and then remove the feeder high assembly.

APPENDIX Optional Units 693

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.8 FEEDER MOTOR ASSY (PL32.1.3)

1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
2. Remove the feeder motor assembly's connector (P/J239.)
3. Remove the four screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder motor
assembly in place, and then remove the feeder motor assembly.

Figure 7-110. Removing the FEEDER MOTOR ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 694

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.9 FEEDER DRIVE ASSY (PL32.1.4)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
7. Remove the two FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1) (p.693)
8. Remove the FEEDER MOTOR ASSY (PL32.1.3). (p.694)
9. Remove the FEEDER PWB (PL32.1.9). (p.696)
10. Remove the COVER BRACKET (PL32.1.10). (p.696)
11. Remove the COVER JOINT BRACKET (PL32.1.12). (p.697)
12. Disconnect the two connectors (P/J132, P/J211) on the main unit and feeder
harness assembly.
13. Remove the four screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder drive assembly
in place, and then remove the feeder drive assembly.

Figure 7-111. Removing the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 695

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.10 FEEDER PWB (PL32.1.9) 7.8.3.4.11 COVER BRACKET (PL32.1.10)

1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690) 1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
2. Disconnect the six connectors (P/J212, P/J213, P/J214, P/J215, P/J216, P/J217,) 2. Remove the two E-rings holding the cover bracket shaft in place, and then remove
on the feeder PWB. the cover bracket shaft and the cover bracket.
3. Remove the four screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the feeder PWB in place,
and then remove the feeder PWB.

Ensure that the position of the connectors are not mistaken when
reconnecting them.

Figure 7-113. Removing the COVER BRACKET

Figure 7-112. Removing the FEEDER PWB

APPENDIX Optional Units 696

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.12 COVER JOINT BRACKET (PL32.1.12)

1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
2. Remove the rear O/H cover.
Refer to “REAR COVER ASSY (PL1.1.30)” (p.267)
3. Remove the COVER BRACKET (PL32.1.10). (p.696)
4. Release the harness from the clamp to free it.
5. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the cover joint bracket in
place, and then remove the cover joint bracket.
6. Remove the clamp from the cover joint bracket.

Figure 7-114. Removing the COVER JOINT BRACKET

APPENDIX Optional Units 697

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.13 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL32.1.17)

1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
2. Disconnect the size harness's connectors (P/J235, P/J236.)
3. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the 2 tray size bracket
assembly in place, and then remove the 2 tray size bracket assembly.

C H E C K The illustration for the next procedure shows the upper size switch
P O IN T assembly, but the lower size switch assembly is removed in the
same way.

4. Remove the screw (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the size switch assembly in
place, and then remove the size switch assembly.

Ensure that the position of the connectors are not mistaken when
reconnecting them.

Figure 7-115. Removing the SIZE SWITCH ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 698

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.14 FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH (PL31.1.21) 7.8.3.4.15 LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T (PL32.1.30)
1. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690) 1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691) 2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
C H E C K The illustration for the next procedure shows the front feeder right 3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
P O IN T cover switch, but the rear feeder right cover switch is removed in Paper Unit.
the same way. Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
3. Disconnect the feeder right cover switch's connector (P/J237.) 5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
4. Remove the feeder right cover switch's hook from the feeder right cover, and then 6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
remove the feeder right cover switch. 7. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1). (p.693)
8. Remove the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY (PL32.1.4). (p.695)
9. Disconnect the low paper sensor-2T connector (P/J231.)
10. Remove the screw (silver, 6mm) holding the tray stopper-2T in place, and then
remove the tray stopper-2T.
11. Release the hook on the low paper sensor-2T and then remove the low paper
sensor-2T from the tray stopper-2T.

Figure 7-117. Removing the LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T

Figure 7-116. Removing the FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH

APPENDIX Optional Units 699

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.16 LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T (PL32.1.31)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
7. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1). (p.693)
8. Remove the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY (PL32.1.4). (p.695)
9. Disconnect the low paper sensor-3T connector (P/J232.)
10. Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) holding the tray stopper-3T in place, and
then remove the tray stopper-3T.
11. Release the hook on the low paper sensor-3T and then remove the low paper
sensor-2T from the tray stopper-3T.
Figure 7-118. Removing the LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T

APPENDIX Optional Units 700

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.17 T/A CLUTCH ASSY (PL32.2.29)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
7. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1). (p.693)
8. Remove the NUD SOLENOID ASSY (PL32.2.51). (p.706)
9. Remove the extension springs from the feed bracket and nudger SOL link.
10. Remove both the saddle brush and the harness.

C H E C K Note that the connector numbers in the following procedure differ

P O IN T in accordance with the relevant cassette.

11. Disconnect the T/A clutch connector (P/J227) and remove the harness from the
saddle brush.
12. Release the locking clamp mini from the harness to free it.

C H E C K Take care not to lose gear once it has been freed in the following
P O IN T procedure.

13. Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) holding the feed bracket assembly in place,
and then remove the feed bracket assembly. Figure 7-119. Removing the T/A CLUTCH ASSY

14. Remove the E-ring holding the T/A clutch assembly in place, and then remove the
T/A clutch assembly.

APPENDIX Optional Units 701

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.18 NUDGER SENSOR (PL32.2.33)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
7. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1). (p.693)

C H E C K Note that the connector numbers in the following procedure differ

P O IN T in accordance with the relevant cassette.

8. Disconnect the nudger sensor connector (P/J221).

9. Release the nudger sensor hook from the upper frame assembly's frame, and then
remove the nudger sensor.

Figure 7-120. Removing the NUDGER SENSOR

APPENDIX Optional Units 702

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.19 FEED OUT SENSOR (PL32.2.36)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
7. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1). (p.693)
8. Remove the screw (silver, 6mm) holding the front upper chute in place, shift the
front upper chute forward, and then remove it diagonally to the left.
9. Release the front upper chute's hook holding the feed out sensor in place, and then
remove the feed out sensor.

C H E C K Note that the connector numbers in the following procedure differ

P O IN T in accordance with the relevant cassette.

10. Disconnect the feed out sensor connector (P/J223.)

Figure 7-121. Removing the FEED OUT SENSOR

APPENDIX Optional Units 703

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.20 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL32.2.45)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
7. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1). (p.693)

C H E C K Note that the connector numbers in the following procedure differ

P O IN T in accordance with the relevant cassette.

8. Disconnect the no paper sensor connector (P/J219.)

9. Release the no paper sensor hook from the upper frame assembly, and then remove
the no paper sensor.

Figure 7-122. Removing the NO PAPER SENSOR

APPENDIX Optional Units 704

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.21 TA ROLL ASSY (PL32.2.50)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
7. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1). (p.693)
8. Remove the E-ring holding the turn clutch assembly in place.
9. Remove the two E-rings holding the TA roll assembly in place, shift the rear
bearing forward and remove it from the feed bracket assembly.
10. Shift the front bearing backward and remove it from the feeder front frame.
11. Shift the TA roll assembly forward, and then remove the TA roll assembly from
the turn clutch assembly and the feed bracket assembly.
12. Shift the TA roll assembly backward, and the remove it together with the bearing.
13. Remove the bearing from the TA roll assembly.

Figure 7-123. Removing the TA ROLL ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 705

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.22 NUD SOLENOID ASSY (PL32.2.51)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
7. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1). (p.693)

C H E C K Note that the connector numbers in the following procedure differ

P O IN T in accordance with the relevant cassette.

8. Disconnect the nudger solenoid assembly connector (P/J225.)

9. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) securing the NUD SOLENOID ASSY and pull
out the SOLENOID LINK from the SPRING PIN. Then remove the SPRING PIN
from the NUD SOL LINK upward.

Figure 7-124. Removing the NUD SOLENOID ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 706

 EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.4.23 TURN CLUTCH ASSY (PL32.2.56)

1. Remove the RIGHT LOWER COVER (PL1.1.50). (p.269)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, guarded, 6mm) holding the R/H lower bracket in
place, and then remove the R/H lower bracket.
3. Draw out the two paper cassettes (500 TRAY ASSY) from the Large Capacity
Paper Unit.
Refer to “UNIVERSAL TRAY (PL2.1.1)” (p.270)
4. Remove the FEEDER REAR COVER (PL31.1.2). (p.690)
5. Remove the FEEDER RIGHT COVER (PL31.1.20). (p.691)
6. Remove the FEEDER CHUTE ASSY (PL31.1.30). (p.692)
7. Remove the FEEDER HIGH ASSY (PL32.1.1). (p.693)

C H E C K Note that the two connector numbers explained in the following

P O IN T procedure are different depending on the relevant cassette.

8. Disconnect the turn clutch assembly connector (P/J229 or J/P230), and then
release the saddle bush, the locking clamp mini and the sheet clamp from the
harness to free them.
9. Remove the E-ring holding the turn clutch assembly in place.
10. Remove the front E-ring holding the TA roll assembly in place.
11. Shift the TA roll assembly forward, remove the turn clutch assembly and feed
bracket assembly together with the front bearing, and then remove the turn clutch
assembly.

Figure 7-125. Removing the TURN CLUTCH ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 707

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.5 Large Capacity Paper Unit supplement

This section describes the connector locations and connection diagrams of the Large
Capacity Paper Unit. Refer to the appropriate pages for exploded diagrams and ASP
lists:
„ See page 726 for Exploded Diagrams of Large Capacity Paper Unit.
„ See “ASP list for Large Capacity Paper Unit” (p.736)

APPENDIX Optional Units 708

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.5.1 Connectors
Table 7-98. P/J List
P/J Remarks
132 Connection of FEEDER HARNESS and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
211 Connection of FEEDER HARNESS and MAIN HARNESS ASSY
213 Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER HARNESS
214 Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER UPPER HARNESS
215 Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER LOWER HARNESS
216 Connection of FEEDER PWB and TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS
217 Connection of FEEDER PWB and SIZE HARNESS
218 Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER HARNESS
219 Connection of NO PAPER SENSOR (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
220 Connection of NO PAPER SENSOR (Cassette 3) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
221 Connection of NUDGER SENSOR (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
222 Connection of NUDGER SENSOR (Cassette 3) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
223 Connection of FEED OUT SENSOR (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
224 Connection of FEED OUT SENSOR (Cassette 3) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
225 Connection of NUDGER SOLENOID ASSY (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
226 Connection of NUDGER SOLENOID ASSY (Cassette 3) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
227 Connection of T/A CLUTCH ASSY (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
228 Connection of T/A CLUTCH ASSY (Cassette 3) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
229 Connection of TURN CLUTCH ASSY (Cassette 2) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
230 Connection of TURN CLUTCH ASSY (Cassette 3) and FEEDER HARNESS ASSY
231 Connection of LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T (Cassette 2) and TRAY UP SENSOR
HARNESS
232 Connection of LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T (Cassette 3) and TRAY UP SENSOR
HARNESS
235 Connection of SIZE SWITCH ASSY (Cassette 2) and SIZE HARNESS
236 Connection of SIZE SWITCH ASSY (Cassette 3) and SIZE HARNESS
237 Connection of FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH (Cassette 2) and COVER SWITCH
HARNESS
238 Connection of FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH (Cassette 3) and COVER SWITCH
HARNESS
239 Connection of FEEDER MOTOR ASSY and SIZE HARNESS
240 Connection of COVER SWITCH HARNESS and SIZE HARNESS
241 Connection of FEEDER HARNESS ASSY (Cassette 2) and FEEDER UPPER HARNESS
242 Connection of FEEDER HARNESS ASSY (Cassette 3) and FEEDER UPPER HARNESS 7PJ01.eps

Figure 7-126. P/J Locations of Large Capacity Paper Unit

APPENDIX Optional Units 709

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.3.5.2 Connection wiring diagram

OVERALL CONNECTION WIRING DIAGRAM

Shown at right is the overall connection wiring diagram of Large Capacity Paper Unit.
For meanings of symbols used in the diagram, see “Figure 7-9 Symbols Used in the
Overall Wiring Connection Diagrams” (p.465).

Figure 7-127. Overall Connection Wiring Diagram of Large Capacity Paper Unit

APPENDIX Optional Units 710

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

CONNECTION WIRING DIAGRAMS BETWEEN PARTS §30.MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, FEEDER PWB

Table 7-99.
Shown here are the wiring diagrams for connection between parts of Large Capacity
Paper Unit. For meanings of symbols used in the diagrams, see “Figure 7-10 Symbols Signal line name Remarks
Used in the Wiring Connection Diagrams” (p.469). PRE REGI Command signal from the MCU PWB to the FEEDER UNIT
† Constitution: START The signal to indicate the start of paper feeding from the FEEDER
The connection wiring diagrams are divided into three sections that provide details UNIT.
on the connections between parts. SER-TXD Command signal from the MCU PWB to the FEEDER UNIT
„ §30.MCU PWB, LV/HV POWER SUPPLY, FEEDER PWB SER-RXD Status signal from the FEEDER UNIT to the MCU PWB
• Connection of MCU PWB and FEEDER PWB READY The signal to notify the user that paper feeder is possible from the
• Connection of LV/HV POWER SUPPLY and FEEDER PWB FEEDER UNIT
„ §31.FEEDER PWB, NO PAPER SENSOR,NUDGER SENSOR,NUD FLAG Status signal from the FEEDER UNIT to the MCU PWB
SOLENOID ASSY,T/A CLUTCH ASSY, TURN CLUTCH ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and NO PAPER SENSOR
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and NUDGER SENSOR
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEED OUT SENSOR
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and NUDGER SOLENOID ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and T/A CLUTCH ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and TURN CLUTCH ASSY
„ §32.FEEDER PWB, LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T,LOW PAPER SENSOR-
3T, FEEDER DRIVE ASSY(LIFT UP CLUTCH),SIZE SWITCH
ASSY, FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH,FEEDER MOTOR ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and SIZE SWITCH ASSY
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH
• Connection of FEEDER PWB and FEEDER MOTOR ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 711

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-128. §30 Connection wiring diagram

APPENDIX Optional Units 712

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

§31. FEEDER PWB, NO PAPER SENSOR,NUDGER SENSOR,NUD

SOLENOID ASSY,T/A CLUTCH ASSY, TURN CLUTCH ASSY

Table 7-100.
Signal line name Remarks
[2]NO PAPER The signal for detecting the existence of paper in the
SENSED(L)5VDC paper cassette with the Cassette 2 no paper sensor (High:
No paper. Low: Paper exists)
[2]NUDGER SENSED(L)5VDC The signal for detecting the nearly empty status with the
Cassette 2 nudger sensor
[2]FEED OUT The signal for detecting the existence of paper on the
SENSED(L)5VDC paper path with the Cassette 2 feed out sensor (High: No
paper. Low: Paper exists)
[2]NUD SOLENOID The Cassette 2 NUD SOLENOID control signal (ON:
ON(L)24VDC Raised. OFF: Lowered)
[2]T/A CLUTCH ON(L)24VDC The Cassette 2 T/A CLUTCH control signal
[2]TURN CLUTCH The Cassette 2 TURN CLUTCH control signal
ON(L)24VDC
[3]NO PAPER The Cassette 3 NO PAPER SENSOR control signal
SENSED(L)5VDC
[3]NUDGER SENSOR(L)5VDC The Cassette 3 NUDGER SENSOR control signal
[3]FEED OUT The Cassette 3 FEED OUT SENSOR control signal
SENSED(L)5VDC
[3]NUD SOLENOID The Cassette 3 NUD SOLENOID control signal
ON(L)24VDC
[3]T/A CLUTCH ON(L)24VDC The Cassette 3 T/A CLUTCH control signal
[3]TURN CLUTCH The Cassette 3 TURN CLUTCH control signal
ON(L)24VDC
Note 1: The [2] and [3] attached to the beginning of the signal wire names indicate that the
signal is related to Cassette 2 or Cassette 3 respectively.
The paper tray feeder at the bottom of the printer body is called "Cassette 1" and the
upper paper feeder and the lower paper feeder of the optional FEEDER UNIT are called
"Cassette 2" and "Cassette 3", respectively.
† NUD SOLENOID ASSY coil resistance:34Ω ± 10% (20°C)
† T/A CLUTCH ASSY coil resistance:172Ω ± 10% (20°C)
† TURN CLUTCH ASSY coil resistance:150Ω ± 10% (20°C)

Figure 7-129. §31Connection wiring diagram

APPENDIX Optional Units 713

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

§32. FEEDER PWB, LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T,LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T, † Outline of the FEEDER MOTOR
FEEDER DRIVE ASSY(LIFT UP CLUTCH),SIZE SWITCH ASSY, „ Motor type: Permanent magnetic field DC servo motor
FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH,FEEDER MOTOR ASSY
„ Number of poles: 3-phase 8 poles
„ Motor control revolutions: 1803.58rpm ± 0.5%
Table 7-101. „ Rotation direction: Counter-clockwise when seen from the rear of the
Signal line name Remarks
unit
[2]LOW PAPER SENSED The Cassette 2 height detection signal † Outline of the SIZE SWITCH signal
[3]LOW PAPER SENSED The Cassette 3 height detection signal
The size of the paper in the paper cassette is determined with the On/OFF
operations of the paper size switch on the size switch assembly. The paper size
[2]LIFT UP The Cassette 2 lift up clutch ON/OFF control signal
switch's ON/OFF status and the voltage of the size switch for each relevant paper
CLUTCH(FEEDER
DRIVE ASSY)
size are listed below.
ON(L)24VDC
[3]LIFT UP The Cassette 3 lift up clutch ON/OFF control signal C H E C K The paper size switch moves sequentially through [SW1], [SW2],
CLUTCH(FEEDER P O IN T [SW3] and [SW4] when seen from the front of the unit to represent
DRIVE ASSY) [ON], [1], [OFF] and [0] respectively.
ON(L)24VDC
[2]SIZE SWITCH The signal for detecting the size of the paper in the Cassette 2
paper cassette
[3]SIZE SWITCH The signal for detecting the size of the paper in the Cassette 3
Table 7-102.
paper cassette Paper Size Sensor
Paper size
FEEDER RIGHT COVER The signal for detecting if the feeder chute assembly is open S1 S2 S3 S4
SWITCH ON (OFF) or closed (ON) with the feeder right cover switch
No paper cassette 0 0 0 0
Note 1: The [2] and [3] attached to the beginning of the signal wire names indicate that the B5(LEF)
signal is related to Cassette 2 or Cassette 3 respectively. 0 1 0 1
EXECUTIVE(LEF)
The paper tray feeder at the bottom of the printer body is called "Cassette 1" and the
A4(LEF) 1 0 1 1
upper paper feeder and the lower paper feeder of the optional FEEDER UNIT are called
"Cassette 2" and "Cassette 3", respectively. LETTER(LEF) 0 1 1 1
A4(SEF) 0 0 1 1
2: “J172” is used only with FEEDER UNIT (3TRAY).
LEGAL(14")(SEF) 0 0 1 0
B4(SEF) 0 1 1 0
A3(SEF) 1 0 1 0
LEDGER(SEF) 0 1 0 0

APPENDIX Optional Units 714

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

Figure 7-130. §32 Connection wiring diagram

APPENDIX Optional Units 715

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.4 ASP Information

7.8.4.1 Exploded diagrams of optional units
Exploded diagrams of optional units are shown on following pages.
† Exploded Diagrams of Duplex Unit (p.717)
† Exploded Diagrams of 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (p.721)
† Exploded Diagrams of Large Capacity Paper Unit (p.726)

APPENDIX Optional Units 716

C813-OPTI-019

The parts to which no reference number

is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

01-1-02 01-1-08
01-1-15
01-1-07

01-1-04 01-1-03

LPCDSP3/DUPLEX UNIT (1.1) Rev.01

C813-OPTI-020
The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

02-1-11

02-1-03

02-1-06

02-1-16

LPCDSP3/DUPLEX UNIT (2.1) Rev.01

 C813-OPTI-021
The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts. 03-1-06
03-1-15

03-1-10

03-1-20

03-1-12

03-1-43

03-1-09
03-1-07

03-1-13

03-1-23

03-1-33

03-1-03
03-1-35

03-1-14
03-1-04

03-1-34

03-1-05
03-1-45

03-1-45

LPCDSP3/DUPLEX UNIT (3.1) Rev.01

 C813-OPTI-022

The parts to which no reference number

is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts. 04-1-42

04-1-10

04-1-41
04-1-22

04-1-21 04-1-47

04-1-18 04-1-47
04-1-17

04-1-19
04-1-03

04-1-23
04-1-43 04-1-04

04-1-27
04-1-09

04-1-16

04-1-34

04-1-32
04-1-40

04-1-29
04-1-11

04-1-26

04-1-45
04-1-44

LPCDSP3/DUPLEX UNIT (4.1) Rev.01

 C813-OPTI-009

The parts to which no reference number

is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

01-1-03

LP88CWC1/250-Sheet PAPER CASSETTE UNIT (1.1) Rev.01

C813-OPTI-010

The parts to which no reference number

is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

02-1-10

02-1-01

02-1-30

02-1-01
02-1-22
02-1-21

02-1-21

02-1-20

LP88CWC1/250-Sheet PAPER CASSETTE UNIT (2.1)

 C813-OPTI-011
The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

03-1-03

03-1-13

03-1-09

03-1-07

03-1-30
03-1-04

03-1-22

03-1-22
03-1-01

LP88CWC1/250-Sheet PAPER CASSETTE UNIT (3.1) Rev.01

The parts to which no reference number C813-OPTI-012
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

03-2-21
03-2-51

03-2-33

03-2-45
03-2-32

03-2-36

03-2-56 03-2-29

03-2-25

03-2-35

03-2-50

03-2-11

LP88CWC1/250-Sheet PAPER CASSETTE UNIT (3.2) Rev.01

C813-OPTI-013

The parts to which no reference number

is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

04-1-10
04-1-09
04-1-03
04-1-07

04-1-25 04-1-08

04-1-21
04-1-06

04-1-24

LP88CWC1/250-Sheet PAPER CASSETTE UNIT (4.1) Rev.01

 C813-OPTI-014

The parts to which no reference number

is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

01-1-03

01-1-03

LP88CWC2/Large Capacity Paper Cassette Unit (1.1) Rev.01

C813-OPTI-015

The parts to which no reference number

is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

02-1-10

02-1-01 02-1-30

02-1-41

02-1-22
02-1-40
02-1-01 02-1-21
02-1-40
02-1-21

02-1-40

02-1-20

LP88CWC2/Large Capacity Paper Cassette Unit (2.1) Rev.01

 C813-OPTI-016
The parts to which no reference number
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts. 03-1-08
03-1-14

03-1-03
03-1-17 03-1-09

03-1-17

03-1-13

03-1-30

03-1-31
03-1-04

03-1-22

03-1-22

03-1-22

03-1-22 03-1-01

LP88CWC2/Large Capacity Paper Cassette Unit (3.1) Rev.01

The parts to which no reference number C813-OPTI-017
is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

03-2-21 (WITHOUT 03-2-56 ) 03-2-51

03-2-33

03-2-45
03-2-32

03-2-36

03-2-56 03-2-29

03-2-25

03-2-35

03-2-50

03-2-11

LP88CWC2/Large Capacity Paper Cassette Unit (3.2) Rev.01

 C813-OPTI-018

The parts to which no reference number

is assigned will not be available as
after-sale service parts.

04-1-10
04-1-09
04-1-03
04-1-07

04-1-25 04-1-08

04-1-21
04-1-06

04-1-24

LP88CWC2/Large Capacity Paper Cassette Unit (4.1) Rev.01

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.4.2 ASP lists for optional units [G] [O]

This section indicates after-sales parts lists and index for parts of optional units for GEAR(24Z)......................................... PL 43.1.12 OPTION CAP A................................. PL 40.1.15
GEAR(26Z)........................................... PL 43.1.8 OUT CHUTE GUIDE ........................ PL 42.1.46
AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000. For use of ASP lists, see “7.7 ASP List (Parts
GEAR(28Z/21Z) ................................. PL 42.1.26 OUT CHUTE-ASSY ........................... PL 42.1.7
List)” (p.554).
GEAR(30/24Z) ..................................... PL 43.1.7 OUT ROLLER-ASSY.......................... PL 42.1.4
„ ASP list for Duplex Unit (p.734) GEAR(38Z)......................................... PL 43.1.46 [P]
GEAR(40Z/20Z) ................................... PL 43.1.5 PINCH ROLL ASSY ......................... PL 41.1.11
„ ASP list for 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (p.735)
GEAR(66Z/20Z) ................................... PL 43.1.6 PINCH ROLL ASSY ......................... PL 43.1.29
„ ASP list for Large Capacity Paper Unit (p.736) GEAR-24Z .......................................... PL 43.1.35 PINCH ROLLER-ASSY ...................... PL 43.1.3
† Index for parts (Duplex Unit) GEAR-27Z ............................................ PL 41.1.8 PULLEY 16T ..................................... PL 42.1.39
GEAR-SUPR ........................................ PL 41.1.5 PULLEY 20T ..................................... PL 42.1.40
[Numeric] [C] [H] [R]
4 CHUTE-ASSY ...................................PL 43.1.9 COLLAR-IDLER ............................... PL 42.1.25 HARNESS-ASSY,SNR DUP ............. PL 43.1.36 R COVER-INVERTER...................... PL 43.1.42
[A] COUPLING ........................................ PL 42.1.28 HARNESS-ASSY-DUP ..................... PL 43.1.44 R/H PLATE-GUIDE .......................... PL 42.1.18
ALIGNER ASSY ..................................PL 42.1.1 COVER SUPPORT-L/H..................... PL 43.1.40 [I] R/H RAIL SUB ASSY ....................... PL 42.1.16
ALIGNER ASSY .................................PL 40.1.3 COVER-EXIT..................................... PL 41.1.10 IN CHUTE-ASSY ................................ PL 42.1.6 R/H RAIL-ASSY................................ PL 42.1.15
ALIGNER CHUTE-ASSY....................PL 42.1.2 [D] IN ROLLER-ASSY .............................. PL 42.1.3 REGI CHUTE-ASSY......................... PL 42.1.10
ALIGNER COVER-FR.......................PL 42.1.14 DUP CONTROLLER PWB ............... PL 43.1.11 INV CHUTE-ASSY............................ PL 43.1.27 REGI ROLLER-ASSY......................... PL 42.1.5
ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH .............PL 42.1.23 DUP GATE SOLENOID...................... PL 41.1.6 INV MOTOR ...................................... PL 43.1.26 REGI ROLLER-ASSY-B10............... PL 42.1.45
ALIGNER HARNESS-ASSY.............PL 42.1.43 DUP MAIN HARNESS-ASSY .......... PL 43.1.45 INV ROLLER-ASSY ......................... PL 43.1.23 REVERSE CLUTCH ......................... PL 43.1.18
ALIGNER OUT SENSOR....................PL 42.1.9 DUP TRANSPORT ASSY ................... PL 41.1.1 INV SCREW....................................... PL 43.1.47 ROLLER-ASSY-PINCH.................... PL 43.1.22
ALIGNER SENSOR ...........................PL 42.1.12 DUP TRANSPORT ASSY .................. PL 40.1.2 INV2 ROLLER-ASSY ....................... PL 43.1.21 [S]
[B] DUPLEX FINAL ASSY....................... PL 40.1.1 INVERTER ASSY................................ PL 43.1.1 SHAFT-CLUTCH .............................. PL 42.1.22
BEARING ...........................................PL 43.1.33 [E] INVERTER ASSY................................ PL 40.1.4 SHAFT-CLUTCH .............................. PL 43.1.14
BEARING 2 ........................................PL 42.1.41 ELIMINATOR.................................... PL 41.1.17 INVERTER CHUTE .......................... PL 43.1.30 SHAFT-IDLER .................................. PL 41.1.18
BEARING 6 ..........................................PL 41.1.4 ENTER CLUTCH............................... PL 43.1.16 INVERTER MOTOR ASSY .............. PL 43.1.24 SHFT-SPUR ....................................... PL 41.1.19
BEARING(ɔ6) ..................................PL 43.1.13 EXIT COVER WINDOW .................. PL 41.1.12 INVERTER SENSOR ........................ PL 43.1.32 SNS1 HARNESS-ASSY ...................... PL 42.1.8
BEARING-EXIT.................................PL 42.1.42 EXIT ROLLER-ASSY ....................... PL 41.1.16 [L] SNS2 HARENESS-ASSY.................. PL 42.1.11
BELT 346 ............................................PL 42.1.33 [F] L/H PLATE-GUIDE ........................... PL 42.1.37 SPRING PLATE ................................ PL 43.1.38
BELT 383 ............................................PL 42.1.34 F COVER-INVERTER....................... PL 43.1.41 LINK SPRING-PINCH ...................... PL 43.1.43 SPRING-EARTH ................................. PL 41.1.2
BRACKET-CLUTCH .........................PL 42.1.21 FORWARD CLUTCH........................ PL 43.1.17 LINK-PINCH...................................... PL 43.1.19 SPRING-EXTENSION ...................... PL 42.1.19
BRACKET-MOT ................................PL 43.1.25 FRAME HIGH ASSY........................... PL 43.1.2 LOWER CHUTE ASSY....................... PL 40.1.6 SPRING-EXTENSION ...................... PL 42.1.38
[C] [G] LOWER INV SOL SPRING ................ PL 40.1.8 SPRING-LATCH ............................... PL 41.1.15
CAB SWITCH-I/L ................................PL 43.1.4 GATE-DUPLEX................................... PL 41.1.3 LOWER INV SOLENOID ................... PL 40.1.7 SPUR GEAR-46Z ................................ PL 41.1.7
CHUTE-1 ............................................PL 43.1.28 GEAR 14Z .......................................... PL 42.1.31 LOWER INVERTER ASSY ............... PL 40.1.5 STOPPER-IN ..................................... PL 42.1.17
CHUTE-2 ............................................PL 43.1.10 GEAR 14Z .......................................... PL 42.1.32 [M] STOPPER-IN ..................................... PL 42.1.36
CHUTE-EXIT ASSY ............................PL 41.1.9 GEAR 17Z .......................................... PL 42.1.30 MAGNET CATCH-F ......................... PL 43.1.37 [T]
CHUTE-SUPPORT.............................PL 42.1.13 GEAR 20Z .......................................... PL 42.1.29 MAGNET CATCH-R......................... PL 43.1.31 TRI ROLLER-ASSY.......................... PL 43.1.34
CLAMP .................................................PL 40.1.9 GEAR 23Z .......................................... PL 42.1.27
CLAMP-SHEET .................................PL 42.1.20 GEAR 30Z .......................................... PL 43.1.15
CLAMP-SHEET .................................PL 42.1.35 GEAR(15Z-S) ..................................... PL 43.1.20
CLUTCH COVER ..............................PL 43.1.39 GEAR(21Z/18T) ................................. PL 42.1.24

APPENDIX Optional Units 731

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Index for parts (500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit) [H] [R]

HARNESS COVER SHAFT ................ PL 51.1.4 RAIL PLATE ..................................... PL 53.1.15
[Numeric] [F]
[I] RAIL SPRING.................................... PL 53.1.26
1T FEEDER UNIT(SEC) .....................PL 50.1.1 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T(SEC) .... PL 51.1.30
INST LABEL(SEC)............................ PL 53.1.30 REAR PLATE ASSY......................... PL 53.1.16
500 TRAY ASSY(SEC)........................PL 50.1.3 FEEDER DRIVE ASSY ....................... PL 52.1.4 [J] REAR SPRING .................................. PL 53.1.27
500 TRAY ASSY(SEC) .......................PL 53.1.1 FEEDER EME SPRING..................... PL 52.1.24
JOINT SCREW................................... PL 51.1.36 REAR UPPER CHUTE...................... PL 52.2.27
[B] FEEDER FRAME-1T......................... PL 52.1.20
[L] RETARD LEVER ................................ PL 52.2.6
BEARING ...........................................PL 52.2.17 FEEDER FRONT COVER(SEC)......... PL 51.1.1 LEVER ASSY(SEC) .......................... PL 53.1.10 RETARD ROLL ASSY ..................... PL 52.2.11
BEARING ...........................................PL 52.2.39 FEEDER FRONT FRAME................. PL 52.2.49
LEVER PLATE .................................. PL 52.2.34 RETARD SHAFT .............................. PL 52.2.12
BEARING 6 ........................................PL 52.2.18 FEEDER HARNESS ASSY ............... PL 52.2.44
LEVER SPRING .................................. PL 52.2.7 RETARD SHAFT ASSY ..................... PL 52.2.9
BEARING 6 ........................................PL 52.2.20 FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T ......... PL 52.1.13 LIFT SHAFT ........................................ PL 53.1.4 RETARD SUPPORT ASSY .............. PL 52.2.10
BEARING 8 ........................................PL 52.2.55 FEEDER HIGH ASSY ......................... PL 52.2.1
LINK BEARING ................................ PL 53.1.12 RETARD SUPPORT ASSY ................ PL 52.2.8
BEARING F ........................................PL 52.2.38 FEEDER HIGH ASSY ......................... PL 52.1.1
LOCKING CLAMP MINI.................. PL 52.2.54 [S]
BOTTOM PAD ...................................PL 53.1.19 FEEDER LEFT COVER(SEC) .......... PL 51.1.10 LOW FDR FRAME ASSY................... PL 52.2.5 SADDLE BUSH................................. PL 52.2.42
BOTTOM PLATE...............................PL 53.1.28 FEEDER MOTOR ASSY..................... PL 52.1.3
LOW PAPER SENSOR-1T ................ PL 52.1.30 SADDLE BUSH................................. PL 52.2.57
[C] FEEDER MOTOR BRACKET ............ PL 52.1.5
LOWER CHUTE .................................. PL 52.2.3 SHEET CLAMP ................................. PL 52.1.22
CLAMP ...............................................PL 51.1.23 FEEDER PWB...................................... PL 52.1.9 LOWER FRAME ASSY ..................... PL 52.2.4 SHEET CLAMP ................................. PL 52.2.59
CLAMP ...............................................PL 52.2.43 FEEDER REAR COVER ..................... PL 51.1.2
[M] SIDE END LABEL(SEC) .................. PL 53.1.31
CLAMP-MINI.....................................PL 52.1.23 FEEDER REAR HARNESS COVER .. PL 51.1.3
MAX LABEL ..................................... PL 53.1.29 SIDE GUIDE...................................... PL 53.1.20
COLLER .............................................PL 52.2.16 FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH . PL 51.1.21 [N] SIDE GUIDE ACTUATOR(SEC) ..... PL 53.1.22
COVER BRACKET............................PL 52.1.10 FEEDER RIGHT COVER(SEC)........ PL 51.1.20
NO PAPER SENSOR ......................... PL 52.2.45 SIDE GUIDE LOCK KNOB(SEC)...... PL 53.1.3
COVER BRACKET SHAFT ..............PL 52.1.11 FEEDER STOPPER ........................... PL 52.2.47
NO PAPER SENSOR ACTUATOR .. PL 52.2.26 SIDE GUIDE PLATE ........................ PL 53.1.14
COVER JOINT BRACKET................PL 52.1.12 FOOT 1T............................................. PL 51.1.35 NUD ROLL STOPPER ...................... PL 52.2.62 SIDE SIZE LABEL(SEC) .................. PL 53.1.35
COVER SWITCH HARNESS............PL 51.1.22 FRICTION CLUTCH ASSY.............. PL 52.2.13
NUD SOL LINK................................. PL 52.2.48 SIZE SWITCH ASSY .......................... PL 52.1.7
[D] FRONT COVER BRACKET ............. PL 52.1.21
NUD SOLENOID ASSY.................... PL 52.2.51 SPRING .............................................. PL 52.2.37
DOUBLE CASTER ............................PL 51.1.40 FRONT TRAY COVER(SEC) ........... PL 53.1.24 NUD SPRING..................................... PL 52.2.52 SPRING-COMP ................................... PL 53.1.9
[E] FRONT UPPER CHUTE.................... PL 52.2.28
NUDGER LEVER .............................. PL 52.2.32 SUPPORT ASSY .............................. PL 52.2.24
END GIDE PLATE.............................PL 53.1.13 [G]
NUDGER ROLL ASSY ..................... PL 52.2.25 [T]
END GUIDE ACTUATOR(SEC).......PL 53.1.23 GEAR 13............................................... PL 53.1.5 NUDGER SENSOR............................ PL 52.2.33 T/A CLUTCH ASSY ......................... PL 52.2.29
END GUIDE LINK.............................PL 53.1.11 GEAR 14Z-LEFT ............................... PL 52.2.19
[O] TA ROLL ASSY ................................ PL 52.2.50
END GUIDE(SEC) .............................PL 53.1.21 GEAR 14Z-RIGHT............................. PL 52.2.14
O/W CLUTCH.................................... PL 52.2.30 TRAY HOUSING(SEC) ...................... PL 53.1.2
EXIT BEARING .................................PL 52.2.40 GEAR 16/32.......................................... PL 53.1.8 OPEN TYPE BUSH ........................... PL 52.2.41 TRAY PAD ........................................ PL 53.1.18
EXTENSION SPRING .......................PL 52.2.53 GEAR 16/49.......................................... PL 53.1.7
[P] TRAY STOPPER-1T ........................... PL 52.1.6
EXTENSION SPRING .......................PL 53.1.32 GEAR 25............................................. PL 52.2.46
PAPER STOPPER .............................. PL 53.1.33 TURN CLUTCH ASSY ..................... PL 52.2.56
[F] GEAR 55............................................... PL 53.1.6 [U]
FDR REAR FRAME ASSY................PL 52.2.23 GEAR Z13 .......................................... PL 52.2.15
UPPER FDR FRAME ........................ PL 52.2.22
FEDER ASSY-1T .................................PL 50.1.2 GEAR-23 ............................................ PL 52.2.60
UPPER FRAME ASSY...................... PL 52.2.21
FEED BRACKET ASSY ......................PL 52.2.2 GEAR-29 ............................................ PL 52.2.58
FEED GUIDE SPRING ......................PL 52.2.61 GUIDE FOOT....................................... PL 51.1.5
FEED OUT SENSOR .........................PL 52.2.36 GUIDE PLATE ASSY ....................... PL 53.1.17
FEED ROLL ASSY ............................PL 52.2.35 GUIDE SIZE LABEL......................... PL 53.1.36
GUIDE SPRING................................. PL 53.1.25

APPENDIX Optional Units 732

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

† Index for parts (Large Capacity Paper Unit) [H] [R]

HARNESS COVER SHAFT ................ PL 31.1.4 RAIL PLATE ..................................... PL 33.1.15
[Numeric] [F]
[I] RAIL SPRING.................................... PL 33.1.26
2T FEEDER UNIT(SEC)......................PL 30.1.1 FEED ROLL ASSY............................ PL 32.2.35
INST LABEL(SEC)............................ PL 33.1.30 REAR PLATE ASSY......................... PL 33.1.16
2TRAY FEEDER ASSY.......................PL 30.1.2 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY(SEC).......... PL 31.1.30 [J] REAR SPRING .................................. PL 33.1.27
2TRAY FEEDER CLAMP .................PL 32.1.23 FEEDER DRIVE ASSY ....................... PL 32.1.4
JOINT SCREW................................... PL 31.1.45 REAR UPPER CHUTE...................... PL 32.2.27
2TRAY FEEDER FRAME .................PL 32.1.20 FEEDER EME SPRING..................... PL 32.1.24
[L] RETARD LEVER ................................ PL 32.2.6
2TRAY SIZE BRACKET ...................PL 32.1.16 FEEDER FRONT COVER(SEC)......... PL 31.1.1 LEVER ASSY(SEC) .......................... PL 33.1.10 RETARD ROLL ASSY ..................... PL 32.2.11
2TRAY SIZE BRACKET ASSY .......PL 32.1.15 FEEDER FRONT FRAME................. PL 32.2.49
LEVER PLATE .................................. PL 32.2.34 RETARD SHAFT .............................. PL 32.2.12
500 TRAY ASSY(SEC)........................PL 30.1.3 FEEDER HARNESS .......................... PL 32.1.13
LEVER SPRING .................................. PL 32.2.7 RETARD SHAFT ASSY ..................... PL 32.2.9
500 TRAY ASSY(SEC) .......................PL 33.1.1 FEEDER HARNESS ASSY ............... PL 32.2.44 LIFT SHAFT ........................................ PL 33.1.4 RETARD SUPPORT ASSY .............. PL 32.2.10
[B] FEEDER HIGH ASSY ......................... PL 32.2.1
LINK BEARING ................................ PL 33.1.12 RETARD SUPPORT ASSY ................ PL 32.2.8
BEARING ...........................................PL 32.2.17 FEEDER HIGH ASSY ......................... PL 32.1.1
LOCKING CLAMP MINI.................. PL 32.2.54 [S]
BEARING ...........................................PL 32.2.39 FEEDER LEFT COVER(SEC) .......... PL 31.1.10 LOW FDR FRAME ASSY................... PL 32.2.5 SADDLE BUSH................................. PL 32.2.42
BEARING 6 ........................................PL 32.2.18 FEEDER LWR HARNESS ASSY ..... PL 32.1.36
LOW PAPER SENSOR-2T ................ PL 32.1.30 SADDLE BUSH................................. PL 32.2.57
BEARING 6 ........................................PL 32.2.20 FEEDER MOTOR ASSY..................... PL 32.1.3
LOW PAPER SENSOR-3T ................ PL 32.1.31 SHEET CLAMP ................................. PL 32.1.22
BEARING 8 ........................................PL 32.2.55 FEEDER MOTOR BRACKET ............ PL 32.1.5 LOWER CHUTE .................................. PL 32.2.3 SHEET CLAMP ................................. PL 32.2.59
BEARING F ........................................PL 32.2.38 FEEDER PWB...................................... PL 32.1.9
LOWER FRAME ASSY ..................... PL 32.2.4 SIDE END LABEL(SEC) .................. PL 33.1.31
BOTTOM PAD ...................................PL 33.1.19 FEEDER REAR COVER ..................... PL 31.1.2
[M] SIDE GUIDE...................................... PL 33.1.20
BOTTOM PLATE...............................PL 33.1.28 FEEDER REAR HARNESS COVER .. PL 31.1.3 MAX LABEL ..................................... PL 33.1.29 SIDE GUIDE ACTUATOR(SEC) ..... PL 33.1.22
[C] FEEDER RIGHT COVER SWITCH . PL 31.1.21
[N] SIDE GUIDE LOCK KNOB(SEC)...... PL 33.1.3
CLAMP ...............................................PL 31.1.23 FEEDER RIGHT COVER(SEC)........ PL 31.1.20
NO PAPER SENSOR ......................... PL 32.2.45 SIDE GUIDE PLATE ........................ PL 33.1.14
CLAMP ...............................................PL 32.2.43 FEEDER STOPPER ........................... PL 32.2.47 NO PAPER SENSOR ACTUATOR .. PL 32.2.26 SIDE SIZE LABEL(SEC) .................. PL 33.1.35
COLLER .............................................PL 32.2.16 FEEDER UP HARNESS ASSY......... PL 32.1.35
NUD ROLL STOPPER ...................... PL 32.2.62 SIZE HARNESS ................................ PL 32.1.14
COVER BRACKET............................PL 32.1.10 FRICTION CLUTCH ASSY.............. PL 32.2.13
NUD SOL LINK................................. PL 32.2.48 SIZE SWITCH ASSY ........................ PL 32.1.17
COVER BRACKET SHAFT ..............PL 32.1.11 FRONT COVER BRACKET ............. PL 32.1.21 NUD SOLENOID ASSY.................... PL 32.2.51 SPRING .............................................. PL 32.2.37
COVER JOINT BRACKET................PL 32.1.12 FRONT TRAY COVER(SEC) ........... PL 33.1.24
NUD SPRING..................................... PL 32.2.52 SPRING-COMP ................................... PL 33.1.9
COVER SWITCH HARNESS............PL 31.1.22 FRONT UPPER CHUTE.................... PL 32.2.28
NUDGER LEVER .............................. PL 32.2.32 SUPPORT ASSY ............................... PL 32.2.24
[D] [G] NUDGER ROLL ASSY ..................... PL 32.2.25 [T]
DOUBLE CASTER-F.........................PL 31.1.40 GEAR 13............................................... PL 33.1.5
NUDGER SENSOR............................ PL 32.2.33 T/A CLUTCH ASSY ......................... PL 32.2.29
DOUBLE CASTER-R ........................PL 31.1.41 GEAR 14Z-LEFT ............................... PL 32.2.19
[O] TA ROLL ASSY ................................ PL 32.2.50
[E] GEAR 14Z-RIGHT............................. PL 32.2.14 O/W CLUTCH.................................... PL 32.2.30 TRAY HOUSING(SEC) ...................... PL 33.1.2
END GIDE PLATE.............................PL 33.1.13 GEAR 16/32.......................................... PL 33.1.8
OPEN TYPE BUSH ........................... PL 32.2.41 TRAY PAD ........................................ PL 33.1.18
END GUIDE ACTUATOR(SEC).......PL 33.1.23 GEAR 16/49.......................................... PL 33.1.7
[P] TRAY STOPPER-2T ........................... PL 32.1.6
END GUIDE LINK.............................PL 33.1.11 GEAR 25............................................. PL 32.2.46 PAPER STOPPER .............................. PL 33.1.33 TRAY STOPPER-3T ........................... PL 32.1.7
END GUIDE(SEC) .............................PL 33.1.21 GEAR 55............................................... PL 33.1.6
TRAY UP SENSOR HARNES............ PL 32.1.8
EXIT BEARING .................................PL 32.2.40 GEAR Z13 .......................................... PL 32.2.15
TURN CLUTCH ASSY ..................... PL 32.2.56
EXTENSION SPRING .......................PL 32.2.53 GEAR-23 ............................................ PL 32.2.60 [U]
EXTENSION SPRING .......................PL 33.1.32 GEAR-29 ............................................ PL 32.2.58
UPPER FDR FRAME ........................ PL 32.2.22
[F] GUIDE FOOT....................................... PL 31.1.5
UPPER FRAME ASSY...................... PL 32.2.21
FDR REAR FRAME ASSY................PL 32.2.23 GUIDE PLATE ASSY ....................... PL 33.1.17
FEED BRACKET ASSY ......................PL 32.2.2 GUIDE SIZE LABEL......................... PL 33.1.36
FEED GUIDE SPRING ......................PL 32.2.61 GUIDE SPRING................................. PL 33.1.25
FEED OUT SENSOR .........................PL 32.2.36

APPENDIX Optional Units 733

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.4.2.1 ASP list for Duplex Unit Table 7-103. ASP List for Duplex Unit (continued)
RefNo. Part Name
Table 7-103. ASP List for Duplex Unit 04-1-09 4 CHUTE ASSY

RefNo. Part Name 04-1-10 CHUTE 2

04-1-11 DUP CONTROLLER PWB
01-1-02 DUP TRANSPORT ASSY
04-1-16 TURN CLUTCH
01-1-03 ALIGNER ASSY
04-1-17 TURN CLUTCH
01-1-04 INVERTER ASSY
04-1-18 TURN CLUTCH
01-1-07 LOWER INV SOLENOID
04-1-19 LINK PINCH
01-1-08 LOWER INV SOL SPRING
04-1-21 INV2 ROLLER ASSY
01-1-15 OPTION CAP A
04-1-22 ROLLER ASSY PINCH
02-1-03 GATE DUPLEX
04-1-23 INV ROLLER ASSY
02-1-06 DUP GATE SOLENOID
04-1-26 INV MOTOR
02-1-11 PINCH ROLL ASSY
04-1-27 INV CHUTE-ASSY
02-1-16 EXIT ROLLER ASSY
04-1-29 PINCH ROLL ASSY
03-1-03 IN ROLLER ASSY
04-1-32 TOP EXIT SENSOR
03-1-04 OUT ROLLER ASSY
04-1-34 TRI ROLL ASSY
03-1-05 REGI ROLLER ASSY
04-1-40 COVER SUPPORT L/H
03-1-06 IN CHUTE ASSY
04-1-41 F COVER INVERTER
03-1-07 OUT CHUTE ASSY
04-1-42 R COVER INVERTER
03-1-09 SENSOR
04-1-43 LINK SPRING PINCH
03-1-10 REGI CHUTE ASSY
04-1-44 HARNESS ASSY DUP
03-1-12 SENSOR
04-1-45 DUP MAIN HARNESS ASSY
03-1-13 CHUTE SUPPORT
04-1-47 INV SCREW
03-1-14 ALIGNER COVER-FR
03-1-15 R/H ⁄ןASSY
03-1-20 SHEET CLAMP
03-1-23 ALIGNER DRIVE CLUTCH
03-1-33 BELT 346
03-1-34 BELT 383
03-1-35 SHEET CLAMP
03-1-43 ALIGNER HARNESS ASSY
03-1-45 REGI ROLLER ASSY-B10
04-1-03 PINCH ROLLER-ASSY
04-1-04 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH

APPENDIX Optional Units 734

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.4.2.2 ASP list for 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit Table 7-104. ASP List for 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit (continued)
RefNo. Part Name
Table 7-104. ASP List for 500-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit 04-1-08 GEAR 16/32

RefNo. Part Name 04-1-09 END GUIDE SPRING

04-1-10 LEVER ASSY
01-1-03 500 TRAY ASSY
04-1-21 END GUIDE
02-1-01 FEEDER FRONT COVER
04-1-24 FRONT TRAY COVER
02-1-10 FEEDER LEFT COVER
04-1-25 REAR GUIDE SPRING
02-1-20 FEEDER RIGHT COVER
02-1-21 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH
02-1-22 COVER SWITCH HARNESS
02-1-30 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY-1T
03-1-01 FEEDER HIGH ASSY
03-1-03 FEEDER MOTOR ASSY
03-1-04 FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
03-1-07 TRAY3 PAP SIZE SNR PWB
03-1-09 FEEDER PWB
03-1-13 FEEDER HARNESS ASSY-1T
03-1-22 SHEET CLAMP
03-1-30 E.R.M. SENSOR
03-2-11 RETARD ROLL ASSY
03-2-21 UPPER FRAME ASSY
03-2-25 NUDGER ROLL ASSY
03-2-29 TURN CLUTCH
03-2-32 NUDGER LEVER
03-2-33 NUDGER SENSOR
03-2-35 FEED ROLLASSY
03-2-36 SENSOR
03-2-45 NO PAPER SENSOR
03-2-50 TA ROLL ASSY
03-2-51 NUD SOLENOID ASSY
03-2-56 TURN CLUTCH ASSY
04-1-03 SIDE GUIDE LOCK KNOB
04-1-06 GEAR 55
04-1-07 GEAR 16/49

APPENDIX Optional Units 735

EPSON AcuLaser C8600/AcuLaser C7000 Revision C

7.8.4.2.3 ASP list for Large Capacity Paper Unit Table 7-105. ASP list for Large Capacity Paper Unit (continued)
RefNo. Part Name
Table 7-105. ASP list for Large Capacity Paper Unit 03-2-51 NUD SOLENOID ASSY

RefNo. Part Name 03-2-56 TURN CLUTCH ASSY

04-1-03 SIDE GUIDE LOCK KNOB
01-1-03 500 TRAY ASSY
04-1-06 GEAR 55
02-1-01 FEEDER FRONT COVER
04-1-07 GEAR 16/49
02-1-10 FEEDER LEFT COVER
04-1-08 GEAR 16/32
02-1-20 FEEDER RIGHT COVER
04-1-09 END GUIDE SPRING
02-1-21 EXIT CHUTE SWITCH
04-1-10 LEVER ASSY
02-1-22 COVER SWITCH HARNESS
04-1-21 END GUIDE
02-1-30 FEEDER CHUTE ASSY
04-1-24 FRONT TRAY COVER
02-1-40 DOUBLE CASTER-F
04-1-25 REAR GUIDE SPRING
02-1-41 DOUBLE CASTER-R
03-1-01 FEEDER HIGH ASSY
03-1-03 FEEDER MOTOR ASSY
03-1-04 FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
03-1-08 TRAY UP SENSOR HARNESS
03-1-09 FEEDER PWB
03-1-13 FEEDER HARNESS
03-1-14 SIZE HARNESS
03-1-17 TRAY3 PAP SIZE SNR PWB
03-1-22 SHEET CLAMP
03-1-30 E.R.M. SENSOR
03-1-31 E.R.M. SENSOR
03-2-11 RETARD ROLL ASSY
03-2-21 UPPER FRAME ASSY
03-2-25 NUDGER ROLL ASSY
03-2-29 TURN CLUTCH
03-2-32 NUDGER LEVER
03-2-33 NUDGER SENSOR
03-2-35 FEED ROLLASSY
03-2-36 SENSOR
03-2-45 NO PAPER SENSOR
03-2-50 TA ROLL ASSY

APPENDIX Optional Units 736